CIT GROUP INC
S-3/A, 1998-01-28
SHORT-TERM BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORP, 424B3, 1998-01-28
Next: CITICORP, S-3/A, 1998-01-28




   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 1998

                                                      Registration No. 333-43323
    

================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                                   ----------

                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                               THE CIT GROUP, INC.
            (Exact name of each registrant specified in its charter)

                                   ----------

    Delaware                                                     22-3328188
    Delaware                           6146                      13-2994534     
 (State or other           (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer  
 jurisdiction of            Classification Code Number)      Identification No.)
 incorporation or          
  organization)            
                           
THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II                THE CIT GROUP, INC.
             650 CIT Drive                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
      Livingston, New Jersey 07039                    New York, New York  10036
            (201) 535-3514                                  (212) 536-1950
        (Address of principal                           (Address of principal
          executive offices)                              executive offices)

                                   ----------

                             ERNEST D. STEIN, ESQ.
             Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
                              THE CIT GROUP, INC.
                          1211 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10036
                                 (212)-536-1950
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
                             PAUL N. WATTERSON, ESQ.
                            SCHULTE ROTH & ZABEL LLP
                                900 Third Avenue
                            New York, New York 10022

                                   ----------

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
     From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

         If the only securities  being registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. |_|

         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on  this  form  are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933,  other than  securities  offered only in connection with
dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. |X|

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. |_|

         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. |_|

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
==============================================================================================================
                                                                Proposed       Proposed
                                                  Amount to     Maximum         Maximum         Amount of
             Title of each class of                   be        Offering       aggregate       registration
           securities to be registered            registered   Price Per       offering           fee(3)
                                                                  Unit         price(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>               <C>     <C>                <C>    
  Asset-Backed Securities....................   $1,200,000,000    100%    $1,200,000,000     $363,286.37
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Limited Guarantees of The CIT 
     Group, Inc.(2)..........................
==============================================================================================================
    
</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on the
     basis of the proposed maximum  aggregate  offering price,  pursuant to Rule
     457(c).

(2)  May be issued in connection with issuance of the Asset-Backed Securities of
     trusts formed by The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II. No additional
     consideration  will be paid  for the  Limited  Guarantee;  accordingly,  no
     separate filing fee is being paid herewith, pursuant to Rule 457(n).

   
(3)  Pursuant to Rule 457(b), the required fee paid herewith has been reduced by
     $350.00,  which is the amount equal to the fee previously paid with respect
     to this registration statement pursuant to Rule 457.
    

         The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or until this  Registration  Statement
shall become  effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated __________, ____)

$
CIT Marine Trust ____-_

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II,
Seller
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.,
Servicer

The CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_  (the  "Trust"  or the  "Issuer")  will be formed
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, to be dated as of __________ 1, ____, between The
CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation  II (the  "Company" or the  "Seller") and
_______________,  as trustee  (the  "Owner  Trustee"),  and will issue Class A-1
____% Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes"),  Class A-2 ____% Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes"),  Class A-3 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class
A-3 Notes"),  Class A-4 ____% Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class A-4 Notes"),  Class
A-5  ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes  (the  "Class  A-5  Notes"),   Class  A-6  ____%
Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class A-6 Notes"),  Class A-7 ____% Asset-Backed Notes
(the "Class A-7 Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2 Notes,
Class A-3  Notes,  Class A-4  Notes,  Class A-5 Notes and Class A-6  Notes,  the
"Class A Notes") and the Class B ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class B Notes"
and,  together with the Class A Notes, the "Notes") in the principal  amounts of
$_________,   $_________,  $_________,   $__________,   $_________,  $_________,
$_________, and $__________, respectively, pursuant to an Indenture, to be dated
as of __________ 1, ____ between the Issuer and _______________, as trustee (the
"Indenture Trustee"). The Trust will also issue ____% Asset-Backed  Certificates
(the  "Certificates"  and,  together with the Notes, the  "Securities")  with an
Original Certificate Balance of $__________.

                                                   (Continued on following page)

   
A discussion of certain risk factors that should be  considered  by  prospective
purchasers of the Securities offered hereby can be found on page S-21 herein and
on page 23 in the accompanying Prospectus.
    

THE SECURITIES WILL REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST AND WILL
NOT  REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE CIT  GROUP  SECURITIZATION
CORPORATION II, THE CIT GROUP/SALES  FINANCING,  INC. OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                 Price to          Underwriting  Proceeds to the
                                 Public(1)         Discount      Company(1)(2)

Per Class A-1 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-2 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-3 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-4 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-5 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-6 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class A-7 Note.............. ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Class B Note................ ________%         _______%      ________%
Per Certificate................. ________%         _______%      ________%
Total........................... $____________     $_________    $___________

(1)  Plus  accrued  interest,  if any, at the  respective  Interest  Rate or the
     Pass-Through Rate, as appropriate, from __________ 1, ----.

(2)  Before deduction of expenses payable by the Company estimated at $_______.

The Securities are offered by the Underwriters, when, as and if delivered to and
accepted by the Underwriters,  subject to prior sale, withdrawal or modification
of the offer without  notice,  approval of counsel and other  conditions.  It is
expected that delivery of the Notes will be made in book-entry  form through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),  Cedel Bank, societe anonyme
("Cedel") and the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") and that the Certificates will
be ready for delivery in fully  registered,  certificated  form in New York, New
York, in each case on or about  __________,  ____,  against payment  therefor in
immediately available funds.

[UNDERWRITERS]

The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, ____.

<PAGE>

(continued from preceding page)

The assets of the Trust will primarily include a pool of marine installment sale
contracts,  direct loans and U.S.  preferred ship  mortgages  (the  "Contracts")
secured  by the new and used  boats,  boat  motors  and boat  trailers  financed
thereby (the "Financed  Boats"),  certain monies received under the Contracts on
and after __________ 1, ____ (the "Cut-off Date"), an assignment of the security
interests  in the  Financed  Boats,  the  Collection  Account,  the  Certificate
Distribution  Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Reserve Account, in
each case  together  with the proceeds  thereof,  the proceeds from claims under
certain  insurance  policies  in respect  of  individual  Financed  Boats or the
related Obligors and certain rights under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  to
be dated as of __________ 1, ____ (the "Sale and  Servicing  Agreement"),  among
the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trust.

     The  Notes  will  be  secured  by  assets  of the  Trust  (other  than  the
Certificate  Distribution  Account)  pursuant  to the  Indenture.  The Class A-1
Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class
A-5 Notes,  the Class A-6 Notes,  the Class A-7 Notes and the Class B Notes will
bear interest at the per annum rate of ____%, ____%, ____%, ____%, ____%, ____%,
____% and ____%,  respectively (each, an "Interest Rate"). Interest on the Class
A-1 Notes  will be  calculated  on the basis of a  360-day  year and the  actual
number of days elapsed in the related Interest Accrual Period.  Interest on each
other  class  of  Notes  will be  calculated  on the  basis  of a  360-day  year
consisting  of twelve  30-day  months.  Interest on the Notes will  generally be
payable  on the  fifteenth  day of each month  (each,  a  "Distribution  Date"),
commencing  __________ 15, ____.  Principal on the Notes will be payable on each
Distribution Date to the extent described herein. No principal  payments will be
made (i) on the  Class A-2  Notes  until  the Class A-1 Notes  have been paid in
full,  (ii) on the Class A-3 Notes  until the Class A-2 Notes  have been paid in
full,  (iii) on the Class A-4 Notes  until the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in
full,  (iv) on the Class A-5 Notes  until the Class A-4 Notes  have been paid in
full,  (v) on the Class A-6  Notes  until the Class A-5 Notes  have been paid in
full or (vi) on the Class A-7 Notes  until the Class A-6 Notes have been paid in
full,  except under certain  circumstances  described  herein.  Distributions of
principal and interest on the Class B Notes will be  subordinated in priority to
payments  due on  the  Class  A  Notes  to  the  extent  described  herein.  The
Certificates   represent  fractional  undivided  interests  in  the  Trust.  The
Certificates   will  bear   interest  at  the  rate  of  ____%  per  annum  (the
"Pass-Through  Rate")  and will be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  on each
Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Distributions of interest and
principal on the  Certificates  will be  subordinated  in priority of payment to
payment of interest and principal on the Notes, to the extent described  herein.
No principal will be paid on the  Certificates  until all of the Notes have been
paid in full. The final scheduled Distribution Date for the Certificates will be
the __________  Distribution Date. The final scheduled Distribution Date for the
Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes,
the Class A-5 Notes,  the Class A-6  Notes,  the Class A-7 Notes and the Class B
Notes will be the __________,  __________,  __________,  __________, __________,
__________,  __________ and _____________  Distribution Date, respectively.  The
aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Securities is likely to be paid
earlier  than such  dates due to a variety  of  factors  including  an  Optional
Purchase or Auction Sale as described herein.

     There  currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop,  or if one  does  develop,  that  it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY,  INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  TRANSACTIONS,  SYNDICATE SHORT
COVERING  TRANSACTIONS  AND PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE  ACTIVITIES
SEE "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION" HEREIN.


                                      S-2
<PAGE>

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Certain of the matters  discussed  under the caption  "The CIT  Group/Sales
Financing,  Inc., Servicer" may constitute forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 7A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as such may
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause
the actual results,  performance or achievements of the marine  portfolio of The
CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc. to be  materially  different  from any future
results,   performance   or   achievements   expressed   or   implied   by  such
forward-looking statements.

     This Prospectus  Supplement does not contain complete information about the
offering  of  the  Securities.   Additional  information  is  contained  in  the
Prospectus  of  the  Seller  dated  __________,   ____  (the  "Prospectus")  and
purchasers are urged to read both this Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus
in full. Sales of the Securities may not be consummated unless the purchaser has
received both this Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus.  To the extent, if
any, that any statement in the final Prospectus  Supplement is inconsistent with
statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement,  the statements in the final
Prospectus Supplement shall control. Terms used and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Prospectus.


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

                                    SUMMARY

     This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  in the
accompanying  Prospectus.  Certain  capitalized  terms used in the  Summary  are
defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement or in the Prospectus.

Issuer........................   CIT Marine  Trust  ____-_  (the  "Trust" or the
                                 "Issuer"),  a  Delaware  business  trust  to be
                                 formed  by the  Seller  and the  Owner  Trustee
                                 pursuant to the Trust Agreement, to be dated as
                                 of __________ 1, ____ (the "Trust Agreement").

Seller........................   The CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II
                                 (the   "Company"),   a  wholly-owned,   limited
                                 purpose  subsidiary  of  The  CIT  Group,  Inc.
                                 ("CIT"). Neither CIT nor any of its affiliates,
                                 including  the Company and The CIT  Group/Sales
                                 Financing,   Inc.  ("CITSF"),  has  guaranteed,
                                 insured or is otherwise  obligated with respect
                                 to the Securities.  See "Risk  Factors--Limited
                                 Obligations."

Servicer......................   The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc. (in such
                                 capacity referred to herein as the "Servicer"),
                                 a wholly-owned  subsidiary of CIT. The Servicer
                                 will    be     responsible     for    managing,
                                 administering, servicing and making collections
                                 on the Contracts held by the Trust.

Owner Trustee.................   _______________,  as  trustee  under  the Trust
                                 Agreement (the "Owner Trustee").

Indenture Trustee.............   _______________,    as   trustee    under   the
                                 Indenture, to be dated as of __________ 1, ____
                                 (the "Indenture Trustee" and, together with the
                                 Owner Trustee, the "Trustees").

Risk Factors..................   Certain     potential     risks    and    other
                                 considerations  are particularly  relevant to a
                                 decision  to  invest  in  any  securities  sold
                                 hereunder. See "Risk Factors."

The Notes.....................   The CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_  Class A-1 ____%
                                 Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class  A-1  Notes"),
                                 Class A-2 ____%  Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class
                                 A-2 Notes"), Class A-3 ____% Asset-Backed Notes
                                 (the  "Class  A-3  Notes"),   Class  A-4  ____%
                                 Asset-Backed  Notes  (the  "Class A-4 Notes" ),
                                 Class A-5 ____%  Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class
                                 A-5 Notes"), Class A-6 ____% Asset-Backed Notes
                                 (the  "Class  A-6  Notes"),   Class  A-7  ____%
                                 Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class A-7 Notes" and,
                                 together  with the Class A-1  Notes,  the Class
                                 A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the Class A-4
                                 Notes,  the  Class  A-5 Notes and the Class A-6
                                 Notes,  the "Class A Notes")  and Class B ____%
                                 Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class B Notes"  and,
                                 together  with the Class A Notes,  the  "Notes"
                                 and,  together  with  the   Certificates,   the
                                 "Securities") will represent obligations of the
                                 Trust  secured  by assets  of the Trust  (other
                                 than the Certificate Distribution Account). See
                                 "The Notes--General."

                                 Payments  in  respect of the Class B Notes will
                                 be  subordinated  to  payments  on the  Class A
                                 Notes, to the extent described herein.


                                      S-4
<PAGE>

                                 The  Trust  will  issue  $________,  $________,
                                 $__________, $__________, $________, $________,
                                 $________  and  $________  aggregate  principal
                                 amount of Class  A-1  Notes,  Class A-2  Notes,
                                 Class A-3  Notes,  Class A-4  Notes,  Class A-5
                                 Notes,  Class  A-6  Notes,  Class A-7 Notes and
                                 Class B  Notes,  respectively,  pursuant  to an
                                 Indenture,  to be  dated  as of  __________  1,
                                 ____,  between  the  Issuer  and the  Indenture
                                 Trustee    (the    "Indenture").    See    "The
                                 Notes--General."

                                 The   Notes   will   be   issued   in   minimum
                                 denominations of $1,000 and integral  multiples
                                 of  $1,000  in  excess   thereof  and  will  be
                                 available  in  book-entry  form  only.  Persons
                                 acquiring  beneficial  interests  in the  Notes
                                 ("Note   Owners")  will  hold  their  interests
                                 through DTC in the United States or Cedel Bank,
                                 societe  anonyme  ("Cedel")  or  the  Euroclear
                                 System  ("Euroclear")  in  Europe.   Definitive
                                 Notes (as  defined in the  Prospectus)  will be
                                 issued  only  under the  limited  circumstances
                                 described herein and in the Prospectus.  Unless
                                 and  until  Notes  of a  class  are  issued  in
                                 definitive  form,  all  references   herein  to
                                 distributions,  notices, reports and statements
                                 to  and to  actions  by and  effects  upon  the
                                 related  Noteholders  will  refer  to the  same
                                 actions  and  effects  with  respect  to DTC or
                                 Cede,  as the case may be,  for the  benefit of
                                 the related Note Owners in accordance  with the
                                 DTC   procedures.   See  "Certain   Information
                                 Regarding      the       Securities--Book-Entry
                                 Registration" and "--Definitive  Securities" in
                                 the Prospectus and Annex I hereto.

The Certificates..............   The CIT Marine Trust ____-_ ____%  Asset-Backed
                                 Certificates    (the    "Certificates")    will
                                 represent fractional undivided interests in the
                                 Trust. See "The Certificates--General."

                                 The Trust will issue $_________  aggregate face
                                 amount   of    Certificates    (the   "Original
                                 Certificate  Balance")  pursuant  to the  Trust
                                 Agreement.   Payments   in   respect   of   the
                                 Certificates  will be  subordinated to payments
                                 on the Notes to the extent described herein and
                                 in      the      Prospectus.      See      "The
                                 Certificates--General."

                                 The  Certificates  will be  issued  in  minimum
                                 denominations of $20,000 and integral multiples
                                 of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however,
                                 that  one   Certificate  may  be  issued  in  a
                                 denomination other than an integral multiple of
                                 $1,000  such that the  Affiliated  Owner may be
                                 issued at least 1% of the Original  Certificate
                                 Balance.  The  Certificates  will be  issued in
                                 fully     registered,     certificated     form
                                 ("Definitive          Certificates")         to
                                 Certificateholders   or  their  nominees.   See
                                 "Certain     Information      Regarding     the
                                 Securities--Definitive   Securities"   in   the
                                 Prospectus.   Purchasers  of  Certificates  and
                                 their  assignees (i) must  represent  that they
                                 are  United  States   persons  (as  defined  in
                                 Section  7701(a)  of the  Code)  and  provide a
                                 certification   of  non-foreign   status  under
                                 penalties  of perjury  and (ii) must  represent
                                 and  certify  that they are not (a) an employee
                                 benefit  plan (as  defined in  Section  3(3) of
                                 ERISA)  that is  subject to the  provisions  of
                                 Title  I of  ERISA,  (b) a  plan  described  in
                                 Section  4975(e)(1)  of the  Code,  or (c)  


                                      S-5
<PAGE>

                                 any entity whose underlying assets include plan
                                 assets by reason of a plan's  investment in the
                                 entity.

Property of the Trust.........   The  property  of  the  Trust  will   primarily
                                 include (i) a pool of marine  installment  sale
                                 contracts, direct loans and U.S. preferred ship
                                 mortgages (the "Contracts")  secured by the new
                                 and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers
                                 financed thereby (the "Financed  Boats"),  (ii)
                                 certain monies  received under the Contracts on
                                 and after  __________  1,  ____  (the  "Cut-off
                                 Date"),  (iii) an  assignment  of the  security
                                 interests  in  the  Financed  Boats,  (iv)  the
                                 Collection     Account,     the     Certificate
                                 Distribution  Account,  the  Note  Distribution
                                 Account and the Reserve  Account,  in each case
                                 together  with the  proceeds  thereof,  (v) the
                                 proceeds  from claims under  certain  insurance
                                 policies  in  respect  of  individual  Financed
                                 Boats or the related  Obligors and (vi) certain
                                 rights under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
                                 to be dated as of __________ 1, ____ (the "Sale
                                 and  Servicing  Agreement"),  among the Seller,
                                 the Servicer and the Trust.

                                 CITSF will be obligated to repurchase Contracts
                                 (a "Repurchased  Contract") upon the occurrence
                                 of  certain  breaches  of  representations  and
                                 warranties  (a  "Repurchase  Event").  See "The
                                 Purchase     Agreements     and    the    Trust
                                 Documents--Sale    and    Assignment   of   the
                                 Contracts" and "--Servicing  Procedures" in the
                                 Prospectus.

The Contracts.................   The   property   of  the  Trust  will   consist
                                 primarily of marine  installment sale contracts
                                 for   boats    originated   by   boat   dealers
                                 ("Dealers")  and  acquired  by CITSF or The CIT
                                 Group/Consumer Finance, Inc. (NY) ("CITCF-NY"),
                                 marine  loans  originated  directly by CITSF or
                                 one of its affiliates,  or acquired by CITSF or
                                 one of its affiliates from  unaffiliated  third
                                 parties and U.S. preferred ship mortgages.  The
                                 Financed  Boats  will  consist  of boats,  boat
                                 motors  and boat  trailers.  See "The  Contract
                                 Pool." On or prior to the date of  issuance  of
                                 the Securities (the "Closing  Date"),  CITCF-NY
                                 will   sell   certain   contracts   that   will
                                 constitute a portion of the  Contracts to CITSF
                                 pursuant to a purchase  agreement,  to be dated
                                 as of __________  1, ____,  and CITSF will sell
                                 the  Contracts  to the  Company  pursuant  to a
                                 purchase   agreement,   to  be   dated   as  of
                                 __________ 1, ____ (the "Purchase  Agreement"),
                                 and the Company will sell the  Contracts to the
                                 Trust   pursuant  to  the  Sale  and  Servicing
                                 Agreement.

                                 CITSF  or one of its  affiliates  (directly  or
                                 through   Dealers)   originated   all   of  the
                                 Contracts    in    accordance    with   CITSF's
                                 underwriting    standards   or   acquired   the
                                 Contracts from  unaffiliated  third parties (in
                                 which event CITSF  reviewed  the  Contracts  to
                                 confirm   that  they   conformed   to   CITSF's
                                 underwriting standards).

                                 As of the Cut-off  Date,  the  Contracts  had a
                                 weighted  average  original  maturity  of _____
                                 months  and  a   remaining   weighted   average
                                 maturity of _____ months.  The final  scheduled
                                 payment  date on the  Contract  with  the  last
                                 maturity   occurs  in   __________.   See  "The
                                 Contract Pool." The Contracts will generally be
                                 prepayable  at  any  time  without  premium  or


                                      S-6
<PAGE>

                                 penalty  to  the   purchaser   of  the  related
                                 Financed  Boat or other  person or persons  who
                                 are  obligated  to  make  payments   under  the
                                 Contract (each, an "Obligor").

Distribution Dates............   Payments  of  interest  and  principal  on  the
                                 Securities will be made on the fifteenth day of
                                 each  month  or,  if  any  such  day  is  not a
                                 Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business
                                 Day (each, a "Distribution  Date"),  commencing
                                 __________  15, ____.  Payments on the Notes on
                                 each  Distribution  Date  will  be  made to the
                                 holders of record of the  related  Notes at the
                                 close  of   business   on  the   Business   Day
                                 immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date
                                 or, in the event  Definitive  Notes (as defined
                                 in the  Prospectus)  have been  issued,  at the
                                 close of business on the last  Business  Day of
                                 the month  immediately  preceding  the month in
                                 which  such   Distribution   Date   occurs  and
                                 payments   on   the    Certificates   on   each
                                 Distribution  Date will be made to the  holders
                                 of record of the related  Certificates,  at the
                                 close of business on the last  Business  Day of
                                 the month  immediately  preceding  the month in
                                 which such  Distribution  Date occurs (each,  a
                                 "Record Date").

                                 To the extent not previously paid in full prior
                                 to such time,  the  outstanding  face amount of
                                 the   Certificates   will  be  payable  on  the
                                 Distribution  Date occurring in __________ (the
                                 "Certificate   Final   Scheduled   Distribution
                                 Date") and the outstanding  principal amount of
                                 the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the
                                 Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class
                                 A-5 Notes,  the Class A-6 Notes,  the Class A-7
                                 Notes and the Class B Notes  will be payable on
                                 the Distribution  Date occurring in __________,
                                 ___________,      ___________,     ___________,
                                 ___________,   ___________,   ___________   and
                                 __________,  respectively  (the "Class A-1 Note
                                 Final Scheduled  Distribution Date," the "Class
                                 A-2 Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date,"
                                 the   "Class    A-3   Note   Final    Scheduled
                                 Distribution  Date,"  the "Class A-4 Note Final
                                 Scheduled  Distribution  Date,"  the "Class A-5
                                 Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date," the
                                 "Class  A-6 Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution
                                 Date,"  the  "Class  A-7 Note  Final  Scheduled
                                 Distribution  Date" and the "Class B Note Final
                                 Scheduled Distribution Date," respectively).

                                 A  "Business  Day"  is  any  day  other  than a
                                 Saturday,  Sunday  or any day on which  banking
                                 institutions  or trust  companies in the states
                                 of New York, __________, __________ or Oklahoma
                                 are authorized by law,  regulation or executive
                                 order to be closed.

Due Period....................   With respect to any Distribution Date, the "Due
                                 Period" is the period  during which  principal,
                                 interest and other amounts will be collected on
                                 the  Contracts  for  application   towards  the
                                 payment  of  principal   and  interest  to  the
                                 Securityholders and the payment of fees on such
                                 Distribution Date. The "Due Period" will be the
                                 calendar   month   immediately   preceding  the
                                 Distribution  Date.  The first Due Period  will
                                 commence on and include  __________ 1, ____ and
                                 will end on and include __________, ____.


                                      S-7
<PAGE>

Determination Date............   The "Determination  Date" is the third Business
                                 Day prior to each  Distribution  Date.  On each
                                 Determination Date, the Servicer will determine
                                 the Available  Amount for  distribution  on the
                                 related   Distribution   Date,   allocate  such
                                 amounts between the Notes, the Certificates and
                                 the Servicer  Payment,  and advise the Trustees
                                 (or the paying agent appointed  pursuant to the
                                 Indenture  or  the  Trust   Agreement)  of  the
                                 amounts   of  the   payments   to  be  made  to
                                 Securityholders,  all as  described  under "The
                                 Purchase     Agreements     and    The    Trust
                                 Documents--Distributions."

                                 The "Available Amount" on any Distribution Date
                                 is  equal to the  excess  of (A) the sum of (i)
                                 all  amounts  on  deposit  in  the   Collection
                                 Account attributable to collections or deposits
                                 made in respect of the Contracts (including any
                                 Late Fees (as defined in the  Prospectus)),  in
                                 the  related  Due Period and (ii) the  Purchase
                                 Price for any Contract  repurchased by CITSF as
                                 a result of breaches of certain representations
                                 and  warranties or purchased by the Servicer as
                                 a result of breaches of certain  covenants  and
                                 any Monthly  Advances made by the Servicer,  if
                                 such Purchase Price or Monthly  Advance is paid
                                 on the Deposit Date immediately  preceding such
                                 Distribution  Date,  over  (B)  the  sum of the
                                 following  amounts  (to  the  extent  that  the
                                 Servicer has not already  withheld such amounts
                                 from  collections  on the  Contracts):  (i) any
                                 repossession  profits on Liquidated  Contracts,
                                 Liquidation  Expenses  incurred  and  taxes and
                                 insurance  advanced by the  Servicer in respect
                                 of Financed Boats that are  reimbursable to the
                                 Servicer   under   the   Sale   and   Servicing
                                 Agreement,   (ii)   any   amounts   incorrectly
                                 deposited in the Collection Account,  (iii) net
                                 investment   earnings   on  the  funds  in  the
                                 Collection  Account and (iv) any other  amounts
                                 permitted to be withdrawn  from the  Collection
                                 Account by the  Servicer  (or to be retained by
                                 the Servicer from collections on the Contracts)
                                 pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Terms of the Notes............   The  principal  terms of the  Notes  will be as
                                 described below:

A.  Interest Rate.............   The Class A-1 Notes will bear  interest  at the
                                 rate  of  ____%  per  annum  (the   "Class  A-1
                                 Interest Rate"),  the Class A-2 Notes will bear
                                 interest  at the rate of ____% per  annum  (the
                                 "Class A-2 Interest Rate"), the Class A-3 Notes
                                 will  bear  interest  at the rate of ____%  per
                                 annum (the  "Class  A-3  Interest  Rate"),  the
                                 Class A-4 Notes will bear  interest at the rate
                                 of ____% per annum  (the  "Class  A-4  Interest
                                 Rate"),  the Class A-5 Notes will bear interest
                                 at the rate of ____% per annum (the  "Class A-5
                                 Interest Rate"),  the Class A-6 Notes will bear
                                 interest  at the rate of ____% per  annum  (the
                                 "Class A-6 Interest Rate"), the Class A-7 Notes
                                 will  bear  interest  at the rate of ____%  per
                                 annum (the "Class A-7  Interest  Rate") and the
                                 Class B Notes will bear interest at the rate of
                                 ____% per annum (the "Class B Interest  Rate").
                                 The interest  rates for the various  classes of
                                 Notes are  referred to herein  collectively  as
                                 "Interest Rates."

B.  Interest..................   Interest on the outstanding principal amount of
                                 each  class  of  Notes   will   accrue  at  the
                                 applicable Interest Rate from and including the
                                 Closing   Date  (in  the  case  of  the   first
                                 Distribution  


                                      S-8
<PAGE>

                                 Date)  or  from  and  including  the  preceding
                                 Distribution   Date   to  but   excluding   the
                                 Distribution  Date (each, an "Interest  Accrual
                                 Period").   On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                 Indenture   Trustee  will   distribute  to  the
                                 Noteholders  of each class accrued  interest at
                                 the applicable Interest Rate on the outstanding
                                 principal amount of such class to the extent of
                                 the Available Amount remaining after payment of
                                 the  Servicer   Payment.   To  the  extent  the
                                 remaining  Available  Amount on a  Distribution
                                 Date is  insufficient  to pay  Noteholders  the
                                 entire   amount   of   interest   due  on  such
                                 Distribution   Date,  such  shortfall  will  be
                                 funded from the Reserve Account, subject to the
                                 Available    Reserve    Amount,    under    the
                                 circumstances described herein. Interest on the
                                 Class A-1 Notes will be calculated on the basis
                                 of a 360-day year and the actual number of days
                                 elapsed in the related Interest Accrual Period.
                                 Interest  on each other  class of Notes will be
                                 calculated  on  the  basis  of a  360-day  year
                                 consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest on
                                 the  Notes of any  class  for any  Distribution
                                 Date due but not paid on such Distribution Date
                                 will be due on the  next  Distribution  Date in
                                 addition to an amount equal to interest on such
                                 amount at the applicable  Interest Rate (to the
                                 extent  lawful).  See  "The  Notes--Payment  of
                                 Interest."

                                 The   "Servicer   Payment"  is  equal  on  each
                                 Distribution   Date   to   the   sum   of   the
                                 reimbursement  then  due  to the  Servicer  for
                                 outstanding  Monthly Advances and the Servicing
                                 Fee  (including  any unpaid  Servicing Fees for
                                 past Distribution  Dates);  provided,  however,
                                 that if CITSF or one of its  affiliates  is the
                                 Servicer,  the  Servicing  Fee  (including  any
                                 unpaid  Servicing  Fees for  past  Distribution
                                 Dates)  shall not be included  in the  Servicer
                                 Payment  but  instead  shall be  payable to the
                                 Servicer  on each  Distribution  Date only from
                                 the Available Amount,  if any,  remaining after
                                 the  principal  and  interest  payable  on  the
                                 Securities on such  Distribution Date have been
                                 paid.

                                 Interest  payments  to all  classes  of Class A
                                 Noteholders will have the same priority.  Under
                                 certain circumstances, the amount available for
                                 interest payments could be less than the amount
                                 of interest payable on the Class A Notes on any
                                 Distribution  Date, in which case each class of
                                 Class A Noteholders  will receive their ratable
                                 share  (based  upon  the  aggregate  amount  of
                                 interest   due  to  such   class   of  Class  A
                                 Noteholders) of the aggregate  amount available
                                 to be distributed in respect of interest on the
                                 Class A Notes.

                                 Interest  on the Class B Notes will not be paid
                                 on any Distribution  Date until interest on the
                                 Class A Notes  for such  Distribution  Date has
                                 been paid in full. In addition, notwithstanding
                                 the  foregoing,  if an  Event  of  Default  has
                                 occurred  and the Notes have been  accelerated,
                                 payments of interest  on and  principal  of the
                                 Class B Notes  will not be paid until the Class
                                 A Notes have been paid in full.

C.  Principal.................   Principal  of the Class A Notes will be payable
                                 on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to
                                 the Class A Noteholders' Principal Distribution
                                 Amount,  to the extent of the Available  Amount
                                 remaining after payment of the Servicer 


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

                                 Payment and  interest  due on the Notes on such
                                 Distribution  Date. To the extent the remaining
                                 Available  Amount  on a  Distribution  Date  is
                                 insufficient   to  fund  the  entire   Class  A
                                 Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount due
                                 on such Distribution  Date, such shortfall will
                                 be funded from the Reserve Account,  subject to
                                 the Available  Reserve Amount  remaining  after
                                 any  withdrawals  from the  Reserve  Account to
                                 make  payments of interest  due on the Notes on
                                 such Distribution Date, under the circumstances
                                 described herein.

                                 Principal  of the Class B Notes will be payable
                                 on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to
                                 the Class B Noteholders' Principal Distribution
                                 Amount,  to the extent of the Available  Amount
                                 remaining after payment of the Servicer Payment
                                 and interest due on the Notes and principal due
                                 on the Class A Notes on such Distribution Date.
                                 To the extent the remaining Available Amount on
                                 a Distribution Date is insufficient to fund the
                                 entire   Class   B    Noteholders'    Principal
                                 Distribution  Amount  due on such  Distribution
                                 Date,  such  shortfall  will be funded from the
                                 Reserve  Account,   subject  to  the  Available
                                 Reserve Amount  remaining after any withdrawals
                                 from the  Reserve  Account to make  payments of
                                 interest due on the Notes and  principal due on
                                 the  Class A Notes on such  Distribution  Date,
                                 under  the   circumstances   described  herein.
                                 Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if an Event of
                                 Default  has  occurred  and the Notes have been
                                 accelerated,   payments   of  interest  on  and
                                 principal of the Class B Notes will not be paid
                                 until the Class A Notes have been paid in full.

                                 On  each   Distribution   Date   prior  to  the
                                 Distribution  Date on which the Class A-1 Notes
                                 have been paid in full,  principal of the Class
                                 A-1 Notes will be payable in an amount equal to
                                 100%  of the  Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal
                                 Distribution  Amount. On each Distribution Date
                                 on and after the Distribution Date on which the
                                 Class  A-1  Notes   have  been  paid  in  full,
                                 principal  of  the  Class  A-2  Notes  will  be
                                 payable,  until the  Class A-2 Notes  have been
                                 paid in full, in an amount equal to 100% of the
                                 Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount   (less  any  portion  of  the  Class  A
                                 Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount
                                 applied on such Distribution Date to reduce the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1
                                 Notes to zero).  On each  Distribution  Date on
                                 and  after the  Distribution  Date on which the
                                 Class  A-2  Notes   have  been  paid  in  full,
                                 principal  of  the  Class  A-3  Notes  will  be
                                 payable,  until the  Class A-3 Notes  have been
                                 paid in full, in an amount equal to 100% of the
                                 Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount   (less  any  portion  of  the  Class  A
                                 Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount
                                 applied on such Distribution Date to reduce the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1
                                 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes to zero). On each
                                 Distribution Date on and after the Distribution
                                 Date on which the  Class  A-3  Notes  have been
                                 paid in full,  principal of the Class A-4 Notes
                                 will be payable, until the Class A-4 Notes have
                                 been paid in full,  in an amount  equal to 100%
                                 of   the   Class   A   Noteholders'   Principal
                                 Distribution  Amount  (less any  portion of the
                                 Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount  applied  on such  Distribution  Date to
                                 reduce the outstanding  principal amount of the
                                 Class  A-1  Notes,  the 


                                      S-10
<PAGE>

                                 Class  A-2  Notes  and the  Class  A-3 Notes to
                                 zero). On each  Distribution  Date on and after
                                 the  Distribution  Date on which  the Class A-4
                                 Notes have been paid in full,  principal of the
                                 Class  A-5  Notes  will be  payable,  until the
                                 Class A-5 Notes  have been paid in full,  in an
                                 amount   equal   to   100%   of  the   Class  A
                                 Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount
                                 (less any  portion of the Class A  Noteholders'
                                 Principal  Distribution  Amount applied on such
                                 Distribution  Date to  reduce  the  outstanding
                                 principal  amount of the Class A-1  Notes,  the
                                 Class  A-2  Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes and the
                                 Class A-4 Notes to zero). On each  Distribution
                                 Date  on and  after  the  Distribution  Date on
                                 which the  Class  A-5  Notes  have been paid in
                                 full,  principal of the Class A-6 Notes will be
                                 payable,  until the  Class A-6 Notes  have been
                                 paid in full, in an amount equal to 100% of the
                                 Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount   (less  any  portion  of  the  Class  A
                                 Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount
                                 applied on such Distribution Date to reduce the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1
                                 Notes,  the  Class  A-2  Notes,  the  Class A-3
                                 Notes,  the  Class  A-4 Notes and the Class A-5
                                 Notes to zero).  On each  Distribution  Date on
                                 and  after the  Distribution  Date on which the
                                 Class  A-6  Notes   have  been  paid  in  full,
                                 principal  of  the  Class  A-7  Notes  will  be
                                 payable,  until the  Class A-7 Notes  have been
                                 paid in full, in an amount equal to 100% of the
                                 Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount   (less  any  portion  of  the  Class  A
                                 Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount
                                 applied on such Distribution Date to reduce the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1
                                 Notes,  the  Class  A-2  Notes,  the  Class A-3
                                 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes
                                 and the  Class  A-6  Notes  to  zero).  On each
                                 Distribution  Date,  principal  of the  Class B
                                 Notes will be payable,  until the Class B Notes
                                 have been paid in full,  in an amount  equal to
                                 100%  of the  Class  B  Noteholders'  Principal
                                 Distribution Amount.

                                 The  "Principal  Distribution  Amount"  on each
                                 Distribution  Date is  equal  to the sum of the
                                 following  amounts  with respect to the related
                                 Due  Period,   in  each  case   calculated   in
                                 accordance  with the method  specified  in each
                                 Contract:   (i)  all   payments  of   principal
                                 (including  all Principal  Prepayments  applied
                                 during the  related  Due  Period)  made on each
                                 Contract  during the related  Due Period,  (ii)
                                 the Stated  Principal  Balance of each Contract
                                 which,  as of the  related  Deposit  Date,  was
                                 purchased by CITSF or the Servicer  pursuant to
                                 the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and (iii) the
                                 Stated Principal Balance of each Contract which
                                 became a Liquidated Contract during the related
                                 Due  Period;   provided,   however,   that  (x)
                                 payments  of  principal   (including  Principal
                                 Prepayments)   with  respect  to  a  Liquidated
                                 Contract  or a  Repurchased  Contract  received
                                 after  the last day of the Due  Period in which
                                 the Contract became a Liquidated  Contract or a
                                 Repurchased  Contract  shall not be included in
                                 the Principal Distribution Amount, and (y) if a
                                 Liquidated  Contract is  purchased  by CITSF or
                                 the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
                                 Agreement  on  the  Deposit  Date   immediately
                                 following  the Due  Period in which it became a
                                 Liquidated Contract, no amount will be included
                                 with respect to such  Contract in the Principal
                                 Distribution Amount pursuant to clause (iii) of
                                 the definition thereof.


                                      S-11
<PAGE>

                                 "Class A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount" means, for any  Distribution  Date, the
                                 sum of (i)  the  Class A  Noteholders'  Monthly
                                 Principal Amount for such Distribution Date and
                                 (ii)  the   Class  A   Noteholders'   Principal
                                 Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date;
                                 provided,   that  the   Class  A   Noteholders'
                                 Principal  Distribution Amount shall not exceed
                                 the outstanding  principal balance of the Class
                                 A  Notes.  In  addition,   on  the  Note  Final
                                 Scheduled  Distribution  Date of each  class of
                                 Class A Notes,  the  principal  required  to be
                                 deposited in the Note Distribution Account will
                                 include  the  amount  necessary  (after  giving
                                 effect to other  amounts to be deposited in the
                                 Note Distribution  Account on such Distribution
                                 Date and  allocable to principal) to reduce the
                                 outstanding  principal  balance of the  related
                                 class of Class A Notes to zero.

                                 "Class B  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
                                 Amount" means, for any  Distribution  Date, the
                                 sum of (i)  the  Class B  Noteholders'  Monthly
                                 Principal Amount for such Distribution Date and
                                 (ii)  the   Class  B   Noteholders'   Principal
                                 Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date;
                                 provided,   that  the   Class  B   Noteholders'
                                 Principal  Distribution Amount shall not exceed
                                 the outstanding  principal balance of the Class
                                 B Notes. In addition, on the Class B Note Final
                                 Scheduled   Distribution  Date,  the  principal
                                 required   to  be   deposited   in   the   Note
                                 Distribution  Account  will  include the amount
                                 necessary (after giving effect to other amounts
                                 to  be  deposited  in  the  Note   Distribution
                                 Account on such Distribution Date and allocable
                                 to   principal)   to  reduce  the   outstanding
                                 principal balance of the Class B Notes to zero.

                                 No principal  payments  will be made (i) on the
                                 Class A-2 Notes  until the Class A-1 Notes have
                                 been paid in full,  (ii) on the Class A-3 Notes
                                 until the  Class  A-2  Notes  have been paid in
                                 full,  (iii) on the Class  A-4 Notes  until the
                                 Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full, (iv) on
                                 the Class  A-5 Notes  until the Class A-4 Notes
                                 have  been  paid in full,  (v) on the Class A-6
                                 Notes  until the Class A-5 Notes have been paid
                                 in full or (vi) on the Class  A-7  Notes  until
                                 the  Class  A-6  Notes  have been paid in full.
                                 Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if an Event of
                                 Default  has  occurred  and the Notes have been
                                 accelerated, principal payments will be made on
                                 each  class  of  Class A Notes  pro rata on the
                                 basis  of  their  respective  unpaid  principal
                                 amounts.

                                 The outstanding  principal  amount of the Class
                                 A-1 Notes,  to the extent not previously  paid,
                                 will be  payable  on the Class  A-1 Note  Final
                                 Scheduled  Distribution  Date; the  outstanding
                                 principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes, to the
                                 extent not previously  paid, will be payable on
                                 the Class A-2 Note Final Scheduled Distribution
                                 Date; the outstanding  principal  amount of the
                                 Class A-3 Notes, to the extent,  not previously
                                 paid,  will be  payable  on the  Class A-3 Note
                                 Final   Scheduled    Distribution   Date;   the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-4
                                 Notes, to the extent not previously  paid, will
                                 be   payable   on  the  Class  A-4  Note  Final
                                 Scheduled  Distribution  Date; the  outstanding
                                 principal amount of the Class A-5 Notes, to the
                                 extent not previously  paid, will be payable on
                                 the 


                                      S-12
<PAGE>

                                 Class  A-5 Note  Final  Scheduled  Distribution
                                 Date; the outstanding  principal  amount of the
                                 Class A-6 Notes,  to the extent not  previously
                                 paid,  will be  payable  on the  Class A-6 Note
                                 Final   Scheduled    Distribution   Date;   the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-7
                                 Notes, to the extent not previously  paid, will
                                 be   payable   on  the  Class  A-7  Note  Final
                                 Scheduled    Distribution    Date;    and   the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Class B
                                 Notes, to the extent not previously  paid, will
                                 be payable on the Class B Note Final  Scheduled
                                 Distribution Date. See "The  Notes--Payments of
                                 Principal."

D.  Redemption................   In the event of an Optional Purchase or Auction
                                 Sale,  as  described  herein,  the  outstanding
                                 Notes will be redeemed,  at a redemption  price
                                 equal to the  unpaid  principal  amount  of the
                                 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest  thereon
                                 at   the   applicable   Interest   Rates.   See
                                 "Summary--Optional  Purchase of the Contracts,"
                                 "--Auction Sale," "The  Notes--Redemption"  and
                                 "The   Purchase   Agreements   and  The   Trust
                                 Documents--Termination" in the Prospectus.

E. Limited Rights.............   Except  as  described  herein,  if an  Event of
                                 Default occurs under the Indenture, the Class B
                                 Noteholders  will not have any  right to direct
                                 or to consent to any  remedies  therefor by the
                                 Indenture  Trustee,  including  acceleration of
                                 the Notes or the sale of  Contracts,  until the
                                 Class A Notes  have  been  paid in full.  If an
                                 Event  of  Termination   occurs,  the  Class  B
                                 Noteholders  will not have any  right to direct
                                 or consent to removal of the Servicer or waiver
                                 of any Event of  Termination  until the Class A
                                 Notes have been paid in full.

Terms of the Certificates.....   The principal terms of the Certificates will be
                                 as described below:

A.  Pass-Through Rate.........   The Certificates will bear interest at the rate
                                 of ____% per annum (the "Pass-Through Rate").

B.  Interest..................   Interest in respect of a Distribution Date will
                                 accrue  at the  Pass-Through  Rate  during  the
                                 related  Interest   Accrual  Period.   On  each
                                 Distribution   Date,  the  Owner  Trustee  will
                                 distribute   pro  rata  to   Certificateholders
                                 accrued  interest at the  Pass-Through  Rate on
                                 the  outstanding  Certificate  Balance  to  the
                                 extent of the Available  Amount remaining after
                                 payment of the  Servicer  Payment and  interest
                                 and   principal   due  on  the  Notes  on  such
                                 Distribution  Date. To the extent the remaining
                                 Available  Amount  on a  Distribution  Date  is
                                 insufficient  to  pay   Certificateholders  the
                                 entire   amount   of   interest   due  on  such
                                 Distribution   Date,  such  shortfall  will  be
                                 funded from the Reserve Account, subject to the
                                 Available  Reserve Amount  remaining  after any
                                 withdrawals  from the  Reserve  Account to make
                                 payments of interest and  principal  due on the
                                 Notes  on such  Distribution  Date,  under  the
                                 circumstances described herein. Interest on the
                                 Certificates for any Distribution  Date due but
                                 not paid on such  Distribution Date will be due
                                 on the next Distribution Date in addition to an
                                 amount  equal to interest on such amount at the
                                 Pass-Through   Rate  (to  the  extent  lawful).
                                 Interest on the Certificates will be calculated
                                 on the basis of a 360-day  year  consisting  of
                                 twelve 30-day months.  See "The  Certificates -
                                 Distributions of Interest."


                                      S-13
<PAGE>

                                 The  "Certificate  Balance"  means the Original
                                 Certificate     Balance    reduced    by    all
                                 distributions  allocable to principal  actually
                                 made to Certificateholders.

                                 The  rights of  Certificateholders  to  receive
                                 distributions  of interest will be subordinated
                                 to  the  rights  of   Noteholders   to  receive
                                 distributions  of interest  and  principal,  as
                                 described  herein.  If an Event of Default  has
                                 occurred  and the Notes have been  accelerated,
                                 Certificateholders  will  not  be  entitled  to
                                 receive any distributions  until the Notes have
                                 been     paid     in     full.     See     "The
                                 Certificates--Distributions of Interest."

C.  Principal.................   On  each   Distribution   Date   prior  to  the
                                 Distribution  Date on which the Notes have been
                                 paid  in  full  (the  "Cross-Over  Date"),  the
                                 Certificateholders  will not be entitled to any
                                 payments of principal.

                                 On  each  Distribution  Date  on or  after  the
                                 Cross-Over Date,  principal of the Certificates
                                 will  be  payable,  subject  to  the  remaining
                                 Available  Amount and the  remaining  Available
                                 Reserve  Amount,  in an  amount  equal  to  the
                                 Certificateholders'    Principal   Distribution
                                 Amount with respect to such Distribution  Date.
                                 Such  principal  payments will be funded to the
                                 extent of the Available  Amount remaining after
                                 payment  of the  Servicer  Payment,  payment of
                                 interest and  principal in respect of the Notes
                                 on the Cross-Over Date, and payment of interest
                                 due on the  Certificates  on such  Distribution
                                 Date.  To the  extent the  remaining  Available
                                 Amount on a Distribution  Date is  insufficient
                                 to   fund   the   entire    Certificateholders'
                                 Principal   Distribution  Amount  due  on  such
                                 Distribution   Date,  such  shortfall  will  be
                                 funded from the Reserve Account, subject to the
                                 Available  Reserve Amount  remaining  after any
                                 withdrawals  from the  Reserve  Account to make
                                 payments of interest and  principal  due on the
                                 Notes and interest due on the  Certificates  on
                                 such Distribution Date, under the circumstances
                                 described     herein.     The     rights     of
                                 Certificateholders  to receive distributions of
                                 principal (following the payment of interest on
                                 the  Certificates)  will be subordinated to the
                                 rights of Noteholders to receive  distributions
                                 of interest and principal.

                                 In  the  event   that  the   Certificates   are
                                 outstanding on the Certificate  Final Scheduled
                                 Distribution  Date (after  taking into  account
                                 distributions  on  such  date),  the  Indenture
                                 Trustee   will   withdraw   (or   cause  to  be
                                 withdrawn)  from the  Reserve  Account  (to the
                                 extent  funds  are  available  therefor  in the
                                 Reserve  Account),  and  will  deposit  in  the
                                 Certificate     Distribution     Account    for
                                 distribution  to  the   Certificateholders   in
                                 retirement of the Certificates, an amount equal
                                 to the Certificate Balance.

D.  Redemption................   In the event of an Optional Purchase or Auction
                                 Sale,  the  Certificates  will be redeemed at a
                                 redemption   price  equal  to  the  Certificate
                                 Balance  plus   accrued  and  unpaid   interest
                                 thereon   at   the   Pass-Through   Rate.   See
                                 "Summary--Optional  Purchase of the Contracts,"
                                 "--Auction         Sale"        and        "The
                                 Certificates--Redemption" in the Prospectus.


                                      S-14
<PAGE>

E.  Limited Rights............   Except  as  described  herein,  if an  Event of
                                 Default   occurs  under  the   Indenture,   the
                                 Certificateholders  will not have any  right to
                                 direct or to consent to any  remedies  therefor
                                 exercisable by the Indenture Trustee, including
                                 the sale of the Contracts, until the Notes have
                                 been   paid  in  full,   and  if  an  Event  of
                                 Termination occurs, the Certificateholders will
                                 not have any  right to  direct  or  consent  to
                                 removal of the  Servicer  or the waiver of such
                                 Event of Termination  until the Notes have been
                                 paid in  full.  See  "Risk  Factors--Rights  of
                                 Noteholders and Certificateholders"  herein and
                                 "The   Purchase   Agreements   and  the   Trust
                                 Documents--Event  of  Termination,"   "--Rights
                                 Upon Event of  Termination"  and  "--Waiver  of
                                 Past Defaults" in the Prospectus.

Subordination ................   To the extent described  herein,  the rights of
                                 the Certificateholders to receive distributions
                                 with   respect   to  the   Contracts   will  be
                                 subordinated to the rights of the  Noteholders,
                                 and the  rights of the Class B  Noteholders  to
                                 receive   distributions  with  respect  to  the
                                 Contracts will be subordinated to the rights of
                                 the Class A Noteholders.  This subordination is
                                 intended  to enhance the  likelihood  of timely
                                 receipt  by the Class A  Noteholders  (and to a
                                 lesser extent the Class B  Noteholders)  of the
                                 full amount of interest and principal  required
                                 to be paid to them,  and to afford  the Class A
                                 Noteholders (and to a lesser extent the Class B
                                 Noteholders)  limited protection against losses
                                 in respect of the Contracts.

                                 No   distribution   will   be   made   to   the
                                 Certificateholders  on any Distribution Date in
                                 respect of (i)  interest  until the full amount
                                 of interest and  principal on the Notes payable
                                 on such  Distribution Date has been distributed
                                 to the  Noteholders,  and (ii) principal  until
                                 the Notes have been paid in full.

                                 No  distribution  will be  made to the  Class B
                                 Noteholders on any Distribution Date in respect
                                 of  (i)  interest  until  the  full  amount  of
                                 interest  on the Class A Notes  payable on such
                                 Distribution  Date has been  distributed to the
                                 Class A Noteholders,  and (ii) principal  until
                                 the full  amount  of  principal  on the Class A
                                 Notes  payable  on such  Distribution  Date has
                                 been distributed to the Class A Noteholders.

                                 The Class A  Noteholders  will be  entitled  to
                                 receive current distributions of interest prior
                                 to  the  Class  B  Noteholders   receiving  any
                                 current   distributions   of   interest.    See
                                 "Summary--Terms  of  the  Notes--Interest"  and
                                 "The Notes--Payments of Interest." In addition,
                                 the Class A  Noteholders  will be  entitled  to
                                 receive their share of the current distribution
                                 of principal  prior to the Class B  Noteholders
                                 receiving    their   share   of   the   current
                                 distribution of principal.  See "Summary--Terms
                                 of    the     Notes--Principal"     and    "The
                                 Notes--Payments of Principal."

Reserve Account...............   On the Closing  Date,  an account (the "Reserve
                                 Account") will be  established  pursuant to the
                                 Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The  Indenture
                                 Trustee  will  have the right to  withdraw  (or
                                 cause  to  be  withdrawn)   payments  from  the
                                 Reserve  Account  under  certain  circumstances
                                 specified  below.  The Reserve Account will not
                                 be funded on the Closing Date. After the 


                                      S-15
<PAGE>

                                 Closing  Date,  the  Reserve  Account  will  be
                                 funded with the Excess Collections, if any, and
                                 certain investment  earnings on funds deposited
                                 in the  Reserve  Account.  With  respect to any
                                 Distribution  Date, the amount  available to be
                                 withdrawn   from  the  Reserve   Account   (the
                                 "Available  Reserve  Amount")  will  equal  the
                                 lesser of (i) the Specified  Reserve Amount and
                                 (ii)  the  amount  on  deposit  in the  Reserve
                                 Account  before giving effect to any deposit to
                                 be  made  to  the   Reserve   Account  on  such
                                 Distribution  Date. If the Available  Amount on
                                 any  Distribution  Date is insufficient  (after
                                 paying  the   Servicer   Payment)  to  pay  the
                                 interest   and   principal   required   to   be
                                 distributed   on   the   Securities   on   such
                                 Distribution  Date, the Indenture  Trustee will
                                 withdraw  (or cause to be  withdrawn)  from the
                                 Reserve  Account an amount  equal to the lesser
                                 of  the  amount  of  such   deficiency  or  the
                                 Available  Reserve Amount.  The Reserve Account
                                 will be  available to provide a source of funds
                                 to make  payments of  principal  or interest on
                                 the  Notes  and the  Certificates  in the  same
                                 order of priority  specified for  distributions
                                 of     the      Available      Amount.      See
                                 "Enhancement--Reserve    Account"    and   "The
                                 Purchase  Agreements and the Trust  Documents -
                                 Distributions." If the Available Reserve Amount
                                 is zero  (which will be the case on the Closing
                                 Date),  holders of the Securities will bear the
                                 risk of loss resulting from default by Obligors
                                 and will have to look primarily to the value of
                                 the related  Financed Boats for recovery of the
                                 outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest on
                                 the defaulted Contracts.

                                 On each  Distribution  Date,  the Servicer will
                                 deposit  Excess  Collections,  if any, into the
                                 Reserve  Account  in an  amount  sufficient  to
                                 increase  the amount on deposit in the  Reserve
                                 Account to the Specified Reserve Amount for the
                                 next Distribution Date. Excess Collections,  if
                                 any,  not so  required to be  deposited  in the
                                 Reserve  Account will be paid to the Affiliated
                                 Owner.    "Excess    Collections"    for    any
                                 Distribution   Date  will  equal  the   amounts
                                 collected   or  deposited  in  respect  of  the
                                 Contracts  in the  related Due Period and which
                                 remain  in  the  Collection   Account  on  such
                                 Distribution  Date after  taking  into  account
                                 distributions  to be made on the Securities and
                                 payments and  reimbursements  to be made to the
                                 Servicer on such  Distribution  Date.  See "The
                                 Purchase     Agreements     and    The    Trust
                                 Documents--Distributions."    The    "Specified
                                 Reserve    Amount"    with   respect   to   any
                                 Distribution   Date  means  ___%  of  the  Pool
                                 Balance as of the first day of the  related Due
                                 Period,  but in no event less than  $__________
                                 (subject to adjustment  based on  delinquencies
                                 and losses on the Contracts), provided that the
                                 Specified Reserve Amount shall never be greater
                                 than the sum of the aggregate  principal amount
                                 of the Notes and the outstanding balance of the
                                 Certificates  and may be  reduced  from time to
                                 time if the  Rating  Agencies  shall have given
                                 prior  written   notice  to  the  Seller,   the
                                 Servicer  and the  Issuer  that such  reduction
                                 will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of
                                 the then  current  ratings  of the Notes or the
                                 Certificates.     See     "Enhancement--Reserve
                                 Account."

                                 If, on any  Distribution  Date,  the  Available
                                 Reserve  Amount  (after taking into account any
                                 deposits  to and  withdrawals  


                                      S-16
<PAGE>

                                 from the Reserve  Account  pursuant to the Sale
                                 and  Servicing  Agreement on such  Distribution
                                 Date) exceeds the Specified  Reserve Amount for
                                 the next Distribution Date, such excess will be
                                 withdrawn from the Reserve  Account and paid to
                                 the Affiliated Owner. See "Enhancement--Reserve
                                 Account."

                                 The sole  source  of  funding  for the  Reserve
                                 Account will be the Excess Collections, and the
                                 Excess  Collections  may not be  sufficient  to
                                 fund the Reserve  Account in an amount equal to
                                 the  Specified  Reserve  Amount or to replenish
                                 the Reserve  Account  after funds are withdrawn
                                 to make payments on the Securities. Neither the
                                 Seller nor the  Servicer  will be  obligated to
                                 deposit any of their own funds into the Reserve
                                 Account   in  the   event   that   the   Excess
                                 Collections  are not  sufficient  to  fund  the
                                 Reserve  Account  in an  amount  equal  to  the
                                 Specified  Reserve  Amount.  Accordingly,   the
                                 Distribution  Date by which the Reserve Account
                                 will  be  funded  in an  amount  equal  to  the
                                 Specified  Reserve Amount for such Distribution
                                 Date cannot be predicted.

Monthly Advances..............   With respect to each Contract as to which there
                                 has been a Payment Shortfall during the related
                                 Due  Period  (other  than a  Payment  Shortfall
                                 arising from a Contract  which has been prepaid
                                 in full or which has been  subject  to a Relief
                                 Act  reduction  during the related Due Period),
                                 the Servicer  shall advance funds in the amount
                                 of such  Payment  Shortfall  (each,  a "Monthly
                                 Advance"),  but  only to the  extent  that  the
                                 Servicer,  in its good faith judgment,  expects
                                 to recover such Monthly Advance from subsequent
                                 interest  collections  on such Contract made by
                                 or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder, or from
                                 Net Liquidation  Proceeds or insurance proceeds
                                 with  respect to such  Contract.  The  Servicer
                                 shall be  reimbursed  for any  Monthly  Advance
                                 from  subsequent   interest   collections  with
                                 respect  to  such  Contract.  If  the  Servicer
                                 determines  in its good faith  judgment that an
                                 unreimbursed    Monthly   Advance   shall   not
                                 ultimately  be  recoverable   from   subsequent
                                 interest  collections,  the  Servicer  shall be
                                 reimbursed   for  such  Monthly   Advance  from
                                 collections  on all  Contracts.  In determining
                                 whether    an    advance    is   or   will   be
                                 nonrecoverable, the Servicer need not take into
                                 account that it might  receive any amounts in a
                                 deficiency  judgment  against an  Obligor.  The
                                 Servicer  will not make a  Monthly  Advance  in
                                 respect of (i) the  principal  component of any
                                 scheduled  payment or (ii) a Payment  Shortfall
                                 arising from a Contract  which has been prepaid
                                 in full or which has been  subject  to a Relief
                                 Act  Reduction  during the  related Due Period.
                                 See  "The  Purchase  Agreements  and The  Trust
                                 Documents--Monthly  Advances" herein and in the
                                 Prospectus.

                                 "Payment  Shortfall"  means with respect to any
                                 Contract and any Distribution  Date, the excess
                                 of (A) the  product of (1)  one-twelfth  of the
                                 Contract  Rate  of  such  Contract  and (2) the
                                 outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract
                                 as of the last day of the second  preceding Due
                                 Period (or, in the case of the first Due Period
                                 ending  after the  Contract was acquired by the
                                 Trust,  as of the Cut-off  Date),  over (B) the
                                 amount of interest,  if any,  collected on such
                                 Contract during the related Due Period.


                                      S-17
<PAGE>

Non-Reimbursable Payments.....   The Servicer  will not be obligated to make any
                                 Non-Reimbursable  Payments  (as  defined in the
                                 Prospectus).

Servicing Fees................   The Servicer  shall  receive a monthly fee (the
                                 "Servicing Fee"),  payable on each Distribution
                                 Date,  equal to the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of
                                 the  product  of  _____%  (the  "Servicing  Fee
                                 Rate") and the Pool  Balance as of the last day
                                 of the second  preceding Due Period (or, in the
                                 case of the first  Distribution Date, as of the
                                 Cut-off Date) and (ii) any investment  earnings
                                 on  amounts   on  deposit  in  the   Collection
                                 Account,  the Note Distribution Account and the
                                 Certificate  Distribution  Account;   provided,
                                 however,  if CITSF or an  affiliate  thereof is
                                 not the Servicer,  the Servicing Fee Rate shall
                                 be  a  rate  determined  at  the  time  of  the
                                 appointment of a successor  Servicer but not to
                                 exceed _____%. See "The Purchase Agreements and
                                 The  Trust  Documents--Servicing  Compensation"
                                 herein and in the Prospectus.

Optional Purchase of 
  the Contracts...............   At its  option,  CITSF  may  purchase  all  the
                                 Contracts on any Distribution Date on which the
                                 Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related
                                 Due Period is __% or less of the  Initial  Pool
                                 Balance,  at a  purchase  price  determined  as
                                 described  under "The Purchase  Agreements  and
                                 The Trust Documents--Termination" herein and in
                                 the  Prospectus.  The  "Initial  Pool  Balance"
                                 equals the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off Date.

Auction Sale..................   Within  ten days  after the first  Distribution
                                 Date on which the Pool  Balance  as of the last
                                 day of the related Due Period is __% or less of
                                 the Initial Pool Balance, the Indenture Trustee
                                 (or,  if the  Notes  have been paid in full and
                                 the Indenture has been discharged in accordance
                                 with  its  terms,   the  Owner  Trustee)  shall
                                 solicit bids for the purchase of the  Contracts
                                 remaining  in  the  Trust.  In the  event  that
                                 satisfactory  bids are received as described in
                                 "The   Purchase   Agreements   and  The   Trust
                                 Documents--Termination"  in the Prospectus, the
                                 net sale proceeds (after the Servicer  Payment)
                                 will be distributed to Securityholders,  in the
                                 same order of priority as collections  received
                                 in  respect  of the  Contracts,  on the  second
                                 Distribution  Date  succeeding such Due Period.
                                 If  satisfactory  bids are not  received,  such
                                 Trustee shall decline to sell the Contracts and
                                 shall not be under any  obligation  to  solicit
                                 any further  bids or  otherwise  negotiate  any
                                 further  sale  of  the   Contracts.   See  "The
                                 Purchase     Agreements     and    The    Trust
                                 Documents--Termination"   herein   and  in  the
                                 Prospectus.

Ratings.......................   It is a condition  to the issuance of the Class
                                 A Notes  that  the  Class  A-1  Notes  be rated
                                 "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service,  a
                                 division  of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc.
                                 ("S&P") and "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service,
                                 Inc.  ("Moody's") (each, a "Rating Agency") and
                                 that the Class  A-2  Notes,  Class  A-3  Notes,
                                 Class A-4  Notes,  Class A-5  Notes,  Class A-6
                                 Notes and the Class A-7 Notes be rated "AAA" by
                                 S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's . It is a condition to
                                 the  issuance  of the  Class B Notes  that  the
                                 Class B Notes be rated at least  "A" by S&P and
                                 "A2"  by  Moody's.  It is a  condition  to  the
                                 issuance   of   the   Certificates   that   the
                                 Certificates be rated at least "BBB" by S&P and
                                 "Baa2" by  Moody's.  The ratings of the Class A
                                 Notes will be based primarily on the Contracts,


                                      S-18
<PAGE>

                                 the  Reserve  Account  and  the  terms  of  the
                                 Securities,    including   the    subordination
                                 provided   by  the   Class  B  Notes   and  the
                                 Certificates.  The ratings of the Class B Notes
                                 will be based  primarily on the Contracts,  the
                                 Reserve   Account   and   the   terms   of  the
                                 Securities,    including   the    subordination
                                 provided  by the  Certificates.  The ratings of
                                 the Certificates will be based primarily on the
                                 Contracts and the Reserve Account.  The ratings
                                 of   the   Securities   should   be   evaluated
                                 independently  from  similar  ratings  on other
                                 types of securities. The ratings do not address
                                 the possibility that Securityholders may suffer
                                 a lower than anticipated  yield. The ratings do
                                 not address the likelihood  that the Securities
                                 will  be  retired  following  the  sale  of the
                                 Contracts  by the  Trustee as  described  above
                                 under "Auction  Sale" or "Optional  Purchase of
                                 the Contracts."

                                 There can be no assurance  that any rating will
                                 remain in effect  for any given  period of time
                                 or  that  a  rating  will  not  be  lowered  or
                                 withdrawn by the assigning Rating Agency if, in
                                 its judgment,  circumstances so warrant. In the
                                 event that the rating initially assigned to any
                                 of the  Securities is  subsequently  lowered or
                                 withdrawn  for any reason,  no person or entity
                                 will be  obligated  to provide  any  additional
                                 credit   enhancement   with   respect  to  such
                                 Securities.  There can be no assurance  whether
                                 any other  rating  agency  will rate any of the
                                 Securities,  or if one does,  what rating would
                                 be assigned by any such other rating agency.  A
                                 security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                                 sell or hold securities.

Certain Federal Income 
  Tax Considerations..........   For Federal income tax purposes:  (1) the Notes
                                 will  constitute   indebtedness   and  (2)  the
                                 Certificates  will  constitute  interests  in a
                                 trust  fund  that  will  not be  treated  as an
                                 association  taxable  as  a  corporation.  Each
                                 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note, will agree
                                 to treat  the Notes as  indebtedness,  and each
                                 Certificateholder,   by  the  acceptance  of  a
                                 Certificate, will agree to treat the Trust as a
                                 partnership in which the Certificateholders are
                                 partners  for  Federal   income  tax  purposes.
                                 Alternative  characterizations of the Notes and
                                 the  Certificates  are possible,  but would not
                                 result in materially  adverse tax  consequences
                                 to  Noteholders  or   Certificateholders.   See
                                 "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

ERISA Considerations..........   Subject  to  certain  considerations  discussed
                                 under "ERISA Considerations"  herein, the Notes
                                 will  be  eligible  for  purchase  by  employee
                                 benefit  plans that are subject to the Employee
                                 Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as
                                 amended ("ERISA").

                                 Fiduciaries  of employee  benefit plans subject
                                 to ERISA,  or plans  subject to Section 4975 of
                                 the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")
                                 should   carefully   review  with  their  legal
                                 advisors whether the purchase or holding of the
                                 Notes  offered  hereby  could  give  rise  to a
                                 transaction   prohibited   or   not   otherwise
                                 permissible   under  ERISA  or  the  Code.  Any
                                 benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase
                                 of  the  Notes  should,   among  other  things,
                                 consult with its counsel in determining whether
                                 all required  conditions  have been  satisfied.
                                 See "ERISA Considerations."


                                      S-19
<PAGE>

                                 Employee  benefit  plans  subject to ERISA will
                                 not be eligible to purchase the Certificates.

Legal Investment..............   The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible securities
                                 for  purchase by money  market funds under Rule
                                 2a-7 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
                                 as amended. The appropriate characterization of
                                 the  Certificates  and each  class of the Notes
                                 under  various  legal  investment  restrictions
                                 applicable  to  the  investment  activities  of
                                 certain  institutions,  and thus the ability of
                                 investors  subject  to  these  restrictions  to
                                 purchase the Certificates and the Notes, may be
                                 subject     to     significant     interpretive
                                 uncertainties.  All investors whose  investment
                                 authority  is  subject  to  legal  restrictions
                                 should  consult  their  own legal  advisors  to
                                 determine  whether,  and to  what  extent,  the
                                 Certificates  and each  class of the Notes will
                                 constitute legal investments for them.


                                      S-20
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  Securityholders  should consider the following risk factors in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

     1. Limited Obligations. The Securities will not represent an interest in or
an  obligation  of The CIT Group,  Inc.  ("CIT"),  The CIT Group  Securitization
Corporation II (the "Company"),  the Affiliated Owner or any Servicer (including
The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.  ("CITSF"))  or any of  their  respective
affiliates.  The Securities  will not be insured or guaranteed by any government
agency or instrumentality,  CIT or any of its affiliates (including the Company,
the Affiliated  Owner, and CITSF),  the Underwriters or any of their affiliates,
or any other  Servicer  or any of its  affiliates.  CIT will not issue a Limited
Guarantee  (as  defined  in  the   Prospectus)   supporting  the  Notes  or  the
Certificates.

     2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the  Securities may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in  regional  or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic  conditions are often volatile and historically  have
affected  the  delinquency,  loan loss and  liquidation  experience  of pools of
marine  installment  sale  contracts  and  direct  loans  secured  by boats.  In
addition,  the credit  criteria and  underwriting  guidelines  under which CITSF
originates  marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans were changed in
1994. The delinquency  and loan loss  experience for CITSF's  portfolio has been
affected  adversely by this change in credit criteria.  See "The CIT Group/Sales
Financing,  Inc.,  Servicer--Delinquency  and Loan Loss  Experience."  Since the
market value of boats  generally  declines with age and since in certain  states
the Trustees may not have a first  perfected  security  interest in the Financed
Boats,  the Servicer  may not recover the entire  amount owing under a defaulted
Contract.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the Contracts" in the  Prospectus.  In
such a case, the  Securityholders  may suffer a  corresponding  loss. The market
value of the Financed Boats could be or could become lower than the  outstanding
principal  balances  of  the  Contracts  that  they  secure.  Sufficiently  high
liquidation losses on the Contracts will have the effect of reducing,  and could
eliminate (a) the protection against loss afforded to the Class A Noteholders by
the subordination of the Class B Notes and the Certificates,  (b) the protection
against loss afforded to the Class B  Noteholders  by the  subordination  of the
Certificates, (c) the protection against loss afforded to the Securityholders by
the  Available  Reserve  Amount,  if  any,  and  (d) the  amount  of the  Excess
Collections  available to fund the Reserve Account.  If the Certificate  Balance
and the Available  Reserve  Amount is reduced to zero,  the holders of the Notes
will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from default by Obligors and will have to
look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed  Boats for recovery of the
outstanding  principal and unpaid  interest on the defaulted  Contracts.  If the
Available  Reserve  Amount is zero (which will be the case on the Closing Date),
holders of the Certificates will bear the risk of loss resulting from default by
Obligors and will have to look  primarily  to the value of the related  Financed
Boats for  recovery  of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest on the
defaulted Contracts.

     3. Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency.  CITCF-NY, CITSF and the Company
intend that transfers of Contracts  from The CIT  Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc.
(NY)  ("CITCF-NY")  to CITSF,  from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to
the Trust,  constitute  sales,  rather than  pledges of the  Contracts to secure
indebtedness. However, if CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company were to become a debtor
under  Title 11 of the  United  States  Code,  11  U.S.C.  ss.101  et seq.  (the
"Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is possible that a creditor,  receiver,  other party in
interest  or  trustee  in  bankruptcy   of  such  debtor,   or  such  debtor  as
debtor-in-possession, may contend that the sales of the Contracts by CITCF-NY to
CITSF,  by CITSF to the Company,  or by the Company to the Trust,  respectively,
were  pledges of the  Contracts  rather than sales and that,  accordingly,  such
Contracts should be part of such assigning entity's  bankruptcy  estate.  Such a
position, if presented to a court, even if ultimately unsuccessful, could result
in a delay in or reduction of distributions to the Securityholders. See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Certain  Matters Relating to Insolvency" in the
Prospectus.

     4.  Limited  Assets;  Subordination.  The Trust  will not  have,  nor is it
permitted or expected to have, any significant  assets or sources of funds other
than  the  Contracts  and  the  amounts  on  deposit  in  the  Reserve  Account.
Noteholders  generally  must rely for  repayment  upon payments on the Contracts
and,  if and to  the  extent  available  on  each  Distribution  Date  to  cover
shortfalls in distributions  of interest and principal on the Notes,  amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account.  However, funds deposited in the Reserve Account
are  limited in amount,  and the amount  required  to be  maintained  on deposit
therein will be reduced as the Pool Balance  declines.  If the amount on deposit
in  the  Reserve  Account  is  exhausted,  and,  in the  case  of  the  Class  A
Noteholders,  to the extent the  subordination  of amounts  distributable to the
Class B Noteholders and the  Certificates is  insufficient,  and, in the 


                                      S-21
<PAGE>

case of the Class B  Noteholders,  to the  extent the  subordination  of amounts
distributable  to  Certificateholders  is  insufficient,  the Trust will  depend
solely  on  current  collections  on  the  Contracts  to  make  payments  on the
Securities.

     The Trust will  covenant to sell the  Contracts if directed to do so by the
Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Indenture  following an acceleration of
the Notes upon an Event of Default.  However,  the market value of the Contracts
at any  time  may not be equal to or  greater  than  the  aggregate  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes and the interest accrued thereon. Therefore, upon
an Event of Default with respect to the Notes, there may not be sufficient funds
available to repay  Noteholders  in full.  In addition,  the amount of principal
required to be  distributed  to  Noteholders  under the  Indenture  is generally
limited to amounts  available to be deposited in the Note  Distribution  Account
for such purpose.  Therefore,  the failure to pay principal on the Notes may not
result in the  occurrence of an Event of Default until the Note Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date  applicable to each class of the Notes.  Any actions taken by
the Class A Noteholders upon an Event of Default may also increase losses to the
Class B Noteholders and the Certificateholders.  Upon a sale by the Trust of the
Contracts,  the net  proceeds  from such sale  remaining  after  payment  of all
amounts due to the Servicer and the Noteholders may not be sufficient to pay the
Certificate   Balance  and  interest   accrued   thereon.   See  "The  Notes-The
Indenture-Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default" in the Prospectus.

     Payments  of  interest  and   principal  of  the  Class  B  Notes  will  be
subordinated in priority of payment to payments of interest and principal on the
Class A Notes,  to the extent  described  herein.  In  addition,  if an Event of
Default has occurred and the Notes have been  accelerated,  payments of interest
on and  principal  of the Class B Notes will not be made until the Class A Notes
have been paid in full.  Payments of interest and principal of the  Certificates
will be  subordinated  in  priority  of  payment to  payments  of  interest  and
principal on the Notes.

     5.  Limited  Source of Funding for Reserve  Account.  On the Closing  Date,
there will be no funds on deposit in the Reserve  Account.  The Reserve  Account
will be funded solely from the Excess  Collections,  and the Excess  Collections
may not be sufficient to fund the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the Specified  Reserve Amount for such  Distribution  Date or to
replenish the Reserve  Account after funds are withdrawn to make payments on the
Securities.  The Excess  Collections to be deposited in the Reserve  Account are
limited  and will be  reduced  as the Pool  Balance  is  reduced.  If funds  are
deposited in the Reserve  Account,  they will be available to pay  principal and
interest on the Securities on any Distribution Date, but the funds available for
such purpose will not exceed the Available  Reserve Amount for such Distribution
Date. If funds in the Reserve Account are exhausted,  the  Securityholders  will
depend solely on the Contracts as the source of repayment.

     Liquidations of Contracts may reduce, and perhaps eliminate,  the amount of
Excess  Collections that would otherwise have been available on any Distribution
Date to fund the Reserve Account, because before any excess interest collections
are available to fund the Reserve Account such excess interest  collections must
be applied first to pay the portion of the Principal  Distribution  Amount equal
to the difference  between the Stated Principal Balance of Liquidated  Contracts
and the Net Liquidation Proceeds thereof.

     Any event or  circumstance  which  causes  the Trust not to  receive a full
month's  interest at the Contract Rate on a Contract also will reduce the amount
of  Excess   Collections  that  would  otherwise  have  been  available  on  any
Distribution Date to fund the Reserve Account. Accordingly, the amount of Excess
Collections  will be less than it  otherwise  would have been if a  Contract  is
prepaid in full or becomes subject to a Relief Act Reduction.  Delinquencies  on
the Contracts also will reduce,  and perhaps  eliminate,  the Excess Collections
that otherwise  would have been available on any  Distribution  Date to fund the
Reserve  Account if the Servicer  does not make a Monthly  Advance in respect of
such  delinquencies or if the Servicer  reimburses  itself for a Monthly Advance
from collections on other Contracts as provided herein.

     6. Geographic Concentration of Obligors. A significant concentration of the
Contracts  have  Obligors  with mailing  addresses in the states of  __________,
__________  and  __________.  Based on the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off  Date,
_____%,  _____% and _____% of the Contracts have Obligors with mailing addresses
in __________, __________ and __________,  respectively. Because of the relative
lack of geographic diversity, losses on the related Contracts may be higher than
would be the case if there  were more  diversification.  The  economies  of such
states may be adversely affected to a greater degree than that of other areas of
the country by certain regional  economic  conditions.  An economic  downturn in
__________,  __________ or __________  may have an adverse effect on the ability
of  Obligors  in such  states  to  meet  their  payment  obligations  under  the
Contracts.


                                      S-22
<PAGE>

     7. Maturity and Prepayment Considerations. The weighted average life of the
Notes and the Certificates will generally be influenced by the rate at which the
principal  balances of the Contracts are paid,  which payment may be in the form
of scheduled  amortization or  prepayments.  The Contracts are prepayable by the
Obligors  at any time.  Prepayments  may also  result  from  Contracts  becoming
Liquidated  Contracts or from repurchases of Contracts.  Any reinvestment  risks
resulting from a faster or slower  incidence of prepayment of the Contracts will
be borne entirely by the  Securityholders.  See "The Purchase Agreements and the
Trust Documents--Termination" regarding CITSF's option to purchase the Contracts
and "The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the
Contracts" in the Prospectus.

     In addition,  the Servicer may, on a case-by-case  basis, permit extensions
with respect to the due dates of payments on Contracts  in  accordance  with the
Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust
Documents--Modification  of  Contracts."  Any such  extensions  may increase the
weighted  average life of the  Securities.  However,  the  Servicer  will not be
permitted to grant any such extension if as a result the final scheduled payment
on a  Contract  would fall  after the 180th day prior to the  Certificate  Final
Scheduled Distribution Date.

     8.  Ratings of the  Securities.  It is a condition  to the  issuance of the
Class A Notes  that the  Class  A-1  Notes be rated  "A-1+"  by S&P and "P-1" by
Moody's and that the Class A-2 Notes,  Class A-3 Notes,  Class A-4 Notes,  Class
A-5  Notes,  Class A-6  Notes and the Class A-7 Notes be rated  "AAA" by S&P and
"Aaa" by Moody's . It is a condition  to the  issuance of the Class B Notes that
the  Class B Notes be rated at  least  "A" by S&P and "A2" by  Moody's.  It is a
condition to the issuance of the Certificates  that the Certificates be rated at
least "BBB" by S&P and "Baa2" by Moody's.  The foregoing  ratings do not address
the  likelihood  that the Securities  will be retired  following the sale of the
Contracts by the applicable  Trustee.  There can be no assurance that any rating
will remain in effect for any given  period of time or that a rating will not be
lowered or withdrawn by the Rating Agency if, in its judgment,  circumstances so
warrant.  In the event that the rating  initially  assigned to the Securities is
subsequently  lowered or withdrawn  for any reason,  no person or entity will be
obligated  to provide any  additional  credit  enhancement  with respect to such
Securities. There can be no assurance that any other rating agency will rate the
Notes or the Certificates,  or if one does, what rating would be assigned by any
such other rating agency. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell
or hold securities.

     9.  Book-Entry  Registration.  The Notes will be offered  for  purchase  in
book-entry form only and will be initially registered in the name of the nominee
of The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC"  and,  together  with  any  successor
depository  selected by the Company,  the "Depository").  No person acquiring an
interest in the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner") will be
entitled to receive a Definitive Note representing such person's interest in the
Notes,   except  as  set  forth  under   "Certain   Information   Regarding  the
Securities--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus, and such persons will hold
their  interests  in the Notes  through DTC in the United  States or Cedel Bank,
societe anonyme  ("Cedel") or Euroclear in Europe.  Unless and until  Definitive
Notes are issued  under the limited  circumstances  described  herein and in the
related  Prospectus,  all  references to actions by  Noteholders  shall refer to
actions taken by DTC upon  instructions from its Participants (as defined in the
Prospectus),  and all references herein to distributions,  notices,  reports and
statements to Noteholders  shall refer to  distributions,  notices,  reports and
statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC procedures.  See "Certain  Information
Regarding The  Securities--Definitive  Securities" in the Prospectus and Annex I
hereto.

     10. Risk of  Commingling.  At any time that the  requirements  as specified
under "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust  Documents--Collections"  in the
Prospectus are met, the Servicer may deposit  payments on or with respect to the
Contracts  and proceeds of Contracts in the  Collection  Account  monthly on the
Business Day  immediately  preceding  the next  Distribution  Date (the "Deposit
Date"). Pending such a monthly deposit into the Collection Account,  collections
on the Contracts may be invested by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own
benefit and will not be  segregated  from its own funds.  If the  Servicer  were
unable to remit such funds or if the Servicer became  insolvent,  the holders of
the Securities  could incur a loss with respect to collections  not deposited in
the  Collection  Account.  As of the  Closing  Date,  the  Servicer  meets  such
requirements.

     11.  Rights  of  Noteholders  and   Certificateholders.   In  general,  the
Certificateholders  may direct the Owner  Trustee in the  administration  of the
Trust. However, because the Trust will pledge the Trust property (other than the
Certificate Distribution Account) to the Indenture Trustee to secure the payment
of the Notes,  including  in such  pledge the rights of the Trust under the Sale
and Servicing  Agreement,  the Indenture Trustee and not the  Certificateholders
will have the power to direct  the Owner  Trustee  to take  certain  actions  in
connection  with the  administration  of the Trust property until the Notes have
been paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged in


                                      S-23
<PAGE>

accordance  with its terms.  In  addition,  the  Certificateholders  will not be
allowed to direct the Owner Trustee to take any action that  conflicts  with the
provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Indenture will specifically
prohibit  the Owner  Trustee  from  taking  any  action  that  would  impair the
Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust property and will require the
Owner  Trustee to obtain the  consent of the  Indenture  Trustee or  Noteholders
representing  not less than a majority of the aggregate  principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding  before modifying,  amending,  supplementing,  waiving or
terminating any provision of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Therefore, except
as  described  herein,  until the Notes have been paid in full,  the  ability to
direct the Trust with respect to certain actions permitted to be taken under the
Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement  rests  with  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the
Noteholders.

     If an Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture  occurs  and the  Notes  are
accelerated,  the  Indenture  Trustee will have the right or will be required in
certain circumstances to exercise remedies as a secured party, including selling
the  Contracts,  in order to pay the principal of, and accrued  interest on, the
Notes.  Except as described herein,  upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
the Class B Noteholders  and the  Certificateholders  will not have any right to
direct  or to  consent  to  any  action  by  the  Indenture  Trustee,  including
acceleration  of the  Notes  or  the  sale  of  Contracts,  until  the  Class  A
Noteholders  have been paid in full (and in the case of the  Certificateholders,
until the Class B  Noteholders  have been paid in full).  There is no  assurance
that the proceeds of any sale of the Contracts would be equal to or greater than
the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes and the  Certificate
Balance plus, in each case,  accrued interest thereon.  Because neither interest
nor   principal   is   distributed   to  the   Class   B   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders  following an Event of Default and  acceleration of the Notes
until  the full  principal  amount of the  Class A Notes  and  interest  accrued
thereon have been paid in full (and in the case of the Certificateholders, until
the full principal amount of the Class B Notes and interest accrued thereon have
been paid in  full),  the  interests  of the  Class A  Noteholders,  the Class B
Noteholders  and the  Certificateholders  may conflict,  and the exercise by the
Indenture  Trustee of its right to sell the Contracts or exercise other remedies
may cause the Class B Noteholders and the Certificateholders to suffer a loss of
all or  part  of  their  investment.  See  "The  Notes--Rights  of  Noteholders;
Indenture."

     In the event that an Event of Termination  occurs, the Indenture Trustee or
the Class A Noteholders  representing  not less than a majority of the aggregate
principal  amount of the Class A Notes then  outstanding may remove the Servicer
without the consent of any of the Class B Noteholders or the Certificateholders.
None of the Class B Noteholders or the Certificateholders will have the ability,
with certain specified exceptions, to waive defaults by the Servicer,  including
defaults that could materially  adversely affect the Class B Noteholders and the
Certificateholders. See "The Notes--Rights of Noteholders; Indenture."

     12. Insurance. Each Contract requires the Obligor to obtain physical damage
insurance with respect to the related  Financed Boat.  Since Obligors may choose
their own insurers to provide the  required  coverage,  the  specific  terms and
conditions  of their  policies  vary.  Although  insurance  will  continue to be
required  pursuant to the terms of the Contracts,  CITSF as Servicer will not be
obligated to purchase physical damage insurance on behalf of any Obligor, verify
if any insurance  required under a Contract is being maintained by an Obligor or
be obligated to pursue any remedies  under any Contract or  applicable  law as a
result of any failure of an Obligor to maintain any such insurance. As a result,
any damage to an uninsured boat securing a Contract may result in a reduction of
Liquidation  Proceeds  available to pay the  Securityholders.  As of the Cut-off
Date,  force-placed  insurance  has not been  obtained on any of the  Contracts.
Historically,  CITSF has force-placed insurance on a relatively small percentage
of its marine  installment  sale  contracts and direct loans.  See "The Purchase
Agreements  and  the  Trust   Documents--Physical   Damage   Insurance"  in  the
Prospectus.

                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION

     The Issuer,  CIT Marine Trust ____-_ (the  "Issuer" or the  "Trust"),  is a
business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  pursuant to a
Trust  Agreement  (as amended  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Trust
Agreement"),  to be dated as of  __________  1,  ____  between  the  Seller  and
_______________,  acting thereunder not in its individual capacity but solely as
trustee of the Trust (the "Owner Trustee").  Prior to the sale and assignment of
the Contracts pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Trust will have
no assets or obligations.  After its formation, the Trust will not engage in any
activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the Contracts and the
other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and the
Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and (iv)
engaging in other  activities  that are  necessary,  suitable or  convenient  to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.


                                      S-24
<PAGE>

     Each  Certificate  will represent a fractional  undivided  interest in, and
each Note, will represent an obligation of, the Trust.

     The Trust will initially be capitalized  with equity equal to approximately
$__________ (the "Original Certificate Balance"). Certificates with an aggregate
original face amount of  approximately  $_______ will be owned by the Affiliated
Owner and Certificates  representing  the remainder of the Original  Certificate
Balance  will  be  sold  to  third  party  investors  that  are  expected  to be
unaffiliated  with the  Affiliated  Owner,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer or their
affiliates.  The equity in the Trust,  together with the proceeds of the initial
sale of the Notes,  will be used by the Trust to purchase the Contracts from the
Seller pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     The Servicer will service the Contracts  held by the Trust and will receive
fees for such  services.  CITSF will be  appointed as custodian on behalf of the
Trust, and will hold the original marine installment sale contract or promissory
note as well as the originals or copies of documents and instruments relating to
each Contract and evidencing the security interest in the Financed Boat securing
each Contract (the "Contract Files").

     The  Trust's   principal  offices  are  in   _______________   in  care  of
_______________,  as Owner  Trustee,  at the  address  listed  in  "--The  Owner
Trustee" below.

Capitalization of the Trust

     The following table  illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Cut-off  Date,  as if the  issuance  and sale of the Notes and the  Certificates
offered hereby had taken place on such date:

     Class A-1 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-2 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-3 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-4 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-5 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-6 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class A-7 ____% Asset-Backed Notes...........    $__________
     Class B    ____% Asset-Backed Notes..........    $__________
     ____% Asset-Backed Certificates..............    $__________
     Total........................................    $
                                                       ==========

The Owner Trustee

     _______________   is  the  Owner   Trustee   under  the  Trust   Agreement.
_______________  is a [national]  banking  association  formed under the laws of
[the United States].  The principal  offices of  _______________  are located at
____________________.  The Owner  Trustee  will perform  limited  administrative
functions under the Trust  Agreement,  including making  distributions  from the
Certificate  Distribution  Account.  The Owner Trustee's liability in connection
with the issuance and sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes is limited solely
to the  express  obligations  of the  Owner  Trustee  as set  forth in the Trust
Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Owner Trustee may appoint a
co-trustee  to act as  co-trustee  pursuant to a co-trustee  agreement  with the
Owner Trustee.

     The Owner  Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Servicer will
be  obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the
Owner  Trustee if the Owner  Trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as Owner
Trustee under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or if the Owner Trustee  becomes
insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a
successor  trustee.  Any  resignation  or  removal  of  the  Owner  Trustee  and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor trustee.

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will provide that the Servicer will pay
the Owner Trustee's fees. The Sale and Servicing  Agreement will further provide
that the Owner Trustee will be entitled to  indemnification by the Servicer for,
and will be held harmless  against,  any loss,  liability or expense incurred by
the Owner Trustee not resulting from its own willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence  (other than by reason of a breach of any of its  representations  or
warranties set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement).


                                      S-25
<PAGE>

                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

     The Notes are an  obligation  of the Trust and will be secured by assets of
the Trust (other than the Certificate  Distribution  Account).  Each Certificate
represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust. The Trust property will
include,  among  other  things,  (i) a pool  (the  "Contract  Pool")  of  marine
installment  sale  contracts,  direct loans and U.S.  preferred  ship  mortgages
secured by the new and used boats financed thereby, consisting of the Contracts;
(ii) all monies  received  under the  Contracts  on and after the Cut-off  Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained by the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  (including  all  investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds  therein  and all  proceeds  thereof);  (iv) all  monies on deposit in the
Reserve Account  (including all investments in such accounts and all income from
the funds therein and all proceeds  thereof);  (v)  assignments  of the security
interests in the Financed  Boats and any accessions  thereto;  (vi) the right to
proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies, if
any, covering individual  Financed Boats or Obligors,  as the case may be; (vii)
the rights of the Trust under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and (viii) any
and all proceeds of the foregoing.

                               THE CONTRACT POOL

General

     CITCF-NY will sell certain  contracts that will constitute a portion of the
Contracts  to  CITSF  pursuant  to a  purchase  agreement,  to  be  dated  as of
__________ 1, ____, and CITSF will sell the Contracts to the Company pursuant to
a  Purchase  Agreement  to be dated as of  __________  1,  ____  (the  "Purchase
Agreement") and the Company will sell the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement to be dated as of __________ 1, ____ (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust.

     CITSF or CITCF-NY  purchased the Contracts from Dealers,  or originated the
Contracts  directly using the  underwriting  standards  described under "The CIT
Group/Sales Financing, Inc.,  Servicer--CITSF's  Underwriting Guidelines" in the
Prospectus,  or acquired the Contracts from unaffiliated third parties (in which
event CITSF  reviewed  such  Contracts  to confirm  that they  conformed to such
underwriting standards).

     [All of the Contracts are Simple  Interest  Contracts.  A "Simple  Interest
Contract" is a Contract as to which interest  accrues under the simple  interest
method (i.e.,  the interest  portion of each monthly payment equals the interest
on the outstanding  principal  balance of the related Contract for the number of
days since the most recent  payment made on such  Contract  and the balance,  if
any, of such monthly payment is applied to principal).]

     The  Contracts  were first  entered  onto CITSF's or  CITCF-NY's  servicing
system (which,  typically,  represents the date on which CITSF or CITCF-NY funds
the purchase of such Contracts from Dealers) between  __________ and __________.
All Contracts are U.S. preferred ship mortgages or direct loans secured by boats
or marine installment sale contracts secured by boats originated by a Dealer and
purchased  by  CITCF-NY  or CITSF,  originated  directly  by CITSF or one of its
affiliates,  or acquired  by CITSF or one of its  affiliates  from  unaffiliated
third parties.

Characteristics of Contracts

     The  Contract  Pool  consists  of  contracts  having  an  aggregate  unpaid
principal balance as of the Cut-off Date of $__________. For the purposes of the
discussion of the characteristics of the Contracts on the Cut-off Date contained
herein,  the principal  balance of each Contract is the unpaid principal balance
as of the Cut-off Date.

     The Contracts were selected from CITSF's  portfolio of U.S.  preferred ship
mortgages,  marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans based on several
criteria,  including  the  following:  (i) each  Contract was  originated in the
United  States of America,  [except that _____  Contract(s)  were  originated in
Puerto  Rico];  (ii) each  Contract has a Contract Rate equal to or greater than
_____%;  (iii) each Contract  provides for level monthly  payments which include
interest  at the  related  Contract  Rate and,  if paid in  accordance  with its
schedule,  fully  amortizes  the amount  financed  over an  original  term of no
greater than [240] months; (iv) as of the Cut-off Date the most recent scheduled
payment of principal  and  interest,  if any, on each Contract was made by or on
behalf of the related  Obligor or was not delinquent more than [29] days; (v) no
Financed Boat has been repossessed without reinstatement as of the Cut-


                                      S-26
<PAGE>

off Date; (vi) as of the Cut-off Date no Obligor on any Contract was the subject
of a bankruptcy  proceeding and (vii) as of the Cut-off Date each Contract has a
remaining  principal  balance  of not less  than  $__________  and not more than
$__________. The Financed Boats consist of boats, boat trailers and boat motors.

     Approximately  _____%,  _____%  and  _____% of the Pool  Balance  as of the
Cut-off Date  represented  Contracts  secured by boats,  boat  trailers and boat
motors, respectively.  Approximately _____% of the Contracts, by Pool Balance as
of the  Cut-off  Date,  represented  financing  of  boats  which  were  new  and
approximately _____% represented  financing of boats which were used at the time
the related  Contracts  were  originated.  As of the Cut-off  Date,  the average
outstanding  principal  balances of the Contracts  secured by boats, boat motors
and boat trailers were $__________, $__________ and $__________, respectively.

     The  Obligors  under the  Contracts  have  mailing  addresses in 50 states,
[Puerto Rico] and Washington D.C. As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately  _____%
of the  Contracts,  based upon Pool Balance as of the Cut-off Date, had Obligors
with mailing  addresses  in the State of  __________,  approximately  _____% had
Obligors  with mailing  addresses in the State of __________  and  approximately
_____% had Obligors  with mailing  addresses  in the State of  __________.  Each
other  state  accounts  for less than  5.00% of the  Contracts  based  upon Pool
Balance as of the Cut-off Date.

     As of the Cut-off Date,  all Contracts  have an interest rate  specified in
such Contract (the "Contract Rate") of at least _____%.  As of the Cut-off Date,
the Contracts have remaining maturities of at least [9] months but not more than
[240]  months,  original  maturities  of at least [12]  months but not more than
[240] months,  and a weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of _____
months.  The weighted  average  original  term to maturity of the  Contracts was
_____ months.  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average Contract Rate of the
Contracts was _____%.  The final scheduled  payment dates on the Contracts range
from  __________ to  __________.  The average  remaining  principal  balance per
contract,  as of the Cut-off Date, was $__________ and the outstanding principal
balances of the Contracts,  as of the Cut-off Date,  ranged from  $__________ to
$__________.


                                      S-27
<PAGE>

Set forth below is a description of certain characteristics of the Contracts.

                   Geographical Distribution of Contracts (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      % of Contract
                                            % of Contract     Aggregate Principal   Pool by Principal
                           Number of       Pool by Number     Balance Outstanding        Balance
                        Contracts As of  of Contracts As of          As of          Outstanding As of
State                     Cut-off Date      Cut-off Date          Cut-off Date        Cut-off Date
- -----                     ------------      -------------         ------------        ------------
<S>                         <C>                <C>                   <C>                <C>    
Alabama...............
Alaska................
Arizona...............
Arkansas..............
California............
Colorado..............
Connecticut...........
Delaware..............
District of Columbia..
Florida...............
Georgia...............
Hawaii................
Idaho.................
Illinois..............
Indiana...............
Iowa..................
Kansas................
Kentucky..............
Louisiana.............
Maine.................
Maryland..............
Massachusetts.........
Michigan..............
Minnesota.............
Mississippi...........
Missouri..............
Montana...............
Nebraska..............
Nevada................
New Hampshire.........
New Jersey............
New Mexico............
New York..............
North Carolina........
North Dakota..........
Ohio..................
Oklahoma..............
Oregon................
Pennsylvania..........
[Puerto Rico].........
Rhode Island..........
South Carolina........
South Dakota..........
Tennessee.............
Texas.................
Utah..................
Vermont...............
Virginia..............
Washington............
West Virginia.........
Wisconsin.............
Wyoming...............
Total.................                         100%                  $                  100%
                                               ====                  =                  ====
</TABLE>

(1)  In most cases,  based on the mailing  addresses  of the  Obligors as of the
     Cut-off Date.


                                      S-28
<PAGE>

                            Range of Contract Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    % of Contract                         % of Contract Pool
                   Number of       Pool by Number    Aggregate Principal     By Principal
    Range of    Contracts As of  of Contracts As of  Balance Outstanding  Balance Outstanding
Contract Rates   Cut-off Date       Cut-off Date     As of Cut-off Date   As of Cut-off Date
- --------------   ------------       ------------     ------------------   ------------------
                                                    
<S>                <C>                 <C>              <C>                      <C> 










  Total                                100%                                      100%
                                       ====                                      ====
</TABLE>

                         Range of Remaining Maturities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Aggregate     % of Contract Pool
                                                              Principal        By Principal     
                       Number of        % of Contract Pool     Balance            Balance
                        Contracts           by Number of     Outstanding        Outstanding
Range of Remaining        As of           Contracts As of       As of              As of
Maturity in Months     Cut-off Date        Cut-off Date      Cut-off Date       Cut-off Date
- ------------------     ------------        ------------      ------------       ------------
<S>                      <C>                     <C>            <C>                <C> 
9 - 49
50 - 59
60 - 69
70 - 79
80 - 89
90 - 99
100 - 109
110 - 119
120 - 129
130 - 139
140 - 149
150 - 159
160 - 169
170 - 179
180 - 189
190 - 199
200 - 209
210 - 219
220 - 229
230 - 239
      240
Total                                            100%                              100%
                                                 ====                              ====
</TABLE>


                                      S-29
<PAGE>

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the  Contracts are  prepayable  at any time without any penalty.  If
prepayments are received on the Contracts,  the actual weighted  average life of
the Contracts will be shorter than the scheduled weighted average life, which is
based on the  assumption  that  payments  will be made as scheduled  and that no
prepayments  will be made.  For this  purpose the term  "prepayments"  includes,
among other  items,  voluntary  prepayments  by  Obligors,  regular  installment
payments  made in advance of their  scheduled  due  dates,  liquidations  due to
default,  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life and credit  disability
insurance  policies,  if any, and  purchases by CITSF or the Servicer of certain
Contracts as described herein. Weighted average life means the average amount of
time during  which each dollar of principal  on a Contract is  outstanding.  The
rate of prepayments on the Contracts may be influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other  factors,  including  the fact that an Obligor  may not sell or
transfer a Financed  Boat without the consent of CITSF.  Any  reinvestment  risk
resulting from the rate of prepayment of the Contracts and the  distribution  of
such   prepayments   to   Securityholders   will  be  borne   entirely   by  the
Securityholders. In addition, early retirement of the Securities may be effected
by (i) the  exercise  of the option of CITSF to  purchase  all of the  Contracts
remaining in the Trust when the  aggregate  principal  balance of the  Contracts
(the "Pool  Balance") is __% or less of the Initial Pool Balance,  (ii) the sale
by the  applicable  Trustee of all of the Contracts  remaining in the Trust when
the Pool Balance is __% or less of the Initial Pool Balance or (iii) an Event of
Default.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and The Trust  Documents--Termination"
herein and in the Prospectus.

     The rate of principal payments  (including  prepayments) on pools of marine
installment  sale  contracts  and direct loans may be influenced by a variety of
economic,  geographic,  social and other  factors.  In  general,  if  prevailing
interest  rates  were to fall  significantly  below  the  Contract  Rates on the
Contracts,  the Contracts  could be subject to higher  prepayment  rates than if
prevailing  interest  rates were to remain at or above the Contract Rates on the
Contracts.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly,
the  rate of  prepayments  on the  Contracts  would  generally  be  expected  to
decrease.  No assurance can be given as to the influence of these factors on the
actual prepayment experience of the Contracts.

     CITSF is not aware of any publicly available  industry  statistics that set
forth principal prepayment  experience for marine installment sale contracts and
direct loans similar to the Contracts  over an extended  period of time, and its
experience  with  respect to marine  receivables  included in its  portfolio  is
insufficient  to draw any  specific  conclusions  with  respect to the  expected
prepayment rates on the Contracts.

Certain Payment Data

     Certain statistical  information relating to the payment behavior of marine
installment  sale  contracts and direct loans  originated  by CITSF  directly or
through Dealers is set forth below.  In evaluating the information  contained in
this table and its  relationship  to the  expected  prepayment  behavior  of the
Contracts,  prospective Securityholders should consider that the information set
forth below reflects,  with respect to contracts originated in a given year, all
principal payments made in respect of such contracts in a given year,  including
regularly  scheduled  payments,  liquidation  or insurance  proceeds  applied to
principal  of such  contracts,  as well as principal  prepayments  made by or on
behalf of the  obligors  on the  contracts  in advance of the date on which such
principal payment was scheduled to be made. The information set forth below also
reflects  charge-offs  of the contracts  during a given year.  In addition,  the
Company has not  performed  any  statistical  analysis to determine  whether the
contracts  to which the table  relates  constitute a  statistically  significant
sample of marine  installment  sale  contracts  and direct loans for purposes of
determining  expected  payment  behavior.  Payment  rates on the  contracts  are
influenced  by a number of economic,  social and other  factors.  Certain of the
contracts included in the table below were originated with underwriting criteria
that differ  from the  underwriting  criteria  under  which the  Contracts  were
originated.  Furthermore,  the  prepayment  experience  of the Contracts may not
exhibit  payment  behavior  similar to the behavior  summarized in the following
table. In addition to the foregoing, prospective Securityholders should consider
that the table set forth below is limited to the period covered therein and thus
cannot reflect the effects,  if any, of aging on the payment  behavior of marine
installment  sale contracts beyond such periods.  As a result,  investors should
not draw any conclusions regarding the prepayment rate of the Contracts from the
information  presented  in the  table  below.  Each  investor  must make its own
assumptions regarding the prepayment rate of the Contracts.

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  with  respect  to all  of  the  marine
installment  sale  contracts and direct loans  originated  by CITSF  directly or
through Dealers (excluding contracts purchased in bulk) in each year since ____,
the aggregate  initial  principal  balance of the  contracts  originated in such
year, the approximate  aggregate  principal


                                      S-30
<PAGE>

balance outstanding on the contracts  originated in such year as of the last day
of such year and the approximate  aggregate principal balance outstanding on the
contracts originated in such year as of the end of each subsequent year.

               Information Regarding Principal Reduction on Marine
         Installment Sale Contracts and Direct Loans Originated by CITSF
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                               1992  1993(3)  1994(3)  1995(3)  1996(3)  1997(3)
                               ----  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Approximate Volume(1).......
Approximate Aggregate
   Principal Balance(2):
     December 31, 1992......
     December 31, 1993......
     December 31, 1994......
     December 31, 1995......
     December 31, 1996......
     December 31, 1997......

(1)  Volume  represents  aggregate  initial  principal  balance of each contract
     originated in a particular year [or nine-month period].

(2)  Approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  as of any date  represents  the
     approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  at the  end of the
     indicated  year [or  nine-month  period] on each  contract  originated in a
     particular year.

(3)  Includes contracts sold by CITSF in previous securitizations which CITSF is
     servicing.

Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contracts

     If an Obligor, in addition to making his regularly scheduled payment, makes
one or more  additional  scheduled  payments  in any Due  Period  (for  example,
because  the  Obligor  intends  to be on  vacation  the  following  month),  the
additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due  Period  will be  treated as a
principal  prepayment and applied to reduce the principal balance of the related
Contract in such Due Period and, unless otherwise requested by the Obligor,  the
Obligor  will not be required to make any  scheduled  payment in respect of such
Contract (a "Paid-Ahead  Simple Interest  Contract") for the number of due dates
corresponding  to  the  number  of  such  additional   scheduled  payments  (the
"Paid-Ahead  Period").  During the Paid-Ahead Period,  interest will continue to
accrue on the principal  balance of the Contract,  as reduced by the application
of the  additional  scheduled  payments  made in the Due  Period  in which  such
Contract became a Paid-Ahead Simple Interest  Contract.  The Obligor's  Contract
would not be  considered  delinquent  during the  Paid-Ahead  Period.  A Payment
Shortfall  with  respect  to such  Contract  will exist  during  each Due Period
occurring during the Paid-Ahead  Period and the Servicer may be required to make
a Monthly Advance in respect of such Payment Shortfall,  as described under "The
Purchase   Agreements  and  The  Trust   Documents--Monthly   Advances"  in  the
Prospectus; however, no Monthly Advances will be made in respect of principal in
respect of a Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract.  See "Yield and  Prepayment
Considerations."

     When the Obligor  resumes his required  payments  following the  Paid-Ahead
Period,  the payments so paid may be insufficient to cover the interest that has
accrued   since  the  last   payment  by  the  Obligor.   Notwithstanding   such
insufficiency,   the  Obligor's  Contract  would  be  considered  current.  This
situation  will continue until the regularly  scheduled  payments are once again
sufficient to cover all accrued interest and to reduce the principal  balance of
the  Contract.  Depending  on the  principal  balance and  Contract  Rate of the
related Contract, and on the number of payments that were paid-ahead,  there may
be extended  periods of time  during  which  Contracts  that are current are not
amortizing.  During such periods,  no distributions in respect of principal will
be made to the Securityholders with respect to such Contracts.

     Paid-Ahead Simple Interest  Contracts will affect the weighted average life
of the Securities. The distribution of the paid-ahead amount on the Distribution
Date  following the Due Period in which such amount was received will  generally
shorten the weighted average life of the Securities.  However,  depending on the
length  of time  during  


                                      S-31
<PAGE>

which a  Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract is not  amortizing  as described
above, the weighted average life of the Securities may be extended. In addition,
to the extent the Servicer  makes Monthly  Advances with respect to a Paid-Ahead
Simple  Interest  Contract  which   subsequently  goes  into  default,   because
Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to such  Contract  will be applied  first to
reimburse the Servicer for such Monthly Advances,  the loss with respect to such
Contract may be larger than would have been the case had such  Monthly  Advances
not been made.

     As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately _____% of the number of Contracts in
the Contract Pool were Paid-Ahead Simple Interest  Contracts,  with at least one
paid-ahead  scheduled monthly payment.  CITSF's portfolio of marine  installment
sale contracts and direct loans has historically  included  contracts which have
been  paid-ahead  by one or more  scheduled  monthly  payments.  There can be no
assurance  as to the  number of  Contracts  which may become  Paid-Ahead  Simple
Interest  Contracts  or the  number or the  principal  amount  of the  scheduled
payments which may be paid-ahead.

Weighted Average Life of the Securities

     Prepayments  on marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans can be
measured  relative to a  prepayment  standard  or model.  The model used in this
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Absolute  Prepayment  Model ("ABS"),  represents an
assumed  rate of  prepayment  each  month  relative  to the  original  number of
contracts in a pool of contracts. ABS further assumes that all the Contracts are
the same size and amortize at the same rate and that each Contract in each month
of its life will either be paid as scheduled or be prepaid in full. For example,
in a pool of contracts originally  containing 10,000 contracts,  a 1.0% ABS rate
means  that 100  contracts  prepay  each  month.  ABS does not  purport  to be a
historical   description  of  prepayment  experience  or  a  prediction  of  the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of contracts including the Contracts.

     As the rate of  payments  of  principal  of the Notes and in respect of the
Certificate  Balance will depend on the rate of payment (including  prepayments)
of the principal balance of the Contracts and the rate at which Contracts become
Liquidated  Contracts,  final  payment  of each class of the Notes  could  occur
significantly  earlier than their  respective Note Final Scheduled  Distribution
Dates. The final  distribution in respect of the  Certificates  also could occur
prior to the Certificate Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date.  Reinvestment risk
associated with early payment of the Securities will be borne exclusively by the
Securityholders.

     The tables captioned  "Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various
ABS  Percentages"  and  "Percent of Initial  Certificate  Balance at Various ABS
Percentages"  (the "ABS  Table")  have  been  prepared  on the basis of  certain
characteristics  of the Contracts.  The ABS Table was prepared assuming that (i)
the  Contracts  prepay  in  full at the  specified  constant  percentage  of ABS
monthly,  with no defaults,  losses or repurchases,  (ii) each scheduled monthly
payment on the Contracts is made on the last day of each month and each Contract
accrues to 30 days each month,  (iii) payments on the Notes and distributions on
the  Certificates  are made on each  Distribution  Date  (and  each such date is
assumed to be the fifteenth day of each applicable month), (iv) the Closing Date
occurs on  __________,  ____ and (v) CITSF  exercises its option to purchase the
Contracts  as  specified   under  "The   Purchase   Agreements   and  The  Trust
Documents--Termination"  herein and in the  Prospectus.  The ABS Table indicates
the  projected  weighted  average  life  of  each  class  of the  Notes  and the
Certificates and sets forth the percent of the initial  principal amount of each
class of the Notes and the percent of the Original  Certificate  Balance that is
projected  to be  outstanding  after  each of the  Distribution  Dates  shown at
various constant ABS percentages.

     The ABS Table also assumes that the  Contracts  have been  aggregated  into
three  hypothetical pools with all of the Contracts within each such pool having
the following  characteristics  and that the level scheduled monthly payment for
each of the pools (which is based on its aggregate  principal balance,  weighted
average APR,  weighted  average  original term to maturity and weighted  average
remaining  term to maturity as of the Cut-off  Date) will be such that each pool
will be fully amortized by the end of its remaining term to maturity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Weighted Average  Weighted Average    
                                        Aggregate     Weighted     Original Term     Remaining Term      Weighted Average
                                       Principal       Average      to Maturity        to Maturity          Seasoning      
                                        Balance     Contract Rate     (Months)          (Months)             (Months)        
                                        -------     -------------     --------          --------             --------        
                                                                                                        
<S>                                       <C>          <C>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>       
Pool 1..............................      $                   %
Pool 2..............................      $                   %
Pool 3..............................      $                   %
</TABLE>


                                      S-32
<PAGE>

     The actual  characteristics  and  performance  of the Contracts will differ
from the assumptions  used in constructing  the ABS Table.  The assumptions used
are  hypothetical and have been provided only to give a general sense of how the
principal  cash flows might  behave  under  varying  prepayment  scenarios.  For
example,  it is very unlikely that the Contracts will prepay at a constant level
of ABS until maturity or that all of the Contracts will prepay at the same level
of ABS. Moreover, the diverse terms of Contracts within each of the hypothetical
pools could produce slower or faster principal  distributions  than indicated in
the ABS Table at the various constant percentages of ABS specified,  even if the
original and remaining  terms to maturity of the  Contracts are as assumed.  Any
difference between such assumptions and actual  characteristics  and performance
of the Contracts or actual prepayment  experience will affect the percentages of
initial  balances  outstanding over time and weighted average lives of the Notes
and the Certificates.


                                      S-33
<PAGE>

    Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)

                                    Class A-1
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

                                    Class A-2
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

                                    Class A-3
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               


                                      S-34
<PAGE>

                                    Class A-4
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

                                    Class A-5
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

                                    Class A-6
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               


                                      S-35
<PAGE>

                                    Class A-7
                                    ---------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

                                     Class B
                                     -------
Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
8/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

(1)  Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF  of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
     Contracts on the Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
     day of the related Due Period is __% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2)  The weighted  average life of a Note is determined by (i)  multiplying  the
     amount of each  principal  payment  of the Note by the number of years from
     the date of the issuance of the Note to the related Distribution Date, (ii)
     adding  the  results  and (iii)  dividing  the sum by the  related  initial
     principal amount of the Note.

The ABS  Table  has been  prepared  based  on the  assumptions  described  above
(including the assumptions  regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Contracts  which will differ  from the actual  characteristics  and  performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.


                                      S-36
<PAGE>

     Percent of Original Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages(1)

Distribution Date         0.0%   0.5%   1.0%   1.2%   1.4%   1.6%   1.8%   2.0%
- -----------------         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Initial Percent..........    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/97..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/98..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/99..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/00..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/01..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/02..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/03..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/04..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/05..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/06..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/07..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/08..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
_/15/09..................    %      %      %      %      %      %      %      %
Weighted Average 
  Life..(years)(2):                                               

(1)  Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF  of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
     Contracts on the Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
     day of the related Due Period is __% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2)  The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
     in the amount of each principal payment on the Certificate by the number of
     years  from the date of the  issuance  of the  Certificate  to the  related
     Distribution  Date,  (ii) adding the results and (iii)  dividing the sum by
     the related initial face amount of the Certificate.

The ABS  Table  has been  prepared  based  on the  assumptions  described  above
(including the assumptions  regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Contracts  which will differ  from the actual  characteristics  and  performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.

                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     Thirty days of  interest  will be paid to the  Noteholders  (other than the
Class A-1  Noteholders  who will receive  interest for the actual number of days
elapsed  in the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period) on each  Distribution  Date
(except the first  Distribution  Date) to the extent of the remaining  Available
Amount  and the  remaining  Available  Reserve  Amount,  in an  amount  equal to
one-twelfth of the product of the applicable  Interest Rate and the  outstanding
principal  balance of each class of the Notes as of the  preceding  Distribution
Date (after giving effect to any  distributions  of principal to be made on such
Distribution  Date).  See "The  Notes--Payments  of  Principal."  Thirty days of
interest will be passed through to  Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
(except the first  Distribution  Date) to the extent of the remaining  Available
Amount  and the  remaining  Available  Reserve  Amount,  in an  amount  equal to
one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance
immediately  preceding such Distribution  Date. The "Certificate  Balance" means
the  Original  Certificate  Balance  reduced by all  distributions  allocable to
principal     actually     made     to     Certificateholders.      See     "The
Certificates--Distributions of Principal." Payment Shortfalls, to the extent not
covered by Monthly  Advances and amounts on deposit in the  Collection  Account,
will adversely affect the yield on the Securities.

     If an Event of Default  occurs and the Notes are  accelerated,  payments of
interest on and  principal of the Class B Notes will not be paid until the Class
A Notes have been paid in full.

     Generally,  the excess of the amount of interest at the Contract  Rate over
the amount of interest  payable  under such  Contract and  allocable to pay such
Contract's  share of interest on the  Securities  and the Servicing Fee would be
available  to cover  losses  on  Liquidated  Contracts  or to fund  the  Reserve
Account. The Trust will not receive a full month's interest at the Contract Rate
on any  Contract  which is  prepaid  in full or which is subject to a Relief Act
Reduction  (as defined in the  Prospectus),  nor will the Servicer  make Monthly
Advances for any Payment  Shortfall which results from a Relief Act Reduction or
a prepayment in full of a Contract.  The Servicer will not make Non-


                                      S-37
<PAGE>

Reimbursable Payments. As a result, there will be less interest available to the
Trust to pay  interest  on the  Securities,  to cover  losses on the  Liquidated
Contracts and to fund the Reserve Account.

                                  POOL FACTORS

     The "Certificate  Pool Factor" is a seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining  Certificate  Balance as of the
Distribution  Date,  as a fraction  of the  Original  Certificate  Balance.  The
Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Cut-off Date, and thereafter
will decline to reflect  reductions in the outstanding  principal balance of the
Certificates.   A  Certificateholder's  portion  of  the  aggregate  outstanding
Certificate  Balance is the  product  of (i) the  original  denomination  of the
Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

     The "Note Pool Factor" with respect to a class of Notes,  is a  seven-digit
decimal  which the Servicer  will compute each month  indicating  the  remaining
outstanding  principal  balance  of each  class of Notes as of the  Distribution
Date, as a fraction of the initial  outstanding  principal balance of such class
of Notes.  The Note Pool Factor will be  1.0000000 as of the Cut-off  Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance  of the  applicable  class  of  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion  of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the related  class of Notes is the
product of (i) the original  denomination of the Noteholder's  Note and (ii) the
applicable Note Pool Factor.

     On each Distribution Date the  Certificateholders  and the Noteholders will
receive monthly reports  concerning the payments received on the Contracts,  the
Pool  Balance,  the Note Pool  Factor and various  other  items of  information.
Pursuant to the Trust  Agreement,  the  Certificateholders  will receive monthly
reports  concerning the payments  received on the  Contracts,  the Pool Balance,
Certificate Pool Factor and various other items of information.  Securityholders
of  record  (which in the case of the  Notes in most  cases  will be Cede & Co.)
during  any  calendar  year  will be  furnished  information  for tax  reporting
purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. Certificateholders and
Note Owners may receive such  reports,  upon written  request,  together  with a
certification that they are  Certificateholders  or Note Owners, as the case may
be,  and  payment  of any  expenses  associated  with the  distribution  of such
reports,  from  the  Trustee  (at  the  address  listed  in  "Structure  of  the
Transaction--The    Owner    Trustee")    and   the    Indenture    Trustee   at
____________________.     See     "Certain     Information     Regarding     the
Securities--Statements to Securityholders" in the Prospectus.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will sell the Contracts to the Trust concurrently with the sale
of the Securities  and the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities  will be
applied by the Trust to the  purchase  of the  Contracts  and to the  payment of
certain   expenses   connected  with  pooling  the  Contracts  and  issuing  the
Securities.  Such net proceeds less the payment of such  expenses  represent the
cash  purchase  price  paid by the  Trust  to the  Company  for the  sale of the
Contracts  to the  Trust.  Such  amount  will be  determined  as a result of the
pricing of the  Securities,  through the offering  described in this  Prospectus
Supplement.  The purchase price paid to CITSF for the Contracts will be added to
CITSF's  general  funds and will be available  for general  corporate  purposes,
including the purchase of new marine installment sale contracts and direct loans
and the payment of the purchase price to CITCF-NY for those  Contracts  acquired
by CITSF from CITCF-NY.

                 THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

     As of December 31, 1997, CITSF serviced for itself and others approximately
_____  contracts  (consisting  primarily  of  recreation  vehicle,  home equity,
recreational  boat  and  manufactured   housing   contracts),   representing  an
outstanding   balance  of  approximately   $___  billion.   Of  this  portfolio,
approximately   _____  contracts   (representing   approximately   $___  billion
outstanding  balance)  consisted of marine installment sale contracts and direct
loans.   CITSF  entered  into  an  agreement  in  1996  to  service   additional
manufactured  housing contracts for an unaffiliated third party, which increased
substantially  the total number of contracts  serviced by CITSF.  In addition to
expected  growth  in its  serviced  portfolio,  in 1997  CITSF  entered  into an
agreement to provide  servicing for approximately  


                                      S-38
<PAGE>

43,000 additional  recreation  vehicle and recreational boat consumer  contracts
for another  financial  institution,  which CITSF is also servicing at its Asset
Service  Center.  The  addition of these  contracts to its  servicing  portfolio
required  CITSF to  increase  staffing  levels  at the Asset  Service  Center to
support these contracts. The effect of this increase on CITSF's performance as a
servicer or subservicer cannot be determined at this time.

Servicing

     The following table shows the composition of CITSF's  servicing  portfolio,
including  marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans serviced by CITSF
on the dates indicated:

                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                    Contracts Being Serviced By Product Line
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 At December 31,
                                                                 ---------------
                      1992               1993               1994               1995              1996               1997
                      ----               ----               ----               ----              ----               ----
               (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars)
               -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ---------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)

<S>              <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
RV--Owned......
RV--Bulk
  Purchases...
RV--Servicing(1)
Total RV......
Total MH......
Home Equity...
Other(2)......
Total
Contracts
  Serviced....
</TABLE>

MH   = Manufactured Housing
RV   = Recreation Vehicle

(1)  Includes contracts sold by CITSF in previous securitizations which CITSF is
     servicing and a third party servicing arrangement entered into in 1997.

(2)  Includes inventory financing receivables.

Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience

     The following  Delinquency  Experience and Loan Loss Experience  tables set
forth data for CITSF's marine loan portfolio. The following table sets forth the
delinquency  experience  for the  five  years  ended  December  31,  1997 of the
portfolio of marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans originated and
serviced  by CITSF,  excluding  contracts  acquired by CITSF  through  portfolio
purchases and contracts in  repossession.  Delinquency  and loan loss experience
for the serviced  portfolio was obtained from the monthly  servicer  reports for
prior securitization trusts.


                                      S-39
<PAGE>

                             Delinquency Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                            -----------------------
                                  1992  1993  1994(3)  1995(3)  1996(3)  1997(3)
                                  ----  ----  -------  -------  -------  -------
Number of Contracts............
Principal Balance of Con-
   tracts Serviced.............
Principal Balance of Delin-
   quent Contracts(1):
     30-59 Days................
     60-89 Days................
     90 Days or More...........
Total Principal Balance of
   Delinquent Contracts........
Delinquencies as a Percent of 
  Principal Balances(2)........

(1)  The  period of  delinquency  is based on the  number of days  payments  are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently,  a contract
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days  delinquent  until the first
     day of the next  month.  A Contract is deemed  delinquent  only if payments
     exceeding $65 are contractually past due 30 days or more.

(2)  Based on dollar percent  delinquent  calculated by dividing Total Principal
     Balance of Delinquent Contracts by Principal Balance of Contracts Serviced.

(3)  Includes  marine  installment  contracts  and direct loans sold by CITSF in
     previous securitizations which CITSF is servicing.


                                      S-40
<PAGE>

      The following table sets forth the loan loss experience for the five years
ended  December 31, 1997 of the portfolio of marine  installment  sale contracts
and direct loans originated and serviced by CITSF,  excluding contracts acquired
by CITSF through  portfolio  purchases.  "Net Losses" are equal to the aggregate
balance of all contracts which are determined to be  uncollectible in the period
less any recoveries  and  liquidation  proceeds on contracts  charged-off in the
period or any prior periods. Net Losses include outside collection, repossession
and liquidation expenses .

                        Loan Loss/Liquidation Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                             -----------------------
                                  1992  1993  1994(4)  1995(4)  1996(4)  1997(4)
                                  ----  ----  -------  -------  -------  -------
Number of Contracts(1)......
Principal Balance of
   Contracts Serviced(1)....

Net Losses:
     Dollars(2).............
     Percentage(3)..........

Notes:

(1)  As of period end and excludes contracts in repossession.
(2)  The calculation of net loss includes outside  collection,  repossession and
     liquidation expenses.
(3)  As a percentage of the principal balance of contracts as of period end.
(4)  Includes marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans sold by CITSF
     in previous securitizations which CITSF is servicing.
(5)  Annualized.

      The data presented in the foregoing  tables is for  illustrative  purposes
only. Such data relates to the performance of CITSF's entire portfolio of marine
installment sale contracts and direct loans and is not historical data regarding
solely the portion of CITSF's  portfolio  constituting the Contracts.  [Most] of
CITSF's portfolio of marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans secured
by boats was originated under underwriting  guidelines in effect prior to August
1994. However,  in August 1994 CITSF adopted a risk-adjusted  pricing policy and
changed its credit  criteria  and  underwriting  guidelines  in effect  prior to
August 1994 as described under "The CIT Group/Sales Financing,  Inc., Servicer--
CITSF's  Underwriting  Guidelines" in the  Prospectus.  In connection  with this
change,  CITSF reduced the minimum  credit score for approval of a new credit in
order to extend  credit to less  creditworthy  borrowers  than  under the credit
criteria  previously in effect. The interest rates charged on marine installment
sale  contracts and direct loans  originated  since August 1994 reflect  CITSF's
evaluation of the relative risk associated with an individual's application.  In
addition  to the  effects of  seasoning,  the  changes  in CITSF's  underwriting
standards  have  resulted  and will result in higher  delinquency  and loan loss
experience than is shown in the above tables since the marine  installment  sale
contracts and direct loans included in such tables include  contracts which were
originated using CITSF's former  underwriting  guidelines.  All of the Contracts
were originated under these new credit criteria adopted by CITSF in August 1994.
Accordingly,  the data presented in the foregoing  tables should not necessarily
be considered as a basis for  assessing  the  likelihood,  amount or severity of
delinquency  or  losses  on the  Contracts,  and the  delinquency  and loan loss
experience  presented  in the  preceding  tables  may not be  indicative  of the
experience on the Contracts.

      During 1997,  CITSF  experienced a higher rate of  delinquencies  and loan
losses on marine installment sale contracts and direct loans.  [CITSF attributes
the higher rate of  delinquencies  to  _______________.]  CITSF  attributes  the
higher loss experience to the combined effect of current economic conditions and
a business decision by CITSF to change the credit mix of receivables  originated
since August 1994.  This has resulted in an increase in delinquency  and losses.
CITSF expects that the upward trend in credit  losses will continue  through the
remainder of 1997. However, no assurance as to future  delinquencies,  losses or
results of repossessions and sales of boats can be given.


                                      S-41
<PAGE>

                                   THE NOTES

General

      The CIT Marine Trust ____-_ Class A-1 ____% Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class
A-1 Notes"),  Class A-2 ___% Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes"),  Class
A-3 ___% Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes"), Class A-4 ___% Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Class A-4 Notes"),  Class A-5 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class
A-5 Notes"),  Class A-6 ____% Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class A-6 Notes"),  Class
A-7 ____% Asset-Backed Notes (the "Class A-7 Notes" and, together with the Class
A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the Class A-4 Notes, the
Class A-5 Notes and the Class A-6 Notes,  the "Class A Notes")  and Class B ___%
Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Class B Notes" and,  together  with the Class A Notes,
the  "Notes"  and,  together  with  the  Certificates,  the  "Securities")  will
represent  obligations  of the Trust  secured by assets of the Trust (other than
the Certificate Distribution Account).  Payments in respect of the Class B Notes
will be  subordinated  to payments on the Class A Notes to the extent  described
herein.  The Trust will issue $___________  aggregate  principal amount of Class
A-1  Notes,  $____________  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Class  A-2  Notes,
$__________  aggregate  principal amount of Class A-3 Notes,  $_______ aggregate
principal amount of Class A-4 Notes,  $__________  aggregate principal amount of
Class A-5  Notes,  $__________  aggregate  principal  amount of Class A-6 Notes,
$__________  aggregate principal amount of Class A-7 Notes and $______ aggregate
principal  amount of Class B Notes pursuant to the terms of an Indenture,  to be
dated as of __________ 1, ____ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time,
the "Indenture") between _______________,  as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"),
a form of which was filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus  Supplement  forms a  part.  A copy  of the  Indenture  will be
available  from the  Company,  upon  request,  to the  holders  of the  Notes or
Certificates and will be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission")  following  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  and  Certificates.  The
following summary  describes  certain terms of the Notes and the Indenture.  The
summary  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified in
its  entirety  by  reference  to,  all of the  provisions  of the  Notes and the
Indenture.  Where  particular  provisions  or terms  used in the  Indenture  are
referred  to,  the  actual  provisions  (including  definitions  of  terms)  are
incorporated by reference as part of such summary.

      The Notes will be issued in minimum  denominations  of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess  thereof and will be available in book-entry  form
only.  Each class of the Notes will  initially be  represented  by a single Note
registered  in the name of Cede,  the  nominee of DTC.  No person  acquiring  an
interest in the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner") will be
entitled to receive a Note  representing  such  person's  interest in the Notes,
except   as   set   forth   under    "Certain    Information    Regarding    the
Securities--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus, and such persons will hold
their  interests  in the  Notes  through  DTC in the  United  States or Cedel or
Euroclear  in Europe.  Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are issued  under the
limited circumstances described herein, all references to actions by Noteholders
shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants, and
all  references  herein to  distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to
Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to DTC
in  accordance  with DTC  procedures.  See "Certain  Information  Regarding  The
Securities--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus and Annex I hereto.

      Payments of interest  and  principal on the Notes with respect to each Due
Period  will be made on the  fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"),   commencing  __________  15,  ____.  Payments  on  the  Notes  on  each
Distribution  Date will be made to the holders of record of the related Notes on
the related  Record  Date.  A  "Business  Day" is any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or any day on which banking institutions or trust companies in the states
of New York,  __________,  __________ or Oklahoma are  authorized or required by
law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

Payments of Interest

      The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at the rate of ____% per annum (the
"Class A-1 Interest  Rate"),  the Class A-2 Notes will bear interest at the rate
of ___% per annum (the "Class A-2 Interest Rate"), the Class A-3 Notes will bear
interest at the rate of ____% per annum (the  "Class A-3  Interest  Rate"),  the
Class A-4 Notes will bear  interest  at the rate of ____% per annum (the  "Class
A-4 Interest 


                                      S-42
<PAGE>

Rate"),  the Class A-5 Notes will bear  interest  at the rate of ____% per annum
(the "Class A-5 Interest  Rate"),  the Class A-6 Notes will bear interest at the
rate of ____% per annum (the  "Class A-6  Interest  Rate"),  the Class A-7 Notes
will bear  interest  at the rate of ____% per annum  (the  "Class  A-7  Interest
Rate")  and the Class B Notes will bear  interest  at the rate of ___% per annum
(the "Class B Interest  Rate").  The interest  rates for the various  classes of
Notes are referred to herein collectively as "Interest Rates."

      Interest on the outstanding  principal  amount of each class of Notes will
accrue at the  applicable  Interest Rate from and including the Closing Date (in
the case of the first  Distribution  Date) or from and  including  the preceding
Distribution  Date to but excluding the  Distribution  Date (each,  an "Interest
Accrual  Period").  On  each  Distribution  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will
distribute to the  Noteholders of each class accrued  interest at the applicable
Interest Rate on the outstanding principal amount of such class to the extent of
the Available  Amount  remaining after payment of the Servicer  Payment.  To the
extent the remaining  Available Amount on a Distribution Date is insufficient to
pay  Noteholders  the entire amount of interest due on such  Distribution  Date,
such shortfall will be funded from the Reserve Account, subject to the Available
Reserve Amount, under the circumstances  described herein. Interest on the Class
A-1 Notes  will be  calculated  on the basis of a  360-day  year and the  actual
number of days elapsed in the related Interest Accrual Period.  Interest on each
other  class  of  Notes  will be  calculated  on the  basis  of a  360-day  year
consisting of twelve 30-day  months.  Interest on the Notes of any class for any
Distribution  Date due but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the
next Distribution Date in addition to an amount equal to interest on such amount
at the applicable Interest Rate (to the extent lawful).

      Interest payments to all classes of Class A Noteholders will have the same
priority.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  amount  available  for  interest
payments could be less than the amount of interest  payable on the Class A Notes
on any  Distribution  Date, in which case each class of Class A Noteholders will
receive their ratable share (based upon the aggregate  amount of interest due to
such class of Class A  Noteholders)  of the  aggregate  amount  available  to be
distributed in respect of interest on the Class A Notes.

      Interest  on the Class B Notes will not be paid on any  Distribution  Date
until interest on the Class A Notes for such  Distribution Date has been paid in
full. In addition,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if an Event of Default has
occurred  and the Notes  have been  accelerated,  payments  of  interest  on and
principal  of the Class B Notes  will not be paid  until the Class A Notes  have
been paid in full.

Payments of Principal

      Principal of the Class A Notes will be payable on each  Distribution  Date
in an amount equal to the Class A Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount, to
the extent of the  Available  Amount  remaining  after  payment of the  Servicer
Payment and interest due on the Notes on such  Distribution  Date. To the extent
the remaining  Available  Amount on a Distribution  Date is insufficient to fund
the  entire  Class A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  due on such
Distribution  Date,  such  shortfall  will be funded from the  Reserve  Account,
subject to the Available Reserve Amount remaining after any withdrawals from the
Reserve  Account  to  make  payments  of  interest  due on  the  Notes  on  such
Distribution  Date, under the circumstances  described herein.  Principal of the
Class B Notes will be payable on each  Distribution  Date in an amount  equal to
the Class B Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  to the extent of the
Available  Amount  remaining after payment of the Servicer  Payment and interest
due on the Notes  and  principal  due on the Class A Notes on such  Distribution
Date. To the extent the remaining  Available  Amount on a  Distribution  Date is
insufficient  to fund the entire  Class B  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
Amount due on such  Distribution  Date,  such  shortfall will be funded from the
Reserve  Account,  subject to the Available  Reserve Amount  remaining after any
withdrawals  from the Reserve  Account to make  payments of interest  due on the
Notes and principal due on the Class A Notes on such  Distribution  Date,  under
the circumstances  described herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event
of  Default  has  occurred  and the Notes  have been  accelerated,  payments  of
interest on and  principal of the Class B Notes will not be paid until the Class
A Notes have been paid in full.

      On each  Distribution  Date  prior to the  Distribution  Date on which the
Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be
payable  in an  amount  equal  to 100% of the  Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount.  On each  Distribution  Date on and after the Distribution
Date on which the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, principal of the Class
A-2 Notes will be payable,  until 


                                      S-43
<PAGE>

the Class A-2 Notes  have been paid in full,  in an amount  equal to 100% of the
Class A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  (less any portion of the
Class A Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount applied on such Distribution
Date to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero).
On each  Distribution Date on and after the Distribution Date on which the Class
A-2  Notes  have  been paid in full,  principal  of the Class A-3 Notes  will be
payable, until the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full, in an amount equal to
100% of the Class A Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount (less any portion
of the  Class A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  applied  on such
Distribution  Date to reduce the outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1
Notes and the Class A-2 Notes to zero). On each  Distribution  Date on and after
the  Distribution  Date on which the  Class  A-3  Notes  have been paid in full,
principal of the Class A-4 Notes will be payable, until the Class A-4 Notes have
been  paid in  full,  in an  amount  equal to 100% of the  Class A  Noteholders'
Principal  Distribution  Amount  (less any  portion of the Class A  Noteholders'
Principal  Distribution  Amount applied on such  Distribution Date to reduce the
outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the
Class  A-3  Notes  to  zero).  On  each  Distribution  Date  on  and  after  the
Distribution Date on which the Class A-4 Notes have been paid in full, principal
of the Class A-5 Notes will be payable, until the Class A-5 Notes have been paid
in full,  in an  amount  equal  to 100% of the  Class A  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount  (less any  portion of the Class A  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount applied on such Distribution Date to reduce the outstanding
principal  amount of the Class A-1  Notes,  the Class A-2  Notes,  the Class A-3
Notes and the Class A-4 Notes to zero). On each  Distribution  Date on and after
the  Distribution  Date on which the  Class  A-5  Notes  have been paid in full,
principal of the Class A-6 Notes will be payable, until the Class A-6 Notes have
been  paid in  full,  in an  amount  equal to 100% of the  Class A  Noteholders'
Principal  Distribution  Amount  (less any  portion of the Class A  Noteholders'
Principal  Distribution  Amount applied on such  Distribution Date to reduce the
outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes, the
Class A-3 Notes,  the Class A-4 Notes and the Class A-5 Notes to zero).  On each
Distribution  Date on and  after  the  Distribution  Date on which the Class A-6
Notes have been paid in full,  principal of the Class A-7 Notes will be payable,
until the Class A-7 Notes have been paid in full,  in an amount equal to 100% of
the Class A Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount (less any portion of the
Class A Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount applied on such Distribution
Date to reduce the  outstanding  principal  amount of the Class A-1  Notes,  the
Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes
and the Class A-6 Notes to zero). On each  Distribution  Date,  principal of the
Class B Notes will be  payable,  until the Class B Notes have been paid in full,
in an amount equal to 100% of the Class B  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
Amount.

      No  principal  payments  will be made (i) on the Class A-2 Notes until the
Class A-1 Notes  have been paid in full,  (ii) on the Class A-3 Notes  until the
Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full,  (iii) on the Class A-4 Notes  until the
Class  A-3 Notes  have  been paid in full (iv) on the Class A-5 Notes  until the
Class A-4 Notes  have  been paid in full,  (v) on the Class A-6 Notes  until the
Class A-5 Notes have been paid in full or (vi) on the Class A-7 Notes  until the
Class A-6 Notes have been paid in full.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if an
Event of Default has  occurred  and the Notes have been  accelerated,  principal
payments  will be made on each  class of Class A Notes  pro rata on the basis of
their respective unpaid principal amounts.

      The outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes, to the extent not
previously  paid, will be payable on the _______  Distribution  Date (the "Class
A-1 Note Final Scheduled  Distribution Date"); the outstanding  principal amount
of the Class A-2 Notes,  to the extent not previously  paid,  will be payable on
the  ___________   Distribution  Date  (the  "Class  A-2  Note  Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date"); the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes, to
the extent not previously  paid, will be payable on the __________  Distribution
Date (the  "Class  A-3 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date");  the  outstanding
principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will
be payable on the _________  Distribution  Date (the "Class A-4 Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date"); the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-5 Notes, to
the extent not previously  paid,  will be payable on the _________  Distribution
Date (the  "Class  A-5 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date");  the  outstanding
principal amount of the Class A-6 Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will
be payable on the _________  Distribution  Date (the "Class A-6 Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date"); the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-7 Notes, to
the extent not previously  paid,  will be payable on the _________  Distribution
Date (the "Class A-7 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date");  and the outstanding
principal  amount of the Class B Notes, to the extent not previously  paid, will
be  payable  on the  ______  Distribution  Date  (the  "Class B Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date").  The  actual  date  on  which  the  


                                      S-44
<PAGE>

aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of each  class of Notes is paid may be
earlier than its respective  Note Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date based on a
variety of factors including an Optional Purchase or Auction Sale.

Redemption

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase  or Auction  Sale,  the  outstanding
Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon at the  applicable  Interest  Rates.  An  Optional  Purchase  of all the
Contracts by CITSF may occur at CITSF's option on any Distribution Date on which
the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period is __% or less of
the Initial Pool Balance.  An Auction Sale may occur, and may result in the sale
of the  Contracts  remaining in the Trust,  within ten days  following the first
Distribution  Date on which the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related
Due Period is __% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

Rights of Noteholders; Indenture

      The  Indenture  Trustee will have the power to direct the Owner Trustee to
take certain actions in connection with the administration of the Trust property
until the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged in
accordance with its terms.  The Indenture will  specifically  prohibit the Owner
Trustee  from  taking any  action  that would  impair  the  Indenture  Trustee's
security  interest in the Trust  property and will require the Owner  Trustee to
obtain the consent of the Indenture Trustee or Noteholders representing not less
than a majority of the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
before modifying, amending, supplementing,  waiving or terminating any provision
of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  Therefore,  except as described  herein,
until the Notes  have been paid in full,  the  ability  to direct the Trust with
respect to certain  actions  permitted to be taken under the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement rests with the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders.

      If an Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture  occurs  and the  Notes are
accelerated,  the  Indenture  Trustee will have the right or will be required in
certain circumstances to exercise remedies as a secured party, including selling
the  Contracts,  in order to pay the principal of, and accrued  interest on, the
Notes.  Except as described herein,  upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
the Class B  Noteholders  will not have any right to direct or to consent to any
action by the Indenture Trustee, including acceleration of the Notes or the sale
of Contracts, until the Class A Noteholders have been paid in full. The proceeds
of any sale of the  Contracts  may not be equal to or greater than the aggregate
outstanding  principal amount of the Notes plus, in each case,  accrued interest
thereon.  Because  neither  interest  nor  principal is  distributed  to Class B
Noteholders  following an Event of Default and  acceleration  of the Notes until
the  Class A Notes  have  been  paid  in  full,  the  interests  of the  Class A
Noteholders  and the Class B Noteholders  may conflict,  and the exercise by the
Indenture  Trustee of its right to sell the Contracts or exercise other remedies
may  cause  the  Class B  Noteholders  to  suffer a loss of all or part of their
investment.

      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the assets
of the Trust may be sold which may result in early  retirement of the Notes.  If
the net proceeds from the  liquidation  of the Contracts  (after  payment of the
Servicer  Payment) and any amounts on deposit in the Note  Distribution  Account
are not  sufficient to pay the principal  amount of and accrued  interest on the
Notes in  full,  holders  of the  Notes  will  incur a loss.  Such net  proceeds
together  with  amounts  on  deposit in the Note  Distribution  Account  will be
distributed  to  Securityholders  (after payment of the fees and expenses of the
Indenture  Trustee and the Servicer Payment) in the following order of priority:
(i) to the Class A  Noteholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes
for interest,  ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the  amounts  due and  payable on each class of the Class A Notes for  interest,
(ii) to the Class A Noteholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes
for principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the  amounts  due and  payable  on the  Class A Notes for  principal,  until the
principal  amount of the Class A Notes is reduced to zero,  (iii) to the Class B
Noteholders  for  amounts  due and  unpaid on the  Class B Notes  for  interest,
ratably,  without  preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
due and  payable  on the  Class  B  Notes  for  interest,  (iv)  to the  Class B
Noteholders  for  amounts  due and  unpaid on the  Class B Notes for  principal,
ratably,  without  preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
due and payable on the Class B Notes for principal,  until the principal  amount
of 


                                      S-45
<PAGE>

the Class B Notes is reduced to zero, (v) to the  Certificateholders for amounts
due and unpaid on the Certificates for interest,  ratably, without preference or
priority  of  any  kind,  according  to  the  amounts  due  and  payable  on the
Certificates for interest and (vi) to the Certificateholders for amounts due and
unpaid  on the  Certificates  for  the  Certificate  Balance,  ratably,  without
preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due and payable on
the Certificates for the Certificate Balance.

      Pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as amended,  the Indenture
Trustee  will be deemed to have a conflict of interest and be required to resign
as  trustee  for  either  the  Class A Notes or the Class B Notes if an Event of
Default occurs under the Indenture.  In these circumstances,  the Indenture will
require  that,  within  90 days of  ascertaining  such  Event  of  Default,  the
Indenture  Trustee will resign as Indenture Trustee for the Class A Notes or the
Class B Notes and provide for a successor  indenture trustee to be appointed for
one or both of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes as applicable,  in order that
there be separate  trustees for each of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes.  So
long as any amounts  remain  unpaid with respect to the Class A Notes,  only the
indenture  trustee for the Class A  Noteholders  will have the right to exercise
remedies  under the Indenture  (but the Class B Noteholders  will be entitled to
their share of any proceeds of enforcement,  subject to the subordination of the
Class B Notes to the Class A Notes as  described  herein),  and only the Class A
Noteholders  will have the right to direct or consent to any action to be taken,
including sale of the Contracts, until the Class A Noteholders are paid in full.
Upon  repayment  of the Class A  Noteholders  in full,  all  rights to  exercise
remedies  under the Indenture  will  transfer to the  indenture  trustee for the
Class B  Noteholders.  Any  resignation  of the  original  Indenture  Trustee as
described  above with respect to any class of Notes will become  effective  only
upon the  appointment of a successor  trustee for such a class of Notes and such
successor's acceptance of such appointment.

      In the event that an Event of Termination occurs, the Indenture Trustee or
Class A  Noteholders  representing  not less than a  majority  of the  aggregate
principal  amount of the Class A Notes then  outstanding may remove the Servicer
without  the  consent  of any of the  Class B  Noteholders.  None of the Class B
Noteholders will have the ability, with certain specified  exceptions,  to waive
defaults by the Servicer,  including  defaults that could  materially  adversely
affect the Class B Noteholders.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

      The  Certificates  offered  hereby  will be issued  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  a form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus  Supplement is a part. The following  summary
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety
by reference to, the Trust Agreement.

General

      The  CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_  ____%   Asset-Backed   Certificates  (the
"Certificates")  will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The
Trust will issue $____________ aggregate face amount of Certificates pursuant to
a Trust  Agreement,  to be dated as of __________ 1, ____ between the Seller and
the  Owner  Trustee  (the  "Trust  Agreement"),  a form of which was filed as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus Supplement forms
a part. A copy of the Trust  Agreement will be available from the Company,  upon
request,  to  holders  of the Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed with the
Commission following the issuance of the Notes and the Certificates. Payments in
respect of the Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the Notes to the
extent described  herein.  The following  summary describes certain terms of the
Certificates  and the  Trust  Agreement.  The  summary  does not  purport  to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the  Trust  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred to, the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

      The Certificates will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of
$20,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;  provided,  however,
that one  Certificate  may be issued in a  denomination  other than an  integral
multiple of $1,000 such that The CIT GP Corporation III, a Delaware  corporation
and a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT (the  "Affiliated  Owner") may be issued at
least 1% of 


                                      S-46
<PAGE>

the  Original  Certificate  Balance.  The  Certificates  will be issued in fully
registered,  certificated form ("Definitive Certificates") to Certificateholders
or their nominees. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive
Securities" in the Prospectus.  Purchasers of  Certificates  and their assignees
(i) must  represent  that they are United States  persons (as defined in Section
7701(a) of the Code) and provide a  certification  of  non-foreign  status under
penalties of perjury and (ii) must  represent  and certify that they are not (a)
an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject
to the  provisions  of  Title  I of  ERISA,  (b) a  plan  described  in  Section
4975(e)(1) of the Code, or (c) any entity whose  underlying  assets include plan
assets by reason of a plan's investment in the entity.

      Payments of interest  and  principal on the  Certificates  with respect to
each Due Period will be made on each Distribution  Date,  commencing  __________
15, ____.  With respect to any  Distribution  Date, the "Due Period" will be the
calendar  month  preceding the month of such  Distribution  Date.  The first Due
Period  will  commence  on and  include  __________  1, ____ and will end on and
include __________, ____. Payments on the Certificates on each Distribution Date
will be made to the holders of record of the  Certificates on the related Record
Date.

Distribution of Interest

      The  Certificates  will bear  interest at the rate of ____% per annum (the
"Pass-Through Rate").  Interest in respect of a Distribution Date will accrue at
the  Pass-Through  Rate  during the related  Interest  Accrual  Period.  On each
Distribution   Date,   the   Owner   Trustee   will   distribute   pro  rata  to
Certificateholders  accrued interest at the Pass-Through Rate on the outstanding
Certificate  Balance  to the  extent of the  Available  Amount  remaining  after
payment of the Servicer  Payment and interest and  principal due on the Notes on
such  Distribution  Date.  To the extent  the  remaining  Available  Amount on a
Distribution Date is insufficient to pay Certificateholders the entire amount of
interest due on such  Distribution  Date, such shortfall will be funded from the
Reserve  Account,  subject to the Available  Reserve Amount  remaining after any
withdrawals  from the Reserve Account to make payments of interest and principal
due on the Notes on such Distribution  Date, under the  circumstances  described
herein.  Interest on the Certificates for any Distribution Date due but not paid
on such  Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date in addition
to an amount equal to interest on such amount at the  Pass-Through  Rate (to the
extent lawful).  Interest on the Certificates will be calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

      The rights of Certificateholders to receive distributions of interest will
be  subordinated  to the rights of the Noteholders to receive payment in full of
all amounts of interest and principal  which the  Noteholders are entitled to be
paid on such  Distribution  Date.  If an Event of Default has  occurred  and the
Notes have been accelerated,  Certificateholders will not be entitled to receive
any  distributions  of interest or  principal  until the Notes have been paid in
full.

Distribution of Principal

      On  each   Distribution   Date   prior  to  the   Cross-Over   Date,   the
Certificateholders will not be entitled to any payments of principal.

      On each  Distribution  Date on or after the Cross-Over Date,  principal of
the Certificates will be payable,  subject to the remaining Available Amount and
the   remaining   Available   Reserve   Amount,   in  an  amount  equal  to  the
Certificateholders'   Principal   Distribution   Amount  with  respect  to  such
Distribution  Date. Such principal  payments will be funded to the extent of the
Available  Amount  remaining after payment of the Servicer  Payment,  payment of
interest  and  principal  in respect of the Notes on the  Cross-Over  Date,  and
payment of interest due on the  Certificates on such  Distribution  Date. To the
extent the remaining  Available Amount on a Distribution Date is insufficient to
fund the entire  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount due on such
Distribution  Date,  such  shortfall  will be funded from the  Reserve  Account,
subject to the Available Reserve Amount remaining after any withdrawals from the
Reserve  Account to make payments of interest and principal due on the Notes and
interest  due  on  the  Certificates  on  such  Distribution   Date,  under  the
circumstances  described  herein.  The rights of  Certificateholders  to receive
distributions   of  principal   (following   the  payment  of  interest  on  the
Certificates)  will be  subordinated  to the  rights of  Noteholders  to receive
distributions  of interest and  


                                      S-47
<PAGE>

principal  to the  extent  described  herein.  The  Certificate  Balance  of the
Certificates,  to the  extent  not  previously  paid,  will  be  payable  on the
Distribution  Date occurring in __________  (the  "Certificate  Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date").  In the event that the Certificates are outstanding on the
Certificate  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date  (after  taking  into  account
distributions on such date), the Indenture Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be
withdrawn) from the Reserve Account (to the extent funds are available  therefor
in the  Reserve  Account),  and will  deposit  in the  Certificate  Distribution
Account for distribution to the  Certificateholders  to retire the Certificates,
an  amount  equal to the  Certificate  Balance.  The  actual  date on which  the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Certificates  is paid  may be
earlier  than the  Certificate  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date  based on a
variety of factors including an Optional Purchase or Auction Sale.

Redemption

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction  Sale,  the  Certificates
will be redeemed at a  redemption  price equal to the  Certificate  Balance plus
accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon at the  Pass-Through  Rate.  An  Optional
Purchase  of all the  Contracts  by CITSF  may  occur at  CITSF's  option on any
Distribution  Date on which the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related
Due Period is __% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance.  An  Auction  Sale may
occur,  and may  result in the sale of the  Contracts  remaining  in the  Trust,
within ten days following the first  Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance
as of the last day of the related Due Period is __% or less of the Initial  Pool
Balance.  The "Initial Pool  Balance"  equals the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off
Date.

Limited Rights

      Except  as  described  herein,  if an Event of  Default  occurs  under the
Indenture,  the  Certificateholders  will  not have any  right to  direct  or to
consent to any remedies therefor exercisable by the Indenture Trustee, including
the sale of the  Contracts,  until the Notes have been paid in full. If an Event
of Termination occurs, the Certificateholders  will not have any right to direct
or consent to removal of the Servicer or the waiver of such Event of Termination
until the Notes have been paid in full. See "Risk Factors--Rights of Noteholders
and  Certificateholders"  herein  and "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust
Documents--Event  of  Termination,"  "--Rights  Upon Event of  Termination"  and
"--Waiver of Past Defaults" in the Prospectus.

                                  ENHANCEMENT

         Subordination.  To the  extent  described  herein,  the  rights  of the
Certificateholders  to receive  distributions with respect to the Contracts will
be subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders,  and the rights of the Class B
Noteholders  to receive  distributions  with  respect to the  Contracts  will be
subordinated  to the rights of the Class A Noteholders.  This  subordination  is
intended to enhance the  likelihood of timely receipt by the Class A Noteholders
(and to a lesser extent the Class B Noteholders)  of the full amount of interest
and principal required to be paid to them, and to afford the Class A Noteholders
(and to a lesser  extent the Class B  Noteholders)  limited  protection  against
losses in respect of the Contracts.

         No  distribution  will  be  made  to  the   Certificateholders  on  any
Distribution  Date in respect of (i) interest  until the full amount of interest
and  principal  on  the  Notes  payable  on  such  Distribution  Date  has  been
distributed to the  Noteholders,  and (ii)  principal  until the Notes have been
paid in full.

         No  distribution  will  be  made  to the  Class  B  Noteholders  on any
Distribution  Date in respect of (i) interest  until the full amount of interest
on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date has been distributed to
the Class A Noteholders,  and (ii) principal  until the full amount of principal
on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date has been distributed to
the Class A Noteholders.

         The  Class  A   Noteholders   will  be  entitled  to  receive   current
distributions of interest prior to the Class B Noteholders receiving any current
distributions of interest. In addition, the Class A Noteholders will be entitled
to receive  their share of the current  distribution  of principal  prior to the
Class B  Noteholders  receiving  their  share  of the  current  distribution  of
principal.


                                      S-48
<PAGE>

      Reserve Account.  On the Closing Date, an account (the "Reserve  Account")
will be established pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Indenture
Trustee will have the right to withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) payments from
the Reserve Account under certain  circumstances  specified  below.  The Reserve
Account  will not be funded on the Closing  Date.  After the Closing  Date,  the
Reserve Account will be funded with the Excess Collections,  if any, and certain
investment earnings on funds deposited in the Reserve Account.

      The  Reserve  Account  will be an  Eligible  Account  (as  defined  in the
Prospectus). Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account will be invested in certain
investments  which  satisfy  the  criteria  established  by each of the  Ratings
Agencies  (which may include  obligations of CIT).  The Reserve  Account and any
amounts  therein  shall be held by or on  behalf  of the  Indenture  Trustee  in
accordance  with  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  for the  benefit  of the
Securityholders and the Trust.

      The Reserve  Account will be terminated  following the earlier to occur of
(a) the date on which  the  Certificate  Balance  is paid in full and any  funds
remaining  therein have been paid to the Affiliated Owner or (b) the Certificate
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

      On each  Distribution  Date, the amount available to be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account for the benefit of the  Securityholders  (the "Available Reserve
Amount")  will be equal to the lesser of (i) the  Specified  Reserve  Amount and
(ii) the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account,  before giving effect to any
deposit to be made to the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date.

      On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer will determine the amounts,  if
any,  required  to  be  withdrawn  from  the  Reserve  Account  on  the  related
Distribution Date for payment to the Securityholders. If the Available Amount on
any Distribution Date is insufficient (after payment of the Servicer Payment) to
pay the interest and principal  required to be  distributed on the Securities on
such  Distribution  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be
withdrawn)  from the Reserve Account an amount equal to the lesser of the amount
of such deficiency or the Available  Reserve Amount.  The Indenture Trustee will
withdraw  (or cause to be  withdrawn)  such amount from the Reserve  Account and
will deposit (or cause to be deposited)  such amount into the Note  Distribution
Account and/or Certificate  Distribution  Account on the Business Day before the
Distribution  Date with respect to which such  withdrawal  was made. Any amounts
withdrawn from the Reserve Account will be distributed to the Securityholders in
the same order of priority as  distributions  of the  Available  Amount.  If the
Available  Reserve  Amount is zero (which will be the case on the Closing Date),
Securityholders  will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from default by Obligors
and will have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed Boats for
recovery of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest  on the  defaulted
Contracts.

      On each Distribution  Date, the Servicer will deposit Excess  Collections,
if any, into the Reserve Account in an amount  sufficient to increase the amount
on deposit in the Reserve  Account to the Specified  Reserve Amount for the next
Distribution Date. Excess  Collections,  if any, not so required to be deposited
in the Reserve Account will be paid to the Affiliated Owner.

      "Excess  Collections"  for any  Distribution  Date will equal the  amounts
collected or deposited in respect of the Contracts in the related Due Period and
which remain in the Collection  Account on such  Distribution  Date after taking
into account  distributions  to be made on the Securities,  the Servicer Payment
made to the Servicer on such Distribution Date, and the Servicing Fee (including
any unpaid Servicing Fees for past Distribution Dates) paid on such Distribution
Date.

      The Specified  Reserve Amount with respect to any  Distribution  Date will
equal ___% of the Pool  Balance as of the first day of the  related  Due Period,
but in no event less than  $___________.  If, with  respect to any  Distribution
Date,  (a) the average of the  principal  balance of  Contracts  60 days or more
delinquent  (including  Contracts  relating  to  Financed  Boats  that have been
repossessed)  as a percentage  of the Pool Balance for the three  preceding  Due
Periods  exceeds  ____% or (b) the  average  of the  principal  balances  of all
Contracts which became Liquidated  Contracts in the three preceding Due Periods,
less any Net  Liquidation  Proceeds on  Liquidated  Contracts,  expressed  as an
annualized  percentage  of the  average  outstanding  Pool  Balance of the three
preceding Due Periods  exceeds  ____%,  then the Specified  Reserve  Amount with
respect to such  Distribution  Date shall be ____% of the Pool Balance as of the
first day of the related Due Period,  but in no event (i) less than $___________
or (ii) greater than  $__________. The


                                      S-49
<PAGE>

Specified  Reserve  Amount shall never be greater than the sum of the  aggregate
principal  amount of the  Notes and the  outstanding  Certificate  Balance.  The
Specified  Reserve  Amount may be reduced from time to time to amounts less than
the Specified  Reserve Amount as described  herein if the Rating  Agencies shall
have given prior written notice to the Seller,  the Servicer and the Issuer that
such  reduction will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of the then current
rating of the Notes or the Certificates.  In several  circumstances the Servicer
must determine on a Distribution  Date the Specified Reserve Amount for the next
Distribution Date; in order to make the calculations required, the Servicer will
use the data for the three Due Periods  preceding the Due Period related to such
next Distribution Date.

      On each  Distribution  Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw (or cause
to be withdrawn) from the Reserve Account an amount equal to the amount by which
the  Available  Reserve  Amount  (after  taking into account any deposits to and
withdrawals  from  the  Reserve  Account  pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement on such  Distribution  Date) exceeds the Specified  Reserve Amount for
the next Distribution Date and pay such amount to the Affiliated Owner. Any such
amounts paid to the Affiliated  Owner will not be available for  distribution to
Securityholders.

      The sole  source of funding  for the  Reserve  Account  will be the Excess
Collections,  and the  Excess  Collections  may not be  sufficient  to fund  the
Reserve  Account  in an  amount  equal to the  Specified  Reserve  Amount  or to
replenish the Reserve  Account after funds are withdrawn to make payments on the
Securities. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer will be obligated to deposit any
of their  own funds  into the  Reserve  Account  in the  event  that the  Excess
Collections are not sufficient to fund the Reserve Account in an amount equal to
the Specified  Reserve Amount.  Accordingly,  the Distribution Date by which the
Reserve  Account  will be  funded in an amount  equal to the  Specified  Reserve
Amount for such Distribution Date cannot be predicted.

      In the event that the  Certificates  are  outstanding  on the  Certificate
Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date (after taking into account  distributions on
such date), the Indenture  Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) from
the  Reserve  Account  an  amount  equal to the  Certificate  Balance,  and will
distribute such amount to the Certificateholders to retire the Certificates,  to
the extent funds are available therefor in the Reserve Account.

                THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

Distributions

      On each Determination  Date, the Servicer will determine the amount in the
Collection  Account available for distribution on the related  Distribution Date
and inform the Indenture  Trustee,  who shall allocate such amounts  between the
Notes and the Certificates and make  distributions  to  Securityholders,  all as
described below.

      On each  Distribution  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will  withdraw  the
Available Amount from the Collection  Account to make the following payments (to
the extent sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order:

     (a) the Servicer Payment will (to the extent not previously retained by the
     Servicer) be paid to the Servicer;

     (b) on and prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Class A Noteholders'  Interest
     Distribution  Amount will be deposited into the Note Distribution  Account,
     for  payment to the Class A  Noteholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the
     Class A Notes for interest,  ratably, without preference or priority of any
     kind, according to the amounts due and payable on each class of the Class A
     Notes for interest;

     (c) on and prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Class B Noteholders'  Interest
     Distribution  Amount will be deposited into the Note Distribution  Account,
     for  payment to the Class B  Noteholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the
     Class B Notes for interest,  ratably, without 


                                      S-50
<PAGE>

     preference  or  priority  of any kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and
     payable on the Class B Notes for interest;

     (d) on and prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Class A Noteholders' Principal
     Distribution  Amount will be deposited into the Note Distribution  Account,
     for payment to the Class A Noteholders in the following  order of priority:
     (i) to the  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes  until the  principal
     balance of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced  to zero;  (ii) to the  principal
     balance of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal balance of the Class A-2
     Notes is reduced to zero;  (iii) to the principal  balance of the Class A-3
     Notes  until the  principal  balance  of the Class A-3 Notes is  reduced to
     zero,  (iv) to the  principal  balance  of the Class  A-4  Notes  until the
     principal  balance of the Class A-4 Notes is  reduced  to zero;  (v) to the
     principal balance of the Class A-5 Notes until the principal balance of the
     Class A-5 Notes is reduced to zero;  (vi) to the  principal  balance of the
     Class  A-6  Notes  until the  principal  balance  of the Class A-6 Notes is
     reduced to zero; and (vii) to the principal  balance of the Class A-7 Notes
     until the principal balance of the Class A-7 Notes is reduced to zero;

     (e) on and prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Class B Noteholders' Principal
     Distribution  Amount will be deposited into the Note Distribution  Account,
     for payment to the Class B Noteholders  until the principal  balance of the
     Class B Notes is reduced to zero;

     (f) the Certificateholders'  Interest Distribution Amount will be deposited
     into  the   Certificate   Distribution   Account,   for   payment   to  the
     Certificateholders for interest;

     (g) on and after the  Cross-Over  Date, the  Certificateholders'  Principal
     Distribution  Amount will be deposited  into the  Certificate  Distribution
     Account, for payment to the Certificateholders for principal;

     (h) if CITSF or one of its  affiliates is the  Servicer,  the Servicing Fee
     (including any unpaid Servicing Fees for past Distribution  Dates) will (to
     the extent not previously paid to the Servicer) be paid to the Servicer;

     (i) the  amount  by  which  the  Specified  Reserve  Amount  for  the  next
     Distribution Date exceeds the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account will
     be deposited into the Reserve Account; and

     (j) the balance, if any, will be distributed to the Affiliated Owner.

      For  purposes  hereof,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  following
meanings:

      The "Principal  Distribution Amount" on each Distribution Date is equal to
the sum of the following amounts with respect to the related Due Period, in each
case  calculated in accordance with the method  specified in each Contract:  (i)
all payments of principal  (including all Principal  Prepayments  applied during
the  related Due Period)  made on each  Contract  during the related Due Period,
(ii) the Stated  Principal  Balance of each  Contract  which,  as of the related
Deposit Date,  was  purchased by CITSF or the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  and (iii) the Stated  Principal  Balance of each Contract
which  became a  Liquidated  Contract  during the related Due Period;  provided,
however,  that (x) payments of principal (including Principal  Prepayments) with
respect to a Liquidated  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract  received after the
last day of the Due Period in which the Contract became a Liquidated Contract or
a  Repurchased  Contract  shall not be  included in the  Principal  Distribution
Amount,  and (y) if a Liquidated  Contract is purchased by CITSF or the Servicer
pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement on the Deposit  Date  immediately
following  the Due Period in which it became a  Liquidated  Contract,  no amount
will be included  with respect to such  Contract in the  Principal  Distribution
Amount  pursuant  to  clause  (iii) of the  definition  thereof.  The  Principal
Distribution  Amount on the Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date of a class
will equal the outstanding  principal  balance of such class of Notes as of such
date, and the Principal  Distribution  Amount on the Certificate Final Scheduled
Distribution Date will equal the Certificate Balance on such date. The Principal
Distribution  Amount will not exceed the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Notes or,  after the  Cross-Over  Date,  the  Certificate  Balance  (or,  on the
Cross-Over  Date,  the  sum of  the  principal  balance  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificate Balance).


                                      S-51
<PAGE>

      The "Stated  Principal  Balance"  of a Contract  for any Due Period is its
unpaid  principal  balance at the end of the  related  Due  Period,  but without
giving effect to any adjustments due to bankruptcy or similar proceedings.

      A "Liquidated  Contract" is a defaulted  Contract as to which the Servicer
has  recovered  all  amounts  that  it  expects  to  recover  either  by sale or
disposition  of the  related  Financed  Boat or  otherwise,  but in any  event a
Contract shall be deemed to become a Liquidated  Contract no later than the date
on which the Servicer has received proceeds from the sale or disposition of such
Financed Boat.

      "Principal Prepayment" means a payment or other recovery of principal on a
Contract (including  insurance proceeds and Net Liquidation  Proceeds applied to
principal  on a  Contract)  which is  received  in  advance  of its due date and
applied upon receipt to reduce the outstanding principal amount of such Contract
prior to the date or dates on which such  principal  amount is  scheduled  to be
paid.

      "Net  Liquidation  Proceeds"  means the monies  collected  (from  whatever
source)  during a Due  Period on a  Liquidated  Contract,  net of the sum of (a)
Liquidation  Expenses,  plus (b) any payments  required by law to be remitted to
the Obligor.

      "Liquidation  Expenses"  means all  reasonable  fees of third  parties and
other  expenses  incurred  by the  Servicer  in the  course  of  converting  any
defaulted  Contract  or Financed  Boat into cash  proceeds  (including,  without
limitation,  expenses  relating  to  recovery,  repossession  and  sale  of such
Financed Boat).

      The "Available  Amount" on any Distribution Date is equal to the excess of
(A) the sum of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account attributable
to collections or deposits made in respect of the Contracts  (including any Late
Fees (as  defined in the  Prospectus))  in the  related  Due Period and (ii) the
Purchase Price for any Contract  repurchased by CITSF as a result of breaches of
certain  representations and warranties or purchased by the Servicer as a result
of breaches of certain  covenants and any Monthly Advances made by the Servicer,
if  such  Purchase  Price  or  Monthly  Advance  is  paid  on the  Deposit  Date
immediately  preceding such Distribution Date, over (B) the sum of the following
amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already  withheld  such amounts
from collections on the Contracts):  (i) any repossession  profits on Liquidated
Contracts, Liquidation Expenses incurred and taxes and insurance advanced by the
Servicer  in respect of Financed  Boats that are  reimbursable  to the  Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  (ii) any amounts incorrectly  deposited
in the Collection  Account,  (iii) net  investment  earnings on the funds in the
Collection  Account,  and (iv) any other amounts  permitted to be withdrawn from
the  Collection  Account by the Servicer (or to be retained by the Servicer from
collections on the Contracts) pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

      The  "Purchase  Price" for any Contract  will be the  remaining  principal
amount outstanding on such Contract on the date of repurchase, plus thirty days'
interest  thereon at the Contract  Rate plus the  reimbursement  then due to the
Servicer for outstanding Monthly Advances on such Contract.

     "Certificateholders' Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date,
the  sum  of the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  and  the
Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount.

      "Certificateholders'   Interest   Carryover   Shortfall"  means,  for  any
Distribution Date, the excess of the  Certificateholders'  Interest Distribution
Amount  for the  preceding  Distribution  Date  over the  amount in  respect  of
interest  at  the  Pass-Through  Rate  that  was  actually  deposited  into  the
Certificate  Distribution  Account on such  preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus
interest on such excess,  to the extent  permitted  by law, at the  Pass-Through
Rate from and including  such preceding  Distribution  Date to but excluding the
current Distribution Date.

     "Certificateholders'   Interest   Distribution   Amount"  means,   for  any
Distribution  Date, the sum of the  Certificateholders'  Monthly Interest Amount
for  such  Distribution  Date  and the  Certificateholders'  Interest  Carryover
Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

      "Certificateholders'  Monthly Interest Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date,  one month's  interest  (or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,
interest  accrued  from and  including  the Closing Date to but  excluding  such
Distribution  Date) at the Pass-Through Rate on the Certificate  Balance on such
Distribution 


                                      S-52
<PAGE>

Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date, the Original  Certificate
Balance),  before  giving  effect  to  all  distributions  of  principal  to the
Certificateholders on such Distribution Date.

      "Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date  prior  to the  Cross-Over  Date,  zero;  and  for  any  Distribution  Date
commencing on and after the Cross-Over Date, 100% of the Principal  Distribution
Amount (less the portion of the Principal  Distribution  Amount  required on the
first such Distribution Date to pay the Notes in full).

      "Certificateholders'   Principal  Carryover   Shortfall"  means,  for  any
Distribution  Date,  (a) the  excess  of (i) the  Certificateholders'  Principal
Distribution Amount for the preceding Distribution Date, over (ii) the amount in
respect  of  principal  that  was  actually   deposited  into  the   Certificate
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date.

      "Certificateholders'   Principal   Distribution  Amount"  means,  for  any
Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i) the  Certificateholders'  Monthly  Principal
Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (ii) the  Certificateholders'  Principal
Carryover   Shortfall   for  such   Distribution   Date;   provided,   that  the
Certificateholders'   Principal   Distribution   Amount  shall  not  exceed  the
Certificate   Balance.   In  addition,   on  the  Certificate   Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date, the amount required to be distributed to  Certificateholders
will be the lesser of (a) any payments of principal due and remaining  unpaid on
each Contract owned by the Trust as of the last day of the immediately preceding
Due Period plus any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account, or (b) the amount
that is necessary  (after  giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited in
the Certificate  Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to
principal) to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.

      "Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
sum of the  Class A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  the Class B
Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount, the Class A Noteholders'  Interest
Distribution Amount and the Class B Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount.

      "Class  A  Noteholders'  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  for  any
Distribution  Date for  each  class of  Class A Notes  (other  than the  initial
Distribution  Date),  the  excess  of (i)  the  Class  A  Noteholders'  Interest
Distribution Amount for the preceding  Distribution Date for such class of Class
A Notes, over (ii) the amount in respect of interest that was actually deposited
into the Note Distribution  Account in respect of such class of Class A Notes on
such preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus interest on the amount of interest due
but not  paid  to the  Class  A  Noteholders  of  such  class  on the  preceding
Distribution  Date, to the extent  permitted by law, at the applicable  Interest
Rates borne by such class of Class A Notes.

      "Class  A  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount"  means,  for  any
Distribution  Date for any  class of Class A Notes,  the sum of (x) the  Class A
Noteholders'  Monthly Interest Amount for such  Distribution Date for such class
of Class A Notes and (y) the Class A Noteholders'  Interest Carryover  Shortfall
for such Distribution Date for such class of Class A Notes.

      "Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date for any  class  of  Class A Notes,  interest  accrued  during  the  related
Interest  Accrual  Period at the  applicable  Interest  Rate on the  outstanding
principal  balance of such class of Class A Notes on such Distribution Date (or,
in the case of the first  Distribution  Date, on the Closing Date) before giving
effect to all  distributions  of  principal to the Class A  Noteholders  on such
Distribution Date,  calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and (a) the actual
number of days  elapsed,  in the case of the Class A Notes and (b) twelve 30-day
months in the case of each other class of Class A Notes.

      "Class  A  Noteholders'   Monthly   Principal   Amount"  means,   for  any
Distribution  Date,  prior to the  Distribution  Date on which the Class A Notes
have been paid in full, an amount equal to _____% of the Principal  Distribution
Amount.

      "Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of (x)  the  Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount for the preceding  Distribution Date over (y) the amount in
respect of principal  that was  actually  deposited  into the Note  Distribution
Account for the Class A Notes on such preceding Distribution Date.


                                      S-53
<PAGE>

      "Class  A  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i) the Class A Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal
Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (ii) the Class A Noteholders'  Principal
Carryover  Shortfall  for such  Distribution  Date;  provided,  that the Class A
Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  shall not exceed the  outstanding
principal balance of the Class A Notes. In addition, on the Note Final Scheduled
Distribution  Date of each class of Class A Notes, the principal  required to be
deposited in the Note  Distribution  Account  will include the amount  necessary
(after giving  effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note  Distribution
Account on such  Distribution  Date and  allocable to  principal)  to reduce the
outstanding principal balance of the related class of Class A Notes to zero.

      "Class  B  Noteholders'  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  for  any
Distribution  Date for the Class B Notes  (other than the  initial  Distribution
Date), the excess of (i) the Class B Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount
for the preceding  Distribution Date for the Class B Notes, over (ii) the amount
in respect of interest that was actually  deposited  into the Note  Distribution
Account in respect of such Class B Notes on such  preceding  Distribution  Date,
plus  interest  on the  amount  of  interest  due  but not  paid to the  Class B
Noteholders on the preceding  Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by law,
at the Class B Interest Rate.

      "Class  B  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount"  means,  for  any
Distribution Date for the Class B Notes, the sum of (x) the Class B Noteholders'
Monthly  Interest  Amount  for  such  Distribution  Date  and  (y)  the  Class B
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

      "Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date for the Class B Notes, interest accrued during the related Interest Accrual
Period at the applicable  Interest Rate on the outstanding  principal balance of
the  Class B Notes on such  Distribution  Date  (or,  in the  case of the  first
Distribution   Date,   on  the  Closing   Date)  before  giving  effect  to  all
distributions of principal to the Class B Noteholders on such Distribution Date.

      "Class  B  Noteholders'   Monthly   Principal   Amount"  means,   for  any
Distribution  Date,  prior to the  Distribution  Date on which the Class A Notes
have been paid in full, an amount equal to _____% of the Principal  Distribution
Amount,  and on and after the Distribution  Date on which the Class A Notes have
been paid in full, 100% of the Principal  Distribution  Amount (less the portion
of the Principal  Distribution  Amount  required on the first such  Distribution
Date to pay the Class A Notes in full).

      "Class  B  Noteholders'  Principal  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of (x)  the  Class  B  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount for the preceding  Distribution Date over (y) the amount in
respect of principal  that was  actually  deposited  into the Note  Distribution
Account for the Class B Notes on such preceding Distribution Date.

      "Class  B  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i) the Class B Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal
Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (ii) the Class B Noteholders'  Principal
Carryover  Shortfall  for such  Distribution  Date;  provided,  that the Class B
Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount  shall not exceed the  outstanding
principal  balance of the Class B Notes. In addition,  on the Class B Note Final
Scheduled  Distribution Date, the principal required to be deposited in the Note
Distribution  Account will include the amount  necessary (after giving effect to
other  amounts  to be  deposited  in  the  Note  Distribution  Account  on  such
Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to  principal)  to  reduce  the  outstanding
principal balance of the Class B Notes to zero.

      To the  extent  that  the  Available  Amount  is  insufficient  to pay the
Certificateholders' Distribution Amount and the Noteholders' Distribution Amount
on any  Distribution  Date, the Indenture  Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be
withdrawn) from the Reserve Account, to the extent available,  the excess of the
sum  of  the  Certificateholders'   Distribution  Amount  and  the  Noteholders'
Distribution  Amount over the Available  Amount  remaining  after payment of the
Servicer  Payment.  Any amount so  withdrawn  from the Reserve  Account by or on
behalf  of  the  Indenture  Trustee  will  be  deposited  first  into  the  Note
Distribution  Account for  distribution  to the Noteholders in the same order of
priority as described above and second into the Certificate Distribution Account
for  distribution  to the  Certificateholders  in the same order of  priority as
described above.


                                      S-54
<PAGE>

      The principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes, to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the Class A-1 Note Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date; the
principal  balance of the Class A-2 Notes,  to the extent not  previously  paid,
will be due on the  Class  A-2  Note  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date;  the
principal  balance of the Class A-3 Notes,  to the extent not  previously  paid,
will be due on the  Class  A-3  Note  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date;  the
principal  balance of the Class A-4 Notes,  to the extent not  previously  paid,
will be due on the  Class  A-4  Note  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date;  the
principal  balance of the Class B Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will
be due on the Class B Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date. The actual date on
which the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of any class of Notes is paid
may be earlier than the respective Note Final Scheduled  Distribution  Dates set
forth above  based on a variety of  factors,  including  those  described  under
"Maturity   and   Prepayment   Considerations--Weighted   Average  Life  of  the
Securities" herein.

Modification of Contracts

      Consistent  with its customary  servicing  practices and  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to defer,  reschedule,
extend or modify the payment  schedule of a Contract or  otherwise to modify the
terms of a Contract  provided that (i) the maturity of such  Contract  would not
extend  beyond  the  180th  day  prior  to  the   Certificate   Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date and  (ii)  the  deferral,  rescheduling,  extension  or other
modification of the terms of the Contract would not constitute a cancellation of
such  Contract and the  creation of a new  installment  sale  contract or direct
loan. The Servicer may, in accordance with its customary  servicing  procedures,
in its good  faith  judgment,  waive any Late  Fees that may be due and  payable
under any  Contract.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  connection  with the
settlement by the Servicer of a defaulted  Contract,  the Servicer may forgive a
portion of such  Contract,  if in its discretion it believes that the acceptance
of the settlement  proceeds from the related Obligor would result in the Trust's
receiving a greater amount of collections than the Net Liquidation Proceeds that
would result from repossessing and liquidating the related Financed Boat.

Monthly Advances

      With  respect  to each  Contract  as to which  there  has  been a  Payment
Shortfall during the related Due Period (other than a Payment  Shortfall arising
from a Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or which has been  subject to a
Relief Act reduction during the related Due Period),  the Servicer shall advance
funds in the amount of such Payment Shortfall (each, a "Monthly  Advance"),  but
only to the extent that the  Servicer,  in its good faith  judgment,  expects to
recover  such Monthly  Advance  from  subsequent  interest  collections  on such
Contract made by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder, or from Net Liquidation
Proceeds or insurance proceeds with respect to such Contract. The Servicer shall
be reimbursed for any Monthly Advance from subsequent interest  collections with
respect to such Contract.  If the Servicer determines in its good faith judgment
that an unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance shall not ultimately be recoverable  from
subsequent  interest  collections,  the Servicer  shall be  reimbursed  for such
Monthly  Advance from  collections on all Contracts.  In determining  whether an
advance is or will be  nonrecoverable,  the Servicer  need not take into account
that it might receive any amounts in a deficiency  judgment  against an Obligor.
The  Servicer  will not make a Monthly  Advance in respect of (i) the  principal
component of any scheduled  payment or (ii) a Payment  Shortfall  arising from a
Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or which has been  subject to a Relief
Act Reduction during the related Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payments

      The Servicer will not be obligated to make any  Non-Reimbursable  Payments
(as defined in the Prospectus).

Servicing Compensation

      The  Servicer  will be  entitled  to receive,  out of  collections  on the
Contracts,  a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee") for each Due Period,  payable on
the following  Distribution  Date,  equal to the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of the
product of _____% (the "Servicing Fee Rate") and the Pool Balance as of the last
day  of  the  second  preceding  Due  Period  (or,  in the  case  of  the  first
Distribution Date, as of the Cut-off Date) and 


                                      S-55
<PAGE>

(ii) any investment  earnings (net of investment expenses and losses) on amounts
on deposit in the  Collection  Account,  the Note  Distribution  Account and the
Certificate  Distribution Account;  provided,  however, if CITSF or an affiliate
thereof is not the Servicer,  the Servicing Fee Rate shall be a rate  determined
at the time of the appointment of a successor Servicer but not to exceed _____%.
If CITSF or one of its affiliates is the Servicer,  the Servicing Fee (including
any unpaid Servicing Fees for past Distribution  Dates) shall not be included in
the  Servicer  Payment  but  instead  shall be payable to the  Servicer  on each
Distribution Date only from the Available  Amount,  if any,  remaining after the
principal and interest payable on the Securities on such  Distribution Date have
been paid.

Payment of Notes

      Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture,  the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the rights of
the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to all the rights
of the Noteholders under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  except as otherwise
provided therein.

Termination

      In  order  to  avoid  excessive  administrative  expenses,  CITSF  will be
permitted at its option to purchase from the Trust, on any Distribution  Date on
which the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related  Due Period is __% or
less of the Initial Pool Balance,  all  remaining  Contracts at a price equal to
the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts (including defaulted  Contracts),
plus  the  appraised  value  of any  other  property  held  by the  Trust  (less
Liquidation  Expenses)  (the "Optional  Purchase").  Exercise of such right will
effect early retirement of the Securities.

      Within  ten days  after  the  first  Distribution  Date on which  the Pool
Balance  as of the  last day of the  related  Due  Period  is __% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance,  the Indenture Trustee (or, if the Notes have been paid in
full and the Indenture has been  discharged  in accordance  with its terms,  the
Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids for the purchase of the Contracts remaining in
the Trust (the "Auction Sale"). In the event that satisfactory bids are received
as described in the Prospectus, the net sale proceeds (after paying the Servicer
Payment) will be distributed to Securityholders on the second  Distribution Date
succeeding  such Due Period.  Any purchaser of the  Contracts  must agree to the
continuation of CITSF as Servicer on terms substantially similar to those in the
Trust  Documents.  Any such sale will effect early retirement of the Securities.
See "The  Certificates--Redemption,"  "The  Notes--Redemption" and "The Purchase
Agreements and The Trust Documents--Termination" in the Prospectus.

                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

      Tax  Characterization of the Notes and the Trust. Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
has advised the Trust that, based on the terms of the Notes and the transactions
relating to the Contracts as set forth herein, the Notes will be treated as debt
for Federal income tax purposes.  However,  there is no specific  authority with
respect to the  characterization  for Federal  income tax purposes of securities
having the same terms as the Notes.

      Schulte  Roth & Zabel  LLP is  also  of the  opinion  that,  based  on the
applicable provisions of the Trust Documents and related documents,  for Federal
income tax  purposes,  (i) the Trust will not be  classified  as an  association
taxable  as a  corporation  and (ii) the Trust will not be treated as a publicly
traded  partnership  taxable as a corporation.  If the IRS were to  successfully
characterize  the Trust as an entity taxable as a corporation for Federal income
tax purposes,  the income from the Contracts  (reduced by  deductions,  possibly
including  interest  on the Notes)  would be  subject  to Federal  income tax at
corporate  rates,  which could reduce the amounts  available to make payments on
the  Notes.  Likewise,  if the Trust were  subject  to state or local  income or
franchise  tax, the amount of cash  available to make payment on the Notes could
be reduced.


                                      S-56
<PAGE>

      If,  contrary  to the  opinion  of  Schulte  Roth &  Zabel  LLP,  the  IRS
successfully  asserted  that the  Notes  were not debt for  Federal  income  tax
purposes,  the Notes might be treated as equity  interests in the Trust.  If so,
and if the Trust were  taxable as a  corporation  with the adverse  consequences
described above, the taxable corporation would not be able to deduct interest on
the Notes.  The  remainder  of this  discussion  assumes  that the Notes will be
treated as debt and that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation.

      Interest  Income on the Notes.  The stated  interest  on the Notes will be
taxable  to a  Noteholder  as  ordinary  income  when  received  or  accrued  in
accordance with such Noteholder's method of tax accounting.  [Some or all of the
Notes may be issued with "original issue discount" within the meaning of Section
1273 of the  Code  ("OID").  The  amount  of OID on the  Notes  will  equal  the
difference  between the issue price and the principal amount of the Notes unless
the OID is less then a statutorily defined de minimis amount.]

      [OID will  accrue to the  Noteholders  over the life of the Notes,  taking
account of a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption,  based on a constant  yield to
maturity method, using semi-annual compounding, and properly adjusted for actual
prepayments on the Contracts.  The portion of OID that accrues during the time a
Noteholder   owns  the  Notes  (i)  constitutes   interest   includable  in  the
Noteholder's  gross income for federal  income tax purposes and (ii) is added to
the  Noteholder's  tax basis for  purposes  of  determining  gain or loss on the
maturity,  redemption,  prior sale, or other disposition of the Notes. Thus, the
effect of OID is to  increase  the  amount of  taxable  income  above the actual
interest payments during the life of the Notes.]

      Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note,  increased by any [OID,] market  discount and gain previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the  amount  of any bond  premium  previously  amortized  and by the  amount  of
principal payments  previously  received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note.  Subject to the rules of the Code concerning market discount on the Notes,
any such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or loss if the Note was held as a
capital  asset.  Capital  losses  generally  may be  deducted  to the extent the
Noteholder has capital gains for the taxable year, and non-corporate Noteholders
can deduct a limited amount of such losses in excess of available capital gains.

      Foreign  Holders.  If interest paid (or accrued) to a Noteholder  who is a
nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation or other  non-United  States person (a
"foreign  person") is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person,  the interest generally
will be considered  "portfolio  interest,"  and generally will not be subject to
United States Federal income tax and withholding  tax, if the foreign person (i)
is not actually or  constructively  a "10 percent  shareholder" of the Trust (in
this  case,  a holder of 10% of the  capital  or  profits  of the  Trust)  nor a
"controlled  foreign  corporation"  with  respect  to  which  the  Trust  or the
Affiliated  Owner is a "related  person" within the meaning of the Code and (ii)
provides the person otherwise  required to withhold U.S. tax with an appropriate
statement,  signed under  penalties of perjury,  certifying  that the beneficial
owner of the Note is a foreign  person and providing  the foreign  person's name
and address. If the information  provided in the statement changes,  the foreign
person must so inform the person otherwise  required to withhold U.S. tax within
30 days of such change.  The statement  generally must be provided in the year a
payment  occurs  or in  either  of the two  preceding  years.  If a Note is held
through  a  securities   clearing   organization   or  certain  other  financial
institutions,  the organization or institution may provide a signed statement to
the withholding  agent.  However,  in that case, unless, in the case of payments
made after December 31, 1998, the clearing organization or financial institution
is a foreign entity that has entered into a withholding  agreement with the IRS,
the  signed  statement  must be  accompanied  by a Form W-8 or  substitute  form
provided  by the  foreign  person  that owns the Note.  If such  interest is not
portfolio interest,  then any payment of such interest will be subject to United
States Federal  withholding  tax at a rate of 30%,  unless reduced or eliminated
pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

      Any capital gain  realized on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States Federal  income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign individual is not present in the United States for 183 days
or more in the taxable year or does not have a tax home in the United States.


                                      S-57
<PAGE>

      If the  interest,  gain or income  on a Note  held by a foreign  person is
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States by the foreign  person,  the holder  generally  will be subject to United
States  Federal  income tax on the interest,  gain or income at regular  Federal
income tax rates.  If a holder  provides a Form 4224  indicating  that interest,
gain or income is effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United  States,  the  interest,  gain or income  will be exempt  from the
withholding tax previously  discussed.  In addition,  if the foreign person is a
foreign  corporation,  it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of
its "effectively  connected earnings and profits" within the meaning of the Code
for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain  items,  unless it qualifies for a
lower rate under an  applicable  income  tax treaty (as  modified  by the branch
profits tax rules).

      Under recently  issued  Treasury  Regulations  that apply to payments made
after  December 31,  1998,  current IRS Forms W-8 and 4224 will be replaced by a
single form called Form W-8.

      Information  Reporting and Backup Withholding.  The Trust will be required
to report annually to the IRS, and to each  Noteholder of record,  the amount of
interest  paid on the  Notes  (and the  amount  [of  accrued  OID,  if any,  and
interest]  withheld for Federal  income taxes,  if any) for each calendar  year,
except  as  to  exempt  holders  (generally,   holders  that  are  corporations,
tax-exempt   organizations,   qualified  pension  and   profit-sharing   trusts,
individual  retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification
as to their status as nonresidents). Accordingly, each holder (other than exempt
holders who are not subject to the reporting  requirements)  will be required to
provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name,
address, correct Federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a non-exempt Noteholder fail
to provide the  required  certification,  the Trust will be required to withhold
31% of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount
to the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates

      Tax  Characterization  of the Trust. The Affiliated Owner and the Servicer
have agreed,  and the other  Certificateholders  will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of Federal income
tax, with the assets of the partnership  being the assets held by the Trust, the
partners of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders  and the Notes being
debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement
involving the Trust, the Certificates,  the Notes, the Affiliated Owner, and the
Servicer is not clear  because  there is no  authority on  transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

      If the Trust were held to be taxable as a corporation  for Federal  income
tax  purposes,  rather  than a  partnership,  the Trust  would be  subject  to a
corporate  level  income tax.  Any such  corporate  income tax could  materially
reduce or eliminate cash that would otherwise be  distributable  with respect to
the Certificates (and  Certificateholders  could be liable for any such tax that
is unpaid by the Trust).  See also the discussion above under "--Certain Federal
Tax Consequences  with Respect to the Notes--Tax  Characterization  of the Notes
and the Trust."  However,  in the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, the Trust
will not be taxable as a corporation.

      Nonetheless,   because  of  the  lack  of  cases  or  rulings  on  similar
transactions,  a  variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible  in
addition to the position to be taken by Certificateholders that the Certificates
represent  equity  interests  in  a  partnership.   For  example,   because  the
Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt, the  Certificates
might be  considered  debt of the Trust or of the Seller.  The remainder of this
summary  assumes  that  the   Certificates   represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership that owns the Contracts.

      Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
Federal  income tax, but each  Certificateholder  will be required to separately
take into  account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions and credits of the Trust. In certain  instances,  however,  the Trust
could have an  obligation  to make  payments of  withholding  tax on behalf of a
Certificateholder. See "--Backup Withholding" and "--Tax Consequences to Foreign
Owners of  Certificates."  The Trust's income will consist primarily of interest
accrued on the Contracts (including appropriate  adjustments for market discount
(as  discussed  below),  and any  original  issue  discount  and bond  premium),
investment income 


                                      S-58
<PAGE>

from investments in the Collection Account, Note Distribution  Account,  Reserve
Account and  Certificate  Distribution  Account and any gain upon  collection or
disposition of the Contracts.  The Trust's  deductions will consist primarily of
interest accruing with respect to the Notes, servicing and other fees and losses
or deductions upon collection or disposition of the Contracts.

      The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust  Agreement and Related  Documents).  The Trust Agreement will provide that
the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income, if any, of the Trust
for each  interest  accrual  period  equal to the sum of (i) the  amount  of any
interest that accrues on the Certificates for such interest accrual period based
on the Pass-Through  Rate; (ii) an amount  equivalent to any overdue interest on
the  Certificates  that accrued during a prior  interest  accrual period (to the
extent that no allocation of taxable  income has  previously  been made for such
amount  under  clause  (i) or this  clause  (ii));  and (iii)  any Trust  income
attributable to discount on the Contracts that  corresponds to any excess of the
principal  amount of the  Certificates  over  their  initial  issue  price.  All
remaining taxable income of the Trust will be allocated to the Affiliated Owner.
It is believed  that this  allocation  will be valid under  applicable  Treasury
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificateholders.  Moreover, under
the foregoing method of allocation, holders may be allocated income greater than
the amount of interest  accruing on the  Certificates  based on the Pass-Through
Rate or may be allocated  income greater than the amount of cash  distributed to
them.

      An  individual  taxpayer  may  generally  deduct  miscellaneous   itemized
deductions  (which do not  include  interest  expenses)  only to the extent they
exceed two percent of the individual's  adjusted gross income. Those limitations
would apply to an individual  Certificateholder's share of expenses of the Trust
(including fees paid to the Servicer) and might result in such holder having net
taxable  income that  exceeds the amount of cash  actually  distributed  to such
holder over the life of the Trust. In addition,  Section 68 of the Code provides
that the amount of  certain  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
taxable  year  of  an  individual   whose   adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  an
inflation-adjusted  threshold amount specified in the Code ($121,200 for taxable
years  beginning in 1997,  in the case of a joint return) will be reduced by the
lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess of  adjusted  gross  income  over the  specified
threshold  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount of  itemized  deductions  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

      The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to income and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each of the Contracts, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

      Market  Discount.  To the extent that the  Contracts  are purchased by the
Trust for a price that is less than the  aggregate  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the Contracts,  the Trust must account for "market  discount" on the
Contracts  pursuant to Section  1276 of the Code.  Any market  discount  will be
accounted for each of the Contracts on an individual  basis,  and the Trust will
make an election to calculate such market discount as it  economically  accrues.
Any income  resulting  from the accrual of market  discount will be allocated to
the Certificateholders as described above.

      Original  Issue  Discount  and  Bond  Premium.  It is  believed  that  the
Contracts  were not and will not be issued with original  issue discount or at a
premium,  and,  therefore,  the Trust should not have  original  issue  discount
income or amortizable bond premium.

      Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of a  Certificate  in an  amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificate  sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal his cost
increased  by his share of Trust income that is  includable  in his gross income
and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition,  both the tax basis in the  Certificate  and the amount  realized on a
sale of a Certificate  would  include the holder's  share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a pro rata portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold
(rather than  maintaining a separate tax basis in each  Certificate for purposes
of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).


                                      S-59
<PAGE>

      Any gain on the sale of a Certificate  attributable  to the holder's share
of  unrecognized  accrued market  discount on the Contracts  would  generally be
treated as  ordinary  income to the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid these
special reporting requirements,  the Trust will elect to include any such market
discount in income as it accrues.

      If a  Certificateholder  is required to recognize  an aggregate  amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

      Allocations  Between  Transferor and Transferee.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect the tax liability and tax basis of the
holder) attributable to periods before the actual purchase takes place.

      The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a monthly  convention  is not allowed  (or is allowed  only for
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Affiliated
Owner  is  authorized  to  revise  the  Trust's  method  of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform to a method  permitted  by any future
authority.

      Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells a
Certificate at a profit (or loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the  Certificate  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust files an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

      Administrative  Matters. The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, is required
to keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books
will be maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis
and the taxable  year of the Trust will be the  calendar  year.  The  Affiliated
Owner will file a  partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS
for each  taxable  year of the Trust and will report to holders (and to the IRS)
each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust income and expense on
Schedule  K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information  to nominees
that fail to provide the Trust with the  information  statement  described below
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the  Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax returns that are
consistent  with the  information  returns  filed by the Trust or be  subject to
penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

      Under Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee  on  behalf of  another  person at any time  during a  calendar  year is
required to furnish the Trust with a statement containing certain information on
the  nominee,   the  beneficial  owners  and  the  Certificates  so  held.  Such
information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the  nominee  and (ii) as to each  beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address  and
taxpayer  identification  number of such  person,  (y) whether  such person is a
United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign  government,   an
international  organization,  or any wholly-owned  agency or  instrumentality of
either of the foregoing and (z) certain information concerning Certificates that
were held, acquired or transferred on behalf of such person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates through a
nominee  are  required  to  furnish  directly  to the  Trust  information  as to
themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing  agency  registered
under  Section 17A of the Exchange Act that holds  Certificates  as a nominee is
not  required  to furnish  any such  information  statement  to the  Trust.  The
information  referred to above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished to the
Trust on or before the  following  January 31.  Nominees,  brokers and financial
institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the information described 


                                      S-60
<PAGE>

above may be subject to  penalties.  The Trust will  provide  the  Schedule  K-1
information  to  nominees  that fail to provide  the Trust with the  information
described  above and such nominees will be required to forward such  information
to the beneficial owners of the Certificates.

      The Affiliated  Owner,  as the "tax matters  partner," will be responsible
for representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS with respect
to  partnership  items.  The Code provides for  administrative  examination of a
partnership  as if  the  partnership  were a  separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.
Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for  partnership  items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse  determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result in an  adjustment  of the
returns  of  the  Certificateholders,   and,  under  certain  circumstances,   a
Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from  separately  litigating  a  proposed
adjustment  to the items of the Trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.

      Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates  may be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

      Tax Consequences to Foreign Owners of Certificates. As discussed below, an
investment in a Certificate is not suitable for any non-U.S. person which is not
eligible for a complete exemption from U.S.  withholding tax on interest under a
tax treaty with the United  States.  Accordingly,  no interest in a  Certificate
should be acquired by or on behalf of any such non-U.S. person.

      No regulations,  published rulings or judicial  decisions exist that would
discuss the  characterization  for Federal withholding tax purposes with respect
to non-U.S.  persons of a partnership with activities  substantially the same as
the Trust.  However, it is not expected that the Trust would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or  business  in the United  States for  purposes  of Federal
withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S. persons. If the Trust were considered
to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for such purposes, the
income of the Trust  allocable to a non-U.S.  person would be subject to Federal
withholding  tax at a rate of 35% for persons taxable as a corporation and 39.6%
for all other  non-U.S.  persons.  Also,  in such cases,  a non-U.S.  owner of a
Certificate  that is a corporation  may be subject to the branch profits tax. If
the Trust is notified that an owner of a Certificate  is a foreign  person,  the
Trust may  withhold  as if it were  engaged in a trade or business in the United
States in order to protect the Trust from  possible  adverse  consequences  of a
failure to withhold. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance
of other  administrative  pronouncements  may  require  the Trust to change  its
withholding procedures.

      Each  foreign  owner of a  Certificate  might be  required  to file a U.S.
individual  or  corporate  income  tax  return  (including  in  the  case  of  a
corporation,  the branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's  income.  Each
foreign owner of a Certificate must obtain a taxpayer identification number from
the IRS and submit that number to the withholding  agent on Form W-8 in order to
assure  appropriate  crediting  of any  taxes  withheld.  A  foreign  owner of a
Certificate  generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund
with  respect to  withheld  taxes,  taking the  position  that no taxes were due
because the Trust was not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, interest
payments  made to (or  accrued  by) an owner of a  Certificate  who is a foreign
person may be  considered  guaranteed  payments to the extent such  payments are
determined  without  regard to the  income  of the Trust and for that  reason or
because  of the  nature  of the  Contracts,  the  interest  will  likely  not be
considered  "portfolio  interest."  As a  result,  even  if  the  Trust  is  not
considered  to be  engaged  in a U.S.  trade  or  business,  foreign  owners  of
Certificates  will likely be subject to United States  Federal  income tax which
must be withheld  at a rate of 30 percent on their  share of the Trust's  income
(without reduction for interest expense),  unless reduced or eliminated pursuant
to an applicable  income tax treaty. If the Trust is notified that an owner of a
Certificate is a foreign  person,  the Trust may be required to withhold and pay
over such tax, which can exceed the amounts otherwise available for distribution
to such owner. A foreign owner would  generally be entitled to file with the IRS
a refund claim for such  withheld  taxes,  taking the position that the interest
was portfolio  interest and therefore not subject to U.S. tax. However,  the IRS
may disagree and no assurance can be given as to the  appropriate  amount of tax
liability.  As a result,  each potential  foreign owner of a Certificate  should
consult  its tax  advisor  as to  whether  the tax  consequences  of  holding an
interest in a  Certificate  make it an  


                                      S-61
<PAGE>

unsuitable   investment.   For  additional   information   concerning   proposed
regulations  which would  modify the  procedures  that a  beneficial  owner of a
Certificate must comply with to avoid United States  withholding tax on payments
to such owner,  see the discussion above under "Certain Federal Tax Consequences
with Respect to the Notes--Foreign Holders."

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

      The  activities  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Servicer  in  servicing  and
collecting  the  Contracts  will take place in  Oklahoma.  The State of Oklahoma
imposes a state income tax on individuals,  nonresident  aliens (with respect to
Oklahoma taxable income), corporations, certain foreign corporations, and trusts
and  estates  with  Oklahoma  taxable  income.  No ruling  on any of the  issues
discussed below will be sought from the Oklahoma Tax Commission.

      Because of the  variation  in each  state's  tax laws based in whole or in
part upon income,  it is  impossible to predict tax  consequences  to holders of
Notes and  Certificates in all of the state taxing  jurisdictions  in which they
are already  subject to tax.  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders  are urged to
consult  their own tax advisors with respect to state tax  consequences  arising
out of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes and Certificates.

Tax Consequences With Respect to the Notes

      Crowe & Dunlevy,  P.C.,  Oklahoma Tax Counsel to the Seller ("Oklahoma Tax
Counsel") will advise the Trust that, assuming the Notes will be treated as debt
for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be treated as debt for Oklahoma
income tax purposes,  and the Noteholders  not otherwise  subject to taxation in
Oklahoma  should not become subject to taxation in Oklahoma  solely because of a
holder's ownership of Notes. However, a Noteholder already subject to Oklahoma's
income tax could be required to pay  additional  Oklahoma tax as a result of the
holder's ownership or disposition of Notes.

Tax Consequences With Respect to the Certificates Issued by a Trust Treated as a
Partnership

      Oklahoma  Tax Counsel  will  deliver its opinion  that if the  arrangement
created by the Trust  Agreement  is treated as a  partnership  (not taxable as a
corporation)  for federal income tax purposes,  the same  treatment  should also
apply for Oklahoma income tax purposes.

      Under current law,  Certificateholders  that are  nonresidents of Oklahoma
and are not  otherwise  subject to Oklahoma  income tax should not be subject to
Oklahoma income tax on the income from the Trust because it is unlikely that the
Trust has established a nonunitary business or commercial situs in Oklahoma.  In
any event,  classification of the arrangement as a "partnership" would not cause
a  Certificateholder  not  otherwise  subject to  taxation  in  Oklahoma  to pay
Oklahoma income tax on income beyond that derived from the Certificates.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

      Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts  and  certain  types of Keogh  Plans  (each,  a "Benefit  Plan"),  from
engaging in certain  transactions  with  persons  that are "parties in interest"
under  ERISA or  "disqualified  persons"  under  the Code with  respect  to such
Benefit Plan. A violation of these "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate
excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

The Certificates

      An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be acquired by (i) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (ii) a plan described in Section  


                                      S-62
<PAGE>

4975(e)(1) of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan
assets by reason of a plan's  investment in the entity.  Each  Certificateholder
must represent and warrant that it is not subject to the foregoing limitation.

The Notes

      The  acquisition  or  holding  of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit  Plan
could be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the
Trust or any of their respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest or
a disqualified person with respect to such Benefit Plan. Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by  bank  collective   investment   funds;   PTCE  95-60  regarding
investments by life insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE 96-23 regarding
transactions  effected by "in-house asset managers";  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding
transactions effected by "qualified  professional asset managers." Any purchaser
or holder of the Notes will be deemed to have  represented  by its  purchase and
holding  thereof that it either (a) is not a Benefit Plan and is not  purchasing
such  Notes on  behalf  of or with plan  assets  of any  Benefit  Plan or (b) is
eligible for the exemptive relief available under PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1
or 84-14 with respect to such purchase or holding.

      A plan fiduciary  considering the purchase of the Notes should consult its
tax and/or  legal  advisors  regarding  whether the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Underwriting
Agreement  (the   "Underwriting   Agreement")   among  CITSF,  the  Company  and
[underwriters]  (the  "Underwriters"),  the  Company  has  agreed to sell to the
Underwriters,  and the  Underwriters  have  severally  agreed to  purchase,  the
respective principal amount of the Certificates and the Notes offered hereby, as
set forth opposite their respective names below:

                                Class A-1 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========
                                                            
                                Class A-2 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========


                                      S-63
<PAGE>

                                Class A-3 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

                                Class A-4 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

                                Class A-5 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

                                Class A-6 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

                                Class A-7 Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

                                 Class B Notes

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========


                                      S-64
<PAGE>

                                  Certificates

                                                             Principal Amount
                                                             ----------------

                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                   ___________.............................      $
                                                                  --------
                          Total............................      $
                                                                  ========

      The   Underwriting   Agreement   provides  that  the   obligation  of  the
Underwriters  to pay for and accept  delivery  of the  Certificates  or Notes is
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain
other conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the
Certificates and Notes if any are taken.

      The  Underwriters  have advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Certificates  and Notes directly to the public at the public  offering price set
forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at a price that represents
a concession not in excess of ___% of the principal  balance of the Certificates
and not in excess of ____% of the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes,  ___%
of the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes, ____% of the principal amount of
the Class A-3 Notes, ____% of the principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes, ____%
of the principal amount of the Class A-5 Notes, ____% of the principal amount of
the Class A-6 Notes,  ____% of the  principal  amount of the Class A-7 Notes and
____% of the principal  amount of the Class B Notes. The Underwriters may allow,
and such  dealers  may  reallow,  a  concession  not in  excess  of ____% of the
principal balance of the Certificates and not in excess of ___% of the principal
amount of the Class A-1 Notes,  ____% of the  principal  amount of the Class A-2
Notes,  ____% of the  principal  amount  of the Class  A-3  Notes,  ____% of the
principal  amount of the Class A-4 Notes,  ____% of the principal  amount of the
Class A-5 Notes,  ____% of the principal amount of the Class A-6 Notes, ____% of
the principal amount of the Class A-7 Notes and ____% of the principal amount of
the Class B Notes to certain other dealers.  After the initial public  offering,
the public  offering  price and  concessions  and  discounts  to dealers  may be
changed by the Underwriters.

      CITSF  has  agreed  to  indemnify   the   Underwriters   against   certain
liabilities,  including  civil  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act  or  to
contribute to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.

      The  Trust  may,  from  time to time,  invest  the  funds of the  Trust in
Eligible Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

      The closing of the sale of the Notes is  conditioned on the closing of the
sale of the  Certificates,  and the closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is
conditioned on the closing of the sale of the Notes.

                                    RATINGS

         It is a condition  to the  issuance of the Class A Notes that the Class
A-1 Notes be rated "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Service,  a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc. ("S&P") and "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.  ("Moody's")  (each, a "Rating Agency") and that the Class A-2 Notes, Class
A-3 Notes,  Class A-4 Notes,  Class A-5 Notes, Class A-6 Notes and the Class A-7
Notes be rated  "AAA" by S&P and  "Aaa" by  Moody's . It is a  condition  to the
issuance  of the  Class B Notes  that the Class B Notes be rated at least "A" by
S&P and "A2" by Moody's.  It is a condition to the issuance of the  Certificates
that the Certificates be rated at least "BBB" by S&P and "Baa2" by Moody's.  The
ratings  of the Class A Notes  will be based  primarily  on the  Contracts,  the
Reserve Account,  and the terms of the Securities,  including the  subordination
provided by the Class B Notes and the  Certificates.  The ratings of the Class B
Notes will be based  primarily  on the  Contracts,  the Reserve  Account and the
terms  of  the  Securities,   including  the   subordination   provided  by  the
Certificates.  The ratings of the  Certificates  will be based  primarily on the
Contracts  and the  Reserve  Account.  The ratings of the  Securities  should be
evaluated  independently from similar ratings on other types of securities.  The
ratings do not address the possibility that  Securityholders  may suffer a lower
than  anticipated  yield.  The ratings do not address  the  likelihood  that the
Securities will 


                                      S-65
<PAGE>

be retired following the sale of the Contracts by the Trustee as described above
under "Auction Sale" or "Optional Purchase of the Contracts."

      There can be no  assurance  that any rating  will remain in effect for any
given  period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by the
assigning Rating Agency if, in its judgment,  circumstances  so warrant.  In the
event  that  the  rating  initially   assigned  to  any  of  the  Securities  is
subsequently  lowered or withdrawn  for any reason,  no person or entity will be
obligated  to provide any  additional  credit  enhancement  with respect to such
Securities.  There can be no assurance whether any other rating agency will rate
any of the Securities, or if one does, what rating would be assigned by any such
other rating agency. A security rating is not a  recommendation  to buy, sell or
hold securities.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

      Certain  legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth
& Zabel  LLP,  New  York,  New  York,  for the  Trust  by  ____________________,
____________________,   and  for  the   Underwriters  by   ____________________,
____________________.  The  material  federal  income  tax  consequences  of the
Securities  will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP. The
material Oklahoma state income tax consequences of the Securities will be passed
upon for the Company by Crowe & Dunlevy,  P.C.  Certain  legal  matters  will be
passed upon for CITSF by its Senior Vice President and General  Counsel,  Norman
H. Rosen, Esq.


                                      S-66
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I

                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

      Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Notes of CIT
Marine  Trust  ____-_  (the  "Global  Securities")  will  be  available  only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  Global  Securities  may hold  such  Global
Securities through any of DTC, Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradable as home  market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

      Secondary  market trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

      Secondary  market trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

      Secondary   cross-market  trading  between  Cedel  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against  payment basis
through the  respective  Depositories  of Cedel and Euroclear (in such capacity)
and as DTC Participants.

      Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their Participants.

Initial Settlement

      All Global  Securities  will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will be
represented through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a  result,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  will hold
positions on behalf of their Participants through their respective Depositories,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

      Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement  practices  specified by the  Underwriters.  Investor  securities
custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings  against  payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

      Investors  electing  to hold  their  Global  Securities  through  Cedel or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global securities
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

      Since the purchaser  determines the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to insure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

      Trading  between DTC  Participants.  Secondary  market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled in same-day funds.

      Trading  between Cedel and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary  market
trading  between Cedel  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.


                                      S-67
<PAGE>

      Trading between DTC Seller and Cedel or Euroclear  Purchaser.  When Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC  Participant to the
account of a Cedel  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one business day prior to  settlement.  Cedel or Euroclear
will  instruct  the  respective  Depository,  as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global  Securities  from and  including  the  last  coupon  payment  date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period  and year  assumed  to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective  Depository of the DTC Participant's  account against delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the Cedel or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

      Cedel Participants and Euroclear  Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement.  The most  direct  means of doing  so is to  preposition  funds  for
settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any  settlement  occurring  within Cedel or Euroclear.  Under this approach,
they  may  take on  credit  exposure  to Cedel or  Euroclear  until  the  Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

      As an alternative,  if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear  Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement.  Under
this procedure,  Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants  purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft  charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global  Securities were credited to their accounts.  However,
interest on the Global  Securities would accrue from the value date.  Therefore,
in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may  substantially  reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each  Cedel  Participant's  or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

      Since the settlement is taking place during New York business  hours,  DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the  respective  European  Depository for the benefit of Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

      Trading between Cedel or Euroclear  Seller and DTC Purchaser.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants
may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for  transactions  in  which  Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,  through the
respective Depository,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear  through a Cedel  Participant or Euroclear  Participant at
least one  business day prior to  settlement.  In these cases Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depository,  as appropriate,  to deliver the Global
Securities  to the DTC  Participant's  account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual number
of days in such accrual  period and a year  assumed to consist of 360 days.  For
transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following  month. The payment will
then  be  reflected  in  the  account  of the  Cedel  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant  the  following  day, and receipt of the cash  proceeds in the Cedel
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be  back-valued to the
value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in New
York).  Should the Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.


                                      S-68
<PAGE>

      Finally,  day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants  should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless  affirmative  action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

            (i)  borrowing  through  Cedel or  Euroclear  for one day (until the
      purchase  side of the day trade is  reflected  in their Cedel or Euroclear
      accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

            (ii)  borrowing  the  Global  Securities  in  the  U.S.  from  a DTC
      Participant  no later than one day prior to  settlement,  which would give
      the Global  Securities  sufficient  time to be reflected in their Cedel or
      Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

            (iii)  staggering  the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
      trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC  Participant is
      at least  one day  prior  to the  value  date  for the  sale to the  Cedel
      Participant or Euroclear Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Withholding Taxes and Documentation Requirements

      A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  through  Cedel or Euroclear (or
through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside  the U.S.) will be subject to
30%  U.S.  withholding  tax that  generally  applies  to  payments  of  interest
(including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.  Persons,
unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial  institution that holds
customer's  securities  in the  ordinary  course of its trade or business in the
chain of  intermediaries  between  such  beneficial  owner  and the U.S.  entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial  owners  take one of the  following  steps to  obtain  an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

      Exemption  for non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8).  Beneficial  owners of Global
Securities  that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If
the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.

      Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons with  effectively  connected  income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or  Business  in the United
States).

      Exemption  or  reduced  rate  for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in  treaty
countries  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons that are beneficial  owners of Global
Securities  residing in a country  that has a tax treaty with the United  States
can obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate  (depending  on the treaty terms) by
filing Form 1001  (Ownership,  Exemption  or Reduced Rate  Certificate).  If the
treaty provides for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate
unless the filer  alternatively  files  Form W-8.  Form 1001 may be filed by the
Noteholder or his agent.

      Exemption for U.S.  Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9  (Payer's  Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

      U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The  holder of a Global
Securities or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds (the
clearing  agency,  in the case of persons  holding  directly on the books of the
clearing agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

      Treasury  regulations issued on October 14, 1997, which will be applicable
to payments  made after  December  31,  1998 (with  certain  transition  rules),
provide for the unification and simplification of certain  


                                      S-69
<PAGE>

current certification procedures.  Under these regulations,  a new Form W-8 will
replace  current  Forms  W-8,  1001  and  4224.  Further,  pursuant  to the  new
regulations,  while a  beneficial  owner will still be required to submit a Form
W-8 to a "qualified intermediary" through which it holds a Global Security, such
qualified  intermediary  (i.e.,  a foreign  clearing  organization  or financial
institution  that enters into a withholding  agreement  with the IRS)  generally
will not be required to forward the Form W-8 to the withholding agent. Investors
are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the  application  of
these new regulations.

      The term  "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen  or  resident  of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership  organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political  subdivision  thereof or (iii) an estate or trust
the  income  of which is  includable  in gross  income  for  United  States  tax
purposes,  regardless of its source. This summary of documentation  requirements
does not deal with all aspects of U.S.  Federal income tax withholding  that may
be relevant to foreign holders of the Global  Securities.  Investors are advised
to consult  their own tax  advisors for  specific  tax advice  concerning  their
holding and disposing of the Global Securities.


                                      S-70
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

ABS...........................................................................36
ABS Table.....................................................................36
Affiliated Owner..............................................................51
Auction Sale..................................................................60
Available Amount...........................................................9, 56
Available Reserve Amount..................................................19, 53
Bankruptcy Code...............................................................24
Benefit Plan..................................................................67
Business Day...............................................................9, 46
Cedel...................................................................1, 6, 26
Certificate Balance.......................................................16, 41
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date..............................8, 52
Certificate Pool Factor.......................................................41
Certificateholders' Distribution Amount.......................................56
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall..............................56
Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount..............................57
Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Amount...................................57
Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Amount..................................57
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall.............................57
Certificateholders' Principal Distribution Amount.............................57
Certificates............................................................1, 6, 50
CIT........................................................................5, 24
CITCF-NY...................................................................7, 24
CITSF......................................................................5, 24
Class A Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.............................57
Class A Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount.............................57
Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest Amount..................................57
Class A Noteholders' Monthly Principal Amount.................................58
Class A Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall............................58
Class A Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount........................14, 58
Class A Notes...........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-1 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-1 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...........................9, 48
Class A-1 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-2 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-2 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...........................9, 48
Class A-2 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-3 Final Scheduled Distribution Date...................................48
Class A-3 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-3 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................9
Class A-3 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-4 Final Scheduled Distribution Date...................................48
Class A-4 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-4 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................9
Class A-4 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-5 Final Scheduled Distribution Date...................................49
Class A-5 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-5 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................9
Class A-5 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-6 Final Scheduled Distribution Date...................................49
Class A-6 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47
Class A-6 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................9
Class A-6 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class A-7 Final Scheduled Distribution Date...................................49
Class A-7 Interest Rate...................................................10, 47


                                      S-71
<PAGE>

Class A-7 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................9
Class A-7 Notes.........................................................1, 5, 46
Class B Final Scheduled Distribution Date.....................................49
Class B Interest Rate.....................................................10, 47
Class B Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date.................................9
Class B Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.............................58
Class B Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount.............................58
Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest Amount..................................58
Class B Noteholders' Monthly Principal Amount.................................58
Class B Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall............................58
Class B Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount........................14, 58
Class B Notes...........................................................1, 5, 46
Closing Date...................................................................7
Code..........................................................................23
Commission....................................................................46
Company.................................................................1, 5, 24
Contract Files................................................................28
Contract Pool.................................................................29
Contract Rate.................................................................30
Contracts...................................................................3, 7
Cross-Over Date...............................................................16
Cut-off Date................................................................3, 7
Dealers........................................................................7
Definitive Certificates....................................................7, 51
Deposit Date..................................................................27
Depository....................................................................26
Determination Date.............................................................9
Distribution Date.......................................................3, 8, 46
DTC........................................................................1, 26
Due Period.....................................................................9
ERISA.....................................................................23, 67
Euroclear...................................................................2, 6
Excess Collections........................................................19, 53
Financed Boats..............................................................3, 7
Global Securities.............................................................71
Indenture..................................................................6, 46
Indenture Trustee.......................................................1, 5, 46
Initial Pool Balance......................................................21, 52
Interest Accrual Period...................................................10, 47
Interest Rate..................................................................3
Interest Rates............................................................10, 47
Issuer..................................................................1, 5, 28
Liquidated Contract...........................................................56
Liquidation Expenses..........................................................56
Monthly Advance...........................................................20, 59
Moody's...................................................................22, 69
Net Liquidation Proceeds......................................................56
Net Losses....................................................................45
Note Owner................................................................26, 46
Note Owners....................................................................6
Note Pool Factor..............................................................41
Noteholders' Distribution Amount..............................................57
Notes...................................................................1, 5, 46
Obligor........................................................................8
OID...........................................................................61
Oklahoma Tax Counsel..........................................................66
Optional Purchase.............................................................60
Original Certificate Balance...............................................6, 28


                                      S-72
<PAGE>

Owner Trustee...........................................................1, 5, 28
Paid-Ahead Period.............................................................35
Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract...........................................35
Pass-Through Rate......................................................3, 16, 51
Payment Shortfall.............................................................21
Pool Balance..................................................................34
Principal Distribution Amount.............................................13, 55
Principal Prepayment..........................................................56
Prospectus.....................................................................4
PTCE..........................................................................67
Purchase Agreement.........................................................8, 29
Purchase Price................................................................56
Rating Agency.............................................................22, 69
Record Date....................................................................8
Repurchase Event...............................................................7
Repurchased Contract...........................................................7
Reserve Account...........................................................18, 53
S&P...................................................................22, 26, 69
Sale and Servicing Agreement............................................3, 7, 29
Securities..............................................................1, 5, 46
Seller.........................................................................1
Servicer.......................................................................5
Servicer Payment..............................................................11
Servicing Fee.............................................................21, 60
Servicing Fee Rate........................................................21, 60
Simple Interest Contract......................................................30
Specified Reserve Amount......................................................19
Stated Principal Balance......................................................56
Trust...................................................................1, 5, 28
Trust Agreement........................................................5, 28, 50
Trustees.......................................................................5
Underwriters..................................................................67
Underwriting Agreement........................................................67


                                      S-73
<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION: DATED JANUARY 27, 1998
    

                                CIT MARINE TRUSTS

                               ASSET-BACKED NOTES

                            ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATES

               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

     The Asset-Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates")  and the Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Notes" and,  collectively with the  Certificates,  the "Securities")
described  herein  may be sold  from  time to  time  in one or more  series,  in
amounts,  at prices and on the terms to be determined at the time of sale and to
be set forth in a supplement  to this  Prospectus (a  "Prospectus  Supplement").
Each  series of  Securities  will  include  either  (i) one or more  classes  of
Certificates,  (ii) one or more classes of Notes or (iii) one or more classes of
Certificates  and one or more  classes  of Notes,  as set  forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

     Each  series of  Securities  will be issued  by a trust (a  "Trust")  to be
formed with respect to such series by The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation
II (the "Company" or the "Seller").

     The  assets  of  each  Trust  will  primarily  include  a  pool  of  marine
installment sale contracts and direct loans (the "Initial Contracts") secured by
the new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers  financed  thereby  (the
"Initial Financed  Boats"),  certain monies received under the Initial Contracts
on and after the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement (the "Initial Cut-off Date"), an assignment of the security interests
in the Initial Financed Boats, the proceeds from claims under certain  insurance
policies in respect of individual Initial Financed Boats or the related Obligors
and certain other property,  as more fully  described  herein and in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  if so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the assets of each Trust will include specified credit or cash flow
enhancement  and  monies on deposit  in one or more  trust  accounts,  which may
include a Pre-Funding  Account which would be used to purchase from time to time
additional  marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans (the "Subsequent
Contracts" and, together with the Initial Contracts, the "Contracts") secured by
the new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers  financed  thereby  (the
"Subsequent  Financed Boats" and,  together with the Initial Financed Boats, the
"Financed Boats"), certain monies received under the Subsequent Contracts on and
after the related subsequent cut-off dates (each, a "Subsequent  Cut-off Date"),
an assignment of the security  interests in the  Subsequent  Financed  Boats and
proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in respect of individual
Subsequent  Financed Boats or the related  Obligors,  to the extent specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                                   (Continued on following page)

     A  DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN  RISK  FACTORS  THAT  SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED  BY
PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY CAN BE FOUND ON PAGE 23
HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

     THE SECURITIES  WILL  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF A TRUST AND
WILL NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE CIT GROUP  SECURITIZATION
CORPORATION II, THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING,  INC., THE CIT GROUP, INC. OR ANY
OF THEIR RESPECTIVE  


                                       1
<PAGE>

AFFILIATES  (EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT,  IF ANY,  DESCRIBED HEREIN AND IN THE
RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT).

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     Retain this  Prospectus for future  reference.  This  Prospectus may not be
used to consummate  sales of securities  offered hereby unless  accompanied by a
Prospectus Supplement.

   
                  The date of this Prospectus is _______, 1998.
    


                                       2
<PAGE>

     (continued from preceding page)

     Each Trust will be formed  pursuant to either (i) a Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  (the "Pooling and Servicing  Agreement") to be entered into among the
Seller,  The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc. (the  "Servicer") and the trustee
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement (the "Trustee") or (ii) a Trust
Agreement  (the "Trust  Agreement")  to be entered  into among the  Seller,  the
trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Owner Trustee") and
certain other parties as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If the
Trust is formed pursuant to a Trust  Agreement,  a Sale and Servicing  Agreement
(the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement") will be entered into among the Seller, the
Servicer and such Owner Trustee. The Trustee or Owner Trustee for any Trust will
be referred to in this Prospectus as the "Owner  Trustee." The Notes, if any, of
a series of Securities will be issued and secured  pursuant to an Indenture (the
"Indenture")  between  the  Trust and the  indenture  trustee  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee").  The Certificates,  if
any, of a series of Securities will represent  fractional undivided interests in
the related Trust and/or the residual interest in the Trust.

     Except as otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
class of  Securities  of any  series  will  represent  the  right to  receive  a
specified amount of payments of principal and interest on the related Contracts,
in the amounts,  at the rates, on the dates and in the manner  described  herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The right of each class of Securities
to receive payments may be senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of
the other  classes of such  series.  A series may include two or more classes of
Certificates  or Notes  which  differ as to the timing and  priority of payment,
interest rate or amount of  distributions in respect of principal or interest or
both. A series may include one or more classes of Certificates or Notes entitled
to distributions in respect of principal,  with disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions,  or to distributions of interest, with disproportionate,
nominal  or  no  distributions   in  respect  of  principal.   Distributions  on
Certificates  of any series will be  subordinated in priority to payments due on
the related  Notes,  if any, to the extent  described  herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

     The rate of  distributions in respect of principal on the Securities of any
class  will  depend on the  priority  of  payment of such class and the rate and
timing of payments  (including  prepayments,  liquidations  and  repurchases  of
Contracts) on the related Contracts.

     If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a financial  guaranty
insurance policy,  letter of credit,  surety bond,  limited guarantee by The CIT
Group, Inc. ("CIT"),  reserve fund, or other form of credit enhancement,  or any
combination  thereof,  may be provided  with  respect to a Trust or any class of
Securities.

     Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Certificates,  if any, and the Notes,  if any, of any series  initially  will be
represented  by  certificates  and  notes  registered  in the name of Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). The interests of
beneficial  owners of the Securities  will be represented by book entries on the
records of the participating members of DTC and, in the case of the Notes, Cedel
Bank,  societe  anonyme  ("Cedel")  and  the  Euroclear  System   ("Euroclear").
Definitive  Securities will be available only under limited circumstances to the
extent described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     There  currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop  or,  if one  does  develop,  that it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE SECURITIES AT
LEVELS  ABOVE THOSE  WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on behalf of each Trust a Registration  Statement  (together with
all amendments and exhibits  thereto,  the "Registration  Statement"),  of which
this  Prospectus is a part,  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with
respect to the Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  This Prospectus
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,
certain  parts of which  have  been  omitted  in  accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to the
Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits  filed as part  thereof,  which is
available for inspection  without charge at the public  reference  facilities of
the  Commission at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and the
regional offices of the Commission at Suite 1400 Northwestern Atrium Center, 500
West Madison Street, Chicago,  Illinois 60661, and Seven World Trade Center, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of such information can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed  rates.  Both  registrants  also file  electronically.  The
Commission  maintains a Web site that contains  reports,  proxy and  information
statements and other information  regarding registrants that file electronically
with  the   Commission.   The   address   of  the   Commission's   Web  site  is
http://www.sec.gov. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract,  agreement or other document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement,  while complete in all material respects, do not necessarily describe
all terms or provisions of such  contract,  agreement or other  document.  For a
complete  description,  reference  is made to each such  contract,  agreement or
other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  The Servicer,
on behalf of each Trust, will also file or cause to be filed with the Commission
such periodic reports as are required under The Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. However,
in  accordance  with the  Exchange  Act and the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission thereunder,  the Company expects that each Trust's obligation to file
such  reports  will be  terminated  following  the end of the year in which such
Trust is formed.  Such  reports  and other  information  filed on behalf of each
Trust will be available for inspection as set forth above.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  unless and
until Definitive  Securities are issued,  monthly and annual  unaudited  reports
containing  information  concerning  each Trust will be prepared by the Servicer
and  sent  on  behalf  of  each  Trust  only  to  the  Owner   Trustee  for  the
Certificateholders,  the  Indenture  Trustee for the  Noteholders  and Cede,  as
nominee  of DTC  and  registered  holder  of the  Notes  and  the  Certificates.
Securityholders  may elect to hold their  securities  through any of DTC (in the
United States) and, in the case of Noteholders,  Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe).
DTC will forward  such reports to  Participants,  Indirect  Participants,  Cedel
Participants and Euroclear Participants.  See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities--Book-Entry  Registration"  and  "--Statements  to  Securityholders."
Certificateholders  and Noteholders are  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Securityholders."  Certificate  Owners or Note Owners may receive such reports,
upon written  request,  together with a certification  that they are Certificate
Owners  or  Note  Owners  and  payment  of  reproduction  and  postage  expenses
associated with the distribution of such reports,  from the Owner Trustee,  with
respect to Certificate  Owners, or the Indenture  Trustee,  with respect to Note
Owners, at the addresses  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Such
reports will not constitute  financial  statements  prepared in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor
CIT intends to send any of its financial statements to Securityholders.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     The following  documents filed with the Commission by CIT are  incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus:

          (a) CIT's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
     1996  together  with the  report  of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent
     certified public accountants;

          (b) CIT's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March
     31, 1997, June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1997;

   
          (c) CIT's  Current  Reports  on Form 8-K dated  January  23,  1997 (as
     amended by a Form 8-K/A dated February 14, 1997),  February 13, 1997, April
     17, 1997, July 14, 1997,  July 17, 1997, July 23, 1997, September 26, 1997,
     October 14, 1997, November 12, 1997 and January 15, 1998; and
    

          (d) CIT's  Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-2
     (333-36435) filed on November 12, 1997.

     All documents filed by CIT pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (c), 14, or 15(d)
of the  Exchange Act after the date hereof and prior to the  termination  of the
offering of the securities  offered hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference  herein  and to be a part  hereof  from  the  date of  filing  of such
documents.  Any statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein
or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement.

     Any statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute part of this Prospectus.

     CIT WILL PROVIDE  WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS  PROSPECTUS IS
DELIVERED,  UPON  REQUEST,  A COPY  OF ANY  OR  ALL OF THE  FOREGOING  DOCUMENTS
DESCRIBED  ABOVE WHICH HAVE BEEN OR MAY BE  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  OTHER THAN  EXHIBITS TO SUCH  DOCUMENTS  (UNLESS  SUCH  EXHIBITS ARE
SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO SUCH DOCUMENTS). SUCH REQUEST SHOULD
BE DIRECTED TO:

                                                 CORPORATE SECRETARY
                                                 THE CIT GROUP, INC.
                                                 1211 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
                                                 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036
                                                 (212) 536-1950


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

     This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and by  reference to the
information with respect to the Securities  contained in the related  Prospectus
Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection  with the offering of each
series of Securities.  Certain capitalized terms used in the Summary are defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus Supplement. Reference
is made to the "Index of  Principal  Terms" for the  location  herein of defined
terms.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Issuer..........................   With respect to each series of Securities,  a
                                   trust (the "Trust" or the "Issuer"),  will be
                                   formed  by the  Seller  pursuant  to either a
                                   Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  among the
                                   Seller,   the   Servicer   and  the   trustee
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  or a Trust  Agreement  among the
                                   Seller,  the owner  trustee  specified in the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  certain
                                   other  parties as  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement.

   
Seller..........................   The  CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II
                                   (the   "Company"    or   the   "Seller"),   a
                                   wholly-owned,  limited  purpose subsidiary of
                                   The  CIT Group, Inc.  ("CIT").  If and to the
                                   extent   specified in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement,   a  trust  of  which  a  special
                                   purpose affiliate  of CIT is the depositor (a
                                   "Selling   Trust")  may  also be a  "Seller."
                                   Except if  and to the extent specified in the
                                   related Prospectus   Supplement,  neither CIT
                                   nor  any of its  affiliates,   including  the
                                   Company, The CIT Group/Sales  Financing, Inc.
                                   ("CITSF")   and  any  Selling    Trust,   has
                                   guaranteed,    insured   or    is   otherwise
                                   obligated  with  respect to the   Securities.
                                   See "Risk Factors--Limited Obligations."
    

Servicer........................   The CIT Group/Sales Financing,  Inc. (in such
                                   capacity    referred   to   herein   as   the
                                   "Servicer"),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
                                   CIT. The  Servicer  will be  responsible  for
                                   managing, administering, servicing and making
                                   collections  on the  Contracts  held  by each
                                   Trust.

Owner Trustee...................   The   Trustee   pursuant  to  a  Pooling  and
                                   Servicing  Agreement  or  the  Owner  Trustee
                                   pursuant to a Trust  Agreement,  in each case
                                   as  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  The Trustee or Owner Trustee for
                                   any  Trust  will  be   referred  to  in  this
                                   Prospectus  as the "Owner  Trustee." See "The
                                   Trusts--The Trustee(s)."

Indenture Trustee...............   With  respect  to any  series  of  Securities
                                   including  one or more classes of Notes,  the
                                   Indenture  Trustee  specified  in the related
                                   Prospectus    Supplement    (the   "Indenture
                                   Trustee").   The   Owner   Trustee   and  the
                                   Indenture  Trustee for a series are  referred
                                   to herein collectively as the "Trustees."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Risk Factors...................    Certain    potential    risks    and    other
                                   considerations are particularly relevant to a
                                   decision  to  invest in any  securities  sold
                                   hereunder. See "Risk Factors."

The Certificates................   Each series of Asset-Backed Certificates (the
                                   "Certificates")  will be issued  pursuant  to
                                   the related Trust Documents. The Certificates
                                   will represent fractional undivided interests
                                   in the  related  Trust  and/or  the  residual
                                   interest in the related Trust,  and will have
                                   the  Original  Certificate  Balance,  if any,
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement.   If  specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement,  the Company or one of
                                   its affiliates will own the entire beneficial
                                   interest    in   the    Trust.    See    "The
                                   Certificates--General."

                                   Payments in respect of the Certificates  will
                                   be  subordinated  to payments on the Notes of
                                   the same  series to the extent  described  in
                                   the related Prospectus  Supplement.  See "The
                                   Certificates--General."

                                   The  Certificates   will  be  issued  in  the
                                   minimum  denominations and integral multiples
                                   in excess  thereof  specified  in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement;   provided,  however,
                                   that one  Certificate  of each  series may be
                                   issued  in a  denomination  other  than  such
                                   integral  multiple  such that the  applicable
                                   Affiliated  Owner,  if any,  specified in the
                                   related     Prospectus     Supplement    (the
                                   "Affiliated  Owner")  may be  issued at least
                                   the  portion  of  the  Original   Certificate
                                   Balance  specified in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the
                                   related    Prospectus     Supplement,     the
                                   Certificates  will be  issued  in  book-entry
                                   form only. Unless otherwise  specified in the
                                   related   Prospectus   Supplement,    persons
                                   ("Certificate  Owners") acquiring  beneficial
                                   interests in the Certificates will hold their
                                   interests   through  The   Depository   Trust
                                   Company ("DTC"). Definitive Certificates will
                                   be   issued    only    under   the    limited
                                   circumstances  described  herein  or  in  the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  and
                                   until  Certificates  of a class are issued in
                                   definitive  form,  all  references  herein to
                                   distributions,     notices,    reports    and
                                   statements  to and to actions by and  effects
                                   upon  the  related   Certificateholders  will
                                   refer to the same  actions and  effects  with
                                   respect to DTC or Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as the
                                   case may be, for the  benefit of the  related
                                   Certificate Owners in accordance with the DTC
                                   procedures.    See    "Certain    Information
                                   Regarding     the      Securities--Book-Entry
                                   Registration" and "--Definitive Securities."

                                   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement,    each   class   of
                                   Certificates  will have a stated  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Certificate   Balance   (as  defined  in  the
                                   related   Prospectus   Supplement)  and  will
                                   accrue interest on such  Certificate  Balance
                                   at a  specified  rate  (with  respect to each
                                   class  of  Certificates,   the  "Pass-Through
                                   Rate"). Each class of Certificates may have a
                                   different  Pass-Through  Rate, which may be a
                                   fixed,  variable or  adjustable  Pass-Through
                                   Rate, or any  combination  of the  foregoing.
                                   The  related   Prospectus   Supplement   will
                                   specify the Pass-Through  Rate for each class
                                   of Certificates,  or the initial Pass-Through
                                   Rate   and   the   method   for   determining
                                   subsequent changes to the Pass-Through Rate.

                                   A series may include  two or more  classes of
                                   Certificates  which  differ  as to  timing of
                                   distributions,  sequential order, priority of
                                   payment,  seniority,  allocation  of  losses,
                                   Pass-Through  Rate or amount of distributions
                                   in respect of principal or interest, or as to
                                   which  distributions  in respect of principal
                                   or  interest  on any  class may or may not be
                                   made upon the occurrence of specified  events
                                   or  on  the   basis   of   collections   from
                                   designated  portions of the Contract Pool. In
                                   addition,  a series may  include  one or more
                                   classes    of     Certificates     ("Stripped
                                   Certificates")  entitled to (i) distributions
                                   in     respect     of     principal      with
                                   disproportionate,   nominal  or  no  interest
                                   distributions,      or     (ii)      interest
                                   distributions, with disproportionate, nominal
                                   or no distributions in respect of principal.

                                   If CITSF exercises its option to purchase the
                                   Contracts of a Trust or if the  Contracts are
                                   sold by the  Indenture  Trustee  (or,  if the
                                   series  did not  include  Notes or the  Notes
                                   have been paid in full and the  Indenture has
                                   been discharged in accordance with its terms,
                                   the   Owner   Trustee)   on  the   terms  and
                                   conditions   described  under  "The  Purchase
                                   Agreements        and        the        Trust
                                   Documents--Termination,"  Certificate  Owners
                                   may  receive  an  amount  in  respect  of the
                                   Certificates  as  specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  if the
                                   related Prospectus  Supplement  provides that
                                   the  property  of  a  Trust  will  include  a
                                   Pre-Funding  Account (as such term is defined
                                   in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
                                   "Pre-Funding  Account"),  Certificate  Owners
                                   may  receive a  distribution  in  respect  of
                                   principal on or immediately following the end
                                   of  the  funding  period   specified  in  the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement (the "Funding
                                   Period") in an amount and manner specified in
                                   the related Prospectus Supplement.

The Notes.......................   Each  series  of   Asset-Backed   Notes  (the
                                   "Notes" and,  together with the Certificates,
                                   the "Securities") will represent  obligations
                                   of a Trust  secured  by assets of such  Trust
                                   (other than the  accounts  or other  property
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement). See 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   "The Notes--General."

                                   The  Notes  will  be  issued  pursuant  to an
                                   Indenture   between   the   Issuer   and  the
                                   Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture"). See "The
                                   Notes--General."

                                   The  Notes  will  be  issued  in the  minimum
                                   denominations   and  integral   multiples  in
                                   excess  thereof   specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement;   provided,  however,
                                   that  one Note of each  class of each  series
                                   may be issued in a  denomination  other  than
                                   such  integral  multiple.   Unless  otherwise
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  the  Notes  will  be  issued  in
                                   book-entry   form  only.   Unless   otherwise
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement, persons ("Note Owners") acquiring
                                   beneficial  interests  in the Notes will hold
                                   their  interests  through  DTC in the  United
                                   States  or  Cedel   Bank,   societe   anonyme
                                   ("Cedel")    or    the    Euroclear    System
                                   ("Euroclear") in Europe, and Definitive Notes
                                   will  be  issued   only  under  the   limited
                                   circumstances  described  herein  or  in  the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  and
                                   until   Notes  of  a  class  are   issued  in
                                   definitive  form,  all  references  herein to
                                   distributions,     notices,    reports    and
                                   statements  to and to actions by and  effects
                                   upon the  related  Noteholders  will refer to
                                   the same  actions and effects with respect to
                                   DTC or  Cede,  as the  case  may be,  for the
                                   benefit  of  the   related   Note  Owners  in
                                   accordance  with  the  DTC  procedures.   See
                                   "Certain     Information     Regarding    the
                                   Securities--Book-Entry    Registration"   and
                                   "--Definitive Securities."

                                   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  each  class of Notes
                                   will have a stated  principal amount and will
                                   bear  interest at a  specified  rate or rates
                                   (with  respect  to each  class of Notes,  the
                                   "Interest  Rate").  Each  class of Notes  may
                                   have a different  Interest Rate, which may be
                                   a  fixed,  variable  or  adjustable  Interest
                                   Rate, or any  combination  of the  foregoing.
                                   The  related   Prospectus   Supplement   will
                                   specify the Interest  Rate and the method for
                                   determining   subsequent   changes   to   the
                                   Interest Rate.

                                   A series may include  two or more  classes of
                                   Notes  which  differ  as to  the  timing  and
                                   priority of payment,  seniority,  allocations
                                   of loss,  Interest Rate or amount of payments
                                   of  principal  or  interest,  or as to  which
                                   payments of principal  may or may not be made
                                   upon the occurrence of specified events or on
                                   the  basis  of  collections  from  designated
                                   portions of the Contract Pool. In addition, a
                                   series  may  include  one or more  classes of
                                   Notes  ("Stripped  Notes")  entitled  to  (i)
                                   principal  payments  with   disproportionate,
                                   nominal  or  no  interest  payments  or  (ii)
                                   interest   payments  with   

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   disproportionate,  nominal  or  no  principal
                                   payments.

                                   If CITSF exercises its option to purchase the
                                   Contracts of a Trust or if the  Contracts are
                                   sold by the  Indenture  Trustee  (or,  if the
                                   series  did not  include  Notes or the  Notes
                                   have been paid in full and the  Indenture has
                                   been discharged in accordance with its terms,
                                   the   Owner   Trustee)   on  the   terms  and
                                   conditions   described  under  "The  Purchase
                                   Agreements        and        the        Trust
                                   Documents--Termination,"    the   outstanding
                                   Notes,   if  any,  of  such  series  will  be
                                   redeemed   as  set   forth  in  the   related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  if the
                                   related Prospectus  Supplement  provides that
                                   the  property  of  a  Trust  will  include  a
                                   Pre-Funding  Account,  all or certain classes
                                   of the  outstanding  Notes,  if any,  of such
                                   series will be subject to partial  redemption
                                   on or  immediately  following  the end of the
                                   Funding   Period  in  an  amount  and  manner
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement.

Property of a Trust............    The  property  of  a  Trust  will   primarily
                                   include (i) a pool (the  "Contract  Pool") of
                                   marine  installment sale contracts and direct
                                   loans (the  "Initial  Contracts")  secured by
                                   the new and used boats,  boat motors and boat
                                   trailers   financed   thereby  (the  "Initial
                                   Financed   Boats"),   (ii)   certain   monies
                                   received  under the Initial  Contracts on and
                                   after the Initial  Cut-off Date  specified in
                                   the  related   Prospectus   Supplement   (the
                                   "Initial Cut-off Date"),  (iii) an assignment
                                   of the  security  interests  in  the  Initial
                                   Financed Boats,  (iv) the Collection  Account
                                   and the Paid-Ahead Account, if any, including
                                   all investments  therein, all income from the
                                   investment  of funds therein and all proceeds
                                   thereof,   certain  other  accounts  and  the
                                   proceeds  thereof  and certain  other  rights
                                   under the Trust  Documents  specified  in the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and (v) the
                                   proceeds from claims under certain  insurance
                                   policies  in  respect of  individual  Initial
                                   Financed  Boats or the related  Obligors.  In
                                   addition,  if so  specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  the  property  of  a
                                   Trust will include  specified  credit or cash
                                   flow  enhancement  and monies on deposit in a
                                   Pre-Funding  Account to be  established  with
                                   the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee,
                                   which  will be used  to  purchase  Subsequent
                                   Contracts  from the Seller  from time to time
                                   during  the  Funding  Period,  as well as any
                                   Subsequent  Contracts so purchased.  See "The
                                   Trust Property."

                                   If and to the extent  provided in the related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement,   a  Trust  will  be
                                   obligated   to   purchase   from  the  Seller
                                   (subject  to  the   satisfaction  of  certain
                                   conditions  described in the applicable Trust
                                   Documents)  from  time  to  time  during  the
                                   Funding Period, from 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account,
                                   additional marine  installment sale contracts
                                   and direct loans (the "Subsequent  Contracts"
                                   and, together with the Initial Contracts, the
                                   "Contracts")  secured  by the  new  and  used
                                   boats, boat motors and boat trailers financed
                                   thereby (the "Subsequent Financed Boats" and,
                                   together with the Initial Financed Boats, the
                                   "Financed  Boats"),  certain monies  received
                                   under the  Subsequent  Contracts on and after
                                   the   related    Subsequent   Cut-off   Dates
                                   (specified   in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement),  an  assignment  of the security
                                   interests in the Subsequent  Financed  Boats,
                                   and  proceeds   from  claims  under   certain
                                   insurance  policies in respect of  individual
                                   Subsequent  Financed  Boats  or  the  related
                                   Obligors.  It is expected that the Subsequent
                                   Contracts  will have an  aggregate  principal
                                   balance approximately equal to the Pre-Funded
                                   Amount on the related Closing Date.

                                   CITSF  will  be   obligated   to   repurchase
                                   Contracts (a "Repurchased Contract") upon the
                                   occurrence    of    certain    breaches    of
                                   representations and warranties (a "Repurchase
                                   Event"). See "The Purchase Agreements and the
                                   Trust  Documents--Sale  and Assignment of the
                                   Contracts" and "--Servicing Procedures."

The Contracts...................   The   property   of  a  Trust  will   consist
                                   primarily   of   marine    installment   sale
                                   contracts   for  boats   originated  by  boat
                                   dealers  ("Dealers") and acquired by CITSF or
                                   The CIT  Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc.  (NY)
                                   ("CITCF-NY") or other affiliates of CITSF and
                                   marine loans originated  directly by CITSF or
                                   one of its affiliates or acquired by CITSF or
                                   one of its affiliates from unaffiliated third
                                   parties.  On or prior to the date of issuance
                                   of a series of the  Securities  (the "Closing
                                   Date"),  CITCF-NY will sell certain contracts
                                   that will constitute a portion of the Initial
                                   Contracts  to CITSF  pursuant  to a  purchase
                                   agreement,  and CITSF  will sell the  Initial
                                   Contracts  to  the  Company   pursuant  to  a
                                   purchase     agreement     (the     "Purchase
                                   Agreement"),  and the Company (and, if and to
                                   the   extent   specified   in   the   related
                                   Prospectus Supplement,  a Selling Trust) will
                                   sell  the  Initial   Contracts   to  a  Trust
                                   pursuant  to the Trust  Documents.  If and to
                                   the   extent   specified   in   the   related
                                   Prospectus Supplement, CITSF or the Seller or
                                   one of their respective affiliates may retain
                                   the  right  to   receive  a  portion  of  the
                                   interest  accruing  on  some  or  all  of the
                                   Contracts sold to a Trust.  See "The Purchase
                                   Agreements and the Trust  Documents--Sale and
                                   Assignment of the Contracts."

                                   The Contracts will generally be prepayable at
                                   any time without  penalty to the purchaser of
                                   the  related  Financed  Boats,  the  borrower
                                   under a loan  contract  or  other  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   person or persons who are  obligated  to make
                                   payments   under  the  Contract   (each,   an
                                   "Obligor"). The related Prospectus Supplement
                                   will contain certain information with respect
                                   to  each  Contract  Pool  as of  the  Initial
                                   Cut-off  Date or such  other  date  specified
                                   therein,  including the  proportions  of each
                                   type of Financed Boats,  the weighted average
                                   annual   percentage  rate  and  the  weighted
                                   average remaining maturity of the Contracts.

                                   If and to the extent specified in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  from  time  to  time
                                   during  the  Funding  Period,  CITSF  will be
                                   obligated  to sell,  and the Company  will be
                                   obligated to purchase, pursuant to a purchase
                                   agreement    (the    "Subsequent     Purchase
                                   Agreement")  subject to the  satisfaction  of
                                   certain    conditions    described   therein,
                                   Subsequent  Contracts  at  a  purchase  price
                                   which,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement,  will be equal
                                   to the aggregate principal amounts thereof as
                                   of the  first  day in the  related  month  of
                                   transfer  designated by CITSF and the Company
                                   (each,  a  "Subsequent   Cut-off  Date").   A
                                   portion of such  Subsequent  Contracts may be
                                   acquired  by  CITSF  from  CITCF-NY  or other
                                   affiliates of CITSF.  Pursuant to one or more
                                   subsequent   transfer   agreements  (each,  a
                                   "Subsequent  Transfer Agreement") between the
                                   Company and the related Trust, and subject to
                                   the   satisfaction   of  certain   conditions
                                   described  therein,  the Company will in turn
                                   sell the  Subsequent  Contracts to such Trust
                                   at a purchase  price equal to the amount paid
                                   by the  Company to CITSF for such  Subsequent
                                   Contracts, which purchase price shall be paid
                                   from  monies on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding
                                   Account.   Subsequent   Contracts   will   be
                                   transferred  from  CITSF to the  Company  and
                                   from  the   Company  to  such  Trust  on  the
                                   Business  Day  specified  by  CITSF  and  the
                                   Company during the month in which the related
                                   Subsequent   Cut-off  Date  occurs  (each,  a
                                   "Subsequent Transfer Date").

Pre-Funding Account.............   If the Prospectus  Supplement for a series of
                                   Securities  specifies  that a portion  of the
                                   proceeds of the offering will be deposited in
                                   a  Pre-Funding   Account,   the   Pre-Funding
                                   Account  will be  maintained  as an  Eligible
                                   Account, which account may be maintained with
                                   the Owner Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee,
                                   and the  funds  on  deposit  therein  will be
                                   invested solely in Permitted  Investments (as
                                   defined in the related Prospectus Supplement)
                                   that mature not later than one  Business  Day
                                   prior  to the  next  succeeding  Distribution
                                   Date, until such funds are applied during the
                                   Funding  Period  to pay to  the  Company  the
                                   purchase price for Subsequent Contracts.  See
                                   "The  Purchase   Agreements   and  the  Trust
                                   Documents--Accounts."  Monies on  deposit  in
                                   the Pre-Funding Account will not be available
                                   to cover losses on 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   or in respect of the Contracts.

                                   On the Closing Date, the Pre-Funding  Account
                                   will be created with an initial deposit, from
                                   the  proceeds  of  the  Securities,   in  the
                                   amount,  if  any,  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus    Supplement   (the   "Pre-Funded
                                   Amount").  The  Pre-Funded  Amount  will  not
                                   exceed  one-third  of the sum of the Original
                                   Certificate Balance and the initial principal
                                   amount  of  the   Notes.   Unless   otherwise
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  the "Funding Period" will be the
                                   period  from  the  Closing   Date  until  the
                                   earliest  to  occur  of (i) the date on which
                                   the  amount  on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding
                                   Account (exclusive of investment earnings) is
                                   less than $100,000, (ii) the date on which an
                                   Event of Default  occurs under the  Indenture
                                   (if any), (iii) the date on which an Event of
                                   Termination occurs under the Trust Documents,
                                   (iv) the  insolvency  of the Company,  CITSF,
                                   CITCF-NY or CIT, or (v) the close of business
                                   on  the  date   specified   in  the   related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement (which date will occur
                                   in the third  calendar  month after the month
                                   in which the Closing Date  occurred).  Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement, during the Funding Period, on one
                                   or  more  Subsequent   Transfer  Dates,   the
                                   Pre-Funded Amount will be applied to purchase
                                   Subsequent Contracts from the Company. Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  the  Company  expects  that  the
                                   Pre-Funded  Amount  will be  reduced  to less
                                   than  $100,000  by the  end  of  the  Funding
                                   Period,  although no  assurance  can be given
                                   that   this  will  in  fact   occur.   Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  any  portion  of the  Pre-Funded
                                   Amount    remaining   on   deposit   in   the
                                   Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding
                                   Period  will  be  payable  as   principal  to
                                   Noteholders   and    Certificateholders    in
                                   accordance with the Pre-Funded  Percentage on
                                   the first Distribution Date thereafter or, if
                                   the  end  of  the  Funding  Period  is  on  a
                                   Distribution Date, then on such date.

Capitalized Interest Account....   If the Prospectus  Supplement for a series of
                                   Securities  specifies  that a portion  of the
                                   proceeds of the offering will be deposited in
                                   a  Capitalized   Interest  Account,   on  the
                                   Closing Date a portion of the  proceeds  from
                                   the  sale  of the  Securities  (in an  amount
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement) will be deposited into an account
                                   (the    "Capitalized    Interest    Account")
                                   maintained  as  an  Eligible  Account,  which
                                   account  may be  maintained  with  the  Owner
                                   Trustee  or the  Indenture  Trustee,  and the
                                   funds on  deposit  therein  will be  invested
                                   solely in Permitted  Investments  that mature
                                   no later than one  Business  Day prior to the
                                   next Distribution  Date. Amounts deposited in
                                   the Capitalized 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       13
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Interest   Account   will  be  used  on  each
                                   Distribution  Date  to  pay  interest  on the
                                   Securities,  in the  amount or in  accordance
                                   with the  formula  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  Monies on deposit in
                                   the Capitalized  Interest Account will not be
                                   available to cover losses on or in respect of
                                   the Contracts.

                                   On  each   Distribution   Date   any   amount
                                   remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account
                                   in   excess  of  the   Required   Capitalized
                                   Interest  Amount (as  defined in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement)  shall be released to
                                   the Affiliated Owner, if any, or other person
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any amounts
                                   remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account
                                   on the last day of the Funding Period and not
                                   used for such  purposes  will be deposited in
                                   the Collection  Account and will be available
                                   for distributions,  as described herein or in
                                   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on the
                                   first Distribution Date thereafter or, if the
                                   end   of   the   Funding   Period   is  on  a
                                   Distribution Date, then on such date.

Distribution Dates..............   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  payments of interest
                                   and principal on the Securities  will be made
                                   on the fifteenth day of each month or, if any
                                   such day is not a Business  Day,  on the next
                                   succeeding     Business    Day    (each,    a
                                   "Distribution Date"),  commencing on the date
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  payments on
                                   the Securities on each Distribution Date will
                                   be  made  to the  holders  of  record  of the
                                   related  Securities  at the close of business
                                   on the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding
                                   such  Distribution  Date  or,  in  the  event
                                   Definitive  Securities  have been issued,  at
                                   the close of  business  on the last  Business
                                   Day of the month  immediately  preceding  the
                                   month in which such  Distribution Date occurs
                                   (each, a "Record Date").

                                   To the  extent  not  previously  paid in full
                                   prior to such time, the outstanding principal
                                   amount of the Notes and the Certificates will
                                   be payable on the Distribution Date occurring
                                   in  the  month  or  months  specified  in the
                                   related  Prospectus   Supplement  (the  "Note
                                   Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date" and the
                                   "Certificate  Final  Scheduled   Distribution
                                   Date").

                                   A  "Business  Day"  is any day  other  than a
                                   Saturday,  Sunday or any day on which banking
                                   institutions or trust companies in the states
                                   of New York,  Oklahoma  and such other states
                                   (if any) specified in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement are authorized by law,  regulation

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   or executive order to be closed.

Interest Accrual Period.........   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  the period for which
                                   interest is payable on a Distribution Date on
                                   the Securities  shall be the one-month period
                                   from the most recent Distribution Date to but
                                   excluding the following Distribution Date, or
                                   in the case of the initial  Distribution Date
                                   from  the  date   specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  to but  excluding the
                                   initial Distribution Date (each, an "Interest
                                   Accrual Period").

Due Period......................   With respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
                                   "Due  Period"  is  the  period  during  which
                                   principal, interest and other amounts will be
                                   collected on the  Contracts  for  application
                                   towards the payment of principal and interest
                                   to the  Securityholders  and the  payment  of
                                   fees  on  such   Distribution   Date.  Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  the  "Due  Period"  will  be the
                                   calendar  month  immediately   preceding  the
                                   Distribution Date.

Determination Date..............   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,   the  "Determination
                                   Date" is the third Business Day prior to each
                                   Distribution   Date.  On  each  Determination
                                   Date,   the  Servicer   will   determine  the
                                   Available  Amount  for  distribution  on  the
                                   related   Distribution  Date,  allocate  such
                                   amounts between the Notes,  the  Certificates
                                   and the  Servicer  Payment,  and  advise  the
                                   Trustees  (or  the  paying  agent   appointed
                                   pursuant  to  the  Trust  Documents)  of  the
                                   amounts  of  the   payments  to  be  made  to
                                   Securityholders,  all as described under "The
                                   Purchase    Agreements    and    the    Trust
                                   Documents--Distributions."    The   "Servicer
                                   Payment" is equal on each  Distribution  Date
                                   to the sum of the  reimbursement  then due to
                                   the Servicer for outstanding Monthly Advances
                                   and the Servicing Fee  (including  any unpaid
                                   Servicing Fees for past Distribution Dates).

                                   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement, the "Available Amount"
                                   with   respect   to   each   Trust   on   any
                                   Distribution  Date is equal to the  excess of
                                   (A) the sum of (i) all  amounts on deposit in
                                   the  Collection   Account   attributable   to
                                   collections  or  deposits  made in respect of
                                   such  Contracts  in the  related  Due  Period
                                   (including any late fees, prepayment charges,
                                   extension fees or other  administrative  fees
                                   or similar  charges allowed by applicable law
                                   with respect to the Contracts  ("Late Fees"),
                                   and (ii) the Purchase  Price for any Contract
                                   repurchased  by CITSF as a result of breaches
                                   of certain  representations and warranties or
                                   purchased  by the  Servicer  as a  result  of
                                   breaches of certain covenants and any Monthly
                                   Advances  and any  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       15
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Non-Reimbursable   Payments   made   by   the
                                   Servicer,  if such  Purchase  Price,  Monthly
                                   Advance or  Non-Reimbursable  Payment is paid
                                   on or prior to the Deposit  Date  immediately
                                   preceding such  Distribution  Date,  over (B)
                                   the  sum of the  following  amounts  (to  the
                                   extent  that  the  Servicer  has not  already
                                   withheld such amounts from collections on the
                                   Contracts):  (i) any repossession  profits on
                                   liquidated  Contracts,  Liquidation  Expenses
                                   (as defined in the Trust Documents)  incurred
                                   and  taxes  and  insurance  advanced  by  the
                                   Servicer  in respect of  Financed  Boats that
                                   are  reimbursable  to the Servicer  under the
                                   Trust Documents, (ii) any amounts incorrectly
                                   deposited in the  Collection  Account,  (iii)
                                   any  amounts   deposited  in  the  Paid-Ahead
                                   Account,  if  any,  during  the  related  Due
                                   Period,  (iv) net investment  earnings on the
                                   funds  in  the  Collection  Account  and  the
                                   Paid-Ahead Account, if any, and (v) any other
                                   amounts  permitted to be  withdrawn  from the
                                   Collection   Account   and   the   Paid-Ahead
                                   Account,  if any, by the  Servicer  (or to be
                                   retained by the Servicer from  collections on
                                   the   Contracts)   pursuant   to  the   Trust
                                   Documents.

Subordination...................   The  rights  of  the   Certificateholders  to
                                   receive  distributions  with  respect  to the
                                   Contracts will be  subordinated to the rights
                                   of the Noteholders of the same series, to the
                                   extent  described  in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement. This subordination is intended to
                                   enhance the  likelihood of timely  receipt by
                                   Noteholders  of the full  amount of  interest
                                   and  principal  required  to be paid to them,
                                   and  to  afford   the   Noteholders   limited
                                   protection  against  losses in respect of the
                                   Contracts.

                                   If and to the extent specified in the related
                                   Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
                                   Notes of a series may be  subordinated to the
                                   rights of one or more other  classes of Notes
                                   of the same series.

                                   The protection afforded to the Noteholders by
                                   the  subordination  feature  described  above
                                   will be effected by the preferential right of
                                   the  Noteholders  to  receive,  to the extent
                                   described    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement,    current   distributions   from
                                   collections on or in respect of the Contracts
                                   prior to the application of such  collections
                                   to payments in respect of the Certificates or
                                   any subordinated Notes.

Enhancement.....................   If and to the extent specified in the related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement  with  respect  to  a
                                   Trust, the enhancement  applicable to a class
                                   of Securities  may include any one or more of
                                   the following: a financial guaranty insurance
                                   policy,  a letter of  credit,  a CIT  Limited
                                   Guarantee,  a  reserve  fund,  a third  party
                                   guarantee,   a  cash  collateral  account,  a
                                   derivative  product,  a  credit  facility,  a
                                   liquidity  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       16
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   facility, another form of credit enhancement,
                                   overcollateralization,   or  any  combination
                                   thereof.

                                   A financial  guaranty insurance policy may be
                                   obtained  and  maintained  for  one  or  more
                                   classes of  Certificates or Notes of a series
                                   of   Securities.   Such  policies   generally
                                   unconditionally and irrevocably  guarantee to
                                   Securityholders  that the full  amount of the
                                   distributions  of principal and interest,  as
                                   well as any other  amounts  specified  in the
                                   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   will  be
                                   received by an agent of the Trustee on behalf
                                   of  Securityholders  for  distribution by the
                                   Trustee to Securityholders. Such policies may
                                   have  certain  limitations  set  forth in the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement, including (but
                                   not limited to)  limitations on the insurer's
                                   obligation  to guarantee  the Seller's or the
                                   Servicer's   obligation   to   repurchase  or
                                   substitute  for any  Contracts,  to guarantee
                                   any  specified  rate  of  prepayments  or  to
                                   provide  funds to  redeem  Securities  on any
                                   specified date.

                                   The enhancement  with respect to any class of
                                   Securities   may  be  structured  to  provide
                                   protection   against   delinquencies   and/or
                                   losses on the Contracts,  against  changes in
                                   interest   rates,   or  other  risks,  or  to
                                   supplement  the  interest  rate on  specified
                                   Contracts,  in each  case to the  extent  and
                                   under the conditions specified in the related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement.   Unless   otherwise
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement, any form of enhancement will have
                                   certain   limitations   and  exclusions  from
                                   coverage thereunder,  which will be described
                                   in the related Prospectus Supplement. Further
                                   information  regarding any provider of credit
                                   enhancement,  including financial information
                                   when   material,   will   be   included   (or
                                   incorporated  by  reference)  in the  related
                                   Prospectus      Supplement.      See     "The
                                   Certificates--Enhancement."

Monthly Advances................   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to each
                                   Contract as to which there has been a Payment
                                   Shortfall during the related Due Period,  the
                                   Servicer shall advance funds in the amount of
                                   such  Payment  Shortfall  (each,  a  "Monthly
                                   Advance"),  but only to the  extent  that the
                                   Servicer, in its good faith judgment, expects
                                   to  recover   such   Monthly   Advance   from
                                   subsequent  collections on such Contract made
                                   by or on  behalf  of the  Obligor  thereunder
                                   (but only to the extent of expected  interest
                                   collections in the case of a Simple  Interest
                                   Contract) or from net liquidation proceeds or
                                   insurance   proceeds  with  respect  to  such
                                   Contract.  The Servicer  shall be  reimbursed
                                   for  any  Monthly   Advance  from  subsequent
                                   collections with respect to such Contract. If
                                   the  Servicer  determines  in its 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       17
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   good  faith  judgment  that  an  unreimbursed
                                   Monthly   Advance  shall  not  ultimately  be
                                   recoverable from subsequent collections,  the
                                   Servicer shall be reimbursed for such Monthly
                                   Advance from collections on all Contracts. In
                                   determining  whether an advance is or will be
                                   nonrecoverable,  the  Servicer  need not take
                                   into  account  that  it  might   receive  any
                                   amounts in a deficiency  judgment  against an
                                   Obligor.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
                                   related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer
                                   will not make a Monthly Advance in respect of
                                   (i) the principal  component of any scheduled
                                   payment  on a Simple  Interest  Contract,  or
                                   (ii)  a  Payment  Shortfall  arising  from  a
                                   Contract  which has been  prepaid  in full or
                                   which  has  been  subject  to  a  Relief  Act
                                   Reduction during the related Due Period.  See
                                   "The  Purchase   Agreements   and  the  Trust
                                   Documents--Monthly      Advances."     Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  "Payment  Shortfall"  means  (i)
                                   with respect to any Simple Interest  Contract
                                   and any Distribution  Date, the excess of (A)
                                   the  product  of  (1)   one-twelfth   of  the
                                   Contract  Rate of such  Contract  and (2) the
                                   outstanding principal amount of such Contract
                                   as of the  last day of the  second  preceding
                                   Due Period  (or, in the case of the first Due
                                   Period ending after the Contract was acquired
                                   by  the  related  Trust,  as of  the  Initial
                                   Cut-off Date or the Subsequent  Cut-off Date,
                                   as the case may be),  over (B) the  amount of
                                   interest,  if any, collected on such Contract
                                   during the  related  Due Period and (ii) with
                                   respect to any  Precomputed  Contract and any
                                   Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of (A)  the
                                   scheduled payment due on such Contract during
                                   the related  Due Period,  over (B) the amount
                                   collected  on such  Contract  (including  any
                                   amounts allocated from the Paid-Ahead Account
                                   with  respect to such Due Period)  during the
                                   related Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payments.......   If and to the extent specified in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to each
                                   Contract as to which there has been a Payment
                                   Shortfall  with  respect to  interest  in the
                                   related  Due  Period  arising  from  either a
                                   prepayment  in  full of  such  Contract  or a
                                   Relief  Act  Reduction  in  respect  of  such
                                   Contract  during such Due  Period,  the Trust
                                   Documents may require the Servicer to deposit
                                   into the  Collection  Account on the Business
                                   Day   immediately   preceding  the  following
                                   Distribution   Date,  without  the  right  of
                                   subsequent reimbursement,  an amount equal to
                                   such Payment  Shortfall (a  "Non-Reimbursable
                                   Payment").    If   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement does not specify that the Servicer
                                   will  make  Non-Reimbursable   Payments,  the
                                   Servicer  will not be  obligated to make such
                                   payments with respect to the Trust.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       18
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Paid-Ahead Account..............   Early payments by or on behalf of Obligors on
                                   Precomputed  Contracts that do not constitute
                                   scheduled   payments,   full  prepayments  or
                                   certain partial prepayments which result in a
                                   reduction  of an Obligor's  periodic  payment
                                   below the scheduled payment as of the Initial
                                   Cut-off Date or  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as
                                   the case may be, will be  deposited  into the
                                   Paid-Ahead  Account  until  such  time as the
                                   paid-ahead   amount  becomes  due.  See  "The
                                   Contract  Pool" and "The Purchase  Agreements
                                   and    the    Trust     Documents--Paid-Ahead
                                   Precomputed Contracts."

Servicing Fees..................   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to each
                                   series  of  Securities,  the  Servicer  shall
                                   receive a monthly fee (the "Servicing  Fee"),
                                   payable on each  Distribution  Date, equal to
                                   the sum of (i)  one-twelfth of the product of
                                   the  percentage   specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement as the  "Servicing Fee
                                   Rate" and the Pool Balance as of the last day
                                   of the second  preceding  Due Period  (or, in
                                   the case of the first  Distribution  Date, as
                                   of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date)  and (ii) any
                                   investment  earnings on amounts on deposit in
                                   the   Collection   Account,   the  Paid-Ahead
                                   Account, if any, the Certificate Distribution
                                   Account,  if any,  and the Note  Distribution
                                   Account, if any; provided,  however, that the
                                   Servicing Fee Rate  applicable to a Trust may
                                   be  increased  to a rate  (or  maximum  rate)
                                   specified    in   the   related    Prospectus
                                   Supplement  if CITSF or an affiliate  thereof
                                   is  not  the  Servicer.   See  "The  Purchase
                                   Agreements and the Trust Documents--Servicing
                                   Compensation."

Optional Purchase of the
  Contracts ....................   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to each
                                   series of  Securities,  at its option,  CITSF
                                   may purchase all the Contracts in the related
                                   Trust on any  Distribution  Date on which the
                                   aggregate  principal balance of the Contracts
                                   (the  "Pool  Balance")  as of the last day of
                                   the  related  Due  Period is equal to or less
                                   than a  percentage  specified  in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  of the  Initial  Pool
                                   Balance,  at a purchase  price  determined as
                                   described under "The Purchase  Agreements and
                                   the  Trust  Documents--Termination."   Unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement, the "Initial Pool Balance" equals
                                   the sum of (i)  the  Pool  Balance  as of the
                                   Initial  Cut-off Date and (ii) the  aggregate
                                   principal balance of all Subsequent Contracts
                                   added  to  the  related  Trust  as  of  their
                                   respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

Auction Sale....................   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to each
                                   series of  Securities,  within ten days after
                                   the first Distribution Date on which 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       19
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   the  Pool  Balance  as of the last day of the
                                   related Due Period is equal to or less than a
                                   percentage    specified    in   the   related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  of the  Initial  Pool
                                   Balance,  the  Indenture  Trustee (or, if the
                                   series  did not  include  Notes or the  Notes
                                   have been paid in full and the  Indenture has
                                   been discharged in accordance with its terms,
                                   the Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids for the
                                   purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the
                                   related Trust. In the event that satisfactory
                                   bids  are   received  as  described  in  "The
                                   Purchase    Agreements    and    the    Trust
                                   Documents--Termination,"    the   net    sale
                                   proceeds    will    be     distributed     to
                                   Securityholders,   in  the   same   order  of
                                   priority as  collections  received in respect
                                   of the Contracts,  on the second Distribution
                                   Date   succeeding   such   Due   Period.   If
                                   satisfactory  bids  are  not  received,  such
                                   Trustee  shall  decline to sell the Contracts
                                   and  shall  not be under  any  obligation  to
                                   solicit   any  further   bids  or   otherwise
                                   negotiate any further sale of the  Contracts.
                                   See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust
                                   Documents--Termination."

Ratings.........................   As a condition of issuance, the Securities of
                                   each   series   offered   pursuant   to  this
                                   Prospectus  will be  rated in one of the four
                                   highest  rating  categories  by at least  one
                                   nationally   recognized   statistical  rating
                                   organization   specified   in   the   related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement   (each,   a  "Rating
                                   Agency").   The  ratings  of  the  Securities
                                   should  be   evaluated   independently   from
                                   similar ratings on other types of securities.
                                   The ratings do not  address  the  possibility
                                   that  Securityholders may suffer a lower than
                                   anticipated yield. The ratings do not address
                                   the likelihood  that the  Securities  will be
                                   retired  following  the sale of the Contracts
                                   by  the  Trustee  as  described  above  under
                                   "--Auction  Sale" or "--Optional  Purchase of
                                   the Contracts." See "Ratings."

                                   There  can be no  assurance  that any  rating
                                   will remain in effect for any given period of
                                   time or that a rating  will not be lowered or
                                   withdrawn by the assigning  Rating Agency if,
                                   in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. In
                                   the event that the rating initially  assigned
                                   to  any  of the  Securities  is  subsequently
                                   lowered  or  withdrawn  for  any  reason,  no
                                   person or entity will be obligated to provide
                                   any  additional   credit   enhancement   with
                                   respect to such  Securities.  There can be no
                                   assurance  whether  any other  rating  agency
                                   will  rate any of the  Securities  or, if one
                                   does,  what  rating  would be assigned by any
                                   such other rating agency.  A security  rating
                                   is not a recommendation  to buy, sell or hold
                                   securities.

Certain Federal Income Tax 
   Considerations ..............   If the related  Prospectus  Supplement states
                                   that a Trust  will be  treated  as a  grantor
                                   trust,  in  the  opinion  of  counsel  to the
                                   Seller,  for federal  income tax purposes,

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       20
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust.
                                   In such  event,  each  Certificateholder,  by
                                   acceptance of a Certificate,  will be treated
                                   as the owner of an undivided  interest in the
                                   Contracts  included in the Contract  Pool and
                                   any other  assets  held by the Trust.  

                                   If the related Prospectus Supplement does not
                                   state  that a  Trust  will  be  treated  as a
                                   grantor  trust,  in the opinion of counsel to
                                   the Seller,  for federal income tax purposes:
                                   (1) the Notes will  constitute  indebtedness;
                                   and  (2)  the  Certificates  will  constitute
                                   interests  in a trust  fund  that will not be
                                   treated  as  an  association   taxable  as  a
                                   corporation    (or    a    publicly    traded
                                   partnership).  Each Noteholder, by acceptance
                                   of a Note,  will  agree to treat the Notes as
                                   indebtedness, and each Certificateholder,  by
                                   acceptance  of a  Certificate,  will agree to
                                   treat the Trust as a partnership in which the
                                   Certificateholders  are  partners for federal
                                   income tax purposes.

                                   Alternative  characterizations  of the  Notes
                                   and the Certificates are possible,  but would
                                   not   result  in   materially   adverse   tax
                                   consequences      to      Noteholders      or
                                   Certificateholders.   See  "Certain   Federal
                                   Income Tax Consequences."

ERISA Considerations............   Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject
                                   to the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security
                                   Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA"),  or plans
                                   subject  to  Section  4975  of  the  Internal
                                   Revenue  Code of  1986  (the  "Code")  should
                                   carefully  review with their  legal  advisors
                                   whether  the   purchase  or  holding  of  the
                                   Certificates  offered  hereby could give rise
                                   to a transaction  prohibited or not otherwise
                                   permissible  under  ERISA  or the  Code.  See
                                   "ERISA Considerations."

                                   The  related   Prospectus   Supplement   will
                                   provide further  information  with respect to
                                   the  eligibility of a class of Securities for
                                   purchase  by  employee   benefit  plans.  See
                                   "ERISA  Considerations"  herein  and  in  the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement.

                                   Subject to certain  considerations  discussed
                                   under  "ERISA  Considerations"  herein and in
                                   the related Prospectus Supplement, and unless
                                   otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  the Securities  will be eligible
                                   for purchase by employee  benefit  plans that
                                   are subject to ERISA.

Legal Investment................   The  appropriate   characterization   of  the
                                   Certificates  and  the  Notes  under  various
                                   legal investment  restrictions  applicable to
                                   the   investment    activities   of   certain
                                   institutions,   and  thus  the   ability   of
                                   investors  subject to these  restrictions  to
                                   purchase the Certificates and the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       21
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Notes,   may  be   subject   to   significant
                                   interpretive  uncertainties.   All  investors
                                   whose  investment  authority  is  subject  to
                                   legal  restrictions  should consult their own
                                   legal advisors to determine  whether,  and to
                                   what extent,  the  Certificates and the Notes
                                   will constitute legal investments for them.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  Securityholders  should consider the following risk factors in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

     1. Limited Obligations. The Securities will not represent an interest in or
an  obligation  of The CIT Group,  Inc.  ("CIT"),  The CIT Group  Securitization
Corporation II (the  "Company"),  any Affiliated  Owner specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, or any Servicer (including The CIT Group/Sales Financing,
Inc. ("CITSF")) or any of their respective affiliates.  Unless and to the extent
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Securities will
not be insured or guaranteed by any government agency or instrumentality, CIT or
any of its affiliates  (including the Company, any Affiliated Owner, and CITSF),
the Underwriters or any of their affiliates, or any other Servicer or any of its
affiliates.

     2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the  Securities may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in  regional  or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic  conditions are often volatile and historically  have
affected  the  delinquency,  loan loss and  liquidation  experience  of pools of
marine  installment  sale  contracts  and direct loans  secured by  recreational
boats.  Since the market value of boats generally declines with age and since in
certain states the Trustees may not have a first perfected  security interest in
the Financed Boats, the Servicer may not recover the entire amount owing under a
defaulted  Contract.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Contracts."  In such a
case, the  Securityholders  may suffer a corresponding loss. The market value of
the Financed Boats could be or could become lower than the outstanding principal
balances of the related  Contracts.  Sufficiently high liquidation losses on the
Contracts  will  have the  effect  of  reducing,  and  could  eliminate  (a) the
protection  against loss afforded to the Noteholders by the subordination of the
Certificates, if any, or by the Enhancement, if any, applicable to the Notes and
(b) the  protection  against  loss  afforded  to the  Certificateholders  by the
Enhancement (as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement),  if any. If the
amount available under the Enhancement,  if any, is reduced to zero,  holders of
the  Certificates  will bear the risk of loss resulting from default by Obligors
and will have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed Boats for
recovery of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest  on the  defaulted
Contracts.  If the  Certificate  Balance is reduced to zero,  the holders of the
Notes will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from  default by Obligors  and will
have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed Boats for recovery
of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the defaulted Contracts.

   
     3. Security  Interests and Certain  Other  Aspects of the  Contracts.  When
originated,  each  Contract  was secured by a security  interest in the Financed
Boat financed thereby.  Each such security interest was required to be perfected
under  applicable  state law and, in the case of certain Financed Boats eligible
for federal documentation,  under applicable federal law. In connection with the
sale of the Contracts to the Trust, the Seller will assign its security interest
in each Financed Boat to the Trust.  However,  due to administrative  burden and
expense,  none of the Seller,  the Servicer or the Owner  Trustee will amend the
certificates of title or file assignments of the UCC-1 financing statements,  if
any,  with respect to the Financed  Boats to identify the Trust or the Indenture
Trustee as the new secured party, nor has any such amendment of filing been made
to identify any Selling Trust as a secured  party.  Neither of the Seller or the
Owner Trustee will file an  assignment to the Trust or the Indenture  Trustee of
the Preferred  Mortgages with respect to any Financed Boats  documented or to be
documented  under  federal law unless and to the extent  provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, nor has any such assignment of any Preferred Mortgages to
a Selling Trust has been filed. In addition,  the certificates of title have not
and will not be amended and the UCC-1 financing statements have not and will not
be assigned  with respect to the Financed  Boats  relating to the  Contracts not
originated  by the Seller to reflect any interim  transfers  of ownership of the
security interest in such Financed Boats. Furthermore, those Preferred Mortgages
that will be  assigned  to the Trust will not have been  previously  assigned to
reflect any interim  transfers of  ownership  of the  security  interest in such
Financed Boats. In a majority of states,  the assignment of a Contract  together
with the related  security  interest  is, as a matter of state law, an effective
conveyance of such security  interest without amendment of any lien noted on the
related   certificate  of  title  or  any  assignment  of  any  UCC-1  financing
statements,  and the new owner of the Contracts succeeds to the original secured
party's rights in the related Financed Boat as against creditors of the Obligor.
In certain title states,  in the absence of such  certificate of title amendment
or assignment of record to reflect the  successive  assignments  of the security
interest in such Financed Boat, the Seller (if not the secured party of record),
the  Trust  and/or  the
    


                                       23
<PAGE>

   
Indenture  Trustee  may not have a  perfected  security  interest in the related
Financed  Boat.  Under the Ship Mortgage Act of 1920 (1988  Recodification)  ss.
30101 et seq. (the "Ship Mortgage Statutes"), in the absence of an assignment of
record of a Preferred Mortgage, the assignment of the related Contract by itself
will not convey the  perfected  preferred  mortgage  lien on the  Financed  Boat
subject to such Preferred  Mortgage,  and neither the Seller (if not the secured
party of  record)  nor the  Trust  and/or  the  Indenture  Trustee  will  have a
perfected  preferred  mortgage lien on such Financed  Boat.  The priority of the
Preferred  Mortgages and state  security  interests in the Financed Boats may be
subject to: (i) maritime liens arising under federal statutory or common-law for
captain's or crew's wages, tort claims (so-called  "general average" claims) and
salvage claims,  all of which take priority over even a Preferred  Mortgage or a
state  security  interest,  and (ii) maritime liens arising under federal law or
state laws for repair,  storage or supplies which are subordinate to a Preferred
Mortgage but typically have priority over state security interests under federal
law under applicable law of the state where the Contract was originated or under
applicable  law of the state to which the related  Financed  Boats may have been
relocated.
    

     CITSF will be obligated to  repurchase  any Contract as to which the Seller
has  represented  that the  originator  of such  Contract has a first  perfected
security  interest in the Financed  Boat  securing  such Contract if a breach of
such representation  shall materially adversely affect the interest of the Trust
in such Contract.  If the Trust does not have a perfected security interest in a
Financed Boat, it will not be effective as against third parties.  In such case,
if third party liens equal or exceed the value of the  Financed  Boat,  the only
recourse of the Trust would be against the related Obligor on an unsecured basis
or (if CITSF, CITCF-NY or, in those Contracts described above, the Trust did not
have a perfected security interest in such Financed Boat) against CITSF pursuant
to its repurchase obligation.

     To the extent that the  Trust's  security  interest  in a Financed  Boat is
perfected,  the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of such
Financed Boat and holders of subsequently  perfected  security interests in such
Financed  Boat.  Under the laws of many  states,  certain  possessory  liens for
repairs on a boat and storage, as well as certain rights in favor of federal and
state governmental authorities arising from the use of a boat in connection with
illegal  activities,  may take priority even over a perfected security interest.
Under the Ship Mortgage  Statutes,  certain  preferred  maritime liens will have
priority over security  interests in Financed Boats perfected under federal law.
Certain federal tax liens may have priority over the lien of a secured party. In
addition,  through  fraud or  negligence,  the  Trust  could  lose its  security
interest or the  priority of its  security  interest  in a Financed  Boat.  If a
security  interest in a Financed Boat is initially  perfected (by titling or UCC
filing)  under  applicable  state  law and the  Financed  Boat  subsequently  is
federally documented, the Trust could lose the priority of its security interest
in such Financed Boat to a purchaser  thereof or to the holder of a subsequently
perfected  Preferred  Mortgage  covering such Financed  Boat. See "Certain Legal
Aspects  of the  Contracts--Security  Interests  in the  Financed  Boats"  for a
description  of CITSF's  policies with respect to federal  documentation.  CITSF
shall not have an  obligation  to  repurchase  a Contract as to which any of the
aforementioned  occurrences  result in the  Trust's  losing the  priority of its
security  interest or its security interest in such Financed Boat after the date
such  security  interest was conveyed to the Trust (other than through  fraud or
negligence  of the Seller or the  Servicer).  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Contracts--Security Interests in the Financed Boats."

     In addition,  numerous  federal and state consumer  protection  laws impose
requirements  on sellers  under marine  installment  sale  contracts  and marine
installment loan contracts or notes,  such as the Contracts,  and the failure by
the  seller  of goods to  comply  with  such  requirements  could  give  rise to
liabilities  of assignees for amounts due or paid under such  agreements and the
right to set-off against claims by such  assignees.  These laws would apply to a
Trust as assignee of the Contracts.  From time to time,  CITSF has been involved
in litigation under consumer or debtor  protection laws, some of which have been
class  actions.  The Trust is subject to the risk of  similar  litigation.  With
respect to each series of  Securities,  pursuant to the Trust  Documents,  CITSF
will  represent and warrant as of the Initial  Cut-off Date with respect to each
Initial Contract,  and as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date with respect to
each Subsequent  Contract,  that each Contract complies with all requirements of
law  and  CITSF  will  provide  certain  warranties  relating  to the  validity,
perfection and priority of the security  interest in each Financed Boat securing
a Contract. A breach by CITSF of any such warranty that materially and adversely
affects the related  Trust's  interest in any Contract  would  require  CITSF to
repurchase  such Contract  unless such breach is cured.  If CITSF does not honor
its  purchase  obligation  in  respect of a Contract  and the  Obligor  for such
Contract  were to default,  recovery of amounts  due on such  Contract  would be
primarily  dependent on  repossession  and resale of the Financed  Boat securing
such   Contract.   Certain   other   factors   may  limit  the  ability  of  the
Securityholders to realize


                                       24
<PAGE>

upon the Financed Boats or may limit the amount realized to less than the amount
due. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of boats are  required  to be licensed  to sell boats at retail  sale.  Numerous
other federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements  applicable
to the  origination  and  assignment of marine  installment  sale  contracts and
marine installment loan contracts or notes,  including the Truth in Lending Act,
the Federal Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws,  the  failure to comply with the  provisions  of these laws may affect the
enforceability  of the  related  Contract.  A Trust and the Company may not have
obtained  the  licenses  required  under any federal or state  consumer  laws or
regulations,  and the absence of such  licenses  may impede the  enforcement  of
certain rights or give rise to certain  defenses in actions seeking  enforcement
of such rights which may prevent a Trust from  collecting  amounts due under the
Contracts. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."

     Any shortfall in payments on or in respect of  Contracts,  or any liability
of a Trust to Obligors,  as a result of  noncompliance  with the laws summarized
above and under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts"  could result in losses
to the Securityholders.

     4. Foreclosure.  Applicable law also imposes  requirements and restrictions
relating  to  foreclosure  sales of boats  and on the  obtaining  of  deficiency
judgments following such sales. Even if the Financed Boat securing a Contract is
successfully  repossessed  or  arrested  and sold,  the full  amount  due on the
Contract may not be realized  because of  depreciation,  damage or loss of or to
the Financed  Boat and because the resale  value of the  Financed  Boat may vary
significantly  due to the limited  market for used boats,  seasonal  factors and
other economic and social factors.

     In sum, the Trust may not realize the full amount due on a Contract because
of (i) the failure to endorse the certificate of title,  failure to file a UCC-1
financing  statement  or  failure  to record  the  assignment  of the  Preferred
Mortgage,  as the  case  may  be,  (ii)  the  application  of  requirements  and
restrictions on foreclosure and deficiency judgments, (iii) depreciation, damage
or loss of or to a Financed  Boat, or (iv) the  application of federal and state
bankruptcy  and  insolvency   laws,  or  other   factors.   As  a  result,   the
Securityholders will be subject to delays in payments and losses.

   
     5. Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency.  CITCF-NY, CITSF and the Company
intend that  transfers of Contracts  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to the
Company  and from the Company to the  related  Trust (and,  if and to the extent
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from
CITSF to a special purpose affiliate of CIT ("SPV"), from SPV to a Selling Trust
and from the Selling Trust to the Trust) constitute sales,  rather than pledges,
of the  Contracts to secure  indebtedness.  However,  if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the
Company  (or,  if  and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  a  Selling  Trust)  were to become a debtor  under  Title 11 of the
United States Code,  11 U.S.C.  ss.101 et seq. (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is
possible  that a  creditor,  receiver,  other  party in  interest  or trustee in
bankruptcy of such debtor, or such debtor as  debtor-in-possession,  may contend
that the sales of the  Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  by CITSF to the Company,
or by the Company to the related  Trust (or, if and to the extent  specified  in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITCF-NY to CITSF, from CITSF to SPV,
from  SPV to a  Selling  Trust  and  from  the  Selling  Trust  to  the  Trust),
respectively,  were  pledges  of the  Contracts  rather  than  sales  and  that,
accordingly, such Contracts should be part of such assigning entity's bankruptcy
estate.  Such  a  position,   if  presented  to  a  court,  even  if  ultimately
unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction of  distributions  to the
Securityholders.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Certain  Matters
Relating to Insolvency."
    

     6. Limited  Liquidity.  There is currently no market for the  Securities of
any series. Although the Company expects that the underwriters of any particular
series  will make a  secondary  market  for such  Securities,  they will have no
obligation  to do so.  There can be no  assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop for the  Securities of any series or, if it does  develop,  that it will
provide any of the Securityholders  with liquidity of investment or that it will
continue for the term of any series of Securities. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Securities will be issued in book-entry,
rather than  physical,  form which may  adversely  affect the  


                                       25
<PAGE>

liquidity  of the  Securities  in the  secondary  market and the  ability of the
Certificate Owners and Note Owners to pledge the Securities.

     7. The  Subsequent  Contracts and the  Pre-Funding  Account.  If and to the
extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  conveyance  of
Subsequent  Contracts by CITSF during the Funding  Period will be subject to the
conditions  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement under "The Contract
Pool." If CITSF does not originate contracts satisfying such criteria during the
Funding Period,  CITSF will have  insufficient  contracts to sell to the related
Trust  on  Subsequent  Transfer  Dates,  thereby  resulting  in  prepayments  of
principal to Noteholders and Certificateholders as described below.

     Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  to the
extent that  amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have not been fully
applied to the purchase of Subsequent  Contracts by the related Trust by the end
of the  Funding  Period,  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders  will  receive  a
prepayment  of  principal  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Pre-Funded  Percentage
allocable to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  respectively,  of the
Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time,  which
prepayment will be made on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the
Funding Period or, if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date, on such
date.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Pre-Funded  Percentage"  with respect to the Notes or the  Certificates  is the
percentage  derived  from the  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the initial
principal balance of the Notes or the Original  Certificate Balance, as the case
may be, and the denominator of which is the sum of the initial principal balance
of the Notes and the Original  Certificate  Balance.  It is anticipated that the
principal  amount of  Subsequent  Contracts  purchased  by the Trust will not be
exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and that
therefore  there will be at least a nominal  amount of principal  prepaid to the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders at the end of the Funding Period.

     Each Subsequent Contract must satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and the Trust  Documents at the time of its
sale  to  the  Trust.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Company (the seller of any Subsequent  Contracts to the related
Trust) will certify that all such  eligibility  criteria have been satisfied and
CITSF (the seller of any Subsequent  Contracts to the Company) will certify that
all conditions  precedent to the sale of the  Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust
have been  satisfied.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  it is a condition  to the sale of any  Subsequent  Contracts to the
Trust that each Rating  Agency,  after  receiving  prior  notice of the proposed
transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, shall not have advised the Seller
or the Trustees that the conveyance of such Subsequent  Contracts will result in
a qualification, modification or withdrawal of its then current rating of either
the Notes or the Certificates. Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to
the Contract Pool the aggregate  characteristics  of the Contracts  then held in
the Contract Pool may vary from those of the Initial Contracts included therein.

     The  ability  of a Trust to  invest in  Subsequent  Contracts  is  entirely
dependent  upon whether CITSF is able to originate  boat contracts that meet the
requirements  for  transfer  on a  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  under  the  Trust
Documents. The ability of CITSF to originate such contracts may be affected by a
variety of economic and social  factors.  Moreover,  such factors may affect the
ability of the Obligors  thereunder  to perform  their  obligations  thereunder,
which may cause contracts  originated by CITSF or its affiliates to fail to meet
the  requirements  for  transfer  under the Trust  Documents.  Economic  factors
include interest rates,  unemployment levels, the rate of inflation and consumer
perception  of  economic  conditions  generally.  However,  CITSF is  unable  to
determine  and has no basis to predict  whether or to what  extent  economic  or
social factors will affect CITSF's ability to originate Subsequent Contracts.

     8. Prepayment from the Pre-Funding  Account. To the extent specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if the  Pre-Funded  Amount  has not been fully
applied by the related Trust to purchase Subsequent  Contracts by the end of the
Funding  Period,  then the  Pre-Funded  Amount will be payable as  principal  to
Noteholders and  Certificateholders in accordance with the Pre-Funded Percentage
on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the Funding Period,  or, if
the end of the Funding Period is on a Distribution Date, on such date.

     In the event that amounts remain on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account at
the end of the Funding Period and are applied to the payment of principal to the
Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,  such partial  retirement of the 


                                       26
<PAGE>

Notes and  Certificates  may shorten the average life of the  Securities and may
cause the Noteholders and  Certificateholders to experience a lower yield on the
Securities.  In addition,  any  reinvestment  risk  resulting  from such partial
retirement will be borne by the holders of such Securities.

     9. Limited Assets.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, each Trust will covenant to sell the Contracts (a) if directed to do
so by the related  Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with the related  Indenture
following an acceleration of a series of Notes upon an Event of Default, and (b)
in other circumstances specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  However,
there is no assurance that the market value of the related Contracts will at any
time be equal to or greater than the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of
such  Notes.  Therefore,  upon an Event of Default  with  respect to such Notes,
there can be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be  available  to repay
Noteholders  in full.  In  addition,  the  amount of  principal  required  to be
distributed to Noteholders  under the Indenture is generally  limited to amounts
available to be  deposited  in the Note  Distribution  Account.  Therefore,  the
failure to pay  principal  on the Notes may not result in the  occurrence  of an
Event of Default until the Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  Furthermore,
upon a sale by the  Trust of the  Contracts,  the net  proceeds  from  such sale
remaining  after payment of all amounts due to the Servicer and the  Noteholders
may not be  sufficient  to pay the  Certificate  Balance  and  interest  accrued
thereon.

     If and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or
more  Enhancements  will be available to pay  principal  and/or  interest on the
Notes  and/or  the  Certificates  on  any  Distribution  Date.  However,  unless
otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the amount of any
Enhancement  will be limited and will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced.
If the amounts available under the applicable Enhancement are exhausted, a Trust
will  depend  solely on payments on or with  respect to the  Contracts,  Monthly
Advances   and   Non-Reimbursable   Payments  to  make   distributions   to  the
Securityholders.

     10.  Ratings of the  Securities.  It is a  condition  to the  issuance of a
series of Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus that the Securities be
rated in one of the four  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  one  Rating
Agency.  The ratings do not address the likelihood  that the Securities  will be
retired following the sale of the Contracts by a Trustee as described under "The
Purchase  Agreement  and  the  Trust  Documents--Termination."  There  can be no
assurance  that any rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or
that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn  by the Rating  Agency if, in its
judgment,  circumstances  so  warrant.  In the event that the  rating  initially
assigned to the Securities is subsequently  lowered or withdrawn for any reason,
no  person  or  entity  will be  obligated  to  provide  any  additional  credit
enhancement with respect to such Securities.  There can be no assurance that any
other  rating  agency will rate the Notes or the  Certificates  or, if one does,
what rating would be assigned by any such other rating agency. A security rating
is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.

     11. Book Entry  Registration.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Securities will be offered for purchase in book-entry
form only and will be  initially  registered  in the name of the  nominee of The
Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC" and,  together  with any successor  depository
selected by the Company,  the "Depository").  No person acquiring an interest in
the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner") will be entitled to
receive a Definitive  Note  representing  such  person's  interest in the Notes,
except   as   set   forth   under    "Certain    Information    Regarding    the
Securities--Definitive  Securities,"  and such persons will hold their interests
in the Notes  through DTC in the United  States or Cedel Bank,  societe  anonyme
("Cedel")  or  Euroclear  in Europe.  No person  acquiring  an  interest  in the
Certificates  through the  facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will be
entitled to receive a Definitive Certificate representing such person's interest
in the Certificates,  except as set forth under "Certain  Information  Regarding
the  Securities--Definitive  Securities,"  and  such  persons  will  hold  their
interests  in  the  Certificates   through  DTC.  Unless  and  until  Definitive
Securities are issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  all references to actions by Securityholders
shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants, and
all  references  herein to  distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to
Securityholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC in accordance with DTC procedures.  See "Certain  Information  Regarding The
Securities--Definitive Securities."

     12. Risk of  Commingling.  At any time that the  requirements  as specified
under "The Purchase Agreements and the Trust  Documents--Collections,"  are met,
the  Servicer  may deposit  payments  on or with  respect to the  Contracts  and
proceeds of Contracts into the Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account, as
applicable,   monthly  on  the  


                                       27
<PAGE>

Business Day  immediately  preceding  the next  Distribution  Date (the "Deposit
Date").  Pending  such a monthly  deposit  into the  Collection  Account  or the
Paid-Ahead Account, as applicable,  collections on the Contracts may be invested
by the  Servicer  at its  own  risk  and for its own  benefit  and  will  not be
segregated  from its own funds.  If the Servicer were unable to remit such funds
or if the Servicer became insolvent, the holders of the Securities could incur a
loss with respect to collections not deposited in the Collection  Account or the
Paid-Ahead Account.

                                   THE TRUSTS

     With  respect to each series of  Securities,  the Seller  will  establish a
Trust pursuant to the related Trust Documents.  Prior to the sale and assignment
of the related Contracts pursuant to the related Trust Documents, the Trust will
have no assets or obligations.  After its formation,  the related Trust will not
engage in any  activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding  and  managing  the
Contracts  and the other  assets  of such  Trust and  proceeds  therefrom,  (ii)
issuing the  Securities  of the related  series,  (iii)  making  payments on the
Securities of the related series, (iv) entering into agreements and transactions
in  connection  with  the  Enhancement,  if  any,  for  the  related  series  of
Securities, and (v) engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or
convenient to accomplish  the foregoing or are  incidental  thereto or connected
therewith.

     Each Certificate,  if any, will represent a fractional  undivided  interest
and/or residual interest in the related Trust. Each Note, if any, will represent
an obligation of the related Trust.

     If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the related Trust will
initially be capitalized with equity equal to the "Original Certificate Balance"
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Certificates with an aggregate original principal balance
of at least the amount  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement will be
owned by the Affiliated  Owner  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
(the  "Affiliated  Owner") and  Certificates  representing  the remainder of the
Original  Certificate  Balance  will be sold to third party  investors  that are
expected to be unaffiliated with the Affiliated Owner, the Seller,  the Servicer
or their  affiliates.  If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Company or one of its affiliates will own the entire beneficial  interest in the
Trust. The equity in a Trust,  together with the proceeds of the initial sale of
the Notes,  if any, will be used by the Trust to purchase the Initial  Contracts
from the Seller pursuant to the Trust Documents and, if specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  to fund the  deposit of the  Pre-Funded  Amount and the
deposit to the Capitalized  Interest  Account and for such other purposes as are
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     The Servicer will service the Contracts held by each Trust and will receive
fees  for  such   services.   See  "The   Purchase   Agreement   and  the  Trust
Documents--Servicing  Compensation."  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  CITSF will be  appointed as custodian on behalf of each
Trust,  and will hold the original marine  installment  sale  contracts,  marine
installment loan contracts (or promissory notes) and Preferred Mortgages as well
as copies of documents and instruments  relating to each Contract and evidencing
the security interest in the Financed Boat securing each Contract (the "Contract
Files").

The Trustee(s)

     The Trustee(s)  for each Trust will be specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The  Trustee(s)  will  perform  limited  administrative  functions,
including making distributions from the Certificate  Distribution Account and/or
the Note  Distribution  Account.  A Trustee's  liability in connection  with the
issuance and sale of the Securities is limited solely to the express obligations
of such  Trustee as set forth in the Trust  Documents.  A Trustee  may appoint a
co-trustee to act as  co-trustee  pursuant to a co-trustee  agreement  with such
Trustee.

     A Trustee  may  resign at any time,  in which  event the  Servicer  will be
obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Servicer may also remove a Trustee
if such Trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee  under the related
Trust Documents or if such Trustee becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, the
Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any  resignation or
removal of a Trustee and  appointment of a successor  trustee will be 


                                       28
<PAGE>

subject to any  conditions  or  approvals  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement and will not become  effective until acceptance of the appointment by
the successor trustee.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will provide that the Servicer will pay each Trustee's fees. The Trust
Documents   will  further   provide  that  each  Trustee  will  be  entitled  to
indemnification  by the Servicer  for, and will be held  harmless  against,  any
loss,  liability or expense  incurred by such Trustee not resulting from its own
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence  (other than by reason of a
breach  of any of its  representations  or  warranties  set  forth in the  Trust
Documents).

                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

     Each Certificate,  if any, will represent a fractional  undivided  interest
and/or  residual  interest in the related  Trust.  Each Note, if any, will be an
obligation  of the  related  Trust  and will be  secured  by assets of the Trust
(other than the Certificate  Distribution Account, if any, and other accounts or
property specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement).  The property of each
Trust will include,  among other  things,  (i) a pool (the  "Contract  Pool") of
marine installment sale contracts,  direct loans and Preferred Mortgages secured
by new and used boats, boat motors and boat trailers,  consisting of the Initial
Contracts and the Subsequent  Contracts (if any);  (ii) certain monies  received
under  the  Initial  Contracts  on or after  the  Initial  Cut-off  Date and the
Subsequent  Contracts (if any) on or after the related  Subsequent Cut-off Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained  by the  Servicer  pursuant to the Trust  Documents
(including  all  investments  in such  accounts  and all  income  from the funds
therein and all proceeds thereof,  other than investment earnings on any account
so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement) as described herein; (iv) if
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  specified credit or cash flow
enhancement  and  all  monies  on  deposit  in  the  Pre-Funding   Account,  the
Capitalized  Interest  Account and any other  account  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (including,  unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  all investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than investment  earnings on any
account so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement);  (v) assignments of
the security  interests in the Financed Boats and any accessions  thereto;  (vi)
the right to proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance
policies,  if any, covering individual  Financed Boats or Obligors,  as the case
may be; (vii) the rights of the Trust under the Trust Documents;  and (viii) any
and all proceeds of the foregoing.

     Pursuant to  agreements  between CITSF or CITCF-NY and many of the Dealers,
the  Dealer is  obligated  after  origination  to  repurchase  from  CITSF  boat
contracts which do not meet certain  representations and warranties made by such
Dealer. Such  representations and warranties relate primarily to the origination
of the  contracts and the  perfection  of the security  interests in the related
boats,  and do not  typically  relate  to the  creditworthiness  of the  related
Obligors or the collectability of such Contracts.  Unless otherwise specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any Dealer  agreement  with respect to the
Contracts  will not be  assigned  by CITSF or  CITCF-NY to the Company or by the
Company  to the  Trust.  However,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Documents will authorize CITSF or CITCF-NY to
transfer a Contract  to a Dealer  upon a  repurchase  by a Dealer  pursuant to a
Dealer agreement and will require that any recovery of amounts with respect to a
Contract  by CITSF or  CITCF-NY  pursuant to Dealer  repurchase  obligations  be
deposited in the  Collection  Account for the related Trust in  satisfaction  of
CITSF's repurchase  obligations under the Trust Documents to the extent, if any,
that CITSF or CITCF-NY has not already satisfied that obligation.  In accordance
with its customary servicing practices and procedures, in determining whether to
exercise any right of recourse against a Dealer, CITSF and CITCF-NY consider the
prior  performance  of the Dealer and other  business  and  commercial  factors,
including its own commercial  relationship with such Dealer.  The assignments by
the  Dealers of  Contracts  to CITSF or CITCF-NY  do not  generally  provide for
recourse  to the  Dealer  for  unpaid  amounts  in the event of a default  by an
Obligor,   other  than  in   connection   with  the   breach  of  the   Dealer's
representations and warranties.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                THE CONTRACT POOL

     Each pool of Contracts  with  respect to a Trust (a  "Contract  Pool") will
consist  of marine  installment  sale  contracts,  direct  loans  and  Preferred
Mortgages  (collectively,  the "Contracts") to finance the purchase or ownership
of new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers.  The  Contracts  will be
originated or acquired by CITSF or its affiliates (including  CITCF-NY).  Except
as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Contracts will
(i) be fully  amortizing,  (ii) bear  interest at a fixed or variable  rate (the
"Contract  Rate")  and  (iii)  be  Simple  Interest   Contracts  or  Precomputed
Contracts.

     Certain detailed information  regarding the Contract Pool as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date or such other date  specified  therein  for each Trust will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. If specific information with respect
to the Contract  Pool is not known at the time the related  series of Securities
initially is offered,  more general  information will be provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth in a report on
a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Commission within fifteen days
after the initial  issuance of such  Securities.  A copy of the Trust  Documents
with respect to each series of Securities will be attached to the Current Report
on Form 8-K and will be available for  inspection at the corporate  trust office
of the Owner Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A schedule
of the  Contract  Pool  relating  to such  series  will be attached to the Trust
Documents delivered to the Owner Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

Description of Contract Computations

     "Simple Interest Contracts" provide for the allocation of each payment made
thereunder to principal and interest in  accordance  with the "simple  interest"
method. For Simple Interest Contracts,  the principal balance of the Contract is
amortized over a series of equal monthly payments. Each monthly interest payment
is calculated by multiplying  the outstanding  principal  balance of the loan by
the Contract Rate. Such product is then multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator
of which is the number of days elapsed since the  preceding  payment of interest
was  made  and the  denominator  of which is  either  365 or 360,  depending  on
applicable  state law.  Payments  received  on a Simple  Interest  Contract  are
applied first to interest  accrued to the date payment is received and second to
reduce the unpaid principal balance of the Contract.  Accordingly, if an Obligor
makes a payment on the Contract  less than 30 days after the  previous  payment,
the interest  collected for the period since the preceding payment was made will
be less than 30 days' interest, and the amount of principal repaid in such month
will be correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if an Obligor makes a payment on
the  Contract  more  than 30 days  after  the  previous  payment,  the  interest
collected  for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will be greater
than 30 days' interest,  and the amount of principal repaid in the month will be
correspondingly  reduced. As a result, based on the payment characteristics of a
particular Obligor, the principal due on the final due date of a Simple Interest
Contract may vary from the principal  payment that would be made if payments for
such Contract were always made on their due dates.

     If an Obligor pays more than one installment on a Simple Interest  Contract
at a time, the regular installment will be treated as described above.  However,
the entire amount of the additional  installment or installments will be treated
as a  principal  payment  and  applied  to reduce the  principal  balance of the
related Contract.  The Obligor will not be required to make any payments on such
a Contract (a  "Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract"),  for the number of due
dates  (the  "Paid-Ahead  Period")  for  which it has paid in  advance  the full
installment.  However,  during the Paid-Ahead  Period  interest will continue to
accrue on the principal balance of such Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract,  as
reduced  by the  application  of the early  installment.  As a result,  when the
Paid-Ahead Period ends and the Obligor pays the next required installment,  such
payment may be  insufficient  to cover the interest  that has accrued  since the
last payment by the Obligor. Notwithstanding such insufficiency, such Paid-Ahead
Simple Interest Contract would be considered to be current. This situation would
continue until the monthly  installments  are once again sufficient to cover all
accrued interest and to reduce the principal balance of the Contract.  Depending
on the principal  balance and Contract  Rate of the related  Contract and on the
number of installments paid in advance of their due dates, there may be extended
periods of time during which Simple  Interest  Contracts that are not amortizing
are considered current.


                                       30
<PAGE>

     "Precomputed  Contracts" consist of actuarial  obligations and Rule of 78's
obligations.  Actuarial  obligations provide for amortization of the loan over a
series of fixed level payment monthly  installments.  Each monthly  installment,
including  the  monthly  installment  representing  the  final  payment  on  the
Contract,  consists  of an amount  of  interest  equal to 1/12th of the  related
Contract Rate multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of the Contract, and an
amount  of  principal  equal to the  remainder  of the  monthly  payment.  If an
actuarial  obligation  is  prepaid  in  full,  the  Obligor  receives  a  rebate
calculated on the basis of a constant  interest rate.  Rule of 78's  obligations
provide for the payment by the related  Obligor of a specified  total  amount of
payments,  payable in equal monthly  installments,  which total  represents  the
principal  amount financed and add-on interest in an amount  calculated based on
the Contract  Rate.  The rate at which such amount of add-on  interest is earned
and,  correspondingly,  the amount of each fixed  monthly  payment  allocated to
reduction of the  outstanding  principal are  calculated in accordance  with the
"Rule of 78's". Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
with respect to any Rule of 78's obligation included as a Contract, the Servicer
will  calculate the amount of interest paid on a Rule of 78's  obligation in the
same manner that it calculates such amounts on actuarial obligations.

     If an Obligor  with  respect to any  Precomputed  Contract,  in addition to
making his or her  regularly  scheduled  payment,  makes one or more  additional
scheduled  payments  in any  Due  Period  (such  Contract  being  a  "Paid-Ahead
Precomputed  Contract"),  the  additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due
Period will be deposited into the  Paid-Ahead  Account and applied on subsequent
Deposit  Dates  as  described  under  "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust
Documents--Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts."  Since the Servicer will deposit
paid-ahead  amounts on  Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts  into the  Paid-Ahead
Account,  these  additional  payments  will not cause  shortfalls of interest or
principal payments in the Contract Pool.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Contract provides that an Obligor may prepay its Contract,  in whole or in part,
at any time, without a prepayment premium.

Description of the Financed Boats

     The Financed Boats will consist of runabouts (together with boat motors and
boat trailers),  motor yachts, bass boats,  pontoon boats, fishing skiffs, sport
fishing boats, cabin cruisers, sailboats, and personal watercraft.

          Runabouts  typically  range  from  12 to 27  feet  in  length  and are
          equipped primarily for fishing.

          Motor yachts typically range from 40 to 70 feet in length and are used
          for cruising and fishing in large bodies of water.

          Bass boats are powered with outboard engines, range from 17 to 21 feet
          in length and are  primarily  used for fresh  water  fishing on inland
          waters.

          Pontoon  boats  range  from 16 to 22 feet in  length.  They  provide a
          smooth ride and are used for sight seeing.

          Fishing skiffs range from 16 to 22 feet in length and can  accommodate
          two to three people.  In a fishing skiff,  the fisherman can walk from
          side to side without rocking the boat.

          Sporting  boats  range from 25 to 50 feet in length,  and have  longer
          cruising range than the bass boats or fishing  skiffs.  Sporting boats
          are generally used in salt water for larger game fishing.

          Cabin cruisers are motor boats that typically range from 25 to 50 feet
          in length which include sleeping and galley accommodations.

          Sailboats are wind powered crafts that  typically  range from 27 to 50
          feet in length which can accommodate more than one person.


                                       31
<PAGE>

          Personal  watercraft are water-jet  propelled  vehicles seating one to
          three  people,  which are used for  entertainment  and short  distance
          travel.

     The Financed Boats do not include  houseboats  used as primary  residences,
competitive racing boats, or commercial fishing boats.

                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

   
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Contract provides that it is prepayable,  without premium, by the Obligor at any
time.  Prepayments (or, for this purpose,  equivalent  payments to a Trust) also
may result from liquidations due to default,  receipt of proceeds from insurance
policies,  repurchases by CITSF due to breach of a representation or warranty or
breach of a covenant in the Trust Documents,  or as a result of CITSF exercising
its option to purchase the Contract Pool.  See "The Purchase  Agreements and the
Trust  Documents." The rate of prepayments on the Contracts may be influenced by
a variety of economic,  social and other factors. No assurance can be given that
prepayments on the Contracts will conform to any estimated or actual  historical
experience,  and no  prediction  can be made as to the actual  prepayment  rates
which will be experienced on the Contracts.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  Certificateholders and Noteholders will bear all
reinvestment  risk  resulting  from the timing of payments of  principal  on the
Certificates or the Notes, as the case may be.
    

                                  POOL FACTORS

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Certificate  Pool  Factor"  for  each  class  of  Certificates,  if  any,  is a
seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer will compute each month  indicating  the
remaining  Certificate Balance as of the Distribution Date, as a fraction of the
Original  Certificate  Balance. The Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as
of the Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions
in the outstanding principal balance of the Certificates.  A Certificateholder's
portion of the aggregate  outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i)
the original  denomination of the  Certificateholder's  Certificate and (ii) the
Certificate Pool Factor.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the "Note
Pool Factor" for each class of Notes, if any, is a seven-digit decimal which the
Servicer will compute each month indicating the remaining  outstanding principal
balance of the Notes as of the  Distribution  Date, as a fraction of the initial
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  The Note  Pool  Factor  will be
1.0000000 as of the Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter will decline to reflect
reductions in the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes.  A Noteholder's
portion  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the Notes is the
product of (i) the original  denomination of the Noteholder's Note, and (ii) the
Note Pool Factor.

     With  respect to each Trust and  pursuant to the related  Trust  Documents,
unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on  each
Distribution Date, the  Securityholders  will receive monthly reports concerning
the payments received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  the Certificate Pool
Factor,  if any,  the Note Pool  Factor,  if any,  and  various  other  items of
information. Securityholders of record (which in most cases will be Cede) during
any calendar year will be furnished  information for tax reporting  purposes not
later than the latest date  permitted by law.  Certificate  Owners,  if any, and
Note Owners,  if any, may receive such reports,  upon written request,  together
with a  certification  that they are Certificate  Owners or Note Owners,  as the
case may be, and payment of any expenses  associated  with the  distribution  of
such reports,  from the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee (if any) at the
addresses  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement.   See  "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Statements to Securityholders."


                                       32
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Seller will sell the Initial Contracts to a Trust  concurrently with the sale of
the  Securities  and the net proceeds  from the sale of the  Securities  will be
applied by such Trust to the purchase of the Initial  Contracts,  to the payment
of certain  expenses  connected  with  pooling  the  Contracts  and  issuing the
Securities,  to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account,
if any,  to the  deposit of the initial  amount  into the  Capitalized  Interest
Account,  if any,  and to the  deposit of the  initial  amount,  if any,  into a
Reserve Fund, if any. Such net proceeds less the payment of such  expenses,  the
Pre-Funded  Amount,  if any, the initial deposit into the  Capitalized  Interest
Account, if any, and the Reserve Fund, if any, represent the purchase price paid
by a Trust to the Company for the sale of the Initial  Contracts  to such Trust.
Such amount  will be  determined  as a result of the pricing of the  Securities,
through the offering  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The net
proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the Initial Contracts to
a Trust  will be paid by the  Company  to CITSF as the  purchase  price  for the
Contracts  and will be added to CITSF's  general funds and will be available for
general  corporate  purposes,  including the purchase of new marine  installment
sale  contracts  and the  payment  of the  purchase  price to  CITCF-NY  for any
Contracts acquired by CITSF from CITCF-NY.  The net proceeds to be received by a
Selling Trust from the sale of the Initial  Contracts to a Trust will be applied
to pay indebtedness and other obligations of such Selling Trust.

                               THE CIT GROUP, INC.

     CIT, a Delaware corporation,  is a leading diversified finance organization
offering  secured  commercial  and  consumer  financing  primarily in the United
States to  smaller,  middle-market  and  larger  businesses  and to  individuals
through a nationwide distribution network. CIT commenced operations in 1908. CIT
has developed a broad array of  "franchise"  and strategic  business  units that
focus on specific  industries,  asset types and  markets  which are  balanced by
client, industry and geographic diversification.

     The Dai-Ichi Kangyo Bank,  Limited ("DKB") owns eighty percent (80%) of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of common  stock of CIT.  DKB  purchased a sixty
percent  (60%)  common  stock  interest  in  CIT  from   Manufacturers   Hanover
Corporation  ("MHC") at year-end 1989 and acquired an additional  twenty percent
(20%)  common  stock  interest  in CIT on  December  15,  1995 from CBC  Holding
(Delaware)  Inc.  ("CBC  Holding"),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  The  Chase
Manhattan  Corporation  ("CMC").  DKB had an option to  purchase  the  remaining
twenty  percent (20%) common stock  interest  from CBC Holding.  On November 18,
1997,  CIT completed  its initial  public  offering of 36,225,000  shares of its
common stock.  The proceeds from the offering (other than the proceeds  received
from the exercise of the over-allotment option of the underwriters) were used to
acquire  DKB's  option to purchase the 20% interest in CIT owned by CBC Holding,
and to exercise  such  option.  The proceeds  received  from the exercise of the
underwriters'  over-allotment option will be used for general corporate purposes
and for  potential  acquisitions.  As a  consequence  of the  completion  of the
offering,  DKB will  continue  to own a majority  of the issued and  outstanding
shares of common stock of CIT. CMC is no longer a stockholder.

     CIT is subject to the  informational  requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in  accordance   therewith,   files  reports  and  other  information  with  the
Commission.  Such reports and other  information  can be inspected and copied at
the offices of the Commission and at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc. See "Additional Information."

               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

     The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on June 24, 1994, and
is a  wholly-owned,  limited  purpose  finance  subsidiary  of CIT.  The Company
maintains its principal office at 650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey 07039.
Its telephone number is (973) 535-3514.

     As described  herein,  the  obligations  of the Company with respect to the
Securities are limited.  The Company will make no  representations or warranties
with respect to the Contracts and will have no ongoing servicing  


                                       33
<PAGE>

obligations or  responsibilities  with respect to the Contract Pool. CITSF is an
affiliate of the Company.  The Company will acquire the contracts  which it will
sell to a Trust in a privately negotiated transaction from CITSF.

     Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  neither
CIT  nor  any of its  affiliates,  including  the  Company  and  CITSF,  will be
obligated  with  respect  to  the  Securities.   Accordingly,  the  Company  has
determined  that financial  statements of CITSF and the Company are not material
to the offering of the Securities.

                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

     CITSF, a Delaware corporation,  is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT. It has
its principal executive office at 650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey 07039,
and its telephone number is (973) 740-5000.

     CITSF  originates,  purchases,  sells and services retail  installment sale
contracts for  recreation  vehicles,  manufactured  housing,  recreational  boat
products and other consumer goods throughout the United States. CITSF has been a
lender to the recreational marine industry for more than five years. CITSF has a
centralized  asset  service  facility (the "Asset  Service  Center") in Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma.  Working through marine dealers and manufacturers,  CITSF offers
retail  installment  credit.  CITSF also originates  marine loans  directly.  In
addition to purchasing  marine  contracts  from dealers on an individual  basis,
CITSF makes bulk purchases of marine contracts. These bulk purchases may be from
the  portfolios  of other  lending  institutions  or  finance  companies  or the
portfolios of other entities that purchase and hold marine contracts.

     The Asset Service Center of CITSF services consumer credit  transactions in
50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia.  It  provides  full  servicing  for
recreation  vehicle,  home equity,  recreational  boat and manufactured  housing
retail  installment  contracts.  The  servicing  portfolio  includes  both loans
originated  or purchased by CITSF,  as well as loans  originated or purchased by
CITSF and  subsequently  securitized  with  servicing  retained.  The  servicing
portfolio  also includes loans owned by third parties that are serviced by CITSF
for a fee on a "contract"  basis.  The Asset Service Center is  supplemented  by
outside  collectors and field remarketers  located throughout the United States.
In addition to expected growth in its serviced portfolio,  in 1997 CITSF entered
into an agreement  to provide  servicing  for  approximately  42,000  recreation
vehicle  and  recreational   boat  consumer   contracts  for  another  financial
institution,  which CITSF is also  servicing at its Asset  Service  Center.  The
addition  of  these  contracts  to its  servicing  portfolio  required  CITSF to
increase staffing levels at the Asset Service Center to support these contracts.
The effect of this increase on CITSF's  performance as a servicer or subservicer
cannot be determined at this time.

     CITSF's  general   policies  with  regard  to  the  origination  of  marine
installment  sale contracts are described  under  "--Contract  Origination"  and
"--CITSF's  Underwriting  Guidelines."  See  "--Servicing"  for a description of
certain of CITSF's servicing policies.

Contract Origination

     In accordance with CITSF's marine  underwriting  criteria,  CITSF purchases
marine retail  installment  sale contracts and loans to finance the purchases of
new and used  boats  and  motors  and  trailers  for boats  from  boat  dealers,
manufacturers and financial  intermediaries  who regularly  originates and sells
such  contracts to CITSF  pursuant to the terms of approved  dealer  agreements.
CITSF also makes direct marine loans to obligors secured by recreational  boats.
Although  CITSF does  purchase  marine  installment  sale  contracts  and marine
installment  loans  or  notes  in bulk  from  other  lenders,  unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  all of the Contracts have been
originated  by CITSF or CITCF-NY  through the  purchase of such  Contracts  from
dealers, manufacturers and intermediaries or through direct loan originations by
CITSF or CITCF-NY.

     Through their  Regional  Business  Centers,  CITSF and CITCF-NY  arrange to
purchase marine installment sale contracts and marine installment loans or notes
from marine dealers  located  throughout the United  States.  Regional 


                                       34
<PAGE>

Business Center personnel  contact the dealers located in their  territories and
explain CITSF's available  financing plans,  terms,  prevailing rates and credit
and financing  policies.  If the dealer wishes to use CITSF's available customer
financing,  the  dealer  must make an  application  for  dealer  approval.  Upon
satisfactory  results of the investigation of the dealer's  creditworthiness and
general business  reputation,  CITSF or CITCF-NY and the dealer execute a dealer
agreement.  In the assignment agreement relating to any contracts which a dealer
sold to CITSF or CITCF-NY,  each dealer  makes  representations  and  warranties
concerning  the obligors on such  contracts  and the  security  interests in the
financed boats relating thereto.  These representations and warranties typically
include,  among  others,  that (i) the obligor was of legal age and competent to
execute the contract; (ii) the documentation submitted by the dealer evidenced a
bona fide sale  contract;  (iii) the  contract was  genuine,  legally  valid and
enforceable  for the sale price;  (iv) the financed boat was fully and correctly
described in the contract and had been delivered to and accepted by the obligor;
(v) the dealer had clear title to the financed  boat and to the  contract;  (vi)
the dealer had  complied  with all  applicable  laws,  regulations  and rules in
connection  with the  contract;  (vii) the obligor  had not  asserted a right of
rescission,  cancellation,  claim, defense,  set-off or counterclaim of any kind
relating  to the  contract;  (viii)  any down  payment  was paid in cash and the
dealer  received in trade any  property  shown for the  allowance  stated in the
contract;  (ix) the  dealer  had  fully  performed  the  terms  of any  purchase
agreement with the obligor at the time CITSF or CITCF-NY funded the transaction;
and (x)  application had been made for a certificate of title or other ownership
documents in the name of the obligor with the security  interest of the CITSF or
CITCF-NY noted as a lien thereon,  or appropriate  UCC financing  statements had
been filed, or the dealer had followed the assignee's  instructions with respect
to financed boats subject to federal  documentation,  to the extent  applicable.
CITSF and CITCF-NY may enter into assignment  agreements in which dealers do not
make such representations.

     CITSF and  CITCF-NY  also  purchase  marine loan  agreements  from  certain
financial intermediaries who originate and fund such transactions within CITSF's
marine underwriting  guidelines.  These financial  intermediaries  operate under
agreements with CITSF or CITCF-NY under which the  intermediary  generally makes
many of the representations and warranties  concerning the documentation and the
obligor  made  by  an   assigning   dealer.   Material   breaches  of  any  such
representation  or  warranty  generally  will  also  trigger a right of CITSF or
CITCF-NY to demand the repurchase of the contract.

     Upon material  breach of any  representation  or warranty with respect to a
contract made by a dealer or financial intermediary, CITSF or CITCF-NY will have
a right of  recourse  against  such  dealer or  intermediary  to  require  it to
purchase or repurchase such contract.  Historically,  in determining  whether to
exercise any right of recourse,  CITSF and CITCF-NY  have  considered  the prior
performance  of the dealer or  intermediary  and other  business and  commercial
factors.  The Servicer will be obligated to determine  whether or not to enforce
such  rights  under  the  dealer  or  intermediary  agreements  relating  to the
Contracts  in  accordance  with its  customary  practices,  and the right to any
proceeds  received upon such  enforcement will be conveyed to the Trust pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY will make no
representations  as to the financial  condition of any dealer or intermediary to
which any of them may have  recourse,  and there can be no  assurance  as to the
ability of any such dealer or intermediary  to perform its  obligations  under a
dealer agreement, an intermediary agreement or an assignment agreement.

     CITSF  solicits  potential  direct marine loan borrowers  through  targeted
direct marketing  programs.  CITSF also solicits potential marine loan borrowers
through  leads  generated by a  nationwide  network of referral  brokers.  These
referral  brokers  usually do not have a written  contract with CITSF.  If their
referral  results in the closing of a direct marine loan  transaction with CITSF
and a customer located by the referral broker,  CITSF pays the referral broker a
commission after the loan transaction occurs.  Generally, the obligor under such
a direct loan transaction  will submit his or her application  directly to CITSF
or CITCF-NY.  Accordingly,  dealer or intermediary  warranties on  documentation
will not apply to these direct loan transactions.

     CITSF or CITCF-NY underwrites on an individual basis each contract which it
purchases from dealers or originates  directly in accordance with CITSF's marine
underwriting guidelines.  CITSF may not individually underwrite each transaction
in a portfolio  of  contracts  which it  purchases  from other  lenders.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all Contracts were
individually underwritten by CITSF.


                                       35
<PAGE>

     If CITSF  believes  that an  obligor  on a marine  contract  is  likely  to
refinance  the contract as a result of interest  rate changes or other  reasons,
CITSF may in its  discretion  attempt to retain  such  obligor as a customer  by
soliciting the obligor to refinance the contract with CITSF.  CITSF may continue
to apply this practice with respect to the Contracts.

CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines

     All marine  contracts  that are purchased by CITSF from dealers are written
on forms  provided  or approved by CITSF and are  purchased  on an  individually
approved  basis.  With respect to each marine  contract to be  purchased  from a
dealer or financial intermediary, CITSF's general practice is to have the dealer
or   financial   intermediary   submit  the   customer's   credit   application,
manufacturer's  invoice (if the  contract  is for a new boat) and certain  other
information relating to the contract to the applicable Regional Business Center.
Personnel at the Regional  Business Center analyze the  creditworthiness  of the
customer and other aspects of the proposed transaction.

     With respect to marine loan  contracts  originated  directly,  the customer
will submit his or her credit application,  verification of the boat's value and
certain other information  directly to the National Business Center at the Asset
Service  Center.  Generally,  personnel  at the  National  Business  Center will
analyze the creditworthiness of the customer and the value of the financed boat.
If the amount  financed  is $35,000  or higher  and the  financed  boat is used,
CITSF's marine underwriting guidelines require that the customer supply a survey
appraising the value of the financed boat. This guideline applies to direct loan
business and to  contracts  originated  by dealers or financial  intermediaries.
CITSF will  determine the  acceptability  of the survey and will usually check a
published  valuation  guide to confirm  the  accuracy of its  valuation.  Credit
underwriters  at the  National  Business  Center  may  waive or  apply  stricter
standards to valuation  guidelines  based upon the applicant's  credit score and
the amount  financed.  On direct  marine loan  transactions,  CITSF  underwrite,
prepare documentation and close such transactions directly, either in person, by
mail or through a third party closing agent.

     All credit applications are entered into an application  processing system.
During 1997,  CITSF  installed a new application  processing  system designed to
enhance  productivity  and provide  greater  control over the quality of credits
approved  through the use of  "decision  rules"  that alert  analysts to further
investigate certain conditions. The new system also requires the proper level of
authority  to  approve  transactions  over  an  individual's  dollar  limits  or
transactions   which  involve   exceptions  to  underwriting   policy.   CITSF's
underwriting  guidelines  require that a credit  officer at a Regional  Business
Center with the appropriate  level of credit authority  examine each applicant's
credit history, residence history, employment history and debt-to-income payment
ratio.  Although CITSF has certain  minimum  requirements  with respect to these
criteria,  as described  below,  CITSF's  management does not believe that these
minimum  requirements are sufficient to warrant  automatic credit approval of an
applicant.  Thus,  CITSF  will not  approve  a credit  application  for a marine
transaction without review by a credit officer.  Based on credit score and other
risk factors,  each applicant is either  approved,  declined or, if appropriate,
referred to a credit officer with a higher credit authority.

     The retail  customer  generally  has had a five year history of  residence,
employment  and  credit  history,  with no less  than two  years at the  current
residence  and at least three years in his or her present job, a debt ratio (the
ratio of total installment debt and housing expenses to gross monthly income) of
40% or less, a down payment of at least 10% and an overall  satisfactory  credit
profile.  Self-employed  applicants  should be  established  in  business  for a
minimum of five years.  The appropriate  level credit officer may approve,  on a
case  by  case  basis,   applications   of  customers  which  do  not  meet  the
above-described  retail customer profile. Such approval, if granted, is based on
the applicant's length and likelihood of continued  employment,  ability to pay,
and a review of the  applicants'  paying  habits.  No  guarantors,  endorsers or
co-signers  are  considered  in  determining  whether  to  accept  or  reject an
application.  The maximum  amount CITSF will advance to such customers is (i) in
the case of a new boat,  110% of the invoice if the amount financed is less than
$100,000 and 100% of the invoice if the amount financed is $100,000 or more, and
(ii) in the case of a used boat (a) 85% of the B.U.C. Book "low retail" value or
110% of NADA  wholesale book value for amounts  financed up to $35,000,  and (b)
85% of the assessed marine survey value plus freight,  tax, license,  insurance,
warranty,  and dealer installed  options if the amount financed is over $35,000.
CITSF may waive certain credit requirements,  including income verification, job
verification or valuation, in certain 


                                       36
<PAGE>

specialized underwriting programs or if a credit score, balance or other factors
provide sufficient support to underwrite the transaction.

     Funding of a transaction is authorized after verification of the conditions
of approval of the application and satisfactory  delivery of the related boat or
other proof of ownership and condition of the collateral.

     In 1992, CITSF's credit criteria were changed to permit greater reliance on
credit scores and overall  evaluation  instead of using  specific  disqualifying
criteria  (e.g., a minimum of two years of  employment).  In August 1994,  CITSF
initiated an underwriting program to provide for the approval of a broader range
of credit scores with appropriate pricing intended to compensate for the risk in
customers with lower credit profiles.  Accordingly, the interest rate charged on
each marine contract originated since August 1994 reflects CITSF's evaluation of
the relative risk associated with an individual's application.

     The credit review and approval  practices of each Regional  Business Center
are subject to internal  reviews and  internal  audits that,  through  sampling,
examine the quality of the  underwriting;  the  verification of key data such as
income and  employment,  if required;  and the accuracy and  completeness of the
documentation.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, almost all
of the  Contracts  are  marine  installment  sale  contracts  and  direct  loans
originated  in  accordance  with  CITSF's  marine  underwriting   criteria.   In
substantially  all cases,  CITSF or CITCF-NY did not fund or purchase a Contract
until CITSF or CITCF-NY had reviewed  and  approved a completed  customer  file,
including the credit  application  of the customer,  in accordance  with CITSF's
underwriting procedures.

     The  underwriting  guidelines  of CITSF  described  above may change in the
future.

Servicing

     Through  its Asset  Service  Center,  CITSF  services  recreation  vehicle,
manufactured  housing,  recreational boat, home equity and other consumer loans.
CITSF services all of the marine  contracts it originates or purchases,  whether
on an individual  basis or in bulk (except those it has sold to third parties on
a servicing released basis). CITSF is actively seeking arrangements  pursuant to
which  it will  service  marine  contracts  held by  other  entities,  including
contracts  which were not  purchased by CITSF or sold to such other  entities by
CITSF.  Generally,  such  servicing  responsibilities  are,  and would be,  also
carried out through the Asset Service Center. Servicing responsibilities include
collecting  principal and interest payments,  taxes,  insurance premiums,  where
applicable, and other payments from obligors and, where such contracts have been
sold,  remitting  principal and interest payments to the holders thereof, to the
extent  such  holders  are  entitled  thereto.   Collection  procedures  include
repossession  and resale of boats  securing  defaulted  contracts and, if deemed
advisable by CITSF,  entering  into workout  arrangements  with  obligors  under
certain defaulted  contracts.  Although decisions as to whether to repossess any
boat are made on an individual  basis,  CITSF's  general  policy is to institute
repossession  procedures promptly after Asset Service Center personnel determine
that it is  unlikely  that a defaulted  contract  will be brought  current,  and
thereafter  to  diligently  pursue  the  resale  of such  boat if the  market is
favorable.  Geographic location,  condition and market govern the method of sale
used to sell collateral. CIT uses site auctions, pool auctions,  individual bids
on  site,   brokers,   retail  sale  outlets,   newspaper   advertisements   and
telemarketing.  The  liquidation  team uses  computer  generated  data  bases to
maximize their effectiveness in the correct method of sale. The sales strategies
are reviewed at regular staff meetings, and potential markets for the collateral
and the sales plan for each unit are designed.  Field personnel recommend to the
internal  remarketers and managers the most effective  disposition method of the
collateral i.e., move to consignment dealer for retail, move to storage facility
for  wholesale,  obtain as is/where is bids,  or move to auction  facility.  The
remarketer  and/or  manager  review  the  recommendation  and  based on  product
knowledge  and  economic  conditions  make the  decision  in the  resale  of the
collateral.


                                       37
<PAGE>

Insurance Procedures

     Each  Contract  requires  the Obligor to obtain  insurance  against loss by
fire, theft, comprehensive and collision or full boat damage with respect to the
related  Financed  Boat.  The dealer  agreements  include a  representation  and
warranty that each  Financed  Boat was subject to such  insurance at the time of
origination  of the  Contract.  Since  Obligors may choose their own insurers to
provide the  required  coverage,  the  specific  terms and  conditions  of their
policies vary.

     The  Servicer  does  not,  under  its  customary  servicing  practices  and
procedures,  obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance  when the principal  balance of the
related  Contract  falls below the level or levels  periodically  established in
accordance with such customary servicing practices and procedures. In accordance
with such  customary  servicing  practices  and  procedures,  the  Servicer  may
periodically  readjust such levels,  suspend  Force-Placed  Insurance or arrange
other  methods of protection  of the Financed  Boats that it deems  necessary or
advisable,  provided  that the  Servicer  determines  that such  actions  do not
materially   and  adversely   affect  the  interests  of  the   Securityholders.
Historically,  CITSF has force-placed insurance on a relatively small percentage
of its marine contracts.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Servicer may, but will not be obligated to,  enforce its rights
under the  Contracts  to  require  the  Obligors  to  maintain  physical  damage
insurance,  in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices and procedures
with  respect to  comparable  new or used boats  financed  by  installment  sale
contracts  or loans that it services  for itself or others.  If CITSF  purchases
physical damage insurance on behalf of an Obligor, the Obligor's premium payment
obligations  will  not be  included  in the  Principal  Balance  of the  related
Contracts and will not be the property of the Trust. The historical  delinquency
and loss experience  included in a Prospectus  Supplement will include Contracts
as to which CITSF has force-placed insurance.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents  will permit the  Servicer or any  affiliate of the  Servicer,  to the
extent  permitted by law, to (i) enter into agreements with one or more insurers
or other  persons  pursuant to which the  Servicer or such  affiliate  will earn
commissions  and fees in connection  with any insurance  policy  purchased by an
Obligor  including,  without  limitation,  any physical damage  insurance policy
(whether or not such physical damage insurance  policy is force-placed  pursuant
to the provisions of any Contract),  or any other insurance  policy  whatsoever,
and (ii) in connection with the foregoing,  to solicit, or permit and assist any
insurer  or  any  agent  thereof  to  solicit  (including,  without  limitation,
providing such insurer or agent a list of Obligors  including  name,  address or
other information) any Obligor.

Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience

     Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will include  information on CITSF's loss and
delinquency  experience  with  respect  to its  servicing  portfolio  of  marine
contracts.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that such  experience  will be
indicative of the performance of the Contracts included in a particular Contract
Pool.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
tables  setting  forth the  delinquency  experience  for the portfolio of marine
contracts  originated and serviced by CITSF will exclude  contracts  acquired by
CITSF through portfolio purchases and contracts in repossession.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

General

     A series of  Securities  may  include one or more  classes of  Asset-Backed
Certificates (the  "Certificates")  issued pursuant to the Trust Documents to be
entered  into among the Seller,  the Servicer  and the Owner  Trustee,  forms of
which have been filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement  of which this
Prospectus  forms  a part.  Payments  in  respect  of the  Certificates  will be
subordinated  to payments on the Notes,  if any, to the extent  described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The following summary describes certain terms of
the  Certificates  and the Trust  Documents.  The summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and the Trust  Documents,  and the
following  summary  will be  


                                       38
<PAGE>

supplemented  in whole or in part by the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Where
this  summary  refers  to  particular  provisions  or  terms  used in the  Trust
Documents,   the  actual  provisions   (including   definitions  of  terms)  are
incorporated by reference as part of such summary.

     The Certificates  will be issued in the minimum  denominations and integral
multiples  in excess  thereof  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;
provided,  however,  that one  Certificate  of each  series  may be  issued in a
denomination  other  than  such  integral  multiple  such  that  the  applicable
Affiliated Owner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if any, may be
issued at least the portion of the Original Certificate Balance specified in the
related   Prospectus   Supplement.   If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Company or one of its affiliates will own the entire beneficial
interest in the Trust.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Certificates  will be issued in book-entry  form only.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each class of the
Certificates will initially be represented by a single Certificate registered in
the name of the  nominee of DTC,  except as  provided  below.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co.
("Cede").  No person  acquiring  an  interest  in the  Certificates  through the
facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a
Certificate  representing such person's interest in the Certificates,  except as
set  forth  under  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued  under the
limited circumstances described in the related Prospectus Supplement and herein,
all references to actions by Certificateholders  shall refer to actions taken by
DTC upon  instructions  from its  Participants,  and all  references  herein  to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders shall refer
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to DTC in accordance with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  If specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
classes of Certificates will be issued and sold privately.

Distribution of Principal and Interest on the Certificates

     The  Certificates  will bear interest at the rate  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Pass-Through  Rate").  The timing and priority of
distributions,  seniority,  allocations of loss, Pass-Through Rate and amount of
or method of  determining  distributions  with respect to principal and interest
(or, where  applicable,  with respect to principal only or interest only) on the
Certificates  of  any  series  will  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Distributions of interest on the  Certificates  will be made on the
dates  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (each, a  "Distribution
Date") and, unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
will be made prior to  distributions  with  respect to  principal.  A series may
include  one  or  more  classes  of  Stripped   Certificates   entitled  to  (i)
distributions  in  respect of  principal  with  disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions,  or (ii) interest distributions,  with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal.  Each class of Certificates
may have a  different  Pass-Through  Rate,  which  may be a fixed,  variable  or
adjustable  Pass-Through  Rate (and  which may be zero for  certain  classes  of
Stripped  Certificates),  or any  combination  of  the  foregoing.  The  related
Prospectus  Supplement  will  specify  the  Pass-Through  Rate for each class of
Certificates,  or the initial  Pass-Through  Rate and the method for determining
the  Pass-Through  Rate.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  interest on the  Certificates  will be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions in respect of the Certificates
will be subordinate  to payments in respect of the Notes,  if any, as more fully
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions  in respect of
principal  of any class of  Certificates  will be made on a pro rata basis among
all of the Certificateholders of such class.

     In the case of a series of Certificates  which includes two or more classes
of Certificates,  the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions  in respect of  principal,  and any  schedule  or formula or other
provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class shall be
as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  payments
of interest and principal on the Certificates  will be made on the fifteenth day
of each month or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding
Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"),  commencing on the date specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date,


                                       39
<PAGE>

the  Due  Period  will  be the  calendar  month  preceding  the  month  of  such
Distribution  Date.  Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  payments on the Certificates on each Distribution Date will be made
to the  holders of record of the  related  Certificates  on the day  immediately
preceding such Distribution  Date or, in the event Definitive  Certificates have
been issued,  at the close of business of the last day of the month  immediately
preceding  the month in which such  Distribution  Date occurs  (each,  a "Record
Date"). A "Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or any day on
which  banking  institutions  or trust  companies  in the  states  of New  York,
Oklahoma  and such other  states (if any)  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement are authorized or required by law,  regulation or executive  order to
be closed.

                                    THE NOTES

General

     A series of  Securities  may  include one or more  classes of  Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Notes" and, together with the Certificates, the "Securities") issued
pursuant to an Indenture  (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time,  the
"Indenture")  between a Trust and an Indenture  Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee"),  a form of which has been filed
as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a
part.  The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to,
and is qualified in its entirety by reference  to, all of the  provisions of the
Notes and the Indenture, and the following summary will be supplemented in whole
or in part by the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Where this summary refers to
particular  provisions  or terms used in the  Indenture,  the actual  provisions
(including  definitions of terms) are  incorporated by reference as part of such
summary.

     The  Notes  will  be  issued  in the  minimum  denominations  and  integral
multiples  in excess  thereof  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;
provided, however, that one Note of each class of each series may be issued in a
denomination  other than such integral multiple.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes will be issued in book-entry form
only.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
class of Notes will initially be represented by a single Note  registered in the
name of Cede, the nominee of DTC, except as provided below. No person  acquiring
an interest  in the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner" and,
together  with a  Certificate  Owner,  a "Security  Owner")  will be entitled to
receive a Note representing  such person's interest in the Notes,  except as set
forth  under   "Certain   Information   Regarding   The   Securities--Definitive
Securities"  and such persons will hold their interests in the Notes through DTC
in the  United  States  or  Cedel or  Euroclear  in  Europe.  Unless  and  until
Definitive  Notes are issued  under the limited  circumstances  described in the
related  Prospectus   Supplement  and  herein,  all  references  to  actions  by
Noteholders  shall  refer to  actions  taken by DTC upon  instructions  from its
Participants, and all references in the related Prospectus Supplement and herein
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to Noteholders shall refer to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  If specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
classes of Notes will be issued and sold privately.

Payment of Principal and Interest on the Notes

     The  timing  and  priority  of  payment,  seniority,  allocations  of loss,
Interest Rate and amount of or method of  determining  payments of principal and
interest  on each class of Notes will be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The right of holders of any class of Notes to receive  payments  of
principal and interest may be senior or  subordinate to the rights of holders of
any class or classes of Notes of such series,  or any class of Certificates,  as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise provided in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  payments of interest on the Notes will be made
prior to payments of principal thereon. A series may include one or more classes
of Stripped  Notes  entitled to (i) principal  payments  with  disproportionate,
nominal or no interest payment, or (ii) interest payments with disproportionate,
nominal  or no  principal  payments.  Each  class of Notes may have a  different
Interest Rate, which may be a fixed,  variable or adjustable  Interest Rate (and
which may be zero for certain classes of Stripped Notes),  or any combination of
the foregoing.  The related Prospectus Supplement


                                       40
<PAGE>

will specify the Interest Rate for each class of Notes, or the initial  Interest
Rate and the method for  determining  the Interest  Rate. One or more classes of
Notes of a series may be redeemable under the circumstances specified herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  payments
in respect of interest to  Noteholders  of all classes within a series will have
the same priority.  Under certain  circumstances,  the amount available for such
payments  could be less than the  aggregate  amount of  interest  payable on the
Notes on any of the dates  specified  for  payments  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  in which case each class of  Noteholders  will  receive its ratable
share  (based  upon  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  due to such  class of
Noteholders) of the aggregate amount then available to be distributed in respect
of interest on the Notes.  In the case of a series of Securities  which includes
two or more classes of Notes,  the  sequential  order and priority of payment in
respect  of  principal  and  interest,  and any  schedule  or  formula  or other
provisions  applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  payments
of interest and principal on the Notes will be made on each  Distribution  Date,
commencing on the date specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Due Period will be the calendar month preceding the month
of such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  payments on the Notes on each Distribution Date will be made to the
holders of record of the related Notes on the related Record Date.

The Indenture

     A form of  Indenture  has been  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  CITSF will provide a copy of
the applicable  Indenture  (without  exhibits) upon request to a holder of Notes
issued thereunder.

     Modification of Indenture without Noteholder Consent.  With respect to each
Trust, the Issuer and the related  Indenture Trustee may, without consent of the
Noteholders,  enter  into  one or more  supplemental  indentures  for any of the
following purposes:  (i) to correct or amplify the description of the collateral
or add  additional  collateral;  (ii) to provide for the assumption of the Notes
and the Indenture  obligations by a permitted  successor to the Trust;  (iii) to
add additional covenants for the benefit of the related Noteholders,  or for the
Trust to  surrender  any  rights or power  conferred  upon it;  (iv) to  convey,
transfer,  assign,  mortgage  or pledge any  property  to or with the  Indenture
Trustee;  (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision which
may be inconsistent with any other provision; (vi) to provide for the acceptance
of the appointment of a successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add to or change any
provision as shall be necessary and permitted to facilitate  the  administration
by more than one trustee;  (vii) to modify,  eliminate  or add any  provision in
order to comply with the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;  or (viii) to
add, change in any manner,  or eliminate any provision,  or modify in any manner
the rights of  Noteholders;  provided  that any action  specified in this clause
(viii) shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder  unless  Noteholder  consent is
otherwise obtained as described in the Indenture. Any action specified in clause
(viii) shall be taken only upon  satisfaction  of the Rating  Agency  Condition.
"Rating  Agency  Condition"  with respect to any action means the condition that
the Rating  Agency or Agencies  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer in writing that such
action  will not  result in the  downgrade  or  withdrawal  of the then  current
ratings of the Securities.

     Modification  of Indenture with  Noteholder  Consent.  With respect to each
Trust,  with the  consent  of the  holders  of not less than a  majority  of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes, and with prior notice to
the  Rating  Agencies,  the  Issuer  and the  Indenture  Trustee  may  execute a
supplemental  indenture to add  provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any  provisions  of,  the  Indenture,  or modify in any manner the rights of the
related Noteholders.


                                       41
<PAGE>

     Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding related Note affected
thereby,  however, no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the due date of any
installment  of  principal  of or interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable;  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is required for any
such  supplemental  indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required
for any waiver of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of the  Indenture or of
certain  defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as  provided  for in the
Indenture;  (iv) modify or alter the  provisions of the Indenture  regarding the
voting of Notes held by the related Trust,  any other obligor on the Notes,  the
Seller  or an  affiliate  of any of  them;  (v)  reduce  the  percentage  of the
aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes the consent of the holders of which is
required to direct the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or liquidate the Contracts if
the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal  amount and
accrued  but  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  Notes;  (vi)  decrease  the
percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes required to amend the
sections of the Indenture  which specify the applicable  percentage of aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other
related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral
for  the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

     Events of  Default;  Rights  Upon Event of  Default.  With  respect to each
Trust, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  "Events
of Default" under the Indenture will consist of: (i) any failure to pay interest
on any  Note as and  when  the  same  becomes  due and  payable,  which  failure
continues  unremedied for five days; (ii) except as set forth in (iv) below, any
failure to make any  installment  of the  principal  of any Note as and when the
same becomes due and payable which failure continues  unremedied for thirty days
after the giving of written  notice of such failure to the Issuer and the Seller
(or the Servicer,  as applicable) by the Indenture  Trustee or to the Issuer and
the Seller (or the Servicer,  as  applicable)  and the Indenture  Trustee by the
holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of
the Notes;  (iii) any default in the  observance or  performance in any material
respect of any other  covenants or  agreements in the  Indenture,  which failure
materially and adversely  affects the rights of  Noteholders,  and which failure
continues  unremedied for thirty days after the giving of written notice of such
failure to the Issuer and the Seller (or the  Servicer,  as  applicable)  by the
Indenture  Trustee  or to the  Issuer  and  the  Seller  (or  the  Servicer,  as
applicable) and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes; (iv) any failure to pay in
full  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  any  Notes  on or  prior  to the
applicable  Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date; and (v) certain events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshaling  of assets  and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings and certain actions by the Trust indicating its insolvency,
reorganization  pursuant  to  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  inability  to pay its
obligations.  However,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the
Indenture will generally be limited to amounts  available to be deposited in the
Note Distribution Account.  Therefore, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  failure  to pay  principal  on a  class  of  Notes
generally  will not result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  until the
Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date for such class of Notes.

     Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if an
Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes of any
series,  the related Indenture Trustee or holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Notes may declare the
principal of the Notes to be immediately due and payable.  Such declaration may,
under  certain  circumstances,  be  rescinded  by the holders of not less than a
majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of such  Controlling
Notes.

   
     Unless   otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
"Controlling Notes" means (i) if there is only one class of Notes, such class of
Notes  and (ii) if there is more  than one  class of Notes  (a) all Notes of the
most senior class of Notes then  outstanding  voting  together as a single class
until  such  class of Notes  have been paid in full,  and (b) from and after the
payment in full of such senior class of Notes then outstanding, all Notes of the
next most senior  class of Notes  voting  together as a single  class until such
class of Notes have been paid in full.
    


                                       42
<PAGE>

     Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if the
Notes of any  series are due and  payable  following  an Event of  Default  with
respect  thereto,  the related  Indenture  Trustee may institute  proceedings to
collect  amounts due or  foreclose  on Trust  property,  exercise  remedies as a
secured party under the related  Contracts,  sell the related Contracts or elect
to have the Trust  maintain  possession of such  Contracts and continue to apply
collections   on  such  Contracts  as  if  there  had  been  no  declaration  of
acceleration.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
the Indenture Trustee, however, is prohibited from selling the related Contracts
following  an Event of  Default  unless (i) the  holders of all the  outstanding
related  Notes  consent  to such  sale,  (ii)  the  proceeds  of such  sale  are
sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the  accrued  interest on such
outstanding  related  Notes at the date of such  sale,  or (iii)  the  Indenture
Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Contracts would not be sufficient on
an ongoing basis to make all payments on the Notes as such  payments  would have
become due if such  obligations  had not been declared due and payable,  and the
Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of
the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Controlling  Notes.  Unless
otherwise   specified  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,   following  a
declaration  upon an Event of  Default  that the Notes are  immediately  due and
payable,  (i) Noteholders will be entitled to ratable  repayment of principal on
the basis of their respective unpaid principal  balances,  and (ii) repayment in
full of the accrued interest on and unpaid principal  balances of the Notes will
be made prior to any  further  payment of  interest  on the  Certificates  or in
respect of the  Certificate  Balance  (other  than  payments  of the  "Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount" (as defined in the related  Prospectus  Supplement) and
other payments from the Enhancement (if any) applicable to the Certificates).

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to a series of Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction  of any  of the  holders  of  such  Notes,  if the  Indenture  Trustee
reasonably  believes it will not be  adequately  indemnified  against the costs,
expenses and  liabilities  which might be incurred by it in complying  with such
request.  Subject to the provisions for  indemnification and certain limitations
contained in the Indenture, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount of the  Controlling  Notes will have the right to
direct the time,  method and place of conducting  any  proceeding for any remedy
available to the  Indenture  Trustee and the holders of not less than a majority
in aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of such  Controlling  Notes may, in
certain cases, waive any past default with respect thereto, except a default (i)
in the  payment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any of the  Notes or (ii) in
respect of a covenant or provision of the  Indenture  that cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of the holder of each Note.

     No holder of a Note of any  series  will  have the right to  institute  any
proceeding  with  respect  to the  related  Indenture  unless  (i)  such  holder
previously  has given to the Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing
Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate outstanding
principal  amount of the  Controlling  Notes  have made  written  request of the
Indenture  Trustee to institute  such  proceeding,  (iii) such holder or holders
have offered the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture
Trustee has for sixty days after its receipt of such  notice,  request and offer
of  indemnity  failed  to  institute  such  proceeding,  and  (v)  no  direction
inconsistent  with such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee
during  such  sixty-day  period by the  holders of not less than a  majority  in
aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Controlling Notes.

     If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing  and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default within ninety days after it occurs. Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note,  the Indenture  Trustee may
withhold  the  notice  if and so  long  as it  determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     In  addition,  each  Indenture  Trustee  and the  related  Noteholders,  by
accepting the related  Notes,  will covenant that they will not, for a period of
one year and one day after the termination of the Indenture,  institute  against
the Affiliated  Owner,  if any, the Company or the related Trust any bankruptcy,
reorganization  or other  proceeding  under any federal or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law.

     Neither the  Indenture  Trustee in its  individual  capacity  nor the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity,  nor any holder of a Certificate  including,
without  limitation,  the Affiliated  Owner (if any) or the Company,  nor any of


                                       43
<PAGE>

their respective owners, beneficiaries,  agents, officers, directors, employees,
affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express  agreement
to the  contrary,  be  personally  liable for the payment of the principal of or
interest  on the  related  Notes  or for the  agreements  of the  related  Trust
contained in the Indenture.

     Certain  Covenants.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  each  Indenture  will  provide  that  the  related  Trust  may  not
consolidate  with or merge with or into any other entity,  unless (i) the entity
formed by or surviving such  consolidation or merger is organized under the laws
of the United  States,  any state or the District of Columbia,  (ii) such entity
expressly  assumes the Trust's  obligation to make due and timely  payments upon
the Notes and the  performance or observance of every  agreement and covenant of
the Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust has
been advised that the rating of the related Notes or Certificates then in effect
would not be reduced or  withdrawn  by the Rating  Agencies  as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and
security  interest  created by the Indenture shall have been taken, and (vi) the
Trust has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation
or merger will have no material  adverse tax consequences to the Trust or to any
related Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each Trust
will  covenant  that it will not,  among other  things,  (i) except as expressly
permitted by the  Indenture,  the  Purchase  Agreements  or the Trust  Documents
(collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  sell, convey,  transfer,  exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any credit on or
make any  deduction  from the  principal  or interest  payable in respect of the
related Notes (other than amounts  withheld  under the Code or applicable  state
law) or assert any claim  against  any  present  or former  holder of such Notes
because  of the  payment  of taxes  levied or  assessed  upon the  Trust,  (iii)
dissolve  or  liquidate  in  whole or in  part,  (iv)  permit  the  validity  or
effectiveness of the related  Indenture to be impaired or permit the lien of the
Indenture to be amended, hypothecated,  subordinated,  terminated or discharged,
or permit any person to be  released  from any  covenants  or  obligations  with
respect to the related  Notes under such  Indenture  except as may be  expressly
permitted  thereby or (v)  permit  any lien,  charge,  excise,  claim,  security
interest,  mortgage or other encumbrance  (other than the lien of the Indenture)
to be  created on or extend to or  otherwise  arise upon or burden the assets of
the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

     No Trust  will  incur,  assume or  guarantee  any  indebtedness  other than
indebtedness incurred pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture or
otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

     Annual Compliance  Statement.  Each Trust will be required to file annually
with the related  Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of
its obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  related  Noteholders  a brief  report  relating to its
eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the related
Indenture,  any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest
rate  and  maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing  by the  Trust to the
Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity,  the property and funds physically
held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially
affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  An Indenture  will be discharged
with  respect to the assets of the Trust  securing  the  related  Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or,
with  certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with the  Indenture  Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.

     The Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Indenture Trustee may resign
at any time, in which event the Servicer, or its successor, will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the Indenture Trustee
if the  Indenture  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as such under the
Indenture or if the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent.  In such circumstances,
the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any resignation
or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will
not become  effective  until  acceptance  of the  


                                       44
<PAGE>

appointment  by the successor  trustee and will be subject to any  conditions or
approvals, if any, specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       

     The Trust  Documents  will provide that the Servicer will pay the Indenture
Trustee's  fees.  The Trust  Documents  will further  provide that the Indenture
Trustee will be entitled to  indemnification  by the  Servicer  for, and will be
held harmless  against,  any cost,  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense
incurred  by  the  Indenture  Trustee  in  connection  with  the  acceptance  or
performance  of the trusts and duties  contained in the  Indenture in accordance
with the  terms and  conditions  therein,  not  resulting  from its own  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence (other than by reason of a breach of
any of its representations or warranties set forth in the Indenture).

     Trust  Indenture  Act.  Each  Indenture  will  comply  with all  applicable
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                                   ENHANCEMENT

     General. The Prospectus  Supplement for a series of Securities will specify
whether there is Enhancement for any class of the Securities of a series and, if
so, the material terms of such Enhancement.  Any Enhancement may be intended (i)
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the  Certificateholders,  if any, and/or
the  Noteholders,  if any,  of the full amount of  principal  and  interest  due
thereon,  and to decrease the likelihood  that the  Certificateholders,  if any,
and/or the  Noteholders,  if any,  will  experience  losses,  or (ii) to provide
protection against changes in interest rates or against other risks, or (iii) to
supplement  the interest rate on the  Contracts,  in each case to the extent and
under the  conditions  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  any Enhancement for a
class of Securities  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and
will not guarantee  repayment of the entire principal and interest  thereon.  If
losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any Enhancement or which are not
covered by any Enhancement,  Securityholders  will bear their allocable share of
such losses. In addition, if a form of Enhancement covers more than one class of
Securities of a series, Securityholders of any such class will be subject to the
risk that such Enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of Securityholders of
other classes.

     Subordination.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  rights  of  Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  of
interest and principal are  subordinated to the rights of Noteholders to receive
payment in full of all amounts of interest and principal  which the  Noteholders
are entitled to receive on the related Distribution Date.  Consequently,  unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  no distribution will
be made to the  Certificateholders  on any  Distribution  Date in respect of (i)
interest until the full amount of interest and principal on the Notes payable on
such  Distribution  Date has been  distributed  to the  Noteholders,  other than
payments from the applicable  Enhancement,  if any, and (ii) principal until the
Notes  have  been paid in full,  other  than  distributions  in  respect  of the
Principal  Liquidation  Loss  Amount  to the  extent,  if any,  set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

     If and to the extent specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
rights of one or more classes of Notes of a series to receive  distributions  of
interest and  principal may be  subordinated  to the rights of one or more other
classes of Notes of the same series to receive payment in full of all amounts of
interest and principal which are payable thereon on each Distribution Date.

     Other Enhancement. The amounts and types of credit or cash flow enhancement
arrangements  (each,  an  "Enhancement"),  if any, with respect to each class of
Securities will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. If and to the
extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  Enhancement may be in the
form of a financial  guaranty  insurance policy,  letter of credit,  CIT Limited
Guarantee,  reserve  fund,  third  party  guarantee,  cash  collateral  account,
derivative    product,    credit   facility,    yield   supplement    agreement,
overcollateralization,   guaranteed   investment   contract,   guaranteed   rate
agreement,  other  agreements  with  respect to third  party  payments  or other
support,  or other form of credit or cash flow  enhancement,  or any combination
thereof, as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, Enhancement for a class of Securities of a
series may cover one or more other classes of Securities in such series. Further
information regarding


                                       45
<PAGE>

providers of Enhancement, including financial information when material, will be
included in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy.  If so  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement, a financial guaranty insurance policy (each, a "Financial
Guaranty  Insurance  Policy")  may be obtained  and  maintained  for one or more
classes  of  Certificates  or Notes of a series.  The  issuer  of any  Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policy (a "Financial  Guaranty Insurer") will be described in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A copy  of any  such  Financial  Guaranty
Insurance  Policy  will be  attached  as an  exhibit to the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policies generally  unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee
to  Securityholders  that an  amount  equal to each  full and  complete  Insured
Payment   will  be   received   by  an  agent  of  the   Trustee  on  behalf  of
Securityholders,  for  distribution by the Trustee to each  Securityholder.  The
"Insured  Payment" will equal the full amount of the  distributions of principal
and  interest  to which  Securityholders  are  entitled  plus any other  amounts
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     The specific terms of any Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy will be as
set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Financial  Guaranty Insurance
Policies may have limitations  including (but not limited to) limitations on the
Financial  Guaranty  Insurer's  obligation  to  guarantee  the  Seller's  or the
Servicer's  obligation  to  repurchase  or  substitute  for  any  Contracts,  to
guarantee  any  specified  rate of  prepayments  or to  provide  funds to redeem
Securities on any specified date.

     The  Financial  Guaranty  Insurer may be  subrogated  to the rights of each
Securityholder  to receive  payments  under the  Securities to the extent of any
payments by such Financial Guaranty Insurer under the related Financial Guaranty
Insurance Policy.

     Reserve Fund or Reserve Account.  If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,   an  account  (a  "Reserve  Fund"  or  "Reserve  Account")  may  be
established  and  funded by any  combination  of cash,  one or more  irrevocable
letters  of  credit,  Eligible  Investments,  one or more  derivative  products,
amounts otherwise  distributable to one or more classes of Securityholders or to
the owners of any Retained  Yield, or any other  instrument  satisfactory to the
Rating  Agency or  Agencies.  A Reserve  Fund may be funded  from the  Available
Amount remaining on each  Distribution Date after all amounts then due have been
paid to the Securityholders,  the Servicer, and any provider of Enhancement.  In
addition,  with  respect to any  series of  Securities  as to which  Enhancement
includes a letter of credit or a  derivative  product,  if so  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  under certain circumstances the remaining amount
of the  letter of credit may be drawn by the Owner  Trustee  or the  termination
payment under a derivative product may be demanded by the Owner Trustee,  and in
each case deposited in a Reserve Fund.  Funds in a Reserve Fund will be applied,
invested and maintained in the manner and under the conditions specified in such
Prospectus  Supplement.  Amounts  in  a  Reserve  Fund  may  be  distributed  to
Securityholders,  applied to reimburse the Servicer for outstanding advances, or
may be used for other purposes, in the manner and to the extent specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In the  event  that a  Reserve  Fund is funded
through the application of the Available Amount  remaining on each  Distribution
Date  after all  amounts  then due have been  paid to the  Securityholders,  the
Servicer  and any  provider of  Enhancement,  it may be referred to as a "Spread
Account" or "Reserve  Account."  In the event that a Reserve  Fund is applied to
supplement  the  monthly  interest  payments  on  certain  Contracts,  it may be
referred to as a "Yield Supplement  Account." In the event that the Reserve Fund
is funded  through the proceeds of a loan to the Trust by a third party  lender,
it may be referred to as a "Cash  Collateral  Account."  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will specify whether any Reserve Fund will be established as part of
the Trust or held outside the Trust by a collateral agent or similar third party
(who may be a Trustee acting in a different  capacity).  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will describe the required  levels of funding of a Reserve Fund, the
circumstances under which a Reserve Fund may be applied to make distributions on
a class of Securities,  and the  circumstances  in which funds in a Reserve Fund
may be released to persons other than Securityholders.  A Trust may contain more
than one  Reserve  Fund,  each of which may apply only to a  specified  class of
Securities or to specified Contracts.


                                       46
<PAGE>

     The  Seller or the  Affiliated  Owner,  if any,  may at any  time,  without
consent of the Securityholders,  sell, transfer,  convey or assign in any manner
its rights to and interests in distributions from the Reserve Fund provided that
(i) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied,  (ii) the Seller or the Affiliated
Owner, as the case may be, provides to the Trustees an opinion from  independent
counsel that such action will not cause the related Trust to be classified as an
association  (or  publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a  corporation  for
federal  income tax purposes,  and (iii) such  transferee or assignee  agrees in
writing to take  positions for federal income tax purposes  consistent  with the
federal income tax positions  agreed to be taken by the Seller or the Affiliated
Owner, as the case may be.

     Limited  Guarantee.  If  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
certain payments on a class of the Securities of a series,  certain deficiencies
in  principal  or interest  payments on the  Contracts,  or certain  liquidation
losses on the Contracts,  may be covered by a limited guarantee or other similar
instrument  (the "Limited  Guarantee"),  limited in scope and amount,  issued by
CIT. If not so specified,  the Securityholders  will have no recourse to CIT for
any amounts due on the Securities. If so specified, CIT may be obligated to take
one or more of the  following  actions in the event the Company  fails to do so:
make deposits to an account, make advances, or purchase defaulted Contracts. Any
such Limited  Guarantee  will be limited in amount and a portion of the coverage
of any such Limited Guarantee may be separately allocated to certain events. The
scope,  amount and, if applicable,  the allocation of any Limited Guarantee will
be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Credit  Facility.  With  respect  to a series  of  Securities,  one or more
classes  may be  entitled  to the  benefit  of one or more  letters  of  credit,
guarantees, limited guarantees, surety bonds or similar credit facilities (each,
a "Credit  Facility").  Each such Credit  Facility  may be in an amount  greater
than, equal to or less than the Certificate  Balance of the Certificates of each
class (or the  principal  balance of the Notes of each  class)  entitled  to the
benefits thereof,  and may be subject to reduction or be limited as to duration,
all as described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  To the extent specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  amounts realized under a Credit Facility
supporting  any class of Securities may be used for the same purposes as amounts
on deposit in a Reserve Fund. A Credit Facility may be held by a Trustee as part
of the related  Trust or may be held by a collateral  agent or other third party
(who may be a Trustee acting in a different  capacity).  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will  contain a  description  of the  material  terms of any  Credit
Facility  and any  arrangement  pursuant  to which the Credit  Facility  is held
outside of the Trust and will state whether the Trust, the Seller,  the Servicer
or a third party will pay the fees of the provider of the Credit  Facility  (the
"Credit  Facility  Provider").  Such  Prospectus  Supplement  will also  contain
certain information  concerning the Credit Facility Provider,  which information
will have been provided to the Seller by the Credit Facility Provider for use in
such Prospectus  Supplement.  CIT, CITSF or an affiliate thereof may be a Credit
Facility Provider.

     If  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Credit  Facility,
rather than guaranteeing  distributions of particular  amounts to the holders of
Securities of particular  classes,  may instead guarantee certain collections on
the related Contract Pool.  These guaranteed  collections may be attributable to
all or a portion  of the  amounts  due on  Contracts  in  liquidation,  all or a
portion of the scheduled monthly payments due on the Contracts or other amounts.
The extent to which any such  collections are guaranteed under a Credit Facility
which  functions  in this manner  will be  described  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     Liquidity  Facility.  With respect to a series of  Securities,  one or more
classes may be entitled to the  benefit of one or more  purchase  agreements  or
other liquidity facilities (each, a "Liquidity Facility"), pursuant to which the
provider of such Liquidity  Facility (the  "Liquidity  Facility  Provider") will
provide  funds to be used to  purchase  some or all of such  Securities.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Liquidity Facility
will be held  outside  of the  Trust by a third  party  (which  may be a Trustee
acting in another capacity).  The related  Prospectus  Supplement will contain a
description  of the  material  terms  of any  such  Liquidity  Facility  and any
arrangement  pursuant to which it is held outside of the Trust, and will contain
certain   information   concerning  the  Liquidity  Facility   Provider,   which
information  will have been  provided  to the Seller by the  Liquidity  Facility
Provider  for use in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  CIT,  CITSF or an  affiliate
thereof  may be a  Liquidity  Facility  Provider.  If  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a Reserve  Fund or Credit  Facility may also serve as a
Liquidity Facility.


                                       47
<PAGE>

     Replacement.  If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Seller
may replace the  Enhancement  for any class of  Securities  with another form of
Enhancement without the consent of  Securityholders,  provided the Rating Agency
Condition is satisfied.

                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

Book-Entry Registration

     Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  persons
acquiring  beneficial  ownership interests in the Notes may hold their interests
through  DTC in the United  States or Cedel or  Euroclear  in Europe and persons
acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests in the  Certificates  may hold their
interests  through DTC.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  Securities  will be  registered  in the name of Cede as nominee for
DTC. Cedel and Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions with respect to the Notes
on  behalf  of Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers'  securities  accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's name on the
books of their respective depositories (collectively,  the "Depositories") which
in turn  will hold such  positions  in  customers'  securities  accounts  in the
Depositories' names on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code, and a
"clearing  agency"  registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  DTC accepts securities for deposit
from  its  participating  organizations  ("Participants")  and  facilitates  the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Participants in such
securities   through   electronic   book-entry   changes  in   accounts  of  its
Participants,   thereby   eliminating   the  need  for   physical   movement  of
certificates.  Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations.
Indirect  access to the DTC system is also  available  to others  such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly  ("Indirect
Participants").

     Security  Owners who are not  Participants  or  Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of Securities may do so
only through Participants or Indirect  Participants (unless and until Definitive
Securities  are  issued).   In  addition,   Security  Owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Securities  through DTC and its
Participants.  Under a book-entry format,  Security Owners will receive payments
after the related  Distribution  Date because such payments will be forwarded by
the  Trustees on the  Distribution  Date to Cede,  as nominee for DTC.  DTC will
forward such payments to its Participants  which thereafter will forward them to
Indirect  Participants  or  Security  Owners.  It is  anticipated  that the only
"Holder" or  "Securityholder,"  as such terms are used herein,  will be Cede, as
nominee of DTC.  Security  Owners  will not be  recognized  by the  Trustees  as
Securityholders,  as such term will be used,  in the Trust  Documents.  Security
Owners will only be permitted to exercise  the rights of  Securityholders  or to
communicate  with  other   Securityholders   indirectly   through  DTC  and  its
Participants  which in turn will  exercise  their rights  through DTC.  Security
Owners will not have access to the list of  Security  Owners of a series,  which
may impede the  ability  of  Security  Owners to  communicate  with each  other.
Security Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive  Definitive  Notes or
Definitive   Certificates   representing  their  respective   interests  in  the
Securities,  except  under the limited  circumstances  described  below and such
other  circumstances,  if any, as may be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance  with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Due to time zone  differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a  Participant  will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such securities
settled  during such  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
Cedel Participant on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as a
result of sales of  Securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  


                                       48
<PAGE>

Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  Cedel  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons directly or indirectly holding Notes
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depository;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadline  (European  time).  The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depository to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositories.

     With  respect  to any  series  of  Securities,  while  the  Securities  are
outstanding (except under the circumstances  described below),  under the rules,
regulations  and procedures  creating and affecting DTC and its operations  (the
"DTC  Rules"),   DTC  will  be  required  to  make  book-entry  transfers  among
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Notes and  Certificates
and will be required to receive and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  and
interest on the Securities.  Participants and Indirect  Participants  with which
Security  Owners have accounts with respect to the Securities  will be similarly
required to make book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf of their respective Security Owners.

     Since DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on behalf
of Indirect  Participants,  the ability of a Security  Owner to pledge  Notes or
Certificates  to persons or entities that do not  participate in the DTC system,
or otherwise take actions in respect of such  Securities,  may be limited due to
the  lack  of  physical  certificates  for  such  Securities.  Issuance  of  the
Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Securities in the
secondary market since certain potential  investors may be unwilling to purchase
Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

     Cedel is  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968 to  hold  securities  for its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described above.  The Euroclear System is operated by the Brussels,  Belgium
Office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems,  S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the
Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts  are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear  System on
behalf of dealers  and other  professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect
access to Euroclear  is also  available  to 


                                       49
<PAGE>

other firms that clear  through,  or maintain a custodial  relationship  with, a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in  Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and
Conditions  only on behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants  and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by its Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depository's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued,  Security Owners who are
not Participants may transfer  ownership of Notes and Certificates  only through
Participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  to  transfer  such  Notes and
Certificates,  by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC  for the  account  of the
purchasers of such Securities, which account is maintained with their respective
Participants.   Under  the  DTC  Rules  and  in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC
and the  accounts  of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the respective Participants will make debits or credits, as
the case may be,  on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing
Securities Owners.

     DTC has advised the Company that,  unless and until  Definitive  Securities
are issued,  DTC will take any action  permitted to be taken by a Securityholder
under the Trust  Documents only at the direction of one or more  Participants to
whose DTC accounts the  Securities are credited.  Additionally,  DTC has advised
the Company that it will take such actions with respect to specified percentages
of a  class  of the  Securities  only at the  direction  of  Participants  whose
holdings  include   principal  amounts  of  the  Securities  that  satisfy  such
percentages.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other principal
amounts of the Securities to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Participants whose holdings include such principal amounts.

     NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, CIT, ANY AFFILIATED OWNER, THE
OWNER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY  OR  OBLIGATION  TO  ANY  PARTICIPANTS,   CEDEL  PARTICIPANTS  OR
EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS  OR SECURITY  OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF
ANY RECORDS  MAINTAINED BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY  PARTICIPANT,  (2) THE
PAYMENT BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY  PARTICIPANT  OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY
SECURITY  OWNER IN  RESPECT OF THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF, OR  INTEREST  ON, THE
SECURITIES, (3) THE DELIVERY BY ANY PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL PARTICIPANT OR EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANT  OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY SECURITY  OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED
UNDER  THE  TERMS  OF THE  INDENTURE  OR THE  TRUST  DOCUMENTS  TO BE  GIVEN  TO
SECURITYHOLDERS OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.


                                       50
<PAGE>

Definitive Securities

     With respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes and  Certificates  will be issued in
fully  registered,   certificated  form  ("Definitive   Notes"  and  "Definitive
Certificates," respectively,  and together, "Definitive Securities") to Security
Owners or their  nominees,  rather than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the
Servicer  advises the Trustees in writing that DTC is no longer  willing or able
to discharge  properly its  responsibilities  as Depository  with respect to the
Securities and the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor,  (ii) the
Servicer,  at its option,  elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC
or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of Termination,
Note Owners or Certificate Owners  representing in the aggregate not less than a
majority of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes of a series or the
Certificate  Balance  of  the  Certificates  of  a  series  advise  DTC  through
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC
(or a successor  thereto) is no longer in the best  interest of such Note Owners
or Certificate Owners.

     Upon the  occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the related  Trustees  are  required to notify DTC of the
availability of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the global notes
and global certificates  representing the Notes and Certificates of a series and
instructions for re-registration,  the Trustees will issue the Notes of a series
as Definitive Notes and the Certificates of a series as Definitive Certificates,
and thereafter the Trustees will recognize the holders of such Definitive  Notes
and Definitive Certificates as Noteholders and Certificateholders, respectively,
under the Trust Documents ("Noteholders" and "Certificateholders"  respectively,
and together, "Securityholders" or "Holders").

     Unless   otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions  of principal  of the  Securities  and interest on the  Securities
thereafter  will  be  made  by the  related  Trustees  directly  to  Holders  in
accordance  with the  procedures  set forth  herein and in the Trust  Documents.
Distributions of principal and interest on each  Distribution  Date will be made
to Holders in whose  names the  Definitive  Securities  were  registered  on the
Record Date. Such  distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of
such Holder as it appears on the register  maintained  by such Trustees or other
person  appointed  pursuant  to the Trust  Documents.  The final  payment on any
Securities,  however,  will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note or  Certificate  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to Holders.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Definitive
Securities will be transferable  and  exchangeable at the offices of the related
Trustees.  No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but such Trustees may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

List of Securityholders

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if
Definitive  Certificates have been issued,  the related Owner Trustee will, upon
written  request  by  three  or  more   Certificateholders   or  by  holders  of
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance,  within
five Business Days after receipt of such request, afford such Certificateholders
access during normal  business  hours to the current list of  Certificateholders
for  purposes of  communicating  with other  Certificateholders  with respect to
their rights under the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents provided such
Certificateholders   (i)  state  that  they  wish  to  communicate   with  other
Certificateholders  with respect to their rights under the Purchase  Agreements,
the Trust Documents or the  Certificates  and (ii) provide the Owner Trustee and
the Servicer with a copy of the proposed communication.  The Purchase Agreements
and Trust  Documents  will not  provide  for the  holding of any annual or other
meetings of Certificateholders.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if
Definitive  Notes have been issued,  the Indenture  Trustee  will,  upon written
request by three or more Noteholders  within five Business Days after receipt of
such  request,  afford such  Noteholders  access  during  business  hours to the
current list of Noteholders for purposes of communicating with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture  provided such  Noteholders 


                                       51
<PAGE>

(i) state that they wish to communicate  with other  Noteholders with respect to
their rights under the Indenture and (ii) provide the Indenture  Trustee and the
Servicer  with a copy of the  proposed  communication.  The  Indenture  will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders.

Statements to Securityholders

     On each  Distribution  Date,  the Servicer  will prepare and provide to the
Trustees  a  statement,  to be  delivered  on  the  Distribution  Date  to  each
Securityholder. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the statement will set forth at least the following  information for the related
Due Period:

          (i) the amount of collections on the Contracts  during the immediately
     preceding Due Period;

          (ii) the Available Amount for payment of all amounts  distributable in
     respect of the Securities and the Servicer Payment;

          (iii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable  to  principal of the
     Notes (if applicable) and to the  Certificate  Balance of the  Certificates
     (if applicable), including any overdue principal;

          (iv) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

          (v) the Pool  Balance,  the Note Pool Factor (if  applicable)  and the
     Certificate  Pool Factor (if  applicable)  as of the end of the related Due
     Period;

          (vi) the Servicer Payment for such Distribution Date;

          (vii) the amount of Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable Payments, if
     any, on such date;

          (viii)  the  amount,  if  any,  withdrawn  from  any  Enhancement  (if
     applicable)  and  distributed to the  Securityholders  with respect to such
     Distribution Date;

          (ix) the amount available under any Enhancement (if applicable), after
     giving effect to any deposit to or  withdrawal  from the  Enhancement  with
     respect  to  such  Distribution  Date,  and  such  amount  expressed  as  a
     percentage of the Pool Balance;

          (x) the  aggregate  principal  balance  of all  Contracts  which  were
     delinquent 30, 60 and 90 days or more as of the last day of the related Due
     Period;

          (xi) the amount of investment  earnings,  net of losses and investment
     expenses, on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account;

          (xii)  during  the  Funding  Period,  if any,  the  amount of funds on
     deposit in the Pre-Funding Account;

          (xiii)  during the Funding  Period,  if any, the number and  aggregate
     principal balance of Subsequent Contracts;

          (xiv)  during the Funding  Period,  if any,  the number and  aggregate
     principal balance of Subsequent  Contracts purchased by the Trust since the
     preceding Distribution Date;

          (xv) during the Funding Period, if any, the amount, if any,  withdrawn
     from the Capitalized Interest Account, if any, to make payments of interest
     on the Securities;


                                       52
<PAGE>

          (xvi)  during the Funding  Period,  if any,  the amount  remaining  on
     deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account, if any;

          (xvii)  during the Funding  Period,  if any, the amount of  investment
     earnings,  net of losses and investment expenses,  on amounts on deposit in
     the Pre-Funding Account;

          (xviii)  during the Funding  Period,  if any, the amount of investment
     earnings,  net of losses and investment expenses,  on amounts on deposit in
     the Capitalized Interest Account, if any;

          (xix) on the Distribution  Date  immediately  following the end of the
     Funding  Period (or if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date on
     such  Distribution  Date),  if any,  the  aggregate  principal  amount  and
     percentage of each of the Notes,  if any, and  Certificates,  if any, which
     are being redeemed;

          (xx) the aggregate  principal  balance of all  Contracts  which became
     either "Defaulted  Contracts" or "Liquidated  Contracts" (as defined in the
     related  Prospectus  Supplement)  during  the  related  Due  Period (if the
     related Prospectus Supplement includes definitions of such term or terms);

          (xxi) the number and  aggregate  principal  amount of Contracts  which
     were prepaid, in part or in whole, during the related Due Period;

          (xxii) the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes (if
     applicable)  as of such  Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect  to any
     distributions thereon and reductions thereto on such Distribution Date);

          (xxiii)  the   Certificate   Balance  (if   applicable)   as  of  such
     Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to any  distributions  thereon and
     reductions thereto on such Distribution Date);

          (xxiv) the amount,  if any, by which the amount due to be  distributed
     to Noteholders  (if  applicable)  and  Certificateholders  (if  applicable)
     exceeds the actual amount  distributed on the related  Distribution Date to
     Noteholders  (if  applicable)  and   Certificateholders   (if  applicable),
     respectively;

          (xxv) if  applicable,  the amount of surplus to be  distributed to the
     Affiliated  Owner,  if any, after all payments have been made in respect of
     the Securities,  the Servicer Payment has been paid and all deposits to any
     Reserve Fund and payments to a Credit Facility Provider have been made;

          (xxvi) if applicable, the balance of the Paid-Ahead Account; and

          (xxvii)  such other  information  as may be  specified  in the related
     Prospectus Supplement.

     If a  Limited  Guarantee  is  issued  by CIT with  respect  to a series  of
Securities,  the  monthly and annual  reports  will  include a statement  to the
following effect: CIT is subject to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance  therewith,  files reports and other
information  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  As a result of the
limited guarantee by CIT,  information relating to CIT which is material will be
available through such reports and other information.

     Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, but
not later than the latest date permitted by law (where  applicable law specifies
such  date),  the  Trustee  will mail to each person who at any time during such
calendar year shall have been a Securityholder,  and received any payment on its
Security,  a statement  containing the relevant amounts described above for such
calendar year for the purposes of such  Securityholder's  preparation of federal
income tax returns. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

     Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates or Definitive  Notes are issued,
such reports with  respect to a series of  Securities  will be sent on behalf of
the  related  Trust to the  Trustees  and  Cede,  as  registered  holder  of the
Certificates and the Notes and the nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners and Note
Owners may receive copies of such reports upon written request,  together with a
certification  that they are Certificate  Owners or Note Owners, as the case may


                                       53
<PAGE>

be,  and  payment of  reproduction  and  postage  expenses  associated  with the
distribution of such reports,  from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee,
as  applicable.   See  "--Statements  to   Securityholders"   and  "--Book-Entry
Registration" above.

                 THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
following  summary  describes  certain  terms of the Purchase  Agreement and any
Subsequent Purchase Agreement (together, the "Purchase Agreements") and the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  any  Subsequent  Transfer  Agreements  and the Trust
Agreement  or the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  (collectively,  the "Trust
Documents").  Forms of the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents have been
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a
part.  CITSF will  provide a copy of such  agreements  (without  exhibits)  upon
request to a holder of  Securities  described  therein.  This  summary  does not
purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference  to, all of the  provisions of the Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust
Documents, and the following summary will be supplemented in whole or in part by
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Where this  summary  refers to  particular
provisions  or terms used in the Purchase  Agreements  or Trust  Documents,  the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

     On or prior to the  Closing  Date for a series  of  Securities  and on each
Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if any,  pursuant to the  Purchase  Agreement  or a
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  as the  case  may be,  between  CITSF  and the
Company, CITSF will sell and assign to the Company, without recourse, its entire
interest in and to the Initial Contracts and Subsequent Contracts, respectively,
including its security  interests in the related  Financed Boats. On the Closing
Date and each  Subsequent  Transfer Date, the Seller will sell and assign to the
Trust,  without  recourse,  all of its right,  title and  interest in and to the
Contracts,  including  its  security  interests in the  Financed  Boats.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  certain  of the
Contracts  will be purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY  before they are sold to the
Company.  The Company  established a Selling Trust in 1996,  and the Company and
its  affiliates  may in the  future  establish  one or more  additional  Selling
Trusts.  The Company has sold and assigned  Contracts  to the  existing  Selling
Trust,  without  recourse,  which the  Company  purchased  from  CITSF,  without
recourse (and which,  in some cases,  CITSF  purchased  from  CITCF-NY,  without
recourse).  In the future,  the Company may sell and assign  Contracts,  without
recourse,  to the  existing  Selling  Trust and one or more  additional  Selling
Trusts. The existing Selling Trust has funded its purchases of Contracts through
its issuance of securities  secured by a security  interest in the Contracts.  A
Selling Trust will make no  representations  with respect to its Contracts,  and
will have no obligations with respect to the Securities.

   
     Each Contract  will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to
the  relevant  Purchase   Agreement  and  the  Trust  Documents  (the  "List  of
Contracts")  which  includes,  among other things,  the Contract  Rate,  Initial
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance and date of the last scheduled  payment for each
Contract. The Owner Trustee or its designated agent will,  concurrently with the
sale and assignment of the Initial  Contracts to the Trust,  either (i) execute,
authenticate  and deliver  the  Securities  to the  Company in exchange  for the
Initial  Contracts  transferred  by the Company and/or the Selling Trsut (or the
Company on behalf of the  Company  and/or the  Selling  Trust) to the Trust,  in
which event the Company  and/or the Selling  Trust will sell all or a portion of
the Securities to the Underwriters or (ii) execute, authenticate and deliver the
Securities  to the  Underwriters  in  exchange  for the price  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and transfer to the Company and the Selling Trust
the respective prices for the Initial  Contracts  transferred by the Company and
the Selling Trust, respectively, to the Trust.
    

     CITSF  will  make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the  Trust
Documents  with  respect  to  each  Initial  Contract  as of the  Closing  Date,
including, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, that
(i) as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the most  recent  scheduled  payment  of
principal  and interest  was made by or on behalf of the related  Obligor or was
not delinquent more than sixty days,  unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement;  (ii) no provision of a Contract has been waived, altered
or modified in any respect,  except 


                                       54
<PAGE>

   
by instruments or documents  contained in the Contract File; (iii) each Contract
is a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  the  related  Obligor  and is
enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms  (except  as may be  limited by laws
affecting  creditors' rights generally);  (iv) no Contract is or will be subject
to any right of  rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim  or defense,  including the
defense  of  usury,  and,  to the  knowledge  of CITSF,  no such  right has been
asserted  with  respect to any  Contract;  (v) the  Obligor on each  Contract is
required to maintain  physical damage  insurance  covering the related  Financed
Boat in accordance with CITSF's normal  requirements or, if the related Financed
Boat is not so covered  by an  Obligor's  insurance,  it is covered by a blanket
insurance  policy  maintained  by CITSF or the  Servicer;  (vi) no Contract  was
originated  in or is  subject to the laws of any  jurisdiction  whose laws would
prohibit  (A) the  transfer of the  Contract to the Company  under the  Purchase
Agreements,  (B) the transfer of the Contract to the Trust pursuant to the Trust
Documents,  or (C) the  ownership  of the  Contracts  by the  Trust;  (vii) each
Contract complies with all requirements of law in all material respects;  (viii)
no Contract has been  satisfied,  subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded,
and no Financed Boat has been released from the security interest of the related
Contract in whole or in part; (ix) each Contract creates a valid and enforceable
first priority  security  interest in favor of CITSF,  CITCF-NY,  or the related
Dealer or financial  intermediary  in the Financed Boat covered  thereby  (which
security  interest,  if in favor of the  related  Dealer or  CITCF-NY,  has been
assigned to CITSF),  such  security  interest has been  assigned by CITSF to the
Company and by the Company to the Trust (and, if and to the extent  specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITSF to SPV,  from SPV to a Selling
Trust and from the Selling Trust to the Trust),  and all  necessary  action with
respect to such Contract has been taken to perfect the security  interest in the
related  Financed  Boat in favor of CITSF or  CITCF-NY;  (x) all parties to each
Contract had capacity to execute such Contract;  (xi) no Contract has been sold,
assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the  Company  (or by the
Company  (or,  if  and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  a Selling  Trust) to any person other than the Trust) and, prior to
the  transfer of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the Company and the transfer of the
Contracts  by the Company to the Trust (and,  if and to the extent  specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  by CITSF to SPV, by SPV to a Selling Trust
and by the Selling Trust to the Trust), CITSF or the Company,  respectively, had
good  and  marketable  title to each  Contract,  free  and  clear  of any  lien,
encumbrance,  equity, loan, pledge,  charge, claim or security interest, and was
the sole owner and had full right to transfer  such  Contract to the Company and
the Trust,  respectively;  (xii) as of the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  there was no
default,  breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under any Contract,
and no event which with notice and/or the expiration of any grace or cure period
would constitute a default,  breach,  violation or event permitting acceleration
under such Contract  (except for payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i)
above),  and CITSF has not  waived  any of the  foregoing  (except  for  payment
delinquencies  permitted  by clause  (i)  above);  (xiii)  there are no liens or
claims which have been filed for work,  labor or materials  affecting a Financed
Boat  securing  a  Contract,  which  are or may be  liens  prior  to or equal or
coordinate with the security interest of the Contract;  (xiv) each Contract is a
fully-amortizing loan with interest at the stated Contract Rate and provides for
level  payments  over the term of such  Contract;  (xv) each  Contract  contains
customary and  enforceable  provisions such as to render the rights and remedies
of the holder  thereof  adequate for  realization  against the collateral of the
benefits  of the  security  (except  as  may be  limited  by  creditors'  rights
generally);  (xvi) the  description  of each  Contract  set forth in the List of
Contracts  is true and  correct as of its date;  (xvii) no Obligor is the United
States of America or any state or any  agency,  department,  instrumentality  or
political  subdivision  thereof;  (xviii)  if the  Obligor  is in  the  military
(including  an  Obligor  who is a  member  of the  National  Guard  or is in the
reserves) and the Contract is subject to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act"), or the
California Military Reservist Relief Act of 1991 (the "Military Reservist Relief
Act"),  such  Obligor  has not  made a claim to CITSF  that  (A) the  amount  of
interest on the Contract  should be limited to 6% pursuant to the  Soldiers' and
Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act during the  period of such  Obligor's  active  duty
status,  or (B)  payments  on the  Contract  should be delayed  pursuant  to the
Military  Reservist  Relief  Act,  in either  case  unless a court  has  ordered
otherwise upon application of CITSF;  (xix) there is only one original  executed
copy of each Contract,  which,  immediately  prior to the execution of the Trust
Documents,  was in the possession of CITSF; (xx) the Contract is "chattel paper"
as defined in the New Jersey UCC;  (xxi) the Contract  satisfies  the  selection
criteria  set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (xxii)  all of the
right,  title and interest of CITSF,  the Company and, if  applicable,  CITCF-NY
(and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Selling Trust), in the Contract has been validly sold,  transferred and assigned
to the Trust and all filings  necessary  to  evidence  such sale,  transfer  and
conveyance  have been made in all  appropriate  jurisdictions;  and  (xxiii)  no
adverse selection  procedure was utilized in selecting the Contracts for sale by
CITSF to the Company (and, if to the extent specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, by CITSF to SPV or by SPV to a Selling Trust).
    


                                       55
<PAGE>

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will require CITSF to make on each  Subsequent  Transfer Date the same
representations  and  warranties  with  respect  to each  individual  Subsequent
Contract as it is required to make with respect to each Initial Contract sold to
the Trust except that each such  representation and warranty shall be made as of
the Subsequent Cut-off Date relating to such Subsequent  Contract.  In addition,
no Subsequent  Contract will be sold to the Trust on a Subsequent  Transfer Date
unless such Subsequent  Contract satisfies the criteria described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Subsequent  Financed Boats will consist of new and used boats,
boat motors and boat trailers.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  under the
terms of the Trust Documents and subject to certain conditions  specified in the
Trust  Documents,  CITSF will be obligated to repurchase  from the Trust for the
Purchase  Price (as defined below) any Contract (a  "Repurchased  Contract") not
later than ninety days after CITSF  becomes  aware,  or  eighty-five  days after
CITSF's receipt of written notice from a Trustee or the Servicer, of a breach of
any  representation  or warranty by CITSF in the Trust Documents that materially
and adversely  affects the Trust's  interest in such Contract if such breach has
not been cured.  CITSF shall effect such repurchase from the Trust by depositing
the Purchase  Price for such Contract in the  Collection  Account on the Deposit
Date immediately  following the determination  that such Purchase Price is owed.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Purchase
Price" for any Contract will be the remaining  principal  amount  outstanding on
such Contract on the date of repurchase,  plus thirty days' interest  thereon at
the Contract Rate on the Contract,  and (ii) accrued and unpaid  Servicing  Fees
thereon  at the  Servicing  Fee Rate to the date of such  repurchase.  Upon such
repurchase,  the Trust  shall  transfer  all right,  title and  interest  in the
Contract to CITSF, free and clear of the lien of the applicable Trust Documents.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this repurchase
obligation   constitutes  the  sole  remedy  available  to  the  Trust  and  the
Securityholders  for a breach of a  representation  and warranty under the Trust
Documents  with  respect  to the  Contracts  (but not with  respect to any other
breach by CITSF of its obligations under the Trust Documents).

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, CITSF, the
Company and the Trust will treat each of the  transfers  of the  Contracts  from
CITSF to the Company and from the Company (and,  if and to the extent  specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the Trust as a sale.
As a result  of the sale of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the
Company  (and,  if  and to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the Trust,  the Contracts should not be part of
the assets of either  CITSF or the Company and should not be  available to their
respective  creditors.  However,  in the event of the insolvency of CITSF or the
Company,  it is possible that a trustee in  bankruptcy,  conservator or receiver
for, or a creditor of, CITSF or the Company, as the case may be, may assert that
the  transaction  between  CITSF and the Company or between the Company (and, if
and to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling
Trust)  and the  Trust,  as the case may be,  was a pledge of the  Contracts  to
secure a loan,  rather  than a true sale.  This  position,  if  asserted,  could
prevent  timely receipt by the Trust of payments of amounts due on the Contracts
and, if accepted by a court, may result in delays or reductions in distributions
of principal and interest on the Securities.  Since the Contracts will remain in
CITSF's  possession  and will not be stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect the
sale and assignment to the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Contracts could be
defeated if a  subsequent  purchaser  were to take  physical  possession  of the
Contracts  without  knowledge of the sale and  assignment.  See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Contracts."

     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the terms of the sale of
some or all of the Contracts  from CITSF or the Seller or a Selling Trust or any
of them to the  related  Trust may  provide  for the  retention  by CITSF or the
Seller or such  Selling  Trust,  as the case may be,  of the right to  receive a
portion of the interest accruing thereon (the "Retained Yield").

Custody of Contract Files

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  to reduce
administrative  costs, each Trust will appoint CITSF as initial custodian of the
Contracts. Prior to the appointment of any custodian other than CITSF, the Trust
and such  proposed  successor  custodian  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  shall  enter  into a  


                                       56
<PAGE>

custodian  agreement  pursuant to which such  successor  custodian will agree to
hold the  Contract  Files on behalf of the  related  Trust.  Any such  custodian
agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Trust  on  thirty  days'  notice  to such
successor custodian.

   
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  to
facilitate servicing and reduce  administrative costs, the documents will not be
physically  segregated  from  other  similar  documents  which  are  in  CITSF's
possession.  UCC financing  statements  will be filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma
reflecting the sale and  assignment of the Contracts to the Owner  Trustee,  and
CITSF's  accounting records and computer systems will also reflect such sale and
assignment. The Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect the
transfer  of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the Company to the
Trust (and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
by CITSF to SPV,  by SPV to a  Selling  Trust  and by the  Selling  Trust to the
Trust),  and will not be segregated from the other installment sale contracts of
CITSF.  The Obligors under the Contracts will not be notified of the transfer of
the  Contracts  to the  Company or to the Trust.  If,  through  inadvertence  or
otherwise,  any of the  Contracts  were sold to  another  party  (or a  security
interest  therein were granted to another  party) that  purchased  (or took such
security  interest  in) any of such  Contracts  in the  ordinary  course  of its
business and took possession of such Contracts, the purchaser (or secured party)
would  acquire an interest  in the  Contracts  superior  to the  interest of the
related Trust if the purchaser (or secured  party)  acquired (or took a security
interest in) the  Contracts for new value and without  actual  knowledge of such
Trust's interest. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."
    

Accounts

     For each Trust, the Servicer will establish and maintain with a Trustee one
or more accounts,  in the name of such Trustee on behalf of the  Securityholders
(the  "Collection  Account"),  into which all  payments  made (after the Initial
Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as applicable) on or with respect
to the Contracts in the related Contract Pool will be deposited by the Servicer.
See "--Collections." The Servicer will establish and maintain with a Trustee (or
its  designated  agent) an account in the name of such  Trustee on behalf of the
Certificateholders,  if any,  into which amounts  released  from the  Collection
Account  and any  Enhancement  for  payment  to the  Certificateholders  will be
deposited and from which  distributions to the  Certificateholders  will be made
(the  "Certificate  Distribution  Account").  The Servicer  will  establish  and
maintain with the Indenture  Trustee (or its designated agent) an account in the
name of the Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders,  if any, into which
amounts  released  from the  Collection  Account  and from any  Enhancement  for
payment to the Noteholders will be deposited and from which distributions to the
Noteholders  will be made (the  "Note  Distribution  Account").  If the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  provides  that the Contract  Pool  contains  Precomputed
Contracts,  the Servicer  will  establish  and  maintain  with a Trustee (or its
designated  agent)  an  account  in the name of such  Trustee  on  behalf of the
Securityholders,  into  which  early  payments  by or on behalf of  Obligors  on
Precomputed   Contracts  which  do  not  constitute  scheduled  payments,   full
prepayments  or certain  partial  prepayments  that result in a reduction  of an
Obligor's periodic payment below the scheduled payment as of the Initial Cut-off
Date or  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  as the case may be, will be deposited  (the
"Paid-Ahead Account").

     Amounts  held in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and in such other
accounts as may be specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will not be
available to make payments of amounts due on the Notes,  if any, and will not be
pledged to the Indenture Trustee as collateral security for the Notes.

     Each Account will be an Eligible Account maintained with the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and/or other depository  institutions.  "Eligible Account"
means  any  account  which  is  (i)  an  account  maintained  with  an  Eligible
Institution; (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured
by either the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund of
the FDIC; (iii) a "segregated trust account" maintained with the corporate trust
department  of a federal  or state  chartered  depository  institution  or trust
company with trust powers and acting in its  fiduciary  capacity for the benefit
of a Trustee,  which  depository  institution  or trust  company has capital and
surplus (or, if such depository  institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank  holding  company  system,  the capital  and surplus of the bank  holding
company) of not less than  $50,000,000  and the  securities  of such  depository
institution  (or,  if such  depository  institution  is a  subsidiary  of a bank
holding  company  system and such  


                                       57
<PAGE>

depository  institution's  securities are not rated,  the securities of the bank
holding  company)  have a credit  rating from each  Rating  Agency in one of its
generic credit rating  categories which signifies  investment  grade; or (iv) an
account  that will not cause any Rating  Agency to  downgrade  or  withdraw  its
then-current  rating assigned to the Securities of such series,  as confirmed in
writing by each  Rating  Agency.  "Eligible  Institution"  means any  depository
institution  organized  under the laws of the United  States or any  state,  the
deposits of which are insured to the full  extent  permitted  by law by the Bank
Insurance  Fund  (currently   administered  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation),  whose  short-term  deposits  have  been  rated  in one of the two
highest  rating  categories or such other rating  category as will not adversely
affect the ratings assigned to the Securities of such series.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all
amounts held in each of the accounts  established by the Servicer on behalf of a
Trust shall be invested in Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the
Business  Day  preceding  the  Distribution  Date  next  succeeding  the date of
investment. "Eligible Investments" are limited to investments,  specified in the
applicable Trust  Documents,  which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency from
time to  time  as  being  consistent  with  their  then-current  ratings  of the
Securities. Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account,
Paid-Ahead  Account,  if any,  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  if any, Note
Distribution  Account,  if any,  and any  cash  collateral  account  will not be
available to make payments on the Securities,  unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer will make  reasonable  efforts,  consistent with the customary
servicing  practices  and  procedures  employed by the Servicer  with respect to
Contracts  owned or serviced by it, to collect all  payments due with respect to
the  Contracts  and,  in a manner  consistent  with the  Trust  Documents,  will
continue  such normal  collection  practices  and  procedures as it follows with
respect to comparable  marine  installment  sale  contracts that it services for
itself and others.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts."  The Servicer
may sell the related Financed Boat securing a defaulted  Contract at a public or
private sale, or take any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Certain
Legal  Aspects of the  Contracts."  The  proceeds  of such  realization  (net of
expenses) will be deposited in the Collection Account.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  shall  keep in force  throughout  the term of the  Trust  Documents  a
fidelity bond.  Such fidelity bond shall have such  deductibles,  and be in such
form and  amount  as is  generally  customary  among  persons  which  service  a
portfolio  of  marine  contracts   having  an  aggregate   principal  amount  of
$100,000,000 or more and which are generally regarded as servicers acceptable to
institutional investors.

Purchase by the Servicer

     A breach of certain  covenants made by the Servicer in the Trust  Documents
that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest in any Contract will
require the Servicer to purchase  such Contract for the Purchase  Price,  unless
such breach is cured within the period specified in the Trust Documents.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  such covenants will
obligate the Servicer not to, except as permitted by the Trust  Documents and in
accordance  with the terms of such Contract and  applicable  law (i) release the
Financed Boat securing such Contract from the security  interest granted by such
Contract,  (ii)  impair  the  rights of the Trust in such  Contract  or take any
action inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of such Contract,  (iii) increase
the number of payments under such Contract, nor increase the principal amount of
such  Contract  which is used to  finance  the  purchase  price  of the  related
Financed Boat, nor extend or forgive payments on such Contract, and (iv) fail to
comply with the provisions of any insurance  policy  covering such Contract,  if
the failure to comply would impair the  protection  or benefit to be afforded by
such insurance policy.


                                       58
<PAGE>

Modification of Contracts

     Consistent  with its  customary  servicing  practices and  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to defer,  reschedule,
extend or modify the payment  schedule of a Contract or  otherwise to modify the
terms of a Contract  provided that (i) the maturity of such  Contract  would not
extend  beyond  the  180th  day  prior  to  the   Certificate   Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date and  (ii)  the  deferral,  rescheduling,  extension  or other
modification of the terms of the Contract would not constitute a cancellation of
such  Contract and the  creation of a new  installment  sale  contract or direct
loan. The Servicer may, in accordance with its customary  servicing  procedures,
in its good  faith  judgment,  waive any Late  Fees that may be due and  payable
under any  Contract.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  connection  with the
settlement by the Servicer of a defaulted  Contract,  the Servicer may forgive a
portion of such Contract if in its discretion it believes that the acceptance of
the  settlement  proceeds  from the related  Obligor would result in the Trust's
receiving a greater amount of collections than the Net Liquidation  Proceed that
would result from repossessing and liquidating the related Financed Boat.

Removal of Contracts

     Except  as  otherwise   specified  herein  or  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  neither the Seller nor the  Servicer  will have the right to remove
any  Contracts  from the  Contract  Pool  after the  Closing  Date.  In  certain
circumstances,  CITSF or the Servicer may have the obligation to repurchase,  or
CITSF may have the option to purchase,  a Contract from the Trust,  but all such
repurchases or purchases will be made at the Purchase Price.

Paid-Ahead Precomputed Contracts

     Early  payments  by or on  behalf of  Obligors  on  Paid-Ahead  Precomputed
Contracts  which do not constitute  scheduled  payments,  full  prepayments,  or
certain partial prepayments that result in a reduction of the Obligor's periodic
payment below the scheduled payment as of the Initial Cut-off Date or Subsequent
Cut-off Date, as the case may be, will be deposited into the Paid-Ahead  Account
until  such time as the  paid-ahead  payment  becomes  due.  Until  such time as
payments are transferred from the Paid-Ahead Account to the Collection  Account,
they will not constitute  collected interest or collected principal and will not
be available for distribution to the Securityholders. Unless otherwise specified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  paid-ahead  amounts  with  respect  to
Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts  may be  retained by the  Servicer  until the
applicable  Deposit  Date so long as the  requirements  for monthly  deposits as
described under "ACollections" are met.

Servicing Compensation

     With  respect  to each  series  of the  Securities,  the  Servicer  will be
entitled to receive,  out of collections  on the  Contracts,  a monthly fee (the
"Servicing  Fee") for each Due  Period,  payable on the  following  Distribution
Date, equal, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, to
the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of the product of the  percentage  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Servicing Fee Rate") and the Pool Balance as
of the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date) and (ii) any  investment
earnings  (net of  investment  expenses and losses) on amounts on deposit in the
Collection  Account,  the  Paid-Ahead  Account,  if any,  the Note  Distribution
Account,  if any, and the Certificate  Distribution  Account,  if any; provided,
however, that the Servicing Fee Rate applicable to a Trust may be increased to a
rate (or maximum rate) specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement if CITSF
or an affiliate  thereof is not the  Servicer.  Payments to the Servicer of such
amounts will  compensate  the Servicer for  performing  the functions of a third
party  servicer  of  marine  contracts  as an  agent  for the  Trust,  including
collecting  and posting all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of  Obligors,
investigating  delinquencies,   reporting  federal  income  tax  information  to
Obligors, monitoring the collateral in cases of Obligor default and handling the
foreclosure or other  liquidation of the Financed Boat in appropriate  instances
(subject to  reimbursement  of its  expenses  incurred in  connection  with such
foreclosure, liquidation or other realization on the Contracts).


                                       59
<PAGE>

     The Servicing Fee also will compensate the Servicer for  administering  the
Contracts,  including  reimbursing the Servicer for accounting for  collections,
furnishing  monthly and annual  statements  to the Owner Trustee with respect to
distributions and generating  federal income tax information.  The Servicing Fee
also will compensate the Servicer for accounting fees,  outside auditor fees and
data processing  costs incurred in connection with  administering  and servicing
the Contracts.

Collections

     With respect to each series of the  Securities,  the Servicer  will deposit
all payments on or with respect to the  Contracts  and all proceeds of Contracts
collected during each Due Period into the Collection  Account or the Paid- Ahead
Account,  as  applicable,  not  later  than two  Business  Days  after  receipt.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer may make such deposits into the Collection
Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account,  as applicable,  monthly on the Deposit Date
following the last day of each Due Period, provided that (i) the Servicer or the
direct or indirect  parent of the Servicer has and  maintains a short-term  debt
rating of at least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group (if it is a Rating
Agency for the series of  Securities),  and a short-term debt rating of at least
"P-1" by  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  (if it is a Rating  Agency for the
series of Securities) (the "Required  Servicer  Ratings"),  or (ii) the Servicer
obtains a letter of credit,  surety  bond or  insurance  policy  (the  "Servicer
Letter of Credit") as will be provided for in the related Trust Documents, under
which  demands for payment may be made to secure  timely  remittance  of monthly
collections to the Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account, as applicable,
and, in the case of clause (ii) above,  the Trustees are provided  with a letter
from each Rating Agency to the effect that the  utilization of such  alternative
remittance schedule will not result in a qualification,  reduction or withdrawal
of its then-current rating of the Securities. As of the date of this Prospectus,
CITSF,  as Servicer,  will be permitted to remit  collections  to the Collection
Account and the Paid-Ahead Account, as applicable,  on a monthly basis by virtue
of clause  (i)  above.  In the event  that the  Servicer  is  permitted  to make
remittances of collections to the Collection Account and the Paid-Ahead Account,
if any, on a monthly basis pursuant to  satisfaction  of clause (ii) above,  the
Trust Documents will be modified,  to the extent necessary,  without the consent
of any  Securityholder.  Pending  such a  monthly  deposit  into the  Collection
Account and the Paid-Ahead Account, if any,  collections on the Contracts may be
invested by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and will not be
segregated from its own funds. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Commingling."

     CITSF or the  Servicer,  as the  case  may be,  will  remit  the  aggregate
Purchase  Price  of any  Contracts  to be  purchased  from  the  Trust  into the
Collection Account on or before the next succeeding Deposit Date.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  will not be  required  to  deposit  in the  Collection  Account or the
Paid-Ahead   Account,   as  applicable,   amounts   relating  to  the  Contracts
attributable  to the  following:  (a)  amounts  received  with  respect  to each
Contract (or property  acquired in respect  thereof) which has been purchased by
CITSF or the  Servicer  pursuant  to the  Trust  Documents,  (b) net  investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Collection  Account,  the Paid-Ahead Account,
if any, the Note Distribution Account, if any, and the Certificate  Distribution
Account,  if any,  (c) amounts to be  reimbursed  to the  Servicer in respect of
nonrecoverable Monthly Advances, (d) amounts received in respect of the amounts,
if any, of insurance premiums added to the principal balance of a Contract after
the Initial  Cut-off Date for each such Initial  Contract,  or after the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date for each such Subsequent Contract,  (e) amounts received
as liquidation proceeds, to the extent the Servicer is entitled to reimbursement
of  liquidation  expenses  related  thereto,  and (f)  repossession  profits  on
liquidated Contracts.

Monthly Advances

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to each Contract as to which there has been a Payment  Shortfall  during
the related Due Period,  the Servicer  shall advance funds in the amount of such
Payment Shortfall (each, a "Monthly  Advance"),  but only to the extent that the
Servicer,  in its good faith  judgment,  expects to recover such Monthly Advance
from subsequent collections on such Contract made by or on behalf of the obligor
thereunder  (the  "Obligor")  (but  only  to the  extent  of  expected  interest
collections in the case of


                                       60
<PAGE>

a Simple  Interest  Contract),  or from net  liquidation  proceeds or  insurance
proceeds with respect to such Contract. The Servicer shall be reimbursed for any
Monthly Advance from subsequent  collections  with respect to such Contract.  If
the Servicer determines in its good faith judgment that an unreimbursed  Monthly
Advance shall not ultimately be recoverable from such collections,  the Servicer
shall be reimbursed for such Monthly Advance from  collections on all Contracts.
In  determining  whether an advance is or will be  nonrecoverable,  the Servicer
need not take into  account  that it might  receive any amounts in a  deficiency
judgment.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
Servicer  will  not make a  Monthly  Advance  in  respect  of (i) the  principal
component  of any  scheduled  payment on a Simple  Interest  Contract  or (ii) a
Payment  Shortfall  arising  from a Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or
which has been subject to a Relief Act Reduction during the related Due Period.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  "Payment
Shortfall"  means (i) with  respect  to any  Simple  Interest  Contract  and any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess of (A) the  product of (1)  one-twelfth  of the
Contract Rate of such Contract and (2) the outstanding  principal amount of such
Contract as of the last day of the second  preceding Due Period (or, in the case
of the first Due Period  ending  after the  Contract was acquired by the related
Trust,  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the
case may be) over (B) the amount of interest, if any, collected on such Contract
during the related Due Period and (ii) with respect to any Precomputed  Contract
and any Distribution  Date, the excess of (A) the scheduled  payment due on such
Contract  during the related Due Period,  over (B) the amount  collected on such
Contract  (including  any amounts  allocated  from the  Paid-Ahead  Account with
respect to such Due Period) during the related Due Period.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer will remit any Monthly Advance with respect to each Due Period into the
Collection Account not later than the Deposit Date following the Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payment

     When a payment of principal  is made on or in respect of a Simple  Interest
Contract, interest is paid on the unpaid principal balance of such Contract only
to the date of such  payment.  If and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  with respect to each Contract as to which there has been
a Payment  Shortfall  with respect to interest in the related Due Period arising
from either a prepayment  in full of such  Contract or a Relief Act Reduction in
respect of such  Contract  during  such Due  Period,  the Trust  Documents  will
require the Servicer to deposit into the Collection  Account on the Business Day
immediately  preceding the  following  Distribution  Date,  without the right of
subsequent  reimbursement,   an  amount  equal  to  such  Payment  Shortfall  (a
"Non-Reimbursable  Payment").  If the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  does not
specify that the Servicer will make Non-Reimbursable Payments, the Servicer will
not be obligated to make such payments with respect to the Trust.

Distributions

     With  respect to each Trust,  on or before  each  Determination  Date,  the
Servicer  will make a  determination  and inform the  Trustees of the  following
amounts with respect to the  preceding Due Period:  (i) the aggregate  amount of
collections on the Contracts;  (ii) the aggregate  amount of Monthly Advances to
be remitted by the  Servicer (if any);  (iii) the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of
Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer (if any); (iv) if applicable,
the aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on
the related  Distribution  Date; (v) if applicable,  the aggregate  amount to be
distributed  as  principal  and  interest  on the  Certificates  on the  related
Distribution  Date;  (vi) the  Servicing  Fee;  (vii)  the  aggregate  amount of
Non-Reimbursable  Payments (if any); (viii) the amounts required to be withdrawn
from the Enhancement (if any) for such Distribution  Date; (ix) the amount which
is payable to the provider of the Enhancement  (if any) or the Affiliated  Owner
(if any); (x) the amounts to be deposited into the accounts established pursuant
to the Trust Documents;  and (xi) the aggregate  amount of unreimbursed  Monthly
Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer (if any).

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Available  Amount" with respect to each Trust on any Distribution Date is equal
to the excess of (A) the sum of (i) all  amounts  on  deposit in the  Collection


                                       61
<PAGE>

Account  attributable  to  collections  or  deposits  made  in  respect  of such
Contracts (including any late fees, prepayment charges,  extension fees or other
administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to
the Contracts  ("Late Fees")) during the Due Period  preceding the  Distribution
Date,  and (ii) the Purchase  Price for any Contract  repurchased  by CITSF as a
result of breaches of certain representations and warranties or purchased by the
Servicer as a result of breaches of certain  covenants and any Monthly  Advances
and any Non-Reimbursable  Payments made by the Servicer, if such Purchase Price,
Monthly Advance or  Non-Reimbursable  Payment is paid on or prior to the Deposit
Date  immediately  preceding  such  Distribution  Date,  over (B) the sum of the
following amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already withheld such
amounts from  collections on the  Contracts):  (i) any  repossession  profits on
liquidated  Contracts,  Liquidation Expenses (as defined in the Trust Documents)
incurred and taxes and insurance advanced by the Servicer in respect of Financed
Boats that are reimbursable to the Servicer under the Trust Documents;  (ii) any
amounts  incorrectly  deposited  in the  Collection  Account;  (iii) any amounts
deposited in the Paid-Ahead Account, if any, during the related Due Period; (iv)
net  investment  earnings  on  the  funds  in the  Collection  Account  and  the
Paid-Ahead  Account, if any; and (v) any other amounts permitted to be withdrawn
from the Collection Account and the Paid-Ahead  Account, if any, by the Servicer
(or to be retained by the Servicer from  collections on the Contracts)  pursuant
to the Trust Documents.

     With respect to each Trust, beginning on the Distribution Date specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions of principal and interest (or,
where  applicable,  of principal or interest  only) on each class of  Securities
entitled thereto will be made by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,  as
applicable, to the Certificateholders, if any, and the Noteholders, if any, from
the  Available  Amount.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Servicing Fee and any additional servicing compensation will be
paid from the Available Amount prior to  distributions  to the  Securityholders.
The  timing,   calculation,   allocation,   order,  source,  priorities  of  and
requirements for all distributions to each class of Certificateholders,  if any,
and all payments to each class of Noteholders,  if any, will be set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Net Deposits

     Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as an
administrative  convenience,  the Servicer will be permitted to make deposits of
collections,  Monthly  Advances,  Non-Reimbursable  Payments  and the  aggregate
Purchase  Price of  Contracts  for,  or with  respect  to, a Due  Period  net of
distributions  to be made to the  Servicer  with  respect  to  such  Due  Period
(including,   without   limitation,   the  Servicing   Fee,   reimbursement   of
nonrecoverable  Monthly Advances and amounts to be deducted in the definition of
"Available  Amount"  set forth under  "--Distributions"  above).  The  Servicer,
however,  will account to the Trustees and to the Securityholders as if all such
deposits  and  distributions  were made on an  aggregate  basis for each type of
payment or deposit.

Statements to Trustees and Trust

     Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on or
before each Determination  Date, the Servicer will provide to the Trustees,  any
paying  agent and the  Affiliated  Owner (if any) as of the close of business on
the  last  day  of  the  preceding  Due  Period,   a  statement   setting  forth
substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic
reports provided to Securityholders  described above under "Certain  Information
Regarding The  Securities--Statements to Securityholders." Each such report will
be  accompanied  by a  statement  from an  appropriate  officer of the  Servicer
certifying  the  accuracy of such report and stating  that the  Servicer has not
defaulted in the performance of its  obligations  under the Trust Documents (or,
if such default has occurred, describing each such default).

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents  will require  that on or before  March 31 of each year,  the Servicer
will deliver to the Owner  Trustee a report of  independent  public  accountants
which  opines on, at a  minimum,  the  servicing  entity's  compliance  with the
minimum servicing  standards set forth in the Uniform Single Attestation Program
for Mortgage  Bankers (in accordance with the 1995 revisions made thereto).  The
Trust  Documents  will require that such  examination  and report of independent
public  accountants be prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in
the Uniform Single Attestation  Program for Mortgage Bankers (in accordance with
the 1995 revisions made thereto).


                                       62
<PAGE>

     The Servicer, on request of the Trustees, will furnish to the Trustees such
reasonably pertinent underlying data on the Contracts as can be generated by the
Servicer's  existing  data  processing  system  without  undue  modification  or
expense.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will provide that the Servicer may not resign from its obligations and
duties as Servicer  thereunder,  except upon a determination that the Servicer's
performance of such duties is no longer  permissible  under applicable law. Such
resignation  will not become  effective  until the Owner  Trustee or a successor
Servicer has assumed the Servicer's  servicing  obligations and duties under the
Trust Documents.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will further provide that neither the Servicer nor the Company nor any
of their shareholders,  affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees and agents
shall be under any liability to the Trustees,  the Trust or the  Securityholders
for taking any action or for refraining  from taking any action  pursuant to the
Trust Documents or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither the
Servicer  nor any such person will be  protected  against  any  liability  which
otherwise would be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the  performance  of duties or by reason or reckless  disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder.  In addition,  unless otherwise  specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust  Documents will provide that the
Servicer  is under no  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute  or defend any legal
action which  arises under the Trust  Documents  and that,  in its opinion,  may
cause it to incur any expense or liability. The Servicer may, however, undertake
any reasonable  action that it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of the
Trust  Documents  and the  rights  and  duties of the  parties  thereto  and the
interests of the Securityholders  thereunder.  In the event that the Servicer or
the Company,  in its discretion,  undertakes any action which it deems necessary
or desirable in connection  with its rights and duties under the Trust Documents
or the interests of the Securityholders thereunder, the legal expenses and costs
of such action and any liability resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and
liabilities  of the Trust,  and the Servicer and the Company will be entitled to
be reimbursed therefor out of the Collection Account.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any
corporation   or  other  entity  into  which  the  Servicer  may  be  merged  or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  or other entity  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any corporation
or other entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer, which corporation or
other entity assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of
the Servicer under the Trust Documents.

     The Servicer may sell, transfer, assign or convey its rights as Servicer to
any entity qualified to act as servicer under the Trust Documents,  upon written
notice to the  Trustees  and the Rating  Agencies,  without  the  consent of the
Securityholders, provided that the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Physical Damage Insurance

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  may,  but will not be  obligated  to,  enforce  its  rights  under the
Contracts  to require the Obligors to maintain  physical  damage  insurance,  in
accordance with the Servicer's  customary  practices and procedures with respect
to comparable new or used boats financed by installment  sale contracts or loans
that it services for itself or others. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  if an Obligor  fails to maintain  such  insurance,  the
Servicer  will not be obligated to obtain such  physical  damage  insurance  and
advance such  premiums  for such  insurance  on behalf of such  Obligor.  If the
Servicer  obtains such physical damage  insurance and advances such premiums for
such insurance on behalf of such Obligor,  such  insurance  policy will name the
Servicer as an additional  insured and loss payee (such insurance being referred
to herein as  "Force-Placed  Insurance").  Such  Force-Placed  Insurance and any
commissions or finance charges collected by the Servicer in connection therewith
shall be, to the  extent  permitted  by law,  in an  amount in  accordance  with
customary  servicing  practices  and  procedures,  but in no event in an  amount
greater than the outstanding  principal  balance of the related  Contract or, if
such insurance  also covers the interest of the related  


                                       63
<PAGE>

Obligor in the Financed  Boat,  no greater  than the greater of the  outstanding
principal balance of the related Contract and the value of the Financed Boat, or
such lesser amount  permitted by applicable  law. The Servicer shall be required
to  disclose  to the  related  Obligor  all  information  with  respect  to such
Force-Placed   Insurance,   commissions  and  finance  charges  as  required  by
applicable law.

     The  Servicer  does  not,  under  its  customary  servicing  practices  and
procedures,  obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance  when the principal  balance of the
related  Contract  falls below the level or levels  periodically  established in
accordance with such customary servicing practices and procedures. In accordance
with such  customary  servicing  practices  and  procedures,  the  Servicer  may
periodically  readjust such levels,  suspend  Force-Placed  Insurance or arrange
other  methods of protection  of the Financed  Boats that it deems  necessary or
advisable,  provided  that the  Servicer  determines  that such  actions  do not
materially and adversely affect the interests of the Securityholders.

     The  Servicer  may  elect to make  advances  ("Insurance  Advances")  to an
Obligor to finance  insurance  premiums  related to the Financed  Boat. Any such
Insurance Advances may be secured by the related Financed Boat.

     Any  portion  of  the  principal  balance  of a  Contract  attributable  to
Insurance  Advances or premiums for  Force-Placed  Insurance  acquired after the
Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be, will
not be owned by the Trust, and amounts  allocable  thereto will not be available
for distribution in respect of the Securities.  Unless  otherwise  designated by
the  Obligor,  the  Servicer  will not  allocate  payments by the Obligor to pay
Insurance  Advances or  Force-Placed  Insurance  premiums added to the Contracts
after the Initial  Cut-off Date or Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be,
if any amount of principal or interest is due but unpaid on the  Contracts.  The
Servicer  shall not  deposit  payments  posted  with  respect to such  Insurance
Advances or Force-Placed  Insurance in the Collection  Account and shall instead
promptly  pay such  amounts to an account of the  Servicer  maintained  for that
purpose. In the event that an Obligor under a Contract with respect to which the
Servicer has made Insurance  Advances or obtained  Force-Placed  Insurance makes
scheduled  payments under the Contract,  but fails to make scheduled payments of
such Insurance  Advances or Force-Placed  Insurance as due, and the Servicer has
determined that eventual  payment of such amount is unlikely,  the Servicer may,
but shall  not be  required  to,  take any  action  available  to it,  including
determining  that  the  related  Contract  is a  defaulted  Contract;  provided,
however,  that any net liquidation  proceeds with respect to such Contract shall
be applied first to the accrued and unpaid  interest at the Contract Rate,  then
to the principal amount outstanding,  and the remainder, if any, to repayment of
any such  Insurance  Advances or  Force-Placed  Insurance  premiums added to the
Initial Contracts after the Initial Cut-off Date or to any Subsequent  Contracts
after the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

Event of Termination

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  an "Event
of Termination" under the Trust Documents will consist of (i) any failure by the
Servicer to make any deposit into an account required to be made under the Trust
Documents  which failure  continues  unremedied for five (5) Business Days after
the Servicer  becomes aware that such deposit was required;  (ii) any failure by
the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its
covenants or agreements in the Trust  Documents  (other than those  described in
clause  (i))  which   materially  and  adversely   affects  the  rights  of  the
Securityholders  and which continues  unremedied for 60 days after the giving of
written  notice of such  failure;  (iii) any  assignment  or  delegation  by the
Servicer  of  its  duties  or  rights  under  the  Trust  Documents,  except  as
specifically permitted under the Trust Documents, or any attempt to make such an
assignment or delegation;  (iv) certain events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of
debt,  marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings regarding the
Servicer;  or (v) any  disqualification  of the Servicer as an Eligible Servicer
(as defined in the Trust Documents). "Notice" as used herein means notice to the
Servicer by the Trustees or the Company, or to the Company, the Servicer and the
Trustees  by the  Noteholders  holding  not  less  than  25%  of  the  aggregate
outstanding  principal amount of the Controlling Notes issued by such Trust (or,
if no Notes of such series are outstanding,  the Certificateholders  holding not
less than 25% of the outstanding Certificate Balance of such Trust).


                                       64
<PAGE>

Rights Upon Event of Termination

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as
an Event of  Termination  under  the Trust  Documents  remains  unremedied,  the
Indenture  Trustee  (or,  if no Notes of the series are  outstanding,  the Owner
Trustee)  may,  and at the written  direction  of the  holders of related  Notes
evidencing  not less than a  majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of the Notes  issued by such  Trust (or,  if no Notes of such  series are
outstanding,  the  holders of related  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the Certificate  Balance of such Trust),  will, unless prohibited by
applicable  law,  terminate  all  (but  no less  than  all)  of the  rights  and
obligations  of the Servicer  with respect to a Trust under the Trust  Documents
and in and to the Contracts,  and the proceeds  thereof,  whereupon  (subject to
applicable  law)  all  authority  and  power of the  Servicer  under  the  Trust
Documents,  whether  with  respect  to the  Contracts,  the  Contract  Files  or
otherwise,  will pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee (or, if no Notes
of the series are outstanding,  such authority will pass to and be vested in the
Owner Trustee); provided, however, that neither the Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the  series  are  outstanding,  the Owner  Trustee)  nor any  successor
servicer  will  assume  any  obligation  of CITSF to  repurchase  Contracts  for
breaches of representations or warranties,  and the Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the  series  are  outstanding,  the  Owner  Trustee)  or the  successor
Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer  occurring
prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions or for any
breach  by  the  Servicer  of  any of its  obligations  contained  in the  Trust
Documents.  Notwithstanding  such termination,  the Servicer will be entitled to
payment of certain  amounts  payable to it for services  rendered  prior to such
termination. No such termination will affect in any manner CITSF's obligation to
repurchase certain Contracts for breaches of representations or warranties under
the Trust  Documents.  In the event that the Owner Trustee would be obligated to
succeed the Servicer  but is  unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint,  or
petition to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a Servicer
which meets the requirements for an Eligible Servicer under the Trust Documents.
Pending such  appointment,  such  Trustee is obligated to act in such  capacity,
unless it is prohibited by law from so acting.  The Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the series are  outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) and such successor may
agree upon the servicing  compensation  to be paid,  which in no event,  without
written  consent  of not less than 66 2/3% in  principal  amount of the  related
Securityholders, may be greater than the compensation to CITSF as Servicer under
the Trust Documents.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     With respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a
majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Notes
(or the holders of the  Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate  Balance of such series, in the case that all of the Notes have been
paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms)
may, on behalf of all such Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any default
by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations  under the Trust Documents
and its  consequences,  except an Event of  Termination  in making any  required
deposits to or payments  from any of the accounts in  accordance  with the Trust
Documents.  No such waiver will impair such Noteholders' or  Certificateholders'
right with respect to subsequent defaults.

Amendment

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents  may be amended by the  parties  thereto  and,  in the event that such
amendment affects the Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  without prior
notice to or the consent of the related  Securityholders (i) to correct manifest
error or cure any ambiguity; (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein
which may be  inconsistent  with any other  provision  therein;  (iii) to add or
amend any  provision as requested by the Rating  Agencies to maintain or improve
the rating of the  Securities;  (iv) to add to the  covenants,  restrictions  or
obligations of the Company,  the Servicer or the Owner Trustee or to provide for
the  delivery of or  substitution  for an  Enhancement  or a Servicer  Letter of
Credit;  (v) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the  appointment of a
successor  trustee with respect to the property  owned by the related  Trust and
add to or  change  any  provisions  as  shall be  necessary  to  facilitate  the
administration of the trusts under the Trust Documents by more than one trustee;
(vi) to add,  change or amend any  provision to maintain the related Trust as an


                                       65
<PAGE>

entity not subject to federal  income tax; or (vii) to add,  change or eliminate
any other provisions,  provided that an amendment  pursuant to this clause (vii)
will not,  in the  opinion of  counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel to the
Company or the Servicer), adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of the Trust or the  Securityholders.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust  Documents may also be amended by the parties
thereto,  with the  consent  of the  holders  of not  less  than a  majority  in
principal  amount  of  such  then  outstanding  Notes  and the  holders  of such
Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance of
such  series for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or  changing  in any
manner or eliminating any provisions of the Trust Documents,  or of modifying in
any manner the rights of such Noteholders or  Certificateholders,  respectively;
except that no such amendment may except as described above,  increase or reduce
in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions
that are  required to be made on any related  Note or  Certificate,  the related
Pass-Through  Rate or the Interest Rate. Any action specified in clauses (v) and
(vii) shall be taken only upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

Termination

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
obligations of the Servicer,  the Company, the Affiliated Owner, if any, and the
Trustees  pursuant to the Trust  Documents for a series of the  Securities  will
terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of
the last  related  Contract and the  disposition  of any amounts  received  upon
liquidation of any property  remaining in the related Trust, (ii) the payment to
Securityholders  of the  series  of all  amounts  required  to be  paid  to them
pursuant to the Trust Documents,  (iii) the occurrence of either event described
below,  and  (iv) as  otherwise  required  by law,  as  described  in the  Trust
Documents.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to each series of Securities, in order to avoid excessive administrative
expenses,  CITSF will be permitted at its option to purchase from the Trust,  on
any  Distribution  Date on  which  the  Pool  Balance  as of the last day of the
related  Due  Period  is less  than or equal to a  percentage  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement of the Initial Pool Balance, all remaining related
Contracts at a price equal to the  aggregate  Purchase  Price for the  Contracts
(including defaulted Contracts),  plus the appraised value of any other property
held by the Trust  (less  liquidation  expenses).  CITSF will give notice to the
Trustees  and the  Depository  of the  exercise of such option no later than the
Determination  Date  succeeding  such Due  Period  and will  deposit  the amount
required to purchase  such  Contracts  on the Deposit Date  succeeding  such Due
Period.  Exercise of such right will effect early  retirement of the Securities.
Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Initial
Pool Balance"  equals the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the Initial  Cut-off
Date, and (ii) the aggregate principal balance of all Subsequent Contracts added
to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, within ten
days after the first  Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the related Due Period is less than or equal to a percentage specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement of the Initial Pool  Balance,  the Indenture
Trustee  (or,  if the Notes  have been paid in full and the  Indenture  has been
discharged in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids
for the  purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the Trust.  In the event that
satisfactory  bids are received as described  below,  the sale  proceeds will be
distributed to Securityholders  on the second  Distribution Date succeeding such
Due Period.  Any purchaser of the Contracts  must agree to the  continuation  of
CITSF  as  Servicer  on  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  in the  Trust
Documents. Any such sale will effect early retirement of the Securities.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  such
Trustee  must  receive at least two bids from  prospective  purchasers  that are
considered at the time to be competitive  participants  in the market for marine
installment sale contracts. The highest bid may not be less than the fair market
value of such  Contracts  and must equal or exceed the sum of (i) the greater of
(a)  the  aggregate  Purchase  Price  for  the  Contracts  (including  defaulted
Contracts)  plus the  appraised  value of any other  property  held by the Trust
(less  liquidation  expenses),  or (b) an amount  that when  added to amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account available for distribution to Securityholders
for such second succeeding Distribution Date would result in proceeds sufficient
to distribute to 


                                       66
<PAGE>

Securityholders  the  amounts  of  interest  due  to  Securityholders  for  such
Distribution  Date and any unpaid interest payable to the  Securityholders  with
respect to one or more prior  Distribution  Dates and the outstanding  principal
amount of the Notes, if any, and the Certificate  Balance,  if any, and (ii) the
sum of (a) an amount  sufficient to reimburse the Servicer for any  unreimbursed
Monthly  Advances  for  which  it is  entitled  to  reimbursement,  and  (b) the
Servicing  Fee payable on such final  Distribution  Date,  including  any unpaid
Servicing  Fees with respect to one or more prior Due Periods.  Such Trustee may
consult with financial  advisors,  including any Underwriter,  to determine if a
bid is equal to or greater  than the fair market value of such  Contracts.  Upon
the receipt of such bids,  such Trustee shall sell and assign such  Contracts to
the  highest  bidder and the  Securities  shall be retired on such  Distribution
Date. If any of the foregoing conditions are not met, such Trustee shall decline
to  consummate  such sale and shall not be under any  obligation  to solicit any
further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further sale of Contracts  remaining in
the Trust.  In such event,  however,  such Trustee may from time to time solicit
bids in the  future  for the  purchase  of such  Contracts  upon the same  terms
described above.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  such
Trustee  will give  written  notice of  termination  to each  Securityholder  of
record.  The final  distribution to each  Securityholder  will be made only upon
surrender and  cancellation of such holder's  Securities at any office or agency
of such Trustee  specified for such purpose.  Any funds  remaining in the Trust,
after such Trustee has taken  certain  measures to locate a  Securityholder  and
such measures have failed,  will be distributed to the Affiliated Owner, if any,
or as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of certain legal aspects of
marine  contracts,  which are  general in nature.  Since such legal  aspects are
governed  by  applicable  state law (which laws may differ  substantially),  the
summaries  do  not  purport  to be  complete  nor to  reflect  the  laws  of any
particular  state, nor to encompass the laws of all states in which the security
for the Contracts is situated.  The summaries are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the applicable federal and state laws governing the Contracts.

General

     As a result of the  assignment  of the  Contracts to the Trust,  each Trust
will succeed  collectively to the rights (including the right to receive payment
on the Contracts),  and will assume the obligations,  of CITSF under the related
Contracts.  Each Contract  evidences  both (a) the  obligation of the obligor to
repay the loan evidenced  thereby,  and (b) the grant of a security  interest in
the  Financed  Boat to secure  repayment of such loan.  Certain  aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

   
     The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") as in effect in the various  states of origination of the Contracts.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security  interest in chattel paper.  Under the Trust Documents,
the Servicer will retain  possession of the Contracts as custodian for the Owner
Trustee, and will make an appropriate filing of a UCC financing statement in New
Jersey to perfect the sale of the  Contracts by the Company  (and, if and to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the
Owner Trustee.  The Contracts and the related  certificates of title will not be
stamped to reflect their  assignment  from CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to the
Company or from the Company to the Trust (or, if and to the extent  specified in
the related Prospecus Supplement, from CITSF to SPV, from SPV to a Selling Trust
and from the  Selling  Trust  to the  Trust).  The  Contract  Files  will not be
physically  segregated from the contract files for contracts owned by CITSF. If,
through  inadvertence  or otherwise,  another party in good faith  purchases (or
takes a security interest in) the Contracts for new value in the ordinary course
of its business,  without actual  knowledge of the Trust's  interest,  and takes
possession  of the  Contracts,  such  purchaser or secured  party may acquire an
interest in the Contracts superior to the interest of the Trust.
    


                                       67
<PAGE>

   
     Under the Trust Documents, the Servicer will be obligated from time to time
to take such actions as are necessary to continue the  perfection of the Trust's
interest in the  Contracts and the proceeds  thereof.  CITSF will warrant in the
Trust Documents,  with respect to each Contract, as of the Closing Date for each
Initial  Contract,  and as of the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  for each
Subsequent  Contract,  if any, that the Contract has not been sold,  assigned or
pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the Company (or, if and to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV), that immediately prior to
the  transfer and  assignment  of the Contract to the Company (or, if and to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV), CITSF had good and
marketable  title  thereto,  free and clear of any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,
pledge,  charge,  claim or security interest and,  immediately upon the transfer
thereof,  the  Company  (or,  if and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, SPV) will have good and marketable title to the Contract,
free and  clear of any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,  pledge,  charge,  claim or
security interest and that the transfer has been perfected under applicable law.
In the event of an uncured breach of any such warranty that materially adversely
affects the interest of the Trust in a Contract  transferred by the Company (or,
if and to the extent specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  SPV), to
the Trust,  the only recourse of the  Certificateholders,  the Trustees,  or the
Trust would be to require CITSF to repurchase such Contract.
    

Security Interests in the Financed Boats

     General.  The Contracts are  installment  sale  contracts that evidence the
credit  sale of  boats by  Obligors.  The  Contracts  also  constitute  personal
property  security  agreements and include  grants of security  interests in the
related boats under the UCC.  Perfection rules relating to security interests in
boats are governed in a majority of states under state boat certificate of title
statutes.  In states in which perfection of a security  interest in a particular
boat is not governed by a certificate  of title  statute,  perfection is usually
accomplished  by filing  pursuant to the  provisions  of the UCC.  Each Contract
prohibits the sale or transfer of the related  Financed Boat without the consent
of CITSF.

     Perfection of Sale. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, CITSF will sell and
assign its interests in the Contracts,  including the security  interests in the
Financed  Boats granted  thereunder,  to the Company and,  pursuant to the Trust
Documents,  the  Company  (and,  if and to the extent  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Selling Trust) will sell and assign its interest in the
Contracts,  including  the  security  interests in the  Financed  Boats  granted
thereunder,  to the Owner  Trustee.  UCC financing  statements  will be filed to
perfect the sale of (i) CITSF's  interests  in the  Contracts to the Company and
(ii) the Company's interests (and, if and to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the interest of such Selling Trust) in the Contracts to
the Trust.

   
     Perfection  of CITSF's or  CITCF-NY's  Security  Interest  in the  Financed
Boats.  The Contracts  represent  marine retail  installment  sale contracts and
direct  loans  that  finance  the sale or  ownership  of  Financed  Boats.  When
originated,  each  Contract  was secured by a security  interest in the Financed
Boat financed thereby.  Each such security interest was required to be perfected
under  applicable state law and, in the case of certain Financed Boats described
below, under applicable federal law. Generally,  security interests in boats may
be perfected  in one of three ways:  (i) in "title"  states,  by notation of the
secured party's lien on the  certificate of title issued by an applicable  state
motor vehicle or wildlife  department or other appropriate state agency; (ii) in
non-title states, by filing a UCC-1 financing statement; and (iii) in respect of
a boat  eligible for  documentation  under  federal law, by filing all documents
necessary to create a first  preferred  ship mortgage (a  "Preferred  Mortgage")
under the Ship Mortgage Act of 1920 (1988 Recodification) ss. 30101 et seq. (the
"Ship Mortgage  Statutes").  Vessels that meet the federal five net ton standard
(determined in a manner  prescribed by 46 CFR Part 69  (Measurement of Vessels))
qualify  for  documentation  under  federal  law  ("U.S.  Documentable  Boats").
However,  federal  documentation  of vessels used  exclusively for  recreational
purposes is discretionary.
    

     CITSF has  policies  and  procedures  in place to ensure  that all  actions
necessary  under the laws of the states in which the Financed Boats were located
at  the  time  of  origination  of the  Contracts  were  taken  to  perfect  the
originators'  security  interests in the  Financed  Boats.  In  addition,  it is
CITSF's practice to require that  substantially all Financed Boats of 27 feet or
more in length be  federally  documented  and that a Preferred  Mortgage on each
such boat be filed.  CITSF's policy also requires prior perfection of a security
interest in any such boat under  applicable state law in order to protect itself
prior to completion of federal  documentation.  If a security interest in a boat
is 


                                       68
<PAGE>

initially perfected by a UCC-1 filing or notation on a title under state law and
such boat subsequently becomes a federally documented vessel, the holder of such
security  interest could lose the priority of its security interest in such boat
under state law to the holder of a  subsequently  perfected  Preferred  Mortgage
covering such boat.

   
     In the event  that the  originator  of a  Contract  failed to  perfect  the
security  interest in a Financed  Boat (for example,  by complying  with the UCC
rather than the applicable certificate of title statute, or by failing to comply
with  applicable  state title law, or the Ship  Mortgage  Statutes or applicable
United  States Coast Guard (the "Coast  Guard")  regulations),  such  originator
would not have a perfected  first  priority  security  interest in such Financed
Boat.  In this  event,  if third  party  liens  equal or exceed the value of the
Financed Boat, the only recourse of the Trust would be against the Obligor on an
unsecured  basis,  if  applicable,  against a Dealer or  financial  intermediary
pursuant to its repurchase obligation or against the Seller.
    

     Pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Seller will
assign its  security  interest in the  Financed  Boat to the Trust and the Trust
will  pledge  its  security  interest  in the  Financed  Boats to the  Indenture
Trustee.  However, due to administrative burden and expense, none of the Seller,
the  Servicer,  the Trust or any previous  owner of the Contract  will amend the
certificates of title or file assignments of the UCC-1 financing statements with
respect to the Financed Boats to identify the Trust or the Indenture  Trustee as
the new secured party,  nor will the Seller or the Owner Trustee execute or file
any transfer  instruments with the appropriate  governmental  authorities.  In a
majority  of states,  the  assignment  of a Contract  together  with the related
security interest is, as a matter of state law, an effective  conveyance of such
security   interest  without   amendment  of  any  lien  noted  on  the  related
certificates of title or of any UCC-1 financing  statements or the filing of any
transfer instruments with the appropriate governmental authorities,  and the new
owner of the Contract  succeeds to the original  secured party's rights as owner
of the Contract against  creditors of the Obligor.  In certain title states,  in
the absence of such  certificate  of title  amendment or assignment of record to
reflect the  successive  assignments  of the  security  interest in the Financed
Boat, the related Seller (if not the secured party of record),  the Trust and/or
the Indenture Trustee may not have a perfected  security interest in the related
Financed Boat. Under the Ship Mortgage Statutes, in the absence of an assignment
of record of a Preferred  Mortgage,  the  assignment of the related  Contract by
itself will not convey the  perfected  preferred  mortgage  lien on the Financed
Boat  subject to such  Preferred  Mortgage  and  neither  the Seller (if not the
secured party of record) nor the Trust will have a perfected  security  interest
in such Financed Boat.

     Due to administrative  burden and expense,  assignments will not be made of
all  Preferred  Mortgages  relating to the  Contracts.  Under the Ship  Mortgage
Statutes,  in the absence of an  assignment of a Preferred  Mortgage,  or in the
event an assignment of a Preferred Mortgage is not effective, the Trust will not
have a perfected  security  interest in the related Financed Boat. In such case,
if third party liens equal or exceed the value of such Financed  Boat,  the only
recourse  of the Trust  would be against  the  related  Obligor on an  unsecured
basis.

     Except as  described  above,  in the  absence of fraud or forgery by a boat
owner or administrative  error by state recording  officials or the Coast Guard,
the notation of the lien of the  originator of each Contract on the  certificate
of title  with  respect  to the  related  Financed  Boat,  the filing of a UCC-1
financing  statement  against the Obligor or the filing of an  assignment of the
related  Preferred  Mortgage,  if any, as described  above will be sufficient to
protect the Trust against the rights of  subsequent  purchasers of such Financed
Boat or subsequent  lenders who take a security  interest in such Financed Boat.
If there  are any  Financed  Boats as to which  the  originator  of the  related
Contract has failed to perfect the security  interest assigned to the Trust, (i)
such  security  interest  would be  subordinate  to,  among  others,  holders of
perfected  security  interests  in  such  Financed  Boats  and  (ii)  subsequent
purchasers of such Financed Boats would take  possession  free and clear of such
security  interest.  There is also a risk that, in not  identifying the Trust as
the new secured  party on the  certificates  of title or executing and filing of
transfer  instruments  with the Coast Guard or  assignments  of UCC-1  financing
statements with state officials, the security interest of the Trust or Indenture
Trustee could be released through fraud or negligence.

     A security  interest  perfected  by a Preferred  Mortgage  has a nationwide
scope and no further  action is necessary  when an obligor  moves or the related
boat is relocated.  Actions must be taken to maintain the perfection of security
interests  in  boats  perfected  under  state  law if the boat (in the case of a
"title"  state) or the Obligor (in the case of a "UCC"  state)  moves to a state
other than the state in which such security  interest was originally  perfected.
Under 


                                       69
<PAGE>

the laws of most  states,  a  perfected  security  interest  in a Financed  Boat
continues  for four months after the  Financed  Boat is relocated in a new state
(from the state in which a financing  statement was properly filed  initially to
perfect the security  interest or in which the  certificate of title was issued)
and thereafter until the owner re-registers such Financed Boat in the new state.
Many "title" states require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a
Financed Boat. Accordingly, to allow re-registration the Servicer must surrender
possession  if it holds the  certificate  of title to a Financed Boat or, in the
case of a Financed  Boat  registered  in a state which  provides for notation of
liens on certificates  of title but not possession of the  certificates of title
by the lienholder,  the Servicer would typically  receive notice of surrender if
the security interest in the Financed Boat is noted on the certificate of title.
Accordingly,  in such  cases,  the  Servicer  should  have  the  opportunity  to
re-perfect  the  security  interest  in  the  Financed  Boat  in  the  state  of
relocation.  In states that do not issue a certificate of title at  registration
of  a  Financed  Boat,   re-registration  in  a  different  state  could  defeat
perfection.  In the ordinary  course of servicing its portfolio of marine loans,
the Servicer takes steps to effect such  re-perfection upon receipt of notice of
re-registration  or information  from the Obligor as to  relocation.  Similarly,
when an Obligor sells a titled  Financed  Boat showing a lienholder,  unless the
Servicer  surrenders  possession of the  certificate of title, it generally will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of
the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer is obligated to
take such  steps,  at the  Servicer's  expense,  as are  necessary  to  maintain
perfection of security interests in the Financed Boats.

     Under  the  laws of many  states,  certain  possessory  liens  for  repairs
performed on a Financed Boat and storage,  as well as certain rights in favor of
federal and state  governmental  authorities  arising  from the use of a boat in
connection with illegal  activities,  may take priority over a security interest
perfected under state law. Certain U.S. federal tax liens may also have priority
over the lien of a secured party. Under the Ship Mortgage Statutes,  a Preferred
Mortgage  supersedes a perfected  state law security  interest,  a state created
lien or  forfeiture  rights  (so  long  as the  secured  party  is  innocent  of
wrongdoing)  but is subordinate  to preferred  maritime  liens.  The Seller will
represent in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  that, as of the Initial  Cut-off
Date or Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be, it has no knowledge of any
such liens with  respect to any Financed  Boat  related to a Contract.  However,
such liens could arise at any time during the term of a Contract. No notice will
be given to the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee in the event such a lien
arises.

     Possible  Loss of Perfection  or Priority of Trust's  Security  Interest in
Financed  Boats or Proceeds  Thereof.  The  certificate of title names CITSF (or
CITCF-NY)  as the  secured  party.  Because  of the  administrative  burden  and
expense,  neither  CITCF-NY,  CITSF,  the  Company  nor the Trust will amend any
certificate  of title to note the lien of the Trust as the new secured  party on
the  certificate of title relating to the Financed Boat nor will any such entity
execute and file any transfer instruments  (including,  among other instruments,
UCC-3  assignments).  In some  states,  in the absence of such an  amendment  or
execution,  the assignment to the Trust of a security interest in Financed Boats
may not be perfected,  such assignment of the security interest to the Trust may
not be  effective  against  creditors  or a trustee  in  bankruptcy  of CITSF or
CITCF-NY,  which continue to be specified as lienholder on any  certificates  of
title or as secured party of any UCC filing.

   
     (i)  California.  A security  interest in a boat registered in the State of
California  (in  which  the  greatest  number of  Financed  Boats are  currently
registered)  may be perfected  only by depositing  with the  Department of Motor
Vehicles a  properly  endorsed  certificate  of title for the boat  showing  the
secured  party as "legal owner"  thereon or if the boat has not been  previously
registered,  an application in usual form for an original  registration together
with an  application  for  registration  of the secured party as "legal  owner."
However,  under the California Vehicle Code, a transferee of a security interest
in a boat is not required to reapply to the  Department of Motor  Vehicles for a
transfer of  registration  when the interest of the  transferee  arises from the
transfer  of a  security  agreement  by the "legal  owner" to secure  payment or
performance of an obligation.  Accordingly,  under California law, an assignment
such as that under each of the Purchase  Agreement and the Trust Documents is an
effective  conveyance  of CITSF's  and the  Company's  (or, if and to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV's and the Selling Trust's),
perfected security interest,  as the case may be, without such  re-registration,
and under the Purchase Agreement the Company (or, if and to the extent specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV's and the Selling Trust) will succeed
to  CITSF's,  and under the  Trust  Documents  the  Trust  will  succeed  to the
Company's  (or,  if and to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, SPV's), rights as secured party.
    


                                       70
<PAGE>

     (ii) Other  States.  In most  states,  assignments  such as those under the
Purchase  Agreement  and the Trust  Documents  are an effective  conveyance of a
security interest without amendment of any lien noted on a boat's certificate of
title,  and the assignee  succeeds  thereby to the assignor's  rights as secured
party. However, in some states the Trust's security interest will be unperfected
because the Trust will not be noted as the secured party on the  certificates of
title to the Financed Boats, and therefore the Trust's  security  interest would
be subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers of such Financed Boats
and holders of prior  perfected  security  interests  therein.  However,  in the
absence of fraud,  forgery or  administrative  error, the notation of CITSF's or
CITCF-NY's  lien on the  certificates of title will be sufficient in most states
to protect the Trust against the rights of  subsequent  purchasers of a Financed
Boat,  judgment  creditors or other creditors who take a security  interest in a
Financed Boat.

     Continuity  of  Perfection.  Under  the laws of most  states,  a  perfected
security interest in a boat continues for four months after the boat is moved to
a new state (from the state in which a financing  statement  was properly  filed
initially to perfect the security  interest or in which the certificate of title
was issued) and  thereafter  until the owner  re-registers  such boat in the new
state.  A majority of states  require  surrender  of a  certificate  of title to
obtain a new  certificate  of title for the  boat.  In those  states  (including
California)  that call for return of the  certificate  of title to the holder of
the first security interest noted thereon,  the secured party would learn of the
re-registration  through the request from the obligor  under the related  marine
installment  sale contract to surrender  possession of the certificate of title.
In the case of boats  registered in states providing for perfection of a lien by
notation  of the lien on the  certificate  of title  without  possession  of the
certificate  of title by the  secured  party,  the secured  party would  receive
notice of surrender from the state of  re-registration  if the security interest
were noted on the  certificate of title.  Thus, the secured party would have the
opportunity  to  re-perfect  its  security  interest in the boat in the state to
which the boat is moved.  However,  these procedural safeguards will not protect
the secured party if through fraud, forgery or administrative  error, the debtor
somehow  procures  a new  certificate  of title  that does not note the  secured
party's lien. Additionally, in states that do not require a certificate of title
for registration of a boat, re-registration could defeat perfection.

     In the ordinary course of servicing the Contracts, CITSF will take steps to
effect  re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information
from the Obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an Obligor sells a Financed
Boat,  CITSF  must  surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of
the lien.  Under the Trust  Documents,  the  Servicer  will be obligated to take
appropriate  steps,  at its own expense,  to maintain  perfection  of a security
interest in the Financed Boats.

     In most  states,  CITSF,  as  Servicer,  will  hold  certificates  of title
relating to the Financed  Boats in its  possession  as  custodian  for the Trust
pursuant to the Trust  Documents.  In some states,  the  certificate of title is
held by the  Obligor,  but only after it is endorsed by the state motor  vehicle
department  with a notation of CITSF's lien. In the Trust  Documents,  CITSF, as
Servicer,  will covenant  that it will not release its security  interest in the
Financed  Boat  securing  any  Contract  except  as  contemplated  by the  Trust
Documents.  CITSF,  as Servicer,  will also covenant that it will not impair the
rights of the Trust in the  Contacts  or take any action  inconsistent  with the
Trust's ownership of the Contracts,  except as permitted by the Trust Documents.
A breach of either such  covenant  that  materially  and  adversely  affects the
Trust's  interest in any  Contract,  would require the Servicer to purchase such
Contract  unless such breach is cured  within the period  specified in the Trust
Documents.

     Priority of Certain  Liens  Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of
California and of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a boat and liens
for certain  unpaid taxes take  priority  over even a first  perfected  security
interest in such boat.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  also
grants  priority to certain  federal tax liens over the lien of a secured party.
The laws of certain states and federal law permit the  confiscation  of boats by
governmental  authorities  under  certain  circumstances  if  used  in  unlawful
activities, which may result in the loss of a secured party's perfected security
interest in a  confiscated  boat.  A Preferred  Mortgage  supersedes a perfected
state law security interest.  However,  under the Ship Mortgage Act, a Preferred
Mortgage  is  subordinate  to  preferred  maritime  liens.  Therefore,   certain
preferred  maritime  liens will have priority  over security  interests in Boats
perfected  under state and federal law.  CITSF will represent and warrant in the
Trust  Documents  that,  as of the Closing  Date,  there were no liens or claims
which have been filed for work,  labor or  materials  affecting a Financed  Boat
securing a Contract  which are or may be liens prior or equal to the lien of the
Contract. However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise at 


                                       71
<PAGE>

any time during the term of a Contract.  No notice will be given to the Trustees
or Securityholders in the event such a lien or confiscation  arises and any such
lien  or  confiscation  arising  after  the  date  of  initial  issuance  of the
Securities  would  not give  rise to an  obligation  of CITSF  to  purchase  the
Contract under the Trust Documents.

   
     The priority of the Preferred Mortgages and state security interests in the
Financed  Boats may be subject to: (i)  maritime  liens  arising  under  federal
statutory or common-law  for captain's or crew's wages,  tort claims  (so-called
"general  average"  claims) and salvage claims,  all of which take priority over
even a preferred  ship mortgage  lien and a state  security  interest,  and (ii)
maritime  liens arising  under federal law or state laws for repair,  storage or
supplies  which are  subordinate to a preferred ship mortgage lien but typically
have  priority  over  state  security  interests  under  federal  law  or  under
applicable law of the state where the Contract was originated  under  applicable
law of the state to which the related Financed Boats may have been relocated.
    

Repossession

     In the event of default by an  obligor,  the holder of the  related  marine
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except  where  specifically  limited by other state laws.  The UCC remedies of a
secured party include the right to repossession by self-help means,  unless such
means would  constitute  a breach of the peace.  Self-help  repossession  is the
method  employed  by the  Servicer in most cases and is  accomplished  simply by
taking  possession of the related  boat.  In cases where the obligor  objects or
raises a defense to repossession,  or if otherwise  required by applicable state
law, a court order must be obtained from the  appropriate  state court,  and the
boat must then be recovered in accordance with that order. In some jurisdictions
(not including  California),  the secured party is required to notify the debtor
of the default and the intent to repossess the collateral and the debtor must be
given a time period within which to cure the default prior to  repossession.  In
most states (including  California),  under certain circumstances after the boat
has been  repossessed,  the obligor may reinstate the related contract by paying
the delinquent installments and other amounts due.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     In the event of default by the Obligor,  some  jurisdictions (not including
California)  require  that the Obligor be notified of the default and be given a
time period within which to cure the default prior to  repossession.  Generally,
this right of cure may only be exercised on a limited number of occasions during
the term of the related Contract.

     The UCC and other  state laws  require  the  secured  party to provide  the
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor  has the right to redeem the  collateral  prior to actual sale by paying
the secured party (i) the unpaid  principal  balance of the obligation,  accrued
interest  thereon  plus  reasonable  expenses  for  repossessing,   holding  and
preparing the collateral for  disposition  and arranging for its sale,  plus, in
some  jurisdictions,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees or (ii) in some  states,  the
delinquent   installments  or  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of  the  related
obligation.

     Under federal law, to transfer title in a non-judicial  sale, a seller of a
Financed Boat subject to a Preferred Mortgage must give prior notice of the sale
to (i) the owner of a Financed  Boat subject to a Preferred  Mortgage,  (ii) any
other lienholders who have filed notice with the Coast Guard and (iii) the Coast
Guard.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The  proceeds of resale of the  Financed  Boats  generally  will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the related  indebtedness.  While some states impose prohibitions or limitations
on  deficiency  judgments if the net proceeds  from resale do not cover the full
amount of the  indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can be sought in California
and certain  other  states  that do not  prohibit  or limit such  judgments.  In
addition to the notice  requirement,  the UCC requires  that every aspect of the
sale or other disposition,  including the method, manner, time, place and terms,
be  "commercially  reasonable."  Some  courts  have held that when a sale is not
"commercially  reasonable,"  the secured  party loses its right to a  deficiency
judgment  and  courts  in 


                                       72
<PAGE>

some other  states have held that when a sale is not  "commercially  reasonable"
there is a rebuttable presumption that there is no deficiency.  In addition, the
UCC permits the debtor or other  interested party to recover for any loss caused
by noncompliance  with the provisions of the UCC. Also, prior to a sale, the UCC
permits the debtor or other interested person to restrain the secured party from
disposing of the collateral if it is  established  that the secured party is not
proceeding  in  accordance  with the  "default"  provisions  under  the  UCC.  A
deficiency  judgment  is a judgment  against the  obligor or  guarantor  for the
shortfall;  however,  a  defaulting  obligor or  guarantor  may have very little
capital or sources of income available  following  repossession.  Therefore,  in
many cases,  it may not be useful to seek a  deficiency  judgment  or, if one is
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount or be uncollectible.

     Occasionally,  after  resale  of a boat and  payment  of all  expenses  and
indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case,  the UCC requires the
creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a  subordinate  lien with respect
to such boat or, if no such lienholder exists, to the former owner of the boat.

Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency

   
     CITSF, CITCF-NY and the Company intend that the transfers of Contracts from
CITCF-NY  to CITSF,  from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to the Trust
(and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  from
CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to SPV,  from SPV to a Selling Trust and from the
Selling  Trust to the Trust),  constitute  sales,  rather than  pledges,  of the
Contracts to secure  indebtedness.  However,  if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the Company
(or, if and to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
Selling Trust) were to become a debtor under Title 11 of the United States Code,
11  U.S.C.  ss.101  et seq.  (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is  possible  that a
creditor,  receiver,  other party in interest or trustee in  bankruptcy  of such
debtor,  or such debtor as  debtor-in-possession,  may contend that the sales of
the Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  by CITSF to the Company,  or by the Company
to the Trust (and,  if and to the extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to SPV,  from SPV to a Selling
Trust and from the Selling  Trust to the Trust),  respectively,  were pledges of
the Contracts rather than sales and that, accordingly,  such Contracts should be
part of such assigning entity's bankruptcy estate. Such a position, if presented
to a court,  even if  ultimately  unsuccessful,  could  result  in a delay in or
reduction of distributions to the Securityholders.
    

     The Company  has taken  steps in  structuring  the  transactions  described
herein that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application  for relief by or against CIT under the  Bankruptcy  Code or similar
applicable  state  laws  (collectively,   "Insolvency  Laws")  would  result  in
consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities  of the Company with those of CIT.
These steps  include the  creation  of the  Company as a  wholly-owned,  limited
purpose subsidiary of CIT pursuant to a certificate of incorporation  containing
certain limitations  (including a requirement that the Company have at least one
"independent   director"  and  restrictions  on  the  nature  of  the  Company's
business).  Additionally,  the Company's certificate of incorporation  prohibits
merger,  consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of its assets in
certain  circumstances  or the  commencement  of a voluntary  case or proceeding
under any insolvency law,  without the prior  affirmative  unanimous vote of its
directors including any independent director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event that (i) a court  concluded  that the assets  and  liabilities  of the
Company should be  consolidated  with those of CIT (or one of its affiliates) in
the event of the application of applicable insolvency laws to CIT (or one of its
affiliates)  or following  the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency of CIT (or one of its
affiliates) the security interest in the Contracts granted by the Company to the
Trust should be avoided;  (ii) a filing were made under any insolvency law by or
against  the  Company,  or (iii) an  attempt  were made to  litigate  any of the
foregoing issues,  delays in payments on the Securities and possible  reductions
in the amount of such payments could occur.

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance.  These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's 


                                       73
<PAGE>

Regulations B and Z, the  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, the Military
Reservist Relief Act, state  adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the
Uniform  Consumer  Credit Code,  state retail  installment  sales acts and other
similar laws.  Also,  the laws of California  and of certain other states impose
finance charge  ceilings and other  restrictions  on consumer  transactions  and
require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those required under federal law.
These requirements  impose specific  statutory  liabilities upon creditors which
fail to comply with their provisions. In some cases, this liability could affect
the  ability  of an  assignee  such as the  Trust to  enforce  consumer  finance
contracts such as the Contracts.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule") has the effect of  subjecting  any  assignee of the seller in a
consumer credit  transaction to all claims and defenses which the obligor in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due  thereunder  from the obligor.  The FTC Rule is generally  duplicated by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes or the common law in certain
states.  Most of the Contracts  will be subject to the  requirements  of the FTC
Rule. Accordingly, the Trust, as holder of the Contracts, will be subject to any
claims or defenses  that the  purchaser of the related  Financed Boat may assert
against the seller of the  Financed  Boat.  Such claims are limited to a maximum
liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor under the related Contracts.

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of boats are  required  to be licensed  to sell boats at retail  sale.  Numerous
other federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements  applicable
to the  origination  and  assignment of marine  installment  sale  contracts and
marine installment loan contracts or notes,  including the Truth in Lending Act,
the Federal Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws,  the  failure to comply with the  provisions  of these laws may affect the
enforceability  of the  related  Contract.  The Trust and the  Company  and,  if
specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Selling Trust, may not have obtained
all licenses  required under any federal or state consumer laws or  regulations,
and the absence of such licenses may impede the enforcement of certain rights or
give rise to certain defenses in enforcement actions.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default and be used as a defense to repayment
of the obligation.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
of America. Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as  reasonable or have found that the  creditor's  repossession
and  resale do not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     CITSF  will  represent  and  warrant  under the Trust  Documents  that each
Contract  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all material  respects.  A
breach of such representation and warranty that materially adversely affects the
interests of the Trust in any  Contract  will create an  obligation  of CITSF to
purchase   such   Contract.   See  "The  Purchase   Agreements   and  the  Trust
Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a creditor to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor from  repossessing  a boat,  and, as part of the  rehabilitation  plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the boat at
the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the party providing
financing as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of 


                                       74
<PAGE>

the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under the related  contract or change the rate of interest and time of repayment
of the indebtedness.

     Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, an Obligor
who enters the military service after the origination of such Obligor's Contract
(including  an Obligor  who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve
status at the time of the  origination  of the  Obligor's  contract and is later
called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest  above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of such  Obligor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise upon application of the lender. In addition,  pursuant to the Military
Reservist Relief Act, under certain  circumstances  California  residents called
into active duty with the reserves can delay payments on marine installment sale
contracts,  including  the  Contracts,  for a period,  not to  exceed  180 days,
beginning with the order to active duty and ending 30 days after release.  It is
possible that the foregoing  could have an effect on the ability of the Servicer
to collect  full amounts of interest on certain of the  Contracts.  In addition,
the Relief  Acts  impose  limitations  which  would  impair  the  ability of the
Servicer to repossess a Financed Boat subject to an affected Contract during the
Obligor's period of active duty status.  Thus, in the event that such a Contract
goes into  default,  there may be delays and losses  caused by the  inability to
realize upon the related Financed Boat in a timely fashion.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Set forth below and in the related Prospectus Supplement for each series of
the Securities is a summary of certain  federal income tax  consequences  of the
purchase,  ownership and  disposition of the  Securities,  applicable to initial
purchasers  of the  Securities.  This  summary does not deal with all aspects of
federal  income  taxation  applicable  to  all  categories  of  holders  of  the
Securities,  some of which may be subject to special rules or special  treatment
under the federal income tax laws. For example, it does not discuss the specific
tax treatment of Securityholders that are insurance companies, banks and certain
other  financial  institutions,   regulated  investment  companies,   individual
retirement  accounts,   tax-exempt   organizations  or  dealers  in  securities.
Furthermore,  this  summary is based upon  present  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  and  judicial  or ruling  authority,  all of which are  subject  to
change,  which  change  may be  retroactive.  Moreover,  there  are no  cases or
Internal  Revenue Service ("IRS")  rulings on similar  transactions  involving a
trust that issues debt and equity  interests  with terms similar to those of the
Notes and the Certificates.  As a result,  the IRS may disagree with all or part
of the discussion below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Prospective  investors  are advised to consult  their own tax advisors with
regard to the federal  income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities, as well as the tax consequences arising under the
laws of any state,  foreign  country or other  jurisdiction.  Each Trust will be
provided  with an opinion of Schulte  Roth & Zabel LLP,  counsel for the Seller,
regarding  certain of the federal income tax matters  discussed below and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. An opinion of counsel, however, is not binding on
the IRS, and no ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will be sought from
the IRS. For purposes of the following  summary,  references  to the Trust,  the
Notes, the Certificates and related terms,  parties and documents will be deemed
to refer,  unless  otherwise  specified  herein,  to each  Trust and the  Notes,
Certificates and related terms, parties and documents applicable to such Trust.

     The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Certificateholders  will  vary
depending on whether the Trust is intended to be treated as a grantor trust or a
partnership   under  the  Code  or  is  intended  to  be  given  an  alternative
characterization  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  for each series of  Certificates  will specify  whether the Trust is
intended to be treated as a grantor  trust or a partnership  for federal  income
tax purposes or how the Trust is otherwise intended to be treated.

Scope of the Tax Opinions

     If the related Prospectus Supplement states that a Trust will be treated as
a grantor  trust,  it is expected that Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP will deliver its
opinion that,  for federal  income tax purposes,  the Trust will be treated as 


                                       75
<PAGE>

a grantor  trust.  In such event,  each  Certificateholder,  by  acceptance of a
Certificate,  will be  treated  as the  owner of an  undivided  interest  in the
Contracts included in the Contract Pool and any other assets held by the Trust.

     If the related  Prospectus  Supplement  does not state that a Trust will be
treated as grantor  trust,  it is expected  that  Schulte  Roth & Zabel LLP will
deliver its opinion that,  for federal  income tax purposes:  (1) the Notes will
constitute indebtedness; and (2) the Certificates will constitute interests in a
trust fund that will not be treated as an  association  taxable as a corporation
(or a publicly traded  partnership).  Each Noteholder,  by acceptance of a Note,
will agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness,  and each  Certificateholder,  by
acceptance of a  Certificate,  will agree to treat the Trust as a partnership in
which the Certificateholders are partners for federal income tax purposes.

     In  addition,  Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP will render its opinion that it has
reviewed the statements  herein and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement under
the heading  "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences,"  and is of the opinion
that such statements are correct in all material  respects.  Such statements are
intended  as  an  explanatory   discussion  for  the  possible  effects  of  the
classification  of the  Trust  as a  partnership,  as a  grantor  trust or other
classification, as the case may be, for federal income tax purposes on investors
generally and of related tax matters affecting investors  generally,  but do not
purport to furnish  information  in the level of detail or with the attention to
the  investor's  specific  tax  circumstances  that  would  be  provided  by  an
investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult its
own tax advisers with regard to the tax  consequences  to it of investing in the
Securities.

Other Tax Consequences

     No  advice  has been  received  as to  local  income,  franchise,  personal
property, or other taxation in any state or locality, or as to the tax effect of
ownership  of the  Securities  in any  state or  locality.  Securityholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  with  respect to any state or local
income,  franchise,  personal property, or other tax consequences arising out of
their ownership of the Securities.

Alternative Tax Treatment

     In  the  event  that,  as a  result  of a  change  in  applicable  laws  or
regulations   or  the   interpretation   thereof,   the   federal   income   tax
characteristics  of the Notes or the  Certificates  are not anticipated to be as
described above, the related Prospectus  Supplement will include a discussion of
the anticipated federal income tax treatment of the Notes or Certificates.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The activities to be undertaken by the Servicer in servicing and collecting
the Contracts will take place in Oklahoma. The State of Oklahoma imposes a state
income tax on individuals,  nonresident aliens (with respect to Oklahoma taxable
income), corporations, certain foreign corporations, and trusts and estates with
Oklahoma taxable income.  No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be
sought from the Oklahoma Tax Commission.

     Because of the  variation in each  state's or  locality's  tax laws,  it is
impossible to predict tax  consequences to  Securityholders  in all of the other
state and local taxing jurisdictions. Securityholders are urged to consult their
own tax advisors with respect to state and local tax consequences arising out of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of Securities.

Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

     Crowe and Dunlevy, P.C., Oklahoma tax counsel to the Sellers ("Oklahoma Tax
Counsel") will advise the Trust that, assuming the Notes will be treated as debt
for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be treated as debt for Oklahoma
income tax purposes,  and the Noteholders  not otherwise  subject to taxation in
Oklahoma  should not become subject to taxation in Oklahoma  solely because of a
holder's ownership of Notes. However, a Noteholder 

                                       76
<PAGE>

already  subject to  Oklahoma's  income tax could be required to pay  additional
Oklahoma tax as a result of the holder's ownership or disposition of Notes.

Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates Issued by a 
Trust Treated as a Partnership

     Oklahoma Tax Counsel will advise the Trust that if the arrangement  created
by  the  Trust  Agreement  is  treated  as  a  partnership  (not  taxable  as  a
corporation)  for U.S.  federal income tax purposes,  the same treatment  should
also   apply  for   Oklahoma   income   tax   purposes;   under   current   law,
Certificateholders  that are  nonresidents  of  Oklahoma  and are not  otherwise
subject to Oklahoma  income tax should not be subject to Oklahoma  income tax on
the income from the Trust because it is unlikely that the Trust has  established
a  nonunitary   business  or  commercial  situs  in  Oklahoma.   In  any  event,
classification  of  the  arrangement  as  a  "partnership"  would  not  cause  a
Certificateholder  not otherwise subject to taxation in Oklahoma to pay Oklahoma
income tax on income beyond that derived from the Certificates.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging
in certain  transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons"  under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

The Certificates

     An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be  acquired by (a) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (b) a plan  described in Section  4975(e)(1) of
the Code,  or (c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan assets by
reason of a plan's  investment  in the entity  (other than an insurance  company
purchasing the  Certificates for its general  accounts).  By its acceptance of a
Certificate  or its  acquisition  of an  interest  in a  Certificate  through  a
Participant or DTC, each  Certificateholder  or Certificate Owner will be deemed
to have  represented  and  warranted  that it is not  subject  to the  foregoing
limitation.

     A plan  fiduciary  considering  the  purchase  of the  Certificates  should
consult its tax and or legal advisors  regarding whether the assets of the Trust
would be considered plan assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the
prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

The Notes

     The acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could
be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust
or any of their  respective  affiliates  is or becomes a party in  interest or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by bank  collective  investment  funds;  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding
transactions effected by "qualified professional asset managers."

     A plan fiduciary  considering  the purchase of the Notes should consult its
tax and or legal  advisors  regarding  whether  the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.


                                       77
<PAGE>

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     On the terms and  conditions  set forth in an  underwriting  agreement (the
"Underwriting  Agreement") with respect to each Trust, either the Company or the
Trust will agree to sell to each of the underwriters (the "Underwriters")  named
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and each of such Underwriters
will severally  agree to purchase from the Company or the Trust,  as applicable,
the principal amount of each class of Securities of the related series set forth
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     In each  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  several  Underwriters  will  agree,
subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth  therein,  to  purchase  all the
Securities  described  therein  which  are  offered  hereby  and by the  related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Securities are purchased. In the event of a
default by any such underwriter,  each Underwriting Agreement will provide that,
in certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting Underwriters
may be increased, or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.

     Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will  either (i) set forth the price at which
each class of Securities being offered thereby will be offered to the public and
any  concessions  that may be offered to certain  dealers  participating  in the
offering of such  Securities or (ii) specify that the related  Securities are to
be resold by the Underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale.  After the initial  public  offering of any
Securities, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

   
     Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that CIT, CITSF and/or the Company
will  indemnify  the  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,   including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
    

     A Trustee may, from time to time, invest the funds of the Trust in Eligible
Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company has determined  that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.

     Each Trust will be formed to own the related  Contracts and the other Trust
assets and to issue the related  Securities.  Each Trust will have had no assets
or  obligations  prior to the issuance of the  Securities and will not engage in
any activities other than those described  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to each Trust are
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                     RATINGS

     It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of any  class of  Securities  offered
pursuant  to this  Prospectus  that the  Securities  be rated in one of the four
highest  rating  categories by at least one  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating  organization rating such series of Securities (each, a "Rating Agency").
The foregoing  ratings do not address the likelihood that the Securities will be
retired  following the sale of the Contracts by the Trust. A security  rating is
not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold  securities  and may be  subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.  The security
ratings of the Securities should be evaluated  independently of similar security
ratings assigned to other kinds of securities.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth &
Zabel LLP, New York, New York. The material  federal income tax  consequences of
the Securities  will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP.
Certain legal matters will be passed upon for CITSF, CITCF-NY and the Company by


                                       78
<PAGE>

Norman H. Rosen,  Esq.,  Senior Vice President and General  Counsel of CITSF. If
the  Enhancement  for a class of  Securities  includes a CIT Limited  Guarantee,
certain  legal  matters  will  be  passed  upon  for CIT by its  Executive  Vice
President  and  General  Counsel,  Ernest D.  Stein,  Esq.  If a Trust is formed
pursuant to the laws of the State of  Delaware,  certain  legal  matters will be
passed upon for the Trust by its special  Delaware  counsel named in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

                                     EXPERTS

     The consolidated balance sheets of CIT as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and
the related consolidated  statements of income,  changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1996 in CIT's  Amendment  No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-2 have
been  incorporated by reference  herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP,  independent  certified public  accountants,  also  incorporated by
reference  herein,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.


                                       79
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

Affiliated Owner...........................................................6, 26
Asset Service Center..........................................................31
Available Amount..........................................................14, 56
Bankruptcy Code...........................................................23, 66
Benefit Plan..................................................................70
Business Day..............................................................13, 34
Capitalized Interest Account..................................................12
Cash Collateral Account.......................................................41
CBC...........................................................................30
CBC Holding...................................................................30
Cede.......................................................................6, 33
Cedel...................................................................3, 8, 25
Cedel Participants............................................................44
Certificate Distribution Account..............................................51
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.................................13
Certificate Owner.........................................................25, 33
Certificate Owners.............................................................6
Certificate Pool Factor.......................................................29
Certificateholders............................................................45
Certificates............................................................2, 6, 33
CIT.....................................................................3, 5, 21
CITCF-NY..................................................................10, 21
CITSF......................................................................5, 21
Closing Date..................................................................10
CMC...........................................................................30
Code......................................................................19, 68
Collection Account............................................................51
Commission.....................................................................3
Company.................................................................2, 5, 21
Contract Files................................................................26
Contract Pool..............................................................9, 27
Contract Rate.................................................................27
Contracts...............................................................2, 9, 27
Cooperative...................................................................44
Credit Facility...............................................................41
Credit Facility Provider......................................................42
Dealers...................................................................10, 21
Definitive Certificates.......................................................45
Definitive Notes..............................................................45
Definitive Securities.........................................................45
Deposit Date..................................................................25
Depositories..................................................................42
Depository....................................................................25
Determination Date............................................................14
Distribution Date.........................................................13, 34
DKB...........................................................................30
DTC.....................................................................3, 6, 25
DTC Rules.....................................................................43
Due Period....................................................................14
Eligible Account..............................................................52
Eligible Institution..........................................................52


                                       80
<PAGE>

Eligible Investments..........................................................52
Enhancement...................................................................40
ERISA.....................................................................19, 70
Euroclear...............................................................3, 8, 44
Euroclear Operator............................................................44
Euroclear Participants........................................................44
Event of Termination..........................................................59
Events of Default.............................................................36
Financed Boats..............................................................2, 9
Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy...........................................40
Financial Guaranty Insurer....................................................40
Force-Placed Insurance........................................................58
FTC Rule......................................................................67
Funding Period.........................................................7, 11, 12
Holder........................................................................43
Holders.......................................................................45
Indenture...............................................................3, 7, 34
Indenture Trustee....................................................3, 5, 6, 34
Indirect Participants.........................................................43
Initial Contracts...........................................................2, 9
Initial Cut-off Date........................................................2, 9
Initial Financed Boats......................................................2, 9
Initial Pool Balance......................................................18, 61
Insolvency Laws...............................................................66
Insurance Advances............................................................58
Insured Payment...............................................................40
Interest Accrual Period...................................................13, 14
Interest Rate..................................................................8
IRS...........................................................................68
Issuer.........................................................................5
Late Fees.................................................................14, 56
Limited Guarantee.............................................................41
Liquidity Facility............................................................42
Liquidity Facility Provider...................................................42
List of Contracts.............................................................49
MHC...........................................................................30
Military Reservist Relief Act.................................................50
Monthly Advance...........................................................16, 55
Non-Reimbursable Payment..................................................17, 55
Note Distribution Account.....................................................51
Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date........................................13
Note Owner................................................................25, 35
Note Owners....................................................................8
Note Pool Factor..............................................................29
Noteholders...................................................................45
Notes...................................................................2, 7, 34
Notice........................................................................59
Obligor...................................................................10, 55
Oklahoma Tax Counsel..........................................................70
Original Certificate Balance..................................................26
Owner Trustee..................................................................5
Paid-Ahead Account............................................................52
Paid-Ahead Period.............................................................28
Paid-Ahead Precomputed Contract...............................................28


                                       81
<PAGE>

Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract...........................................28
Participants..................................................................42
Pass-Through Rate.......................................................6, 7, 34
Payment Shortfall.....................................................16, 17, 55
Pool Balance..................................................................18
Pooling and Servicing Agreement................................................3
Precomputed Contracts.........................................................28
Preferred Mortgage........................................................22, 63
Pre-Funded Amount.............................................................11
Pre-Funded Percentage.........................................................23
Pre-Funding Account............................................................7
Prospectus Supplement..........................................................2
PTCE..........................................................................70
Purchase Agreement............................................................10
Purchase Agreements...........................................................48
Purchase Price................................................................50
Rating Agency.............................................................19, 71
Rating Agency Condition.......................................................36
Record Date...............................................................13, 34
Registration Statement.........................................................3
Related Documents.............................................................38
Repurchase Event..............................................................10
Repurchased Contract......................................................10, 50
Required Servicer Ratings.....................................................54
Reserve Account...............................................................41
Reserve Fund..................................................................41
Retained Yield................................................................51
Sale and Servicing Agreement...................................................3
Securities..............................................................2, 7, 34
Security Owner................................................................35
Securityholder................................................................43
Securityholders...............................................................45
Seller......................................................................2, 5
Selling Trust..................................................................5
Servicer....................................................................3, 5
Servicer Letter of Credit.....................................................54
Servicer Payment..............................................................14
Servicing Fee.........................................................17, 18, 53
Servicing Fee Rate....................................................17, 18, 54
Ship Mortgage Act.........................................................22, 63
Simple Interest Contracts.....................................................27
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act.......................................50
Spread Account................................................................41
Stockholders Agreement........................................................30
Stripped Certificates..........................................................7
Stripped Notes.................................................................8
Subsequent Contracts........................................................2, 9
Subsequent Cut-off Date....................................................2, 11
Subsequent Financed Boats...................................................2, 9
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.................................................11
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.................................................11
Subsequent Transfer Date......................................................11
Terms and Conditions..........................................................44
Trust.......................................................................2, 5
Trust Agreement................................................................3
Trust Documents...............................................................48


                                       82
<PAGE>

Trustee.....................................................................3, 5
Trustees....................................................................5, 6
UCC.......................................................................21, 62
Underwriters..................................................................71
Underwriting Agreement........................................................71
Yield Supplement Account......................................................41


                                       83

<PAGE>

No  dealer,  salesperson  or  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any
information  or to make any  representation  not  contained  in this  Prospectus
Supplement  and  the  accompanying  Prospectus  and,  if  given  or  made,  such
information or representation  must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company,  CITSF or any  Underwriter.  This Prospectus  Supplement and the
accompanying  Prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any of the securities  offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any
person to whom it is  unlawful to make such offer or  solicitation.  Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus  Supplement or the  accompanying  Prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances,  create any implication that
the  information  herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof
or that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since such date.

                                 --------------

                                Table of Contents

                              Prospectus Supplement

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Summary ................................................................... S-3
Risk Factors .............................................................. S-19
Structure of the Transaction .............................................. S-23
The Trust Property ........................................................ S-24
The Contract Pool ......................................................... S-25
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations .................................... S-29
Yield and Prepayment Considerations ....................................... S-34
Pool Factors .............................................................. S-34
Use of Proceeds ........................................................... S-35
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer ............................. S-35
The Certificates .......................................................... S-39
The Notes ................................................................. S-41
Enhancement ............................................................... S-43
The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents ........................... S-45
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ................................... S-47
Plan of Distribution ...................................................... S-47
Ratings ................................................................... S-48
Legal Matters ............................................................. S-48
Annex I ................................................................... S-49
Index of Principal Terms .................................................. S-52
                                                                   
                                   Prospectus                  
                                                                 
Available Information .....................................................    3
Reports to Securityholders ................................................    3
Documents Incorporated by Reference .......................................    4
Summary ...................................................................    5
Risk Factors ..............................................................   21
The Trusts ................................................................   25
The Trust Property ........................................................   26
The Contract Pool .........................................................   26
Yield and Prepayment Considerations .......................................   28
Pool Factors ..............................................................   29
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   29
The CIT Group, Inc. .......................................................   30
The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, Seller .......................   30
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer .............................   31
The Certificates ..........................................................   33
The Notes .................................................................   34
Enhancement ...............................................................   39
Certain Information Regarding the Securities ..............................   42
The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents ...........................   48
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts ....................................   61
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ...................................   67
Certain State Tax Consequences ............................................   68
ERISA Considerations ......................................................   68
Plan of Distribution ......................................................   69
Financial Information .....................................................   70
Ratings ...................................................................   70
Legal Matters .............................................................   70
Experts ...................................................................   70
Index of Principal Terms ..................................................    i

Until  ninety  days after the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  all dealers
effecting  transactions in the Securities,  whether or not participating in this
distribution,  may be  required  to  deliver  a  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
Prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of  dealers  to deliver a
Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus when acting as  underwriters  and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



$-----------
(Approximate)

CIT Marine
Trust ____-_

$----------  --%
Asset-Backed Notes

$________ ___% Asset-Backed
Certificates

The CIT Group
Securitization
Corporation II,
Seller

The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc.,
Servicer

[Underwriters]

Prospectus

Dated

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The following is an itemized list of the estimated  expenses to be incurred
in connection with the offering of the securities being offered  hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.

   
         SEC registration fee................................  $  363,286.37
         Attorney's fees and expenses .......................     450,000.00
         Accounting fees and expenses .......................     120,000.00
         Blue sky fees and expenses .........................      60,000.00
         Rating agency fees .................................     370,000.00
         Trustee's fees and expenses ........................      40,000.00
         Printing expenses ..................................     160,000.00
         Miscellaneous fees and expenses ....................      50,000.00
                                                               -------------
             Total...........................................  $1,613,286.37
                                                               =============
    

       

Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Subsection  (a) of Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of Delaware
empowers  a  corporation  to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the
fact  that  he  is or  was a  director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent  of  the
corporation  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  trust, or other  enterprise,  against expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees), judgments,  fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action,  suit, or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection  (b) of Section 145  empowers a  corporation  to  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending,  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person  acted  in  any of the  capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses
(including   attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation except that no indemnification  may be made in
respect of any claim,  issue,  or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery  or the court in which such  action or suit was brought  shall
determine  that despite the  adjudication  of liability,  but in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such  person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

     Section  145  further  provides  that to the  extent a  director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of a corporation  has been  successful in the defense of any
action,  suit, or proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (a) and (b) or in the
defense of any claim,  issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against
expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not
be deemed  exclusive of any other rights to which the  indemnified  party may be
entitled;  and empowers the  corporation  to purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any  person  acting in any of the  capacities  set forth in the second
preceding  paragraph  against any liability  asserted against him or incurred by
him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under
Section 145.

     The  Registrants'  By-Laws  provide for  indemnification  of directors  and
officers of each Registrant to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

     Article X of the  By-laws  of CIT and  Article  VIII of the  By-laws of the
Company  provide,  in effect,  that,  in addition  to any rights  afforded to an
officer,  director or employee of such  Registrant  by contract or  operation of
law, 


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

such Registrant may indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee,  or agent of such  Registrant,  or of any other  corporation  which he
served at the  request of such  Registrant,  against any and all  liability  and
reasonable  expense  incurred by him in  connection  with or resulting  from any
claim,  action,  suit, or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of such
Registrant or such other corporation or otherwise),  civil or criminal, in which
he may have become involved, as a party or otherwise,  by reason of his being or
having been such director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of such  Registrant or
such other corporation,  whether or not he continues to be such at the time such
liability or expense is incurred,  provided that such person acted in good faith
and in what he reasonably  believed to be the best interests of such  Registrant
or  such  other  corporation,  and,  in  connection  with  any  criminal  action
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Such  Articles  further  provide  that any person who is or was a director,
officer,  employee,  or agent of each  Registrant  or any  director  or indirect
wholly-owned  subsidiary of each Registrant shall be entitled to indemnification
as a matter  of  right  if he has  been  wholly  successful,  on the  merits  or
otherwise,  with respect to any claim,  action,  suit, or proceeding of the type
described in the foregoing paragraph.

     In  addition,   the   Registrants   maintain   directors'   and   officers'
reimbursement  and liability  insurance  pursuant to standard form policies with
aggregate  limits of  $90,000,000.  The risks  covered by such  policies  do not
exclude liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

     Pursuant  to the form of  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  will
agree,  subject to certain  conditions,  to  indemnify  the  Registrants,  their
directors,  certain of their  officers  and persons who control the  Registrants
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 against certain liabilities.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

          a.  Exhibits:

             1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
             3.1    Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  of The CIT Group
                    Securitization  Corporation  II,  incorporated  by reference
                    herein to Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement 33-65057
             3.2    By-laws  of The CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II,
                    incorporated   by   reference   herein  to  Exhibit  3.2  to
                    Registration Statement 333-07249
             4.1*   Form of  Indenture  between  the  Trust  and  the  Indenture
                    Trustee
             4.2*   Form of Trust  Agreement  between  the Company and the Owner
                    Trustee
             4.3*   Form of Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  among  the  Company,
                    CITSF and the Trust
   
             4.4*   Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement
             4.5*   Form of Limited Guarantee
             5.1*   Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP with respect to legality
             5.2*   Opinion  of  Richards,   Layton  &  Finger  with  respect to
                    legality
             8.1*   Opinion  of  Schulte  Roth & Zabel LLP with  respect  to tax
                    matters
             8.2*   Opinion of Crowe & Dunlevy PC with  respect to Oklahoma  tax
                    matters
            10.1*   Form of Purchase Agreement
            10.2*   Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement
            23.1*   Consent of  Schulte  Roth & Zabel LLP  (included  as part of
                    Exhibit 5.1)
            23.2*   Consent  of  Richards,  Layton & Finger (included as part of
                    Exhibit 5.2)
            23.3**  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
            24.1**  Powers  of   Attorney   of  The  CIT  Group   Securitization
                    Corporation  II  (included  on page II-4)  
            23.4*   Consent of Crowe and Dunlevy,  P.C.  (included  as  part  of
                    Exhibit 8.2)
            24.2**  Powers of Attorney of The CIT Group, Inc.
    

- ------------
       
* To be filed by amendment.
   
** Previously filed.
    


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

         b. Financial Statement Schedules:

         Not applicable.

Item 17. Undertakings.

         The Registrants hereby undertake:

     (1) To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

          (i) To include  any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any fact or events arising after the
     effective  date  of  the   registration   statement  (or  the  most  recent
     post-effective amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the aggregate,
     represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in the
     registration statement;

          (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the plan of
     distribution not previously disclosed in the registration  statement or any
     material change to such information in the registration statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability under the Act, each
post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus  shall be deemed to
be a new registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such  securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     The undersigned Registrants undertake that, for purposes of determining any
liability under the Act, each filing of the Registrants'  annual report pursuant
to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is
incorporated by reference in the Registration  Statement shall be deemed to be a
new Registration  Statement relating to the securities offered therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

     The undersigned  Registrants  hereby agree to provide to the underwriter at
the  closing  specified  in the  underwriting  agreement,  certificates  in such
denominations  and  registered in such names as required by the  underwriter  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Act may be
permitted to  directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the  Registrants
pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrants have been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of the Registrants in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the  Registrants  will,  unless in the  opinion of its  counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction the question of whether such  indemnification by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

   
     The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to file an application for the
purpose of determining  the  eligibility of the trustee to act under  subsection
(a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act in accordance  with the rules and
regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this  Amendment
No.  1 to  the  Registration  Statement  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Livingston, State of New
Jersey, on January 27, 1998.
    

                                    THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                    By:  /s/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Name:  James J. Egan, Jr.
                                         Title: President

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

   
     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    


Signature                                Title                       Date
- ---------                                -----                       ----
   
/s/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.         President and Director           January 27, 1998
- ---------------------------    (principal executive officer)
                     

             *                 Executive Vice President         January 27, 1998
- ---------------------------    and Director
                               

             *                 Director                         January 27, 1998
- ---------------------------


/s/ FRANK GARCIA               Vice President                   January 27, 1998
- ---------------------------    (principal financial and 
                               accounting officer)

                               By: /s/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.       January 27, 1998
                                   -------------------------
                                   James J. Egan, Jr.
                                   Attorney-in-fact

     Original powers of attorney authorizing Norman H. Rosen, James J. Egan, Jr.
and Richard W. Bauerband and each of them to sign the Registration Statement and
amendments  thereto on behalf of the  directors  and officers of the  Registrant
indicated  above are held by The CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II and
available for examination pursuant to Item 302(b) of Regulation S-T.
    

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this  Amendment
No.  1 to  the  Registration  Statement  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and State of New
York, on January 27, 1998.
    

                                          THE CIT GROUP, INC.

   
                                          By:  /s/ ERNEST D. STEIN
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Ernest D. Stein
                                               Executive Vice President, 
                                               General Counsel and Secretary

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement  has been  signed  below by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
    

          Signature and Title                                           Date
          -------------------                                           ----

        Albert R. Gamper, Jr.*
- -------------------------------------
President, Chief Executive Officer, 
           and Director
   (Principal executive officer)

            Hisao Kobayashi*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

           Takasuke Kaneko*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

   
           Joseph A. Pollicino*      *By /s/ ERNEST D. STEIN January 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------    -------------------
              Director                   Ernest D. Stein
                                         Attorney-in-fact
    


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

           Paul N. Roth*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

          Peter J. Tobin*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

          Yukiharu Uno*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

           Yoshiro Aoki*
- -------------------------------------
             Director

            Keiji Torii*
- -------------------------------------
             Director

           Tohru Tonoike*
- -------------------------------------
              Director

         /s/ JOSEPH M. LEONE
- -------------------------------------
   
           Joseph M. Leone                                      January 27, 1998
   Executive Vice President and Chief 
            Financial Officer
principal financial and accounting officer)
    

     Original powers of attorney  authorizing  Albert R. Gamper,  Jr., Ernest D.
Stein, and Donald J. Rapson and each of them to sign the Registration  Statement
and amendments thereto on behalf of the directors and officers of the Registrant
indicated  above are held by The CIT Group,  Inc. and available for  examination
pursuant to Item 302(b) of Regulation S-T.


                                      II-7



                                                                     Exhibit 1.1

                            CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                 $___________ CLASS A ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES

                  $___________ ____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                                    (SELLER)

                                                              ____________, ____

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[                    ]
as Representative of the Several Underwriters (the "Representative"),
[address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         1. Introductory The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, a Delaware
corporation (the "Seller") and a wholly-owned limited-purpose finance subsidiary
of The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("CIT")  proposes to
cause CIT Marine  Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust")  to issue and sell $  ___________
principal  amount of its Class A ____ % Asset  Backed  Notes (the  "Notes")  and
$___________  principal  amount  of its ____ % Asset  Backed  Certificates  (the
"Certificates"  and, together with the Notes, the "Securities").  The Securities
are registered under the registration statement referred to in Section 2(a). The
assets of the Trust include, among other things, a pool of receivables generated
pursuant to marine installment sale contracts, marine installment loan contracts
or notes and U.S. Preferred Ship Mortgages (the "Initial  Contracts") secured by
the new and used boats  financed  thereby  (the  "Initial  Financed  Boats") and
certain monies  received  thereunder on or after  ____________ , ____,  [amounts
deposited in the  Pre-Funding  Account and Capitalized  Interest  Account,] [the
right to receive  payments under certain  circumstances  from funds deposited in
the Cash  Collateral  Account  pursuant to the Cash  Collateral  Agreement to be
dated as of ____________ , ____ (the "Cash  Collateral  Agreement")  between the
Trust,  the Owner  Trustee,  the  Servicer and  ____________________  (the "Cash
Collateral Depositor") and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (as defined below),]
[additional  receivables generated pursuant to marine installment sale contracts
(the  "Subsequent  Contracts";  and  together  with the Initial  Contracts,  the
"Contracts") secured by the new and used boats financed thereby (the "Subsequent
Financed


                                       
<PAGE>

Boats;" and together with the Initial Financed Boats,  the "Financed  Boats") to
be conveyed to the Trust  subsequent  to the date of issuance of the  Securities
and certain monies received  thereunder on or after their respective  subsequent
cutoff dates,] and the other property and the proceeds thereof to be conveyed to
the  Trust  pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  to be dated as of
____________ , ____ (the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement")  among the Trust,  the
Seller, and The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc., a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
CIT, as servicer ("CITSF" or the "Servicer").  The Contracts and other assets of
the Trust will be sold by CITSF to the Seller  pursuant to a Purchase  Agreement
to be dated as of ____________ , ____ (the "Purchase  Agreement")  between CITSF
and the Seller,  and finally by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  Certain of the Contracts and other property sold by CITSF
to the Seller  will  first be  purchased  by CITSF  from The CIT  Group/Consumer
Finance,  Inc. (NY) ("CITCF-NY") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement to be dated as
of  _____________ , ____ (the "CITCF-NY Sale  Agreement")  between  CITCF-NY and
CITSF.  The Servicer will service the Contracts on behalf of the Trust  pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  The Notes will be issued  pursuant to the
Indenture to be dated as of  _____________  , ____ (as amended and  supplemented
from time to time, the "Indenture"),  between the Trust and ____________________
(the "Indenture  Trustee").  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
Servicer will agree to perform certain administrative tasks imposed on the Trust
under the Indenture. The Certificates,  each representing a fractional undivided
interest in the Trust,  will be issued pursuant to a Trust Agreement to be dated
as of  ____________  , ____ (the  "Trust  Agreement"),  between  the  Seller and
____________________ , as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

         Capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings given them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

         The Seller and CITSF hereby agree with the several  Underwriters  named
in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") as follows:

         2.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller and CITSF. Each of the
Seller and CITSF, jointly and severally,  represents and warrants to, and agrees
with, the Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the date of the purchase
and sale of the  Securities  pursuant to Section 3 hereof (the  "Closing  Date")
that:

                  (a) A  registration  statement  on Form S-3  (No.  333-______)
         relating to the  Securities,  including a form of prospectus,  has been
         filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")
         and either (i) has been declared  effective under the Securities Act of
         1933, as amended (the "Act"), and is not proposed to be amended or (ii)
         is proposed to be amended by amendment or post-effective  amendment. If
         the Seller does not propose to amend such registration statement and if
         any  post-effective  amendment to such registration  statement has been
         filed with the  Commission  prior to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement,  the most recent such amendment has been declared  effective
         by the  Commission.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "Effective  Time"
         means (i) if the Seller has advised the Representative that it does not
         propose to amend such registration  statement,  the date and time as of
         which such 

<PAGE>

         registration  statement,  or the most recent  post-effective  amendment
         thereto  (if any) filed  prior to the  execution  and  delivery of this
         Agreement,  was declared  effective by the  Commission,  or (ii) if the
         Seller has  advised  the  Representative  that it  proposes  to file an
         amendment or post-effective  amendment to such registration  statement,
         the date and time as of which such registration  statement,  as amended
         by such amendment or post-effective  amendment,  as the case may be, is
         declared  effective by the Commission.  "Effective Date" means the date
         of the Effective Time. Such registration  statement,  as amended at the
         Effective  Time,  including  all  material  incorporated  by  reference
         therein and including all  information  (if any) deemed to be a part of
         such  registration  statement as of the Effective Time pursuant to Rule
         430A(b) under the Act, is hereinafter  referred to as the "Registration
         Statement," and the form of prospectus  relating to the Securities,  as
         first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
         424(b) ("Rule 424(b)") under the Act or (if no such filing is required)
         as included  in the  Registration  Statement,  including  all  material
         incorporated by reference in such prospectus is hereinafter referred to
         as the "Prospectus."

                  (b) If the  Effective  Time  is  prior  to the  execution  and
         delivery of this Agreement: (i) on the Effective Date, the Registration
         Statement conformed in all respects to the requirements of the Act, the
         Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act") and
         the rules and regulations of the Commission  promulgated  under the Act
         and the Trust Indenture Act (the "Rules and  Regulations")  and did not
         include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any
         material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
         statements  therein  not  misleading,  and  (ii)  on the  date  of this
         Agreement,  the  Registration  Statement  conforms,  and at the time of
         filing of the  Prospectus  pursuant to Rule  424(b),  the  Registration
         Statement  and the  Prospectus  will  conform,  in all  respects to the
         requirements  of the Act,  the  Trust  Indenture  Act and the Rules and
         Regulations,  and neither of such documents includes,  or will include,
         any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits,  or will omit,  to
         state any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
         make the statements  therein not  misleading.  If the Effective Time is
         subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement:  (i) on the
         Effective  Date, the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  will
         conform in all material  respects to the  requirements  of the Act, the
         Trust  Indenture  Act  and  the  Rules  and  Regulations,  (ii)  on the
         Effective Date, the Registration  Statement will not include any untrue
         statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state  any  material  fact
         required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  in  order  to make the
         statements  therein not misleading and (iii) on the Effective  Date, at
         the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) and at the
         Closing Date, the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a
         material  fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary in order to make the statements  therein, in light
         of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading.  The
         two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from
         the Registration Statement or Prospectus based upon written information
         furnished to the Seller by any Underwriter  through the  Representative
         specifically for use therein. The Seller and CITSF acknowledge that any
         information  furnished by any of the Underwriters  specifically for use
         in  the  Registration  Statement,  any  preliminary  prospectus  or the
         Prospectus  is the  Underwriters'  Information  (as  defined in Section
         7(a)).

<PAGE>

                  (c) Each of the Seller and CITSF have been duly  organized and
         are validly existing as corporations in good standing under the laws of
         the State of Delaware.  CITCF-NY has been duly organized and is validly
         existing as a corporation  in good standing under the laws of the State
         of New York.  Each of the Seller,  CITSF and  CITCF-NY  have  corporate
         power  and  authority  to  own,  lease  and  operate  their  respective
         properties and conduct their respective  businesses as described in the
         Prospectus and to enter into and perform their  obligations  under each
         of the Basic  Documents (as defined below) to which it is a party;  and
         each of the Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY is duly qualified to do business
         as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction
         in which the  character of the business  transacted by it or properties
         owned or  leased by it  requires  such  qualification  and in which the
         failure so to  qualify  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on its
         respective  business,  properties,  assets, or condition  (financial or
         other) or on its  ability to perform its  obligations  under any of the
         Basic Documents to which it is a party.  "Basic  Documents"  means this
         Agreement,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Trust Agreement, the
         Indenture,   [the  Cash   Collateral   Agreement,]  the  CITCF-NY  Sale
         Agreement,  the Purchase Agreement,  the Note Depository  Agreement and
         the Certificate Depository Agreement.

                  (d) The  Seller  is not in  violation  of its  certificate  of
         incorporation or by-laws or in default in the performance or observance
         of any material obligation,  agreement, covenant or condition contained
         in any contract,  indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement,  note, lease or
         other  instrument  to  which  it is a  party  or  by  which  it or  its
         properties  may be bound,  which  default  might result in any material
         adverse  change  in  the  financial  condition,  earnings,  affairs  or
         business of the Seller,  or which might materially and adversely affect
         the  properties  or  assets  thereof  or the  ability  to  perform  its
         obligations under any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party.

                  (e)  Neither  CITSF  nor  CITCF-NY  is  in  violation  of  its
         certificate  of   incorporation   or  by-laws  or  in  default  in  the
         performance  or  observance  of  any  material  obligation,  agreement,
         covenant or condition  contained in any material  contract,  indenture,
         mortgage,  loan agreement,  note, lease or other instrument to which it
         is a party or by which it or its  respective  properties  may be bound,
         which  default  might  result  in any  material  adverse  change in the
         financial condition,  earnings,  affairs or business of either of CITSF
         or  CITCF-NY  or  which  might  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
         properties   or  assets   thereof  or  their  ability  to  perform  its
         obligations under any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party.

                  (f) The  execution  and  delivery by the Seller on the Closing
         Date of the Basic  Documents to which it is a party and the performance
         of its  obligations  thereunder  will be within its corporate power and
         duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of the
         Seller on and as of the Closing Date; and neither the issuance and sale
         of the Securities to the  Underwriters,  nor the execution and delivery
         by the Seller of the Basic  Documents  to which it is a party,  nor the
         consummation by the Seller of the  transactions  therein  contemplated,
         nor compliance by the Seller with the provisions hereof or thereof, 

<PAGE>

         nor  the  grant  of the  security  interest  in the  Collateral  to the
         Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture,  will materially  conflict
         with or result  in a  material  breach  of, or  constitute  a  material
         default  under,  any of the provisions of any law,  governmental  rule,
         regulation,  judgment,  decree or order  binding  on the  Seller or its
         properties or its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any of the
         provisions of any indenture,  mortgage, contract or other instrument to
         which the  Seller is a party or by which the  Seller is bound or result
         in the creation or imposition of any lien,  charge or encumbrance  upon
         any of its  property  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,
         mortgage, contract or other instrument.

                  (g) The  execution  and delivery by each of CITSF and CITCF-NY
         on and as of the Closing Date of any of the Basic Documents to which it
         is a party and the performance of its obligations  thereunder,  will be
         within  the  corporate  power of each of CITSF  and  CITCF-NY  and duly
         authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of each of
         CITSF and  CITCF-NY  on and as of the  Closing  Date;  and  neither the
         issuance  and  sale  of the  Securities  to the  Underwriters,  nor the
         execution  and  delivery  by CITSF  and  CITCF-NY  of any of the  Basic
         Documents  to which it is a party,  nor the  consummation  by CITSF and
         CITSF-NY of the transactions  therein  contemplated,  nor compliance by
         CITSF and CITCF-NY with the provisions hereof or thereof, nor the grant
         of the security  interest in the  Collateral to the  Indenture  Trustee
         pursuant to the Indenture, will materially conflict with or result in a
         material breach of, or constitute a material  default under, any of the
         provisions of any law, governmental rule, regulation,  judgment, decree
         or order binding on CITSF or CITCF-NY or their respective properties or
         the certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of CITSF or CITCF-NY,  or
         any of the provisions of any material indenture,  mortgage, contract or
         other  instrument  to which  CITSF or  CITCF-NY  is a party or by which
         CITSF or CITCF-NY is bound or result in the creation or  imposition  of
         any lien,  charge or encumbrance upon any of their respective  property
         pursuant  to  the  terms  of any  such  material  indenture,  mortgage,
         contract or other instrument.

                  (h) This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed  and
         delivered by each of the Seller and CITSF,  and it constitutes a legal,
         valid and binding instrument enforceable against each of the Seller and
         CITSF  in  accordance  with  its  terms,   subject  (i)  to  applicable
         bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  moratorium  or other similar
         laws affecting creditors' rights generally,  (ii) as to enforceability,
         to general principles of equity  (regardless of whether  enforcement is
         sought  in  a  proceeding  in  equity  or  at  law)  and  (iii)  as  to
         enforceability  with  respect  to rights of  indemnity  thereunder,  to
         limitations of public policy under applicable securities laws.

                  (i)  The  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  when  executed  and
         delivered  on the Closing  Date will be duly  authorized,  executed and
         delivered by each of the Seller and CITSF, and will constitute a legal,
         valid and binding instrument enforceable against each of the Seller and
         CITSF  in  accordance  with  its  terms,   subject  (i)  to  applicable
         bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  moratorium  or other similar
         laws   affecting   creditors'   rights   generally   and   (ii)  as  to
         enforceability,  to general principles of equity (regardless of whether
         enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

<PAGE>

                  (j) The Trust  Agreement  when  executed and  delivered on the
         Closing Date will be duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered by the
         Seller,  and will  constitute  a legal,  valid and  binding  instrument
         enforceable  against the Seller in accordance  with its terms,  subject
         (i) to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or
         other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) as to
         enforceability,  to general principles of equity (regardless of whether
         enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  [(k) The Cash Collateral Agreement when executed and delivered
         on the Closing Date will be duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
         CITSF  and  will  constitute  a legal,  valid  and  binding  instrument
         enforceable against CITSF in accordance with its terms,  subject (i) to
         applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency, moratorium or other
         similar laws  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  and (ii) as to
         enforceability,  to general principles of equity (regardless of whether
         enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).]

                  (l) The  Certificates,  when duly and validly  executed by the
         Owner Trustee or an agent thereof on behalf of the Trust, authenticated
         and delivered in accordance with the Trust Agreement,  and delivered to
         and paid for pursuant hereto will be validly issued and outstanding and
         entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.

                  (m) The Notes,  when duly and  validly  executed  by the Owner
         Trustee or an agent thereof on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated  and
         delivered in accordance with the Indenture,  and delivered and paid for
         pursuant  hereto will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to
         the benefits of the Indenture.

                  (n) no  filing or  registration  with,  notice to or  consent,
         approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority
         or agency is required  for the  consummation  by the Seller or CITSF of
         the transactions contemplated by any of the Basic Documents to which it
         is a party, except such as may be required under the Act, the Rules and
         Regulations, or state securities or Blue Sky laws.

                  (o) The Seller,  CITSF and CITCF-NY  each possess all material
         licenses,   certificates,   authorities   or  permits   issued  by  the
         appropriate  state,  federal or foreign  regulatory  agencies or bodies
         necessary  to  conduct  the  businesses  now  operated  by them  and as
         described in the  Prospectus,  other than such licenses,  certificates,
         authorities or permits the failure of which to possess would not have a
         material adverse effect on the interests of the  Certificateholders  or
         the  Noteholders  under the Basic  Documents,  and none of the  Seller,
         CITSF or CITCF-NY has received  any notice of  proceedings  relating to
         the  revocation  or  modification  of any  such  license,  certificate,
         authority or permit which,  singly or in the aggregate,  if the subject
         of an unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding,  would  materially and
         adversely  affect the conduct of the  business,  operations,  financial
         condition  or income of any of the  Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY or their
         ability to 

<PAGE>

         perform their respective  obligations  under any of the Basic Documents
         to which it is a party.

                  (p) As of the Closing Date, the Initial  Contracts and related
         property will have been duly and validly  assigned to the Owner Trustee
         in accordance  with the Basic  Documents;  and when such  assignment is
         effected,  a duly and validly  perfected  transfer of all such  Initial
         Contracts  subject  to no  prior  lien,  mortgage,  security  interest,
         pledge,  charge or other  encumbrance  created by the Seller,  CITSF or
         CITCF-NY will have occurred.  As of the Closing Date, the Trust's grant
         of a security  interest  in the  Collateral  to the  Indenture  Trustee
         pursuant to the Indenture will vest in the Indenture  Trustee,  for the
         benefit  of  the  Noteholders,  a  first  priority  perfected  security
         interest  therein,  subject  to  no  prior  lien,  mortgage,   security
         interest,  pledge,  charge or other encumbrance  created by the Seller,
         CITSF or CITCF-NY. [As of each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Subsequent
         Contracts and related property  conveyed to the Trust on such date will
         have been duly and validly  assigned to the Owner Trustee in accordance
         with the Basic  Documents;  and when such  assignment is effected,  the
         duly and validly  perfected  transfer of all such Subsequent  Contracts
         will be subject to no prior lien, mortgage,  security interest, pledge,
         charge or other encumbrance  created by the Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY.
         As of each  Subsequent  Transfer  Date, the Trust's grant of a security
         interest  in the  Collateral  sold  to the  Trust  on  such  Subsequent
         Transfer  Date  pursuant to the  Indenture  will vest in the  Indenture
         Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a first priority perfected
         security interest therein, subject to no prior lien, mortgage, security
         interest,  pledge,  charge or other encumbrance  created by the Seller,
         CITSF or CITCF-NY.

                  (q) As of the Closing Date, each of the Initial Contracts will
         meet the  eligibility  criteria  described in the Prospectus [and as of
         each Subsequent  Transfer Date, each of the Subsequent  Contracts being
         transferred to the Trust will meet the eligibility  criteria  described
         in the Prospectus].

                  (r) The chief  executive  office of each of the Seller,  CITSF
         and CITCF-NY is listed  opposite its name on Schedule II hereto,  which
         office is the place where it is  "located"  for the purposes of Section
         9-103(3)(d) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of
         New York,  and the  offices of each of the Seller,  CITSF and  CITCF-NY
         where it keeps its respective records concerning the Contracts are also
         listed in said Schedule  opposite its name and there have been no other
         such locations during the four months preceding the Closing Date.

                  (s) Neither the  Seller,  CITSF nor the Trust Fund  created by
         the Sale and Servicing  Agreement will be subject to registration as an
         "investment  company"  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as
         amended (the "Investment Company Act").

                  (t) In connection  with the offering of the  Securities in the
         State of Florida,  the Seller hereby  certifies that they have complied
         with all provisions of Section  5.17.075 of the Florida  Securities and
         Investor Protection Act.

<PAGE>

                  (u)  As  of  the  Closing   Date,   each  of  the   respective
         representations  and  warranties of the Seller,  CITSF and CITCF-NY set
         forth  in the  Basic  Documents  will  be  true  and  correct,  and the
         Underwriters may rely on such representations and warranties as if they
         were set forth herein in full.

         3.  Purchase,  Sale and  Delivery  of  Securities.  On the basis of the
representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions  herein set forth,  the Seller agrees to cause the Trust to
sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly,
to purchase from the Trust, the principal amount of the Notes set forth opposite
the name of such  Underwriter  in Schedule I hereto at a purchase price equal to
the Total Price to Seller specified in Schedule III hereto plus accrued interest
at the Class A Rate from ____________, ____ to (but excluding) the Closing Date,
and the principal  balance of the  Certificates  set forth  opposite the name of
such  Underwriter  in  Schedule I hereto at a purchase  price equal to the Total
Price to Seller  specified  in Schedule IV hereto plus  accrued  interest at the
Pass-Through Rate from ____________, ____ to (but excluding) the Closing Date.

                  The Seller will deliver the Securities to the  Representative,
for the account of the  Underwriters,  against  payment of the purchase price by
wire transfer of immediately  available funds to the Seller,  or to such bank as
may be designated by the Seller,  at the office of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, 900
Third Avenue,  New York, New York 10022 on ____________ , ___ at 10:00 a.m., New
York City time,  or at such other time not later than seven full  business  days
thereafter  as the  Representative  and the  Seller  determine,  such time being
herein referred to as the "Closing Date." The Securities to be so delivered will
be  initially  represented  by one or more  Notes  and one or more  Certificates
registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company  ("DTC").  The interests of beneficial  owners of the Securities will be
represented  by book  entries on the  records of DTC and  participating  members
thereof.  [One  Certificate  in  definitive  form  in the  principal  amount  of
$___________  will  be  registered  in the  name  of  ____________________  (the
"Affiliated   Purchaser   Certificate").   Definitive   Notes   and   Definitive
Certificates (other than the Affiliated Purchaser Certificate) will be available
only  under  the  limited  circumstances  set forth in the  Indenture  and Trust
Agreement. The notes and certificates evidencing the Notes and Certificates will
be made  available  for checking and  packaging at the offices of Schulte Roth &
Zabel LLP at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date.

         4.  Offering  by  Underwriters.   It  is  understood  that,  after  the
Registration Statement becomes effective,  the Underwriters propose to offer the
Securities for sale to the public (which may include selected  dealers),  on the
terms set forth in the Prospectus.

         5.  Covenants  of the Seller  and CITSF.  Each of the Seller and CITSF,
jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

                  (a) If the  Effective  Time  is  prior  to the  execution  and
         delivery  of this  Agreement,  the  Seller  will  file the  Prospectus,
         properly  completed,  with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance
         with  subparagraph  (1) (or, if  applicable  and if consented to by the
         Representative,  subparagraph  (4)) of Rule  424(b)  not later than the
         earlier of (i) the second  business day  following  the  execution  and
         delivery of this  Agreement  or (ii) the 

<PAGE>

         fifth business day after the Effective Date. The Seller will advise the
         Representative promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b).

                  (b) The Seller will advise the Representative  promptly of any
         proposal to amend or supplement the registration  statement as filed or
         the related prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,
         and will not effect any such amendment or  supplementation  without the
         Representative's  consent  which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably
         withheld;  and the Seller will also advise the Representative  promptly
         of the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement (if the Effective
         Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and
         of any amendment or  supplementation  of the Registration  Statement or
         the  Prospectus  and of the  institution  by the Commission of any stop
         order proceedings in respect of the Registration Statement and will use
         its best  efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to
         obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

                  (c) The  Seller  will  arrange  for the  qualification  of the
         Securities  for  offering  and sale under the  securities  laws of such
         jurisdictions in the United States as the Representative may reasonably
         designate and will continue  such  qualifications  in effect so long as
         necessary  under  such laws for the  distribution  of such  Securities,
         provided that in connection  therewith the Seller shall not be required
         to qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do business nor become subject
         to service of process  generally,  but only to the extent  required for
         such qualification, in any jurisdiction in which it is not currently so
         qualified.

                  (d)  If,  at  any  time  when  a  prospectus  relating  to the
         Securities is required to be delivered by law in connection  with sales
         by any Underwriter or dealer,  either (i) any event shall have occurred
         as a result of which the  Prospectus  as then  amended or  supplemented
         would include any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state
         any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
         the  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
         misleading, or (ii) for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend
         or  supplement  the  Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Seller will
         promptly notify the  Representative  and will promptly prepare and file
         with the Commission, at their own expense, an amendment or a supplement
         to the  Prospectus  which will  correct  such  statement or omission or
         effect such compliance.  Neither the consent of the  Representative to,
         nor the  Underwriters'  delivery of, any such  amendment or  supplement
         shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section
         6 hereof.

                  (e)  As  soon  as   practicable,   but  not  later   than  the
         Availability  Date (as defined below),  the Seller will cause the Trust
         to make generally  available to Noteholders and  Certificateholders  an
         earnings statement of the Trust covering a period of at least 12 months
         beginning after the Effective Date which will satisfy the provisions of
         Section  11(a)  of the Act and  Rule 158 of the  applicable  Rules  and
         Regulations  thereunder.  For the  purpose of the  preceding  sentence,
         "Availability  Date"  means the 45th day  after  the end of the  fourth
         fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective
        
<PAGE>

         Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of
         the Trust's fiscal year,  "Availability  Date" means the 90th day after
         the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

                  (f) The Seller will furnish to each of the Underwriters copies
         of the Registration  Statement (two of which will be signed and include
         all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus,  the Prospectus and
         all amendments and supplements to such documents,  in each case as soon
         as available and in such quantities as the Representative may from time
         to time reasonably request.

                  (g) So  long as any of the  Securities  are  outstanding,  the
         Seller or CITSF, as the case may be, will furnish to the Representative
         copies  of  all  written   reports  or  other  written   communications
         (financial or  otherwise)  furnished or made  available to  Noteholders
         and/or  Certificateholders,  and deliver to the  Representative  during
         such  same  period,  (i) as soon as they are  available,  copies of any
         reports and financial  statements filed by or on behalf of the Trust by
         the Seller with the  Commission  pursuant to the  Exchange Act and (ii)
         such additional information concerning the Seller or CITSF (relating to
         the Contracts,  the servicing thereof or the ability of CITSF to act as
         Servicer),   the  Notes,   the   Certificates   or  the  Trust  as  the
         Representative may reasonably request from time to time.

                  (h)  Whether  or not  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
         Agreement are consummated, the Seller and CITSF will pay or cause to be
         paid all  costs  and  expenses  incident  to the  performance  of their
         respective  obligations  hereunder,   including  (i)  the  preparation,
         issuance  and  delivery  of the  Securities,  (ii) any fees  charged by
         Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  and  Standard & Poor's
         Structured Ratings Group, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
         ("S&P" and,  together with  Moody's,  the "Rating  Agencies"),  for the
         rating of the  Securities,  (iii) the  expenses  incurred in  printing,
         reproducing and distributing  the registration  statement as filed, the
         Registration  Statement,  preliminary  prospectuses  and the Prospectus
         (including any amendments and supplements  thereto required pursuant to
         Section 5(d) hereof), (iv) the fees and disbursements of counsel to the
         Seller and CITSF and the independent  public accountants of the Seller,
         (v)  the  fees  and  disbursements  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and its
         counsel,  (vi) the fees and  disbursement  of the Owner Trustee and its
         counsel,  (vii)  the  fees of DTC in  connection  with  the  book-entry
         registration of the Securities,  (viii) the reasonable  expenses of the
         Representative  including the reasonable fees and  disbursements of its
         counsel, in connection with the initial qualification of the Securities
         for sale in the  jurisdictions  that the  Representative  may designate
         pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof and in connection  with the preparation
         of any  blue  sky  survey  and  legal  investment  survey  and (ix) the
         printing and delivery to the  Underwriters,  in such  quantities as the
         Underwriters may reasonably  request, of copies of the Basic Documents.
         Subject to Section 8 hereof,  the Underwriters shall be responsible for
         their own costs and expenses,  including the fees and expenses of their
         counsel  (other  than the  reasonable  expenses  of the  Representative
         including the  reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of its counsel,  in
         connection with the initial qualification of the Securities for sale in
         the jurisdictions  that the  Representative  

<PAGE>

         may designate  pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof and in  connection  with
         the preparation of any blue sky survey and legal investment survey).

                  (i) On or before  the  Closing  Date,  the  Seller,  CITSF and
         CITCF-NY  shall  cause  each of  their  respective  books  and  records
         (including any computer  records)  relating to the Initial Contracts to
         be marked  to show the  absolute  ownership  by the  Owner  Trustee  in
         accordance with Section  3.01B(d) of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
         on behalf of the Trust,  of the Initial  Contracts,  and from and after
         the Closing Date neither the Seller,  CITSF, as Servicer,  nor CITCF-NY
         shall  take any action  inconsistent  with the  ownership  by the Owner
         Trustee on behalf of the Trust of the Initial Contracts,  other than as
         permitted by the Basic Documents.

                  (j) On or before each  Subsequent  Transfer  Date, the Seller,
         CITSF and  CITCF-NY  shall  cause  each of their  respective  books and
         records  (including  any computer  records)  relating to the Subsequent
         Contracts to be sold on such  Subsequent  Transfer Date to be marked to
         show the absolute  ownership by the Owner  Trustee in  accordance  with
         Section 3.01B(d) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  on behalf of the
         Trust, of such Subsequent Contracts, and from and after such Subsequent
         Transfer  Date neither the Seller,  CITSF,  as  Servicer,  nor CITCF-NY
         shall  take any action  inconsistent  with the  ownership  by the Owner
         Trustee on behalf of the Trust of such Subsequent Contracts, other than
         as permitted by the Basic Documents.

                  (k) Until the retirement of the Securities, or until such time
         as the  Underwriters  shall cease to maintain a secondary market in the
         Securities, whichever occurs first, the Seller or CITSF will deliver to
         the Representative the certified public  accountants' annual statements
         of compliance  furnished to the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee
         pursuant to the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as soon
         as such statements are furnished to the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner
         Trustee.

                  (l) To the extent, if any, that either of the ratings provided
         with respect to the  Securities by either Rating Agency is  conditional
         upon the  furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by
         the Seller, CITSF or CITCF-NY,  the Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY,  as the
         case may be,  shall  furnish  such  documents  and take any such  other
         actions as may be required to satisfy  such  conditions.  A copy of any
         such document shall be provided to the Representative at the time it is
         delivered to the Rating Agencies.

         6. Conditions of the Obligations of the  Underwriters.  The obligations
of the several  Underwriters  to  purchase  and pay for the  Securities  will be
subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the
Seller and CITSF, and contained or incorporated  herein,  to the accuracy of the
statements of officers of the Seller and CITSF made  pursuant to the  provisions
hereof, to the performance by the Seller and CITSF of its obligations  hereunder
and to the following additional conditions precedent:

                  (a) On the date of this Agreement,  the Representative and the
         Seller  shall  have  received  a  letter,  dated  the date of  delivery
         thereof,  of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 

<PAGE>

         confirming that they are independent public accountants with respect to
         the  Seller and CITSF  within the  meaning of the Act and the Rules and
         Regulations,  substantially  in the  form of the  draft  to  which  the
         Representative   has  previously  agreed  and  otherwise  in  form  and
         substance  satisfactory  to the  Representative  and  counsel  for  the
         Underwriters.

                  (b) If the  Effective  Time is not prior to the  execution and
         delivery of this Agreement,  the Effective Time shall have occurred not
         later  than  10:00  p.m.,  New  York  City  time,  on the  date of this
         Agreement  or such later date as shall  have been  consented  to by the
         Representative.  If the  Effective  Time is prior to the  execution and
         delivery of this Agreement,  the Prospectus  shall have been filed with
         the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section
         5(a) hereof.  On or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending
         the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement shall have been issued
         and no proceedings  for that purpose shall have been  instituted or, to
         the knowledge of the Seller, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

                  (c) The  Representative  shall have  received  a  certificate,
         dated the Closing Date, executed by any two of the President,  any Vice
         President,  the principal financial officer or the principal accounting
         officer of (i) the Seller  representing  and warranting that, as of the
         Closing  Date,  to the  best of each  such  officer's  knowledge  after
         reasonable  investigation,  the  representations  and warranties of the
         Seller in this Agreement and the other Basic Documents to which it is a
         party are true and  correct,  that the  Seller  has  complied  with all
         agreements  and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or
         satisfied hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the Closing Date, that
         no  stop  order  suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the  Registration
         Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been
         instituted or, to the best of their knowledge,  are contemplated by the
         Commission  and (ii) CITSF in which such officers  shall state that, to
         the  best  of  each   such   officer's   knowledge   after   reasonable
         investigation,  the  representations  and  warranties  of CITSF in this
         Agreement and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party are true
         and  correct  and that  CITSF  has  complied  with all  agreements  and
         satisfied  all  conditions  on its part to be  performed  or  satisfied
         hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

                  (d)   Subsequent   to  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
         Agreement,  there  shall  not  have  occurred  (i) any  change,  or any
         development   involving  a   prospective   change,   in  or   affecting
         particularly the business or properties of the Trust, the Seller, CITSF
         or  CITCF-NY  which,  in the  judgment of a majority in interest of the
         Underwriters  (including the  Representative),  materially  impairs the
         investment  quality  of the  Securities  or  makes  it  impractical  or
         inadvisable  to proceed with  completion of the sale of and payment for
         the  Securities;  (ii)  any  downgrading  in the  rating  of  any  debt
         securities  of  CIT  or  CITSF  or  any of  their  direct  or  indirect
         subsidiaries  by  any   "nationally   recognized   statistical   rating
         organization"  (as defined for  purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act),
         or any  public  announcement  that  any  such  organization  has  under
         surveillance  or review its rating of any such debt  securities  (other
         than  an  announcement   with  positive   implications  of  a  possible
         upgrading,  and no  implication  of a  possible  downgrading,  of  such
         rating);  (iii) any  suspension  or limitation of trading in securities
         generally  on the New York  Stock  

<PAGE>

         Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange;
         (iv) any banking moratorium declared by Federal, New Jersey or New York
         authorities;  or (v) any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in
         which the United States is involved, any declaration of war by Congress
         or  any  other  substantial  national  or  international   calamity  or
         emergency  if,  in  the  judgment  of a  majority  in  interest  of the
         Underwriters  (including  the  Representative),  the effect of any such
         outbreak,  escalation,  declaration,  calamity  or  emergency  makes it
         impractical or  inadvisable  to proceed with  completion of the sale of
         and payment for the Securities.

                  (e) The  Representative  shall have received a written opinion
         of in-house General Counsel of the Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY, or other
         counsel  satisfactory to the Representative in its reasonable judgment,
         dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form set forth below, with
         such  changes  therein  as  the  Representative  and  counsel  for  the
         Underwriters shall reasonably agree:

                           (i)  The   Seller  and  CITSF  have  each  been  duly
                  organized  and are validly  existing as  corporations  in good
                  standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. CITCF-NY has
                  been duly  organized and is validly  existing as a corporation
                  in good standing under the laws of the State of New York.

                           (ii) The  Seller,  CITSF and  CITCF-NY  each have the
                  corporate  power  and  corporate  authority  to carry on their
                  respective  businesses as described in the  Prospectus  and to
                  own and operate  their  respective  properties  in  connection
                  therewith.

                           (iii)  The  Seller,   CITSF  and  CITCF-NY  are  each
                  corporations  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in good
                  standing  under  the  laws  of  the   jurisdiction   of  their
                  organization  and  each  has the  corporate  power  to own its
                  assets and to transact  the  business in which it is currently
                  engaged and to perform their respective obligations under each
                  of the Basic  Documents  to which it is a party.  The  Seller,
                  CITSF and  CITCF-NY  are each  qualified  to do  business as a
                  foreign  corporation  and  each  is in good  standing  in each
                  jurisdiction in which the character of the business transacted
                  by it or  properties  owned  or  leased  by it  requires  such
                  qualification  and in which the  failure so to  qualify  would
                  have a material  adverse  effect on the business,  properties,
                  assets, or condition (financial or other) of the Seller, CITSF
                  or CITCF-NY, respectively or on their ability to perform their
                  respective obligations under the Basic Documents.

                           (iv)  This   Agreement  has  been  duly   authorized,
                  executed and delivered by each of the Seller and CITSF, and is
                  a valid and binding obligation of each of the Seller and CITSF
                  enforceable against each of the Seller and CITSF in accordance
                  with  its  terms,  except  that (A)  such  enforcement  may be
                  subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
                  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect  relating to
                  creditors'  rights  generally,  (B)  such  enforcement  may be
                  limited by general principles of equity (regardless of whether
                  enforcement  is 

<PAGE>

                  sought  in a  proceeding  in  equity  or at law),  and (C) the
                  enforceability  as to rights to  indemnity  thereunder  may be
                  limited under applicable law.

                           (v) Each of the Basic  Documents to which the Seller,
                  CITSF  or  CITCF-NY  is a party  have  been  duly  authorized,
                  executed  and  delivered  by each  of the  Seller,  CITSF  and
                  CITCF-NY,  and each constitutes a valid and binding obligation
                  of,  each  of the  Seller,  CITSF  and  CITCF-NY,  enforceable
                  against each of the Seller,  CITSF and CITCF-NY in  accordance
                  with  its  terms,  except  that (A)  such  enforcement  may be
                  subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
                  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect  relating to
                  creditors'  rights  generally and (B) such  enforcement may be
                  limited by general principles of equity (regardless of whether
                  enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                           (vi)  The  execution  and  delivery  by  each  of the
                  Seller,  CITSF and CITCF-NY of each of the Basic  Documents to
                  which  it is a party,  the  performance  of  their  respective
                  obligations  thereunder  and the  signing of the  Registration
                  Statement by the Seller are within the corporate  power of the
                  Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY, as applicable,  and have been duly
                  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of
                  the Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY, as applicable; and neither the
                  issue and sale of the Securities,  nor the consummation of the
                  transactions  contemplated  by the  Basic  Documents  nor  the
                  fulfillment  of  the  terms  thereof,  nor  the  grant  of the
                  security  interest in the Collateral to the Indenture  Trustee
                  pursuant to the Indenture  will, to the best of such counsel's
                  knowledge, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default
                  under,  or result in the creation or  imposition  of any lien,
                  charge  or  encumbrance  upon  any  property  or  asset of the
                  Seller,   CITSF  or  CITCF-NY   pursuant  to,  any   contract,
                  indenture,  mortgage,  loan  agreement,  note,  lease or other
                  instrument,  if any, to which the Seller, CITSF or CITCF-NY is
                  a party or by  which  either  may be  bound  or to  which  the
                  property  or  assets  of the  Seller,  CITSF or  CITCF-NY  are
                  subject  (which   contracts,   indentures,   mortgages,   loan
                  agreements,  notes, leases and other such instruments, if any,
                  have been identified by the Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY to such
                  counsel),  nor will such action result in any violation of the
                  provisions of the certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of
                  the  Seller,  CITSF  or  CITCF-NY  or,  to the  best  of  such
                  counsel's  knowledge,  any law,  administrative  regulation or
                  administrative or court decree of any state or federal courts,
                  regulatory  bodies,   other  body,   governmental   entity  or
                  arbitrator  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Seller,  CITSF or
                  CITCF-NY.

                           (vii) The Seller has duly  authorized,  executed  and
                  delivered  the written  order to the Owner  Trustee to execute
                  and deliver the Issuer Order to the Indenture Trustee.

                           (viii) The Seller has duly  authorized,  executed and
                  delivered  the written  order to the Owner  Trustee to execute
                  and deliver the Certificates.

<PAGE>

                           (ix)  To the  best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  no
                  filing or registration with or notice to or consent, approval,
                  authorization or order of any New Jersey,  New York or federal
                  court or governmental  authority or agency is required for the
                  consummation   by  the  Seller,   CITSF  or  CITCF-NY  of  the
                  transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  except such as
                  may be required under the Act or the Rules and Regulations, or
                  state securities or Blue Sky laws.

                           (x)  There are no legal or  governmental  proceedings
                  pending to which the  Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY is a party or
                  of which any property of the Seller,  CITSF or CITCF-NY is the
                  subject,  and no such proceedings are known by such counsel to
                  be threatened or contemplated  by governmental  authorities or
                  threatened by others, (A) that are required to be disclosed in
                  the Registration  Statement or (B)(1) asserting the invalidity
                  of all or part of any of the Basic  Documents,  (2) seeking to
                  prevent  the  issuance of the Notes or the  Certificates,  (3)
                  that could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  Seller's,
                  CITSF's  or  CITCF-NY's  obligations  under  any of the  Basic
                  Documents  or (4) seeking to affect  adversely  the federal or
                  state income tax attributes of the Securities.

                           (xi)  Such  counsel  is  familiar  with  CITSF's  and
                  CITCF-NY's  standard operating  procedures relating to CITSF's
                  and  CITCF-NY's  acquisition  of a  perfected  first  priority
                  security   interest  in  the  boats   financed  by  CITSF  and
                  CITCF-NY's  pursuant to marine  installment sale contracts and
                  marine installment loan contracts and notes and U.S. Preferred
                  Ship   Mortgages  in  the  ordinary   course  of  CITSF's  and
                  CITCF-NY's business. Other than with respect to mechanic's and
                  materialmen's liens, assuming that CITSF's standard procedures
                  are  followed  with  respect  to the  perfection  of  security
                  interests  in the  Financed  Boats  (and such  counsel  has no
                  reason to believe  that either  CITSF or  CITCF-NY  has not or
                  will  not  continue  to  follow  its  standard  procedures  in
                  connection  with the  perfection of security  interests in the
                  Financed  Boats),  CITSF and  CITCF-NY  have  acquired or will
                  acquire a perfected  first priority  security  interest in the
                  Financed Boats.

                           (xii) The Contracts are chattel paper,  as defined in
                  the UCC in the State of New Jersey.

                           (xiii)  The form of  assignment  to be  executed  and
                  delivered  by CITSF to the  Seller  pursuant  to the  Purchase
                  Agreement is sufficient in form and substance to convey to the
                  Seller all of CITSF's right,  title and interest in and to the
                  Contracts and any security  interests  securing the Contracts.
                  When  the  Purchase  Agreement  has  been  duly  executed  and
                  delivered by all parties thereto,  the assignment described in
                  the Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to
                  the Seller by CITSF,  and the purchase  price has been paid to
                  CITSF by the Seller in the manner  specified  in the  Purchase
                  Agreement,  all of CITSF's right, title and interest in and to
                  the  Contracts  and  any  security   interests   securing  

<PAGE>

                  the  Contracts  will have been  conveyed to the Seller and the
                  Seller will be the holder of a valid,  binding and enforceable
                  security interest in the Contracts.

                           (xiv)  The  form of  assignment  to be  executed  and
                  delivered by the Seller to the Owner  Trustee  pursuant to the
                  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  is  sufficient  in  form  and
                  substance  to convey to the Owner  Trustee all of the Seller's
                  right,  title and  interest  in and to the  Contracts  and any
                  security  interests  securing  the  Contracts.  When the Basic
                  Documents  have each been duly  executed and  delivered by all
                  parties  thereto,  the  assignment  described  in the Sale and
                  Servicing  Agreement  has been duly  executed and delivered to
                  the Trust by the Seller,  the purchase price therefor has been
                  paid to the Seller by the Trust in the manner specified in the
                  Sale  and   Servicing   Agreement,   and  the  Notes  and  the
                  Certificates  have been duly  executed and duly  authenticated
                  and delivered by the Owner  Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee,
                  as  applicable,  to  or  upon  the  order  of  the  Seller  in
                  accordance  with  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement,   the
                  Indenture and the Trust Agreement,  all of the Seller's right,
                  title and  interest in and to the  Contracts  and any security
                  interests  securing the  Contracts  will have been conveyed to
                  the  Trust  and the  Trust  will be the  holder of a valid and
                  binding security interest in the Contracts.

                  (f) The  Representative  shall have received a written opinion
         of [Lowenstein,  Sandler,  Kohl, Fisher and Boylan],  special local New
         Jersey  counsel for the Seller and CITSF,  dated the Closing  Date,  in
         form and substance  satisfactory to the  Representative and counsel for
         the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i)(A) If the transfer of the  Contracts is deemed to
                  be the grant of a security interest,  and not a true sale, (1)
                  to the extent that the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
                  the State of New Jersey (the "New Jersey UCC")  applies to the
                  perfection of the Seller's security interests in the Contracts
                  and the proceeds thereof under Section 9-103 of the New Jersey
                  UCC, when the financing statements executed by CITSF as debtor
                  (the  "First  Step  Financing   Statements")  have  been  duly
                  executed and delivered and filed or recorded,  as appropriate,
                  in the office of the  Secretary  of State of New Jersey,  such
                  security  interests  will be  perfected  and (2) to the extent
                  that the New  Jersey  UCC  applies  to the  perfection  of the
                  Trust's  security  interests in the Contracts and the proceeds
                  thereof  under  Section  9-103 of the New Jersey UCC, when the
                  First Step Financing  Statements and the financing  statements
                  executed by the Seller as  "debtor"  ("Second  Step  Financing
                  Statements")  have been duly  executed and delivered and filed
                  or recorded, as appropriate, in the office of the Secretary of
                  State of New Jersey, such security interests will be perfected
                  and  (B)  based  solely  on such  counsel's  review  of  those
                  Financing  Statements,  officer certificates and specified New
                  Jersey UCC search reports, the security interests of the Trust
                  in the  Contracts  are  subject to no equal or prior  security
                  interest under the New Jersey UCC; provided,  however that (1)
                  for purposes of its opinions in this  paragraph,  such counsel
                  may  assume  that:  (a) the  Seller  is the  holder  of valid,
                  binding and  enforceable  security  

<PAGE>

                  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Trust is the  holder of
                  valid,  binding  and  enforceable  security  interests  in the
                  Contracts;  (b) the Contracts  constitute  "chattel paper," as
                  such term is defined in Section  9-105 of the New Jersey  UCC;
                  (c) the New Jersey UCC governs the  perfection of the security
                  interest in the  Contracts,  the  priority  of those  security
                  interests and the  classification  of the  Contracts;  (d) the
                  chief  executive  office of each of the Company and the Seller
                  is, and during the past four months has been,  in the State of
                  New Jersey;  (e) neither  CITSF,  the Seller nor the Trust has
                  assigned,  nor will assign,  any Contract to a buyer who takes
                  possession  of it in the  ordinary  course of its business and
                  who acts without  knowledge that such Contract is subject to a
                  security  interest;  (f) the Contracts exist and each of CITSF
                  and the Seller, respectively, has rights in the Contracts; (g)
                  (i) no  lien  creditor  has  executed  on or  attached  to the
                  Contracts prior to the perfection of the security interests of
                  the  Seller or the  Trust in the  Contracts  and the  proceeds
                  thereof;  and (ii) the Contracts are not subject to the rights
                  of  the  holder  of  a  perfected   "purchase  money  security
                  interest" (as such term is defined in Section 9-107 of the New
                  Jersey  UCC);  (h)  no  Contract,  or  the  proceeds  thereof,
                  constitutes  proceeds of any property  subject to the security
                  interest  of a third  party;  (i) none of the  proceeds of the
                  Contracts which constitute "securities" under Article 8 of the
                  New Jersey UCC are transferred to a bona fide purchaser (other
                  than the  Indenture  Trustee)  under  Section 8-302 of the New
                  Jersey UCC;  (j) the  Seller,  the  Indenture  Trustee and the
                  Owner  Trustee have and will  maintain a list  describing  the
                  Contracts  for  inspection  during  normal  business  hours by
                  interested  parties;  (k) the underlying  facts in the officer
                  certificates  to be received by such counsel are correct;  (l)
                  all financing  statements or other notice of liens, other than
                  the financing  statements,  in which CITSF,  the Seller or the
                  Trust is named as debtor were properly filed and indexed, that
                  the New Jersey UCC search  reports have  revealed all recorded
                  liens  against  CITSF and the  Seller  and that no  filings or
                  notices  covering  CITSF or the Seller  were made  between the
                  dates  last  searched  and  reported  on in the New Jersey UCC
                  search reports and the time of such financing statements,  and
                  (m) from and after the date hereof CITSF, acting in a capacity
                  as servicer and  custodian  for the Trustee,  will have taken,
                  and will maintain,  exclusive possession of the Contracts; and
                  (2) such  counsel  need  express  no  opinion:  (a)  regarding
                  perfection  as  to  any  government  or  governmental   agency
                  (including  without limitation the United States of America or
                  any State  thereof or any agency or  department  of the United
                  States  of  America  or any  State  thereof)  of any  security
                  interest  in  any   Contracts   with  respect  to  which  such
                  government  or agency is obligated;  (b) on the  perfection of
                  any  security  interests  in the  collateral  described in the
                  Contracts;  (c) as to the priority of any  perfected  security
                  interests  under the New Jersey  UCC of any  liens,  claims or
                  other  interests  that do not require filing or similar action
                  to attach or that arise by  operation of law against any claim
                  or lien in  favor of the  United  States  or any  State or any
                  agency or  instrumentality  of the United  States or any State
                  (including,   without  limitation,  liens  arising  under  the
                  federal tax laws or the Employment  Retirement Income Security
                  Act of 1974,  as  amended)  or  against  the rights of a "lien
                  creditor"  (as defined in the New Jersey  UCC);  and (d) as to
                  the 

<PAGE>

                  effect  of the laws of any other  state  that may  govern  the
                  perfection  or  priority  of  the  security  interest  in  the
                  Contracts  by  possession  or other than by filing a financing
                  statement  under the UCC; (3) such  opinions may be subject to
                  the  effect  of  (i)  the  limitations  on the  existence  and
                  perfection of security  interests in proceeds  resulting  from
                  the operation of Section 9-306 of the New Jersey UCC; (ii) the
                  limitations with respect to documents and instruments  imposed
                  by Section 9-309 of the New Jersey UCC; (iii) bankers'  liens,
                  rights of set-off and other rights of persons in possession of
                  money,  instruments and proceeds constituting  certificated or
                  uncertificated   securities;  and  (iv)  Section  552  of  the
                  Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Contracts  acquired by the
                  Seller or the Trust  subsequent to the  commencement of a case
                  by or  against  CITSF,  the  Seller  or the  Trust  under  the
                  Bankruptcy   Code;   (4)  such   counsel's   opinions  may  be
                  inapplicable  to any  Subsequent  Contracts  unless,  upon the
                  proper   filing  of  New  Jersey  UCC   financing   statements
                  describing  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  (i) the  assumptions,
                  qualifications and limitations in this letter shall be true as
                  to  conditions   then  existing  and  as  to  the   Subsequent
                  Contracts,  (ii) there are no  changes  in law,  and (iii) all
                  searches  have been updated and reveal no liens against any of
                  the Subsequent  Contracts;  and (5) such counsel's opinion may
                  be further  subject to the  effect of  general  principles  of
                  equity,  regardless of whether such  principles are considered
                  in a  proceeding  in  equity  or at law,  as the  same  may be
                  applied in a proceeding seeking to enforce any obligation.

                           (ii) Solely  insofar as the present laws of the State
                  of New Jersey  and the  Federal  law of the  United  States of
                  America are  concerned,  in a properly  presented  and decided
                  case,  a  court  would  conclude  that  the  transfer  of  the
                  Contracts  and the  proceeds  thereof  by CITSF to the  Seller
                  constitute true sales of such Contracts and,  assuming a court
                  reached that conclusion, in such a case a court would conclude
                  that the  Contracts  and the proceeds  would not be considered
                  property of the estate of CITSF pursuant to Section 541 of the
                  Bankruptcy  Code,  and the Contracts and the proceeds  thereof
                  would not be subject to the automatic stay pursuant to Section
                  362 of the Bankruptcy Code;  provided,  however,  such counsel
                  need  express  no  opinion  (A) with  respect  to how long the
                  Seller could be denied  possession of the Contracts before the
                  issues  discussed  in this  paragraph  are finally  decided on
                  appeal or other review,  (B) with respect to the  availability
                  of a  preliminary  injunction or temporary  restraining  order
                  pursuant to the broad equitable powers granted to a bankruptcy
                  court and (C) as to the conveyance of any Subsequent Contracts
                  unless,  upon the proper  filing of UCC  financing  statements
                  describing  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  (1) the  assumptions,
                  qualifications  and  limitations in such opinion shall be true
                  as to conditions  then existing and (2) all searches have been
                  updated  and  reveal no liens  against  any of the  Subsequent
                  Contracts.

                           (iii) Solely insofar as the present laws of the State
                  of New Jersey  and the  Federal  law of the  United  States of
                  America are  concerned,  in a properly  presented  and decided
                  case,  a  court  would  conclude  that  the  transfer  of  the
                  
<PAGE>

                  Contracts and the proceeds  thereof by the Seller to the Trust
                  constitute true sales of such Contracts and,  assuming a court
                  reached that conclusion, in such a case a court would conclude
                  that the  Contracts  and the proceeds  would not be considered
                  property  of the estate of the Seller  pursuant to Section 541
                  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  and the  Contracts and the proceeds
                  thereof would not be subject to the automatic stay pursuant to
                  Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code;  provided,  however,  such
                  counsel  need  express no opinion (A) with respect to how long
                  the Trust could be denied  possession of the Contracts  before
                  the issues  discussed in this paragraph are finally decided on
                  appeal or other review,  (B) with respect to the  availability
                  of a  preliminary  injunction or temporary  restraining  order
                  pursuant to the broad equitable powers granted to a bankruptcy
                  court and (C) as to the conveyance of any Subsequent Contracts
                  unless,  upon the proper  filing of UCC  financing  statements
                  describing  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  (1) the  assumptions,
                  qualifications  and  limitations in such opinion shall be true
                  as to conditions  then existing and (2) all searches have been
                  updated  and  reveal no liens  against  any of the  Subsequent
                  Contracts.

                  Such opinion may contain such assumptions,  qualifications and
         limitations  as  are  customary  in  opinions  of  this  type  and  are
         reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Underwriters. In rendering such
         opinion,  such counsel may state that they express no opinion as to the
         laws of any  jurisdiction  other  than the  Federal  law of the  United
         States of America and the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                  (g) The  Representative  shall have received a written opinion
         of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP,  special counsel to the Seller,  CITSF and
         CITCF-NY,  dated the Closing Date, in substantially  the form set forth
         below, with such changes therein as the  Representative and counsel for
         the Underwriters shall reasonably agree:

                           (i) When the Notes have been duly executed, delivered
                  and   authenticated  in  accordance  with  the  Indenture  and
                  delivered and paid for pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Notes
                  will  be  validly  issued,  outstanding  and  entitled  to the
                  benefits of the Indenture,  except that (A) enforcement may be
                  subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
                  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect  relating to
                  creditors' rights generally and (B) enforcement may be limited
                  by  general   principles  of  equity  (regardless  of  whether
                  enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                           (ii)  The  Registration  Statement  became  effective
                  under the Act as of  ____________,  ____  and,  to the best of
                  such  counsel's  knowledge,   no  stop  order  suspending  the
                  effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement  or  any  part
                  thereof or any amendment thereto has been issued under the Act
                  and no  proceeding  for that  purpose has been  instituted  or
                  threatened by the Commission.

                           (iii) The form of the  Indenture  has been  qualified
                  under the Trust Indenture Act.

<PAGE>

                           (iv)  Neither  the Trust  Agreement  nor the Sale and
                  Servicing  Agreement  need to be  qualified  under  the  Trust
                  Indenture  Act.  The Trust is not, and will not as a result of
                  the offer and sale of the  Securities as  contemplated  in the
                  Prospectus and in this Agreement become,  required to register
                  as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act.

                           (v)  The  statements  in  the  Prospectus  under  the
                  caption  "The  Notes," "The  Certificates"  and "The  Purchase
                  Agreements and The Trust Documents" insofar as such statements
                  purport  to  summarize   certain  terms  of  the  Notes,   the
                  Certificates and the Basic  Documents,  present a fair summary
                  of such documents.

                           (vi) To the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  there
                  are no contracts or documents of the Seller which are required
                  to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement pursuant
                  to the Act or the Rules or Regulations  which have not been so
                  filed.

                           (vii)  The  statements  in the  Prospectus  under the
                  headings  "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA
                  Considerations," to the extent that they constitute matters of
                  law or legal  conclusions  with respect thereto are correct in
                  all material respects.

                           (viii) The Registration  Statement and the Prospectus
                  as of the  date  of  this  Agreement,  and  any  amendment  or
                  supplement thereto, as of its date, complied as to form in all
                  material  respects  with the  requirements  of the Act and the
                  applicable Rules and Regulations. Such counsel need express no
                  opinion  with  respect  to  the  financial   statements,   the
                  exhibits, annexes and other financial, statistical,  numerical
                  or portfolio data,  economic conditions or financial condition
                  of the  portfolio  information  included  in the  Registration
                  Statement,  the  Prospectus  or any  amendment  or  supplement
                  thereto.

                  Such  counsel  shall  state  that  it  has   participated   in
         conferences  with officers and  representatives  of the Seller,  CITSF,
         Counsel to CITSF and officers and  representatives of the Underwriters,
         at  which  conferences  certain  of the  contents  of the  Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus were discussed and,  although such counsel
         is not passing upon and does not assume any  responsibility  whatsoever
         for, the factual  accuracy,  completeness or fairness of the statements
         contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus (except as stated
         in Sections  6(g)(v) and 6(g)(vii)  above) and has made no  independent
         check  or  verification  thereof  for the  purpose  of  rendering  this
         opinion,  on the basis of the foregoing (relying as to materiality to a
         large   extent   upon  the   certificates   of   officers   and   other
         representatives  of the Seller and CITSF),  no facts have come to their
         attention  that leads such  counsel  to believe  that the  Registration
         Statement, when it became effective,  contained any untrue statement of
         a material  fact or omitted to state a  material  fact  required  to be
         stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not
         misleading  or that  the  Prospectus  on its date  contained  or on the
         Closing  Date  contains,  

<PAGE>

         any untrue  statement of a material fact necessary in order to make the
         statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
         made,  not  misleading,  except that such  counsel need express no view
         with respect to the financial statements,  tables, schedules, exhibits,
         annexes and other financial, statistical,  numerical or portfolio data,
         economic conditions or financial condition of the portfolio included in
         or  incorporated  by  reference  into,  the  Registration  Statement or
         Prospectus.

                  Said counsel may state that they are admitted to practice only
         in the State of New York,  that they are not admitted to the Bar in any
         other  State and are not  experts in the law of any other  State and to
         the extent that the  foregoing  opinions  concern the laws of any other
         State such counsel may rely upon the opinion of counsel satisfactory to
         the  Underwriters  and admitted to practice in such  jurisdiction.  Any
         opinions relied upon by such counsel as aforesaid shall be addressed to
         the  Underwriters  and shall be delivered  together with the opinion of
         such counsel,  which shall state that such counsel  believes that their
         reliance thereon is justified.

                  (h) The  Representative  shall  have  received,  in  form  and
         substance  satisfactory  to the  Representative  and  counsel  for  the
         Underwriters an opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, special counsel to
         the Trust, dated the Closing Date, regarding the creation of a security
         interest in the Collateral in favor of the Indenture  Trustee on behalf
         of the  Noteholders  to the  extent  that a security  interest  in such
         Collateral  can be created  under  Article 9 of the UCC as currently in
         effect  in the  State  of New  York.  Such  opinion  may  contain  such
         assumptions,   qualifications  and  limitations  as  are  customary  in
         opinions of this type and as are  reasonably  acceptable  to counsel to
         the  Underwriters.  In rendering  such opinion,  such counsel may state
         that they express no opinion as to the laws of any  jurisdiction  other
         than the  Federal  law of the United  States of America and the laws of
         the State of New York.

                  (i) The  Representative  shall  have  received  an  opinion of
         [____________________], counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing
         Date,  with  respect to the validity of the  Securities  and such other
         related  matters as the  Representative  shall  require  and the Seller
         shall have  furnished  or caused to be  furnished  to such counsel such
         documents  as they may  reasonably  request for the purpose of enabling
         them to pass upon such matters.

                  [(j) The  Representative  shall  have  received  an opinion of
         counsel to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  dated the Closing Date, in
         form and substance  satisfactory to the  Representative and counsel for
         the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) The Cash  Collateral  Depositor  is  licensed  to
                  maintain  a branch in the State of New York and has full power
                  and authority to enter into,  and to take all action  required
                  of it, under the Cash Collateral Agreement.

                           (ii)  The Cash  Collateral  Agreement  has been  duly
                  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the Cash  Collateral
                  Depositor.

<PAGE>

                           (iii) The Cash  Collateral  Agreement  constitutes  a
                  legal,  valid and  binding  agreement  of the Cash  Collateral
                  Depositor,  enforceable against the Cash Collateral  Depositor
                  in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof
                  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation,
                  reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the
                  enforcement of rights of creditors against the Cash Collateral
                  Depositor generally,  as such laws would apply in the event of
                  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation,    receivership,   or
                  reorganization   or  any  moratorium  or  similar   occurrence
                  affecting the Cash Collateral  Depositor,  and the application
                  of general  principles of equity  (regardless  of whether such
                  enforceability  is  considered  in a  proceeding  in equity or
                  law).]

                  (k) The  Representative  shall  have  received  an  opinion of
         [____________________],  counsel to the  Indenture  Trustee,  dated the
         Closing Date, in form and substance  satisfactory to the Representative
         and counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) The  Indenture  constitutes  a legal,  valid  and
                  binding  agreement  of  the  Indenture  Trustee,   enforceable
                  against the Indenture  Trustee in  accordance  with its terms,
                  except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
                  insolvency, liquidation,  reorganization,  moratorium or other
                  similar laws affecting the  enforcement of rights of creditors
                  against the Indenture  Trustee  generally,  as such laws would
                  apply in the  event of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation,
                  receivership,  or  reorganization or any moratorium or similar
                  occurrence   affecting   the   Indenture   Trustee,   and  the
                  application  of general  principles of equity  (regardless  of
                  whether such  enforceability  is considered in a proceeding in
                  equity or law).

                           (ii) The  Notes  have  been  duly  authenticated  and
                  delivered  by the  Indenture  Trustee in  accordance  with the
                  terms of the Indenture.

                           (iii) he Indenture  Trustee is a banking  corporation
                  validly existing under the laws of the state of __________ and
                  has full power and  authority  to enter into,  and to take all
                  action required of it, under the Indenture.

                           (iv) The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed
                  and delivered by the Indenture Trustee.

                  (l) The  Representative  shall  have  received  an  opinion of
         [____________________], counsel to the Owner Trustee, dated the Closing
         Date,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Representative  and
         counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) The Owner Trustee is a banking  corporation  duly
                  incorporated  and validly existing under the laws of the State
                  of __________.

<PAGE>

                           (ii)  The  Owner  Trustee  has  the  full  power  and
                  authority  to accept  the  office of owner  trustee  under the
                  Trust  Agreement and to enter into and perform its obligations
                  under the Trust  Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated
                  thereby.

                           (iii)  The   execution  and  delivery  of  the  Trust
                  Agreement  by the Owner  Trustee  and the  performance  by the
                  Owner  Trustee of its  obligations  under the Trust  Agreement
                  have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Owner
                  Trustee and the Trust  Agreement  has been duly  executed  and
                  delivered by the Owner Trustee.

                           (iv)  The  Trust  Agreement   constitutes  valid  and
                  binding  obligations of the Owner Trustee  enforceable against
                  the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms,  except as the
                  enforceability  thereof  may be  (a)  limited  by  bankruptcy,
                  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, liquidation or other
                  similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally,  and
                  (b) subject to general  principals  of equity  (regardless  of
                  whether such  enforceability  is considered in a proceeding in
                  equity or at law).

                           (v) The  execution  and delivery by the Owner Trustee
                  of the  Trust  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated
                  thereby do not require any consent,  approval or authorization
                  of,  or  any  registration  or  filing  with,  any  applicable
                  governmental  authority of the State of Delaware which has not
                  been obtained or done.

                           (vi) Neither the consummation by the Owner Trustee of
                  the transactions  contemplated in the Trust Agreement, nor the
                  fulfillment  of the terms  thereof by the Owner  Trustee  will
                  conflict  with,  result  in  a  breach  or  violation  of,  or
                  constitute a default under the Article of Association, By-Laws
                  or other organizational documents of the Owner Trustee

                  (m) The  Representative  shall  have  received  an  opinion of
         Richards,  Layton & Finger,  special  Delaware  counsel  for the Trust,
         dated the  Closing  Date,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
         Representative and counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) The  Trust  Agreement  is the  legal,  valid  and
                  binding  agreement  of  the  Owner  Trustee  and  the  Seller,
                  enforceable  against  the  Owner  Trustee  and the  Seller  in
                  accordance   with  its  terms   subject   to  (i)   applicable
                  bankruptcy,     insolvency,     moratorium,      receivership,
                  reorganization,   fraudulent   conveyance   and  similar  laws
                  relating to and affecting the rights and remedies of creditors
                  generally,  (ii)  principles of equity  (regardless of whether
                  considered  and applied in a proceeding  in equity or at law),
                  and  (iii)  the  effect  of  applicable  public  policy on the
                  enforceability of provisions  relating to  indemnification  or
                  contribution.

<PAGE>

                           (ii) The  Certificate  of Trust has been  duly  filed
                  with the  Secretary  of State of the  State of  Delaware.  The
                  Trust  has been  duly  formed  and is  validly  existing  as a
                  business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act.

                           (iii) The Trust has the power and authority under the
                  Trust  Agreement  and  the  Delaware  Business  Trust  Act  to
                  execute,  deliver and perform its obligations  under the Trust
                  Agreement,  the Indenture,  the Cash Collateral Agreement, the
                  Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Notes and the Certificates,
                  and to issue the Notes and the Certificates.

                           (iv) The Trust has duly  authorized  and executed the
                  Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Cash Collateral Agreement,
                  the  Sale  and   Servicing   Agreement,   the  Notes  and  the
                  Certificates.

                           (v) The Trust has the power under the Trust Agreement
                  and the Delaware Business Trust Act to pledge the Trust Estate
                  to the Indenture Trustee as security for the Notes.

                           (vi)   The    Certificates    have   been   executed,
                  authenticated  and  delivered  by the Owner  Trustee  upon the
                  order of the Seller in accordance with the Trust Agreement and
                  when delivered to and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, the
                  Certificates  will be validly issued and outstanding,  and the
                  holder of record of any such  Certificates will be entitled to
                  the benefits  accorded by the Trust  Agreement  subject to (i)
                  applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  moratorium,  receivership,
                  reorganization,   fraudulent   conveyance   and  similar  laws
                  relating to and affecting the rights and remedies of creditors
                  generally,  (ii)  principles of equity  (regardless of whether
                  considered  and applied in a proceeding  in equity or at law),
                  and  (iii)  the  effect  of  applicable  public  policy on the
                  enforceability of provisions  relating to  indemnification  or
                  contribution.

                           (vii) The Notes have been  executed,  authorized  and
                  delivered by the Owner Trustee upon the order of the Seller in
                  accordance with the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.

                           (viii) To the extent  that  Article 9 of the  Uniform
                  Commercial  Code as in effect in the  State of  Delaware  (the
                  "Delaware UCC") is applicable  (without regard to conflicts of
                  laws  principles),  and assuming  that the  security  interest
                  created  by the  Indenture  in the  Collateral  has been  duly
                  created and has attached, upon the filing of a UCC-1 financing
                  statement  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of
                  Delaware, the Indenture Trustee will have a perfected security
                  interest in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof; and such
                  security interest will be prior to any other security interest
                  granted by the Trust that is perfected solely by the filing of
                  financing   statements  under  the  Delaware  UCC,   excluding
                  purchase  

<PAGE>

                  money security  interests  under ss. 9-312 of the Delaware UCC
                  and temporarily perfected security interests in proceeds under
                  ss. 9-306 of the Delaware UCC.

                           (ix) No re-filing or other action is necessary  under
                  the Delaware UCC in the State of Delaware in order to maintain
                  the  perfection  of the  security  interest  referenced  above
                  except for the filing of continuation  statements at five-year
                  intervals.

                           (x) Under ss. 3805(b) of the Delaware  Business Trust
                  Act, no creditor of any Certificateholder shall have any right
                  to  obtain  possession  of,  or  otherwise  exercise  legal or
                  equitable  remedies with respect to, the property of the Trust
                  except in  accordance  with the  terms of the Trust  Agreement
                  subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency, moratorium,
                  receivership,   reorganization,   fraudulent   conveyance  and
                  similar laws relating to and affecting the rights and remedies
                  of creditors generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless
                  of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or
                  at law),  and (iii) the effect of applicable  public policy on
                  the  enforceability of provisions  relating to indemnification
                  or contribution.

                           (xi) Under ss. 3805(c) of the Delaware Business Trust
                  Act,  and  assuming  that  the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement
                  conveys  good  title to the  Contracts  to the Trust as a true
                  sale and not as a security arrangement, the Trust, rather than
                  the Certificateholders,  is the owner of the Contracts subject
                  to  (i)   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   moratorium,
                  receivership,   reorganization,   fraudulent   conveyance  and
                  similar laws relating to and affecting the rights and remedies
                  of creditors generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless
                  of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or
                  at law),  and (iii) the effect of applicable  public policy on
                  the  enforceability of provisions  relating to indemnification
                  or contribution.

                           (xii) The execution and delivery by the Owner Trustee
                  of the Trust  Agreement  and,  on behalf of the Trust,  of the
                  Indenture and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement do not require
                  any consent, approval or authorization of, or any registration
                  or filing  with,  any  governmental  authority of the State of
                  Delaware,  except for the filing of the  certificate  of Trust
                  with the Secretary of State.

                           (xiii) Neither the  consummation by the Owner Trustee
                  of the transactions contemplated by the Trust Agreement or, on
                  behalf of the  Trust,  the  transactions  contemplated  by the
                  Trust   Agreement,   Indenture  and  the  Sale  and  Servicing
                  Agreement  nor the  fulfillment  of the terms  thereof  by the
                  Owner  Trustee  will  conflict  with or  result in a breach or
                  violation of any law of the State of Delaware.

<PAGE>

                  Such opinion may contain such assumptions,  qualifications and
         limitations  as  are  customary  in  opinions  of  this  type  and  are
         reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Underwriters. In rendering such
         opinion,  such counsel may state that they express no opinion as to the
         laws of any  jurisdiction  other  than the  Federal  law of the  United
         States of America and the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  (q) The Notes  shall  have been rated  "[___]" by Moody's  and
         "[___]"  by S&P,  and the  Certificates  shall have been rated at least
         "[__]" by Moody's and "[__]" by S&P.

                  (r) The  Representative  shall  have  received  copies of each
         opinion  of  counsel  delivered  to  either  Rating  Agency or the Cash
         Collateral   Depositor,   together  with  a  letter  addressed  to  the
         Representative,  dated  the  Closing  Date,  to the  effect  that  each
         Underwriter  may rely on each such opinion to the same extent as though
         such opinion was addressed to each as of its date.

                  (s)  The   Representative   shall   have   received   evidence
         satisfactory to it and counsel for the Underwriters  that, on or before
         the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing  statements shall have been submitted
         to the Trustee for filing in the appropriate  filing offices reflecting
         (1) the  transfer of the  interest in the  Contracts  and the  proceeds
         thereof (A) from CITCF-NY to CITSF,  to the extent such  Contracts have
         been transferred to CITSF from CITCF-NY,  (B) from CITSF to the Seller,
         (C) from the Seller to the Owner  Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust,  or
         the  Trust,  as the case  may be,  and (2) the  grant  of the  security
         interest by the Trust in the Contracts and the proceeds  thereof to the
         Indenture Trustee.

                  (t) On the Closing Date,  counsel for the  Underwriters  shall
         have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they reasonably
         may require for the purpose of enabling  them to pass upon the issuance
         and  sale  of  the  Securities  as  herein   contemplated  and  related
         proceedings  or in order to evidence the accuracy and  completeness  of
         any of the representations and warranties, or the fulfillment of any of
         the conditions,  herein  contained;  and all  proceedings  taken by the
         Seller in  connection  with the issuance and sale of the  Securities as
         herein contemplated shall be in form and substance  satisfactory to the
         Representative and counsel for the Underwriters.

         7.       Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a) CITSF will  indemnify and hold each  Underwriter  harmless
         against any losses, claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several,
         to  which  such  Underwriter  may  become  subject,  under  the  Act or
         otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims, damages or liabilities (or
         actions in respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue
         statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
         the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  or  any  amendment  or
         supplement thereto, or any related preliminary  prospectus or arise out
         of or are based upon the omission or alleged  omission to state therein
         a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
         statements therein not misleading,  and will reimburse each Underwriter
         for any legal or 

<PAGE>

         other expenses  reasonably  incurred by such  Underwriter in connection
         with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability
         or action as such expenses are incurred;  provided,  however,  that (i)
         CITSF will not be liable in any such case to the  extent  that any such
         loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  arises  out of or is based upon an
         untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged
         omission from any of such  documents in reliance upon and in conformity
         with  written  information  furnished  to the  Seller  or  CITSF by any
         Underwriter through the Representative  specifically for use therein it
         being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by
         any  Underwriter  consists of the  Underwriters'  Information  and (ii)
         CITSF shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but
         substantially  similar or related transactions in the same jurisdiction
         arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable
         for the reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of
         attorneys for all such Underwriters,  which firm shall be designated in
         accordance with Section 7(c) hereof.

                  (b)  Each  Underwriter,   severally  and  not  jointly,   will
         indemnify  and hold  harmless the Seller and CITSF  against any losses,
         claims,  damages or liabilities to which the Seller or CITSF may become
         subject,  under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,
         damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or
         are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of any
         material fact contained in the Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus
         or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,  or any related  preliminary
         prospectus  or  arise  out of or are  based  upon the  omission  or the
         alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  in
         each case to the  extent,  but only to the  extent,  that  such  untrue
         statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission
         was made in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written  information
         furnished  to the  Seller  or CITSF  by such  Underwriter  through  the
         Representative  specifically  for use therein,  and will  reimburse any
         legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Seller or CITSF in
         connection with  investigating or defending any such action or claim as
         such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that (i) the
         only such  information  furnished  by any  Underwriter  consists of the
         following  information  contained  in  the  Prospectus:  (a)  the  last
         paragraph at the bottom of the cover page  concerning  the terms of the
         offering by the Underwriters, (b) the legend concerning over-allotments
         and (c) the information contained under the caption "Underwriting" (the
         "Underwriters'  Information")  and (ii) the Underwriters  shall not, in
         connection  with any one such  action  or  separate  but  substantially
         similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction  arising out of the
         same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable
         fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm of attorneys for each
         of the Seller and CITSF,  which firm shall be  designated in accordance
         with Section 7(c) hereof.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
         Section of  written  notice of the  commencement  of any  action,  such
         indemnified  party  will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made
         against  the  indemnifying  party  under  subsection  (a) or (b) above,
         notify the  indemnifying  party of the  commencement  thereof;  but the
         omission so to notify the  indemnifying  party will not relieve it from
         any liability which it may have to 

<PAGE>

         any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any
         such action is brought  against any  indemnified  party and it notifies
         the indemnifying  party of the commencement  thereof,  the indemnifying
         party will be entitled to  participate  therein and, to the extent that
         it may  wish,  jointly  with any  other  indemnifying  party  similarly
         notified,  to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to
         such  indemnified  party (who shall not, except with the consent of the
         indemnified  party, be counsel to the  indemnifying  party),  and after
         notice from the  indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its
         election so to assume the defense  thereof and after  acceptance by the
         indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable
         to such  indemnified  party  under this  Section for any legal or other
         expenses  subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
         with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of  investigation.
         No indemnifying  party shall,  without the prior written consent of the
         indemnified  party,  effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
         action in respect of which any indemnified  party is or could have been
         a  party  and  indemnity  could  have  been  sought  hereunder  by such
         indemnified  party  unless such  settlement  includes an  unconditional
         release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that
         are the subject matter of such action.

                  (d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this  Section is
         unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
         subsection  (a)  or (b)  above,  then  each  indemnifying  party  shall
         contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
         result of the losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  referred to in
         subsection  (a) or (b) above in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to
         reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Seller and CITSF
         on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other from the offering of
         the  Securities  but also the relative fault of the Seller and CITSF on
         the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the other in connection with the
         statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,  claims, damages
         or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable  considerations.
         The relative  benefits received by the Seller and CITSF on the one hand
         and the  Underwriters  on the  other  shall be deemed to be in the same
         proportion  as  the  total  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  the
         Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Seller and CITSF
         bear to the total  underwriting  discounts and commissions  received by
         the  Underwriters.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference
         to, among other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
         of a  material  fact or the  omission  or alleged  omission  to state a
         material fact relates to information  supplied by the Seller,  CITSF or
         by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access
         to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or  prevent  such  untrue
         statement or  omission.  The amount paid by an  indemnified  party as a
         result of the losses,  claims, damages or liabilities referred to above
         in this  subsection  (d) shall be deemed to include  any legal or other
         expenses  reasonably  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection
         with  investigating  or  defending  any  action  or claim  which is the
         subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
         subsection  (d), no  Underwriter  shall be required to  contribute  any
         amount in excess  of the  amount by which the total  price at which the
         Securities  underwritten  by it  and  distributed  to the  public  were
         offered to the public  exceeds  the  amount of any  damages  which such
         Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue
         or alleged 

<PAGE>

         untrue statement or omission or alleged  omission.  No person guilty of
         fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section  11(f) of
         the Act) shall be entitled to contribution  from any person who was not
         guilty  of  such  fraudulent   misrepresentation.   The   Underwriters'
         obligations  in  this  subsection  (d) to  contribute  are  several  in
         proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

                  (e) The  obligations  of CITSF under this Section  shall be in
         addition to any liability  which the Seller or CITSF may otherwise have
         and shall extend,  upon the same terms and conditions,  to each person,
         if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and
         the  obligations  of the  Underwriters  under this Section  shall be in
         addition  to  any  liability  which  the  respective  Underwriters  may
         otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to
         each director of the Seller or CITSF,  to each officer of the Seller or
         CITSF who has signed the Registration  Statement and to each person, if
         any, who controls the Seller or CITSF within the meaning of the Act.

         8. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations.  The respective
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Seller and CITSF or their respective  officers and of the Underwriters set forth
in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  will  remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof,  made by
or on behalf of any  Underwriter,  the Seller,  CITSF or any of their respective
representatives,  officers or  directors  or any  controlling  person,  and will
survive  delivery  of and  payment  for the  Securities.  If this  Agreement  is
terminated  pursuant  to  Section 9 or if for any  reason  the  purchase  of the
Securities  by the  Underwriters  is not  consummated,  the  Seller,  CITSF  and
CITCF-NY shall remain  responsible  for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by
it pursuant to Section 5 hereof and the  respective  obligations  of the Seller,
CITSF and the Underwriters  pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect.
If the purchase of the Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any
reason other than solely because of the  termination of this Agreement  pursuant
to Section 9 or the occurrence of any event specified in clauses (iii),  (iv) or
(v) of Section 6(e) hereof, the Seller and CITSF will reimburse the Underwriters
for all  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including fees and  disbursements of counsel)
reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Securities.

         9.  Failure  to  Purchase  the   Securities.   If  any  Underwriter  or
Underwriters  default in their  obligations to purchase the principal  amount of
the Notes and/or the Certificates opposite such Underwriter's name on Schedule I
hereto and the aggregate principal amount of the Securities that such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of
the  total  principal  amount of the  Securities,  the  Representative  may make
arrangements satisfactory to the Seller and CITSF for the purchase of such Notes
or Certificates by other persons,  including any of the Underwriters,  but if no
such arrangements are made by the Closing Date, the non-defaulting  Underwriters
shall be obligated  severally,  in  proportion to their  respective  commitments
hereunder,  to purchase the Notes and/or the  Certificates  that such defaulting
Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters
so  default  and  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  and/or  the
Certificates  with respect to such default or defaults  exceeds 10% of the total
principal  amount  of  the  Securities  and  arrangements  satisfactory  to  the
Representative,  the Seller  and CITSF for the  purchase  of such  

<PAGE>

Notes and/or  Certificates  by other  persons are not made within 36 hours after
such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting  Underwriter,  the Seller or CITSF, except as provided in Section
8. As used in  this  Agreement,  the  term  "Underwriter"  includes  any  person
substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters from liability for its default.

         10. Notices.  All  communications  hereunder will be in writing and, if
sent to the  Representative  or the Underwriters,  will be mailed,  delivered or
sent  by  facsimile   transmission  and  confirmed  to  the   Representative  at
[____________________],     Attention:     [__________]     (facsimile    number
[______________]);  if sent to the Seller, will be mailed,  delivered or sent by
facsimile  transmission  and  confirmed  to it at The CIT  Group  Securitization
Corporation II, 650 CIT Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039, Attention: James J.
Egan, Jr., President (facsimile number (201) 740-5410);  if sent to CIT, will be
mailed,  delivered or sent by facsimile  transmission and confirmed to it by The
CIT Group Holdings, Inc., 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036,
Attention:  Joseph J.  Carrol,  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer (facsimile number (212) 536-1971); and if sent to CITSF, will be mailed,
delivered  or sent by  facsimile  transmission  and  confirmed  to it at The CIT
Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New  Jersey  07039,
Attention: James J. Egan, Jr., President (facsimile number (201) 740-5410).

         11. No Bankruptcy Petition.  Each Underwriter agrees that, prior to the
date which is one year and one day after the  payment in full of all  securities
issued by the Seller or by a trust for which the Seller was the  depositor or by
the Trust, which securities were rated by any nationally recognized  statistical
rating organization,  it will not institute against, or join any other person in
instituting against, the Seller or the Trust in any bankruptcy,  reorganization,
arrangement,  insolvency or liquidation  proceedings or other  proceedings under
any Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

         12.  Successors.  This  Agreement  will inure to the  benefit of and be
binding upon the  Underwriters,  the Seller,  CIT and CITSF and their respective
successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in
Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligations hereunder.

         13. Representation of Underwriters. The Representative will act for the
several  Underwriters  in  connection  with the  transactions  described in this
Agreement,  and any action taken by Representative  under this Agreement will be
binding upon all the Underwriters.

         14.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts  each of which  shall be  deemed  to be an  original,  but all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement.

         15.  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in  accordance  with,  the laws of the  State of New  York,  without  regard  to
principles of conflicts of laws.

<PAGE>

         If  the   foregoing  is  in   accordance   with  the   Representative's
understanding  of our  agreement,  kindly  sign and  return to us a  counterpart
hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Seller, CITSF and
the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                                    By: ________________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                    THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                                    By: ________________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

The foregoing  Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written:

[____________________]
Acting on behalf of itself  and as the

Representative of the  several Underwriters

By:________________________________________
         Name:
         Title:

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I


Underwriter                            Initial Principal Amount of Notes
- -----------                            ---------------------------------

                                       $

                                       $

         TOTAL                         $


Underwriter                            Initial Principal Amount of Certificates
- -----------                            ----------------------------------------

                                       $

                                       $

         TOTAL                         $

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE II

Locations of Chief Executive Offices and Principal Places of Business

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039-0491

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039-0491

The CIT Group/Consumer Finance, Inc. (NY)
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039-0491

Locations of Records

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
715 South Metropolitan Avenue
Suite 150
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma  73124-0610

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
715 South Metropolitan Avenue
Suite 150
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma  73124-0610

The CIT Group/Consumer Finance, Inc. (NY)
715 South Metropolitan Avenue
Suite 150
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma  73124-0610

<PAGE>

                          SCHEDULE III

                   Original Principal 
Notes              Amount                  Price        Price      Interest Rate

                                    

Class A-__         $                       %            $          %

Class A-__         $                       %            $          %





Total Price to Public:                     $
Total Price to Seller:                     $
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions:    $

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE IV

                   Original Principal                               Pass-Through
Certificates       Amount                Price      Price           Rate

Class A-__         $                         %      $                  %

Total Price to Public:                      $
Total Price to Seller:                      $
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions:     $



                                                                     Exhibit 4.1

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                        Class A ____% Asset Backed Notes

                                    INDENTURE

                         Dated as of ____________, ____

                             ______________________,
                                Indenture Trustee


<PAGE>



                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

                  TIA Section                   Indenture Section

                  310(a)(1)                     6.11
                  310(a)(2)                     6.11
                  310(a)(3)                     6.10
                  310(a)(4)                     6.14
                  310(b)                        6.11
                  310(c)                        Not Applicable
                  311(a)                        6.12
                  311(b)                        6.12
                  311(c)                        Not Applicable
                  312(a)                        7.1, 7.2
                  312(b)                        7.2
                  312(c)                        7.2
                  313(a)                        7.4(a), 7.4(b)
                  313(b)(1)                     7.4(a)
                  313(b)(2)                     7.4(a)
                  313(c)                        7.4(a)
                  313(d)                        7.4(a)
                  314(a)                        3.9, 7.3(a)
                  314(b)                        3.6
                  314(c)(1)                     2.2, 2.9, 4.1, 11.1
                  314(c)(2)                     11.1(a)
                  314(c)(3)                     11.1(a)
                  314(d)                        2.9, 11.1(b)
                  314(e)                        11.1(a)
                  314(f)                        11.1(a)
                  315(a)                        6.1(b)
                  315(b)                        6.5
                  315(c)                        6.1(a)
                  315(d)                        6.2, 6.1(c)
                  315(e)                        5.13
                  316 (a) last sentence         1.1
                  316(a)(1)(A)                  5.11
                  316(a)(1)(B)                  5.12
                  316(a)(2)                     Omitted
                  316(b), (c)                   5.7
                  317(a)(1)                     5.3(b)
                  317(a)(2)                     5.3(d)
                  317(b)                        3.3
                  318(a)                        11.7

     Note: This cross-reference  table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be
part of this Indenture.


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE..........................2

SECTION 1.1  Definitions.......................................................2
SECTION 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of Trust  Indenture Act................2

ARTICLE II  THE NOTES..........................................................2

SECTION 2.1  Form..............................................................2
SECTION 2.2  Execution, Authentication and Delivery............................3
SECTION 2.3  Temporary Notes...................................................4
SECTION 2.4  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes......4
SECTION 2.5  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes........................5
SECTION 2.6  Persons Deemed Noteholders........................................6
SECTION 2.7  Payment of Principal and Interest.................................7
SECTION 2.8  Cancellation of Notes.............................................8
SECTION 2.9  Release of Collateral.............................................8
SECTION 2.10  Book-Entry Notes.................................................9
SECTION 2.11  Notices to Depository............................................9
SECTION 2.12  Definitive Notes.................................................9
SECTION 2.13  Seller as Noteholder............................................10
SECTION 2.14  Tax Treatment...................................................10

ARTICLE III  COVENANTS........................................................10

SECTION 3.1  Payment of Principal and Interest................................10
SECTION 3.2  Maintenance of Agency Office.....................................10
SECTION 3.3  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust...........................11
SECTION 3.4  Existence........................................................12
SECTION 3.5  Protection of Trust Estate; Acknowledgment of Pledge.............13
SECTION 3.6  Opinions as to Trust Estate......................................13
SECTION 3.7  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts...............13
SECTION 3.8  Negative Covenants...............................................15
SECTION 3.9  Annual Statement as to Compliance................................15
SECTION 3.10  Consolidation, Merger, etc. of Issuer; Disposition of 
                Trust Assets..................................................15
SECTION 3.11  Successor or Transferee.........................................17
SECTION 3.12  No Other Business...............................................18
SECTION 3.13  No Borrowing....................................................18
SECTION 3.14  Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities...............18
SECTION 3.15  Servicer's Obligations..........................................18
SECTION 3.16  Capital Expenditures............................................18
SECTION 3.17  Removal of Servicer.............................................18
SECTION 3.18  Restricted Payments.............................................19
SECTION 3.19  Notice of Events of Default.....................................19
SECTION 3.20  Further Instruments and Acts....................................19


                                      (i)

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.21  Representations and Warranties by the Issuer to the 
                Indenture Trustee.............................................19

ARTICLE IV  __________........................................................20

SECTION 4.1  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..........................20
SECTION 4.2  Application of Trust Money.......................................21
SECTION 4.3  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent.........................21
SECTION 4.4  Duration of Position of Indenture Trustee........................21

ARTICLE V  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES...............................................21

SECTION 5.1  Events of Default................................................21
SECTION 5.2  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment...............23
SECTION 5.3  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by 
               Indenture Trustee..............................................24
SECTION 5.4  Remedies; Priorities.............................................26
SECTION 5.5  Optional Preservation of the Contracts...........................27
SECTION 5.6  Limitation of Suits..............................................28
SECTION 5.7  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive 
               Principal and Interest.........................................28
SECTION 5.8  Restoration of Rights and Remedies...............................29
SECTION 5.9  Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................................29
SECTION 5.10  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver..................................29
SECTION 5.11  Control by Noteholders..........................................29
SECTION 5.12  Waiver of Past Defaults.........................................30
SECTION 5.13  Undertaking for Costs...........................................30
SECTION 5.14  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws................................31
SECTION 5.15  Action on Notes.................................................31
SECTION 5.16  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations..............31

ARTICLE VI  THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.............................................32

SECTION 6.1  Duties of Indenture Trustee......................................32
SECTION 6.2  Rights of Indenture Trustee......................................33
SECTION 6.3  Indenture Trustee May Own Notes..................................34
SECTION 6.4  Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer...................................34
SECTION 6.5  Notice of Defaults...............................................34
SECTION 6.6  Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders..........................35
SECTION 6.7  Compensation; Indemnity..........................................35
SECTION 6.8  Replacement of Indenture Trustee.................................35
SECTION 6.9  Merger or Consolidation of Indenture Trustee.....................36
SECTION 6.10  Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate  
                Indenture Trustee.............................................37
SECTION 6.11  Eligibility; Disqualification...................................38
SECTION 6.12  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer................38
SECTION 6.13  Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee.............39
SECTION 6.14  Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without 
                Possession of Notes...........................................39
SECTION 6.15  Suit for Enforcement............................................39
SECTION 6.16  Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee...............40

ARTICLE VII  NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS...................................40


                                      (ii)

<PAGE>

SECTION 7.1  Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and 
               Addresses of Noteholders.......................................40
SECTION 7.2  Preservation of Information, Communications to Noteholders.......40
SECTION 7.3  Reports by Issuer................................................41
SECTION 7.4  Reports by Trustee...............................................41

ARTICLE VIII  ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES............................42

SECTION 8.1  Collection of Money..............................................42
SECTION 8.2  Designated Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account; Payments....42
SECTION 8.3  General Provisions Regarding Accounts............................42
SECTION 8.4  Release of Trust Estate..........................................43
SECTION 8.5  Opinion of Counsel...............................................44

ARTICLE IX  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES...........................................44

SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders...........44
SECTION 9.2  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders..............45
SECTION 9.3  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.............................47
SECTION 9.4  Effect of Supplemental Indenture.................................47
SECTION 9.5  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act..............................47
SECTION 9.6  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures....................47

ARTICLE X  REDEMPTION OF NOTES................................................48

SECTION 10.1  Redemption......................................................48
SECTION 10.2  Form of Redemption Notice.......................................48
SECTION 10.3  Notes Payable on Redemption Date................................49

ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................49

SECTION 11.1  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.......................49
SECTION 11.2  Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee................51
SECTION 11.3  Acts of Noteholders.............................................52
SECTION 11.4  Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies.53
SECTION 11.5  Notices to Noteholders; Waiver..................................53
SECTION 11.6  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.........................54
SECTION 11.7  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...............................54
SECTION 11.8  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents........................54
SECTION 11.9  Successors and Assigns..........................................54
SECTION 11.10  Separability...................................................55
SECTION 11.11  Benefits of Indenture..........................................55
SECTION 11.12  Legal Holidays.................................................55
SECTION 11.13  Governing Law..................................................55
SECTION 11.14  Counterparts...................................................55
SECTION 11.15  Recording of Indenture.........................................55
SECTION 11.16  No Recourse....................................................55
SECTION 11.17  No Petition....................................................56
SECTION 11.18  Inspection.....................................................56
SECTION 11.19  Indemnification by and Reimbursement of the Servicer...........57


                                     (iii)

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT A  -     Form of Asset Backed Notes


                                      (iv)

<PAGE>


         INDENTURE,  dated as of  ____________,  ____,  between CIT MARINE TRUST
____-_, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), and [____________________],  a
__________ banking  corporation,  as trustee and not in its individual  capacity
(the "Indenture Trustee").

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

                                 GRANTING CLAUSE

         The Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture  Trustee at the Closing Date,
as trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and (only to the extent  expressly
provided herein) the  Certificateholders,  all of the Issuer's right,  title and
interest in and to (i) the Contracts (except, to the extent provided in the Sale
and Servicing  Agreement,  any Post Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons);  (ii) all
monies received under the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date
and under the Subsequent  Contracts on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off
Date;  (iii)  such  amounts  as from  time  to  time  may be held in one or more
accounts  (other than the Excluded  Assets)  established  and  maintained by the
Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including all investments
in such  accounts  and all  income  from  the  funds  therein  and all  proceeds
thereof);  (iv)  all  monies  on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and the
Capitalized Interest Account (including all investments in such accounts and all
income from the funds therein and all proceeds thereof);  (v) security interests
in the Financed Boats granted by the Obligors and any accessions thereto and any
other interest of the Issuer in the Financed  Boats;  (vi) the right to proceeds
from physical damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  policies,  if any,
covering  individual  Financed Boats or Obligors,  as the case may be; (vii) the
rights of the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  (but excluding all
rights  of the  Issuer  to the  Excluded  Assets)  and the  Subsequent  Transfer
Agreements and the Subsequent  Purchase  Agreements;  and (viii) all present and
future claims,  demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of
the  foregoing  and all  payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and
nature  whatsoever  in respect  of any or all of the  foregoing,  including  all
proceeds of the conversion,  voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid
property,  all cash proceeds,  accounts,  accounts  receivable,  notes,  drafts,
acceptances,  chattel  paper,  checks,  deposit  accounts,  insurance  proceeds,
condemnation awards,  rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of
obligations  and  receivables,  instruments and other property which at any time
constitute  all or  part  of or are  included  in the  proceeds  of any  and all
proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

         The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal
of and  interest  on,  and any other  amounts  owing in  respect  of, the Notes,
equally and ratably without  prejudice,  priority or distinction,  and to secure
compliance  with the  provisions  of this  Indenture,  all as  provided  in this
Indenture.

         The  Indenture  Trustee,  as  trustee  on  behalf  of the  Noteholders,
acknowledges  such Grant,  accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture.


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION  1.1  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Indenture and not otherwise  defined herein shall have the  respective  meanings
assigned  them in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Sale and  Servicing
Agreement")  dated as of  ____________,  ____  among the  Issuer,  The CIT Group
Securitization  Corporation  II  (the  "Company"  or the  "Seller")  and The CIT
Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  as Servicer  ("CITSF").  All  references in this
Indenture  to  Articles,  Sections,  subsections  and  exhibits  are to the same
contained in or attached to this Indenture unless otherwise specified. All terms
defined in this  Indenture  shall  have the  defined  meanings  when used in any
certificate,  notice,  Note or other document made or delivered  pursuant hereto
unless otherwise defined therein.

         SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever
this Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used
in this Indenture have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "indenture securities" means the Notes.

         "indenture trustee" means the Indenture Trustee.

         "obligor" on the  indenture  securities  means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a Commission rule have
the respective meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

         SECTION 2.1  Form.

                  (a)  The  Class  A  Notes,   with  the   Indenture   Trustee's
         certificate of  authentication,  shall be substantially in the form set
         forth in  Exhibit  A,  with  such  appropriate  insertions,  omissions,
         substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
         Indenture,  and may  have  such  letters,  numbers  or  other  marks of


                                      A-2

<PAGE>

         identification and such legends or endorsements  placed thereon as may,
         consistently  herewith,  be determined by the officers  executing  such
         Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the
         text of any  Note  may be set  forth on the  reverse  thereof,  with an
         appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

                  (b)  The  Definitive  Notes  shall  be  typewritten,  printed,
         lithographed  or  engraved  or  produced  by any  combination  of these
         methods (with or without steel engraved borders),  all as determined by
         the officers  executing such Notes,  as evidenced by their execution of
         such Notes.

                  (c) The terms of the Notes as  provided  in Exhibit A are part
         of the terms of this Indenture.

         SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

                  (a) Each Note  shall be dated the date of its  authentication,
         and shall be issuable as a registered Note in the minimum  denomination
         of $1,000 and in integral  multiples thereof (except for one Note which
         may be issued in a  denomination  other than an  integral  multiple  of
         $1,000).

                  (b) The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any
         of its  Authorized  Officers.  The  signature  of any  such  Authorized
         Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

                  (c)  Notes  bearing  the  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of
         individuals who were Authorized Officers of the Issuer at the time such
         signatures  were affixed  shall bind the Issuer,  notwithstanding  that
         such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such office prior
         to the  authentication  and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such
         office at the date of such Notes.

                  (d) The  Indenture  Trustee,  in exchange for the Grant of the
         Contracts  and the other  components of the Trust,  and  simultaneously
         with the constructive delivery to the Indenture Trustee of the Contract
         Files with respect to the Initial  Contracts  and the other  components
         and assets of the Trust,  shall cause to be authenticated and delivered
         to or upon the order of the  Issuer,  the  Class A Notes  for  original
         issue in aggregate  principal  amount of  $___________.  The  aggregate
         principal  amount  of Notes  outstanding  at any  time  may not  exceed
         $___________ except as provided in Section 2.5.

                  (e) No Notes  shall be  entitled  to any  benefit  under  this
         Indenture  or be valid or  obligatory  for any  purpose,  unless  there
         appears on such Note a certificate of  authentication  substantially in
         the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Indenture  Trustee the
         manual  signature  of  one  of  its  Authorized   Officers,   and  such
         certificate  upon any Note shall be conclusive  evidence,  and the only
         evidence,  that  such Note has been duly  authenticated  and  delivered
         hereunder.


                                      A-3

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes.

                  (a) Pending the  preparation of Definitive  Notes, if any, the
         Issuer may execute,  and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the  Indenture
         Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,  such Temporary Notes which are
         printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced,
         of the tenor of the  Definitive  Notes in lieu of which they are issued
         and with  such  variations  as are  consistent  with the  terms of this
         Indenture  as the  officers  executing  such  Notes may  determine,  as
         evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

                  (b) If  Temporary  Notes are  issued,  the Issuer  shall cause
         Definitive Notes to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the
         preparation  of  Definitive   Notes,   the  Temporary  Notes  shall  be
         exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the Temporary Notes
         at the Agency  Office of the Issuer to be  maintained  as  provided  in
         Section 3.2,  without  charge to the  Noteholder.  Upon  surrender  for
         cancellation  of any one or more  Temporary  Notes,  the  Issuer  shall
         execute and the  Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver in
         exchange  therefor  a like  principal  amount  of  Definitive  Notes of
         authorized denominations. Until so delivered in exchange, the Temporary
         Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this
         Indenture as Definitive Notes.

         SECTION 2.4  Registration;  Registration  of Transfer  and  Exchange of
Notes.

                  (a) The Issuer  shall cause to be kept the Note  Register,  in
         which,  subject  to  such  reasonable  regulations  as the  Issuer  may
         prescribe,  the Issuer shall provide for the  registration of the Notes
         and the  registration  of transfers  and  exchanges  of the Notes.  The
         Indenture Trustee shall initially be the Note Registrar for the purpose
         of registering the Notes and transfers of the Notes as herein provided.
         Upon any resignation of any Note  Registrar,  the Issuer shall promptly
         appoint a successor Note Registrar or, if it elects not to make such an
         appointment, assume the duties of the Note Registrar.

                  (b) If a Person other than the Indenture  Trustee is appointed
         by the Issuer as Note  Registrar,  the Issuer  will give the  Indenture
         Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar
         and of the  location,  and any  change  in the  location,  of the  Note
         Register.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall have the right to inspect the
         Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof. The
         Indenture  Trustee  shall  have the  right to rely  upon a  certificate
         executed  on  behalf  of the Note  Registrar  by an  Executive  Officer
         thereof  as to the  names  and  addresses  of the  Noteholders  and the
         principal amounts and number of such Notes.

                  (c) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at
         the  Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee  or the Agency
         Office of the Issuer (and  following the delivery,  in the former case,
         of such Notes to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee), the Issuer shall
         execute,  the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate and the Noteholder
         shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee,  in the name of the designated
         transferee  or  transferees,


                                      A-4

<PAGE>

         one or  more  new  Notes  in any  authorized  denominations,  of a like
         aggregate principal amount.

                  (d) At the option of the  Noteholder,  Notes may be  exchanged
         for other Notes of the same class in any authorized denominations, of a
         like  aggregate  principal  amount,  upon  surrender of the Notes to be
         exchanged at the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee or the
         Agency Office of the Issuer (and following the delivery,  in the former
         case, of such Notes to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee), the Issuer
         shall execute,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and the
         Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the
         Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

                  (e) All Notes  issued  upon any  registration  of  transfer or
         exchange  of  Notes  shall  be the  valid  obligations  of the  Issuer,
         evidencing  the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
         Indenture,  as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer
         or exchange.

                  (f) Every Note presented or surrendered  for  registration  of
         transfer or exchange  shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a
         written  instrument of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Indenture
         Trustee,  (i) duly  executed  by the Holder  thereof  or such  Holder's
         attorney duly authorized in writing,  with such signature guaranteed by
         an "eligible  guarantor  institution"  meeting the  requirements of the
         Note Registrar which  requirements  include membership or participation
         in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("Stamp") or such other
         "signature  guarantee  program"  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Note
         Registrar  in  addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  Stamp,  all in
         accordance  with the Exchange Act, and (ii)  accompanied  by such other
         documents as the Indenture Trustee may require.

                  (g) No  service  charge  shall  be  made to a  Holder  for any
         registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of Notes,  but the  Issuer or
         Indenture  Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
         tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with
         any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges
         pursuant to Sections 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any transfer.

                  (h)   The   preceding   provisions   of   this   Section   2.4
         notwithstanding,  the Issuer  shall not be required to transfer or make
         exchanges,  and the Note  Registrar  need  not  register  transfers  or
         exchanges,  of  Notes  that:  (i) have  been  selected  for  redemption
         pursuant  to Article X, if  applicable;  or (ii) are due for  repayment
         within  15 days of  submission  to the  Corporate  Trust  Office or the
         Agency Office.

         SECTION 2.5  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

                  (a) If (i) any mutilated  Note is surrendered to the Indenture
         Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction
         of the  destruction,  loss or theft  of any  Note,  and  (ii)  there is
         delivered to the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as


                                      A-5

<PAGE>

         may be  required  by it to hold the  Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee
         harmless,  then,  in the  absence  of  notice to the  Issuer,  the Note
         Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee that such Note has been acquired by
         a bona fide  purchaser,  the Issuer shall execute and upon the Issuer's
         request the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver,  in
         exchange  for or in  lieu of any  such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or
         stolen Note, a replacement Note of a like class and aggregate principal
         amount; provided,  however, that if any such destroyed,  lost or stolen
         Note, but not a mutilated Note,  shall have become or within seven days
         shall be due and  payable,  or shall have been  called for  redemption,
         instead of issuing a replacement  Note,  the Issuer may make payment to
         the  Holder  of such  destroyed,  lost or  stolen  Note  when so due or
         payable or upon the Redemption Date, if applicable,  without  surrender
         thereof.

                  (b) If, after the delivery of a replacement Note or payment in
         respect of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to subsection (a),
         a bona  fide  purchaser  of the  original  Note in lieu of  which  such
         replacement  Note was issued  presents for payment such original  Note,
         the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to recover such
         replacement  Note (or such  payment) from (i) any Person to whom it was
         delivered, (ii) the Person taking such replacement Note from the Person
         to whom such replacement  Note was delivered;  or (iii) any assignee of
         such  Person,  except a bona fide  purchaser,  and the  Issuer  and the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall be entitled to recover  upon the  security or
         indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage,  cost or
         expense  incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture  Trustee in connection
         therewith.

                  (c) In connection  with the issuance of any  replacement  Note
         under this  Section  2.5,  the Issuer may  require  the  payment by the
         Holder  of such  Note of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any tax or other
         governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  relation  thereto and any
         other  reasonable  expenses  (including  all fees and  expenses  of the
         Indenture Trustee) connected therewith.

                  (d) Any duplicate Note issued  pursuant to this Section 2.5 in
         replacement  for any  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall
         constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer,
         whether or not the mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall be
         found at any time or be enforced  by any Person,  and shall be entitled
         to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately  with
         any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

                  (e) The provisions of this Section 2.5 are exclusive and shall
         preclude  (to the extent  lawful) all other  rights and  remedies  with
         respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,  destroyed, lost or
         stolen Notes.

         SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed  Noteholders.  Prior to due  presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer,  the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Issuer or the Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name
any Note is registered  (as of the day of  determination)  as the Noteholder for
the purpose of receiving  payments of principal of and interest on such Note and
for all other  purposes  whatsoever,  whether or not such Note be


                                      A-6

<PAGE>

overdue,  and  neither the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee nor any agent of the
Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         SECTION 2.7  Payment of Principal and Interest.

                  (a) Interest on the Notes shall accrue in the manner set forth
         in the form of the Class A Notes set forth in  Exhibit A at the Class A
         Rate, and such interest shall be payable on each  Distribution  Date as
         specified  in the  form of Class A Note set  forth  in  Exhibit  A. Any
         interest  payable on any Note shall be punctually paid or duly provided
         for by a deposit by or at the  direction  of the  Issuer  into the Note
         Distribution  Account on the applicable  Distribution Date and shall be
         paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more  Predecessor
         Notes) is  registered  on the  applicable  Record Date, by check mailed
         first-class,  postage prepaid to such Person's address as it appears on
         the Note Register on such Record Date; provided,  however, that, unless
         and until  Definitive  Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12,
         with respect to Notes  registered on the applicable  Record Date in the
         name of the Depository  (initially,  Cede & Co.), payment shall be made
         by  wire  transfer  in  immediately  available  funds  to  the  account
         designated by the Depository.

                  (b)  Prior to the  occurrence  of an Event  of  Default  and a
         declaration  in accordance  with Section 5.2 that the Notes have become
         immediately  due and payable,  the  outstanding  principal of the Notes
         shall be  payable in full on the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution
         Date and, to the extent of funds available therefor, in installments on
         the  Distribution  Dates (if any) preceding the Class A Final Scheduled
         Distribution  Date, in accordance  with Section  8.2(c).  All principal
         payments  on the  Notes  shall  be made  pro  rata  to the  Noteholders
         entitled thereto. Any principal payable on any Note shall be punctually
         paid or duly  provided  for by a deposit by or at the  direction of the
         Issuer   into  the  Note   Distribution   Account  on  the   applicable
         Distribution  Date and shall be paid to the  Person in whose  name such
         Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the applicable
         Record  Date,  by check  mailed  first-class,  postage  prepaid to such
         Person's  address  as it appears on the Note  Register  on such  Record
         Date; provided,  however,  that, unless and until Definitive Notes have
         been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to Notes  registered
         on the Record  Date in the name of the  Depository  (initially,  Cede &
         Co.),  payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately  available
         funds to the account designated by the Depository,  except for: (i) the
         final  installment  of principal on any Note;  and (ii) the  Redemption
         Price (as hereinafter  defined) for any Notes, if so called,  which, in
         each case, shall be payable as provided herein.  The funds  represented
         by any such  checks  in  respect  of  interest  or  principal  returned
         undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3.

                  (c) The entire unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes shall be
         due and payable, if not previously paid, if:

                           (i) an Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
                  continuing; and


                                      A-7

<PAGE>

                           (ii)  the  Indenture   Trustee  or  the   Noteholders
                  representing  not  less  than  a  majority  of  the  aggregate
                  outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes have  declared the
                  Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided
                  in Section 5.2.

                  (d) If the Issuer  defaults  in a payment of  interest  on the
         Notes,  the Issuer shall pay defaulted  interest at the Class A Rate in
         any lawful manner.  The Issuer may pay such  defaulted  interest to the
         Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent  special record date, which
         date shall be at least five  Business  Days prior to the payment  date.
         The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special  record date
         and payment date,  and, at least 15 days before any such special record
         date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice
         that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
         defaulted interest to be paid.

                  (e) With respect to any  Distribution  Date on which the final
         installment  of principal and interest on the Notes is to be paid,  the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall  notify each  Noteholder  of record as of the
         Record  Date for such  Distribution  Date of the  fact  that the  final
         installment  of principal of and interest on such Note is to be paid on
         such  Distribution  Date.  Such notice shall be sent (i) on such Record
         Date by facsimile,  if Book-Entry  Notes are  outstanding;  or (ii) not
         later than three  Business  Days after such Record  Date in  accordance
         with Section  11.5(a) if Definitive  Notes are  outstanding,  and shall
         specify  that  such  final  installment  shall  be  payable  only  upon
         presentation  and  surrender  of such Note and shall  specify the place
         where such Note may be presented  and  surrendered  for payment of such
         installment.  Notices in connection with  redemptions of Notes shall be
         mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2.

         SECTION 2.8 Cancellation of Notes.  All Notes  surrendered for payment,
redemption,  exchange or  registration  of transfer shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture  Trustee,  be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by the Indenture  Trustee.  The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation  any Notes  previously
authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever,  and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the
Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Notes  canceled  as  provided  in this  Section  2.8,  except  as  expressly
permitted by this  Indenture.  All canceled  Notes may be held or disposed of by
the  Indenture  Trustee in  accordance  with its standard  retention or disposal
policy as in effect at the time  unless  the  Issuer  shall  direct by an Issuer
Order that they be destroyed  or returned to it;  provided,  however,  that such
Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the
Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  2.9  Release  of  Collateral.  Subject to  Section  11.1,  the
Indenture  Trustee shall release  property from the lien of this  Indenture only
upon receipt of an Issuer Request  accompanied by an Officers'  Certificate,  an
Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA ss.314(c)
and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent  Certificates
to the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates.


                                      A-8

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, shall
be issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company,  the initial  Depository
by or on behalf of the  Issuer.  Such Note or Notes shall be  registered  on the
Note Register in the name of the  Depository,  and no Note Owner shall receive a
Definitive Note  representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as
provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until the Definitive Notes have been issued
to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

                  (a) the provisions of this Section 2.10 shall be in full force
         and effect;

                  (b) the Note  Registrar  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be
         entitled to deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Indenture
         (including  the payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes and
         the giving of instructions or directions  hereunder) as the sole holder
         of the Notes and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

                  (c) to the extent that the  provisions  of this  Section  2.10
         conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of
         this Section 2.10 shall control;

                  (d) the  rights of the Note  Owners  shall be  exercised  only
         through the Depository and shall be limited to those established by law
         and agreements  between such Note Owners and the Depository  and/or the
         Depository  Participants.  Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued
         pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial  Depository shall make book-entry
         transfers between the Depository  Participants and receive and transmit
         payments of principal  of and interest on the Notes to such  Depository
         Participants, pursuant to the Depository Agreement; and

                  (e) whenever this Indenture  requires or permits actions to be
         taken  based  upon  instructions  or  directions  of  Holders  of Notes
         evidencing  a  specified   percentage  of  the  aggregate   outstanding
         principal  amount  of the  Notes,  the  Depository  shall be  deemed to
         represent such  percentage  only to the extent that it has (i) received
         instructions  to  such  effect  from  Note  Owners  and/or   Depository
         Participants  owning  or  representing,   respectively,  such  required
         percentage  of the  beneficial  interest  in the  Notes;  and  (ii) has
         delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  2.11  Notices  to  Depository.  Whenever  a  notice  or  other
communication  to the Noteholders is required under this  Indenture,  unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.12,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall give all such  notices and  communications
specified  herein to be given to Noteholders to the Depository and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners.

         SECTION  2.12  Definitive  Notes.  If  (i)  the  Servicer  advises  the
Indenture Trustee in writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able to
properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Notes and the Issuer
is unable to locate a qualified  successor;  (ii) the  Servicer,  at its option,
advises  the  Indenture  Trustee  in  writing  that it elects to  terminate  the
book-entry


                                      A-9

<PAGE>

system  through the  Depository;  or (iii) after the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default  or  an  Event  of  Termination,  Note  Owners  representing  beneficial
interests aggregating at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Notes advise the Depository in writing that the  continuation of a
book-entry  system  through the Depository is no longer in the best interests of
the Note  Owners,  then the  Depository  shall  notify  all Note  Owners and the
Indenture  Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and the Depository shall,
after being  informed by the  Indenture  Trustee,  notify the Note Owners of the
availability  of  Definitive  Notes to Note  Owners  requesting  the same.  Upon
surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the typewritten Note or Notes representing
the  Book-Entry   Notes  by  the   Depository,   accompanied   by   registration
instructions,   the  Issuer  shall  execute  and  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
authenticate  the Definitive  Notes in accordance  with the  instructions of the
Depository.  None  of the  Issuer,  the  Servicer,  the  Note  Registrar  or the
Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions
and may  conclusively  rely on,  and shall be  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall
recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.

         SECTION 2.13 Seller as Noteholder.  The Seller in its individual or any
other  capacity  may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may  otherwise
deal with the Issuer or its affiliates  with the same rights it would have if it
were not the Seller.

         SECTION 2.14 Tax Treatment.  The Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  by
entering  into this  Indenture,  and the  Noteholders,  by acquiring any Note or
interest  therein,  (i) express  their  intention  that the Notes  qualify under
applicable tax law as  indebtedness  secured by the  Contracts,  and (ii) unless
otherwise required by appropriate taxing  authorities,  agree to treat the Notes
as  indebtedness  secured by the  Contracts  for the  purpose of federal  income
taxes,  state and local income and franchise  taxes, and any other taxes imposed
upon, measured by or based upon gross or net income.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    COVENANTS

         SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal  and  Interest.  The Issuer shall duly
and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with
the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.  On each Distribution Date and on the
Redemption  Date (if  applicable),  the Issuer shall cause amounts on deposit in
the Note Distribution Account to be distributed to the Noteholders in accordance
with Sections 2.7 and 8.2, less amounts properly  withheld under the Code by any
Person  from a payment to any  Noteholder  of  interest  and/or  principal.  Any
amounts so  withheld  shall be  considered  as having been paid by the Issuer to
such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

         SECTION 3.2  Maintenance of Agency Office.  As long as any of the Notes
remains outstanding,  the Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York,  an office (the  "Agency  Office"),  being an office or agency
where Notes may be  surrendered  to the


                                      A-10

<PAGE>

Issuer for  registration of transfer or exchange,  and where notices and demands
to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this  Indenture may be served.
The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent
for the foregoing  purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the
Indenture  Trustee of the location,  and of any change in the  location,  of any
such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address
thereof,  such  surrenders,  notices  and  demands  may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee,  and the Issuer hereby appoints
the Indenture  Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders,  notices and
demands.

         SECTION 3.3  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust.

                  (a) As provided  in Section  8.2(a) and (b),  all  payments of
         amounts due and payable  with  respect to any Notes that are to be made
         from amounts withdrawn from the Note  Distribution  Account pursuant to
         Section  8.2(c) shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the  Indenture
         Trustee or by another  Paying Agent,  and no amounts so withdrawn  from
         the Note Distribution  Account for payments of Notes shall be paid over
         to the Issuer except as provided in this Section 3.3.

                  (b) On or before each Distribution Date or the Redemption Date
         (if  applicable),  the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in
         the Note  Distribution  Account an aggregate sum  sufficient to pay the
         amounts then  becoming  due with  respect to the Notes,  such sum to be
         held in trust for the  benefit  of the  Persons  entitled  thereto  and
         (unless  the Paying  Agent is the  Indenture  Trustee)  shall  promptly
         notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

                  (c) The Issuer  shall cause each  Paying  Agent other than the
         Indenture  Trustee to execute and deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee an
         instrument  in which such Paying  Agent shall agree with the  Indenture
         Trustee (and if the Indenture  Trustee acts as Paying Agent,  it hereby
         so agrees),  subject to the  provisions  of this Section 3.3, that such
         Paying Agent shall:

                           (i)  hold  all  sums  held by it for the  payment  of
                  amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit
                  of the Persons  entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid
                  to such  Persons or otherwise  disposed of as herein  provided
                  and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

                           (ii) give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default
                  by the Issuer (or any other  obligor  upon the Notes) of which
                  it has actual  knowledge in the making of any payment required
                  to be made with respect to the Notes;

                           (iii) at any time during the  continuance of any such
                  default,  upon the written  request of the Indenture  Trustee,
                  forthwith  pay to the  Indenture  Trustee  all sums so held in
                  trust by such Paying Agent;


                                      A-11

<PAGE>

                           (iv)  immediately   resign  as  a  Paying  Agent  and
                  forthwith pay to the Indenture  Trustee all sums held by it in
                  trust  for the  payment  of Notes if at any time it  ceases to
                  meet the  standards  required  to be met by a Paying  Agent in
                  effect at the time of determination; and

                           (v)  comply  with all  requirements  of the Code with
                  respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any
                  Notes of any applicable  withholding taxes imposed thereon and
                  with  respect  to any  applicable  reporting  requirements  in
                  connection therewith.

                  (d) The Issuer may at any time,  for the purpose of  obtaining
         the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of this  Indenture  or for any other
         purpose,  by  Issuer  Order  direct  any  Paying  Agent  to  pay to the
         Indenture  Trustee  all sums held in trust by such Paying  Agent,  such
         sums to be held by the Indenture  Trustee upon the same trusts as those
         upon  which  the sums  were held by such  Paying  Agent;  and upon such
         payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent
         shall be  released  from all  further  liability  with  respect to such
         money.

                  (e)  Subject  to  applicable  laws with  respect to escheat of
         funds,  any money held by the Indenture  Trustee or any Paying Agent in
         trust for the  payment of any  amount due with  respect to any Note and
         remaining  unclaimed  for one year after such amount has become due and
         payable shall be  discharged  from such trust and be paid to the Issuer
         on Issuer Request; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter,  as an
         unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof
         (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer),  and all
         liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
         such trust money shall thereupon  cease;  provided,  however,  that the
         Indenture  Trustee or such Paying Agent,  before being required to make
         any  such  repayment,  may at the  expense  of the  Issuer  cause to be
         published  once,  in a newspaper  published  in the  English  language,
         customarily  published on each Business Day and of general  circulation
         in the City of New York,  notice that such money remains  unclaimed and
         that, after a date specified  therein,  which shall not be less than 30
         days from the date of such  publication,  any unclaimed balance of such
         money  then  remaining  shall be repaid to the  Issuer.  The  Indenture
         Trustee  may also adopt and employ,  at the expense of the Issuer,  any
         other  reasonable  means of notification of such repayment  (including,
         but not limited to,  mailing  notice of such repayment to Holders whose
         Notes have been called but have not been  surrendered for redemption or
         whose right to or interest in monies due and payable but not claimed is
         determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any Paying
         Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).

         SECTION 3.4  Existence.  Subject to Section 3.10, the Issuer shall keep
in full effect its  existence,  rights and  franchises as a business trust under
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware   and  shall  obtain  and  preserve  its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
or shall be  necessary  to  protect  the  validity  and  enforceability  of this
Indenture,  the Notes,  the  Collateral  and each other  instrument or agreement
included in the Trust Estate.


                                      A-12

<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate;  Acknowledgment of Pledge.  The
Issuer  shall from time to time  execute and deliver  all such  supplements  and
amendments hereto and all such financing  statements,  continuation  statements,
instruments  of further  assurance  and other  instruments,  and shall take such
other action  necessary  or advisable  to: (i) maintain or preserve the lien and
security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more
effectively the purposes hereof; (ii) perfect,  publish notice of or protect the
validity of any Grant made or to be made by this  Indenture;  (iii)  enforce any
rights under this Indenture against the Collateral;  or (iv) preserve and defend
title to the Trust  Estate  and the  rights  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and the
Noteholders  in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties,
and  the  Issuer  hereby   designates  the  Indenture   Trustee  its  agent  and
attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement,  continuation  statement or
other instrument required by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.5.

         SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate.

                  (a) On the  Closing  Date,  the  Issuer  shall  furnish to the
         Indenture  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  either  stating  that, in the
         opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
         recording and filing of this  Indenture,  any  indentures  supplemental
         hereto  and any other  requisite  documents,  and with  respect  to the
         execution  and  filing of any  financing  statements  and  continuation
         statements as are necessary to perfect and make  effective the lien and
         security  interest of this  Indenture  and reciting the details of such
         action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action
         is necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

                  (b) On or before  April 15 in each  calendar  year,  beginning
         April 15, ____,  the Issuer shall furnish to the  Indenture  Trustee an
         Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
         such  action  has been taken with  respect  to the  recording,  filing,
         re-recording   and   refiling  of  this   Indenture,   any   indentures
         supplemental  hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect
         to  the  execution  and  filing  of  any   financing   statements   and
         continuation  statements  as is  necessary  to  maintain  the  lien and
         security interest created by this Indenture and reciting the details of
         such  action or stating  that in the  opinion  of such  counsel no such
         action is necessary to maintain the lien and security  interest created
         by this  Indenture.  Such  Opinion of Counsel  shall also  describe the
         recording,  filing,  re-recording  and refiling of this Indenture,  any
         indentures  supplemental  hereto and any other requisite  documents and
         the execution and filing of any financing  statements and  continuation
         statements  that will, in the opinion of such  counsel,  be required to
         maintain the lien and security  interest of this Indenture  until April
         15 in the following calendar year.

         SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts.

                  (a) The  Issuer  shall not take any  action  and shall use its
         reasonable  efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that
         would release any Person from any of such Person's  material  covenants
         or obligations under any instrument or agreement  included in the Trust
         Estate  or  that  would   result  in  the   amendment,   hypothecation,
         subordination,


                                      A-13

<PAGE>

         termination  or discharge  of, or impair the validity or  effectiveness
         of, any such  instrument  or agreement,  except as otherwise  expressly
         provided in this  Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or such
         other instrument or agreement.

                  (b) Issuer  may  contract  with other  Persons to assist it in
         performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such
         duties by a Person  identified  to the  Indenture  Trustee in the Basic
         Documents or an Officers'  Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to
         be action  taken by the Issuer.  Initially,  the Issuer has  contracted
         with the Servicer to assist the Issuer in  performing  its duties under
         this Indenture.

                  (c) Issuer  shall  punctually  perform  and observe all of its
         obligations  and  agreements  contained  in this  Indenture,  the Basic
         Documents and in the instruments  and agreements  included in the Trust
         Estate,  including but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all
         UCC financing  statements and  continuation  statements  required to be
         filed by the terms of this Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         and the  Purchase  Agreement  in  accordance  with and  within the time
         periods provided for herein and therein.

                  (d) If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of an
         Event of Termination under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer
         shall  promptly  notify the Indenture  Trustee and the Rating  Agencies
         thereof,  and shall  specify in such notice the response or action,  if
         any, the Issuer has taken or is taking with respect to such default. If
         an Event of Termination shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to
         perform any of its duties or  obligations  under the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement with respect to the  Contracts,  the Issuer and the Indenture
         Trustee shall take all reasonable  steps  available to them pursuant to
         the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to remedy such failure or to effect a
         Service Transfer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Without  derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment  granted
to the  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture or the rights of the Indenture
Trustee  hereunder,  the  Issuer  agrees  that it shall not,  without  the prior
written  consent of the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority
in  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Notes,  as  applicable  in
accordance with the terms thereof, amend, modify, waive,  supplement,  terminate
or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification,  supplement, termination,
waiver  or  surrender  of,  the  terms  of any  Collateral  or any of the  Basic
Documents  (other  than  the  Cash  Collateral   Agreement),   or  waive  timely
performance  or  observance  by the  Servicer  or the Seller  under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  a Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  a Subsequent Transfer
Agreement  or the  Purchase  Agreement.  If any  such  amendment,  modification,
supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the  Indenture  Trustee or such
Holders, as applicable,  the Issuer agrees,  promptly following a request by the
Indenture  Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver,  in its own name and at its
own expense, such agreements,  instruments,  consents and other documents as the
Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.


                                      A-14

<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.8 Negative  Covenants.  So long as any Notes are outstanding,
the Issuer shall not:

                  (a) sell,  transfer,  exchange or otherwise  dispose of any of
         the  properties  or assets of the  Issuer,  except  the  Issuer may (i)
         collect,  liquidate,  sell or otherwise dispose of Contracts (including
         Repurchased  Contracts and Liquidated  Contracts)  and Financed  Boats,
         (ii) make cash payments out of the  Designated  Accounts and (iii) take
         other actions, in each case as contemplated by the Basic Documents;

                  (b)  claim  any  credit  on,  or make any  deduction  from the
         principal  or  interest  payable in respect  of the Notes  (other  than
         amounts  properly  withheld  from  such  payments  under  the  Code  or
         applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former
         Noteholder  by reason of the  payment of the taxes  levied or  assessed
         upon any part of the Trust Estate;

                  (c) voluntarily commence any insolvency, readjustment of debt,
         marshalling of assets and liabilities or other proceeding, or apply for
         an  order  by a  court  or  agency  or  supervisory  authority  for the
         winding-up or liquidation  of its affairs or any other event  specified
         in Section 5.1(e); or

                  (d) either (i) permit the  validity or  effectiveness  of this
         Indenture  to be impaired,  or permit the Lien of this  Indenture to be
         amended,  hypothecated,  subordinated,  terminated  or  discharged,  or
         permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with
         respect to the Notes under this  Indenture  except as may be  expressly
         permitted hereby, (ii) permit any Lien or other encumbrance (other than
         the Lien of this  Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise
         arise  upon or burden  the  Trust  Estate  or any part  thereof  or any
         interest  therein  or the  proceeds  thereof  (other  than  tax  liens,
         mechanics'  liens and other  liens that arise by  operation  of law, in
         each  case on a  Financed  Boat and  arising  solely  as a result of an
         action or omission of the related  Obligor) or (iii) permit the Lien of
         this  Indenture  not to  constitute  a valid  first  priority  security
         interest in the Trust Estate  (other than with respect to any such tax,
         mechanics' or other Lien).

         SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer shall deliver
to the Indenture  Trustee,  on or before April 15 of each year,  beginning April
15, ____,  and  otherwise in  compliance  with Section  314(a)(4) of the TIA, an
Officer's  Certificate signed by an Authorized Officer,  dated as of April 15 of
such year,  stating that a review of the  activities  of the Issuer  during such
fiscal year and of  performance  under this  Indenture has been made and, to the
best of such Authorized  Officer's  knowledge,  based on such review, the Issuer
has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Indenture  throughout such year,
or, if there  has been a  default  in the  fulfillment  of any such  obligation,
specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and
status thereof.  A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any Noteholder by
a request in writing to the Issuer  addressed to the  Corporate  Trust Office of
the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 3.10  Consolidation,  Merger,  etc. of Issuer;  Disposition  of
Trust Assets.


                                      A-15

<PAGE>

                  (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any
         other Person, unless:

                           (i) the Person (if other than the  Issuer)  formed by
                  or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger shall be a Person
                  organized and existing  under the laws of the United States of
                  America or any State or the  District  of  Columbia  and shall
                  expressly  assume,  by  an  indenture   supplemental   hereto,
                  executed  and  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  in form
                  satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the due and  timely
                  payment of the  principal of and interest on all Notes and the
                  performance  or observance of every  agreement and covenant of
                  this  Indenture  on the part of the Issuer to be  performed or
                  observed, all as provided herein;

                           (ii)  immediately  after giving effect to such merger
                  or  consolidation,  no Default or Event of Default  shall have
                  occurred and be continuing;

                           (iii) the  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall have been
                  satisfied with respect to such transaction and such Person;

                           (iv) any action as is  necessary to maintain the Lien
                  created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

                           (v) the Issuer shall have  delivered to the Indenture
                  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
                  addressed to the Issuer, each stating:

                                    (A) that such  consolidation  or merger  and
                           such supplemental  indenture comply with this Section
                           3.10;

                                    (B) that such  consolidation  or merger  and
                           such  supplemental  indenture  shall have no material
                           adverse   tax   consequence   to  the  Trust  or  any
                           Noteholder or Certificateholder;

                                    (C) that such  consolidation  or merger  and
                           such supplemental  indenture comply with this Section
                           3.10; and

                                    (D) that  all  conditions  precedent  herein
                           provided for in this Section 3.10 have been  complied
                           with,  which shall include any filing required by the
                           Exchange Act.

                  (b) Except as otherwise  expressly permitted by this Indenture
         or the other  Basic  Documents,  the  Issuer  shall  not sell,  convey,
         exchange,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of any of its  properties  or
         assets (other than the Excluded  Assets),  including  those included in
         the Trust Estate, to any Person unless:


                                      A-16

<PAGE>

                           (i) the  Person  that  acquires  such  properties  or
                  assets of the Issuer (A) shall be a United States citizen or a
                  Person  organized  and  existing  under the laws of the United
                  States of America or any State or the District of Columbia and
                  (B)  by  an  indenture   supplemental  hereto,   executed  and
                  delivered to the Indenture  Trustee,  in form  satisfactory to
                  the  Indenture  Trustee:  (1)  expressly  assumes  the due and
                  punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes
                  and the  performance  or  observance  of every  agreement  and
                  covenant  of this  Indenture  on the part of the  Issuer to be
                  performed or observed,  all as provided herein;  (2) expressly
                  agrees that all right,  title and interest so sold,  conveyed,
                  exchanged,  transferred  or  otherwise  disposed  of  shall be
                  subject  and  subordinate  to the rights of  Noteholders;  (3)
                  unless  otherwise  provided  in such  supplemental  indenture,
                  expressly  agrees to  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless the
                  Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense arising
                  under or related  to this  Indenture  and the  Notes;  and (4)
                  expressly  agrees  that such Person (or if a group of Persons,
                  then one  specified  Person)  shall make all filings  with the
                  Commission (and any other appropriate  Person) required by the
                  Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

                           (ii)   immediately   after  giving   effect  to  such
                  transaction,  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have
                  occurred and be continuing;

                           (iii) the  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall have been
                  satisfied with respect to such transaction and such Person;

                           (iv) any action as is  necessary to maintain the Lien
                  created by this Indenture shall have been taken: and

                           (v) the Issuer shall have  delivered to the Indenture
                  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
                  addressed to the Issuer, each stating that:

                                    (A)   such   sale,   conveyance,   exchange,
                           transfer  or   disposition   and  such   supplemental
                           indenture comply with this Section 3.10;

                                    (B)   such   sale,   conveyance,   exchange,
                           transfer  or   disposition   and  such   supplemental
                           indenture has no material  adverse tax consequence to
                           the    Trust    or    to    any     Noteholders    or
                           Certificateholders; and

                                    (C) that  all  conditions  precedent  herein
                           provided for in this Section 3.10 have been  complied
                           with,  which shall include any filing required by the
                           Exchange Act.

         SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.

                  (a)  Upon  any  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Issuer  in
         accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such
         consolidation  or merger (if other than the Issuer)  shall  succeed to,
         and be substituted  for, and may exercise every right and power


                                      A-17

<PAGE>

         of, the Issuer  under this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such
         Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

                  (b) Upon a sale, conveyance, exchange, transfer or disposition
         of all the assets and  properties  of the  Issuer  pursuant  to Section
         3.10(b),  the Trust shall be released from every covenant and agreement
         of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer
         with  respect to the Notes  immediately  upon the  delivery  of written
         notice to the Indenture  Trustee from the Person  acquiring such assets
         and properties stating that the Trust is to be so released.

         SECTION  3.12 No Other  Business.  The  Issuer  shall not engage in any
business or activity other than  acquiring,  holding and managing the Contracts,
the other assets of the Trust Estate,  and the Excluded  Assets and the proceeds
therefrom in the manner  contemplated by the Basic Documents,  issuing the Notes
and the Certificates, making payments on the Notes and the Certificates and such
other  activities  that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing or are  incidental  thereto,  as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Trust
Agreement.

         SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing.  The Issuer shall not issue, incur,  assume,
guarantee  or  otherwise  become  liable,   directly  or  indirectly,   for  any
indebtedness  for money borrowed other than  indebtedness  for money borrowed in
respect of the Notes or in accordance with the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 3.14 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.  Except
as contemplated by this Indenture or the other Basic Documents, the Issuer shall
not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee  (directly or indirectly
or by  an  instrument  having  the  effect  of  assuring  another's  payment  or
performance on any  obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise),  endorse
or otherwise become contingently liable,  directly or indirectly,  in connection
with the obligations,  stocks or dividends of, or own,  purchase,  repurchase or
acquire  (or agree  contingently  to do so) any  stock,  obligations,  assets or
securities  of, or any other interest in, or make any capital  contribution  to,
any other Person.

         SECTION  3.15  Servicer's  Obligations.  The Issuer  shall use its best
efforts to cause the Servicer to comply with its obligations  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

         SECTION  3.16  Capital  Expenditures.  The  Issuer  shall  not make any
expenditure  (whether by long-term or operating  lease or otherwise) for capital
assets (either real, personal or intangible property) other than the purchase of
the  Contracts  and other  property  and rights from the Seller  pursuant to the
Basic Documents.

         SECTION 3.17 Removal of Servicer. So long as any Notes are outstanding,
the Issuer shall not remove the Servicer  without cause unless the Rating Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such removal.


                                      A-18

<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.18 Restricted  Payments.  Except for payments of principal or
interest on or redemption  of the Notes and except as expressly  provided in the
Basic  Documents,  so long as any Notes are  outstanding,  the Issuer shall not,
directly or indirectly:

                  (a) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of
         capital or  otherwise),  whether  in cash,  property,  securities  or a
         combination  thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial
         interest in the Issuer or  otherwise,  in each case with respect to any
         ownership or equity interest or similar security in or of the Issuer or
         to the Servicer;

                  (b) redeem,  purchase,  retire or otherwise  acquire for value
         any such ownership or equity interest or similar security; or

                  (c) set aside or otherwise  segregate any amounts for any such
         purpose;

provided,  however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions
to the Servicer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  (and any
successor in interest thereto) and the  Certificateholders  as permitted by, and
to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  the Cash  Collateral  Agreement or the Trust  Agreement.  The Issuer
shall not,  directly or indirectly,  make payments to or distributions  from the
Collection Account except in accordance with the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give the
Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of
Default hereunder, each Event of Termination,  any Insolvency Event with respect
to the  Affiliated  Purchaser  and each default on the part of the Seller or the
Servicer of their obligations under the Basic Documents.

         SECTION  3.20  Further  Instruments  and  Acts.  Upon  request  of  the
Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments
and do such further acts as may be  reasonably  necessary or proper to carry out
more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

         SECTION  3.21  Representations  and  Warranties  by the  Issuer  to the
Indenture  Trustee.  The Issuer hereby  represents and warrants to the Indenture
Trustee as follows:

                  (a) No  Contract  has  been  sold,  transferred,  assigned  or
         pledged by the Trust to any Person  other than the  Indenture  Trustee;
         immediately  prior to the conveyance of the Contracts  pursuant to this
         Indenture, the Trust had good and marketable title thereto, free of any
         Lien;  and, upon execution and delivery of this Indenture by the Trust,
         the Indenture  Trustee shall have all of the right,  title and interest
         of the Trust in, to and under the  Contracts,  the unpaid  indebtedness
         evidenced  thereby and the collateral  security  therefor,  free of any
         Lien; and

                  (b) All filings (including,  without limitation,  UCC filings)
         necessary in any  jurisdiction  to give the  Indenture  Trustee a first
         perfected ownership interest in the Contracts shall have been made.


                                      A-19

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   __________

         SECTION 4.1  Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  This  Indenture
shall cease to be of further  effect with respect to the Notes except as to: (i)
rights of registration of transfer and exchange; (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes; (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal  thereof and interest  thereon;  (iv)  Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8,
3.10, 3.12,  3.13, 3.19 and 3.21; (v) the rights,  obligations and immunities of
the Indenture Trustee  hereunder  (including the rights of the Indenture Trustee
under Section 6.7 and the  obligations  of the Indenture  Trustee under Sections
4.2 and 4.4); and (vi) the rights of Noteholders  as  beneficiaries  hereof with
respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture  Trustee  payable to all
or any of them,  and the Indenture  Trustee,  on demand of and at the expense of
the Issuer,  shall execute proper  instruments  acknowledging  satisfaction  and
discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, if:

                  (a) either:

                           (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered
                  (other than (A) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen
                  and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5
                  and (B) Notes for whose  payment  money has  theretofore  been
                  deposited  in  trust  or  segregated  and held in trust by the
                  Issuer and thereafter  repaid to the Issuer or discharged from
                  such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to
                  the Indenture Trustee for cancellation: or

                           (ii)  all  Notes  not  theretofore  delivered  to the
                  Indenture Trustee for cancellation:

                                    (A) have become due and payable,

                                    (B) will be due and  payable  on the Class A
                           Final Scheduled Distribution Date within one year, or

                                    (C) are to be called for  redemption  within
                           one  year  under  arrangements  satisfactory  to  the
                           Indenture   Trustee  for  the  giving  of  notice  of
                           redemption by the Indenture  Trustee in the name, and
                           at the expense, of the Issuer,

                  and the  Issuer  has  irrevocably  deposited  or  caused to be
                  irrevocably  deposited  with  the  Indenture  Trustee  cash or
                  direct obligations of or obligations  guaranteed by the United
                  States of America  (which will  mature  prior to the date such
                  amounts are payable),  in trust for such purpose, in an amount
                  sufficient to pay and  discharge  the entire unpaid  principal
                  and accrued  interest on such Notes not


                                      A-20

<PAGE>

                  theretofore   delivered   to   the   Indenture   Trustee   for
                  cancellation   when  due  on  the  Class  A  Final   Scheduled
                  Distribution  Date for such Notes or the  Redemption  Date for
                  such  Notes (if such Notes  have been  called  for  redemption
                  pursuant to Section  10.1(a)(i) or (ii), or Section  10.1(b)),
                  as the case may be;

                  (b) the  Issuer  has paid or caused to be paid all other  sums
         payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

         (c) the Issuer has  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee an  Officer's
Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA or the Indenture
Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants,
each meeting the  applicable  requirements  of Section  11.1(a) and each stating
that all conditions  precedent  herein provided for relating to the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

         SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money.  All monies  deposited with the
Indenture  Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance  with the provisions of the Notes and this  Indenture,  to the
payment,  either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture  Trustee
may determine,  to Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption
of which such monies have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums
due and to become due thereon for principal  and interest;  but such monies need
not be segregated  from other funds except to the extent  required  herein or in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

         SECTION 4.3  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying  Agent.  In  connection
with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes,
all monies then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture  Trustee under
the provisions of this  Indenture with respect to such Notes shall,  upon demand
of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according
to Section  3.3 and  thereupon  such Paying  Agent  shall be  released  from all
further liability with respect to such monies.

         SECTION 4.4 Duration of Position of Indenture Trustee.  Notwithstanding
the earlier payment in full of all principal and interest due to the Noteholders
under  the  terms of the Notes and the  cancellation  of the Notes  pursuant  to
Section  3.1, the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  continue to act in the capacity as
Indenture  Trustee  hereunder  and,  for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,
shall comply with its  obligations  under the Basic  Documents,  as appropriate,
until such time as all payments in respect of  Certificate  Balance and interest
due to the Certificateholders have been paid in full.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

         SECTION 5.1 Events of  Default.  For the  purposes  of this  Indenture,
"Event of Default" wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:


                                      A-21

<PAGE>

                  (a)  failure to pay any  interest  on any Note as and when the
         same becomes due and payable,  and such  default  shall  continue for a
         period of five (5) days; or

                  (b) except as set forth in Section 5.1(c),  failure to pay any
         installment  of the  principal of any Note as and when the same becomes
         due and payable,  and such default continues unremedied for a period of
         thirty (30) days after there shall have been given,  by  registered  or
         certified mail, written notice thereof to the Servicer by the Indenture
         Trustee or to the Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee by the Holders of
         not less than 25% of the outstanding principal balance of the Notes; or

                  (c) failure to pay in full the outstanding  principal  balance
         of the  Notes on or prior to the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution
         Date; or

                  (d) default in the  observance or  performance in any material
         respect  of any  covenant  or  agreement  of the  Issuer  made  in this
         Indenture  (other than a covenant or agreement for payment of principal
         or interest) which failure  materially and adversely affects the rights
         of the Noteholders, and such default shall continue or not be cured for
         a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
         certified  mail,  to the Issuer and the  Seller  (or the  Servicer,  as
         applicable)  by the  Indenture  Trustee or to the Issuer and the Seller
         (or the  Servicer,  as  applicable)  and the  Indenture  Trustee by the
         Holders  of at least 25% of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
         Notes, a written notice  specifying such default and requiring it to be
         remedied  and  stating  that  such  notice  is a  "Notice  of  Default"
         hereunder; or

                  (e) the  filing  of a decree  or order  for  relief by a court
         having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  in respect of the Issuer or any
         substantial  part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary  case under any
         applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law
         now or  hereafter  in effect,  or  appointing  a receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee,  custodian,  trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
         Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the
         winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer's  affairs,  and such decree or
         order  shall  remain  unstayed  and  in  effect  for  a  period  of  90
         consecutive days; or

                  (f) the  commencement  by the Issuer of a voluntary case under
         any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
         law now or  hereafter  in effect,  or the  consent by the Issuer to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
         or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by
         a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
         similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust
         Estate,  or the making by the Issuer of any general  assignment for the
         benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its
         debts as such debts  become  due, or the taking of action by the Issuer
         in furtherance of any of the foregoing.


                                      A-22

<PAGE>

The Issuer shall  deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee,  within five Business Days
after  learning  of the  occurrence  thereof,  written  notice in the form of an
Officer's Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse
of time would become an Event of Default  under Section  5.1(c),  its status and
what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

                  (a) If an Event of  Default  should  occur and be  continuing,
         then and in every such case,  unless the principal  amount of the Notes
         shall have already become due and payable, either the Indenture Trustee
         or the  Holders of Notes  representing  not less than a majority of the
         aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare all the
         Notes to be immediately due and payable,  by a notice in writing to the
         Issuer  (and to the  Indenture  Trustee  if given  by the  Noteholders)
         setting  forth  the  Event  or  Events  of  Default,  and upon any such
         declaration the unpaid  principal  amount of such Notes,  together with
         accrued and unpaid interest  thereon through the date of  acceleration,
         shall become immediately due and payable.

                  (b) At any time  after such  declaration  of  acceleration  of
         maturity  has been made and before a judgment  or decree for payment of
         the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter
         provided  in this  Article  V,  the  Holders  of Notes  representing  a
         majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, by
         written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  may waive all
         Defaults set forth in the notice delivered  pursuant to Section 5.2(a),
         and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

                           (i)  the  Issuer  has  paid  or  deposited  with  the
                  Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

                                    (A)  all   payments  of   principal  of  and
                           interest  on all  Notes and all  other  amounts  that
                           would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes if the
                           Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had
                           not occurred; and

                                    (B) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee
                           hereunder and the reasonable compensation,  expenses,
                           disbursements  and  advances  of the  Trustee and its
                           agents and counsel; and

                           (ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment
                  of the  principal  of the Notes  that has become due solely by
                  such  acceleration,  have been  cured or  waived  as  provided
                  herein;

         provided  that no such  rescission  and  annulment  shall  extend to or
         affect any subsequent  default or impair any right consequent  thereto;
         and  provided  further,  that  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  have
         proceeded  to  enforce  any  right  under  this   Indenture   and  such
         proceedings  shall have been  discontinued or abandoned because of such
         rescission  and annulment or for any other  reason,  or shall have been
         determined  adversely to the


                                      A-23

<PAGE>

         Indenture Trustee,  then and in every such case, the Indenture Trustee,
         the Issuer and the  Noteholders,  as the case may be, shall be restored
         respectively to their former  positions and rights  hereunder,  and all
         rights,  remedies and powers of the Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer and
         the  Noteholders,  as the case may be, shall continue as though no such
         proceedings had been taken.

         SECTION 5.3  Collection of  Indebtedness  and Suits for  Enforcement by
Indenture Trustee.

                  (a) The Issuer  covenants  that if an Event of Default  occurs
         and is  continuing  under  Sections  5.1(a),  5.1(b)  or 5.1(c) of this
         Indenture, then the Issuer shall, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee,
         pay  to  the  Indenture  Trustee,   for  the  ratable  benefit  of  the
         Noteholders in accordance with their respective  outstanding  principal
         amounts,  the  whole  amount  then due and  payable  on such  Notes for
         principal and interest,  with interest upon the overdue  principal,  at
         the rate borne by the Notes and in addition thereto such further amount
         as shall be sufficient  to cover the costs and expenses of  collection,
         including the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and
         advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

                  (b) If the Issuer  shall fail  forthwith  to pay such  amounts
         upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee
         of an express  trust,  may institute a proceeding for the collection of
         the  sums so due and  unpaid,  and may  prosecute  such  Proceeding  to
         judgment or final  decree,  and may enforce the same against the Issuer
         or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner  provided by
         law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes,
         wherever situated, the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.

                  (c) If an Event  of  Default  occurs  and is  continuing,  the
         Indenture Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, in
         its  discretion,  proceed to  protect  and  enforce  its rights and the
         rights  of the  Noteholders,  by such  appropriate  Proceedings  as the
         Indenture  Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any
         such rights,  whether for the specific  enforcement  of any covenant or
         agreement  in this  Indenture  or in aid of the  exercise  of any power
         granted  herein,  or to  enforce  any other  proper  remedy or legal or
         equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by
         law.

                  (d) If there shall be  pending,  relative to the Issuer or any
         other  obligor  upon the  Notes or any  Person  having or  claiming  an
         ownership  interest in the Trust Estate,  proceedings under Title 11 of
         the  United  States  Code or any  other  applicable  federal  or  state
         bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or if a receiver, assignee
         or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or
         similar  official shall have been appointed for or taken  possession of
         the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,  or in case
         of any other comparable judicial  Proceedings relative to the Issuer or
         other  obligor upon the Notes,  or to the  creditors or property of the
         Issuer or such other obligor,  the Indenture  Trustee,  irrespective of
         whether  the  principal  of any Notes  shall then be due and payable as
         therein  expressed or by declaration or otherwise and


                                      A-24

<PAGE>

         irrespective  of  whether  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall have made any
         demand  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Section  5.3,  shall  be
         entitled  and  empowered,   by  intervention  in  such  Proceedings  or
         otherwise:

                           (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole
                  amount of principal  and interest  owing and unpaid in respect
                  of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may
                  be  necessary  or advisable in order to have the claims of the
                  Indenture   Trustee   (including   any  claim  for  reasonable
                  compensation  to the  Indenture  Trustee and each  predecessor
                  Trustee,  and their respective agents,  attorneys and counsel,
                  and  for   reimbursement   of  all  expenses  and  liabilities
                  incurred,  and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and
                  each predecessor Trustee,  except as a result of negligence or
                  bad faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

                           (ii)  unless   prohibited  by   applicable   law  and
                  regulations,  to vote on behalf of the Holders of Notes in any
                  election of a trustee,  a standby trustee or Person performing
                  similar functions in any such Proceedings;

                           (iii) to  collect  and  receive  any  monies or other
                  property  payable  or  deliverable  on any such  claims and to
                  distribute all amounts  received with respect to the claims of
                  the Noteholders and of the Indenture  Trustee on their behalf;
                  and

                           (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
                  documents  as may be  necessary  or advisable in order to have
                  the claims of the  Indenture  Trustee or the  Holders of Notes
                  allowed in any  judicial  proceedings  relative to the Issuer,
                  its creditors and its property;

         and any  trustee,  receiver,  liquidator,  custodian  or other  similar
         official in any such  Proceeding  is hereby  authorized by each of such
         Noteholders  to make  payments to the  Indenture  Trustee,  and, if the
         Indenture  Trustee shall consent to the making of payments  directly to
         such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall
         be  sufficient  to  cover  reasonable  compensation  to  the  Indenture
         Trustee,   each  predecessor   Trustee  and  their  respective  agents,
         attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred,
         and all advances  made, by the Indenture  Trustee and each  predecessor
         trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

                  (e) Nothing herein  contained shall be deemed to authorize the
         Indenture  Trustee to  authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or
         adopt  on  behalf  of  any  Noteholder  any  plan  of   reorganization,
         arrangement,  adjustment  or  composition  affecting  the  Notes or the
         rights of any Holder  thereof or to authorize the Indenture  Trustee to
         vote in respect of the claim of any  Noteholder in any such  proceeding
         except,  as  aforesaid,  to  vote  for the  election  of a  trustee  in
         bankruptcy or similar Person.

                  (f) All rights of action and of  asserting  claims  under this
         Indenture,  or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture
         Trustee  without the  possession of any


                                      A-25

<PAGE>

         of  the  Notes  or  the  production  thereof  in  any  trial  or  other
         Proceedings  relative thereto,  and any such Proceedings  instituted by
         the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an
         express trust, and any recovery of judgment,  subject to the payment of
         the expenses,  disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee,
         each  predecessor  Trustee and their  respective  agents and attorneys,
         shall be for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders.

                  (g) In any Proceedings  brought by the Indenture  Trustee (and
         also any Proceedings  involving the  interpretation of any provision of
         this  Indenture to which the Indenture  Trustee shall be a party),  the
         Indenture  Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders,  and
         it shall not be  necessary  to make any  Noteholder a party to any such
         Proceedings.

         SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities.

                  (a)  If an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be
         continuing and the Notes have been  accelerated  under Section  5.2(a),
         the Indenture  Trustee may do one or more of the following  (subject to
         Section 5.5):

                           (i)  institute  Proceedings  in its own  name  and as
                  trustee of an express trust for the  collection of all amounts
                  then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect
                  thereto,  whether by declaration of acceleration or otherwise,
                  enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and
                  any other obligor upon such Notes monies adjudged due;

                           (ii) institute  Proceedings from time to time for the
                  complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect
                  to the Trust Estate;

                           (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured party under
                  the UCC and take any other  appropriate  action to protect and
                  enforce the rights and remedies of the  Indenture  Trustee and
                  the Noteholders; and

                           (iv) sell the Trust Estate or any portion  thereof or
                  rights or interest  therein,  at one or more public or private
                  sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;

         provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise
         liquidate  the Trust Estate  following an Event of Default,  unless (A)
         the Holders of all of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
         Notes  consent  thereto,  (B) the proceeds of such sale or  liquidation
         distributable  to the  Noteholders  are sufficient to discharge in full
         the  principal of and the accrued  interest on the Notes at the date of
         such sale or liquidation or (C) the Indenture  Trustee  determines that
         the Trust Estate will not continue to provide  sufficient funds for the
         payment  of  principal  of and  interest  on the Notes as and when they
         would  have  become  due if the  Notes  had not been  declared  due and
         payable,  and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of Holders of a
         majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes. In
         determining such  sufficiency or


                                      A-26

<PAGE>

         insufficiency  with  respect  to  clauses  (B) and (C),  the  Indenture
         Trustee  may,  but need  not,  obtain  and rely upon an  opinion  of an
         Independent   investment   banking  or  accounting   firm  of  national
         reputation as to the  feasibility of such proposed action and as to the
         sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

                  (b) If the  Indenture  Trustee  collects any money or property
         pursuant  to this  Article V, it shall pay out the money or property in
         the following order:

                  FIRST:  to the  Indenture  Trustee  for any  amounts due under
                  Section 6.7;

                  SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
                  for  principal,   ratably  among  all   Noteholders,   without
                  preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
                  due and payable on all the Notes for principal;

                  THIRD:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
                  for   interest,   ratably  among  all   Noteholders,   without
                  preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
                  due and payable on all the Notes for interest;

                  FOURTH:    to   the   Issuer   for    distribution    to   the
                  Certificateholders   for   amounts   due  and  unpaid  on  the
                  Certificates   for   interest,    ratably   among   all   such
                  Certificateholders,  without  preference  or  priority  of any
                  kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and  payable on all the
                  Certificates for interest;

                  FIFTH:    to   the    Issuer   for    distribution    to   the
                  Certificateholders   for   amounts   due  and  unpaid  on  the
                  Certificates   for   principal,   ratably   among   all   such
                  Certificateholders,  without  preference  or  priority  of any
                  kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and  payable on all the
                  Certificates for principal; and

                  SIXTH:  to the Issuer for  distribution to the Cash Collateral
                  Depositor  of  amounts  due to it under  the  Cash  Collateral
                  Agreement.

                  The  Indenture  Trustee may fix a record date and payment date
         for any payment to  Noteholders  pursuant to this Section 5.4. At least
         15 days before such record date,  the  Indenture  Trustee shall mail to
         each  Noteholder  and the  Indenture  Trustee a notice  that states the
         record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

         SECTION 5.5 Optional  Preservation of the Contracts.  If the Notes have
been  declared to be due and payable  under  Section 5.2  following  an Event of
Default and such  declaration and its  consequences  have not been rescinded and
annulled,  the Indenture  Trustee may, but need not,  elect to take and maintain
possession of the Trust Estate.  It is the desire of the parties  hereto and the
Noteholders  that  there be at all times  sufficient  funds for the  payment  of
principal of and interest on the Notes,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall take
such desire into  account when  determining  whether or not to take and maintain
possession  of the Trust  Estate.  In  determining  whether to take and maintain
possession of the Trust Estate,  the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain
and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm
of


                                      A-27

<PAGE>

national  reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the
sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

         SECTION 5.6  Limitation of Suits.  No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this
Indenture,  or for the  appointment  of a receiver or trustee,  or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (a) such Holder has  previously  given  written  notice to the
         Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

                  (b)  the  Holders  of not  less  than  25%  of  the  aggregate
         outstanding  principal amount of the Notes have made written request to
         the Indenture  Trustee to institute such  Proceeding in respect of such
         Event of Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder;

                  (c) such  Holder or  Holders  have  offered  to the  Indenture
         Trustee   reasonable   indemnity   against  the  costs,   expenses  and
         liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

                  (d) the  Indenture  Trustee  for 60 days after its  receipt of
         such  notice,  request and offer of  indemnity  has failed to institute
         such Proceedings; and

                  (e) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the  Indenture  Trustee  during such 60-day period by the
         Holders of a majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of
         the Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this  Indenture  to  affect,  disturb  or  prejudice  the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over
any other Holders of Notes or to enforce any right under this Indenture,  except
in the manner herein  provided and for the equal,  ratable and common benefit of
all holders of Notes.  For the protection  and  enforcement of the provisions of
this Section 5.6, each and every  Noteholder shall be entitled to such relief as
can be given either at law or in equity.

         If the  Indenture  Trustee shall receive  conflicting  or  inconsistent
requests  and  indemnity  from two or more  groups of  Holders  of  Notes,  each
representing less than a majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount
of the Notes,  the Indenture  Trustee in its sole  discretion may determine what
action,  if any, shall be taken,  notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this
Indenture.

         SECTION 5.7  Unconditional  Rights of Noteholders To Receive  Principal
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder
of any Note  shall have the  right,  which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to
receive  payment of the principal of and interest,  on such Note on or after the
respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture


                                      A-28

<PAGE>

(or, in the case of redemption,  if applicable, on or after the Redemption Date)
and to institute suit for the  enforcement  of any such payment,  and such right
shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

         SECTION  5.8  Restoration  of Rights  and  Remedies.  If the  Indenture
Trustee or any  Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy  under  this  Indenture  and such  Proceeding  has been  discontinued  or
abandoned  for any  reason or has been  determined  adversely  to the  Indenture
Trustee  or to such  Noteholder,  then and in every  such case the  Issuer,  the
Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders  shall,  subject to any  determination in
such  Proceeding,  be  restored  severally  and  respectively  to  their  former
positions  hereunder,  and  thereafter  all rights and remedies of the Indenture
Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been
instituted.

         SECTION 5.9 Rights and Remedies  Cumulative.  No right or remedy herein
conferred  upon or reserved to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  is
intended  to be  exclusive  of any other  right or remedy,  and every  right and
remedy shall,  to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder,  or  otherwise,   shall  not  prevent  the  concurrent  assertion  or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

         SECTION  5.10 Delay or Omission  Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of
the Indenture  Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing  upon any  Default or Event of Default  shall  impair any such right or
remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Default  or Event of  Default or an
acquiescence  therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  may be exercised  from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed  expedient,  by the Indenture  Trustee or by
the Noteholders, as the case may be.

         SECTION 5.11 Control by  Noteholders.  The Holders of a majority of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall, subject to provision
being made for indemnification against costs, expenses and liabilities in a form
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power  conferred on
the Indenture Trustee; provided, however, that:

                  (a) such  direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this Indenture;

                  (b) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction
         to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be
         by the  Holders  of  Notes  representing  not  less  than  100%  of the
         aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

                  (c) if the  conditions  set  forth in  Section  5.5 have  been
         satisfied and the Indenture  Trustee  elects to retain the Trust Estate
         pursuant to Section 5.5, then any


                                      A-29

<PAGE>

         direction  to the  Indenture  Trustee by Holders of Notes  representing
         less than 100% of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the
         Notes to sell or  liquidate  the Trust  Estate shall be of no force and
         effect; and

                  (d) the  Indenture  Trustee may take any other  action  deemed
         proper by the  Indenture  Trustee  that is not  inconsistent  with such
         direction;

provided,  however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee need not
take any action  that it  determines  might cause it to incur any  liability  or
might  materially  adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting
to such action.

SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults.

                  (a)  Prior  to  the  declaration  of the  acceleration  of the
         maturity of the Notes as provided  in Section  5.2,  the Holders of not
         less than a majority of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of
         the  Notes  may  waive any past  Default  or Event of  Default  and its
         consequences  except a Default  (i) in the payment of  principal  of or
         interest  on any of the  Notes  or (ii) in  respect  of a  covenant  or
         provision  hereof  which  cannot be  modified  or amended  without  the
         consent of the Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver, the
         Issuer,  the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall be restored to
         their former positions and rights hereunder,  respectively; but no such
         waiver  shall  extend to any  subsequent  or other  Default or Event of
         Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

                  (b) Upon any such waiver,  such  Default  shall cease to exist
         and be  deemed to have been  cured  and not to have  occurred,  and any
         Event of Default  arising  therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured
         and not to have occurred,  for every purpose of this Indenture;  but no
         such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of
         Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

         SECTION  5.13  Undertaking  for Costs.  All  parties to this  Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's  acceptance thereof shall be
deemed to have  agreed,  that any court may in its  discretion  require,  in any
Proceeding for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this  Indenture,  or
in any Proceeding  against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken,  suffered
or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such Proceeding
of an undertaking to pay the costs of such  Proceeding,  and that such court may
in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such  Proceeding,  having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses  made by such party  litigant;  but the
provisions of this Section 5.13 shall not apply to:

                  (a) any Proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee;

                  (b) any Proceeding  instituted by any Noteholder,  or group of
         Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the
         aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes; or


                                      A-30

<PAGE>

                  (c)  any  Proceeding  instituted  by any  Noteholder  for  the
         enforcement  of the payment of  principal of or interest on any Note on
         or after the  respective  due dates  expressed in such Note and in this
         Indenture  (or, in the case of  redemption,  on or after the Redemption
         Date).

         SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to
the  extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) that it shall not at any time  insist
upon,  or plead  or in any  manner  whatsoever  claim  or take  the  benefit  or
advantage  of, any stay or extension  law wherever  enacted,  now or at any time
hereafter in force,  that may affect the  covenants or the  performance  of this
Indenture.  The  Issuer  (to the  extent  that  it may  lawfully  do so)  hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
shall not hinder,  delay or impede the execution of any power herein  granted to
the Indenture  Trustee,  but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such
power as though no such law had been enacted.

         SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee's right to seek and
recover  judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture  shall not be affected by
the seeking,  obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect
to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies
of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of
any judgment by the Indenture  Trustee  against the Issuer or by the levy of any
execution  under such  judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any
of the assets of the Issuer.

         SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

                  (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to
         do so and at the Servicer's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such
         lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably request to compel
         or secure the performance and observance by the Seller and the Servicer
         of their  respective  obligations  to the Issuer under or in connection
         with the Basic Documents (other than the Excluded Assets) in accordance
         with the terms thereof,  and to exercise any and all rights,  remedies,
         powers and  privileges  lawfully  available  to the Issuer  under or in
         connection  with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to the extent and in
         the manner reasonably directed by the Indenture Trustee,  including the
         transmission  of  notices  of  default on the part of the Seller or the
         Servicer  thereunder  and the  institution  of legal or  administrative
         actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Seller or
         the  Servicer of each of their  obligations  under the Basic  Documents
         (other than with respect to the Excluded Assets).

                  (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
         Indenture  Trustee may, and, at the direction (which direction shall be
         in writing or by telephone (confirmed in writing promptly  thereafter))
         of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount
         of the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies,  powers,  privileges
         and claims of the Issuer against the Seller or the Servicer under or in
         connection  with the Basic  Documents  (other than with  respect to the
         Excluded  Assets),  including  the right or power to take any action to
         compel  or  secure  performance  or  observance  by the  Seller  or the
         Servicer of each of their  obligations to the Issuer


                                      A-31

<PAGE>

         thereunder  and  to  give  any  consent,  request,  notice,  direction,
         approval,  extension or waiver thereunder,  and any right of the Issuer
         to take such action shall be suspended.

                  (c) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to
         do so and at the Servicer's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such
         lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably request to compel
         or  secure  the  performance  and  observance  by  CITSF of each of its
         obligations  to the  Seller  under or in  connection  with the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and
         all rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges lawfully available to the
         Issuer under or in connection  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
         the Purchase  Agreement and the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement to the
         extent and in the manner reasonably  directed by the Indenture Trustee,
         including  the  transmission  of  notices of default on the part of the
         Seller  thereunder  and the  institution  of  legal  or  administrative
         actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by CITSF of each
         of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase
         Agreement and the Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Indenture  Trustee
may, and, at the direction  (which direction shall be in writing or by telephone
(confirmed  in writing  promptly  thereafter))  of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall, exercise all rights,
remedies,  powers, privileges and claims of the Seller against CITSF under or in
connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the
Subsequent Purchase  Agreement,  including the right or power to take any action
to  compel  or  secure  performance  or  observance  by  CITSF  of  each  of its
obligations to the Seller thereunder and to give any consent,  request,  notice,
direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Purchase Agreement and the Subsequent Purchase  Agreement,  and any right of
the Seller to take such action shall be suspended.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee.

                  (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
         Indenture  Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by
         this  Indenture  and use the same  degree  of care  and  skill in their
         exercise  as  a  prudent   person  would  exercise  or  use  under  the
         circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

                  (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                           (i) the Indenture Trustee  undertakes to perform such
                  duties and only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in
                  this Indenture and no implied  covenants or obligations  shall
                  be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and


                                      A-32

<PAGE>

                           (ii) in the  absence  of bad faith on its  part,  the
                  Indenture  Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth of
                  the statements and the  correctness of the opinions  expressed
                  therein,  upon  certificates  or  opinions  furnished  to  the
                  Indenture  Trustee and conforming to the  requirements of this
                  Indenture; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee shall
                  examine the certificates and opinions to determine  whether or
                  not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

                  (c) The Indenture  Trustee may not be relieved from  liability
         for its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure to act or its
         own willful misconduct, except that:

                           (i) this Section  6.1(c) does not limit the effect of
                  Section 6.1(b);

                           (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for
                  any  error of  judgment  made in good  faith by a  Responsible
                  Officer  unless it is proved  that the  Indenture  Trustee was
                  negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                           (iii) the Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable with
                  respect  to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
                  in  accordance  with  a  direction  properly  delivered  to it
                  pursuant to Section 5.11.

                  (d) The Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for interest on
         any money  received by it except as the Indenture  Trustee may agree in
         writing with the Issuer.

                  (e) Money held in trust by the  Indenture  Trustee need not be
         segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the
         terms of this Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust
         Agreement.

                  (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture
         Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or  otherwise  incur  financial
         liability in the  performance of any of its duties  hereunder or in the
         exercise  of any of its rights or powers,  if it shall have  reasonable
         grounds to believe that repayments of such funds or adequate  indemnity
         against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

                  (g)  Every  provision  of  this  Indenture   relating  to  the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall be subject to the  provisions of this Section
         6.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.

                  (h) The Indenture  Trustee shall take the actions  required to
         be  taken  by it set  forth in  Article  XI of the  Sale and  Servicing
         Agreement in connection with a sale of the Contracts.

         SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee.


                                      A-33

<PAGE>

                  (a) The Indenture Trustee may rely on any document believed by
         it to be genuine  and to have been  signed or  presented  by the proper
         person.  The Indenture  Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter
         stated in the document.

                  (b) Before the Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from acting,
         it may require an Officer's  Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.  The
         Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
         to take in good  faith in  reliance  on the  Officer's  Certificate  or
         Opinion of Counsel.

                  (c) The  Indenture  Trustee  may  execute any of the trusts or
         powers  hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
         or through  agents or  attorneys  or a custodian  or  nominee,  and the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for any  misconduct  or
         negligence on the part of, or for the  supervision  of, any such agent,
         attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

                  (d) The  Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any action
         it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to
         be authorized or within its rights or powers;  provided,  however, that
         the Indenture Trustee's conduct does not constitute willful misconduct,
         negligence or bad faith.

                  (e) The Indenture  Trustee may consult with  counsel,  and the
         advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters  relating to
         this  Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete  authorization
         and protection  from liability in respect to any action taken,  omitted
         or suffered by it  hereunder in good faith and in  accordance  with the
         advice or opinion of such counsel.

         SECTION 6.3 Indenture  Trustee May Own Notes. The Indenture  Trustee in
its  individual  or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer,  the Servicer or any of their respective
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture  Trustee;
provided,  however,  that the Indenture  Trustee shall comply with Sections 6.10
and 6.11. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,  co-registrar or co-paying agent may
do the same with like rights.

         SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer. The Indenture Trustee shall
not be  responsible  for and  makes  no  representation  as to the  validity  or
adequacy of this  Indenture or the Notes,  it shall not be  accountable  for the
Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for
any  statement  of the  Issuer in the  Indenture  or in any  document  issued in
connection  with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the  Indenture
Trustee's certificate of authentication.

         SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults.  If a Default  occurs and is continuing
and if it is  known to a  Responsible  Officer  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the
Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90
days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of
or interest on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice if


                                      A-34

<PAGE>

and so long as a committee of its Responsible  Officers in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

         SECTION 6.6 Reports by  Indenture  Trustee to  Holders.  The  Indenture
Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder the information and documents set forth
in Article VII, and, in addition, all such information with respect to the Notes
as may be required to enable such holder to prepare its federal and state income
tax returns.

         SECTION 6.7 Compensation; Indemnity.

                  (a) The Issuer shall cause the  Servicer  pursuant to the Sale
         and Servicing  Agreement to pay to the  Indenture  Trustee from time to
         time reasonable  compensation for its services. The Indenture Trustee's
         compensation  shall  not be  limited  by any law on  compensation  of a
         trustee  of an  express  trust.  The Issuer  shall  cause the  Servicer
         pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement to reimburse the Indenture
         Trustee for all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred or made by
         it, including costs of collection,  in addition to the compensation for
         its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable  compensation
         and expenses,  disbursements  and advances of the  Indenture  Trustee's
         agents,  counsel,  accountants and experts.  The Issuer shall cause the
         Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to indemnify the
         Indenture  Trustee  in  accordance  with  Section  8.02 of the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) The Issuer's obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant
         to this Section 6.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When
         the Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default
         specified  in Section  5.1(d) or (e) with  respect to the  Issuer,  the
         expenses are intended to constitute  expenses of  administration  under
         Title 11 of the United States Code or any other  applicable  federal or
         state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

         SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee.

                  (a)  The  Indenture  Trustee  may  resign  at any  time  by so
         notifying   the  Issuer.   The  Holders  of  a  majority  in  aggregate
         outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes may  remove  the  Indenture
         Trustee  by so  notifying  the  Indenture  Trustee  and may  appoint  a
         successor  Indenture Trustee.  Such resignation or removal shall become
         effective in accordance  with Section  6.8(c).  The Issuer shall remove
         the Indenture Trustee if:

                           (i)  the  Indenture  Trustee  fails  to  comply  with
                  Section 6.11;

                           (ii) the Indenture  Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or
                  insolvent;

                           (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge
                  of the Indenture Trustee or its property; or

                           (iv)  the   Indenture   Trustee   otherwise   becomes
                  incapable of acting.


                                      A-35

<PAGE>

                  (b) If the  Indenture  Trustee  resigns  or is removed or if a
         vacancy  exists in the office of Indenture  Trustee for any reason (the
         Indenture  Trustee  in such  event  being  referred  to  herein  as the
         retiring  Indenture  Trustee),  the Holders of a majority in  aggregate
         outstanding  principal  amount  of the Notes  may  appoint a  successor
         Indenture Trustee,  but until a successor  Indenture Trustee shall have
         been so appointed by the Holders of the Notes, the Issuer shall appoint
         a successor Indenture Trustee,  and until the Issuer has appointed such
         successor the  resignation  of the  Indenture  Trustee shall not become
         effective.  After any such appointment other than by the holders of the
         Notes, the person making such appointment  shall forthwith cause notice
         thereof to be mailed to the holders of the Notes at their  addresses as
         the same then appear in the register of the Issuer;  but any  successor
         Trustee so appointed  shall,  immediately  and without  further act, be
         superseded by a successor Trustee appointed by the holders of the Notes
         in the manner above  prescribed,  if such  appointment be made prior to
         the  expiration of one year from the date of the mailing of such notice
         by  the  Issuer,  or  by  such  receivers,   trustees,  custodians,  or
         assignees.  A retiring  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for any
         acts or omissions of a successor  Indenture Trustee occurring after the
         retirement of such retired  Indenture  Trustee,  which  retirement  was
         effected  pursuant to the terms and subject to the  conditions  of this
         Indenture.

                  (c) A  successor  Indenture  Trustee  shall  deliver a written
         acceptance of its appointment to the retiring  Indenture Trustee and to
         the  Issuer.  Thereupon  the  resignation  or removal  of the  retiring
         Indenture Trustee shall become effective,  and the successor  Indenture
         Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Indenture
         Trustee under this  Indenture.  The successor  Indenture  Trustee shall
         mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Indenture
         Trustee  shall  promptly  transfer all property held by it as Indenture
         Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee.

                  (d) If a  successor  Indenture  Trustee  does not take  office
         within 60 days  after the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  resigns  or is
         removed,  the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority
         of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes may petition
         any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
         Indenture Trustee.

                  (e) If the  Indenture  Trustee  fails to comply  with  Section
         6.11, any  Noteholder may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction
         for the  removal of the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  appointment  of a
         successor Indenture Trustee.

                  (f)  Notwithstanding  the replacement of the Indenture Trustee
         pursuant to this Section 6.8, the Issuer's  obligations  under  Section
         6.7 and the  Servicer's  corresponding  obligations  under the Sale and
         Servicing  Agreement  shall  continue  for the benefit of the  retiring
         Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 6.9 Merger or Consolidation of Indenture Trustee.


                                      A-36

<PAGE>

                  (a) Any  corporation  into which the Indenture  Trustee may be
         merged  or  with  which  it may  be  consolidated,  or any  corporation
         resulting  from any  merger or  consolidation  to which  the  Indenture
         Trustee  shall  be a  party,  or  any  corporation  succeeding  to  the
         corporate  trust  business  of  the  Indenture  Trustee,  shall  be the
         successor of the  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture;  provided,
         however,  that such corporation  shall be eligible under the provisions
         of Section 6.11,  without the execution or filing of any  instrument or
         any further  act on the part of any of the  parties to this  Indenture,
         anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding.

                  (b) If at the time such  successor or  successors by merger or
         consolidation  to the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  succeed to the trusts
         created  by  this   Indenture,   any  of  the  Notes  shall  have  been
         authenticated  but not  delivered,  any such successor to the Indenture
         Trustee may adopt the certificate of  authentication of any predecessor
         trustee,  and deliver such Notes so authenticated;  and in case at that
         time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated,  any successor
         to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name
         of any  predecessor  hereunder  or in the name of the  successor to the
         Indenture Trustee. In all such cases such certificate of authentication
         shall have the same full force as is provided  anywhere in the Notes or
         herein  with  respect  to  the  certificate  of  authentication  of the
         Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Indenture  Trustee or Separate Indenture
Trustee.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at
         any time,  for the  purpose of  meeting  any legal  requirement  of any
         jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust or any Financed Boat may at
         the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may
         execute and deliver all  instruments  to appoint one or more Persons to
         act as a co-trustee  or  co-trustees,  or separate  trustee or separate
         trustees,  of all or any part of the Trust,  and to vest in such Person
         or Persons,  in such  capacity and for the benefit of the  Noteholders,
         such title to the Trust, or any part hereof,  and, subject to the other
         provisions  of this Section  6.10,  such powers,  duties,  obligations,
         rights and trusts as the  Indenture  Trustee may consider  necessary or
         desirable.  No  co-trustee  or  separate  trustee  hereunder  shall  be
         required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor  trustee under
         Section 6.11 and no notice to  Noteholders  of the  appointment  of any
         co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.8.

                  (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
         permitted  by law,  be  appointed  and  act  subject  to the  following
         provisions and conditions:

                   (i) all rights,  powers,  duties and obligations conferred or
                  imposed  upon the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be  conferred  or
                  imposed  upon and  exercised  or  performed  by the  Indenture
                  Trustee and such separate  trustee or  co-trustee  jointly (it
                  being  understood that such separate  trustee or co-trustee is
                  not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee
                  joining in such act),  except to the extent that under any law
                  of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to
                  be performed the Indenture  Trustee  shall be  incompetent  or
                  unqualified  to perform


                                      A-37

<PAGE>

                  such act or acts, in which event such rights,  powers,  duties
                  and  obligations  (including the holding of title to the Trust
                  or any  portion  thereof  in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be
                  exercised  and performed  singly by such  separate  trustee or
                  co-trustee,  but  solely  at the  direction  of the  Indenture
                  Trustee;

                           (ii) no trustee  hereunder shall be personally liable
                  by  reason  of  any  act or  omission  of  any  other  trustee
                  hereunder; and

                           (iii) the  Indenture  Trustee  may at any time accept
                  the   resignation  of  or  remove  any  separate   trustee  or
                  co-trustee.

                  (c)  Any  notice,  request  or  other  writing  given  to  the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall be deemed  to have been  given to each of the
         then separate  trustees and co-trustees,  as effectively as if given to
         each of them.  Every  instrument  appointing  any  separate  trustee or
         co-trustee  shall refer to this  Indenture  and the  conditions of this
         Article VI. Each separate  trustee and co-trustee,  upon its acceptance
         of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or property
         specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either  jointly with the
         Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to
         all the  provisions of this  Indenture,  specifically  including  every
         provision of this Indenture  relating to the conduct of,  affecting the
         liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee.  Every
         such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee.

                  (d)  Any  separate  trustee  or  co-trustee  may at  any  time
         constitute the Indenture Trustee,  its agent or  attorney-in-fact  with
         full power and  authority,  to the extent not  prohibited by law, to do
         any lawful act under or in respect of this  Indenture on its behalf and
         in its name. If any separate  trustee or co-trustee  shall die,  become
         incapable  of  acting,  resign  or be  removed,  all  of  its  estates,
         properties,  rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised
         by the Indenture  Trustee,  to the extent permitted by law, without the
         appointment of a new or successor trustee.

         SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee shall
at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA ss. 310(a).  The Indenture  Trustee
shall have a combined  capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000 as set forth
in its most recent published annual report of condition and it shall have a long
term unsecured debt rating of "Baa3" or better by Moody's and "BBB" or better by
Standard & Poor's.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  comply with TIA ss.  310(b);
provided,  however,  that there shall be excluded  from the operation of TIA ss.
310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer
are  outstanding  if the  requirements  for such  exclusion set forth in TIA ss.
310(b)(1) are met.

         SECTION 6.12  Preferential  Collection of Claims  Against  Issuer.  The
Indenture  Trustee  shall  comply with TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding  any creditor
relationship  listed in TIA ss.  311(b).  A  trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.


                                      A-38

<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.13  Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee.  The
Indenture Trustee represents and warrants as of the Closing Date that:

                  (a)   the   Indenture   Trustee   is  an   [__________]banking
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the State of [__________];

                  (b) the Indenture Trustee has full power,  authority and legal
         right to execute, deliver and perform this Indenture, and has taken all
         necessary  action to authorize the execution,  delivery and performance
         by it of this Indenture;

                  (c) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Indenture
         Trustee of this  Indenture  (i) shall not violate any  provision of any
         applicable law or regulation  governing the banking and trust powers of
         the  Indenture  Trustee or any order,  writ,  judgment or decree of any
         court,   arbitrator,   or  governmental  authority  applicable  to  the
         Indenture  Trustee or any of its  assets,  (ii) shall not  violate  any
         provision of the corporate charter or by-laws of the Indenture Trustee,
         or (iii) shall not violate any  provision  of, or  constitute,  with or
         without  notice  or lapse of time,  a default  under,  or result in the
         creation or  imposition of any Lien on any  properties  included in the
         Trust pursuant to the provisions of any mortgage, indenture,  contract,
         agreement or other undertaking to which it is a party, which violation,
         default or Lien  could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  materially
         adverse  effect on the Indenture  Trustee's  performance  or ability to
         perform  its  duties  under  this  Indenture  or  on  the  transactions
         contemplated in this Indenture;

                  (d) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Indenture
         Trustee of this Indenture shall not require the authorization,  consent
         or  approval  of, the  giving of notice to, the filing or  registration
         with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental
         authority  or  agency   regulating  the  banking  and  corporate  trust
         activities of the Indenture Trustee; and

                  (e) this Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Indenture  Trustee  and  constitutes  the  legal,   valid  and  binding
         agreement of the Indenture Trustee,  enforceable in accordance with its
         terms.

         SECTION 6.14 Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Notes.  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be
prosecuted and enforced by the Indenture  Trustee  without the possession of any
of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding  relating thereto,  and
any such proceeding  instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its
own name as Indenture  Trustee.  Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision
for the payment of the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and
advances of the Indenture  Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  be for the ratable
benefit of the Noteholders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained.

         SECTION 6.15 Suit for  Enforcement.  If an Event of Default shall occur
and be continuing,  the Indenture Trustee, in its discretion may, subject to the
provisions  of Section  6.1,


                                      A-39

<PAGE>

proceed  to protect  and  enforce  its rights and the rights of the  Noteholders
under this Indenture by Proceeding  whether for the specific  performance of any
covenant or agreement  contained in this Indenture or in aid of the execution of
any power granted in this  Indenture or for the  enforcement of any other legal,
equitable or other remedy as the  Indenture  Trustee,  being advised by counsel,
shall  deem most  effectual  to  protect  and  enforce  any of the rights of the
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders.

         SECTION 6.16 Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee. Holders
of Notes  evidencing  not less  than a  majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the Notes  shall have the right to direct the time,  method
and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee or exercising  any trust or power  conferred on the  Indenture  Trustee;
provided, however, that subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee shall have
the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Indenture Trustee being
advised by counsel  determines  that the action so directed  may not lawfully be
taken,  or if the  Indenture  Trustee  in good  faith  shall,  by a  Responsible
Officer,  determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or subject
it to personal  liability or be unduly  prejudicial to the rights of Noteholders
not parties to such  direction;  and  provided,  further,  that  nothing in this
Indenture  shall  impair the right of the  Indenture  Trustee to take any action
deemed proper by the Indenture  Trustee and which is not inconsistent  with such
direction by the Noteholders.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

         SECTION 7.1 Issuer To Furnish  Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of
Noteholders.  The Issuer shall  furnish or cause to be furnished by the Servicer
to the  Indenture  Trustee (a) not more than five days before each  Distribution
Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably  require,  of
the names and  addresses  of the Holders of Notes as of the close of business on
the  Record  Date,  and (b) at such other  times as the  Indenture  Trustee  may
request  in  writing,  within 14 days  after  receipt  by the Issuer of any such
request,  a list of similar  form and content as of a date not more than 10 days
prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the
Indenture  Trustee is the Note  Registrar,  no such list shall be required to be
furnished.

         SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information, Communications to Noteholders.

                  (a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form
         as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders of
         Notes  contained  in the most recent list  furnished  to the  Indenture
         Trustee as  provided  in  Section  7.1 and the names and  addresses  of
         Holders of Notes  received by the Indenture  Trustee in its capacity as
         Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to
         it as  provided  in such  Section  7.1  upon  receipt  of a new list so
         furnished.


                                      A-40

<PAGE>

                  (b) Noteholders   may  communicate  pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b)
         with  other  Noteholders  with  respect  to  their  rights  under  this
         Indenture or under the Notes.

                  (c) The Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Note Registrar
         shall have the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

         SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer.

                  (a) The Issuer shall:

                           (i) file with the Indenture  Trustee,  within 15 days
                  after  the  Issuer  is  required  to file  the  same  with the
                  Commission,   copies  of  the  annual   reports   and  of  the
                  information,  documents  and other  reports (or copies of such
                  portions of any of the  foregoing as the  Commission  may from
                  time to time by rules  and  regulations  prescribe)  which the
                  Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to
                  Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

                           (ii)  file  with  the   Indenture   Trustee  and  the
                  Commission in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed
                  from  time  to  time  by  the   Commission   such   additional
                  information,  documents and reports with respect to compliance
                  by the  Issuer  with  the  conditions  and  covenants  of this
                  Indenture  as may be required  from time to time by such rules
                  and regulations; and

                           (iii)  supply  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  (and  the
                  Indenture  Trustee shall  transmit by mail to all  Noteholders
                  described   in  TIA  ss.   313(c))   such   summaries  of  any
                  information, documents and reports required to be filed by the
                  Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.3(a)
                  as may be required by rules and  regulations  prescribed  from
                  time to time by the Commission.

                  (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of
         the Issuer shall end on December 31 of such year.

         SECTION 7.4 Reports by Trustee.

                  (a) If required by TIA ss.  313(a),  within 60 days after each
         June 1, beginning  with June 1, 1998, the Indenture  Trustee shall mail
         to each  Noteholder  as required by TIA ss. 313(c) a brief report dated
         as of such  date  that  complies  with TIA ss.  313(a).  The  Indenture
         Trustee  also shall  comply with TIA ss.  313(b).  A copy of any report
         delivered  pursuant to this Section  7.4(a)  shall,  at the time of its
         mailing to  Noteholders,  be filed by the  Indenture  Trustee  with the
         Commission  and each  stock  exchange,  if any,  on which the Notes are
         listed.  The Issuer shall notify the Indenture  Trustee if and when the
         Notes are listed on any stock exchange.


                                      A-41

<PAGE>

                  (b) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Indenture  Trustee shall
         include  with each payment to each  Noteholder a copy of the  statement
         for the  related Due Period  applicable  to such  Distribution  Date as
         required pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

         SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein,  the  Indenture  Trustee may demand  payment or  delivery  of, and shall
receive and collect,  directly and without  intervention  or  assistance  of any
fiscal agent or other  intermediary,  all money and other property payable to or
receivable by the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this Indenture.  The Indenture
Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture,  if any default occurs
in the making of any payment or  performance  under any  agreement or instrument
that is part of the Trust Estate,  the Indenture Trustee may take such action as
may be  appropriate  to enforce  such  payment  or  performance,  including  the
institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be
without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

         SECTION  8.2  Designated  Accounts  and the  Cash  Collateral  Account;
Payments.

                  (a) On or prior to the Closing  Date,  the Issuer  shall cause
         the Servicer to establish  and  maintain,  in the name of the Indenture
         Trustee  or Owner  Trustee,  as  appropriate,  for the  benefit  of the
         Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders  (and,  in the case of the Cash
         Collateral Account, the Cash Collateral Depositor) as appropriate,  the
         accounts  as  provided  in  Section  5.01  of the  Sale  and  Servicing
         Agreement.

                  (b) On or before each Distribution Date, all amounts of monies
         relating  to the  preceding  Due  Period  will be  deposited  into  the
         Collection  Account  as  provided  in  Section  5.02  of the  Sale  and
         Servicing  Agreement.  On or before each Distribution  Date, the amount
         which is due to the  Noteholders  with  respect  to the  preceding  Due
         Period  will be  transferred  from the  Collection  Account to the Note
         Distribution  Account  as  provided  in  Section  5.05 of the  Sale and
         Servicing Agreement.

                  (c)  On  each  Distribution  Date  and  Redemption  Date,  the
         Indenture  Trustee shall  distribute all amounts on deposit in the Note
         Distribution  Account  to  Noteholders  in  respect of the Notes to the
         extent  of  amounts  due and  unpaid on the  Notes  for  principal  and
         interest.  To the extent that the funds  available for  distribution in
         the Note Distribution  Account are not sufficient to pay all amounts of
         accrued and unpaid  principal  and interest on the Notes,  such amounts
         will be distributed first in respect of interest and then in respect of
         principal.

         SECTION 8.3  General Provisions Regarding Accounts.


                                      A-42

<PAGE>

                  (a) So long as no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have
         occurred  and be  continuing,  all or a  portion  of the  funds  in the
         Designated  Accounts and the Cash Collateral  Account shall be invested
         in Eligible  Investments and, in the case in the Collection Account and
         the Note Distribution Account, reinvested by the Indenture Trustee upon
         Issuer Order, and in the case of the Certificate  Distribution  Account
         and the Cash  Collateral  Account,  reinvested by the Owner Trustee (or
         its designated  agent) subject to the provisions of Section  5.01(c) of
         the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The  Issuer  shall not  direct the
         Indenture  Trustee to make any  investment  of any funds or to sell any
         investment  held  in  any  of  the  Collection  Account  and  the  Note
         Distribution Account unless the security interest granted and perfected
         in such account (to the extent provided in the Basic  Documents)  shall
         continue to be  perfected  in such  investment  or the proceeds of such
         sale, in either case without any further action by any Person,  and, in
         connection with any direction to the Indenture Trustee to make any such
         investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer
         shall  deliver  to  the  Indenture   Trustee  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,
         acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

                  (b) Subject to Section 6.1(c), the Indenture Trustee shall not
         in any way be held liable by reason of any  insufficiency in any of the
         Designated  Accounts or the Cash Collateral  Account resulting from any
         loss on any  Eligible  Investment  included  therein  except for losses
         attributable  to the  Indenture  Trustee's  failure to make payments on
         such  Eligible  Investments  issued by the  Indenture  Trustee,  in its
         commercial  capacity  as  principal  obligor  and  not as  trustee,  in
         accordance with their terms.

                  (c) If (i) the Servicer  shall have failed to give  investment
         directions for any funds on deposit in the  Designated  Accounts to the
         Indenture Trustee by 11:00 a.m., New York City Time (or such other time
         as may be agreed by the  Servicer  and the  Indenture  Trustee)  on any
         Business Day; or (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
         and be  continuing  with  respect to the Notes but the Notes  shall not
         have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.2, or, if such
         Notes shall have been  declared  due and payable  following an Event of
         Default,  amounts  collected  or  receivable  from the Trust Estate are
         being applied in  accordance  with Section 5.5 as if there had not been
         such a declaration;  then the Indenture  Trustee shall,  to the fullest
         extent  practicable,  invest  and  reinvest  funds  in such  Designated
         Accounts in one or more Eligible  Investments selected by the Indenture
         Trustee; provided that the Indenture Trustee will not be liable for the
         performance of such investments so long as it invests the funds in such
         Designated Accounts in Eligible Investments.

         SECTION 8.4 Release of Trust Estate.

                  (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and  expenses  pursuant
         to Section 6.7,  the  Indenture  Trustee may, and when  required by the
         provisions of this  Indenture  shall,  execute  instruments  to release
         property  from the Lien of this  Indenture,  or  convey  the  Indenture
         Trustee's  interest  in the same,  in a manner and under  circumstances
         that are  consistent  with the provisions of this  Indenture.  No party
         relying  upon  an  instrument


                                      A-43

<PAGE>

         executed by the  Indenture  Trustee as provided  in this  Article  VIII
         shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee's authority,  inquire
         into  the  satisfaction  of  any  conditions  precedent  or  see to the
         application of any monies.

                  (b) The Indenture  Trustee shall, at such time as there are no
         Notes outstanding and all sums due to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
         Section 6.7 have been paid,  release any remaining portion of the Trust
         Estate  that  secured  the Notes  from the Lien of this  Indenture  and
         release to the Issuer or any other  Person  entitled  thereto any funds
         then on deposit in the  Designated  Accounts  (to the extent such funds
         were  subject to the Lien of this  Indenture).  The  Indenture  Trustee
         shall release property from the Lien of this Indenture pursuant to this
         Section 8.4(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an
         Officer's  Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if  required by the
         TIA)  Independent  Certificates  in accordance  with TIA ss. 314(c) and
         314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

         SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel.  The Indenture Trustee shall receive at
least  seven  days'  notice  when  requested  by the  Issuer to take any  action
pursuant to Section 8.4(a),  accompanied by copies of any instruments  involved,
and the Indenture  Trustee shall also require as a condition to such action,  an
Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee,
stating the legal effect of any such  action,  outlining  the steps  required to
complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of
such action have been  complied  with and such action shall not  materially  and
adversely  impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture;  provided, however, that such
Opinion of Counsel  shall not be  required  to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the Trust Estate.  Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without
independent  investigation,  on the accuracy and validity of any  certificate or
other instrument  delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such
action.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

         SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

                  (a)  Without  the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with
         prior written notice to the Rating  Agencies and, in the case of clause
         (viii), satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, the Issuer and the
         Indenture Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and
         from time to time, may enter into one or more  indentures  supplemental
         hereto  (which shall conform to the  provisions of the Trust  Indenture
         Act as in  force  at  the  date  of the  execution  thereof),  in  form
         satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  for  any  of  the  following
         purposes:

                           (i) to  correct  or amplify  the  description  of the
                  Collateral or add additional collateral;


                                      A-44

<PAGE>

                           (ii) to provide  for the  assumption  of the Note and
                  the  Indenture  obligations  by a permitted  successor  to the
                  Trust;

                           (iii) to add additional  covenants for the benefit of
                  the related  Noteholders,  or to surrender any rights or power
                  conferred upon the Trust;

                           (iv) to convey,  transfer,  assign mortgage or pledge
                  any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

                           (v) to cure any  ambiguity  or correct or  supplement
                  any provision in the Indenture or any  supplemental  indenture
                  which  may be  inconsistent  with any other  provision  of the
                  Indenture or in any supplemental indenture;

                           (vi) to provide for the acceptance of the appointment
                  of a  successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add or change any of
                  the  provisions  of the  Indenture as shall be  necessary  and
                  permitted to facilitate  the  administration  by more than one
                  trustee;

                           (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to the  provisions
                  of the  Indenture in order to comply with the Trust  Indenture
                  Act of 1939, as amended; or

                           (viii) to add any provisions to, change in any manner
                  or eliminate any of the provisions of, the Indenture or modify
                  in any manner the rights of Noteholders  under such Indenture;
                  provided that any action specified in this clause (viii) shall
                  not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,  adversely  affect
                  in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder unless
                  Noteholder consent is otherwise obtained as described herein.

                  (b) The Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when authorized by
         an  Issuer  Order,  may,  also  without  the  consent  of  any  of  the
         Noteholders but with prior notice to the Rating  Agencies,  at any time
         and from time to time  enter into one or more  indentures  supplemental
         hereto for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to,  changing in any
         manner,  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of, this Indenture or
         modifying  in any  manner  the  rights of the  Noteholders  under  this
         Indenture;  provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced
         by an Opinion of Counsel,  adversely affect in any material respect the
         interests of any Noteholder.

         SECTION 9.2  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders.

                  (a) The Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when authorized by
         an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and
         with the  consent of the  Holders  of not less than a  majority  of the
         aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, by Act (as defined
         in Section 11.3 hereof) of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the
         Indenture Trustee,  enter into an indenture or indentures  supplemental
         hereto for the


                                      A-45

<PAGE>

         purpose  of adding  any  provisions  to,  changing  in any  manner,  or
         eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in
         any  manner  the  rights  of  the  Noteholders  under  this  Indenture;
         provided,  however, that no such supplemental  indenture shall, without
         the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

                           (i)  change  the  due  date  of  any  installment  of
                  principal  of or interest on any Note or reduce the  principal
                  amount  thereof,  the interest rate  specified  thereon or the
                  redemption  price with respect  thereto or change any place of
                  payment where or the coin or currency in which any Note or any
                  interest thereon is payable;

                           (ii)  impair  the  right  to  institute  suit for the
                  enforcement of certain  provisions of the Indenture  regarding
                  payment;

                           (iii)  reduce  the   percentage   of  the   aggregate
                  principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes the consent of the
                  holders  of  which  is  required  for  any  such  supplemental
                  indenture  or the  consent of the holders of which is required
                  for any waiver of  compliance  with certain  provisions of the
                  Indenture  or  of  certain   defaults   thereunder  and  their
                  consequences as provided for in the Indenture;

                           (iv) modify or alter the  provisions of the Indenture
                  regarding  the voting of Notes  held by the  Trust,  any other
                  obligor on the Notes,  the  Seller or an  Affiliate  of any of
                  them;

                           (v)   reduce   the   percentage   of  the   aggregate
                  outstanding  amount of the Notes the consent of the holders of
                  which is required to direct the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or
                  liquidate  the Contracts if the proceeds of such sale would be
                  insufficient  to pay the  principal  amount  and  accrued  but
                  unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes;

                           (vi)   decrease  the   percentage  of  the  aggregate
                  principal  amount of the Notes  required to amend the sections
                  of the Indenture  which specify the  applicable  percentage of
                  aggregate principal amount of the Notes necessary to amend the
                  Indenture or certain other related agreements; or

                           (vii) permit the  creation of any Lien ranking  prior
                  to or on a parity with the Lien of the Indenture  with respect
                  to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as otherwise
                  permitted or contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the Lien
                  of the Indenture on any such  collateral or deprive the Holder
                  of any  Note  of the  security  afforded  by the  Lien  of the
                  Indenture.

                  (b) The  Indenture  Trustee  may in its  discretion  determine
         whether or not any Notes  would be  affected  (such that the consent of
         each would be required) by any supplemental indenture proposed pursuant
         to this Section 9.2 and any such determination shall be conclusive upon
         the  Holders  of  all  Notes,   whether   authenticated  and  delivered


                                      A-46

<PAGE>

         thereunder  before  or after  the date  upon  which  such  supplemental
         indenture becomes effective.  The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable
         for any such determination made in good faith.

                  (c) It shall be sufficient if an Act of  Noteholders  approves
         the  substance,   but  not  the  form,  of  any  proposed  supplemental
         indenture.

                  (d)  Promptly  after  the  execution  by the  Issuer  and  the
         Indenture  Trustee  of any  supplemental  indenture  pursuant  to  this
         Section 9.2, the  Indenture  Trustee shall mail to the  Noteholders  to
         which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting
         forth in general  terms the substance of such  supplemental  indenture.
         Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect
         therein,  shall not, however,  in any way impair or affect the validity
         of any such supplemental indenture.

         SECTION 9.3 Execution of  Supplemental  Indentures.  In  executing,  or
permitting  the  additional  trusts  created  by,  any  supplemental   indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications  thereby of the trusts created
by this  Indenture,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be entitled to receive,  and
subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2,  shall be fully  protected in relying  upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the
Indenture  Trustee's own rights,  duties,  liabilities or immunities  under this
Indenture or otherwise.

         SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any
supplemental  indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof,  this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations,  duties,  liabilities  and  immunities  under this Indenture of the
Indenture   Trustee,   the  Issuer  and  the  Noteholders  shall  thereafter  be
determined,  exercised  and enforced  hereunder  subject in all respects to such
modifications  and  amendments,  and all the  terms and  conditions  of any such
supplemental  indenture  shall  be and be  deemed  to be part of the  terms  and
conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

         SECTION 9.5 Conformity  with Trust  Indenture  Act. Every  amendment of
this  Indenture  and every  supplemental  indenture  executed  pursuant  to this
Article  IX shall  conform to the  requirements  of the TIA as then in effect so
long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

         SECTION  9.6  Reference  in Notes  to  Supplemental  Indentures.  Notes
authenticated  and delivered after the execution of any  supplemental  indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a  notation  in form  approved  by the  Indenture  Trustee as to any matter
provided  for in such  supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer or the  Indenture
Trustee shall so determine,  new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental  indenture may
be prepared and executed by the Issuer and  authenticated  and  delivered by the
Indenture Trustee in exchange for outstanding Notes of the same class.


                                      A-47

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

         SECTION 10.1  Redemption.

                  (a) The Notes are subject to redemption  upon (i) the exercise
         by the  Servicer of its option to purchase  the  Contracts  pursuant to
         Section 11.01 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  (ii) the mandatory
         sale of the  Contracts  pursuant  to  Section  11.02  of the  Sale  and
         Servicing  Agreement,  or (iii) at the end of the Funding Period to the
         extent funds remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account  pursuant to
         Section  5.01(b)(iv)  of  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement.   Such
         redemption shall occur on any Distribution Date. The purchase price for
         the  Notes  shall be equal to the  applicable  redemption  price as set
         forth in such Sections (the  "Redemption  Price"),  provided the Issuer
         has available  funds  sufficient  to pay such amount.  The Issuer shall
         furnish the Rating Agencies notice of such redemption. If the Notes are
         to be  redeemed  pursuant to Section  10.1(a)(i)  or  10.1(a)(ii),  the
         Issuer shall furnish notice thereof to the Indenture  Trustee not later
         than 25 days prior to the Redemption  Date and the Issuer shall deposit
         into the Note Distribution  Account,  on or before the Redemption Date,
         the aggregate  Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed,  whereupon
         all such Notes shall be due and  payable on the  Redemption  Date.  The
         Servicer  shall  give  the  Indenture  Trustee  written  notice  on the
         Determination Date prior to the Distribution Date on which funds are to
         be  released  from  the   Pre-Funding   Account   pursuant  to  Section
         5.01(b)(iv)  of the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  with  respect  to
         redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(iii).

                  (b) If the  assets of the Trust are sold  pursuant  to Section
         7.2  of  the  Trust  Agreement,  all  amounts  deposited  in  the  Note
         Distribution  Account pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement as a
         result thereof shall be paid to the  Noteholders.  If amounts are to be
         paid to Noteholders  pursuant to this Section 10.1(b),  the Servicer or
         the Issuer shall,  to the extent  practicable,  furnish  notice of such
         event to the  Indenture  Trustee  not later  than 25 days  prior to the
         Redemption  Date  whereupon  all such  amounts  shall be payable on the
         Redemption Date.

         SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice.

                  (a) Notice of redemption  of the Notes under  Section  10.1(a)
         shall be given by the  Indenture  Trustee by first class mail,  postage
         prepaid, mailed not less than five days in the case of Section 10(a)(i)
         and (ii) and not less than three  Business  Days in the case of Section
         10(a)(iii),  prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Noteholder
         of Notes of record at such  Noteholder's  address appearing in the Note
         Register.

                  (b) All notices of redemption shall state:


                                      A-48

<PAGE>

                           (i) the Redemption Date;

                           (ii)  the applicable Redemption Price; and

                           (iii) the place where Notes are to be surrendered for
                  payment of the  Redemption  Price  (which  shall be the Agency
                  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee to be maintained as provided
                  in Section 3.2).

                  (c) Notice of  redemption  of the Notes  shall be given by the
         Indenture Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure
         to give notice of redemption,  or any defect therein,  to any Holder of
         any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of the  redemption  of
         any other Note.

                  (d) Prior notice of redemption  under  Section  10.1(b) is not
         required to be given to Noteholders.

         SECTION 10.3 Notes  Payable on  Redemption  Date.  The Notes subject to
redemption shall, following notice of redemption as required by Section 10.2 (in
the case of redemption  pursuant to Section  10.1(a)),  on the  Redemption  Date
cease to be  outstanding  for purposes of this  Indenture  and shall  thereafter
represent only the right to receive the applicable  Redemption Price and (unless
the Issuer shall  default in the payment of such  Redemption  Price) no interest
shall  accrue on such  Redemption  Price for any period  after the date to which
accrued  interest is  calculated  for purposes of  calculating  such  Redemption
Price.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

                  (a) Upon any  application  or  request  by the  Issuer  to the
         Indenture  Trustee  to take any  action  under  any  provision  of this
         Indenture,  the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture  Trustee:  (i) an
         Officer's  Certificate stating that all conditions  precedent,  if any,
         provided for in this  Indenture  relating to the  proposed  action have
         been complied with, (ii) (if required by the TIA) an Opinion of Counsel
         stating  that  in the  opinion  of such  counsel  all  such  conditions
         precedent,  if any,  have been  complied with and (iii) (if required by
         the TIA) an  Independent  Certificate  from a firm of certified  public
         accountants  meeting the applicable  requirements of this Section 11.1,
         except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which
         the  furnishing  of such  documents  is  specifically  required  by any
         provision of this Indenture,  no additional certificate or opinion need
         be furnished.  Every  certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
         with a  condition  or covenant  provided  for in this  Indenture  shall
         include:


                                      A-49

<PAGE>

                           (i)  a  statement   that  each   signatory   of  such
                  certificate  or opinion has read or has caused to be read such
                  covenant or  condition  and the  definitions  herein  relating
                  thereto;

                           (ii) a brief  statement as to the nature and scope of
                  the examination or investigation  upon which the statements or
                  opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                           (iii) a statement  that, in the judgment of each such
                  signatory,   such  signatory  has  made  such  examination  or
                  investigation  as is  necessary  to enable such  signatory  to
                  express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant
                  or condition has been complied with; and

                           (iv) a  statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of
                  each such  signatory,  such  condition  or  covenant  has been
                  complied with.

                  (b) (i) Prior to the deposit with the Indenture Trustee of any
                  Collateral or other property or securities  that is to be made
                  the  basis  for the  release  of any  property  or  securities
                  subject to the Lien of this  Indenture,  the Issuer shall,  in
                  addition  to any  obligation  imposed  in  Section  11.1(a) or
                  elsewhere in this Indenture,  furnish to the Indenture Trustee
                  an Officers' Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of
                  each  person  signing  such  certificate  as to the fair value
                  (within  90  days  of  such  deposit)  to  the  Issuer  of the
                  Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

                           (ii)  Whenever  the Issuer is  required to furnish to
                  the Indenture Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  certifying or
                  stating  the  opinion of any signer  thereof as to the matters
                  described  in clause  (b)(i)  above,  the  Issuer  shall  also
                  deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as
                  to the same  matters,  if the fair  value to the Issuer of the
                  securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities
                  made the basis of any such  withdrawal  or  release  since the
                  commencement of the then current fiscal year of the Issuer, as
                  set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i)
                  above and this clause (b)(ii), is 10% or more of the aggregate
                  outstanding   principal  amount  of  the  Notes,  but  such  a
                  certificate   need  not  be  furnished  with  respect  to  any
                  securities  so  deposited,  if the fair  value  thereof to the
                  Issuer as set forth in the related  Officers'  Certificate  is
                  less than  $25,000 or less than one  percent of the  aggregate
                  outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

                           (iii)  Other than with  respect to the release of any
                  Repurchased  Contracts or Liquidated Contracts or disbursement
                  from  the  Pre-Funding  Account,   whenever  any  property  or
                  securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture,
                  the Issuer  shall also  furnish  to the  Indenture  Trustee an
                  Officer's  Certificate  certifying  or stating  the opinion of
                  each  Person  signing  such  certificate  as to the fair value
                  (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities


                                      A-50

<PAGE>

                  proposed  to be released  and  stating  that in the opinion of
                  such person the proposed  release will not impair the security
                  under  this  Indenture  in  contravention  of  the  provisions
                  hereof.

                           (iv)  Whenever  the Issuer is  required to furnish to
                  the Indenture Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or
                  stating the opinion of any signatory thereof as to the matters
                  described  in clause  (b)(iii)  above,  the Issuer  shall also
                  furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as
                  to the same  matters  if the fair  value  of the  property  or
                  securities and of all other property,  other than  Repurchased
                  Contracts or  Liquidated  Contracts or  disbursement  from the
                  Pre-Funding  Account,  or securities released from the lien of
                  this  Indenture  since the  commencement  of the then  current
                  calendar  year, as set forth in the  certificates  required by
                  clause (b)(iii) above and this clause  (b)(iv),  equals 10% or
                  more of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of the
                  Notes,  but such certificate need not be furnished in the case
                  of any  release of property  or  securities  if the fair value
                  thereof as set forth in the related  Officer's  Certificate is
                  less  than  $25,000  or less  than  one  percent  of the  then
                  aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

                           (v)   Notwithstanding   Section   2.9  or  any  other
                  provision  of this Section  11.1,  the Issuer may (A) collect,
                  liquidate,  sell or otherwise  dispose of Contracts,  Financed
                  Boats and the Excluded  Assets as and to the extent  expressly
                  permitted  or required by the Basic  Documents,  (B) make cash
                  payments out of the Designated  Accounts,  the Cash Collateral
                  Account  and the other  Excluded  Assets as and to the  extent
                  expressly permitted or required by the Basic Documents and (C)
                  take any other action not inconsistent with the TIA.

         SECTION 11.2  Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.

                  (a) In any case  where  several  matters  are  required  to be
         certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person, it is
         not necessary  that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the
         opinion  of,  only one such  Person,  or that they be so  certified  or
         covered by only one  document,  but one such Person may certify or give
         an  opinion  with  respect to some  matters  and one or more other such
         Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an
         opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

                  (b) Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the
         Issuer may be based,  insofar as it  relates to legal  matters,  upon a
         certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel,  unless such
         officer knows,  or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that
         the  certificate  or opinion  or  representations  with  respect to the
         matters upon which his  certificate  or opinion is based are erroneous.
         Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may
         be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters,  upon a certificate
         or opinion  of, or  representations  by, an officer or  officers of the
         Servicer,  the Seller or the Issuer,  stating that the information with
         respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession of the Servicer,
         the Seller or the Issuer, unless


                                      A-51

<PAGE>

         such counsel knows,  or in the exercise of reasonable care should know,
         that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such
         matters are erroneous.

                  (c) Where any Person is required to make,  give or execute two
         or more applications,  requests,  consents,  certificates,  statements,
         opinions or other instruments under this Indenture,  they may, but need
         not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

         (d) Whenever in this  Indenture,  in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Indenture  Trustee,  it is provided that the Issuer
shall  deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such  application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's  compliance with any term hereof,  it is intended
that the truth and accuracy,  at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and  opinions  stated in such  document  shall in such case be  conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application  granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however,  be
construed  to affect the  Indenture  Trustee's  right to rely upon the truth and
accuracy of any statement or opinion  contained in any such document as provided
in Article VI.

         SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders.

                  (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
         consent,  waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given
         or taken by Noteholders  or a class of  Noteholders  may be embodied in
         and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor
         signed by such  Noteholders  in person or by agents duly  appointed  in
         writing;  and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action
         shall  become   effective  when  such  instrument  or  instruments  are
         delivered to the Indenture  Trustee,  and, where it is hereby expressly
         required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
         embodied therein and evidenced  thereby) are herein sometimes  referred
         to  as  the  "Act"  of  the  Noteholders  signing  such  instrument  or
         instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
         appointing  any such agent shall be sufficient  for any purpose of this
         Indenture  and  (subject  to Section  6.1)  conclusive  in favor of the
         Indenture  Trustee  and the Issuer,  if made in the manner  provided in
         this Section 11.3.

                  (b) The fact and date of the  execution  by any  person of any
         such  instrument  or  writing  may be  proved  in any  manner  that the
         Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.

                  (c) The  ownership  of  Notes  shall  be  proved  by the  Note
         Register.

                  (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
         consent,  waiver or other  action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind
         the Holder of every Note  issued  upon the  registration  thereof or in
         exchange  therefor or in lieu  thereof,  in respect of  anything  done,
         omitted or suffered to be done by the  Indenture  Trustee or the Issuer
         in  reliance  thereon,  whether or not  notation of such action is made
         upon such Note.


                                      A-52

<PAGE>

         SECTION 11.4  Notices,  etc., to Indenture  Trustee,  Issuer and Rating
Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

                  (a) the Indenture  Trustee by any  Noteholder or by the Issuer
         shall be  sufficient  for  every  purpose  hereunder  if  made,  given,
         furnished or filed in writing to or with the  Indenture  Trustee at its
         Corporate  Trust  Office  and,  unless  otherwise   specified  in  this
         Indenture,  may be sent by electronic facsimile transmission (with hard
         copy to follow via first class mail),  mailed by certified mail, return
         receipt requested, or delivered by hand; or

                  (b) the Issuer by the Indenture  Trustee or by any  Noteholder
         shall be  sufficient  for every  purpose  hereunder  if in writing  and
         either sent by  electronic  facsimile  transmission  (with hard copy to
         follow via first  class  mail) or mailed,  by  certified  mail,  return
         receipt  requested  to the  Issuer and the Owner  Trustee,  care of the
         Owner  Trustee at its  Corporate  Trust Office or at any other  address
         previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer.

         The Issuer shall promptly  transmit any notice  received by it from the
         Noteholders  to the Indenture  Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee shall
         likewise   promptly  transmit  any  notice  received  by  it  from  the
         Noteholders  to the  Issuer,  with a copy to the Owner  Trustee  at its
         Corporate  Trust  Office  and  a  copy  to   [____________________]  at
         ____________________, Attention: _______________.

                  (c) Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the
         Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing,
         personally delivered,  sent by electronic facsimile  transmission (with
         hard copy to follow via first class mail) or mailed by certified  mail,
         return  receipt  requested  to:  (i) in the case of  Moody's  Investors
         Service,  Inc., at the following  address:  Moody's Investors  Service,
         Inc., ABS Monitoring  Department,  99 Church Street, New York, New York
         10007;  and (ii) in the case of Standard & Poor's  Corporation,  at the
         following  address:  Standard & Poor's  Corporation,  26 Broadway (20th
         Floor),  New York,  New York 10004,  Attn:  Asset  Backed  Surveillance
         Department  or as to each of the  foregoing,  at such other  address as
         shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

         SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.

                  (a) Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of
         any event,  such notice shall be sufficiently  given (unless  otherwise
         herein expressly provided) if it is in writing and mailed, first-class,
         postage  prepaid to each  Noteholder  affected by such  event,  at such
         Person's address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the
         latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the
         giving  of such  notice.  If notice  to  Noteholders  is given by mail,
         neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so
         mailed to any  particular  Noteholder  shall affect the  sufficiency of
         such notice


                                      A-53

<PAGE>

         with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the
         manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly
         given regardless of whether such notice is in fact actually received.

                  (b) Where this  Indenture  provides  for notice in any manner,
         such notice may be waived in writing by any Person  entitled to receive
         such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be
         the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders  shall
         be filed with the  Indenture  Trustee  but such  filing  shall not be a
         condition  precedent  to the  validity of any action  taken in reliance
         upon such a waiver.

                  (c) In case,  by  reason of the  suspension  of  regular  mail
         service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity,  it
         shall be impractical  to mail notice of any event to  Noteholders  when
         such notice is required to be given  pursuant to any  provision of this
         Indenture,   then  any  manner  of  giving  such  notice  as  shall  be
         satisfactory  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a
         sufficient giving of such notice.

                  (d) Where  this  Indenture  provides  for notice to the Rating
         Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights
         or obligations created hereunder,  and shall not under any circumstance
         constitute an Event of Default.

         SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice  Provisions.  Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary,  the Issuer
may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment,  or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder,
that is  different  from the methods  provided  for in this  Indenture  for such
payments or notices. The Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of
each such  agreement and the Indenture  Trustee shall cause  payments to be made
and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

         SECTION 11.7  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

                  (a) If any  provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts
         with another  provision  hereof that is required to be included in this
         Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required  provision
         shall control.

                  (b) The  provisions  of TIA  ss.310  through  317 that  impose
         duties on any Person  (including  the provisions  automatically  deemed
         included herein unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part
         of and  govern  this  Indenture,  whether or not  physically  contained
         herein.

         SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.  The Article and
Section  headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience  only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

         SECTION 11.9  Successors  and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements in
this  Indenture  and the  Notes by the  Issuer  shall  bind its  successors  and
assigns,  whether so expressed  or not.


                                      A-54

<PAGE>

All covenants and agreements of the Indenture  Trustee in this  Indenture  shall
bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

         SECTION 11.10 Separability.  In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

         SECTION 11.11  Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this  Indenture or in
the Notes, express or implied,  shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders,  and any other party
secured  hereunder,  and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part
of the Trust  Estate,  any benefit or any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim under this Indenture.

         SECTION 11.12 Legal  Holidays.  If the date on which any payment is due
shall not be a Business Day, then  (notwithstanding  any other  provision of the
Notes or this Indenture)  payment need not be made on such date, but may be made
on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on
the date on which  nominally  due,  and no interest  shall accrue for the period
from and after any such nominal date.

         SECTION  11.13  Governing  Law.  THIS  INDENTURE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION  11.14  Counterparts.  This  Indenture  may be  executed in any
number  of  counterparts,  each of which so  executed  shall be  deemed to be an
original,  but all such counterparts  shall together  constitute but one and the
same instrument.

         SECTION 11.15  Recording of Indenture.  If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording  offices,  such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense  accompanied  by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Indenture  Trustee or any other counsel  reasonably
acceptable  to the  Indenture  Trustee)  to the effect  that such  recording  is
necessary  either for the  protection  of the  Noteholders  or any other  Person
secured  hereunder or for the  enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the
Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

         SECTION  11.16 No  Recourse.  No  recourse  may be taken,  directly  or
indirectly,  with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or
other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against:

                  (a)  the  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  Owner  Trustee  in  its
         individual capacity;

                  (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer; or


                                      A-55
<PAGE>

                  (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director,
         employee or agent of the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
         individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer,
         the Owner  Trustee  or the  Indenture  Trustee or of any  successor  or
         assign of the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual
         capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being
         understood  that the  Indenture  Trustee and the Owner  Trustee have no
         such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such
         partner,  owner or  beneficiary  shall be fully  liable,  to the extent
         provided by  applicable  law, for any unpaid  consideration  for stock,
         unpaid capital  contribution  or failure to pay any installment or call
         owing  to such  entity.  For all  purposes  of this  Indenture,  in the
         performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer  hereunder,  the
         Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the
         terms  and  provisions  of  Articles  VI,  VII and  VIII  of the  Trust
         Agreement.

         SECTION 11.17 No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, by entering into this
Indenture,  and each Noteholder,  by accepting a Note issued  hereunder,  hereby
covenant and agree that they shall not,  prior to the date which is one year and
one day  after the  termination  of this  Indenture  with  respect  to the Trust
pursuant to Section 4.1,  acquiesce,  petition or otherwise  invoke or cause the
Seller or the Trust to invoke the process of any court or  government  authority
for the purpose of  commencing  or  sustaining  a case against the Seller or the
Trust  under any  federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  law or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
other similar official of the Seller or the Trust or any substantial part of its
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller
or the Trust.

         SECTION 11.18  Inspection.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it shall permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee,  during the
Issuer's normal  business  hours, to examine all the books of account,  records,
reports,  and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom,
to cause such books to be audited by Independent  certified public  accountants,
and to discuss the Issuer's  affairs,  finances  and accounts  with the Issuer's
officers,  employees and Independent  certified public accountants,  all at such
reasonable  times and as often as may be  reasonably  requested.  The  Indenture
Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such
information  except to the extent  disclosure  may be  required  by law (and all
reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to
the  extent  that the  Indenture  Trustee  may  reasonably  determine  that such
disclosure  is  consistent  with  its  obligations  hereunder.   Notwithstanding
anything  herein  to the  contrary,  the  foregoing  shall not be  construed  to
prohibit (i) disclosure of any and all information  that is or becomes  publicly
known, or information  obtained by the Indenture Trustee from sources other than
the Servicer or the Seller or any of their  affiliates,  (ii)  disclosure of any
and all  information  (A) if required to do so by any applicable  statute,  law,
rule or  regulation,  (B) to any  government  agency or  regulatory  body having
authority  to  regulate  or oversee  any  respects  of the  Indenture  Trustee's
business,  (C) pursuant to any subpoena,  civil investigative  demand or similar
demand or request of any court, regulatory authority,  arbitrator or arbitration
to which the Indenture  Trustee is a party,  (D) to any  independent or internal
auditor,  agent, employee or attorney of the Indenture Trustee reasonably having
a need to know the  same,  provided  that the  Indenture  Trustee  advises  such
recipient of the confidential nature of the information being disclosed and such
recipient


                                      A-56
<PAGE>

agrees to keep the same  confidential  in accordance  with the terms hereof,  or
(iii) any other disclosure  authorized by the Servicer or the Seller;  provided,
however,  the Indenture Trustee shall give the Servicer prior notice of any such
disclosure.

         SECTION 11.19 Indemnification by and Reimbursement of the Servicer. The
Indenture   Trustee  further   acknowledges   and  accepts  the  conditions  and
limitations with respect to the Servicer's  obligation to indemnify,  defend and
hold the  Indenture  Trustee  harmless  as set  forth in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.


                                      A-57
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers,  thereunto duly
authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                    CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_
     
                                    By: [____________________]

                                    not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                    By: ________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                    [________________________]
     `                              not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Indenture Trustee

                                    By: ________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


                                      A-58
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                           FORM OF ASSET BACKED NOTES

REGISTERED                                                          $___________
No. __

                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. ________

         Unless this Note is presented by an  authorized  representative  of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation  ("DTC"),  to the Issuer or its
agent for registration of transfer,  exchange or payment, and any Note issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an
authorized  representative  of DTC (and any  payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized  representative  of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

THE  PRINCIPAL  OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH  HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY,  THE
OUTSTANDING  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF THIS  NOTE AT ANY TIME  MAY BE LESS  THAN THE
AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                        CLASS A ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES

         CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_,  a business trust organized and existing under
the laws of the State of  Delaware  (herein  referred to as the  "Issuer"),  for
value received,  hereby promises to pay to  ____________________,  or registered
assigns, the principal sum of _______________  DOLLARS ($___________) payable in
accordance  with the  Indenture,  prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
and a declaration that the Notes are due and payable,  on each Distribution Date
to the extent of amounts available therefor in an amount equal to the difference
between  (i) the sum of (x) the  Pool  Balance  on the  last  day of the  second
proceeding  Due  Period  (or,  in the case of the  first  Distribution  Date the
Initial  Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance) and (y) the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account (exclusive of Pre-Funding  Earnings) on the last day of the
second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first  Distribution Date, as
of the Closing Date),  less (ii) the sum of (x) the Pool Balance on the last day
of the  preceding  Due Period  and

<PAGE>

(y) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account  (exclusive of Pre-Funding
Earnings) on the last day of the preceding Due Period;  provided,  however, that
the outstanding  principal  balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the
earlier of the  _______________  Distribution Date (the "Class A Final Scheduled
Distribution  Date") and the  Redemption  Date with respect to a  redemption  of
Notes, if any, pursuant to Section  10.1(a)(i) or (ii) or Section 10.1(b) of the
Indenture. On each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or
made  available  for  payment,  the Issuer shall pay interest on this Note in an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of the rate per annum shown above and
the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Distribution Date
after  giving  effect  to all  payments  of  principal  made  on  the  preceding
Distribution Date (or in the case of the first  Distribution  Date, the original
outstanding  principal  amount of this Note).  Interest on this Note will accrue
for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent  Distribution Date
on which  interest has been paid to but excluding the then current  Distribution
Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from ____________,____. Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day  months.
Such  principal  of and  interest  on this  Note  shall  be  paid in the  manner
specified on the reverse hereof.

         The  principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America which, at the time of payment, is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

         Reference is made to the further  provisions  of this Note set forth on
the reverse  hereof,  which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture  Trustee whose name appears below by manual  signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any benefit  under the  Indenture  referred to on the
reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date: ___________, ____             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                                    By: [____________________]

                                    not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                    By: ________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred 
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

[______________],
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee

By: ______________________________________
         Name:
         Title:


                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                                 REVERSE OF NOTE

         This  Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the  Issuer,
designated  as Class A ____%  Asset  Backed  Notes  (herein  called the "Class A
Notes" or "Notes"),  all issued under an  Indenture,  dated as of  ____________,
____  (such  Indenture,  as  supplemented  or  amended,  is  herein  called  the
"Indenture"),  between  the  Issuer  and  ____________________,   an  __________
corporation,  as trustee  (the  "Indenture  Trustee",  which term  includes  any
successor  trustee under the  Indenture),  to which Indenture and all indentures
supplemental  thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective
rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer,  the Indenture Trustee and the
Noteholders.  The Class A Notes are subject to all terms of the  Indenture.  All
terms  used and not  otherwise  defined  in this  Note that are  defined  in the
Indenture,  as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture.

         The Class A Notes and all other Notes issued  pursuant to the Indenture
are and will be  equally  and  ratably  secured  by the  Collateral  pledged  as
security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

         Subject to the immediately following paragraph,  principal on the Class
A Notes shall be payable in full on the earlier of the  Distribution  Date which
is the Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date for the Class A Notes set forth
above and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) or (a)(ii)
or Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. In addition, principal on the Class A Notes
will be payable in installments on earlier  Distribution  Dates to the extent of
amounts  available  therefor,  in the amounts and in the priorities set forth in
Section 8.2(c) of the Indenture.  "Distribution Date," with respect to the Notes
means the  fifteenth  day of each  month or, if any such date is not a  Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing _________ 15, ____.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding  paragraph,  the entire
unpaid  principal  amount of this Note  shall be due and  payable on the date on
which an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing  and the
Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders  representing  not less than a majority of
the  outstanding  amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be  immediately
due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture.  In such
event,  the  Holders of all Notes  shall be  entitled  to receive  repayment  of
principal ratably in proportion to their respective unpaid principal balances.

         All  principal  payments on the Class A Notes shall be made pro rata to
the Holders of the Class A Notes.

         Payments of interest on this Note at the rate of _____% per annum shall
be due and payable on each Distribution  Date,  together with the installment of
principal,  if any, if not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check
mailed to the Person  whose name appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note
(or one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  on the Note  Register  as of the  close of
business on each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered  on
the Record


                                      A-4
<PAGE>

Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.),  payments  will be made by wire transfer in  immediately  available
funds to the account designated by such nominee.  Such checks shall be mailed to
the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the
Note Register as of the applicable  Record Date without requiring that this Note
be  submitted  for  notation of payment.  The Record  Date,  with respect to any
Distribution  Date, means the day immediately  preceding such Distribution Date,
or if  Definitive  Notes  are  issued,  the  last day of the  month  immediately
preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs. Any reduction in the
principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by
any  payments  made on any  Distribution  Date shall be binding  upon all future
Holders of this Note of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof
or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof,  whether or not noted hereon.  If funds
are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full
of the then  remaining  unpaid  principal  amount of this Note on a Distribution
Date,  then the Indenture  Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
shall  notify the Person who is the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record
Date preceding such  Distribution Date by notice sent in accordance with Section
2.7(e) of the  Indenture,  and the amount then due and payable  shall be payable
only upon  presentation  and surrender of this Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate  Trust Office or at the office of the  Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York.

         As provided in the  Indenture  and subject to certain  limitations  set
forth therein,  the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated  by the  Issuer  pursuant  to the  Indenture,  duly  endorsed  by, or
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney
duly authorized in writing,  with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank
or trust company located, or having a correspondent  located, in the City of New
York or the city in which the  Corporate  Trust  Office is located,  or a member
firm  of a  national  securities  exchange,  and  such  other  documents  as the
Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized
denominations  and in the same aggregate  principal amount will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any
registration  of transfer or exchange of this Note,  but the  transferor  may be
required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge
that may be imposed in  connection  with any such  registration  of  transfer or
exchange.

         Each  Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken,  directly or indirectly,  with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under
the  Indenture or any  certificate  or other  writing  delivered  in  connection
therewith,  against  (i) the  Indenture  Trustee  or the Owner  Trustee in their
individual capacities,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or
(iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or employee of
the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in their individual  capacities,  any
holder  of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  the  Owner  Trustee  or the
Indenture  Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in their individual capacities, except as any such Person may have
expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be
fully  liable,  to the  extent  provided  by


                                      A-5
<PAGE>

applicable  law,  for  any  unpaid   consideration  for  stock,  unpaid  capital
contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture such  Noteholder  will not, prior to the
date which is one year and one day after the  termination of this Indenture with
respect to the  Issuer,  acquiesce,  petition or  otherwise  invoke or cause the
Seller or the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government  authority
for the purpose of  commencing  or  sustaining a case against the Seller  Issuer
under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator  or  other
similar  official  of the  Seller or the Issuer or any  substantial  part of its
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller
or the Issuer.

         Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance  of a Note or,  in the case of a Note
Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, unless otherwise required by appropriate
taxing  authorities,  agrees to treat the Notes as  indebtedness  secured by the
Contracts for the purpose of federal  income  taxes,  state and local income and
franchise  taxes and any other  taxes  imposed  upon,  measured by or based upon
gross or net income.

         Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note,
the Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture
Trustee  may  treat  the  Person  in  whose  name  this  Note  (as of the day of
determination  or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not this Note shall
be overdue,  and neither the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee nor any such agent
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Issuer and the rights of the Noteholders  under the Indenture at any time by the
Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes  representing  a majority of the
outstanding  principal  amount of all the Notes.  The  Indenture  also  contains
provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of
the outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes,  to waive  compliance  by the Issuer with certain  provisions  of the
Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their  consequences.
Any such  consent  or  waiver  by the  Holder  of this  Note (or any one of more
Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all
future  Holders of this Note and of any Note  issued  upon the  registration  of
transfer  hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation
of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the
Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and  conditions  set forth in
the Indenture without the consent of the Noteholders.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note  includes any  successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.


                                      A-6
<PAGE>

         The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture,  under certain circumstances,
to merge or consolidate,  subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the
Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable  only in  registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture  shall be construed in accordance  with the
laws  of the  State  of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions,  and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties  hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference  herein to the  Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the  obligation of the Issuer to pay the
principal of and interest on this Note at the times,  place and rate, and in the
coin or currency herein prescribed.

     Anything  herein  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  except  as  expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, neither the Seller, the Servicer, the Indenture
Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in their  respective  individual  capacities,  any
owner of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  nor any of  their  respective
partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or
assigns,  shall be  personally  liable for, nor shall  recourse be had to any of
them for,  the payment of principal  of or interest  on, or  performance  of, or
omission to  perform,  any of the  covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said
covenants,  obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee
solely as the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.

         The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as
expressly  provided in the Basic  Documents,  in the case of an Event of Default
under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing
for any deficiency,  loss or claim therefrom;  provided,  however,  that nothing
contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against,
the  assets  of  the  Issuer  for  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations  and
undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.


                                      A-7



                                                                     Exhibit 4.2

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,

                                     SELLER

                                       AND

                              ___________________,

                                  OWNER TRUSTEE

                         DATED AS OF ____________, ____


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<PAGE>

         TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of ____________,  ____, between THE CIT GROUP
SECURITIZATION   CORPORATION  II,  a  Delaware   corporation,   as  Seller,  and
____________________, a Delaware banking corporation, as Owner Trustee.

         The Seller and the Owner Trustee hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION  1.1  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Agreement  shall have the respective  meanings  assigned to them in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement of even date herewith,  among the Seller,  the Servicer and
the Trust (the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement").  All references  herein to "the
Agreement" or "this  Agreement" are to the Trust  Agreement,  and all references
herein to Articles,  Sections  and  subsections  are to  Articles,  Sections and
subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  ORGANIZATION

         SECTION  2.1 Name.  The  Trust  created  hereby  shall be known as "CIT
Marine Trust ____-_" in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of
the Trust,  make and execute  contracts and other  instruments  on behalf of the
Trust and sue and be sued on behalf of the Trust.

         SECTION  2.2  Office.  The office of the Trust  shall be in care of the
Owner  Trustee at the  Corporate  Trust  Office or at such other  address as the
Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificate  Owners and the
Seller.

         SECTION 2.3 Purposes and Powers.  The purpose of the Trust is to engage
in the following activities:

                  (a) to issue  the  Notes  pursuant  to the  Indenture  and the
         Certificates  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and to sell,  transfer  or
         exchange the Notes and the Certificates;

                  (b) with   the  proceeds  of the  sale  of the  Notes  and the
         Certificates  to  fund  the  Capitalized   Interest   Account  and  the
         Pre-Funding  Account  and  to  pay  the  organizational,  start-up  and
         transactional  expenses  of the  Trust  and to pay the  balance  of the
         proceeds to the Seller pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

                  (c) to acquire, manage and hold the Contracts;

<PAGE>

                  (d) to assign, grant,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and convey
         the Trust Estate  pursuant to the terms of the  Indenture  and to hold,
         manage and distribute to the  Certificate  Owners pursuant to the terms
         of this  Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement any portion of
         the Trust Estate  released  from the lien of, and remitted to the Trust
         pursuant to, the Indenture;

                  (e) to enter into and perform its obligations and exercise its
         rights under the Basic Documents to which it is to be a party;

                  (f) to engage in those  activities,  including  entering  into
         agreements,  that are  necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish
         the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith;

                  (g)  to  hold  and  administer  the  Certificate  Distribution
         Account and Cash Collateral  Account and apply the proceeds  thereof as
         provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

                  (h) to acquire Subsequent  Contracts from the Seller from time
         to time with funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account; and

                  (i) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents,  to engage
         in  such  other  activities  as  may be  required  in  connection  with
         conservation of the Owner Trust Estate and the making of  distributions
         to the Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby  authorized to engage in the foregoing  activities and shall
not engage in any activity other than in connection  with the foregoing or other
than as  required  or  authorized  by the terms of this  Agreement  or the Basic
Documents.

         SECTION 2.4  Appointment of Owner Trustee.  The Seller hereby  appoints
the Owner  Trustee as trustee of the Trust  effective as of the date hereof,  to
have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.

         SECTION 2.5 Initial  Capital  Contribution  of Owner Trust Estate.  The
Seller  hereby  sells,  assigns,  transfers,  conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee,  as of the  date  hereof,  the sum of $10.  The  Owner  Trustee  hereby
acknowledges  receipt in trust from the Seller,  as of the date  hereof,  of the
foregoing  contribution,  which shall  constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate
and shall be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.

          SECTION 2.6  Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee hereby  declares
that it shall  hold the Owner  Trust  Estate in trust  upon and  subject  to the
conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the  Certificate  Owners,
subject to the  obligations  of the Trust under the Basic  Documents.  It is the
intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under
the Business  Trust  Statute and that this  Agreement  constitute  the governing
instrument of such  business  trust.  It is the intention of the parties  hereto
that,  solely for purposes of federal  income 

<PAGE>

taxes,  state and local income and  franchise  taxes and any other taxes imposed
upon, measured by, or based upon gross or net income, the Trust shall be treated
as  a  partnership.  The  parties  agree  that,  unless  otherwise  required  by
appropriate tax authorities, the Trust shall file or cause to be filed annual or
other  necessary   returns,   reports  and  other  forms   consistent  with  the
characterization of the Trust as a partnership for such tax purposes.  Effective
as of the date  hereof,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have all  rights,  powers and
duties set forth  herein  and in the  Business  Trust  Statute  with  respect to
accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

         SECTION 2.7 Title to Trust Property. Legal title to all the Owner Trust
Estate  shall be vested at all times in the  Trust as a  separate  legal  entity
except where  applicable law in any  jurisdiction  requires title to any part of
the Owner  Trust  Estate to be vested in a trustee  or  trustees,  in which case
title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee,  a co-trustee  and/or a
separate trustee, as the case may be, for the benefit of the Trust.

         SECTION 2.8 Situs of Trust. The Trust shall be located and administered
in the State of Delaware.  All bank accounts  maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust  shall be located in the State of  Delaware  or the State of
New  York.  The Trust  shall not have any  employees  in any  state  other  than
Delaware or New York; provided,  however,  that nothing herein shall restrict or
prohibit the Owner Trustee from having  employees within or without the State of
Delaware.  Payments shall be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New York,
and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or New York.  The only
office of the Trust shall be the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.

         SECTION 2.9  Representations  and Warranties of the Seller.  The Seller
hereby  represents  and warrants to the Owner  Trustee,  as of the Closing Date,
that:

                  (a) The Seller has been organized and is validly existing as a
         corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware,
         with power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business
         as such  properties are presently  owned and such business is presently
         conducted and had at all relevant times, and now has, power,  authority
         and legal right to acquire and own the Contracts.

                  (b) The Seller is duly  qualified  to do business as a foreign
         corporation in good standing,  and has obtained all necessary  licenses
         and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which the ownership or lease of
         property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications.

                  (c) The Seller  has the power and  authority  to  execute  and
         deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms,  the Seller has full
         power and  authority  to sell and  assign the  property  to be sold and
         assigned to and  deposited  with,  as part of, the Trust and the Seller
         has duly  authorized  such  sale  and  assignment  to the  Trust by all
         necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance
         of this  Agreement  have  been  duly  authorized  by the  Seller by all
         necessary corporate action.

<PAGE>

                  (d) The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this
         Agreement  and the  fulfillment  of the terms of this  Agreement do not
         conflict with,  result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions
         of or  constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of time) a default
         under its certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Seller, or any
         indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party
         or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any
         Lien  upon  any of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms of any such
         indenture,  agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to or as
         contemplated  by the Basic  Documents),  or violate  any law or, to the
         best of its knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation applicable to the
         Seller  of any  court  or of any  federal  or  state  regulatory  body,
         administrative  agency  or other  governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its properties.

         SECTION  2.10 Tax  Treatment.  Net income of the Trust for any month as
determined for Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss,
credit and deduction  entering into the computation  thereof) shall be allocated
to the extent of available net income,  among the  Certificateholders  as of the
first  Record Date  following  the end of such  month,  in  proportion  to their
ownership of principal  amount of  Certificates  on such date,  an amount of net
income up to the sum of (i) the amount of monthly  interest at the  Pass-Through
Rate to which the Certificateholders are entitled to for the related Due Period,
(ii) interest on the excess, if any, of the amount of interest and principal due
to the Certificateholders for the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in
respect of interest at the Pass-Through  Rate that is actually  deposited in the
Certificate  Distribution  Account on such preceding  Distribution  Date, to the
extent  permitted  by  law,  at  the  Pass-Through   Rate  from  such  preceding
Distribution Date through the current  Distribution  Date, and (iii) the portion
of the market discount,  if any, on the Contracts accrued during such month that
is allocable to the excess of the initial aggregate principal amount, if any, of
the Certificates over their initial aggregate issue price.

         Net  losses  of the  Trust,  if any,  for any month as  determined  for
Federal  income tax purposes (and each item of income,  gain,  loss,  credit and
deduction  entering into the  computation  thereof) shall be allocated among the
Certificateholders  as of the first Record Date  following the end of such month
in proportion to their  ownership of principal  amount of  Certificates  on such
Record Date until the principal balance of the Certificates is reduced to zero.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                THE CERTIFICATES

         SECTION 3.1 Initial  Certificate  Ownership.  Upon the formation of the
Trust by the  contribution  by the Seller  pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the
issuance of the  Certificates,  the Seller shall be the sole  beneficiary of the
Trust.

         SECTION 3.2 Form of the Certificates.

<PAGE>

                  (a) The  Certificates  shall be  substantially in the form set
         forth in  Exhibit A and shall be issued  in  minimum  denominations  of
         $______  and  in  integral  multiples  of  $1,000  in  excess  thereof;
         provided, however, that one Certificate may be issued in a denomination
         other than an integral  multiple of $1,000.  The Certificates  shall be
         executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or  facsimile  signature of a
         Responsible  Officer of the Owner  Trustee.  Certificates  bearing  the
         manual or facsimile  signatures  of  individuals  who were, at the time
         when such  signatures  shall have been  affixed,  authorized to sign on
         behalf of the  Trust,  shall be valid and  binding  obligations  of the
         Trust,  notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have
         ceased to be so authorized prior to the  authentication and delivery of
         such  Certificates  or  did  not  hold  such  offices  at the  date  of
         authentication and delivery of such Certificates.

                  (b) The Definitive Certificates (as hereinafter defined) shall
         be  typewritten,  printed,  lithographed or engraved or produced by any
         combination of these methods (with or without steel  engraved  borders)
         all as  determined  by the officers  executing  such  Certificates,  as
         evidenced by their execution of such Certificates.

                  (c) The terms of the Certificates set forth in Exhibit A shall
         form part of this Agreement.

         SECTION 3.3 Execution,  Authentication and Delivery.  Concurrently with
the  sale of the  Initial  Contracts  to the  Trust  pursuant  to the  Sale  and
Servicing  Agreement,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  cause the  Certificates  in an
aggregate  principal  amount  equal to the  initial  Certificate  Balance  to be
executed  on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated  and  delivered  to or upon the
written order of the Seller,  signed by its chairman of the board, its president
or any vice  president,  without  further  corporate  action by the  Seller,  in
authorized denominations. No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit
under this  Agreement,  or shall be valid for any  purpose,  unless  there shall
appear on such Certificate a certificate of authentication  substantially in the
form set forth in  Exhibit A,  executed  by the Owner  Trustee,  or by the Owner
Trustee's  authenticating agent, by manual signature.  Such authentication shall
constitute  conclusive  evidence  that  such  Certificate  shall  have been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Certificates shall be dated the date
of their authentication.  ____________________  is hereby appointed as the Owner
Trustee's authenticating agent.

         SECTION 3.4  Registration;  Registration  of Transfer  and  Exchange of
Certificates.

                  (a) The Certificate  Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept,
         at  the  office  or  agency  maintained  pursuant  to  Section  3.8,  a
         Certificate Register in which,  subject to such reasonable  regulations
         as  it  may  prescribe,   the  Owner  Trustee  shall  provide  for  the
         registration  of  Certificates   and  of  transfers  and  exchanges  of
         Certificates as provided herein; provided, however, that no Certificate
         may be subdivided upon transfer or exchange such that the  denomination
         of any resulting Certificate is less than $______. ____________________
         shall be the initial Certificate  Registrar.  Upon any resignation of a
         Certificate  Registrar,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  promptly  appoint a
         successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment,  assume the
         duties of Certificate Registrar.

<PAGE>

                  (b)  Upon  surrender  for  registration  or  transfer  of  any
         Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8,
         the Owner Trustee  shall  execute on behalf of the Trust,  authenticate
         and deliver (or shall cause its  authenticating  agent to  authenticate
         and deliver),  in the name of the designated transferee or transferees,
         one or more new  Certificates  in  authorized  denominations  of a like
         aggregate amount dated the date of  authentication by the Owner Trustee
         or any authenticating agent.

                  (c) At the  option of a Holder of  Certificates,  Certificates
         may be exchanged for other Certificates of authorized  denominations of
         a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Certificates to
         be  exchanged at the  Corporate  Trust  Office  maintained  pursuant to
         Section 3.8. Whenever any Certificates are so surrendered for exchange,
         the Owner Trustee  shall  execute on behalf of the Trust,  authenticate
         and deliver (or shall cause its  authenticating  agent to  authenticate
         and deliver) one or more Certificates  dated the date of authentication
         by the Owner Trustee or any  authenticating  agent.  Such  Certificates
         shall be delivered to the Holder making the exchange.

                  (d)   Every   Certificate   presented   or   surrendered   for
         registration  of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written
         instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Owner Trustee and
         the  Certificate  Registrar duly executed by the Holder or his attorney
         duly  authorized  in  writing  with  such  signature  guaranteed  by an
         "eligible  guarantor  institution"  meeting  the  requirements  of  the
         Certificate   Registrar,   which  requirements  include  membership  or
         participation  in the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program
         ("STAMP")  or  such  other  "signature  guarantee  program"  as  may be
         determined  by  the  Certificate   Registrar  in  addition  to,  or  in
         substitution  for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. Each
         Certificate  surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall
         be  canceled  and  subsequently  destroyed  by  the  Owner  Trustee  or
         Certificate Registrar in accordance with its customary practice.

                  (e) No service  charge shall be made for any  registration  of
         transfer  or  exchange of  Certificates,  but the Owner  Trustee or the
         Certificate  Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
         any tax or  governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection with
         any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

         SECTION 3.5  Mutilated; Destroyed; Lost or Stolen Certificates.

                  (a) If (i) any mutilated  Certificate  is  surrendered  to the
         Certificate  Registrar,  or the Certificate Registrar receives evidence
         to  its  satisfaction  of  the  destruction,   loss  or  theft  of  any
         Certificate,  and (ii) there is delivered to the Certificate Registrar,
         the Owner  Trustee and the Trust such  security or  indemnity as may be
         required by them to hold each of them harmless, then, in the absence of
         notice to the  Certificate  Registrar  or the Owner  Trustee  that such
         Certificate  has been  acquired  by a bona  fide  purchaser,  the Owner
         Trustee  shall  execute  on behalf  of the Trust and the Owner  Trustee
         shall authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent
         to  authenticate  and deliver),  in exchange for or in lieu of any such
         mutilated,   destroyed,  lost  or  stolen  Certificate,  a  replacement

<PAGE>

         Certificate of a like aggregate  principal amount;  provided,  however,
         that if any  such  destroyed,  lost or  stolen  Certificate,  but not a
         mutilated Certificate,  shall have become or within seven days shall be
         due and payable, then instead of issuing a replacement  Certificate the
         Owner Trustee may pay such destroyed,  lost or stolen  Certificate when
         so due or payable.

                  (b) If, after the  delivery of a  replacement  Certificate  or
         payment in respect of a destroyed,  lost or stolen Certificate pursuant
         to subsection 3.5(a), a bona fide purchaser of the original Certificate
         in lieu of which such  replacement  Certificate was issued presents for
         payment such original Certificate,  the Owner Trustee shall be entitled
         to recover such  replacement  Certificate  (or such  payment)  from the
         Person to whom it was delivered or any Person  taking such  replacement
         Certificate from such Person to whom such  replacement  Certificate was
         delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser,
         and  shall be  entitled  to  recover  upon the  security  or  indemnity
         provided  therefor to the extent of any loss,  damage,  cost or expense
         incurred by the Owner Trustee in connection therewith.

                  (c)  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  any  replacement
         Certificate  under this Section 3.5, the Owner  Trustee may require the
         payment by the Holder of such  Certificate of a sum sufficient to cover
         any tax or other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in relation
         thereto  and any  other  reasonable  expenses  (including  the fees and
         expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar) connected
         therewith.

                  (d) Any duplicate  Certificate issued pursuant to this Section
         3.5  in  replacement  of  any  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost  or  stolen
         Certificate  shall  constitute  an  original   additional   contractual
         obligation of the Trust, whether or not the mutilated,  destroyed, lost
         or  stolen  Certificate  shall be found at any time or be  enforced  by
         anyone,  and shall be  entitled to all the  benefits of this  Agreement
         equally and  proportionately  with any and all other  Certificates duly
         issued hereunder.

                  (e) The provisions of this Section 3.5 are exclusive and shall
         preclude  (to the extent  lawful) all other  rights and  remedies  with
         respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,  destroyed, lost or
         stolen Certificates.

         SECTION   3.6   Persons   Deemed   Certificateholders.   Prior  to  due
presentation of a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee or
the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the Person in whose name any  Certificate
shall be registered in the Certificate Register as the Certificateholder of such
Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article V and
for all  other  purposes  whatsoever,  and  neither  the Owner  Trustee  nor the
Certificate Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

         SECTION 3.7 Access to List of Certificateholders'  Names and Addresses.
The Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer and the
Seller,  within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee of a request therefor
from the Servicer or the Seller in writing, a list, in such form as the Servicer
or the  Seller  may  reasonably  require,  of the  names  and  addresses  

<PAGE>

of the  Certificateholders  as of the most recent  Record Date. If three or more
Holders of  Certificates  or one or more Holder of  Certificates  evidencing not
less than 25% of the Certificate  Balance apply in writing to the Owner Trustee,
and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other
Certificateholders  with respect to their  rights under this  Agreement or under
the  Certificates  and  such  application  is  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  the
communication that such applicants  propose to transmit,  then the Owner Trustee
shall,  within five Business Days after the receipt of such application,  afford
such  applicants  access  during  normal  business  hours to the current list of
Certificateholders.  Each Holder, by receiving and holding a Certificate,  shall
be deemed to have agreed not to hold the Seller or the Owner Trustee accountable
by reason of the  disclosure  of its name and address,  regardless of the source
from which such information was derived.

         SECTION 3.8  Maintenance of Corporate  Trust Office.  The Owner Trustee
shall maintain in the City of _______________, an office or offices or agency or
agencies where  Certificates  may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange and where  notices and demands to or upon the Owner  Trustee in respect
of the  Certificates  and the Basic  Documents may be served.  The Owner Trustee
initially designates the offices of ____________________,  ____________________,
as its principal  office for such purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall give prompt
written notice to the Seller and to the  Certificateholders of any change in the
location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 3.9  Appointment  of Paying Agent.  The Paying Agent shall make
distributions to  Certificateholders  from the Certificate  Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.2 and make withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account of
amounts to be deposited in the Certificate  Distribution  Account,  in each case
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and amounts to be paid to the Cash
Collateral Depositor pursuant to the Cash Collateral  Agreement,  and the Paying
Agent shall  report the amounts of such  distributions  and  withdrawals  to the
Owner Trustee and the Servicer.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power
to withdraw  funds from the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and/or the Cash
Collateral  Account  for the  purpose of making the  distributions  referred  to
above.  The Owner  Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying  Agent if
the Owner Trustee  determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall
have failed to perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  in any  material
respect.  The Paying Agent shall  initially be  [____________________],  and any
co-paying agent chosen by the Owner Trustee, and acceptable to the Servicer. The
Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days'  written
notice to the Owner Trustee.  If  [____________________]  shall no longer be the
Paying Agent, the Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent
(which shall be an Eligible  Institution).  The Owner  Trustee  shall cause such
successor  Paying Agent or any  additional  Paying Agent  appointed by the Owner
Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner  Trustee an instrument in which such
successor  Paying  Agent or  additional  Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner
Trustee that as Paying Agent,  such successor Paying Agent or additional  Paying
Agent   shall  hold  all  sums,   if  any,   held  by  it  for  payment  to  the
Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  entitled
thereto  until  such sums shall be paid to such  Certificateholders.  The Paying
Agent shall return all unclaimed  funds to the Owner Trustee and upon removal of
a Paying Agent such Paying  Agent shall also return all funds in its  possession
to the Owner  

<PAGE>

Trustee.  The  provisions  of Sections  6.3, 6.6, 6.7 and 6.9 shall apply to the
Owner  Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent (if the Owner Trustee shall also
act as Paying Agent), for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent
and, to the extent  applicable,  to any other paying agent appointed  hereunder.
Any reference in this  Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying
agent unless the context requires otherwise.

         SECTION 3.10 Book-Entry Certificates.  The Certificates,  upon original
issuance,  shall  be  issued  in  the  form  of  a  typewritten  Certificate  or
Certificates  representing  Book-Entry  Certificates,  to be  delivered  to  The
Depository Trust Company,  the initial  Depository by or on behalf of the Trust.
Such   Certificate  or  Certificates   shall  initially  be  registered  on  the
Certificate  Register  in the name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of the  initial
Depository  and no  Certificate  Owner shall  receive a  definitive  Certificate
representing such Certificate  Owner's interest in such  Certificate,  except as
provided  in  Section  3.13.   Unless  and  until  definitive  fully  registered
Certificates  (the  "Definitive   Certificates")   shall  have  been  issued  to
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 3.13:

                  (a) the provisions of this Section 3.11 shall be in full force
         and effect;

                  (b) the  Certificate  Registrar and the Owner Trustee shall be
         entitled to deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Agreement
         (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Certificates
         and the giving of  instructions  or  directions  hereunder) as the sole
         Holder  of  the  Certificate,  and  shall  have  no  obligation  to the
         Certificate Owners;

                  (c) to the extent that the  provisions  of this  Section  3.11
         conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
         this Section 3.11 shall control;

                  (d) the rights of the  Certificate  Owners  shall be exercised
         only through the Depository  and shall be limited to those  established
         by  law  and  agreements   between  such  Certificate  Owners  and  the
         Depository  and/or  the  Depository   Participants.   Pursuant  to  the
         Certificate   Depository   Agreement   unless   and  until   Definitive
         Certificates   are  issued   pursuant  to  Section  3.13,  the  initial
         Depository  will  make   book-entry   transfers  among  the  Depository
         Participants  and receive and  transmit  payments of  principal  of and
         interest on the Certificates to such Depository Participants;

                  (e) whenever this Agreement  requires or permits actions to be
         taken based upon  instructions or directions of Holders of Certificates
         evidencing  a specified  percentage  of the  Certificate  Balance,  the
         Depository  shall be deemed to represent  such  percentage  only to the
         extent  that  it  has  received   instructions   to  such  effect  from
         Certificate   Owners   and/or   Depository   Participants   owning   or
         representing,  respectively,  such required  percentage of Certificates
         and has delivered such instructions to the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION  3.12  Notices  to  Depository.  Whenever  a  notice  or  other
communication to the Certificateholders is required under this Agreement, unless
and until Definitive  Certificates  

<PAGE>

shall have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 3.13, the Owner
Trustee shall give all such notices and  communications  specified  herein to be
given  to  Certificateholders  to the  Depository  and  shall  have  no  further
obligation to the Certificate Owners.

         SECTION 3.13 Definitive  Certificates.  If (i) the Servicer advises the
Owner  Trustee in writing that the  Depository  is no longer  willing or able to
properly discharge its  responsibilities  with respect to the Certificates,  and
the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer at its
option  advises the Owner  Trustee in writing  that it elects to  terminate  the
book-entry  system through the  Depository,  or (iii) after the occurrence of an
Event of Default or an Event of  Termination,  Certificate  Owners  representing
beneficial interests  aggregating at least a majority of the Certificate Balance
advise the Depository in writing that the  continuation  of a book-entry  system
through the  Depository  is no longer in the best  interest  of the  Certificate
Owners,  then the Depository  shall notify all Certificate  Owners and the Owner
Trustee  of the  occurrence  of any  such  event  and  of  the  availability  of
Definitive   Certificates  to  Certificate  Owners  requesting  the  same.  Upon
surrender to the Owner Trustee of the  typewritten  Certificate or  Certificates
representing  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  by the  Depository,  accompanied by
registration instructions,  the Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate the
Definitive  Certificates in accordance with the  instructions of the Depository.
Neither the Certificate  Registrar nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such  instructions and may conclusively  rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive
Certificates,  the Owner Trustee shall  recognize the Holders of the  Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders.

         SECTION 3.14 Seller as Certificateholder.  The Seller in its individual
or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of  Certificates  and may
otherwise  deal with the Owner  Trustee or its  Affiliates as if it were not the
Seller.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

         SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to Certificateholders  with Respect to Certain
Matters.  The Owner  Trustee shall not take action with respect to the following
matters, unless (i) the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders
in writing  of the  proposed  action at least 30 days  before the taking of such
action,  and (ii) the  Certificateholders  shall  not have  notified  the  Owner
Trustee  in writing  prior to the 30th day after such  notice is given that such
Certificateholders have withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

                  (a) the  initiation  of any  material  claim or lawsuit by the
         Trust  (except  claims  or  lawsuit  brought  in  connection  with  the
         collection of payments due on the  Contracts) and the compromise of any
         material  action,  claim or lawsuit  brought  by or  against  the Trust
         (except  with  respect to the  aforementioned  claims or  lawsuits  for
         collection of payments due on the Contracts);

<PAGE>

                  (b) the  election  by the  Trust to file an  amendment  to the
         Certificate  of Trust  (unless  such  amendment is required to be filed
         under  the  Business  Trust  Statute),  a  conformed  copy of  which is
         attached hereto as Exhibit B;

                  (c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
         in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

                  (d) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
         in  circumstances  where the consent of any  Noteholder is not required
         and such  amendment  materially  adversely  affects the interest of the
         Certificateholders;

                  (e) the  amendment,  change  or  modification  of the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or defect or to amend
         or  supplement  any  provision  in a manner  that would not  materially
         adversely  affect  the  interests  of  the   Certificateholders  or  in
         circumstances  in  which  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  expressly
         provides that the consent of the Certificateholders is not required; or

                  (f) the  appointment  pursuant to the Indenture of a successor
         Note Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture  Trustee or pursuant to this
         Agreement of a successor Certificate  Registrar,  or the consent to the
         assignment by the Note Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or
         Certificate  Registrar of its  obligations  under the Indenture or this
         Agreement, as applicable.

         SECTION  4.2  Action by  Certificateholders  with  Respect  to  Certain
Matters.  The Owner  Trustee  shall not have the power,  except upon the written
direction of the  Certificateholders,  to (a) remove the Servicer under the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section  9.01  thereof,  (b)  appoint a
successor Servicer pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
or (c) except as expressly  provided in the Basic Documents,  sell the Contracts
or any interest therein after the termination of the Indenture.

         SECTION 4.3 Action by  Certificateholders  with Respect to  Bankruptcy.
The Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy  relating to the Trust  without the unanimous  prior  approval of all
Holders  of  Certificates  and the  delivery  to the Owner  Trustee by each such
Certificateholder  of  a  certificate  certifying  that  such  Certificateholder
reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

         SECTION   4.4   Restrictions   on   Certificateholders'    Power.   The
Certificateholders  shall not direct the Owner  Trustee to take or refrain  from
taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation
of the Trust or the  Owner  Trustee  under  this  Agreement  or any of the Basic
Documents or would be contrary to Section  2.3,  nor shall the Owner  Trustee be
obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

         SECTION 4.5 Majority Control.  Except as expressly provided herein, any
action  that may be  taken or  consent  that  may be  given or  withheld  by the
Certificateholders  under this Agreement may be taken,  given or withheld by the
Holders of  Certificates  evidencing not less 

<PAGE>

than a majority of the Certificate Balance. Except as expressly provided herein,
any  written  notice  of  the  Certificateholders  delivered  pursuant  to  this
Agreement shall be effective if signed by Holders of Certificates evidencing not
less than a majority of the  Certificate  Balance at the time of the delivery of
such notice.

                                    ARTICLE V

                   APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

         SECTION 5.1 Establishment of Accounts.

                  (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trust shall cause the
         Servicer  to  establish  and  maintain,  in the  name of the  Indenture
         Trustee or the Owner Trustee,  as  appropriate,  for the benefit of the
         Noteholders  and  Certificateholders  (and,  in the  case  of the  Cash
         Collateral Account, for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the
         Cash Collateral  Depositor) the accounts as provided in Section 5.01 of
         the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) The Owner  Trustee  shall  possess  all  right,  title and
         interest  in and to all  funds  on  deposit  from  time  to time in the
         Certificate Distribution Account and the Cash Collateral Account and in
         all proceeds  thereof.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein or in the
         Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Certificate Distribution Account and
         the  Cash  Collateral  Account  shall be under  the sole  dominion  and
         control of the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the  Certificateholders
         and, in the case of the Cash Collateral Account, for the benefit of the
         Certificateholders   and  the  Cash  Collateral  Depositor,   as  their
         respective  interests  may  appear.  If, at any time,  the  Certificate
         Distribution  Account or the Cash Collateral  Account ceases to be held
         at an  Eligible  Institution,  the Owner  Trustee  (or the  Servicer on
         behalf of the Owner Trustee, if the Certificate Distribution Account or
         the Cash Collateral Account is not then held by the Owner Trustee or an
         Affiliate  thereof)  shall  within  10  Business  Days (or such  longer
         period,  not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency
         may consent) establish a new Certificate  Distribution  Account or Cash
         Collateral  Account at an Eligible  Institution  and shall transfer any
         cash  and/or  any  investments  to such  new  Certificate  Distribution
         Account or Cash Collateral Account, as the case may be.

         SECTION 5.2 Application of Trust Funds.

                  (a) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Owner  Trustee shall (i)
         transfer  or cause the  transfer  of  amounts  on  deposit  in the Cash
         Collateral Account to the Certificate  Distribution Account pursuant to
         Section 5.06 of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  (ii)  transfer and
         distribute,  or cause to be  transferred  and  distributed,  amounts on
         deposit  in  the  Cash  Collateral   Account  to  the  Cash  Collateral
         Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         and  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Cash  Collateral  Agreement,
         respectively,  on  or  prior  to  such  Distribution  Date,  and  (iii)
         distribute  to the  

<PAGE>

         Certificateholders,  on a pro  rata  basis,  amounts  deposited  in the
         Certificate  Distribution  Account  pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing
         Agreement  on or prior to such  Distribution  Date  first in respect of
         interest and then in respect of principal.

                  (b) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to
         each  Certificateholder  the statement provided to the Owner Trustee by
         the  Servicer  pursuant  to  Section  5.08 of the  Sale  and  Servicing
         Agreement on such Distribution Date setting forth,  among other things,
         the amount of the distribution  allocable to principal and to interest,
         the Certificate  Balance after giving effect to such distribution,  the
         amount  of funds on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  during  the
         Funding  Period,   the  number  and  aggregate   principal  balance  of
         Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust on the related Distribution
         Date during the Funding Period and the Servicer Payment with respect to
         such Distribution Date or Monthly Period, as applicable.

                  (c) If any  withholding  tax is imposed on the Trust's payment
         (or  allocations  of  income)  to a  Certificateholder,  such tax shall
         reduce the amount otherwise  distributable to the  Certificateholder in
         accordance   with  this  Section  5.2.  The  Owner  Trustee  is  hereby
         authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise  distributable
         to the  Certificateholders  sufficient funds for the payment of any tax
         that is  legally  owed by the Trust (but such  authorization  shall not
         prevent the Owner Trustee from  contesting  any such tax in appropriate
         proceedings and  withholding  payment of such tax, if permitted by law,
         pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding
         tax imposed  with  respect to a  Certificateholder  shall be treated as
         cash distributed to such  Certificateholder  at the time it is withheld
         by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If there
         is a  possibility  that  withholding  tax is payable  with respect to a
         distribution (such as a distribution to a non-U.S.  Certificateholder),
         the Owner Trustee may in its sole  discretion  withhold such amounts in
         accordance with this subsection 5.2(c). If a  Certificateholder  wishes
         to apply for a refund of any such  withholding  tax, the Owner  Trustee
         shall reasonably  cooperate with such  Certificateholder in making such
         claim so long as such  Certificateholder  agrees to reimburse the Owner
         Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

                  (d) If the Indenture Trustee holds escheated funds for payment
         to the Trust  pursuant to Section  3.3(e) of the  Indenture,  the Owner
         Trustee shall,  upon notice from the Indenture  Trustee that such funds
         exist,  submit on behalf of the Trust an Issuer Order to the  Indenture
         Trustee  pursuant to Section  3.3(e) of the Indenture  instructing  the
         Indenture Trustee to pay such funds to or at the order of the Seller.

         SECTION  5.3  Method  of  Payment.   Subject  to   subsection   7.1(c),
distributions required to be made to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date
shall be made to each  Certificateholder of record on the immediately  preceding
Record Date either by wire transfer,  in  immediately  available  funds,  to the
account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having  appropriate  facilities
therefor,  if such  Certificateholder  shall have  provided  to the  Certificate
Registrar  appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to
such Record Date and such  Holder's  Certificates  in the  aggregate  evidence a
denomination  of not less than  $1,000,000  or, if 

<PAGE>

not,  by check  mailed to such  Certificateholder  at the address of such holder
appearing  in  the  Certificate  Register;   provided,   however,  that,  unless
Definitive  Certificates have been issued pursuant to Section 3.13, with respect
to Certificates  registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the
Depository  (initially,  such nominee to be Cede & Co.),  distributions  will be
made by wire transfer in immediately  available funds to the account  designated
by such  nominee.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the final  distribution  in
respect of the Certificates  (whether on the Certificate Final Distribution Date
or  otherwise)  will be payable  only upon  presentation  and  surrender of such
Certificate  at the office or agency  maintained  for that  purpose by the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 3.8.

         SECTION  5.4  Accounting  and  Reports to the  Certificateholders,  The
Internal  Revenue  Service and Others.  The Owner Trustee shall (a) maintain (or
cause to be  maintained)  the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis on the
accrual method of accounting,  (b) deliver to each Certificateholder,  as may be
required by the Code and  applicable  Treasury  Regulations  or otherwise,  such
information as may be required to enable each  Certificateholder  to prepare its
federal and state income tax returns,  (c) file such tax returns relating to the
Trust  and  make  such  elections  as may  from  time  to time  be  required  or
appropriate  under any applicable state or federal statute or rule or regulation
thereunder so as to maintain the Trust's  characterization  as a partnership for
federal  income tax  purposes,  (d) cause  such tax  returns to be signed in the
manner  required by law and (e) collect or cause to be collected any withholding
tax as described in and in  accordance  with  subsection  5.2(c) with respect to
income or distributions to Certificateholders.

         SECTION 5.5  Signature  on  Returns;  Tax  Matters  Partner.  The Owner
Trustee  shall sign on behalf of the Trust any and all tax returns of the Trust,
unless applicable law requires a  Certificateholder  to sign such documents,  in
which case such documents shall be signed by ____________________. To the extent
one may be required,  ____________________ shall be the "tax matters partner" of
the Trust pursuant to the Code.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         SECTION 6.1 Duties of Owner Trustee.

                  (a) The Owner Trustee  undertakes to perform such duties,  and
         only such duties,  as are  specifically set forth in this Agreement and
         the other Basic Documents, including the administration of the Trust in
         the interest of the Certificateholders,  subject to the Basic Documents
         and in accordance  with the  provisions of this Agreement and the Basic
         Documents.  No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
         Agreement.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee shall be
         deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and
         under the Basic  Documents to the extent the Servicer has agreed in the
         Sale and  Servicing  Agreement to perform any 

<PAGE>

         act or to discharge  any duty of the Owner  Trustee  hereunder or under
         any Basic  Document,  and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the
         default or failure of the Servicer to carry out its  obligations  under
         the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (c) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Owner Trustee
         may conclusively  rely upon  certificates or opinions  furnished to the
         Owner Trustee and conforming to the  requirements  of this Agreement in
         determining  the truth of the  statements  and the  correctness  of the
         opinions contained therein;  provided,  however, that the Owner Trustee
         shall have  examined such  certificates  or opinions so as to determine
         compliance of the same with the requirements of this Agreement.

                  (d) The Owner Trustee may not be relieved  from  liability for
         its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure to act or its own
         willful misconduct, except that:

                           (i) this subsection 6.1(d) shall not limit the effect
                  of subsection 6.1(a) or (b);

                           (ii) the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any
                  error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible  Officer
                  unless it is proved that the Owner  Trustee was  negligent  in
                  ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                           (iii) the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be liable  with
                  respect  to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
                  in  accordance  with a  direction  received  by it pursuant to
                  Section 4.1, 4.2 or 6.4.

                  (e) Subject to Sections  5.1 and 5.2,  monies  received by the
         Owner Trustee  hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to
         the extent required by law or the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and may
         be deposited under such general conditions as may be prescribed by law,
         and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any interest thereon.

                  (f) The Owner  Trustee  shall not take any action  that (i) is
         inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or
         (ii) would,  to the actual  knowledge of a  Responsible  Officer of the
         Owner Trustee,  result in the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation
         for  federal  income tax  purposes.  The  Certificateholders  shall not
         direct  the  Owner  Trustee  to take  action  that  would  violate  the
         provisions of this Section 6.1 and any such direction shall be null and
         void.

         SECTION 6.2 Rights of Owner  Trustee.  The Owner  Trustee is authorized
and directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents and each  certificate or
other document  attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents
to which the Trust is to be a party, in such form as the Seller shall approve as
evidenced  conclusively by the Owner Trustee's execution thereof. In addition to
the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee is authorized,  but shall not be obligated, to
take all actions  required of the Trust  pursuant  to the Basic  Documents.  The
Owner Trustee is 

<PAGE>

further  authorized  from  time  to time to take  such  action  as the  Servicer
recommends with respect to the Basic Documents.

         SECTION  6.3  Acceptance  of Trusts  and  Duties.  Except as  otherwise
provided  in  this  Article  VI,  in  accepting   the  trusts   hereby   created
[____________________]  acts solely as Owner  Trustee  hereunder  and not in its
individual  capacity and all Persons  having any claim against the Owner Trustee
by  reason  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  or any Basic
Document  shall look only to the Owner Trust Estate for payment or  satisfaction
thereof.  The Owner  Trustee  accepts  the trusts  hereby  created and agrees to
perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms
of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all monies actually
received by it constituting part of the Owner Trust Estate upon the terms of the
Basic  Documents  and this  Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall not be liable or
accountable  hereunder  or under any  Basic  Document  under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its
own  willful   misconduct  or  (ii)  in  the  case  of  the  inaccuracy  of  any
representation  or warranty  contained in Section 6.6 and expressly  made by the
Owner Trustee.  In particular,  but not by way of limitation (and subject to the
exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

                  (a) the Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility
         or  liability  for or  with  respect  to  the  legality,  validity  and
         enforceability  of any Contract,  or the perfection and priority of any
         security  interest  created by any Contract in any Financed Boat or the
         maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect
         to the sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or its ability to generate
         the  payments  to  be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  under  this
         Agreement or the Noteholders  under the Indenture,  including,  without
         limitation:  the  existence,  condition  and  ownership of any Financed
         Boat; the existence and  enforceability of any insurance  thereon;  the
         existence  and contents of any Contract on any computer or other record
         thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Contract to the Trust or
         of any intervening  assignment;  the completeness of any Contract;  the
         performance  or  enforcement  of any  Contract;  the  compliance by the
         Seller or the Servicer with any warranty or  representation  made under
         any Basic  Document or in any related  document or the  accuracy of any
         such  warranty or  representation  or any action of the  Servicer,  the
         Trustee or the  Servicer  or any  subservicer  taken in the name of the
         Owner Trustee.

                  (b) the Owner  Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
         action  taken  or  omitted  to be taken  by it in  accordance  with the
         instructions of the Servicer or any Certificateholder;

                  (c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall
         require the Owner  Trustee to expend or risk funds or  otherwise  incur
         any  financial  liability  in the  performance  of any of its rights or
         powers  hereunder  or under any Basic  Document,  if the Owner  Trustee
         shall have  reasonable  grounds for  believing  that  repayment of such
         funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
         reasonably assured or provided to it;

<PAGE>

                  (d) under no  circumstances  shall the Owner Trustee be liable
         for  indebtedness  evidenced  by or  arising  under  any of  the  Basic
         Documents,  including the principal of and interest on the Notes or the
         Certificate Balance of and interest on the Certificates;

                  (e) the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for or in
         respect  of  and  makes  no   representation  as  to  the  validity  or
         sufficiency of any provision of this Agreement or for the due execution
         hereof  by  the  Seller  or  for  the  form,  character,   genuineness,
         sufficiency,  value or validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate or for
         or in respect of the validity or  sufficiency  of the Basic  Documents,
         the  Notes,   the   Certificates   (other  than  the   certificate   of
         authentication  on the Certificates) or of any Contracts or any related
         documents,  and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any
         liability,   duty   or   obligation   to   any   Noteholder,   to   any
         Certificateholder  or the  Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  other  than as
         expressly provided for herein and in the Basic Documents;

                  (f) the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for the default or
         misconduct of the Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Seller or the
         Servicer  under any of the Basic  Documents or otherwise  and the Owner
         Trustee   shall  have  no   obligation  or  liability  to  perform  the
         obligations  of the Trust under this  Agreement or the Basic  Documents
         that are required to be  performed  by the Servicer  under the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement or the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture; and

                  (g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
         any of the  rights or  powers  vested  in it by this  Agreement,  or to
         institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  under this  Agreement or
         otherwise or in relation to this  Agreement or any Basic  Document,  at
         the  request,  order  or  direction  of any of the  Certificateholders,
         unless  such  Certificateholders  have  offered  to the  Owner  Trustee
         security or indemnity  satisfactory  to it against the costs,  expenses
         and  liabilities  that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee  therein or
         thereby.  The right of the Owner  Trustee to perform any  discretionary
         act  enumerated in this Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be
         construed as a duty,  and the Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for
         other than its negligence or willful  misconduct in the  performance of
         any such act.

         SECTION 6.4  Action Upon Instruction by Certificateholders.

                  (a)  Subject to Section  4.4,  the  Certificateholders  may by
         written  instruction  direct the Owner Trustee in the management of the
         Trust.  Such  direction  may  be  exercised  at  any  time  by  written
         instruction of the Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.5.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall not
         be required to take any action hereunder or under any Basic Document if
         the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined,  or shall have been
         advised by counsel,  that such action is likely to result in  liability
         on the part of the Owner  Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or
         of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

<PAGE>

                  (c)  Whenever  the Owner  Trustee is unable to decide  between
         alternative  courses of action  permitted  or  required by the terms of
         this  Agreement  or  any  Basic  Document,  or  is  unsure  as  to  the
         application, intent, interpretation or meaning of any provision of this
         Agreement or the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give
         notice (in such form as shall be appropriate  under the  circumstances)
         to the  Certificateholders  requesting  instruction as to the course of
         action to be adopted, and, to the extent the Owner Trustee acts in good
         faith in  accordance  with any such  instruction  received,  the  Owner
         Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person. If
         the Owner  Trustee  shall not have  received  appropriate  instructions
         within ten days of such notice (or within such  shorter  period of time
         as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under
         the  circumstances)  it may,  but  shall be  under no duty to,  take or
         refrain from taking such action which is consistent,  in its view, with
         this  Agreement or the Basic  Documents,  and as it shall deem to be in
         the best  interests of the  Certificateholders,  and the Owner  Trustee
         shall have no liability to any Person for any such action or inaction.

         SECTION 6.5  Furnishing of  Documents.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish
(a) to the  Certificateholders,  promptly  upon  receipt  of a  written  request
therefor,  duplicates  or copies of all  reports,  notices,  requests,  demands,
certificates,  financial  statements and any other instruments  furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Basic  Documents and (b) to  Noteholders,  promptly upon
receipt of a written request  therefor,  copies of the Purchase  Agreement,  any
Subsequent Purchase Agreements, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any Subsequent
Transfer Agreements and this Agreement.

         SECTION 6.6 Representations and Warranties of Owner Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Seller,  for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, that:

                  (a)  It  is a  banking  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
         existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
         incorporation.

                  (b) It has full power,  authority  and legal right to execute,
         deliver and perform this Agreement,  and has taken all necessary action
         to authorize  the  execution,  delivery and  performance  by it of this
         Agreement.

                  (c) The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by it of this
         Agreement  (i) shall not violate any provision of any law or regulation
         governing  the  banking  and trust  powers of the Owner  Trustee or any
         order,   writ,   judgment  or  decree  of  any  court,   arbitrator  or
         governmental  authority  applicable  to the Owner Trustee or any of its
         assets,  (ii) shall not violate any provision of the corporate  charter
         or  by-laws  of the  Owner  Trustee,  or (iii)  shall not  violate  any
         provision of, or constitute, with or without notice or lapse of time, a
         default  under,  or result in the creation or imposition of any lien on
         any properties  included in the Trust pursuant to the provisions of any
         mortgage, indenture,  contract, agreement or other undertaking to which
         it is a party,  which  violation,  default or lien could  reasonably be
         expected to have a  materially  adverse  effect on the Owner  Trustee's

<PAGE>

         performance  or ability to perform  its duties as Owner  Trustee  under
         this Agreement or on the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

                  (d) The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Owner
         Trustee of this Agreement shall not require the authorization,  consent
         or  approval  of, the  giving of notice to, the filing or  registration
         with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental
         authority  or  agency   regulating  the  banking  and  corporate  trust
         activities of banks or trust companies in the jurisdiction in which the
         Trust was formed.

                  (e) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Owner Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of
         the Owner Trustee,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
         enforceability    may   be   limited   by    bankruptcy,    insolvency,
         reorganization,  or other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
         creditors'  rights in  general  and by  general  principles  of equity,
         regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law.

         SECTION 6.7 Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

                  (a) The Owner  Trustee  shall incur no  liability to anyone in
         acting upon any signature,  instrument,  notice,  resolution,  request,
         consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or
         paper  believed by it to be genuine and  believed by it to be signed by
         the proper party or parties and need not investigate any fact or matter
         in any such document.  The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of
         a resolution of the board of directors or other  governing  body of any
         corporate  party as conclusive  evidence that such  resolution has been
         duly  adopted  by such  body and that  the  same is in full  force  and
         effect.  As to any fact or matter  the method of the  determination  of
         which is not specifically  prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for
         all purposes  hereof rely on a certificate,  signed by the president or
         any vice president or by the treasurer or other authorized  officers of
         the relevant  party,  as to such fact or matter,  and such  certificate
         shall  constitute  full  protection to the Owner Trustee for any action
         taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

                  (b) In the exercise or  administration of the trusts hereunder
         and in the  performance  of  its  duties  and  obligations  under  this
         Agreement  or the  Basic  Documents,  the  Owner  Trustee:  (i) may act
         directly  or through  its  agents,  attorneys,  custodians  or nominees
         pursuant to  agreements  entered  into with any of them,  and the Owner
         Trustee  shall not be liable  for the  conduct  or  misconduct  of such
         agents,  attorneys,  custodians or nominees if such agents,  attorneys,
         custodians  or nominees  shall have been  selected by the Owner Trustee
         with  reasonable  care; and (ii) may consult with counsel,  accountants
         and other skilled professionals to be selected with reasonable care and
         employed  by it. The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable  for  anything
         done,  suffered or omitted in good faith by it in  accordance  with the
         opinion  or  advice  of any such  counsel,  accountants  or other  such
         Persons and not contrary to this Agreement or any Basic Document.

<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.8 Owner  Trustee May Own  Certificates  and Notes.  The Owner
Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Seller, the Indenture Trustee and
the Servicer in  transactions in the same manner as it would have if it were not
the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 6.9 Compensation and Indemnity. The Owner Trustee shall receive
as  compensation  for its services  hereunder such fees as have been  separately
agreed  upon  before  the  date  hereof  between  the  Seller,   or  any  person
representing the Seller,  and the Owner Trustee,  and the Owner Trustee shall be
entitled to be  reimbursed  by the  Servicer for its other  reasonable  expenses
hereunder, including the reasonable compensation,  expenses and disbursements of
such agents, custodians, nominees,  representatives,  experts and counsel as the
Owner Trustee may employ in connection  with the exercise and performance of its
rights and its duties hereunder.  The Servicer shall indemnify the Owner Trustee
and its  successors,  assigns,  agents  and  servants  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The indemnities
contained in this Section 6.9 shall survive the  resignation  or  termination of
the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement.  Any amounts paid to the
Owner  Trustee  pursuant to this  Article VI shall be deemed not to be a part of
the Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

         SECTION 6.10 Replacement of Owner Trustee.

                  (a) The Owner Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged
         from the trusts hereby  created by giving 30 days' prior written notice
         thereof  to the  Servicer,  provided  that such  resignation  shall not
         become  effective  until a successor  Owner Trustee has been appointed.
         The  Servicer  may appoint a successor  Owner  Trustee by  delivering a
         written instrument  pursuant to Section 6.10(b).  If no successor Owner
         Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted  appointment within
         30 days after the giving of such notice of  resignation,  the resigning
         Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the
         appointment of a successor Owner Trustee. The Servicer shall remove the
         Owner Trustee if:

                           (i) the Owner  Trustee  shall cease to be eligible in
                  accordance  with the provisions of Section 6.13 and shall fail
                  to resign after written request therefor by the Servicer;

                           (ii) the Owner Trustee shall be adjudged  bankrupt or
                  insolvent;

                           (iii) a receiver  or other  public  officer  shall be
                  appointed or take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of
                  its  property or affairs  for the  purpose of  rehabilitation,
                  conservation or liquidation; or

                           (iv) the Owner Trustee  shall  otherwise be incapable
                  of acting.

                  (b) If the Owner Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy
         exists in the office of Owner Trustee for any reason the Servicer shall
         promptly  appoint a successor 

<PAGE>

         Owner Trustee by written  instrument,  in duplicate  (one copy of which
         instrument  shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed
         and one copy to the  successor  Owner  Trustee)  and shall pay all fees
         owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

                  (c) Any  resignation  or  removal  of the  Owner  Trustee  and
         appointment  of a  successor  Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to  any  of the
         provisions  of this  Section  6.10 shall not become  effective  until a
         written  acceptance of appointment is delivered by the successor  Owner
         Trustee to the outgoing Owner Trustee and the Servicer and all fees and
         expenses  due to the outgoing  Owner  Trustee are paid.  Any  successor
         Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall be eligible
         to act in such capacity in accordance with Section 6.13 and,  following
         compliance with the preceding sentence,  shall become fully vested with
         all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under
         this  Agreement,  with  like  effect  as if  originally  named as Owner
         Trustee.  The Servicer  shall  provide  notice of such  resignation  or
         removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

                  (d) The  predecessor  Owner  Trustee shall upon payment of its
         fees and expenses  deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents
         and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement. The Servicer
         and the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee  shall  execute and  deliver  such
         instruments  and do such other things as may reasonably be required for
         fully and  certainly  vesting and  confirming  in the  successor  Owner
         Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

                  (e)  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by a  successor  Owner
         Trustee  pursuant to this Section 6.10,  the Servicer shall mail notice
         of the successor of such Owner Trustee to all  Certificateholders,  the
         Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies .

         SECTION 6.11 Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.  Any corporation
into which the Owner  Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party,  or any  corporation
succeeding to all or  substantially  all of the corporate  trust business of the
Owner Trustee,  shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder,  provided
such  corporation  shall be eligible  pursuant to Section 6.13,  and without the
execution or filing of any  instrument  or any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto; provided,  however, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger, conversion or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 6.12 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at
         any time,  for the  purpose of  meeting  any legal  requirement  of any
         jurisdiction  in  which  any  part of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  or any
         Financed  Boat may at the time be located,  the  Servicer and the Owner
         Trustee  acting  jointly  shall  have the power and shall  execute  and
         deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons  approved by the
         Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee,  jointly with the Owner Trustee, or
         as separate trustee or trustees,  of all or any part 

<PAGE>

         of the  Owner  Trust  Estate,  and to  vest  in  such  Person,  in such
         capacity, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to
         the  other  provisions  of this  Section  6.12,  such  powers,  duties,
         obligations,  rights and trusts as the Servicer  and the Owner  Trustee
         may consider  necessary or  desirable.  If the Servicer  shall not have
         joined in such appointment  within 15 days after the receipt by it of a
         request so to do, the Owner  Trustee alone shall have the power to make
         such  appointment.   No  co-trustee  or  separate  trustee  under  this
         Agreement  shall be  required  to meet the  terms of  eligibility  as a
         successor  trustee  pursuant  to  Section  6.13  and no  notice  of the
         appointment  of any  co-trustee  or separate  trustee shall be required
         pursuant to Section 6.10.

                  (b) Each separate trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent
         permitted  by law,  be  appointed  and  act  subject  to the  following
         provisions and conditions:

                           (i)  all  rights,   powers,  duties  and  obligations
                  conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred
                  upon and  exercised or performed  jointly by the Owner Trustee
                  and such separate  trustee or co-trustee (it being  understood
                  that such separate  trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to
                  act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act),
                  except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in
                  which  any  particular  act or acts are to be  performed,  the
                  Owner Trustee shall be  incompetent  or unqualified to perform
                  such act or acts, in which event such rights,  powers,  duties
                  and  obligations  (including the holding of title to the Trust
                  or any  portion  thereof  in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be
                  exercised  and performed  singly by such  separate  trustee or
                  co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

                           (ii)  no  trustee  under  this  Agreement   shall  be
                  personally  liable  by reason  of any act or  omission  of any
                  other trustee under this Agreement; and

                           (iii)  the  Servicer  and the  Owner  Trustee  acting
                  jointly  may at any time accept the  resignation  of or remove
                  any separate trustee or co-trustee.

                  (c) Any notice,  request or other  writing  given to the Owner
         Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate
         trustees and  co-trustees,  as effectively as if given to each of them.
         Every  instrument  appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall
         refer  to this  Agreement  and the  conditions  of this  Article.  Each
         separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon its  acceptance  of the trusts
         conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or property  specified  in
         its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or
         separately,  as may be provided therein,  subject to all the provisions
         of this  Agreement,  specifically  including  every  provision  of this
         Agreement  relating to the conduct of,  affecting  the liability of, or
         affording protection to, the Owner Trustee.  Each such instrument shall
         be  filed  with  the  Owner  Trustee  and a copy  thereof  given to the
         Servicer.

                  (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint
         the Owner Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and
         authority,  to the extent not  

<PAGE>

         prohibited  by law,  to do any  lawful  act under or in respect of this
         Agreement  on its behalf and in its name.  If any  separate  trustee or
         co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed,
         all of its estates, properties,  rights, remedies and trusts shall vest
         in and be exercised by the Owner  Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by
         law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

         SECTION 6.13  Eligibility  Requirements  for Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee  shall at all times:  (a) be  authorized  to  exercise  corporate  trust
powers;  (b) have a combined capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000 and be
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state  authorities;  and (c)
have (or have a parent which has) a long-term  unsecured debt rating of at least
"BBB" by  Standard & Poor's and have a  long-term  unsecured  debt  rating of at
least "Baa3" by Moody's.  If such corporation shall publish reports of condition
at least  annually,  pursuant  to law or to the  requirements  of the  aforesaid
supervising or examining  authority,  then for the purpose of this Section 6.13,
the combined capital and surplus of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so  published.  If at any time the Owner  Trustee  shall cease to be eligible in
accordance  with the  provisions of this Section  6.13,  the Owner Trustee shall
resign  immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.10.
At all times, the Owner Trustee or Co-trustee appointed pursuant hereto shall be
a person that satisfies the provisions of Section  3807(a) of the Business Trust
Statute (the "Delaware Trustee").

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

         SECTION 7.1 Termination of Trust Agreement.

                  (a) This Agreement has been entered into in part to induce the
         Indenture  Trustee  and  the  Certificateholders  from  time to time to
         participate in the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and each of the
         Owner Trustee and the Seller agree that the Indenture  Trustee (so long
         as the Indenture  shall not have been terminated in accordance with its
         terms)  and the  Certificateholders  from time to time are third  party
         beneficiaries  hereof,  and shall be  entitled  to enforce the terms of
         this Agreement to the same extent as if they were  signatories  hereto,
         subject, however, to Article IV hereof and to the applicable provisions
         of the  Indenture.  So  long  as the  Indenture  shall  not  have  been
         terminated in accordance  with its terms,  this Agreement and the Trust
         created  hereby are  irrevocable  by the Owner  Trustee and the Seller,
         unless the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Certificateholders  consent in
         writing to such  termination.  This Agreement  (other than Section 6.9)
         and the Trust shall  terminate  and be of no further force or effect on
         the earlier of: (i) the final  distribution by the Owner Trustee of all
         monies or other  property  or  proceeds  of the Owner  Trust  Estate in
         accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing
         Agreement  (including  the  exercise  by the  Servicer of its option to
         purchase  the  Contracts  pursuant  to  Section  11.01  of the Sale and
         Servicing  Agreement  or  resulting  from  the  mandatory  sale  of all
         Contracts   pursuant  to  Section  11.02  of  the  Sale  

<PAGE>

         and  Servicing  Agreement)  and Article V, (ii) at the time provided in
         Section 7.2 or (iii)  twenty-one  years less one day after the death of
         the last survivor of all of the decedents of the  grandparents of David
         C.  Rockefeller  living on the date of the  earliest  execution of this
         Agreement  by any party  hereto,  but if this  Agreement  and the Trust
         created hereby shall be or become authorized under applicable law to be
         valid for a period  commencing on the  twenty-first  anniversary of the
         death of such last survivor (or, without limiting the generality of the
         foregoing,  if  legislation  shall become  effective  providing for the
         validity of this Agreement and the Trust created hereby for a period in
         gross  exceeding  the  period for which  this  Agreement  and the Trust
         created  hereby are  hereinabove  stated to extend and be valid),  then
         this Agreement and the Trust created  hereby shall not terminate  under
         this subsection (iii), but shall extend to and continue in effect,  but
         only if such  non-termination  and extension  shall then be valid under
         applicable  law, until the day proceeding  such date as the same shall,
         under  applicable law, cease to be valid.  Upon such  termination,  all
         monies or other  property  or proceeds  constituting  part of the Owner
         Trust Estate shall be distributed  in accordance  with the terms of the
         Agreement.   The  bankruptcy,   liquidation,   dissolution,   death  or
         incapacity of any Certificateholder, shall not (x) operate to terminate
         this Agreement or the Trust,  nor (y) entitle such  Certificateholder's
         legal  representatives  or heirs to claim an  accounting or to take any
         action or  proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all
         or any part of the Trust or the Owner  Trust  Estate nor (z)  otherwise
         affect the rights,  obligations  and liabilities of the parties hereto.
         The bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of the Owner Trustee (or any
         other  beneficiary  herewith)  will not terminate this Agreement or the
         Trust,  nor entitle such person's legal  representatives  or heirs,  as
         appropriate, to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding
         in any court for a partition  or winding up of the Trust or Owner Trust
         Estate, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of
         the parties hereto. No creditor of any  Certificateholder  shall obtain
         legal title to or exercise legal or equitable  remedies with respect to
         the Owner Trust Estate as a result of such Certificateholder's  holding
         of the Certificate.  No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise,  of
         any right,  title and interest of any  Certificateholder  in and to its
         undivided  beneficial  interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate
         to terminate this Agreement or the Trust created hereby.

                  (b) Except as provided in Section  7.1(a),  neither the Seller
         nor any Certificateholder  shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the
         Trust.

                  (c) Notice of any  termination  of the Trust,  specifying  the
         Distribution  Date upon which the  Certificateholders  shall  surrender
         their  Certificates  to the  Paying  Agent  for  payment  of the  final
         distribution and  cancellation,  shall be given by the Owner Trustee by
         letter  to  Certificateholders  mailed  within  five  Business  Days of
         receipt of notice of such  termination from the Servicer given pursuant
         to Section  11.01 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  or within five
         Business Days of the Owner Trustee receiving notice of such termination
         from the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Sale and
         Servicing  Agreement,  stating:  (i) the Distribution Date upon or with
         respect to which final payment of the  Certificates  shall be made upon
         presentation  and  surrender of the  Certificates  at the office of the
         Paying  Agent  therein  designated;  (ii) the  amount of 

<PAGE>

         any such  final  payment;  and (iii)  that the  Record  Date  otherwise
         applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable,  payments being
         made only upon  presentation  and surrender of the  Certificates at the
         office of the Paying Agent therein  specified.  The Owner Trustee shall
         give such notice to the Certificate  Registrar (if other than the Owner
         Trustee)  and the  Paying  Agent at the time  such  notice  is given to
         Certificateholders.    Upon   presentation   and   surrender   of   the
         Certificates,  the  Paying  Agent  shall  cause  to be  distributed  to
         Certificateholders  amounts  distributable  on such  Distribution  Date
         pursuant to Section 5.2.

                  (d) If all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their
         Certificates  for  cancellation   within  six  months  after  the  date
         specified in the above  mentioned  written  notice,  the Owner  Trustee
         shall give a second written notice to the remaining  Certificateholders
         to surrender their  Certificates for cancellation and receive the final
         distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after the second
         notice  all the  Certificates  shall  not  have  been  surrendered  for
         cancellation,  the Owner  Trustee may take  appropriate  steps,  or may
         appoint an agent to take  appropriate  steps,  to contact the remaining
         Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates,  and the
         cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall
         remain  subject  to this  Agreement.  Subject to  applicable  laws with
         respect to escheat of funds,  any funds  remaining  in the Trust  after
         exhaustion of such remedies in the preceding  sentence  shall be deemed
         property of  ____________________  and distributed by the Owner Trustee
         to ____________________.

                  (e) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination,  the
         Owner  Trustee shall cause the  Certificate  of Trust to be canceled by
         filing a  certificate  of  cancellation  with the Secretary of State in
         accordance  with the  provisions of Section 3810 of the Business  Trust
         Statute.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         SECTION  8.1  Amendments  Without  Consent  of   Certificateholders  or
Noteholders.  This  Agreement may be amended by the Seller and the Owner Trustee
without the consent of any of the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders  (but
with  prior  written  notice to each of the Rating  Agencies  and in the case of
clauses (iii) and (vi),  satisfaction  of the Rating Agency  Condition),  to (i)
correct  manifest  error or cure any  ambiguity,  (ii) correct or supplement any
provision in this Agreement that may be inconsistent with any other provision in
this  Agreement,  (iii) add or amend any  provision  as  requested by Moody's or
Standard  &  Poor's  to   maintain  or  improve  the  rating  of  the  Notes  or
Certificates,  (iv) add to the  covenants,  restrictions  or  obligations of the
Seller, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, (v) evidence and provide for
the  acceptance of the  appointment  of a successor  trustee with respect to the
Owner Trust Estate and add to or change any  provisions as shall be necessary to
facilitate the  administration  of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee
pursuant to Article VI and (vi) add,  change or eliminate any other

<PAGE>

provision of this Agreement  provided that an amendment  pursuant to this clause
(vi), as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel,  does not  adversely  affect in any
material respect the interests of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

         SECTION  8.2  Amendments   With  Consent  of   Certificateholders   and
Noteholders.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Seller and
the Owner Trustee with the consent of Noteholders  whose Notes evidence not less
than a majority of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes as of the close
of the preceding  Distribution Date and the consent of Certificateholders  whose
Certificates  evidence not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance as of
the close of the  preceding  Distribution  Date (which  consent,  whether  given
pursuant  to  this  Section  8.2 or  pursuant  to any  other  provision  of this
Agreement,  shall be  conclusive  and  binding on such  Person and on all future
Holders of such Notes or Certificates  and of any Notes or  Certificates  issued
upon the transfer  thereof or in exchange  thereof or in lieu thereof whether or
not  notation of such  consent is made upon the Notes or  Certificates)  for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders;  provided,  however,  that no such
amendment  shall  (a)  increase  or  reduce  in any  manner  the  amount  of, or
accelerate  or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments on  Contracts,  or
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Note or Certificate,  any
Contract  Rate,  the Pass  Through  Rate or the Class A Rate or (b)  reduce  the
aforesaid  percentage  required  to consent to any such  amendment,  without the
consent of the  holders  of all Notes and all of the  Certificate  Balance  with
respect to Certificates then outstanding. The Owner Trustee shall furnish notice
to each of the  Rating  Agencies  prior to  obtaining  consent  to any  proposed
amendment under this Section 8.2.

         SECTION 8.3 Form of Amendments.

                  (a) Promptly after the execution of any amendment,  supplement
         or consent  pursuant to Section  8.1 or 8.2,  the Owner  Trustee  shall
         furnish  written  notification  of the  substance of such  amendment or
         consent to each Certificateholder and the Indenture Trustee.

                  (b)  It  shall   not  be   necessary   for  the   consent   of
         Certificateholders,  the Noteholders or the Indenture  Trustee pursuant
         to Section 8.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
         or consent,  but it shall be  sufficient  if such consent shall approve
         the substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
         other consents of Certificateholders  provided for in this Agreement or
         in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the
         execution  thereof  by  Certificateholders  shall  be  subject  to such
         reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

                  (c)  Promptly  after the  execution  of any  amendment  to the
         Certificate of Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such
         amendment with the Secretary of State.

<PAGE>

                  (d) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this  Agreement
         or the  Certificate  of Trust,  the Owner  Trustee shall be entitled to
         receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel  stating that the execution
         of such  amendment is  authorized or permitted by this  Agreement.  The
         Owner  Trustee may, but shall not be obligated  to, enter into any such
         amendment  which  affects the Owner  Trustee's  own  rights,  duties or
         immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION   9.1   No   Legal   Title   to   Owner   Trust   Estate.   The
Certificateholders  shall not have  legal  title to any part of the Owner  Trust
Estate. The  Certificateholders  shall be entitled to receive distributions with
respect to their undivided  ownership  interest  therein only in accordance with
Articles V and VII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right,
title, and interest of the Certificateholders to and in their ownership interest
in the Owner Trust  Estate  shall  operate to  terminate  this  Agreement or the
trusts  hereunder or entitle any  transferee to an accounting or to the transfer
to it of legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

         SECTION 9.2  Limitations  on Rights of Others.  Except for Section 2.7,
the last  sentence of Section  5.2(a) and Section 9.12,  the  provisions of this
Agreement  are solely for the  benefit of the Owner  Trustee,  the  Seller,  the
Certificateholders,  the Servicer and, to the extent expressly  provided herein,
the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Noteholders,  and  nothing in this  Agreement,
whether  express or implied,  shall be construed to give to any other Person any
legal or equitable right,  remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or
in  respect  of  this  Agreement  or any  covenants,  conditions  or  provisions
contained herein.

         SECTION 9.3  Notices.

                  (a) All  demands,  notices and  communications  upon or to the
         Seller, the Servicer,  the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or the
         Rating  Agencies  under this Agreement  shall be in writing  personally
         delivered,  sent by electronic  facsimile (with hard copy to follow via
         first class mail), provided,  however,  receipt of such is acknowledged
         by return  facsimile or  otherwise  in writing,  or mailed by certified
         mail-return  receipt  requested,  and shall be deemed to have been duly
         given upon  receipt  (a) in the case of the  Seller,  at the  following
         address: 650 CIT Drive, Livingston,  N.J. 07039, (b) in the case of the
         Servicer,  at the following address:  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  N.J.
         07039, (c) in the case of the Indenture Trustee, at its Corporate Trust
         Office, (d) in the case of the Trust or the Owner Trustee, to the Owner
         Trustee  at its  Corporate  Trust  Office,  (e) in the case of  Moody's
         Investors  Service,  Inc.,  to Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.,  ABS
         Monitoring  Department,  99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007 and
         (f) in the case of Standard & Poor's Corporation,  to Standard & Poor's
         Corporation,  26  Broadway  (15th  Floor),  New York,  New York  10004,
         Attention:  Asset  Backed  

<PAGE>

         Surveillance  Department,   or  at  such  other  address  as  shall  be
         designated  by such Person in a written  notice to the other parties to
         this Agreement.

                  (b)  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to  be  given  to a
         Certificateholder  shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
         at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any
         notice so mailed within the time  prescribed in this Agreement shall be
         conclusively  presumed  to have been  duly  given,  whether  or not the
         Certificateholder receives such notice.

         SECTION  9.4  Severability.  If any  one  or  more  of  the  covenants,
agreements,  provisions  or terms  of this  Agreement  shall  be for any  reason
whatsoever held invalid,  then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms
shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants,  agreements,  provisions
or  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  shall  in no way  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability  of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the holders thereof.

         SECTION 9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together  constitute one
and the same instrument.

         SECTION 9.6  Successors  and  Assigns.  All  covenants  and  agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Seller,
the Owner Trustee and each Certificateholder and their respective successors and
permitted  assigns,  all as herein  provided.  Any request,  notice,  direction,
consent,  waiver or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder shall bind
the successors and assigns of such Certificateholder.

         SECTION 9.7 No Petition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination
of this Agreement, the Trust (or the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust), each
Certificateholder   or  Certificate   Owner,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  each
Noteholder or Note Owner shall not,  prior to the date which is one year and one
day  after  the  termination  of this  Agreement  with  respect  to the  Seller,
acquiesce,  petition  or  otherwise  invoke  or cause the  Seller to invoke  the
process of any court or governmental  authority for the purpose of commencing or
sustaining  a case  against the Seller  under any  federal or state  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or similar  law or  appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,
trustee, custodian,  sequestrator or other similar official of the Seller or any
substantial  part of its property,  or ordering the winding up or liquidation of
the affairs of the Seller.

         SECTION  9.8  No  Recourse.   Each  Certificateholder  by  accepting  a
Certificate  acknowledges that such  Certificateholder's  Certificates represent
beneficial  interests  in the Trust only and do not  represent  interests  in or
obligations  of the Seller,  the  Servicer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture
Trustee or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties
or their assets,  except as may be expressly set forth or  contemplated  in this
Agreement, the Certificates or the Basic Documents.

<PAGE>

         SECTION 9.9 Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.

         SECTION  9.10  Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF  DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION 9.11 Certificate  Transfer  Restrictions.  The Certificates may
not be  acquired  by or for the  account  of (i) an  employee  benefit  plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions  of Title I
of ERISA,  (ii) a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1) of the Code or (iii) any
entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan  assets  by  reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each,  a "Benefit  Plan").  By accepting and holding a
Certificate,  the Holder thereof and the Certificate  Owner shall each be deemed
to have  represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan and not subject
to the foregoing limitation.

         SECTION 9.12 Indemnification by the Servicer. The Owner Trustee further
acknowledges  and accepts the  conditions  and  limitations  with respect to the
Servicer's  obligation to indemnify,  defend and hold the Owner Trustee harmless
as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of
the day and year first above written
    
                                  
                                         --------------------,
                                         as Owner Trustee

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:

                                         THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION 
                                         CORPORATION II

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

NUMBER ______                                                 $_________________
CUSIP NO. _________

                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

         UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION  ("DTC"),  TO THE ISSUER OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED  IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR IN SUCH  OTHER  NAME AS IS
REQUESTED  BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE  &  CO.  OR  TO  SUCH  OTHER  ENTITY  AS  IS  REQUESTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC),  ANY TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS  WRONGFUL  INASMUCH  AS THE  REGISTERED  OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

         NO INTEREST IN THIS  CERTIFICATE  MAY BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF (i) AN  "EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT  PLAN" (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
RETIREMENT  INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED,  ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT
TO THE  PROVISIONS  OF  TITLE  I OF  ERISA,  (ii) A PLAN  DESCRIBED  IN  SECTION
4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND KEOGH PLANS), OR (iii) ANY ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING  ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN
THE ENTITY. BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS CERTIFICATE, THE HOLDER HEREOF AND THE
CERTIFICATE OWNER SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT IT
IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.


<PAGE>

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                         ____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing a fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail  installment sale contracts  secured
by new and used boats and sold to the Trust by The CIT Group Securitization Corp
II (This  Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of The CIT
Group Securitization  Corporation II, The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. or The
CIT Group,  Inc.  or any of their  respective  affiliates,  except to the extent
described below.)

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT  ____________________  is the registered owner of a
nonassessable,  fully-paid,  fractional  undivided  interest in CIT Marine Trust
____-_ (the "Trust")  formed by The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II, a
Delaware corporation.

         The  Trust  was  created  pursuant  to a Trust  Agreement,  dated as of
____________,  ____ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time, the "Trust
Agreement"),  between the Seller and  [____________________],  as owner  trustee
(the "Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which
is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined herein,  the capitalized
terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement.

         This Certificate is one of the duly authorized  Certificates designated
as ____% Asset Backed  Certificates" (the  "Certificates").  This Certificate is
issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust
Agreement,  to which Trust Agreement the holder of this Certificate by virtue of
the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of
the Trust  includes  a pool of  installment  sale  contracts  (the  "Contracts")
secured by the new and used  boats  financed  thereby  (the  "Financed  Boats"),
certain monies received under the Initial  Contracts on and after  ____________,
____ (the "Initial  Cut-off Date") or under the  Subsequent  Contracts as of the
related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date,  security  interests in the Initial  Financed
Boats,  the  Collection  Account,   the  Cash  Collateral   Account,   the  Note
Distribution  Account,  the Certificate  Distribution  Account,  the Capitalized
Interest  Account and the  Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case together with the
proceeds  thereof  (except  for  investment  earnings  on  the  Cash  Collateral
Account),  the proceeds from claims under certain insurance  policies in respect
of individual  Initial Financed Boats or the related Obligors and certain rights
under  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The  rights  of the  holders  of the
Certificates  are subordinated to the rights of the holders of the Notes, as set
forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Under the Trust  Agreement,  there shall be distributed on the 15th day
of each month or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day,
commencing on _________ 15, ____ (each, a "Distribution Date"), to the person in
whose name this Certificate is registered on the related Record Date (as defined
below), such Certificateholder's  fractional undivided interest in the amount of
interest  and  principal  to  be  distributed  to   Certificateholders  on  such
Distribution  Date. On each Distribution Date interest on this Certificate shall
be  distributed in an amount 

<PAGE>

equal to  one-twelfth  of the  product of the rate per annum shown above and the
outstanding   principal   amount  of  this   Certificate  as  of  the  preceding
Distribution  Date after giving  effect to all  payments of principal  and other
reductions  in the  principal  amount  of  this  Certificate  to be made on such
Distribution  Date (or in the case of the first  Distribution  Date the original
outstanding  principal  amount of this  Certificate).  The  "Record  Date," with
respect  to any  Distribution  Date,  means  the  close of  business  on the day
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, or if Definitive  Certificates are
issued, the last day of the month immediately  preceding the month in which such
Distribution Date occurs.

         The  distributions  in  respect  of  principal  and  interest  on  this
Certificate are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment  is legal  tender  for  payment of public and  private
debts. All payments made by the Trust with respect to this Certificate  shall be
applied first to interest due and payable on this  Certificate as provided above
and  then  to  the  unpaid   distributions  in  respect  of  principal  on  this
Certificate.

         The holder of this Certificate  acknowledges and agrees that its rights
to receive  distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the
rights  of the  Noteholders  as and to the  extent  described  in the  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

         It is the intent of the Seller, the Servicer and the Certificateholders
that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise taxes
and any other taxes imposed upon, measured by or based upon gross or net income,
the Trust shall be treated as a  partnership.  Except as  otherwise  required by
appropriate taxing authorities,  the Seller and the other  Certificateholders by
acceptance of a Certificate,  agree to treat, and to take no action inconsistent
with the  treatment of, the  Certificates  for such tax purposes as interests in
such partnership.

         Each  Certificateholder  or Certificate  Owner,  by its acceptance of a
Certificate or, in the case of a Certificate  Owner, a beneficial  interest in a
Certificate,  covenants and agrees that such  Certificateholder  or  Certificate
Owner,  as the case may be,  shall not,  prior to the date which is one year and
one day after the  termination of the Trust  Agreement,  acquiesce,  petition or
otherwise  invoke or cause the Seller or the Issuer to invoke the process of any
court or  governmental  authority  for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a
case  against the Seller or the Issuer  under any  federal or state  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator,
assignee,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator  or other similar  official of the
Seller or the Issuer or any  substantial  part of its property,  or ordering the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller or the Issuer.

         Distributions  on this  Certificate  shall be made as  provided  in the
Trust  Agreement  by the Owner  Trustee by wire  transfer or check mailed to the
Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the presentation
or surrender of this  certificate or the making of any notation  hereon,  except
that with respect to  Certificates  registered on the Record Date in the name of
the  nominee  of the  Depository  (initially,  such  nominee  to be Cede & Co.),
payments  shall be made by wire transfer in immediately  available  funds to the
account  designated by such nominee.  Except as otherwise  provided in the Trust
Agreement  and  notwithstanding  the  above,  the  final  distribution  on  this
Certificate  shall be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of 

<PAGE>

the pendency of such  distribution  and only upon  presentation and surrender of
this Certificate at the office maintained for such purpose by the Owner Trustee.

         Reference is hereby made to the further  provisions of this Certificate
set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee by manual signature, this
Certificate  shall not entitle the holder  hereof to any benefit under the Trust
Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

         THIS CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Owner Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

                                              CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_           
                                              
                                              By: ____________________,
                                              
                                              not in its individual capacity,
                                              but solely as Owner Trustee
                                              
                                              By: ______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
                                  
Dated:

OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is one of  the  Certificates  referred  
to in the  within-mentioned  Trust Agreement.

By: ____________________,                     By: ____________________,
    not in its individual capacity                not in its individual capacity
    but solely as Owner Trustee                   but solely as Owner Trustee,
                                                      as authenticating agent

By __________________________                  By __________________________
         Name:                                        Name:
         Title:                                       Title:


<PAGE>

                             REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE

         The  Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in,
the Seller, the Servicer,  The CIT Group, Inc., the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee,  the Cash Collateral  Depositor or any affiliates of any of them and no
recourse  may be had  against  such  parties or their  assets,  except as may be
expressly  set forth or  contemplated  herein or in the Trust  Agreement  or the
Basic  Documents.  In  addition,  this  Certificate  is  not  guaranteed  by any
governmental  agency or  instrumentality  and is  limited in right of payment to
certain  collections  and recoveries  with respect to the Contracts (and certain
other  amounts),  all as more  specifically  set forth  herein  and in the Trust
Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  A copy of each of the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement  may be  examined  during  normal
business hours at the principal office of the Seller,  and at such other places,
if any, designated by the Seller, by any Certificateholder upon written request.

         The Trust Agreement permits,  with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Seller and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement at any
time by the Seller and the Owner  Trustee with the consent of the Holders of the
Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding amount of
the Notes as of the close of the preceding  Distribution Date and the consent of
Certificateholders  whose Certificates  evidence not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date. Any such
consent by the Holder of this  Certificate  shall be  conclusive  and binding on
such holder and on all future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate
issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether
or not  notation  of such  consent  is made  upon  this  Certificate.  The Trust
Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain circumstances,  without
the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates or the Notes.

         As provided in the Trust  Agreement and subject to certain  limitations
therein set forth,  the  transfer of this  Certificate  is  registerable  in the
Certificate  Register upon surrender of this  Certificate  for  registration  of
transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate  Registrar  maintained by
the Owner  Trustee for such  purposes,  accompanied  by a written  instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar
duly executed by the Holder hereof or such Holder's  attorney duly authorized in
writing and thereupon one or more new  Certificates of authorized  denominations
evidencing  the same  aggregate  interest  in the  Trust  will be  issued to the
designated  transferee.  The initial  Certificate  Registrar appointed under the
Trust Agreement is [____________________].

         The Certificates are issuable only as registered  Certificates  without
coupons in  denominations  of $______ or integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof; provided, however, that one Certificate may be issued in a denomination
other than an integral  multiple of $1,000.  As provided in the Trust  Agreement
and  subject  to  certain  limitations  therein  set  forth,   Certificates  are
exchangeable  for new  Certificates of authorized  denominations  evidencing the
same aggregate  denomination,  as requested by the Holder surrendering the same;
provided,  

<PAGE>

however, that no Certificate may be subdivided such that the denomination of any
resulting  Certificate is less than $______. No service charge shall be made for
any such  registration  of transfer or  exchange,  but the Owner  Trustee or the
Certificate  Registrar may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner
Trustee  or the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the person in whose name this
Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none of the
Owner Trustee, the Certificate  Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and
the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts  required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust  Agreement and
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and the  disposition  of all property held as
part of the Trust.  CITSF may at its option  purchase  the  Contracts at a price
specified  in the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  and  such  purchase  of the
Contracts shall effect early retirement of the Certificates;  provided, however,
that such right of purchase is  exercisable on any  Distribution  Date following
any Record  Date as of which the Pool  Balance  is [10]% or less of the  Initial
Pool Balance.  In addition,  within ten days following a Distribution Date as of
which the Pool  Balance is [5]% or less of the Initial  Pool  Balance an auction
sale of the remaining Contracts will be conducted (in each case, as described in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and such auction shall effect early retirement
of the Certificates.


<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

________________________________________________________________________________
      PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
 (Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

the  within   Certificate,   and  all  rights  thereunder,   hereby  irrevocably
constituting and appointing

________________________________________________________________________________
to transfer said  Certificate on the books of the  Certificate  Registrar,  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ______________________*

Signature Guaranteed:

____________________

* NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within  Certificate  in every  particular,  without
alteration,   enlargement  or  any  change  whatever.  Such  signature  must  be
guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial  bank
or trust company.


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                 CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

         THIS  Certificate  of Trust of CIT Marine Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),
dated  as  of   ____________,   ____,  is  being  duly  executed  and  filed  by
[____________________],  a Delaware banking  corporation,  as trustee, to form a
business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. C. 3801 et seq.).

         1. Name.  The name of the business  trust  formed  hereby is CIT Marine
Trust ____-_.

         2.  Delaware  Trustee.  The  name and  business  address  of the  Trust
resident in the State of Delaware is ____________________, ____________________.

         3. This  Certificate  of Trust shall be effective  as of  ____________,
____.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the trustee of the Trust,
has executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first-above written.

                                 ________________________________________,
                                 not in its individual capacity but
                                 solely as Owner Trustee under
                                 a Trust Agreement dated as of ___________, ____

                                 By: ______________________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:




                                                                     Exhibit 4.3

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,

                                    as Seller

                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                   as Servicer

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                         Dated as of ____________, ____

                                 $_____________

                             CIT Marine Trust ____-_

                        Class A _____% Asset Backed Notes

                        _____% Asset Backed Certificates


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A    List of Initial Contracts
Exhibit B    Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C    Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement
Exhibit D    Form of Assignment
Exhibit E    Form of Owner Trustee's Acknowledgment and Certification
Exhibit F    Form of Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit G    Form of Monthly Report
Exhibit H    Termination - Auction Procedures
Exhibit I    Form of Officers' Certificate


<PAGE>

         This Sale and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of ____________,  ____, is
made among The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, as seller (together with
its permitted  successors and assigns,  the "Company" or the "Seller"),  The CIT
Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware, as servicer (in its individual capacity,  "CITSF," or,
together with its permitted  successors and assigns,  the  "Servicer"),  and CIT
Marine   Trust   ____-_   (the   "Issuer"   and   the   "Trust"),    for   which
[____________________],  a  __________  banking  corporation,  acts  not  in its
individual  capacity  but  solely  as Owner  Trustee  (together  with  permitted
successors and assigns, the "Owner Trustee").

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreements  hereinafter
set forth, the parties hereto agree as provided herein:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         SECTION  1.01  General.  For the purpose of this  Agreement,  except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this Article  include the plural as well as the  singular,  the words
"herein,"  "hereof" and  "hereunder"  and other words of similar import refer to
this  Agreement as a whole and not to any particular  Article,  Section or other
subdivision, and Section references refer to Sections of this Agreement.

         SECTION 1.02 Specific Terms.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person  controlling
or controlled by or under common  control with such  specified  Person.  For the
purposes of this  definition,  "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person  means the power to direct the  management  and  policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly,  whether through the ownership of voting securities,  by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agency  Office" means the office of the Trust  maintained  pursuant to
Section 3.2 of the Indenture.

         "Amount  Available" on any Distribution Date is equal to all amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account  attributable to collections or deposits made
in respect of such  Contracts  in the  related  Due  Period  (together  with the
Purchase  Price for any  Repurchased  Contracts  paid on or prior to the Deposit
Date immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date) less the following amounts
(to the extent that the  Servicer  has not already  withheld  such  amounts from
collections on the Contracts): any repossession profits on Liquidated Contracts,
any  Liquidation  Expenses  incurred  and taxes and  insurance  advanced  by the
Servicer  in respect of Financed  Boats that are  reimbursable  to the  Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; any amounts incorrectly deposited in the
Collection  Account;  and net investment earnings on the funds in the Collection


<PAGE>

Account due to the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any
other  amounts  permitted to be  withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account by the
Servicer (or to be retained by the Servicer from  collections  on the Contracts)
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Available Cash Collateral  Amount" means,  with respect to any date of
determination,  the lesser of (i) the Required Cash  Collateral  Amount and (ii)
the amount on  deposit  in the Cash  Collateral  Account,  excluding  Investment
Earnings with respect thereto.

         "Authorized  Officer"  means with respect to the Trust,  any officer of
the Owner  Trustee  who is  authorized  to act for the Owner  Trustee in matters
relating to the Trust and who is identified  on the list of Authorized  Officers
delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date (as
such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).

         "Basic  Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement,
the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Indenture, the Cash Collateral Agreement,
the Purchase  Agreement,  any Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement and any Subsequent
Transfer Agreements.

         "Benefit Plan" means a benefit plan as described in Section 9.11 of the
Trust Agreement.

         "Boat" shall mean new or used boats, boat motors and boat trailers.

         "Book-Entry   Certificates"   means  a   beneficial   interest  in  the
Certificates,  ownership  and  transfers  of which  shall be made  through  book
entries by a Depository as described in Section 3.11 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Book-Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes,  ownership
and  transfers of which shall be made  through  book entries by a Depository  as
described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.

         "Business  Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or any day
on which  banking  institutions  or trust  companies  in the States of New York,
Delaware,  [__________]or Oklahoma are authorized or required by law, regulation
or executive order to be closed.

         "Business  Trust  Statute" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware
Code,  12 Del.  Code ss. 3801 et seq.,  as the same may be amended  from time to
time.

         "Capitalized  Interest  Account" means the account  designated as such,
established  and  maintained  pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Cash  Collateral  Account" means the deposit  account  established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iv) hereof.


<PAGE>

         "Cash Collateral  Account Property" means the Cash Collateral  Account,
all amounts  deposited from time to time in the Cash Collateral  Account and all
investments from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account, all income on such
investments and all cash and non-cash  proceeds of such investments and all cash
and non-cash  proceeds of such income from the date of the  establishment of the
Cash Collateral  Account until the termination  thereof pursuant to the terms of
the Cash Collateral Agreement.

         "Cash Collateral  Account Surplus" means, as of any Distribution  Date,
the amount, if any, by which Available Cash Collateral Amount, after taking into
account any deposits to the Cash Collateral  Account pursuant to Section 5.06(a)
on such Distribution  Date and any withdrawals from the Cash Collateral  Account
pursuant  to  Section  5.06(b) or (c) on such  Distribution  Date,  exceeds  the
Required Cash Collateral Amount for the next Distribution Date.

         "Cash Collateral  Depositor" means the financial institution which is a
party  to the  Cash  Collateral  Agreement  and  which,  pursuant  to  the  Cash
Collateral  Agreement,  will make a loan to the Trust on the Closing  Date,  the
proceeds  of which  will be  deposited  in the Cash  Collateral  Account  on the
Closing Date.

         "Cash Collateral  Agreement" means the Cash Collateral  Agreement dated
as of  ____________,  ____ among the Cash Collateral  Depositor,  the Trust, the
Servicer and the Owner Trustee.

         "Certificate"  means any one of the _____%  Asset  Backed  Certificates
executed  by the  Owner  Trustee  and  authenticated  by the  Owner  Trustee  in
substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate   Balance"  initially  means,  as  of  the  Closing  Date,
$___________ and, on any Distribution Date thereafter,  the initial  Certificate
Balance  reduced  by (i)  all  distributions  in  respect  of  principal  to the
Certificateholders   actually   made,   including   payments  of  any  Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount and payments of any Principal  Distribution Amount, (ii)
the aggregate amount of all Principal  Liquidation Loss Amounts distributable to
Certificateholders   to  the  extent  such  amounts  have  not  been  previously
distributed and (iii) on or after the Cross-over  Date, the aggregate  amount of
all Principal  Distribution Amounts  distributable to  Certificateholders to the
extent such amounts have not been previously distributed.

         "Certificate Depository Agreement" means the Agreement, dated as of the
Closing  Date,  among  the  Trust,  the  Servicer,  the  Owner  Trustee  and The
Depository  Trust  Company  (as  the  initial   Depository),   relating  to  the
Certificates, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

         "Certificate  Distribution  Account"  means the account  designated  as
such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate   Final   Distribution   Date"   means   the   __________,
Distribution Date.


<PAGE>

         "Certificateholder"  means  the  holder  of  record  of  a  Certificate
pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate Interest Distribution Amount" means the amount of interest
payable on a Distribution Date to the Holders of the  Certificates.  Such amount
will  equal  one-twelfth  of  the  product  of the  Pass-Through  Rate  and  the
Certificate  Balance as of the preceding  Distribution Date, after giving effect
to  any  distributions  of  principal  on the  Certificates  on  such  preceding
Distribution  Date and  other  reductions  in the  Certificate  Balance  on such
preceding  Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on
the basis of the original  Certificate  Balance),  for the  applicable  Interest
Accrual Period.

         "Certificate  Pre-Funded  Percentage" means the percentage derived from
the  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the  Certificate  Balance  and the
denominator  of which is the sum of the initial  principal  balance of the Notes
and the initial Certificate Balance.

         "Certificate  of Trust"  means the  certificate  of trust of the Issuer
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust  Agreement  to be filed for
the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Business Trust Statute.

         "Certificate  Owners"  means with respect to a Book-Entry  Certificate,
the  Person  who is the  beneficial  owner of such  Book-Entry  Certificate,  as
reflected  on  the  books  of  the  Depository,  or on  the  books  of a  Person
maintaining  an  account  with  such   Depository   (directly  as  a  Depository
Participant or as an indirect  participant,  in each case in accordance with the
rules of such Depository).

         "Certificate  Pool  Factor"  means  a  seven-digit  decimal  which  the
Servicer will compute each month indicating the remaining Certificate Balance as
of the Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial Certificate  Balance. The
Certificate  Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance of the  Certificates.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the  aggregate
outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

         "Certificate  Register" means the register of Certificates specified in
Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate  Registrar"  means  the  registrar  at  any  time  of  the
Certificate Register, appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement.

         "CIT" means The CIT Group, Inc.

         "CITCF-NY" means The CIT Group/Consumer Finance (NY).

         "CITSF" means The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc., and its successors
in interest as permitted under the related agreement.


<PAGE>

         "Class  A Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date"  means  the  __________
Distribution Date.

         "Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount"  means the amount of  interest
payable on a Distribution  Date to the Holders of the Class A Notes. Such amount
will equal  one-twelfth  of the product of the Class A Rate and the  outstanding
principal amount of Class A Notes as of the preceding  Distribution  Date, after
giving  effect to any  distributions  of  principal on the Class A Notes on such
preceding  Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on
the  original  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Class A  Notes),  for the
applicable Interest Accrual Period.

         "Class A Note" means any one of the Class A _____%  Asset  Backed Notes
in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $___________  issued  pursuant  to the
Indenture and substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture.

         "Class A Rate"  means  _____% per annum,  calculated  on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "Closing Date" means ____________, ____.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral"  means the collateral  specified in the Granting Clause of
the Indenture.

         "Collection  Account" means the account  designated as such established
and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Company"  means The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II, and its
successors in interest as permitted under the related agreement.

         "Computer Tape" means the computer tape generated by the Servicer which
provides information relating to the Contracts, and includes the master file and
the history file.

         "Contract(s)"  means  one or  more  of  the  Initial  Contracts  and/or
Subsequent Contracts.

         "Contract File" means, as to each Contract (a) the original copy of the
Contract,  (b) either (i) the original title  document for the related  Financed
Boat or a duplicate  certified by the appropriate  governmental  authority which
issued the original thereof or the application for such title document,  or (ii)
if the laws of the jurisdiction in which the related Financed Boat is located do
not provide for the issuance of title  documents  for boats,  other  evidence of
ownership of the related Financed Boat which is customarily  relied upon in such
jurisdiction  as evidence of title to a boat; (c) evidence of one or more of the
following types of perfection of the security  interest in 


<PAGE>

the related Financed Boat granted by such Contract, as appropriate: (i) notation
of such  security  interest on the title  document,  (ii) a financing  statement
meeting  the  requirements  of the UCC,  with  evidence of  recording  indicated
thereon,  or (iii) such other evidence of perfection of a security interest in a
boat as is  customarily  relied  upon in the  jurisdiction  in which the related
Financed Boat is located; (d) an assignment of the Contract evidencing the chain
of title of the  Contract  from the Dealer  which is the  originator  thereof to
CITSF; and (e) any extension, modification or waiver agreement(s).

         "Contract  Rate" means,  with respect to any particular  Contract,  the
rate of interest specified in that Contract.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means with respect to the Indenture Trustee or
the Owner  Trustee,  the principal  office at which at any  particular  time the
corporate  trust  business  of  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee,
respectively,  shall be  administered,  which  offices at the  Closing  Date are
located,  in the case of the Indenture Trustee, at  ____________________,  Attn:
_______________,  and in the case of the Owner Trustee, at ____________________,
Attn: _______________.

         "Cross-over  Date" means the Distribution  Date on which the Notes have
been paid in full.

         "Dealer"  means  the  dealer  which  sold a  Financed  Boat  and  which
originated and assigned the Contract  relating to such Financed Boat to CITSF or
CITCF-NY under a Dealer Agreement.

         "Dealer  Agreement" means the agreement,  if any, under which Contracts
were originated by a Dealer and sold to CITSF or CITCF-NY, and all documents and
instruments relating thereto.

         "Default"  means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become an Event of Default.

         "Defaulted  Contract" means, with respect to any Due Period, a Contract
(other than a Repurchased Contract) in respect of which payments exceeding $[25]
in the aggregate were  delinquent  [120] days or more as of the last day of such
Due Period;  provided,  however, that a Paid-Ahead Contract and a Contract which
is delinquent due to the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Relief Act of 1940 shall not be
deemed to be delinquent.

         "Definitive  Certificates" means the Certificates  specified in Section
3.13 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Definitive  Notes"  means the Notes  specified  in Section 2.12 of the
Indenture.

         "Deposit  Date"  means,  with  respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
Business Day immediately preceding such related Distribution Date.


<PAGE>

         "Depository"  means  the  initial  Depository,   The  Depository  Trust
Company,  the  nominee  of  which  is CEDE & CO.,  and any  permitted  successor
depository.  The  Depository  shall  at all  times be a  "clearing  corporation"
defined in Section  8-102(3) of the Uniform  Commercial Code of the State of New
York.

         "Depository  Agreement"  means the  Agreement,  dated as of the Closing
Date, among the Trust, the Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Depository,
relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended and supplemented  from time to
time.

         "Depository   Participant"  means  a  broker,  dealer,  bank  or  other
financial  institution  or other  Person for whom from time to time a Depository
effects  book-entry  transfers  and  pledges of  securities  deposited  with the
Depository.

         "Designated   Accounts"   means  the  Collection   Account,   the  Note
Distribution  Account,  the Certificate  Distribution  Account,  the Pre-Funding
Account and the Capitalized Interest Account, collectively.

         "Determination  Date"  means  the  third  Business  Day  prior  to each
Distribution Date.

         "Distribution  Date" means the date on which  payments of interest  and
principal on the Securities will be made. Such Distribution Dates will be on the
fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is not a Business  Day,  on the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing _________ 15, ____.

         "Draw Amount" has the meaning  specified in Section 5.06(b) of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

         "Due Date" shall mean, with respect to each Contract, the day set forth
in such Contract as the date on which payments under such Contract are scheduled
to be made.

         "Due  Period"  means with respect to any  Distribution  Date the period
during which principal, interest and fees will be collected on the Contracts for
application towards the payment of principal and interest to the Securityholders
and the payment of fees on such Distribution  Date. The "Due Period" will be the
calendar month immediately preceding the Distribution Date. The first Due Period
will  commence  on and  include  ____________,  ____ and will end on and include
____________, ____.

         "Electronic  Ledger" means the electronic  master record of installment
sale contracts of the Servicer.

         "Eligible  Institution" means either (i) the corporate trust department
of the Indenture  Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or any paying agent satisfying the
criteria  under  the Trust  Agreement  or  Indenture,  as  applicable  or (ii) a
depository  institution or trust company  organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any  domestic  branch or agency of a foreign  bank),  (A) which has either a
long-term  


<PAGE>

unsecured  debt  rating  of  "AAA"  or a  short-term  senior  unsecured  debt or
certificate  of  deposit  rating of "A-1+" or better by  Standard & Poor's and a
long-term senior unsecured debt rating of "A1" or better and a short-term senior
unsecured  debt  rating of "P-1" or better by  Moody's  or any other  long-term,
short-term or certificate of deposit  rating  acceptable to the Rating  Agencies
and (B) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

         "Eligible  Investments"  means,  at any  time,  any  one or more of the
obligations  and  securities  described  in  Section  5.01(c)  of the  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Eligible  Servicer"  means  CITSF,  the  Trustees or any other  Person
qualified to act as Servicer of the Contracts under applicable federal and state
laws and  regulations,  which  Person  services  not less than  $100,000,000  in
outstanding principal amount of marine installment sale contracts.

         "ERISA" means The Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Event of Default"  means an event as  described  in Section 5.1 of the
Indenture.

         "Event of Termination"  means an event specified in Section 9.01 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Excluded  Assets"  means any  amounts on  deposit  in the  Certificate
Distribution  Account and Cash  Collateral  Account and any Investment  Earnings
thereon.

         "Final Draw Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06(c) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Financed  Boat" with respect to a Contract means the new or used Boat,
together with all accessions thereto,  securing an Obligor's  indebtedness under
such Contract.

         "Force-Placed  Insurance" means insurance  described in Section 4.04(a)
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Force-Placed  Insurance  Premium"  means  any  premium  for  theft and
physical damage insurance purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY.

         "Funding  Period"  means the period  commencing on the Closing Date and
ending on the  earliest  to occur of (i) the date on which the amount on deposit
in the  Pre-Funding  Account  is less than  $100,000,  (ii) the date on which an
Event of Default occurs under the Indenture, (iii) the date on which an Event of
Termination occurs under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  (iv) the insolvency
of the  Company,  CITSF,  CITCF-NY  or  CIT or (v)  the  close  of  business  on
____________, ____.


<PAGE>

         "Grant" means to mortgage,  pledge,  bargain, sell, warrant,  alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign,  transfer,  create, and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant to the Indenture.  A Grant of the Collateral or of any other  agreement
or  instrument  shall  include all rights,  powers and options  (but none of the
obligations)  of the Granting  party  thereunder,  including  the  immediate and
continuing right to claim for,  collect,  receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of, the Collateral and all other moneys payable
thereunder,  to give and  receive  notices  and  other  communications,  to make
waivers or other  agreements,  to  exercise  all rights  and  options,  to bring
Proceedings  in the name of the Granting  party or otherwise and generally to do
and  receive  anything  that the  Granting  party is or may be entitled to do or
receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Holder"  means  the  Person  in whose  name a Note or  Certificate  is
registered on the Note Register or the Certificate Register, as applicable.

         "Indenture"  means  the  indenture,  dated  as of  ____________,  ____,
between the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  as amended and supplemented from
time to time.

         "Indenture Trustee" means [____________________], not in its individual
capacity but solely as trustee under the  Indenture,  or any  successor  trustee
under the Indenture.

         "Independent"  when used with respect to any  specified  Person,  means
that the Person (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Seller and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing  Persons,  (ii)
does not have any direct financial  interest or any material indirect  financial
interest in the Issuer,  any such other obligor,  the Seller or any Affiliate of
any of the  foregoing  Persons and (iii) is not connected  with the Issuer,  any
such other obligor,  the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons
as an officer, employee,  promoter,  underwriter,  trustee, partner, director or
person performing similar functions.

         "Independent   Certificate"  means  a  certificate  or  opinion  to  be
delivered to the  Indenture  Trustee under the  circumstances  described in, and
otherwise  complying  with, the applicable  requirements  of Section 11.1 of the
Indenture,  made by an  Independent  appraiser or other  expert  appointed by an
Issuer Order and approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable
care, and such opinion or  certificate  shall state that the signer has read the
definition of  "Independent" in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent
within the meaning thereof.

         "Initial  Capitalized  Interest  Deposit" means the amount deposited in
the  Capitalized  Interest  Account on the Closing Date from the proceeds of the
sale of the Notes and Certificates, which amount is $___________.

         "Initial Cash Collateral Amount" means $_________.

         "Initial  Contract" means one or more of the installment sale contracts
described in the List of Initial Contracts,  which constitute part of the corpus
of the Trust,  and which  Contracts  are to be  assigned  by the  Company to the
Trust;   including,   without   limitation,   all  related  security  


<PAGE>

interests,   collateral,   liens,  insurance  policies  and  guarantees  of  the
obligations  of the  related  Obligor  (other  than  guarantees,  if any, by the
related  Dealer) and any and all rights to receive  payments  which are received
pursuant  thereto from and after the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  but  excluding any
rights to receive  payments  which are received  pursuant  thereto  prior to the
Initial Cut-off Date.

         "Initial Cut-off Date" means ____________, ____.

         "Initial  Cut-off Date Principal  Balance"  means the aggregate  unpaid
principal  balance of all of the Initial  Contracts  as of the  Initial  Cut-off
Date.

         "Initial  Financed  Boat " means a  Financed  Boat with  respect  to an
Initial Contract.

         "Initial Pool Balance"  means the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the
Initial Cut-off Date and (ii) the aggregate  principal balance of all Subsequent
Contracts added to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

         "Insolvency Event" with respect to a specified Person, (i) the entry of
a  decree  or  order  by  a  court,  agency  or  supervisory   authority  having
jurisdiction in the premises for the  appointment of a conservator,  receiver or
liquidator for such Person, in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling
of assets and  liabilities  or similar  proceedings,  or for the  winding-up  or
liquidation of such Person's affairs,  and the continuance of any such decree or
order  unstayed  and in effect  for a period of 90  consecutive  days;  (ii) the
consent  by  such  Person  to the  appointment  of a  conservator,  receiver  or
liquidator in any insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and
liabilities  or  similar  proceedings  of or  relating  to such  Person or of or
relating to substantially  all of such Person's  property,  or (iii) such Person
shall admit in writing its  inability to pay its debts  generally as they become
due,  file a  petition  to  take  advantage  of  any  applicable  insolvency  or
reorganization  statute,  make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or
voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations.

         "Insurance Policy" means, with respect to each Contract,  the policy of
physical  damage and all other  insurance  covering  the  Financed  Boats or the
Obligors,  as provided in Section  4.04(a) of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
and which,  as  provided  therein,  may be a blanket  policy  maintained  by the
Servicer in accordance  with the terms and conditions of such Section 4.04(b) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Insurance Proceeds" means proceeds paid by any insurer pursuant to any
Insurance Policy.

         "Interest  Accrual  Period"  means the  period  for which  interest  is
payable on a Distribution Date on the Securities, which shall be the period from
the most  recent  Distribution  Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid to but
excluding  the  following  Distribution  Date,  or in the  case  of the  initial
Distribution  Date  from  ____________,   ____  to  but  excluding  the  initial
Distribution Date.


<PAGE>

         "Interest  Shortfall"  means  with  respect  to any  Contract  and  any
Distribution  Date,  the excess of (x) the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-Through Rate and the Class A Rate multiplied
by the outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract as of the last day of the
second  preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the case of the first Due Period  ending
after the Contract was acquired by the Trust,  as of the Initial Cut-off Date or
the Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as applicable to such Contract)  calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year  comprised of twelve  30-day months and (ii) the product
of (A) one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate and (B) the  outstanding  principal
amount of such  Contract as of the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period
(or, in the case of the first Due Period  ending after the Contract was acquired
by the Trust, as of the Initial Cut-off Date or the Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as
applicable to such Contract) over (y) the amount of interest,  if any, collected
on such Contract in the related Due Period.

         "Investment   Earnings"  means  investment   earnings  deposited  in  a
Designated Account or the Cash Collateral Account, as applicable,  net of losses
and investment expenses.

         "Issuer" means the Trust until a successor replaces it and, thereafter,
means  the  successor  and,  for  purposes  of any  provision  contained  in the
Indenture and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Notes.

         "Issuer  Order" and "Issuer  Request"  means a written order or request
signed  in the name of the  Issuer  by any one of its  Authorized  Officers  and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Late Fees" means any late fees, prepayment charges,  extension fees or
other  administrative  fees or similar  charges  allowed by applicable  law with
respect to the Contracts.

         "Lien"  means  any  security  interest,   charge,   pledge,  equity  or
encumbrance  of any kind other than tax  liens,  mechanics'  liens and any liens
that attach by operation of law.

         "Liquidated  Contract"  means any Contract as to which the Servicer has
determined  that all amounts  which it expects to recover  from or on account of
such  Contract  have been  recovered;  provided  that any Contract in respect of
which the related  Financed  Boat has been realized upon and disposed of and the
proceeds  of such  disposition  have  been  received,  shall be  deemed  to be a
Liquidated Contract.

         "Liquidation Expenses" means any out of pocket expenses incurred by the
Servicer  hereunder  relating  to the  liquidation  of a  Contract,  permissible
hereunder.

         "List of Initial  Contracts"  means the list  attached  to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement as Exhibit A identifying each Initial Contract  constituting
part of the corpus of the Trust, which list (a) identifies each Initial Contract
and (b) sets forth as to each  Initial  Contract  (i) the Initial  Cut-off  Date
Principal  Balance,  (ii) the amount of the monthly payment due from the Obligor
as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  (iii) the  Contract  Rate as of the  Initial
Cut-off Date and (iv) the maturity date.


<PAGE>

         "List of Subsequent  Contracts"  means, with respect to the sale of any
Subsequent  Contracts  by the  Company  to the Trust  pursuant  to a  Subsequent
Transfer  Agreement,  the list attached to such  Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement
identifying each Subsequent  Contract which,  upon the execution and delivery of
such Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement,  will constitute part of the corpus of the
Trust,  which list (a)  identifies  each such  Subsequent  Contract and (b) sets
forth as to each  such  Subsequent  Contract  (i) the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date
Principal Balance, (ii) the amount of monthly payment due from the Obligor as of
the  applicable  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  (iii) the  Contract  Rate as of the
applicable Subsequent Cut-off Date and (iv) the maturity date.

         "Military Reservist Relief Act" means the California Military Reservist
Relief Act of 1991.

         "Monthly  Advance" means,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date, any
payment made by the Servicer  pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement on the preceding Deposit Date.

         "Monthly  Report" has the meaning  assigned in Section 4.09 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.  The form of Monthly Report is attached as Exhibit G to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. and its successors in
interest.

         "Net  Liquidation  Proceeds" means the monies  collected (from whatever
source) during a Due Period on a Liquidated Contract,  net of the sum of (a) any
amount  expended by or on behalf of the Servicer in effecting  such  collections
permissible  hereunder,  plus (b) any payments required by law to be remitted to
the Obligor,  except such  amounts as  constitute  Post  Cut-off Date  Insurance
Add-ons.

         "Nonrecoverable  Advance" means any advance made or proposed to be made
pursuant to Section 5.03 in respect of a Contract,  which the Servicer believes,
in its  good  faith  judgment,  is not,  or if  made  would  not be,  ultimately
recoverable from subsequent  collections in respect of interest on such Contract
made by or on behalf of the  Obligor  thereunder,  Net  Liquidation  Proceeds or
insurance  proceeds  in  respect of such  Contract.  In  determining  whether an
advance is or will be  nonrecoverable,  the Servicer  need not take into account
that it might receive any amounts in a deficiency judgment. The determination by
the Servicer that any advance is, or if made would constitute,  a Nonrecoverable
Advance,  shall  be  evidenced  by an  officer's  certificate  of  the  Servicer
delivered to the Trustees and stating the reasons for such determination.

         "Nonreimbursable  Payment"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.04A of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Notes" means the Class A _____% Asset Backed Notes.

         "Note  Distribution  Account"  means the  account  designated  as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.


<PAGE>

         "Noteholder"  means the  holder of  record  of a Note  pursuant  to the
Indenture.

         "Note Owners" with respect to a Book-Entry  Note,  means the Person who
is the beneficial  owner of such  Book-Entry  Note, as reflected on the books of
the  Depository,  or on the books of a Person  maintaining  an account with such
Depository (directly as a Depository  Participant or as an Indirect Participant,
in each case in accordance with the rules of such Depository).

         "Note Pool Factor" means a seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer will
compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of the
Notes as of the  Distribution  Date,  as a fraction of the  initial  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes. The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes is the product of (i) the
original denomination of the Noteholder's Note and (ii) the Note Pool Factor.

         "Note  Pre-Funded  Percentage"  means the  percentage  derived from the
fraction the  numerator of which is the initial  principal  balance of the Notes
and the denominator of which is the initial  principal  balance of the Notes and
the initial Certificate Balance.

         "Note Register" means the register of the Notes as specified in Section
2.4 of the Indenture.

         "Note  Registrar" means the registrar at any time of the Note Register,
appointed pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

         "Obligor" means each Person who is indebted under a Contract.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate  signed by any Authorized
Officer of the  Issuer,  under the  circumstances  described  in, and  otherwise
complying  with, the applicable  requirements  of Section 11.1 of the Indenture,
and  delivered  to  the  Indenture  Trustee.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  any
reference in the Indenture to an officer's  certificate shall be to an Officer's
Certificate of any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel who may, except
as otherwise  expressly  provided,  be counsel  (internal  or external)  for the
Seller or Servicer.  In addition,  for the  purposes of the  Indenture:  (i) the
opinion  shall be addressed to the  Indenture  Trustee as Indenture  Trustee and
(ii) the opinion shall comply with any applicable  requirements  of Section 11.1
of the  Indenture  and  shall  be in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Indenture Trustee.

         "Original   Pre-Funded  Amount"  means  the  amount  deposited  in  the
Pre-Funding  Account on the  Closing  Date from the  proceeds of the sale of the
Notes and Certificates, which amount is $___________.


<PAGE>

         "Outstanding  Certificate Interest" means the aggregate amount for each
prior Distribution Date of the difference  between (i) the Certificate  Interest
Distribution Amount and (ii) the amount of interest actually  distributed to the
Holders of the Certificates.

         "Outstanding  Class A  Interest"  means the  aggregate  amount for each
prior  Distribution  Date of the  difference  between  (i) the Class A  Interest
Distribution Amount and (ii) the amount of interest actually  distributed to the
Holders of the Class A Notes.

         "Owner Trust Estate"  means all right,  title and interest of the Trust
in and to the property and rights  assigned to the Trust  pursuant to Article II
of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  all funds  deposited from time to time in
the  Designated  Accounts  and the  Cash  Collateral  Account  (except  the Note
Distribution  Account)  and all other  property  of the Trust from time to time,
including  any rights of the Owner  Trustee and the Trust  pursuant to the Basic
Documents.

         "Owner  Trustee"  means  [____________________],   a  ________  banking
corporation, or any successor trustee under the Trust Agreement.

         "Paid-Ahead  Contract" means a Contract in respect of which the related
Obligor,  in  addition  to making  his  regularly  scheduled  payment in any Due
Period,  makes one or more additional payments in such Due Period, such that the
Servicer, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures, (i) treats such
additional  payments as a Principal  Prepayment  applied to reduce the principal
balance of the related  Contract and (ii) does not require the Obligor to make a
scheduled  payment in respect of such Contract for the number of Due Dates which
corresponds to the number of such additional scheduled payments.

         "Pass-Through Rate" means _____% per annum,  calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "Paying  Agent"  with  respect  to the  Indenture  means the  Indenture
Trustee  or any other  Person  that  meets  the  eligibility  standards  for the
Indenture  Trustee  specified in Section 6.11 of the Indenture and is authorized
by the Issuer to make the  payments  to and  distributions  from the  Collection
Account and the Note  Distribution  Account,  including payment of principal and
interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.  "Paying  Agent" with  respect to
the Trust Agreement means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant
to Section 3.9 of the Trust Agreement that meets the eligibility requirements of
Section 6.13 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Person" means any legal person, including any individual, corporation,
partnership,  joint venture, association,  joint stock company, trust (including
any  beneficiary  thereof),  unincorporated  organization  or  government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Pool Balance" means the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
Contracts.

         "Post Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons"  means  Force-Placed  Insurance
Premiums added to the Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date with regard
to each Initial  Contract,  or on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date
with regard to each  Subsequent  Contract,  which 


<PAGE>

amounts are to be repaid to an account separate from the Collection Account over
the remaining life of such Contract.

         "Pre-Funding  Account" means the  Pre-Funding  Account  established and
maintained  in  accordance  with  Section  5.01(b)  of the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement.

         "Pre-Funded  Amount" means, with respect to any Determination Date, the
amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

         "Pre-Funding Earnings" means (i) with respect to the _________ 15, ____
Distribution  Date,  the actual  Investment  Earnings  earned on the  Pre-Funded
Amount  during the period  beginning on the Closing Date through  _________  14,
____ (inclusive), (ii) with respect to the _________ 15, ____ Distribution Date,
the actual Investment Earnings earned on the Pre-Funded Amount during the period
beginning on _________  15, ____ through  _________  14, ____  (inclusive),  and
(iii) with  respect to the  _________  15, ____  Distribution  Date,  the actual
Investment  Earnings earned on the Pre-Funded Amount during the period beginning
on _________ 15, ____ through _________ 14, ____ (inclusive).

         "Predecessor  Notes" with  respect to any  particular  Note means every
previous Note  evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such  particular  Note;  and,  for  purposes  of  this   definition,   any  Note
authenticated  and  delivered  under  Section 2.5 of the  Indenture in lieu of a
mutilated,  lost,  destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

         "Principal  Distribution  Amount" equals the difference between (i) the
sum of (x) the Pool Balance on the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period
(or,  in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,  the  Initial  Cut-off  Date
Principal  Balance) and (y) the  Pre-Funded  Amount  (exclusive  of  Pre-Funding
Earnings) on the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of
the first  Distribution  Date, as of the Closing Date), less (ii) the sum of (x)
the Pool  Balance  on the  last  day of the  preceding  Due  Period  and (y) the
Pre-Funded  Amount  (exclusive of  Pre-Funding  Earnings) on the last day of the
preceding Due Period; provided,  however, that the Principal Distribution Amount
on the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date will  equal the  outstanding
principal  balance of the Notes as of such date and the  Principal  Distribution
Amount on the  Certificate  Final  Distribution  Date will equal the Certificate
Balance on such date. For the purposes of determining the Principal Distribution
Amount,  the unpaid principal  balance of a Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased
Contract  is deemed  to be zero on and  after the last day of the Due  Period in
which such Contract became a Defaulted Contract or a Repurchased  Contract.  The
Principal  Distribution Amount will not exceed the outstanding principal balance
of the Notes or, after the Cross-over Date, the Certificate Balance.

         "Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount" for any  Distribution  Date equals
the amount,  if any,  by which the sum of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
balance of the Notes and the  Certificate  Balance  (after  giving effect to all
distributions of principal on such Distribution Date but before giving effect to
any other  reductions  in the  Certificate  Balance on such  Distribution  Date)


<PAGE>

exceeds the sum of the Pool Balance plus the  Pre-Funded  Amount  (exclusive  of
Pre-Funding  Earnings),  if any, at the close of business on the last day of the
related Due Period.

         "Principal  Prepayment"  means a payment or other recovery of principal
on a Contract (including  Insurance Proceeds that are not liquidation  proceeds,
but exclusive of liquidation  proceeds)  which is received in advance of its Due
Date  and  applied  upon  receipt  (or,  in  the  case  of a  partial  Principal
Prepayment, upon the next scheduled payment date on such Contract) to reduce the
outstanding  principal  amount  of such  Contract  prior to the date or dates on
which such principal amount is scheduled to be made.

         "Principal  Prepayment in Full" means any  Principal  Prepayment of the
entire principal balance of a Contract.

         "Proceeding" means any suit in equity,  action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

         "Purchase   Agreement"  means  the  Purchase   Agreement  dated  as  of
____________,  ____,  between the Seller and CITSF, as amended and  supplemented
from time to time.

         "Purchase  Price"  means,  with  respect to a Contract to be  purchased
under  the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  an  amount  equal to the  remaining
principal amount  outstanding on such Contract on the date of purchase,  plus 30
days'  interest  thereon  in an amount  equal to the sum of (i) the  product  of
one-twelfth of the weighted average of the Pass-Through  Rate and of the Class A
Rate and the remaining  principal  amount  outstanding  on the Contract and (ii)
accrued and unpaid  Servicing Fees thereon at the Servicing Fee Rate to the date
of such purchase.

         "Rating  Agencies"  as of any  date  means  the  nationally  recognized
statistical rating  organizations  requested by the Seller to provide ratings of
the Notes and the  Certificates  which are rating the Notes and  Certificates on
such date.

         "Rating  Agency  Condition"  with  respect  to any  action  means,  the
condition  that each Rating  Agency shall have been given at least 10 days prior
notice  thereof and that each of the Rating  Agencies  shall have  notified  the
Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer in writing that such action shall not result
in a  downgrade  or  withdrawal  of the  then  current  rating  of the  Notes or
Certificates.

         "Record  Date"  with  respect  to any  Distribution  Date means the day
immediately  preceding the related Distribution Date or, in the event Definitive
Securities have been issued, the last day of the month immediately preceding the
month in which such Distribution Date occurs.

         "Redemption Date" means the Distribution Date specified by the Servicer
or  the  Issuer  pursuant  to  Section  10.1(a)  or (b)  of  the  Indenture,  as
applicable.


<PAGE>

         "Relief Act Reduction" shall mean the reduction of the rate of interest
payable  on any  Contract  to a rate below the  Contract  Rate  pursuant  to the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act or the Military Reservist Relief Act.

         "Repurchased  Contract" means, for any Due Period, a Contract which (i)
CITSF purchased pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or
(ii) the Servicer  purchased  pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, in each case, effective as of a date preceding such Due Period.

         "Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount" means _____% of the sum of (i) the
Pool Balance and (ii) the amount (excluding  Investment  Earnings) on deposit in
the  Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case, as of the first day of the related Due
Period, but in no event less than $___________; provided, however, that if, with
respect to any  Distribution  Date, (a) the average of the principal  balance of
Contracts 60 days or more delinquent  (including  Contracts relating to Financed
Boats that have been  repossessed)  as a percentage  of the Pool Balance for the
three  preceding Due Periods  exceeds _____% or (b) the average of the principal
balances  of all  Contracts  which  became  Defaulted  Contracts,  less  any Net
Liquidation  Proceeds  on  Defaulted  Contracts,   expressed  as  an  annualized
percentage of the average  outstanding  Pool Balance of the three  preceding Due
Periods exceeds _____%, then the Required Cash Collateral Amount with respect to
such  Distribution  Date shall be _____% of the Pool Balance as of the first day
of the related Due Period,  but in no event (i) less than  $___________  or (ii)
greater than $___________;  provided,  further,  however, that the Required Cash
Collateral  Amount may be reduced from time to time if the Rating Agencies shall
have given prior written notice to the Seller,  the Servicer and the Issuer that
such  reduction will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of the then current
rating of the Notes and the Certificates.

         "Responsible  Officer"  with  respect to the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Owner  Trustee  means,  any officer  within the  Corporate  Trust Office of such
trustee, and, with respect to the Servicer,  the President,  any Vice President,
Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer or
assistant  officer of such Person  customarily  performing  functions similar to
those performed by any of the above  designated  officers and also, with respect
to a  particular  matter,  any other  officer  to whom such  matter is  referred
because of such officer's knowledge and familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Sale and Servicing  Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of ____________, ____, among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust, as
amended and supplemented from time to time.

         "Securities" means the Notes and the Certificates.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the
rules and regulations thereunder.

         "Securityholders"  means the Person in whose name a Note or Certificate
is registered on the Note Register or the Certificate Register, as applicable.


<PAGE>

         "Seller" means the Person executing the Sale and Servicing Agreement as
the Seller,  or any successor in interest to the Seller pursuant to the terms of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Service Transfer" has the meaning assigned in Section 9.01 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

         "Servicer" means the Person executing the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
as the Servicer,  or any successor Servicer pursuant to a Service Transfer under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Servicer's Certificate" means a certificate, substantially in the form
of Exhibit F to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  completed by and executed on
behalf of the Servicer by a Servicing Officer in accordance with Section 4.09 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Servicer's  Errors and Omissions  Protection  Policy" means the errors
and  omissions  policy  maintained  by the  Servicer or any similar  replacement
policy, if any, pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Servicing  Fee" means,  as to any  Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i)
one-twelfth  of the product of the Servicing Fee Rate and the Pool Balance as of
the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period  (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date) and (ii) any  Investment
Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account,  the Note Distribution
Account and the Certificate Distribution Account.

         "Servicing Fee Rate" means [1]%.

         "Servicing  Officer" means any officer of the Servicer  involved in, or
responsible  for, the  administration  and  servicing  of  Contracts  whose name
appears on a list of servicing  officers  appearing in an Officers'  Certificate
furnished to the Trust by the Servicer,  as the same may be amended from time to
time.

         "Servicer  Payment" with respect to a Distribution  Date means, the sum
of the  Servicing  Fee for  such  Distribution  Date  and the  aggregate  unpaid
Servicing Fees for past Distribution Date.

         "Simple  Interest  Contract"  means a Contract as to which  interest is
calculated each day on the basis of the actual principal balance  outstanding on
such day.

         "Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil  Relief Act" means the  Soldiers'  and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended.

         "Standard & Poor's" means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings Group, a division
of McGraw-Hill, Inc. and its successors in interest.


<PAGE>

         "Stated  Principal  Balance"  means, as of any  Distribution  Date, the
unpaid principal balance of a Contract at the end of the related Due Period.

         "Subsequent  Contracts"  means  one or  more of the  fixed-rate  simple
interest  installment  sale  contracts  described  in  the  List  of  Subsequent
Contracts, which constitute part of the corpus of the Trust, and which Contracts
are to be assigned by the Company to the Trust;  including,  without limitation,
all related  security  interests,  collateral,  liens,  insurance  policies  and
guarantees of the obligations of the related Obligor (other than guarantees,  if
any, by the related Dealer) and any and all rights to receive payments which are
received  pursuant  thereto  from and after the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  but
excluding any rights to receive  payments  which are received  pursuant  thereto
prior to the Subsequent Cut-off Date.

         "Subsequent  Cut-off Date" means the beginning of business on the first
day  of the  month  of the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  specified  in a
Subsequent  Transfer Agreement with respect to those Subsequent  Contracts which
are  transferred  and assigned to the Trust  pursuant to the related  Subsequent
Transfer Agreement.

         "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date Pool  Principal  Balance"  means,  as of any
Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  the sum of (i) the Initial  Cut-off Date  Principal
Balance and (ii) the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances  of the  Subsequent
Contracts  to be  sold  on  such  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  as of the  related
Subsequent  Cut-off  Date and  (iii) if  applicable,  an  amount  calculated  as
provided in clause (ii) with respect to all Subsequent  Transfer  Dates, if any,
occurring prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date.

         "Subsequent  Cut-off Date Principal Balance" means the aggregate unpaid
principal balance of all of the Subsequent  Contracts  transferred pursuant to a
Subsequent Transfer Agreement, as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

         "Subsequent  Financed  Boat"  means a  Financed  Boat with  regard to a
Subsequent Contract.

         "Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement" means a Subsequent Purchase Agreement
dated as of a Subsequent  Cut-off Date between  CITSF and the Company  providing
for the sale of Subsequent Contracts from CITSF to the Company and substantially
in the form of Exhibit B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Subsequent   Transfer   Agreement"  means  each  Subsequent   Transfer
Agreement  dated as of a  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  between  the Trust and the
Company  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  C to the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement, by which Subsequent Contracts are sold and assigned to the Trust.

         "Subsequent  Transfer  Date"  means the date  specified  in the related
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

         "Temporary  Notes"  means the Notes  specified  in  Section  2.3 of the
Indenture.


<PAGE>

         "TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act" means The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as
in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

         "Treasury   Regulations"   means  any  proposed,   temporary  or  final
regulation promulgated under the Code.

         "Trust"  means CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_,  a Delaware  business  trust
created by the Trust Agreement between the Seller and the Owner Trustee.

         "Trust Estate" means all money, instruments,  rights and other property
that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security  interest of
the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including, without limitation,
all property and  interest  Granted to the  Indenture  Trustee),  including  any
proceeds thereof, but excluding the Excluded Assets.

         "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as
in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

         "Trustees" means both the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.

         "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial  Code as in effect in the  relevant
jurisdiction.

                                   ARTICLE II

                 CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS; ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

         SECTION 2.01 Conveyance of the Initial Contracts.  On the Closing Date,
the Company  shall sell,  transfer,  assign  absolutely,  set over and otherwise
convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit D hereto,  and the Trust shall  purchase,  (i) all the right,  title and
interest  of the  Company in and to the  Initial  Contracts  and all the rights,
benefits,  and  obligations  arising  from and in  connection  with each Initial
Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the Initial Financed Boats granted by
the Obligors pursuant to the Initial  Contracts,  (iii) all payments received by
the Company on or with respect to the Initial  Contracts on or after the Initial
Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance
Add-Ons),  (iv)  the  interest  of the  Company  in any  Initial  Financed  Boat
(including  any right to receive future Net  Liquidation  Proceeds) that secures
the Initial Contracts and that shall have been repossessed by the Servicer by or
on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the Company to proceeds of  Insurance
Policies covering the Obligors and the Initial Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from
any Servicer's Errors and Omissions Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any
blanket  hazard  policy,  to the  extent  such  proceeds  relate to any  Initial
Financed  Boat,  (vii) all rights of recourse  against any cosigner or under any
personal  guarantee with respect to the Initial  Contracts (other than any right
as against a Dealer under a Dealer  Agreement),  (viii) all amounts held for the
Trust in the  Collection  Account,  (ix) all  amounts  held for the Trust in the
Pre-Funding  Account,  (x) all  amounts  held for the  Trust in the  Capitalized
Interest Account, (xi) all 


<PAGE>

proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the  foregoing  items,  and (xii) all
documents  contained or required to be contained in the Contract  Files relating
to the Initial  Contracts.  The parties  intend and agree that the conveyance of
the Company's right, title and interest in and to the Initial Contracts (and all
rights,  entitlements and amounts listed above) pursuant to this Agreement shall
constitute an absolute sale.

         The Company hereby declares and covenants that it shall at no time have
any legal,  equitable or beneficial interest in, or any right, including without
limitation any  reversionary  or offset right,  to the Collection  Account,  the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest Account and the Cash Collateral
Account,  and that, in the event it receives any of the same, it shall hold same
in trust for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Securityholders and shall
immediately endorse over to the Trust any such amount it receives.

         SECTION 2.02 Conveyance of the Subsequent  Contracts.  In consideration
of the Owner Trustee's  delivery on the related  Subsequent  Transfer Date to or
upon the order of the Company of the purchase price for the Subsequent Contracts
to be  conveyed  to the Trust on such date up to the balance of funds on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account on such related Subsequent Transfer Date, the Company
shall sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and  otherwise  convey to the Trust by
execution of an assignment  substantially in the form of the Subsequent Transfer
Agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit C, and the Trust shall  purchase,  (i) all
the right, title and interest of the Company in and to the Subsequent  Contracts
and all the rights,  benefits,  and  obligations  arising from and in connection
with each  Subsequent  Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the Subsequent
Financed  Boats granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the  Subsequent  Contracts,
(iii) all payments  received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent
Contracts on or after the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with
respect to Post  Cut-off  Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the  interest  of the
Company in any Subsequent  Financed Boat  (including any right to receive future
Net Liquidation  Proceeds) that secures the Subsequent  Contracts and that shall
have been  repossessed  by the  Servicer  by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all
rights of the Company to proceeds of  Insurance  Policies  covering the Obligors
and the Subsequent  Contracts,  (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and
Omissions Protection Policy, any fidelity bond and any blanket hazard policy, to
the extent such  proceeds  relate to any  Subsequent  Financed  Boat,  (vii) all
rights of recourse  against any  cosigner or under any personal  guarantee  with
respect to the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other than any right as against a Dealer
under a Dealer  Agreement),  (viii) all  proceeds in any way derived from any of
the  foregoing  items,  and (ix)  all  documents  contained  or  required  to be
contained  in the  Contract  Files  relating to the  Subsequent  Contracts.  The
parties intend and agree that the conveyance of the Company's  right,  title and
interest in and to the Subsequent  Contracts  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall
constitute an absolute sale. The "purchase  price" shall be one hundred  percent
(100%) of the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Subsequent Contracts
so transferred as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

         SECTION 2.03 Acceptance by Owner Trustee.

                  (a) On the Closing  Date,  the Owner  Trustee  shall deliver a
         certificate  to the  Company  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  E
         hereto  acknowledging  conveyance of the 


<PAGE>

         Initial  Contracts  and Contract  Files  relating  thereto to the Owner
         Trustee and declaring that the Owner Trustee,  through the Servicer, as
         custodian,  pursuant to Section  3.03 hereto,  will hold all  Contracts
         that have been  delivered in trust,  upon the trusts  herein set forth,
         for the use and benefit of all Certificateholders  and Noteholders,  as
         their  respective  interests  may  appear,  subject  to the  terms  and
         provisions of this Agreement and the Basic Documents.

                  (b) On any  Subsequent  Transfer Date, the Owner Trustee shall
         deliver  a  certificate  to the  Company  substantially  in the form of
         Exhibit E hereto  acknowledging  conveyance of the Subsequent Contracts
         and Contract Files relating  thereto to the Owner Trustee and declaring
         that the Owner Trustee, through the Servicer, as custodian, pursuant to
         Section 3.04 hereto,  will hold all Contracts  that have been delivered
         in trust,  upon the trusts herein set forth, for the use and benefit of
         all Certificateholders  and Noteholders,  as their respective interests
         may appear,  subject to the terms and  provisions of this Agreement and
         the Basic Documents.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; THE CONTRACTS

         SECTION 3.01A  Representations and Warranties  Regarding Each Contract.
The Initial  Contracts  have been sold by CITSF to the  Company  pursuant to the
Purchase  Agreement.  Any  Subsequent  Contracts  will be sold by  CITSF  to the
Company  pursuant to a Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement.  In connection with such
sales, CITSF made the  representations  and warranties in Sections 3.01A, 3.01B,
3.01C  and 8.01 of this  Agreement  to the  Company  (such  representations  and
warranties  being  incorporated  in the Purchase  Agreement  and any  Subsequent
Purchase  Agreement)  and  assumed  the  obligations  in  Section  3.02  of this
Agreement.  As a  condition  of the  purchase  by the  Company,  the Company has
required that CITSF make such  representations  and  warranties  directly to the
Trust and the  Securityholders  so that the Trust may recover  directly  against
CITSF on such  representations  and warranties  rather than  indirectly  through
claims by the Company against CITSF. Consequently, CITSF represents and warrants
to the Trust  and the  Securityholders  as to each  Initial  Contract  as of the
Closing  Date and as to each  Subsequent  Contract as of the related  Subsequent
Transfer Date (except as otherwise expressly stated):

                  (a) List of Contracts.  The  information set forth in the List
         of  Initial  Contracts  or  the  List  of  Subsequent   Contracts,   as
         applicable, is true and correct as of its date.

                  (b) Payments.  With respect to an Initial Contract,  as of the
         Initial Cut-off Date, the payment of principal and interest for its Due
         Date next  preceding  the Cut-off  Date was made by or on behalf of the
         Obligor  (without  any advance  from CITSF or any Person  acting at the
         request of CITSF) or was not delinquent for more than 30 days and, with
         respect to a Subsequent Contract,  as of the related Subsequent Cut-off
         Date (or the date of  origination,  if later) the payment of  principal
         and interest  for its Due Date next  preceding  the related  Subsequent
         Cut-off  Date was  made by or on  behalf  of the  Obligor  


<PAGE>

         (without an advance  from CITSF or any Person  acting at the request of
         CITSF) or was not more than 30 days delinquent.

                  (c) No  Waivers.  The  terms  of the  Contract  have  not been
         waived,  altered,  amended  or  modified  in  any  respect,  except  by
         instruments  or documents  identified in the Contract File with respect
         thereto,  and no waiver,  alteration,  amendment  or  modification  has
         caused such  Contract to fail to meet any of the other  representations
         and warranties made by CITSF with respect thereto.

                  (d) Binding  Obligation.  The Contract is the legal, valid and
         binding  obligation of the Obligor  thereunder  and is  enforceable  in
         accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
         by laws affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and
         equitable remedies.

                  (e) No  Defenses.  No facts  which  give  rise to any right of
         rescission,  set-off, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of
         usury, by the Obligor, have been asserted with respect to the Contract.

                  (f)  Insurance.  The  Obligor on the  Contract  is required to
         maintain  physical damage insurance  covering the related Financed Boat
         in accordance with CITSF's normal  requirements  or, if not so covered,
         is covered by a blanket insurance policy maintained by CITSF. As of the
         Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the  Servicer  has not  obtained  Force-Placed
         Insurance  with  respect  to  any  Initial  Contract  and,  as  of  any
         Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  the Servicer has not obtained  Force-Placed
         Insurance with respect to any Subsequent Contract.

                  (g)  Origination.  The Contract was  originated by a Dealer in
         the United  States of America and was purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY in
         the ordinary course of its business.

                  (h) Lawful Assignment.  The Contract was not originated in and
         is not  subject to the laws of any  jurisdiction  whose laws would make
         the  transfer  of  the  Contract  to the  Company  under  the  Purchase
         Agreement  in the case of an Initial  Contract,  or under a  Subsequent
         Purchase Agreement in the case of a Subsequent  Contract,  the transfer
         of the  Contract  to the Trust under this  Agreement  in the case of an
         Initial Contract,  or under a Subsequent Transfer Agreement in the case
         of a Subsequent  Contract,  or pursuant to transfers of Securities,  or
         the ownership of the Contracts by the Trust, unlawful.

                  (i)  Compliance  with Law.  All  requirements  of any federal,
         state or local law,  including,  without  limitation,  usury,  truth in
         lending and equal credit  opportunity laws,  applicable to the Contract
         have been complied with in all material respects and such compliance is
         not affected by the Trust's ownership of the Contracts, and CITSF shall
         for at least the period of this Agreement,  maintain in its possession,
         available  for the Trust's  inspection,  and shall deliver to the Trust
         upon demand, evidence of compliance with all such requirements.


<PAGE>

                  (j) Contract in Force.  The Contract has not been satisfied or
         subordinated  in whole or in part or  rescinded,  and the Financed Boat
         securing  the  Contract  has not  been  released  from  the lien of the
         Contract in whole or in part.

                  (k) Valid Security Interest.  The Contract creates a valid and
         enforceable  perfected  first  priority  security  interest in favor of
         CITSF,  CITCF-NY or the Dealer which  originated  such  Contract in the
         Financed  Boat  covered  thereby as security for payment of the Initial
         Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance  of such  Contract  in the case of an
         Initial  Contract or the Subsequent  Cut-off Date Principal  Balance of
         such  Contract in the case of a  Subsequent  Contract,  which  security
         interest  (if in favor of CITCF-NY or the Dealer) has been  validly and
         effectively  assigned to CITSF.  CITSF has  assigned  all of its right,
         title and interest in such Contract, including the security interest in
         the Financed Boat covered thereby, to the Company,  and the Company has
         assigned all of its right, title and interest in such Contract and such
         Financed Boat to the Trust.

                  (l) Notation of Security Interest. CITSF or CITCF-NY has taken
         all  necessary  action  with  respect to the  Contract  to perfect  the
         security  interest in the  Financed  Boat  covered  thereby in favor of
         CITSF or  CITCF-NY.  With  respect  to each  Contract,  if the  related
         Financed  Boat is  located in a state in which  notation  of a security
         interest on the title document is required or permitted to perfect such
         security interest, the title document shows, or if a new or replacement
         title  document with respect to such Financed Boat is being applied for
         such title document will be issued within 180 days and will show, CITSF
         or CITCF-NY as the holder of a first priority security interest in such
         Financed  Boat;  if the related  Financed Boat is located in a state in
         which the filing of a financing  statement under the UCC is required to
         perfect a security  interest in a Boat, such filings or recordings have
         been duly made and show CITSF or CITCF-NY as secured party.

                  (m) Capacity of Parties. All parties to the Contract had legal
         capacity to execute the Contract.

                  (n) Good Title.  CITSF or CITCF-NY  purchased the Contract for
         fair value and took  possession  thereof in the ordinary  course of its
         business, without knowledge that the Contract was subject to a security
         interest in favor of a third  party.  Neither  CITSF,  CITCF-NY nor the
         Company has sold,  assigned or pledged the Contract to any person other
         than  CITSF,  the  Company  or the  Trust,  respectively.  Prior to the
         transfer of the Contract by CITCF-NY to CITSF, CITSF to the Company and
         by  the  Company  to  the  Trust,  CITCF-NY,   CITSF  or  the  Company,
         respectively,  had good and marketable  title thereto free and clear of
         any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,  pledge,  charge,  claim or  security
         interest and was the sole owner thereof with full right to transfer the
         Contract to the Company and the Trust,  respectively.  The Company paid
         fair value to CITSF for the  Contracts.  Immediately  upon the transfer
         thereof, the Trust for the benefit of the Securityholders shall acquire
         good and  marketable  title  to each  Contract  free  and  clear of 


<PAGE>

         any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,  pledge,  charge,  claim or  security
         interest,  and the transfer  thereof  shall have been  perfected  under
         applicable law.

                  (o) No  Defaults.  As of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  for each
         Initial  Contract,  and as of the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date for
         each Subsequent Contract,  there was no default,  breach,  violation or
         event permitting  acceleration existing under the Contract and no event
         which,  with  notice and the  expiration  of any grace or cure  period,
         would constitute such a default,  breach, violation or event permitting
         acceleration   under  such  Contract   (except  payment   delinquencies
         permitted by clause (b) above).  Neither  CITCF-NY nor CITSF has waived
         any such default,  breach,  violation or event permitting  acceleration
         except payment delinquencies permitted by clause (b) above.

                  (p)  No  Liens.  As of  the  Closing  Date  for  each  Initial
         Contract,  and as of the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  for each
         Subsequent  Contract,  there are, to the best of CITSF's knowledge,  no
         liens or claims  which  have been  filed for work,  labor or  materials
         affecting the Financed  Boat securing the Contract  which are or may be
         liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the Contract.

                  (q) Equal  Installments.  The  Contract  is a Simple  Interest
         Contract and provides for level monthly payments which provide interest
         at the  stated  Contract  Rate  and,  if paid in  accordance  with  its
         schedule, fully amortize the loan over its original term.

                  (r)  Enforceability.   The  Contract  contains  customary  and
         enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the
         holder thereof  adequate for the realization  against the collateral of
         the  benefits  of  the  security,  except  as  enforceability  of  such
         provisions  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar laws
         affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally and by the
         availability of equitable remedies.

                  (s)  Obligor  Not a  Governmental  Entity.  The Obligor on the
         Contract  is not the  United  States  of  America  or any  state or any
         agency, department, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

                  (t) Obligor Not Subject to Bankruptcy Proceedings. The Obligor
         on the Contract was not in a  bankruptcy  proceeding  as of the Initial
         Cut-off Date for each Initial Contract or as of the related  Subsequent
         Cut-off Date for each Subsequent Contract.

                  (u) No  Repossession.  As of the Initial Cut-off Date for each
         Initial Contract, or as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for each
         Subsequent  Contract,  the Financed Boat which secured the Contract has
         not been repossessed without reinstatement.

                  (v)  Obligor Not a Relief Act  Obligor.  If (i) the Obligor on
         the Contract is in the military  (including  an Obligor who is a member
         of the National  Guard or is in the  reserves) and (ii) the Contract is
         subject to the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act or the Military
         Reservist Relief Act, such Obligor has not made a claim to CITSF that


<PAGE>

                           (i) the amount of interest  on the  related  Contract
                  should be limited to 6% pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors'
                  Civil  Relief Act during the period of such  Obligor's  active
                  duty status, or

                           (ii)  payments  on such  Contract  should be  delayed
                  pursuant to the Military Reservist Relief Act,

         in either case,  unless a court has ordered  otherwise upon application
         of CITSF.

                  (w) Only One  Original.  There is only one  original  executed
         copy of the Contract,  which, immediately prior to the execution of the
         Agreement, was in the possession of CITSF.

                  (x) Contract is Chattel Paper. The Contract is "chattel paper"
         as defined in the New Jersey UCC.

                  (y)  Selection  Criteria.  As of the Initial  Cut-off Date for
         each Initial Contract, or as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date for
         each  Subsequent  Contract,  the  Contract  satisfies  the  eligibility
         criteria  discussed  in the  Prospectus  for the  Securities  under the
         heading "The Contract Pool-General".

         SECTION 3.01B Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contracts in
the   Aggregate.   CITSF   represents   and   warrants  to  the  Trust  and  the
Securityholders, that:

                  (a)  Amounts.  The  aggregate  principal  amounts  payable  by
         Obligors  under the Initial  Contracts  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date
         equal the Initial Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

                  (b)   Characteristics.   The  Contracts   have  the  following
         characteristics as of the Initial Cut-off Date:

                           (i) each Contract is secured by a Financed Boat which
                  is a new or used Boat;

                           (ii) each Initial Contract has a fixed Contract Rate,
                  which is equal to or greater than _____%;

                           (iii) the remaining maturity of each Initial Contract
                  is at least __ months, but not more than __ months;

                           (iv) the original  maturity of each Initial  Contract
                  was at least __ months, but not more than __ months;

                           (v) the  weighted  average  remaining  term to stated
                  maturity of each Initial Contract was at least __ months;


<PAGE>

                           (vi)  the  weighted  average  Contract  Rate  of  the
                  Initial Contracts was _____%;

                           (vii)  the  final  scheduled  payment  dates  on  the
                  Initial   Contracts   range   from   ____________,   ____   to
                  ____________, ____;

                           (viii) the average remaining principal balance of the
                  Initial Contracts per contract was $___________;

                           (ix)  the  outstanding   principal  balances  of  the
                  Initial Contracts ranged from $___________ to $___________;

                           (x) each of the Initial  Contracts  was first entered
                  onto the  Servicer's or CITCF-NY's  servicing  system  (which,
                  typically,  represents  the  date on which  CITSF or  CITCF-NY
                  funds the purchase of such  Contracts  from  Dealers)  between
                  ____________, ____ and ____________, ____;

                           (xi) not more than _____% of the Contracts by Initial
                  Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance are located in any one state,
                  as  determined  by  information  provided by Obligors in their
                  credit  applications  (except  Contracts  secured by  Financed
                  Boats located in __________, __________, and __________, which
                  represent    approximately   _____%,   _____%,   and   _____%,
                  respectively, of the Initial Cut-off Date Principal Balance) ;

                           (xii)  not more  than  _____%  of the  Contracts,  by
                  Initial  Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance,  have credit scores
                  below ___; and

                           (xiii)  at least  _____% of the  Contracts,  based on
                  Initial Cut-off Date Principal Balance,  involved new Financed
                  Boats at origination.

                  (c)  Computer  Tape.  As of Closing  Date,  in the case of the
         Initial Contracts,  and as of the related Subsequent  Transfer Date, in
         the case of any Subsequent Contracts,  the Computer Tape made available
         by the Servicer was complete and accurate as of its date and includes a
         description  of the same  Contracts  that are  described in the List of
         Initial  Contracts or the applicable List of Subsequent  Contracts,  as
         the case may be.

                  (d) Marking  Records.  By the Closing  Date in the case of the
         Initial  Contracts or by the related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date in the
         case of the Subsequent Contracts,  CITSF has caused the portions of the
         Electronic  Ledger relating to the Contracts  constituting  part of the
         Trust to be clearly  and  unambiguously  marked to  indicate  that such
         Contracts  constitute  part of the  Trust and are owned by the Trust in
         accordance with the terms of the trust created hereunder.


<PAGE>

                  (e) No Adverse Selection. No adverse selection procedures have
         been employed in selecting the  Contracts  from the marine  installment
         sale  contracts  owned by CITSF  which  were  purchased  by CITSF  from
         CITCF-NY or Dealers, except that CITSF did not select any such contract
         which would cause a breach of any  representation  or warranty of CITSF
         contained in this Agreement that would materially  adversely affect the
         Trust's interest in such Contract.

         SECTION 3.01C  Representations  and  Warranties  Regarding the Contract
Files. CITSF represents and warrants to the Trust and the Securityholders that:

                  (a) Possession.  Immediately  prior to the Closing Date in the
         case of the Initial Contracts,  or the Subsequent  Transfer Date in the
         case of the Subsequent  Contracts,  CITSF will have  possession of each
         original  Contract  and the related  Contract  File,  and there are and
         there  will  be  no  custodial  agreements  in  effect  materially  and
         adversely affecting the right of CITSF to make, or to cause to be made,
         any  delivery  required  in  connection  with  the  conveyance  of  the
         Contracts to the Company or from the Company to the Trust.

                  (b)  Bulk  Transfer   Laws.   The  transfer,   assignment  and
         conveyance of the  Contracts  and the Contract  Files from CITSF to the
         Company  and from the  Company to the Trust are not subject to the bulk
         transfer  or  any  similar  statutory   provisions  in  effect  in  any
         applicable jurisdiction.

         SECTION 3.01D Conditions of Closing for the Subsequent Contracts. On or
before the  transfer  of any  Subsequent  Contracts  on the  related  Subsequent
Transfer Date, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

                  (a) The Servicer  shall have provided the Rating  Agencies and
         the  Trustees  with  notice,  at  least 2  Business  Days  prior to the
         Subsequent  Transfer Date, of the  Subsequent  Contracts to be sold and
         the aggregate principal balance thereof;

                  (b) The Servicer  shall have  delivered to the Trustees a duly
         executed Subsequent Transfer Agreement;

                  (c) The Funding Period shall not have terminated;

                  (d) The  Servicer  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustees  an
         Officer's  Certificate  confirming the  satisfaction  of each condition
         precedent specified in this Section 3.01D and in the related Subsequent
         Transfer Agreement;

                  (e) The  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustees  an
         Assignment in the form of Exhibit D and the Opinion of Counsel required
         by the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement;


<PAGE>

                  (f) The Company shall have delivered an Officers'  Certificate
         to each  Trustee and each Rating  Agency  certifying  that  immediately
         following the transfer of such  Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust that
         none of the following would occur:  (i) the weighted  average  Contract
         Rate  of the  Contracts  based  on the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  Pool
         Principal  Balance would be less than _____%,  (ii) less than _____% of
         the Contracts by Subsequent  Cut-off Date Pool Principal  Balance would
         be  attributable to loans to purchase new Boats at the time the related
         Contract was originated,  (iii) the weighted average  remaining term to
         maturity of the  Contracts  based on the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date Pool
         Principal  Balance  would be more  than __  months  and (iv)  more than
         _____%  of the  Contracts  based on the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date Pool
         Principal  Balance  would  have a credit  score of less  than  ___.  In
         addition, all of such Subsequent Contracts must (i) be secured by Boats
         with Obligors having mailing addresses in the United States at the time
         of  origination,  (ii) have a Due Date in the  month of the  Subsequent
         Cut-off  Date  with  respect  to  such  Subsequent   Contract  and  not
         constitute a Paid-Ahead Contract,  (iii) have a final scheduled payment
         date  of  no  later  than   ____________,   20__;   (iv)   satisfy  the
         representations and warranties specified in this Agreement,  (v) not be
         selected  by either CIT or the Seller in a manner  that it  believes is
         adverse to the  interest of the  Securityholders,  (vi) have a Contract
         Rate of at least _____%,  (vii) provide for level monthly payment which
         provide  interest  at  the  related  Contract  Rate  and,  if  paid  in
         accordance with its schedule,  fully amortizes the amount financed over
         an  original  term of no  greater  than ___  months,  (viii)  as of the
         related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, the most recent scheduled payment of
         principal and interest on each Subsequent  Contract had been made by or
         on behalf of the related  Obligor or not have been delinquent more than
         30 days,  (ix) no Subsequent  Boat will have been  repossessed  without
         reinstatement as of the related  Subsequent Cut-off Date, (x) as of the
         related Subsequent Cut-Off Date, no Obligor on any Contract will be the
         subject of a bankruptcy  proceeding,  (xi) as of the related Subsequent
         Cut-off Date, each Subsequent  Contract will have a remaining principal
         balance of not less than  $___________ and not more than  $___________,
         and (xii) satisfy such other  requirements as the Rating Agencies shall
         request;

                  (g) The  Servicer  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustees the
         relevant List of Subsequent Contracts;

                  (h) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate
         to the Trustees substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto;

                  (i) The Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustees evidence
         of filing with the appropriate office in the following jurisdictions of
         the following  UCC-1  Financing  Statements,  each listing the relevant
         Subsequent  Contracts  as required  by Article 9 of the UCC:  (i) UCC-1
         Financing Statements executed by CITSF as debtor, naming the Company as
         Secured  Party and filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma to perfect the sale
         from CITSF to the Company,  (ii) UCC-1 Financing Statements executed by
         the  Company as debtor  naming the Trust as secured  party and filed in
         New Jersey and  Oklahoma  to perfect  the sale from the  Company to the
         Trust,  and (iii) UCC-1 Financing  Statements  


<PAGE>

         executed  by the Trust as  debtor,  naming  the  Indenture  Trustee  as
         secured party and filed in New Jersey, Oklahoma and Delaware;

                  (j) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate
         to the  Trustees  stating  that the  Servicer  has  reviewed  each such
         Subsequent  Contract and the Contract  File with respect  thereto,  and
         confirming  that each such  Subsequent  Contract and the Contract  File
         with respect thereto conforms in all material  respects to the relevant
         List of Subsequent  Contracts,  that each Contract File with respect to
         such Subsequent Contract is complete in all material respects, and that
         each Boat securing any such Subsequent  Contract is covered by a Hazard
         Insurance Policy as required by this Agreement;

                  (k) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate
         to the Trustees  stating that all funds  received  with respect to such
         Subsequent  Contract on and after the relevant  Subsequent Cut-off Date
         through  the  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  have  been  deposited  in the
         Collection Account;

                  (l) The Servicer shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate
         to the Trustees stating that the Servicer has accepted delivery of such
         Subsequent  Contracts  and the  Contract  Files  with  respect  to such
         Subsequent  Contracts  and will  hold  such  Subsequent  Contracts  and
         Contract  Files as  custodian on behalf of the Trustees for the benefit
         of the Trust as provided herein;

                  (m) The Servicer  shall have  delivered to the Trustees one or
         more  Opinions of Counsel,  either (1) stating  that, in the opinion of
         such counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have
         been  executed  and filed  that are  necessary  fully to  preserve  and
         protect the interest of the Trustees in the Contracts, and reciting the
         details of such filings or  referring  to prior  Opinions of Counsel in
         which such details are given,  or (2) stating  that,  in the opinion of
         such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect
         such  interest;  it being  understood  that the opinions on  perfection
         delivered  by  counsel  on  the  Closing  Date,  if  delivered  on  the
         Subsequent Transfer Date as to the Subsequent Contracts,  shall satisfy
         the foregoing requirement; and

                  (n) The Seller and the Trustees shall not have been advised by
         either Rating Agency that the conveyance of such  Subsequent  Contracts
         will result in a qualification,  modification or withdrawal of its then
         current rating of either the Notes or the Certificates.

         SECTION 3.02 Repurchase of Contracts for Breach of Representations  and
Warranties.

                  (a)  Subject to Section  3.02(b),  CITSF  shall  repurchase  a
         Contract,  at its  Purchase  Price,  not later than 85 days after CITSF
         receives  written  notice from either the Trustees or the Servicer,  or
         not later than 90 days after CITSF otherwise becomes aware, of a breach
         of any  representation  or warranty of CITSF set forth in Section 3.01A
         or 3.01B of this  Agreement that  materially and adversely  affects the
         Trust's  interest in such Contract and which breach has not been cured.
         CITSF  shall  effect  such  repurchase  by 


<PAGE>

         paying to the  Servicer  for deposit in the  Collection  Account on the
         Deposit  Date in the  month  following  the month in which the loan was
         repurchased  the aggregate of the Purchase  Price of all Contracts that
         are required to be repurchased pursuant to the preceding sentence. With
         respect to any  Contract  incorrectly  described on the List of Initial
         Contracts or any List of Subsequent Contracts, as the case may be, only
         with respect to remaining unpaid principal  balance,  which CITSF would
         otherwise  be required to  repurchase  pursuant to this  Section  3.02,
         CITSF  may,  in lieu of  repurchasing  such  Contract,  deposit  in the
         Collection  Account,  not later than one  Business  Day after the first
         Determination Date which is more than 90 days after CITSF becomes aware
         or receives  written  notice from the  Trustees or the Servicer of such
         incorrect  description,  cash in an  amount  sufficient  to  cure  such
         deficiency or discrepancy.  CITSF shall send written notice of any such
         cash deposit to the Rating  Agencies as promptly as possible  following
         such deposit. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, the
         obligation of CITSF under this Section 3.02 shall not terminate  upon a
         Service Transfer pursuant to Article VII.

                  (b)  Promptly  after any  repurchase  referred  to in  Section
         3.02(a),  the Trust shall execute such documents as are presented to it
         by CITSF and are  reasonably  necessary  to  reconvey  the  Repurchased
         Contract to CITSF.

                  (c) The  repurchase  obligation  of  CITSF  set  forth in this
         Section 3.02 shall  constitute  the sole remedy  available to the Trust
         and the  Securityholders  for a breach of  representation  and warranty
         hereunder  with respect to the  Contracts  (but not with respect to any
         other  breach  by  CITSF of its  obligations  hereunder,  as set  forth
         herein).

         SECTION 3.03 Custody of Contract  Files.  To assure uniform  quality in
servicing the Contracts and to reduce  administrative costs, the Trust, upon the
execution and delivery of this Agreement,  revocably appoints the Servicer,  and
the Servicer accepts such  appointment,  to act as the agent of the Trust and as
custodian of the Contract File with respect to each Contract,  each of which are
hereby constructively delivered to the Trust.

         SECTION 3.04 Duties of Servicer as Custodian.

                  (a) Safekeeping.  The Servicer,  in its capacity as custodian,
         shall  hold the  Contract  Files on behalf of the Trust for the use and
         benefit of the Trust and maintain such accurate and complete  accounts,
         records and  computer  systems  pertaining  to the  Contracts  as shall
         enable the Owner Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee to comply with its
         obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Basic Documents.

                  As  custodian,   the  Servicer  shall  have  and  perform  the
         following powers and duties:

                           (i) hold the  Contract  Files on behalf of the Trust,
                  maintain  accurate  records  pertaining  to each  Contract  to
                  enable it to comply  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
                  Agreement,  maintain  a  current  inventory  thereof,  conduct

<PAGE>

                  annual physical inspections of Contract Files held by it under
                  this  Agreement  and  certify  to the Trust  annually  that it
                  continues to maintain possession of such Contract Files;

                           (ii) implement policies and procedures in writing and
                  signed  by  a  Servicing  Officer,  with  respect  to  persons
                  authorized  to  have  access  to  the  Contract  Files  on the
                  Servicer's  premises and the  receipting  for  Contract  Files
                  taken from their  storage  area by an employee of the Servicer
                  for purposes of servicing or any other purposes; and

                           (iii)  attend  to  all  details  in  connection  with
                  maintaining  custody  of the  Contract  Files on behalf of the
                  Trust.

                  In performing its duties under this Section 3.04, the Servicer
         agrees to act with reasonable care,  consistent with the same degree of
         skill and care that it  exercises  with  respect to  similar  contracts
         serviced by it for its own account.  The Servicer shall promptly report
         to the Trust in writing any failure by it to hold the Contract Files as
         herein  provided and shall promptly take  appropriate  action to remedy
         any such  failure.  In acting as custodian of the Contract  Files,  the
         Servicer  agrees  further  not  to  assert  any  beneficial   ownership
         interests in the Contracts or the Contract  Files.  The Servicer agrees
         to indemnify the Trust, the  Certificateholders,  the Noteholders,  the
         Owner  Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee for any and all  liabilities,
         obligations,  losses, damages,  payments, costs, or expense of any kind
         whatsoever  which may be imposed on,  incurred or asserted  against the
         Trust, the Certificateholders,  the Noteholders,  the Owner Trustee and
         the  Indenture  Trustee  as the  result of any act or  omission  by the
         Servicer relating to the maintenance and custody of the Contract Files;
         provided, however, that the Servicer will not be liable for any portion
         of any such amount resulting from the negligence or willful  misconduct
         of the  Trust,  the  Certificateholders,  the  Noteholders,  the  Owner
         Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

                  (b) Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Servicer, in its
         capacity as  custodian,  agrees to maintain the  Contract  Files at its
         office in the State of  Oklahoma,  or at such of its  offices  as shall
         from time to time be  identified  to the Trust by written  notice.  The
         Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, may temporarily move individual
         Contract  Files or any portion  thereof  without notice as necessary to
         conduct  collection and other  servicing  activities in accordance with
         its customary practices and procedures,  but shall promptly return such
         Contract File as soon as  practicable  after it is no longer needed for
         such purpose.

                  The  Servicer,  in  its  capacity  as  custodian,  shall  make
         available  to  the  Trust  or  its  duly  authorized   representatives,
         attorneys  or auditors  the  Contract  Files and the related  accounts,
         records and computer  systems  maintained by the Servicer at such times
         during normal  operating hours as the Trust shall  reasonably  instruct
         which  does  not  unreasonably  interfere  with the  Servicer's  normal
         operations or customer or employee relations.


<PAGE>

                  (c) Release of Documents. Upon instruction from the Trust, the
         Servicer,  in its capacity as  custodian,  shall release or cause to be
         released any document in the Contract  Files to the Trust,  the Trust's
         agent or the  Trust's  designee,  as the case may be, at such  place or
         places  as the  Trust  may  designate,  as  soon  as  practicable.  The
         Servicer,  in its capacity as custodian,  shall not be responsible  for
         any loss  occasioned  by the  failure  of the  Trust,  its agent or its
         designee to return any document or any delay in doing so.

         SECTION 3.05  Instructions;  Authority  to Act.  The Servicer  shall be
deemed to have  received  proper  instructions  from either of the Trustees with
respect to the Contract Files upon its receipt of written instructions signed by
a Responsible  Officer.  A certified  copy of a by-law or of a resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable,
shall  constitute  conclusive  evidence of the authority of any such Responsible
Officer to act and shall be considered in full force and effect until receipt by
the Servicer of written notice to the contrary given by the Trust.

         SECTION  3.06  Effective   Period  and   Termination.   The  Servicer's
appointment as custodian shall become effective as of the Closing Date and shall
continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this Section 3.06
or until this Agreement shall be terminated. The Servicer may perform its duties
as  custodian  through one or more agents,  which  agents may maintain  physical
possession of Contract Files as agent for the Servicer  acting as custodian.  If
the Servicer shall resign as Servicer under Section 8.05 or if all of the rights
and obligations of the Servicer shall have been  terminated  under Section 9.01,
the  appointment of the Servicer as custodian may be terminated by the Indenture
Trustee or by the  Holders of Notes  evidencing  not less than a majority of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes as of the close of the
preceding  Distribution  Date (or,  if the Notes  have been paid in full and the
Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms, by the Owner Trustee
or by the  Holders of  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance as of the close of the preceding  Distribution Date), in the
same manner as rights and  obligations  of the Servicer may be terminated  under
Section 9.01. The Trust may terminate the Servicer's appointment as custodian at
any time with  cause  upon  written  notification  to the  Servicer.  As soon as
practicable  after any  termination  of such  appointment,  the  Servicer  shall
deliver the  Contract  Files to the Trust or the Trust's  agent at such place or
places as the Trust may reasonably designate.  The Servicer shall cooperate with
the Trust in making the transfer and shall bear all of the Servicer's  costs and
expenses  with  respect to such  transfer,  but the Trust  shall bear the actual
costs and  expenses  of  packing  and  transporting  the  Contract  Files to the
location  designated  by  the  Trust.  Notwithstanding  the  termination  of the
Servicer as  custodian,  the Trust  agrees that upon any such  termination,  the
Trust shall provide, or cause its agent to provide, access to the Contract Files
to the Servicer for the purpose of carrying out its duties and  responsibilities
with respect to the servicing of the Contracts hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                    ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF CONTRACTS


<PAGE>

         SECTION 4.01 Duties of Servicer.

                  (a) The  Servicer,  as  agent  for the  Trust,  shall  manage,
         administer,  service and make  collections on the Contracts and perform
         or cause to be performed all contractual and customary  undertakings of
         the holder of the Contracts to the Obligor.  The Trust,  at the request
         of a Servicing Officer,  shall furnish the Servicer with any reasonable
         documents  or  take  any  action  reasonably  requested,  necessary  or
         appropriate  to enable  the  Servicer  to carry out its  servicing  and
         administrative duties hereunder.

                  (b)  In   managing,   administering,   servicing   and  making
         collections on the Contracts  pursuant to this Agreement,  the Servicer
         will  exercise  the same  degree of skill  and care  that the  Servicer
         exercises  with respect to similar  contracts  serviced by the Servicer
         for its own account.

                  (c) The Servicer may enter into  subservicing  agreements with
         one or more  subservicers  (which shall be Eligible  Servicers) for the
         servicing and administration of certain of the Contracts. References in
         this Agreement to actions taken, to be taken, permitted to be taken, or
         restrictions  on actions  permitted  to be taken,  by the  Servicer  in
         servicing  the  Contracts  shall include  actions  taken,  to be taken,
         permitted  to be taken,  or  restrictions  on actions  permitted  to be
         taken,  by a subservicer on behalf of the Servicer.  Each  subservicing
         agreement   will  be  upon  such  terms  and   conditions  as  are  not
         inconsistent  with this  Agreement  and the  standard of care set forth
         herein  and as the  Servicer  and  the  subservicer  have  agreed.  All
         compensation  payable to a subservicer  under a subservicing  agreement
         shall be payable by the Servicer  from its  servicing  compensation  or
         otherwise from its own funds, and none of the Trust, the Owner Trustee,
         the Indenture Trustee, the  Certificateholders  or the Noteholders will
         have any liability to the subservicer with respect thereto.

                  Notwithstanding  any  subservicing  agreement  or  any  of the
         provisions of this Agreement relating to agreements or any arrangements
         between the Servicer or a subservicer or any reference to actions taken
         through such Persons or otherwise,  the Servicer shall remain obligated
         and liable to the Trust, the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee, the
         Certificateholders   and  the   Noteholders   for  the   servicing  and
         administering  of  the  Contracts  and  the  other  Trust  property  in
         accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without  diminution of
         such obligation or liability by virtue of such subservicing agreements.

                  Any  subservicing  agreement  that may be entered into and any
         other transactions or servicing  arrangements relating to the Contracts
         and the other Trust property involving a subservicer in its capacity as
         such and shall be deemed to be between the subservicer and the Servicer
         alone,   and  the   Owner   Trustee,   the   Indenture   Trustee,   the
         Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  shall not be  deemed  parties
         thereto  and  shall  have no  claims,  rights,  obligations,  duties or
         liabilities with respect to the subservicer  except as set forth in the
         next succeeding paragraph.


<PAGE>

         In the event the  Servicer  shall for any reason no longer be acting as
         such, the successor  Servicer may, in its discretion,  thereupon assume
         all of the rights and  obligations  of the  outgoing  Servicer  under a
         subservicing  agreement. In such event, the successor Servicer shall be
         deemed to have assumed all of the  Servicer's  interest  therein and to
         have   replaced  the  outgoing   Servicer  as  a  party  to  each  such
         subservicing  agreement  to the  same  extent  as if such  subservicing
         agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer,  except that the
         outgoing  Servicer  shall not thereby be relieved of any  liability  or
         obligations  on the part of the  outgoing  Servicer to the  subservicer
         under such  subservicing  agreement.  The outgoing Servicer shall, upon
         request of the Trust,  but at the  expense  of the  outgoing  Servicer,
         deliver to the successor Servicer all documents and records relating to
         each such  subservicing  agreement  and the  Contracts  and other Trust
         property  then being  serviced  thereunder  and an accounting of amount
         collected  and held by it and  otherwise use its best efforts to effect
         the orderly and efficient transfer of any subservicing agreement to the
         successor Servicer. In the event that the successor Servicer elects not
         to assume a  subservicing  agreement,  the  outgoing  Servicer,  at its
         expense,  shall  cause the  subservicer  to  deliver  to the  successor
         Servicer all  documents  and records  relating to the Contracts and the
         other Trust property being serviced thereunder and all amounts held (or
         thereafter  received) by such subservicer  (together with an accounting
         of such amounts) and shall otherwise use its best efforts to effect the
         orderly and  efficient  transfer of servicing of the  Contracts and the
         other  Trust  property  being  serviced  by  such  subservicer  to  the
         successor Servicer.

                  (d) The Servicer's duties shall include collection and posting
         of all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries by Obligors or by federal,
         state or local governmental  authorities with respect to the Contracts,
         investigating  delinquencies,  reporting tax  information  to Obligors,
         administering and enforcing  Insurance  Policies in accordance with its
         customary practices, accounting for collections, furnishing monthly and
         annual  statements  to the Trust  with  respect to  distributions,  and
         making Monthly Advances pursuant to Section 5.03 hereof.

                  The Servicer shall be authorized and empowered by the Trust to
         execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Trust, the Owner Trustee,
         the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders,  the Noteholders, or any
         of them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of
         partial  or  full  release  or  discharge,  and  all  other  comparable
         instruments,  with  respect  to the  Contracts  or with  respect to the
         Financed Boats.

         Upon  written  request of the  Servicer  and receipt by the Trust of an
         Officer's  Certificate setting forth the facts underlying such request,
         the  Trust  shall  furnish  the  Servicer  with any  limited  powers of
         attorney and other  documents  necessary or  appropriate  to enable the
         Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder
         and the Trust shall not be held liable for such actions of the Servicer
         thereunder.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 4.02 Collection of Contract  Payments.  The Servicer shall make
reasonable  efforts  to  collect  all  payments  called  for under the terms and
provisions  of the  Contracts  as and when the same  shall  become  due,  and in
connection therewith shall follow such collection  procedures as it follows with
respect to comparable  new or used marine  installment  sale  contracts  that it
services  for  itself  and  others.  The  Servicer  shall not  reduce  scheduled
payments,  extend any  Contract or otherwise  modify the terms of any  Contract;
provided, however, that, consistent with its normal procedures, the Servicer may
extend or modify the payment schedule of any Contract for credit related reasons
that would be acceptable to the Servicer with respect to comparable  new or used
Boats  that it  services  for  itself or  others,  if (a) the  maturity  of such
Contract  would not be extended  beyond the 180th day prior to the Class A Final
Scheduled  Distribution  Date and (b) the reducing,  rescheduling,  extension or
other  modification  of the  terms  of  the  Contract  would  not  constitute  a
cancellation  of  such  Contract  and the  creation  of a new  installment  sale
contract.  If, as a result of rescheduling or extending of payments or any other
modification,  such rescheduling,  extension or modification breaches any of the
terms of the  preceding  sentence,  then the  Servicer  shall  be  obligated  to
purchase such Contract pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof as of the last day of the
Due Period on which it became aware or receives written notice from the Trust of
such  failure.  The Servicer may, in  accordance  with its customary  standards,
policies  and  procedures,  in its  discretion  waive  any Late Fees that may be
collected in the ordinary course of servicing a Contract.

         SECTION 4.03  Realization Upon Contracts.

                  (a) The Servicer will,  consistent  with  customary  servicing
         procedures  and the terms of this  Agreement,  act with  respect to the
         Contracts in such manner as will  maximize the receipt of principal and
         interest on the  Contracts and Net  Liquidation  Proceeds in respect of
         Defaulted Contracts.

                  Notwithstanding the standard of care specified in Section 4.01
         hereof, the Servicer shall commence  procedures for the repossession of
         any  Financed  Boat or take such  other  steps  that in the  Servicer's
         reasonable judgment will maximize the receipt of principal and interest
         or Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to the Contract  secured by
         such  Financed  Boat,  including,  without  limitation,   selling  such
         Financed Boat at a public or private sale,  subject to the requirements
         of the  applicable  state and  federal  law.  In  connection  with such
         repossession or  foreclosure,  the Servicer shall follow such practices
         and  procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable and as shall be
         consistent  with Section  4.01  hereof.  In the event that title to any
         Financed  Boat is acquired in  foreclosure  or by conveyance in lieu of
         foreclosure,  the deed or  certificate  of sale  shall be issued to the
         Trust, or, at its election, to its nominee on behalf of the Trust.

                  (b) The Servicer  shall be entitled to recover all  reasonable
         fees of third  parties  and  expenses  incurred  by it in the course of
         converting  any Financed  Boat into cash  proceeds  including,  without
         limitation,  expenses  relating to recovery  and  repossession  of such
         Financed Boats, from liquidation proceeds with respect to such Financed
         Boat. The Net Liquidation Proceeds realized in connection with any such
         action with respect to a Contract shall be deposited by the Servicer in
         the Collection  Account in the manner  


<PAGE>

         specified  in Section 5.02 hereof and shall be applied to reduce (or to
         satisfy,  as the case may be) the Purchase  Price of the  Contract,  if
         such  Contract is to be  purchased  by CITSF  pursuant to Section  3.02
         hereof,  is to be purchased  by the  Servicer  pursuant to Section 4.07
         hereof,  or is to be  purchased  by CITSF  pursuant  to  Section  11.02
         hereof.  The foregoing  shall be subject to the provision  that, in any
         case in which  the  Financed  Boat  shall  have  suffered  damage,  the
         Servicer  shall not expend funds in  connection  with the repair or the
         repossession  of such  Financed  Boat unless it shall  determine in its
         sole discretion that such repair and/or  repossession will increase the
         Net Liquidation  Proceeds of the related Contract by an amount equal to
         or greater than the amount of such expenses.

                  (c) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Contracts,
         including  foreclosure of any security  interest on a Financed Boat, in
         its own name, if possible,  or as agent for the Trust.  If the Servicer
         elects to  commence a legal  proceeding  to  enforce a Contract  or any
         Insurance Policy in respect thereof,  the act of commencement  shall be
         deemed to be an  automatic  assignment  of the Contract to the Servicer
         for purposes of collection  only. If, however,  in any enforcement suit
         or legal  proceeding  it is held that the  Servicer  may not  enforce a
         Contract  on the ground  that it is not a real party in  interest  or a
         holder  entitled  to enforce  the  Contract,  the Trust  shall,  at the
         Servicer's expense,  take such steps as the Servicer deems necessary to
         enforce the Contract,  including bringing suit in its name or the names
         of the Securityholders.

                  (d) Prior to a Service Transfer, the Servicer may grant to the
         Obligor on any Contract  any rebate,  refund or  adjustment  out of the
         Collection Account that the Servicer in good faith believes is required
         because of Principal  Prepayment in Full.  The Servicer will not permit
         any rescission or cancellation of any Contract.

                  (e) The  Servicer  may  enforce  any  due-on-sale  clause in a
         Contract  if such  enforcement  is called  for  under its then  current
         servicing policies for obligations  similar to the Contracts,  provided
         that such  enforcement  is  permitted  by  applicable  law and will not
         adversely affect any applicable insurance policy.

         SECTION 4.04  Physical Damage Insurance.

                  (a) The Servicer,  in accordance with its customary  servicing
         procedures,  shall  require that each Obligor  shall have  obtained and
         shall maintain  physical damage  insurance  covering the Financed Boat,
         provided that such insurance  shall be in an amount no greater than the
         outstanding  principal  balance  of the  related  Contract  or, if such
         insurance  also  covers  the  interest  of the  related  Obligor in the
         Financed Boat, no greater than the greater of the outstanding principal
         balance of the related  Contract and the value of the Financed Boat, or
         such lesser  amount  permitted by  applicable  law. The Servicer  shall
         enforce  its rights  under the  Contracts  to require  the  Obligors to
         maintain physical damage  insurance,  in accordance with the Servicer's
         customary  practices and  procedures  with respect to comparable new or
         used marine  installment  sale contracts that it services for itself or
         others.  If an Obligor fails to maintain such  insurance,  the Servicer
         shall 


<PAGE>

         obtain and advance on behalf of such  Obligor,  as  required  under the
         terms of the applicable  Contract and this Agreement,  the premiums for
         such   insurance,   with  uninsured   physical  damage  loan  insurance
         endorsements,   each  insurance   policy  naming  the  Servicer  as  an
         additional  insured and loss payee,  and issued by an insurer  having a
         rating of "A" or better by A.M. Best (such  insurance being referred to
         herein as "Force-Placed  Insurance").  Such Force-Placed  Insurance and
         any  commissions  or  finance  charges  collected  by the  Servicer  in
         connection  therewith  shall be, to the extent  permitted by law, in an
         amount in accordance  with customary  servicing  procedures,  but in no
         event in an amount greater than the  outstanding  principal  balance of
         the related  Contract or, if such insurance also covers the interest of
         the related  Obligor in the Financed  Boat, no greater than the greater
         of the outstanding  principal  balance of the related  Contract and the
         value  of the  Financed  Boat,  or  such  lesser  amount  permitted  by
         applicable law and the Servicer  shall disclose to the related  Obligor
         all   information   with  respect  to  such   Force-Placed   Insurance,
         commissions  and finance  charges as required by  applicable  law.  The
         Servicer does not, under its customary  servicing  procedures,  require
         Force-Placed Insurance when the principal balance of the related retail
         installment  sale contract or installment loan falls below the level or
         levels  periodically  established  in  accordance  with such  customary
         servicing procedures.

         In accordance with such customary  servicing  procedures,  the Servicer
         may periodically readjust such levels,  suspend Force-Placed  Insurance
         or arrange other  methods of  protection of the Financed  Boats that it
         deems  necessary or advisable,  provided  that the Servicer  determines
         that such actions do not materially and adversely  affect the interests
         of  the  Certificateholders  or the  Noteholders.  Any  portion  of the
         principal  balance  of a  Contract  consisting  of  Post  Cut-off  Date
         Insurance Add-Ons will not be owned by the Trust, and amounts allocable
         thereto  will not be  available  for  distribution  on the  Securities.
         Unless  otherwise  designated  by the Obligor,  the  Servicer  will not
         allocate  payments to Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons if any amount
         of  principal  or  interest  is due but  unpaid on the  Contracts.  The
         Servicer shall not deposit payments posted with respect to Post Cut-off
         Date  Insurance  Add-Ons in the  Collection  Account and shall  instead
         promptly pay such amounts to an account of the Servicer  maintained for
         that  purpose.  In the event  that an  Obligor  under a  Contract  with
         respect to which the Servicer has advanced funds to obtain Force-Placed
         Insurance makes scheduled  payments under the Contract,  but has failed
         to make scheduled  payments of such Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons
         as due, and the Servicer has determined  that eventual  payment of such
         amount is  unlikely,  the  Servicer  may, but shall not be required to,
         take any action available to it, including determining that the related
         Contract  is a  Defaulted  Contract;  provided,  however,  that any Net
         Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to such  Contract  shall be applied
         first to the accrued and unpaid  interest at the Contract Rate, then to
         the principal  amount  outstanding,  and the remainder,  if any, to the
         Post Cut-off Date Insurance Add-Ons.

                  (b) The Servicer may, in lieu of causing individual  Insurance
         Policies to be  maintained  with respect to each Financed Boat pursuant
         to  subsection  (a) of this Section  4.04  maintain one or more blanket
         insurance  policies  covering  losses on the Obligor's  


<PAGE>

         interest in the Contracts  resulting from the absence or  insufficiency
         of  individual  Insurance  Policies.  To the extent that the  Obligor's
         individual  insurance  policy does not cover theft of the Financed Boat
         (to the extent  required under the Servicer's  customary  practices and
         procedures  with respect to comparable  new or used marine  installment
         sale  contracts  that it services  for itself or others),  the Servicer
         shall Force-Place  Insurance,  which may be obtained pursuant to one or
         more blanket  insurance  policies  covering theft and other risks.  The
         proceeds  of  any  such  blanket  insurance  policies  relating  to the
         Contracts  shall be deposited in the Collection  Account as collections
         on the Contracts in accordance with the provisions of Article V hereof.

                  Any such blanket policy shall be substantially in the form and
         in the amount carried by the Servicer as of the date of this Agreement.
         The  Servicer  shall  pay the  premium  for such  policy  on the  basis
         described  therein.  The Servicer  shall not,  however,  be required to
         deposit  any  deductible  amount  with  respect  to  (a)  claims  under
         individual Hazard Insurance Policies  maintained pursuant to subsection
         (a) of this Section  4.04,  or (b) claims  under any blanket  insurance
         policy.  If the insurer under such blanket insurance policy shall cease
         to be acceptable to the Servicer,  the Servicer shall exercise its best
         reasonable  efforts to obtain from another insurer a replacement policy
         comparable  to such  policy.  The  Servicer  shall  provide each Rating
         Agency  with notice of the  occurrence  of any event  specified  in the
         preceding sentence.

         SECTION  4.05  Maintenance  of Security  Interests  in Financed  Boats;
Retitling.

                  (a) The Servicer,  in accordance with its customary  servicing
         procedures,  shall  take  such  steps  as  are  necessary  to  maintain
         perfection  of the security  interest  created by each  Contract in the
         related  Financed  Boat in favor of CITSF  or  CITCF-NY.  The  Servicer
         hereby agrees to take such steps as are  necessary to  re-perfect  such
         security  interest in the name of CITSF or CITCF-NY in the event of the
         relocation  of  a  Financed  Boat  to a  jurisdiction  other  than  the
         jurisdiction  in which  steps had been  taken to perfect  the  security
         interest  in  favor  of  CITSF  or  CITCF-NY.  In the  event  that  the
         assignment  of the  Contract  to the  Trust is  insufficient  without a
         notation on the related Financed Boat's  certificate of title, to grant
         to the Trust a perfected  security  interest  in the  related  Financed
         Boat, CITSF or CITCF-NY hereby agrees to serve as the Trust's agent for
         the purpose of perfecting  the security  interest in such Financed Boat
         and that  CITSF's or  CITCF-NY's  listing as the  secured  party on the
         certificate of title is in the capacity as agent of the Trust.

                  (b) If, at any time, a Service Transfer has occurred and CITSF
         is no longer the Servicer,  and the new Servicer is unable to foreclose
         upon a Financed Boat because the title  document for such Financed Boat
         does not show such  Servicer  or the  Trust as the  holder of the first
         priority  security  interest in the Financed Boat,  such Servicer shall
         take all  necessary  steps to apply for a  replacement  title  document
         showing it or the Trust as the secured party.


<PAGE>

                  (c)  In  order  to  facilitate  the  Servicer's   actions,  as
         described in subsection 4.05(b) hereof, CITSF will provide the Servicer
         with any  necessary  power of  attorney  permitting  it to retitle  the
         Financed   Boat.   The   Company   hereby   appoints   the   Trust  its
         attorney-in-fact  for the  purposes to  endorse,  as  appropriate,  the
         certificate  of title relating to any Financed Boat in order to cause a
         change in the  registration  of legal owner of the Financed Boat to the
         Trust  at such  time as such  certificate  of  title  is  endorsed  and
         delivered  to  the  Department  of  Motor  Vehicles  of  the  State  of
         California  (or any other  state  department  of motor  vehicles)  with
         appropriate fees. The Company will provide the Trust with any necessary
         power of attorney for such purpose.

                  (d) If the Servicer is unable to retitle the Financed Boat, in
         the event that the Servicer  seeks to foreclose on a Financed Boat then
         CITSF will take all actions necessary to act with the Servicer,  to the
         extent   permitted  by  law,  to  foreclose  upon  the  Financed  Boat,
         including,  as appropriate,  the filing of any UCC-1 or UCC-2 financing
         statements  necessary to perfect the security  interest in any Financed
         Boat.

         SECTION  4.06  Covenants  of  Servicer.  The  Servicer  shall  make the
following  covenants on which the Owner Trustee and Indenture  Trustee will rely
in  accepting  the  Contracts  in trust and  executing  and  authenticating  the
Certificates and the Notes:

                  (a) Security  Interest to Remain in Force.  The Financed  Boat
         securing each Contract shall not be released from the security interest
         granted  by the  Contract  in whole or in part  except as  contemplated
         herein;

                  (b) No Impairment. The Servicer shall not impair the rights of
         the Trust in the  Contracts  or take any action  inconsistent  with the
         Trust's  ownership  of the  Contracts,  except  as  expressly  provided
         herein;

                  (c) Amendments.  The Servicer shall not increase the number of
         payments  under a Contract,  nor increase the principal  amount of such
         Contract  which is used to finance  the  purchase  price of the related
         Boats, nor extend or forgive payments on a Contract, except as provided
         in Section 4.02 hereof; and

                  (d) Compliance with Insurance Policies. The Servicer shall not
         fail to comply with the  provisions  of any  Insurance  Policy,  if the
         failure  to so comply  would  impair  the  protection  or benefit to be
         afforded by such Insurance Policies.

         SECTION  4.07  Purchase of Contracts  Upon Breach.  The Servicer or the
Trustees,  as the case may be,  shall  inform  the other  parties  promptly,  in
writing, upon the discovery of any breach by the Servicer of its covenants under
Section  4.04(a) with respect to  Force-Placed  Insurance,  Section 4.06 and the
proviso in Section  4.02  hereof  which  materially  and  adversely  affects the
Trust's  interest  in any  Contract.  The  Trustees  shall not be deemed to have
discovered  such a  breach  until  such  time as a  Responsible  Officer  of the
Trustees receives written notice of such breach.  Except as otherwise  specified
in Section  4.02 hereof,  unless the breach shall have been cured,  the Servicer
shall purchase such Contract,  at its Purchase  Price,  not later than the first


<PAGE>

Determination  Date  which is more  than 60 days  after  the  Servicer  receives
written  notice from the Trustees,  or not later than 60 days after the Servicer
otherwise  becomes aware of, a breach of any of its obligations  with respect to
Force-Placed  Insurance  under Section 4.04(a) hereof or any  representation  or
warranty of the Servicer in Section 4.06 hereof that  materially  and  adversely
affects the Trust's  interest in such  Contract.  The Servicer shall effect such
purchase by  depositing,  in accordance  with Section 5.04 hereof,  the Purchase
Price of such Contract (less any Net Liquidation  Proceeds  deposited,  or to be
deposited,  by the  Servicer  in the  Collection  Account  with  respect to such
Contract  pursuant  to Section  5.02  hereof) in the  Collection  Account on the
Deposit Date  immediately  preceding the  Determination  Date referred to in the
preceding sentence. The effective date of such purchase shall be the last day of
the Due Period preceding such Determination  Date. The sole remedy of the Trust,
the  Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Certificateholders  or  the
Noteholders  against the Servicer  with respect to a breach  pursuant to Section
4.06 hereof or Section  4.02 hereof shall be to require the Servicer to purchase
Contracts pursuant to this Section 4.07.

         SECTION 4.08 Servicing  Fee. The Servicing Fee for a Distribution  Date
shall be equal to the sum of (i) one-twelfth of the product of the Servicing Fee
Rate and the Pool Balance as of the last day of the second  preceding Due Period
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of the Initial Cut-off Date)
and (ii) any  Investment  Earnings  on  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Collection
Account, the Certificate Distribution Account and the Note Distribution Account.
In addition,  the Servicer  will be entitled to collect and retain any Late Fees
received by the Servicer from Obligors during the preceding Due Period.

         SECTION 4.09 Servicer's  Certificate.  On or before each  Determination
Date, the Servicer shall furnish a report (the "Monthly Report"), which shall be
in  substantially  the form of Exhibit G, to the Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture
Trustee,  any Paying Agent (under the Indenture and the Trust Agreement) and (if
CITSF is not the  Servicer)  CITSF.  The  determination  by the  Servicer of the
amount of the distributions to be made pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof shall, in
the  absence of obvious  error,  be  presumptively  deemed to be correct for all
purposes hereunder, and the Trustees shall be protected in relying upon the same
without any independent  check or verification.  The Servicer shall also specify
in the Monthly  Report each Contract  which CITSF or the Servicer is required to
purchase as of the last day of the related  Due Period and each  Contract  which
the Servicer  shall have  determined to be a Defaulted  Contract or a Liquidated
Contract  during  such  Due  Period.  The  Trustees  shall  not be  required  to
recompute,  verify  or  recalculate  information  contained  in  the  Servicer's
Certificate.

         Each  Monthly  Report  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of a
Servicing  Officer  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  F,  certifying  the
accuracy of the Monthly  Report and that no Event of  Termination  or event that
with notice or lapse of time or both would  become an Event of  Termination  has
occurred, or if such event has occurred and is continuing,  specifying the event
and its status.

         In addition,  the Servicer shall,  on request of the Trustees,  furnish
the Trustees such underlying data as can be generated by the Servicer's existing
data processing system without undue modification or expense.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 4.10 Annual Statement as to Compliance.

                  (a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustees  within 90 days
         after  the end of each  calendar  year  commencing  March 31,  ____,  a
         certificate  signed  by  the  president,  the  treasurer  or  any  vice
         president of the Servicer,  stating that (i) a review of the activities
         of the Servicer  during the preceding  calendar year of its performance
         under this Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision and
         (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the
         Servicer  has  fulfilled  all  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement
         throughout  such  preceding  calendar  year,  or,  if there  has been a
         default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such
         default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

                  (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustees, promptly after
         having obtained knowledge thereof, an Officers' Certificate  specifying
         any event  which with the  giving of notice or lapse of time,  or both,
         would  become  an  Event of  Termination  under  clause  (i) or (ii) of
         Section  9.01  hereof.  The  Company  shall  deliver  to the  Trustees,
         promptly  after  having  obtained  knowledge   thereof,   an  Officer's
         Certificate  specifying  any event  which  with the giving of notice or
         lapse of time,  or both,  would  become an Event of  Termination  under
         clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.01 hereof.

         SECTION 4.11 Annual Report of Accountants. Within 90 days after the end
of each calendar year,  commencing March 31, ____, the Servicer, at its expense,
shall cause a firm of independent  public  accountants  which is a member of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants to furnish a statement to the
Trustee to the effect that such firm has, with respect to the Servicer's overall
servicing   operations,   examined  such   operations  in  accordance  with  the
requirements  of the Uniform  Single  Audit  Program for Mortgage  Bankers,  and
stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto. Copies of the annual statement
of accountants shall also be provided to each Rating Agency.

         SECTION 4.12 Duties of Owner Trustee. In accordance with Section 6.1(b)
of the Trust  Agreement,  the Servicer  will comply with, on behalf of the Owner
Trustee,  the  requirements  of Sections 5.4 and 5.5 of the Trust  Agreement and
Sections 3.6, 3.9 and 7.3 of the Indenture.

         SECTION 4.13 Reports to Securityholders and the Rating Agencies.

                  (a)  Concurrently  with  each  distribution   charged  to  the
         Certificate Distribution Account and the Note Distribution Account, the
         Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee,  respectively,  so long as it
         has received the Monthly  Report from the  Servicer,  shall  forward or
         cause to be  forwarded  by mail to each  Securityholder,  such  Monthly
         Report.

                  (b) The  Servicer  shall  forward to each  Rating  Agency each
         letter of the Independent  certified public  accountants'  described in
         Section 4.11 hereof, each Servicer's 


<PAGE>

         Certificate,  each  annual  statement  as to  compliance  described  in
         Section 4.10 hereof and each statement to Securityholders  described in
         Section 5.08 hereof.

         SECTION  4.14  Maintenance  of  Fidelity  Bond and Errors and  Omission
Policy.  The Servicer shall during the term of its service as Servicer  maintain
in force (a) a policy or policies of insurance covering errors and omissions for
failure to maintain insurance as required by this Agreement,  and (b) a fidelity
bond in respect of its officers,  employees and agents.  Such policy or policies
and  such  fidelity  bond  shall  be in such  form and  amount  as is  generally
customary  among Persons which  service a portfolio of marine  installment  sale
contracts having an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 or more and which
are generally regarded as servicers acceptable to institutional investors.

         SECTION  4.15  Trustees  to  Cooperate.  Upon  payment  in  full on any
Contract,  the Servicer will notify the Trustees by certification of a Servicing
Officer  (which  certification  shall include a statement to the effect that all
amounts  received in  connection  with such  payments  which are  required to be
deposited  in the  Collection  Account  pursuant  to  Section  5.05 have been so
deposited).  The Servicer is authorized to execute an instrument in satisfaction
of such  Contract and to do such other acts and execute such other  documents as
the Servicer deems  necessary to discharge the Obligor  thereunder and eliminate
the security  interest in the Financed Boat related thereto.  The Servicer shall
determine when a Contract has been paid in full. To the extent that insufficient
payments are received on a Contract  credited by the Servicer as prepaid or paid
in full and  satisfied,  the shortfall  shall be paid by the Servicer out of its
own funds.

         SECTION  4.16 Costs and  Expenses.  Except as provided in Section  4.03
hereof,  all costs and  expenses  incurred by the  Servicer in carrying  out its
duties  hereunder,  including all fees and expenses  incurred in connection with
the enforcement of Contracts  (including  enforcement of Defaulted Contracts and
repossessions of Financed Boats securing such  Contracts),  shall be paid by the
Servicer and the Servicer shall not be entitled to reimbursement hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE V

            ACCOUNTS; DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         SECTION  5.01  Collection  Account,  Pre-Funding  Account,  Capitalized
Interest Account and Cash Collateral Account.

                  (a)  (i)  On or  before  the  Closing  Date,  there  shall  be
                  established  and  maintained  in the  name  of  the  Indenture
                  Trustee,    for   the   benefit   of   the   Noteholders   and
                  Certificateholders,   with  an  Eligible   Institution  (which
                  initially shall be the Indenture  Trustee) an account known as
                  the  "CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_   Collection   Account"  (the
                  "Collection  Account"),   bearing  an  additional  designation
                  clearly  indicating that the funds deposited  therein are held
                  for the benefit of the Noteholders and Certificateholders.


<PAGE>

                           (ii) On or before the  Closing  Date,  there shall be
                  established  and  maintained  in the  name  of  the  Indenture
                  Trustee,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Noteholders,   with  the
                  Indenture  Trustee an account  known as the "CIT Marine  Trust
                  ____-_  Note  Distribution  Account"  (the "Note  Distribution
                  Account"),   bearing   an   additional   designation   clearly
                  indicating that the funds  deposited  therein are held for the
                  benefit of the Noteholders.

                           (iii) On or before the Closing Date,  pursuant to the
                  Trust Agreement,  there shall be established and maintained in
                  the  name  of  the  Owner  Trustee,  for  the  benefit  of the
                  Certificateholders,   with  an  Eligible   Institution  (which
                  initially shall be [____________________], the Paying Agent of
                  the Owner  Trustee) an account  known as the "CIT Marine Trust
                  ____-_  Certificate  Distribution  Account" (the  "Certificate
                  Distribution  Account"),  bearing  an  additional  designation
                  clearly  indicating that the funds deposited  therein are held
                  for the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders  and owned by the
                  Trust.

                           (iv) On or before the  Closing  Date,  there shall be
                  established  and  maintained  in the name of the Owner Trustee
                  with an  Eligible  Institution  (which,  initially,  shall  be
                  [____________________], the Paying Agent of the Owner Trustee)
                  an  account  known  as  the  "CIT  Marine  Trust  ____-_  Cash
                  Collateral Account (the "Cash Collateral Account"),  bearing a
                  designation   clearly  indicating  that  the  funds  deposited
                  therein are held for the benefit of the Certificateholders and
                  owned by the Trust.

                  (b) Pre Funding Account and Capitalized Interest Account.

                           (i) On or before the  Closing  Date,  there  shall be
                  established  and  maintained the  Pre-Funding  Account and the
                  Capitalized  Interest  Account,  in  the  name  of  the  Owner
                  Trustee,  on  behalf  of the  Trust  for  the  benefit  of the
                  Noteholders   and   Certificateholders    with   an   Eligible
                  Institution   (which,   initially,   shall  be  the  Indenture
                  Trustee).  If, at any time  during  the  Funding  Period,  the
                  Pre-Funding Account or the Capitalized Interest Account ceases
                  to be maintained with an Eligible  Institution,  the Indenture
                  Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf)  shall within five (5)
                  Business  Days (or such longer  period,  not to exceed  thirty
                  (30) calendar days, as to which the Rating Agency may consent)
                  establish a new  Pre-Funding  Account or Capitalized  Interest
                  Account meeting the condition  specified  above,  transfer any
                  cash and/or any investments to such new Pre-Funding Account or
                  Capitalized  Interest  Account  and  from  the  date  such new
                  Pre-Funding   Account  or  Capitalized   Interest  Account  is
                  established,  they  shall  be  the  "Pre-Funding  Account"  or
                  "Capitalized   Interest   Account",   as   appropriate.    The
                  Pre-Funding  Account  shall be entitled  the "CIT Marine Trust
                  ____-_ Pre-Funding Account".  The Capitalized Interest Account
                  shall be entitled  the "CIT Marine  Trust  ____-_  Capitalized
                  Interest  Account".  Each of the  Pre-Funding  Account and the
                  Capitalized   Interest   Account   shall  bear  an  additional
                  designation  clearly  indicating  that the  funds  on  deposit
                  therein  are held for the benefit of, and owned 


<PAGE>

                  by, the Trust. On the Closing Date, the Trust will deposit the
                  Original  Pre-Funded  Amount into the Pre-Funding  Account and
                  deposit  the Initial  Capitalized  Interest  Deposit  into the
                  Capitalized Interest Account.

                           (ii) On any  Subsequent  Transfer  Date, the Servicer
                  shall   instruct  the  Owner  Trustee  to  withdraw  from  the
                  Pre-Funding  Account  an  amount  equal to 100% of the  unpaid
                  principal balance thereof as of the related Subsequent Cut-off
                  Date of the  Subsequent  Contracts  sold to the  Trust on such
                  Subsequent  Transfer  Date and pay such  amount to or upon the
                  order of Company  with respect to such  transfer.  In no event
                  shall the Servicer be permitted to instruct the Owner  Trustee
                  to  release  from the  Pre-Funding  Account  with  respect  to
                  Subsequent Contracts to be transferred to the Trust an amount,
                  which, when added to the amounts previously  released from the
                  Pre-Funding  Account to acquire  Subsequent  Contracts,  would
                  exceed the Original Pre-Funded Amount.

                           (iii)  On  the   Distribution   Dates   occurring  in
                  _________,  _________ and _________ of ____, the Owner Trustee
                  shall  withdraw  Pre-Funding  Earnings  from  the  Pre-Funding
                  Account,  to the extent available,  and deposit such amount in
                  the  Collection  Account  for  payment  to the  Holders of the
                  Securities on such  Distribution  Dates, in an amount equal to
                  the difference,  if any,  between (x) the sum of the amount of
                  interest payable to the Noteholders on such  Distribution Date
                  and the amount of interest  payable to the  Certificateholders
                  on such  Distribution  Date and (y) that portion of the Amount
                  Available   allocated  to  make  such  interest   payments  to
                  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,  respectively,  on  such
                  Distribution Dates. On such Distribution Dates, such funds, if
                  any,  shall be used  first to pay to the  Noteholders,  to the
                  extent available,  the Pre-Funding  Earnings so withdrawn such
                  that the Noteholders will receive such amounts of interest due
                  on  such  Distribution   Date,  and  second,  to  pay  to  the
                  Certificateholders,  to the extent  available,  the  remaining
                  Pre-Funding    Earnings   so    withdrawn    such   that   the
                  Certificateholders  will  receive such amounts of interest due
                  on such Distribution Date.

                           (iv)  On  the   Distribution   Dates   occurring   in
                  _________,  _________ and _________ of ____, the Owner Trustee
                  shall withdraw monies on deposit in the  Capitalized  Interest
                  Account,  to the extent available,  and deposit such amount in
                  the  Collection  Account  for  payment  to the  Holders of the
                  Securities  on such  Distribution  Date, in an amount equal to
                  the excess,  if any,  of (x) the  product of (1) the  weighted
                  average  of the Class A Rate and the  Pass-Through  Rate as of
                  the first day of the related  Interest  Accrual Period and (2)
                  the undisbursed funds (excluding  investment  earnings) in the
                  Pre-Funding  Account  (as of the last day of the  related  Due
                  Period) over (y) the amount if any Pre-Funding Earnings in the
                  Pre-Funding  Account that are available to pay interest on the
                  Securities on such  Distribution Date pursuant to clause (iii)
                  above. On such  Distribution  Dates, such funds, if any, shall
                  be  used  first  to  pay  to the  Noteholders,  to the  extent
                  available,  the amount so withdrawn such that the  Noteholders
                  will receive such amounts of 


<PAGE>

                  interest due on such Distribution  Date, and second, to pay to
                  the Certificateholders, to the extent available, the amount so
                  withdrawn such that the  Certificateholders  will receive such
                  amounts of interest due on such Distribution Date.

                           (v) On the last day of the  Funding  Period  (or,  if
                  such  day is  not a  Business  Day,  on  the  next  succeeding
                  Business Day) (but in no event later than the  _________  ____
                  Distribution  Date)  the  Servicer  shall  instruct  the Owner
                  Trustee to  withdraw  from the  Pre-Funding  Account,  and the
                  Owner  Trustee  shall so  withdraw,  the  difference,  if any,
                  between (A) the sum of the Original Pre-Funded Amount, and (B)
                  all amounts theretofore withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account
                  with  respect to the  purchase  and  transfer  to the Trust of
                  Subsequent Contracts,  and the Owner Trustee shall (i) deposit
                  the Note  Pre-Funded  Percentage of such amounts into the Note
                  Distribution   Account  and  (ii)   deposit  the   Certificate
                  Pre-Funded  Percentage  of such amounts  into the  Certificate
                  Distribution  Account. Such amounts will be used to prepay the
                  principal amount of the outstanding  Notes and Certificates in
                  accordance  with  the  Note  Pre-Funded   Percentage  and  the
                  Certificate  Pre-Funded  Percentage,   respectively,   on  the
                  Distribution Date immediately  following the Funding Period or
                  if the end of the Funding  Period is on a  Distribution  Date,
                  then on such date.

                           (vi)  Any  Pre-Funding  Earnings  on  deposit  in the
                  Pre-Funding  Account and all amounts  remaining  on deposit in
                  the  Capitalized  Interest  Account  on  the  last  day of the
                  Funding   Period   which   were   not   distributed   to   the
                  Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.01(b) shall be deposited
                  by the Owner  Trustee in the  Collection  Account on such date
                  and shall constitute part of the Amount Available on the first
                  Distribution  Date  thereafter  or, if the end of the  Funding
                  Period is on a Distribution Date, then on such date.

                  (c)  The  Eligible   Institution   maintaining   the  accounts
         described  in this  Section  5.01(a) and (b) shall,  in the name of the
         Trust invest  amounts on deposit  solely in Eligible  Investments  that
         mature not later  than one  Business  Day prior to the next  succeeding
         Distribution  Date, in  accordance  with  instructions  provided to the
         Trustees  by the  Servicer  in  writing  (or,  in the  case of the Cash
         Collateral  Account,  in accordance with  instructions  provided to the
         Servicer  by the Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  on  behalf  of the Owner
         Trustee and the Cash Collateral Depositor, in writing). Once such funds
         are invested, such Eligible Institution shall not change the investment
         of such funds.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts deposited in the
         Collection  Account  from funds on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account
         pursuant to Section  5.01(b) may not be invested at all. All Investment
         Earnings from the investment of funds in the accounts described in this
         Section  5.01(a) and (b) shall be  deposited  in the  accounts in which
         such Investment  Earnings were earned;  provided,  however,  Investment
         Earnings from the  investment of funds in the Cash  Collateral  Account
         shall  be  retained  in a  separate  interest  subaccount  of the  Cash
         Collateral  Account and realized losses, if any, on amounts so invested
         shall be charged  against  undistributed  Investment  Earnings from the
         Cash Collateral Account. 


<PAGE>

         All Investment  Earnings  realized from any such investment of funds in
         the  Collection  Account,  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and Note
         Distribution  Account  (to  the  extent  investment  of such  funds  is
         permitted  hereunder)  shall be for the benefit of the Servicer and may
         be  withdrawn  by the Servicer on each  Distribution  Date  pursuant to
         subsection 5.05(b)(ii).  All Investment Earnings realized from any such
         investment  of funds in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and the  Capitalized
         Interest  Account shall be distributed as provided in Section  5.01(b).
         All Investment  Earnings  realized from any such investment of funds in
         the Cash Collateral Account shall be distributed as provided in Section
         5.06.  An  amount  equal to any net loss on such  investments  shall be
         deposited  in the  Collection  Account,  the  Certificate  Distribution
         Account and Note  Distribution  Account by the  Servicer out of its own
         funds,  without  right  to  reimbursement,   immediately  as  realized.
         "Eligible Investments" are any of the following:

                           (i)  direct  obligations  of, and  obligations  fully
                  guaranteed by, the United States of America,  the Federal Home
                  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (if then rated "Aaa" by Moody's),
                  the Federal National  Mortgage  Association,  or any agency or
                  instrumentality   of  the  United   States  of   America   the
                  obligations  of which are  backed by the full faith and credit
                  of the United States of America and which are non-callable;

                           (ii) demand and time  deposits  in,  certificates  of
                  deposit of, bankers'  acceptances  issued by, or federal funds
                  sold by any depository institution or trust company (including
                  the Trustees or any Affiliate of the Trustees, acting in their
                  commercial capacity) incorporated under the laws of the United
                  States of America  or any state  thereof  or the  District  of
                  Columbia (or any domestic  branch or agency of a foreign bank)
                  and subject to supervision  and  examination by federal and/or
                  state authorities,  so long as, at the time of such investment
                  or contractual  commitment providing for such investment,  the
                  commercial  paper or other short-term debt obligations of such
                  depository  institution  or trust  company  have been rated at
                  least "P-1" or higher from Moody's and "A-1+" from  Standard &
                  Poor's (or,  with respect to the  investment of any amounts on
                  deposit  in the Cash  Collateral  Account  or the  Certificate
                  Distribution  Account,  such Standard & Poor's rating shall be
                  at least  "A-1");  or any  other  demand  or time  deposit  or
                  certificate  of deposit  which is fully insured by the Federal
                  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and  which  is rated at least
                  "P-1" by Moody's;

                           (iii)  repurchase  obligations  with  respect  to any
                  security  described  in either  clause  (i) or (ii)  above and
                  entered into with any institution whose commercial paper is at
                  least rated "P-1" by Moody's and at least "A-1+" by Standard &
                  Poor's (or,  with respect to the  investment of any amounts on
                  deposit  in the Cash  Collateral  Account  or the  Certificate
                  Distribution  Account,  such Standard & Poor's rating shall be
                  at least "A-1");

                           (iv)  securities   bearing  interest  or  sold  at  a
                  discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws
                  of the United  States of America  or any 


<PAGE>

                  State  thereof  which have a credit rating of at least "A2" or
                  "P-1" from  Moody's and at least "AA"- from  Standard & Poor's
                  at the  time of  such  investment  (or,  with  respect  to the
                  investment  of any  amounts on deposit in the Cash  Collateral
                  Account or the Certificate Distribution Account, such Standard
                  & Poor's rating shall be at least "A");

                           (v)  commercial  paper  having a  rating  of at least
                  "P-1" from Moody's and at least "A-1+" from  Standard & Poor's
                  (or, with respect to the  investment of any amounts on deposit
                  in the Cash Collateral Account or the Certificate Distribution
                  Account,  such  Standard  &  Poor's  rating  shall be at least
                  "A-1") at the time of such investment; and

                           (vi)  money  market  funds  which are rated  "Aaa" by
                  Moody's and at least  "AAAm" or "AAAm-G" by Standard & Poor's,
                  including funds which meet such rating  requirements for which
                  the  Trustees or an  affiliate  of the  Trustees  serves as an
                  investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent
                  and/or  custodian or  subcustodian,  notwithstanding  that (i)
                  such  Trustee or an  affiliate  of such  Trustee  charges  and
                  collects  fees and  expenses  from  such  funds  for  services
                  rendered,  (ii) such  Trustee  charges and  collects  fees and
                  expenses for services  rendered  pursuant to this  instrument,
                  and (iii)  services  performed  for such funds and pursuant to
                  this  instrument may converge at any time. (The Seller and the
                  Servicer  specifically  authorize such Trustee or an affiliate
                  of such  Trustee to charge and collect  all fees and  expenses
                  from such  funds  for  services  rendered  to such  funds,  in
                  addition to any fees and expenses  such Trustee may charge and
                  collect for services rendered pursuant to this instrument).

                  The Trustees may trade with themselves, each other, or with an
         Affiliate  on an arm's  length  basis in the  purchase  or sale of such
         Eligible Investments.

         SECTION 5.02 Collections; Applications.

         (a) Deposits to Collection Account.  Subject to subsections 5.02(b) and
(c), the Servicer  shall deposit in the  Collection  Account,  no later than two
Business Days after the Closing Date, any amounts representing payments received
on the Contracts on or after the Initial  Cut-off Date through and including the
Closing Date. Subject to subsections 5.02(b) and (c), the Servicer shall deposit
in the Collection  Account as promptly as practicable (not later than the second
Business  Day)  following  the  receipt  thereof by the  Servicer,  all  amounts
received in respect of the Contracts, including all loan payments from Obligors,
Net Liquidation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds.

         (b) Monthly Deposits to Collection Account. Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and only so long as:

                           (i) CITSF shall  remain the  Servicer  hereunder  and
                  CITSF  remains a direct or indirect  subsidiary of CIT, if CIT
                  shall have and maintain a  short-term  


<PAGE>

                  debt  rating of at least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's and either
                  a short-term  debt rating of "P-1" or a long-term  debt rating
                  of at least "A2" by Moody's, or

                           (ii) the Servicer obtains a letter of credit,  surety
                  bond or  insurance  policy (the  "Servicer  Letter of Credit")
                  under which  demands for payment will be made to secure timely
                  remittance of monthly  collections to the  Collection  Account
                  and the Trustees  are provided  with a letter from each Rating
                  Agency to the effect that the utilization of such  alternative
                  remittance  schedule and any amendment  required to be made to
                  this  Agreement in connection  therewith  will not result in a
                  qualification,  reduction or  withdrawal  of its  then-current
                  rating of the Notes or Certificates,

         the Servicer may make the deposits to the Collection  Account specified
         in  subsection  5.05(a)  on a monthly  basis,  but not  later  than the
         Deposit Date immediately  preceding the Distribution Date following the
         last day of the Due Period within which such payments were processed by
         the Servicer, in an amount equal to the net amount of such deposits and
         payments  which would have been made to the  Collection  Account during
         such Due Period but for the provisions of this subsection  5.02(b).  In
         the  event  that the  Servicer  is  permitted  to make  remittances  of
         collections to the Collection Account pursuant to Section  5.02(b)(ii),
         this Agreement may be modified,  to the extent  necessary,  without the
         consent of any Securityholder.

                  (c) Amounts Not Required to be  Deposited.  The Servicer  will
         not be required to deposit in the Collection  Account amounts  relating
         to the Contracts attributable to the following:

                           (i) amounts  received  with respect to each  Contract
                  (or  property  acquired  in  respect  thereof)  that  has been
                  purchased by CITSF or the Servicer  pursuant to this Agreement
                  and   that   are   not   required   to   be   distributed   to
                  Securityholders,

                           (ii) net  investment  earnings on funds  deposited in
                  the Collection Account, the Certificate  Distribution Account,
                  the Note Distribution Account and the Cash Collateral Account,

                           (iii) amounts received as Late Fees,

                           (iv) amounts received in respect of Post Cut-off Date
                  Insurance Add-Ons,

                           (v) any repossession profits on Liquidated Contracts,

                           (vi) amounts received as liquidation proceeds, to the
                  extent  the   Servicer  is  entitled   to   reimbursement   of
                  liquidation  expenses  relating  thereto  pursuant  to Section
                  4.03, and


<PAGE>

                           (vii)  amounts to be  reimbursed  to the  Servicer in
                  respect of Nonrecoverable Advances.

                  (e) Permitted  Withdrawals  from the Collection  Account.  The
         Indenture  Trustee  will,  from time to time as provided  herein,  make
         withdrawals  from the Collection  Account of amounts  deposited in said
         account  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  that  are  attributable  to the
         Contracts for the following purposes:

                           (i) to make payments and distributions in the amounts
                  and in the manner provided for in Section 5.05;

                           (ii) to pay to CITSF or the Servicer  with respect to
                  each Contract or property acquired in respect thereof that has
                  been purchased  pursuant to Section 3.02, 4.02, 4.07, 11.01 or
                  11.02,  all amounts  received  thereon and not  required to be
                  distributed to Noteholders and Certificateholders;

                           (iii)  to  withdraw  any  amount   deposited  in  the
                  Collection  Account  that  was not  required  to be  deposited
                  therein; and

                           (iv) to reimburse  the  Servicer  out of  liquidation
                  proceeds  for  liquidation  expenses  incurred  by it,  to the
                  extent such  reimbursement is permitted under Section 4.03 and
                  to  the  extent  such  expenses   have  not   otherwise   been
                  reimbursed.

         Since, in connection with withdrawals pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iv)
         of this subsection  5.02(d),  CITSF's entitlement thereto is limited to
         collections or other recoveries on the related  Contract,  the Servicer
         shall keep and maintain separate accounting,  on a Contract by Contract
         basis, for the purpose of justifying any withdrawal from the Collection
         Account pursuant to such clauses.  The Servicer shall keep and maintain
         an accounting  for the purpose of justifying  any  withdrawal  from the
         Collection Account pursuant to clause (iii) of this subsection 5.02(d).

         SECTION 5.03  Monthly  Advances.  With  respect to each  Contract as to
which there has been an Interest  Shortfall during the related Due Period (other
than an Interest  Shortfall  arising from either (i) a Principal  Prepayment  in
Full of a  Contract  or (ii) a Contract  which has been  subject to a Relief Act
Reduction during such Due Period),  the Servicer shall make a Monthly Advance in
the amount of such Interest Shortfall,  but only to the extent the Servicer,  in
its good faith judgment,  expects to recoup such Monthly Advance from subsequent
payments of interest by or on behalf of the Obligors,  Net Liquidation  Proceeds
or proceeds from Insurance  Policies with respect to the related  Contract.  The
Servicer  shall not be  obligated to make any advance to the Trust in respect of
the principal  component of scheduled payments on any Contract which is not paid
during the Due Period in which they are due.


<PAGE>

         The Servicer shall deposit any such Monthly Advance into the Collection
Account in next-day  funds or  immediately  available  funds no later than 12:00
noon,  New York  time,  on the  related  Deposit  Date.  The  Servicer  shall be
reimbursed for any such Monthly Advance by subsequent  collections in respect of
interest  on  such  Contract  made  by or on  behalf  of the  Obligor,  and  Net
Liquidation  Proceeds or proceeds from  Insurance  Policies with respect to such
Contract.  If an  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall become a  Nonrecoverable
Advance,  the Servicer shall be reimbursed from collections on all the Contracts
in the Trust in the order of priority set forth in Section 5.05 hereof.

         SECTION 5.04A  Non-Reimbursable  Payments.  On each Deposit  Date,  the
Servicer shall make a deposit (a  "Non-Reimbursable  Payment") to the Collection
Account  in  respect  of each  Contract  for which  there  has been an  Interest
Shortfall  during the  preceding  Due Period  arising  either  from a  Principal
Prepayment in Full or a Relief Act Reduction in respect of such Contract  during
such Due Period, in an amount equal to the Interest Shortfall.

         The Servicer  shall  deposit the aggregate  amount of  Non-Reimbursable
Payments in respect of a Due Period into the Collection  Account at the time and
in the manner  specified in Section 5.03.  The Servicer shall not be entitled to
reimbursement for any Non-Reimbursable Payment.

         SECTION 5.04B Additional Deposits.  CITSF and the Servicer, as the case
may be, shall deposit into the Collection  Account the aggregate  Purchase Price
pursuant to Sections 3.02,  4.02,  4.07,  11.01 and 11.02,  as  applicable.  All
remittances  shall  be made to the  Collection  Account,  in  next-day  funds or
immediately  available  funds,  no later than 12:00 noon,  New York time, on the
related Deposit Date.

         SECTION 5.05  Distributions.

                  (a)  On  or  before  the   Determination   Date   preceding  a
         Distribution  Date, the Servicer will make a  determination  and inform
         the Indenture  Trustee and the Owner  Trustee of the following  amounts
         with respect to the preceding Due Period:  (i) the aggregate  amount of
         collections  on the  Contracts;  (ii) the  aggregate  amount of Monthly
         Advances to be remitted by the Servicer;  (iii) the aggregate  Purchase
         Price of Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the  Servicer;  (iv) the
         aggregate  amount to be  distributed  as principal  and interest on the
         Notes on the related  Distribution Date; (v) the aggregate amount to be
         distributed  as  principal  and  interest  on the  Certificates  on the
         related  Distribution Date; (vi) the Servicing Fee; (vii) the aggregate
         amount of Non-Reimbursable  Payments; (viii) the amounts required to be
         withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account for such  Distribution Date
         in accordance with Sections  5.05(b) and 5.06 hereof and the applicable
         provisions  of the Cash  Collateral  Agreement;  (ix) any amounts to be
         deposited  into  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  pursuant  to  Sections
         5.05(b)(viii) and 5.06 hereof and the applicable provisions of the Cash
         Collateral  Agreement  and (x) the  aggregate  amount  of  unreimbursed
         Monthly Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer.


<PAGE>

                  (b) On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee,  based on
         the instruction  provided by the Servicer in subsection (a) above, will
         withdraw the Amount  Available from the Collection  Account to make the
         following  payments  (to the  extent  sufficient  funds  are  available
         therefor) in the following order and priority:

                           (i) the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed  Monthly
                  Advances  made by the  Servicer  (and which are then due to be
                  reimbursed to the Servicer) will be paid to the Servicer;

                           (ii)  the   Servicer   Payment  (to  the  extent  not
                  previously  retained  by the  Servicer)  will  be  paid to the
                  Servicer;

                           (iii)  the  Class  A  Interest  Distribution  Amount,
                  including any Outstanding Class A Interest,  will be deposited
                  into  the  Note  Distribution  Account,  for  payment  to  the
                  Noteholders;

                           (iv)  on  and  prior  to  the  Cross-over  Date,  the
                  Principal Distribution Amount,  including any unpaid principal
                  due on prior  Distribution  Dates,  will be deposited into the
                  Note Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

                           (v) the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount,
                  including  any  Outstanding   Certificate  Interest,  will  be
                  deposited  into  the  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  for
                  payment to the Certificateholders;

                           (vi)  prior to the  Cross-over  Date,  the  Principal
                  Liquidation  Loss Amount,  if any, will be deposited  into the
                  Certificate   Distribution   Account,   for   payment  to  the
                  Certificateholders;

                           (vii) on and after the Cross-over Date, the Principal
                  Distribution  Amount (to the extent not paid to Noteholders on
                  the Cross-over  Date),  including any unpaid  principal due on
                  prior   Distribution   Dates,   will  be  deposited  into  the
                  Certificate   Distribution   Account,   for   payment  to  the
                  Certificateholders;

                           (viii)  an  amount  equal  to the  lesser  of (a) the
                  balance,  if any,  remaining after the payments in clauses (i)
                  through (vii) above and (b) the sum of (1) the amount by which
                  the  Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount  with  respect  to the
                  following  Distribution  Date exceeds the amount on deposit in
                  the Cash Collateral Account (exclusive of Investment  Earnings
                  on amounts on deposit  therein)  on the  current  Distribution
                  Date after giving effect to any withdrawals  therefrom on such
                  Distribution  Date,  and (2) the amount,  if any, by which (I)
                  the amount of payments of principal  and interest  required to
                  be made on the Loan on such  Distribution Date pursuant to the
                  Cash Collateral Agreement exceeds (II) the Investment Earnings
                  accrued on the Cash  Collateral  Account  since the  preceding
                  Deposit  Date,  will  be  deposited  in  the  Cash  Collateral
                  Account, for payment to the


<PAGE>

                  Certificateholders  and,  the  Cash  Collateral  Depositor  in
                  accordance  with the provisions of Section 5.06 hereof and the
                  Cash Collateral Agreement; and

                           (ix)  the  balance,   if  any,  remaining  after  the
                  payments  in  clauses  (i)  through   (viii)  above  shall  be
                  distributed to [____________________].

                  (c) On each  Distribution  Date, the Indenture Trustee and the
         Owner Trustee  shall  distribute  all amounts in the Note  Distribution
         Account and the Certificate Distribution Account,  respectively, to the
         Noteholders and the Certificateholders, respectively as provided in the
         Indenture and Trust Agreement respectively.

         SECTION 5.06  Cash Collateral Account.

                  (a) The Owner Trustee shall,  on the Closing Date,  deposit or
         cause to be deposited in the Cash  Collateral  Account by wire transfer
         of immediately  available funds the Initial Cash Collateral Amount from
         the  proceeds  of the loan to be made on the  Closing  Date by the Cash
         Collateral  Depositor  under  the Cash  Collateral  Agreement.  On each
         Distribution  Date,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  deposit  or cause to be
         deposited  into  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  by  wire  transfer  of
         immediately  available funds any amount it receives pursuant to Section
         5.05(b)(viii)  of this  Agreement,  which amount shall be designated as
         being for deposit in the Cash  Collateral  Account.  The Owner  Trustee
         shall have the sole right to make  withdrawals from the Cash Collateral
         Account and to exercise all rights with respect to the Cash  Collateral
         Account Property.  Amounts  withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account
         and paid to the  Certificateholders  or the Cash Collateral Deposit, as
         provided  herein  and in the Cash  Collateral  Agreement,  shall not be
         required  to be  reimbursed  to  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  by the
         Trustees,  the  Securityholders,  the Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  any
         Paying Agent or any transferee thereof.

                  (b) In the  event  that  the sum of the  Certificate  Interest
         Distribution Amount (including any Outstanding  Certificate  Interest),
         Principal Liquidation Loss Amount and Principal  Distribution Amount to
         be  distributed to the  Certificateholders  for any  Distribution  Date
         exceeds the amount  deposited in the Certificate  Distribution  Account
         pursuant to Sections  5.05(b)(v),  5.05(b)(vi) and 5.05(b)(vii) of this
         Agreement,  respectively, on such Distribution Date, the Servicer shall
         instruct  the Owner  Trustee  in  writing  to  withdraw  or cause to be
         withdrawn  from the Cash  Collateral  Account on or before the  related
         Deposit Date the lesser of the amount of such excess and the  Available
         Cash  Collateral  Amount (the "Draw  Amount").  The Owner Trustee shall
         deposit such  amount,  or cause such amount to be  deposited,  into the
         Certificate  Distribution  Account no later than 12:00  noon,  New York
         City time, on such Deposit Date.

                  (c) On or before the Deposit Date  immediately  preceding  the
         Certificate  Final  Distribution  Date, the Servicer shall instruct the
         Owner  Trustee  to  withdraw  or  cause to be  withdrawn  from the Cash
         Collateral  Account an amount (the "Final  Draw  Amount")  equal to the
         lesser  of  (i)  the  Certificate  Balance  on  the  Certificate  Final
         Distribution   Date,  


<PAGE>

         after giving  effect to  distributions  of the  Principal  Distribution
         Amount to Certificateholders on the Certificate Final Distribution Date
         pursuant to Section  5.05(b)(vii) of this Agreement and (ii) the amount
         on  deposit  in  the  Cash  Collateral  Account,  excluding  Investment
         Earnings with respect  thereto,  after giving effect to any  withdrawal
         from the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to clause (b) of this Section
         5.06. The Owner Trustee shall deposit such amount, or cause such amount
         to be deposited,  into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account no later
         than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Deposit Date.

                  (d)  Investment  Earnings  on  amounts  on deposit in the Cash
         Collateral  Account and Cash  Collateral  Account Surplus on deposit in
         the Cash Collateral Account shall be distributed to the Cash Collateral
         Depositor to the extent  required by Sections  3(a) and (b) of the Cash
         Collateral Agreement.

                  (e) If at any time the Cash  Collateral  Account  ceases to be
         maintained at an Eligible  Institution as required by Section  5.01(a),
         the Owner  Trustee shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period
         not to exceed 30  calendar  days,  as to which each  Rating  Agency may
         consent) establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the conditions
         specified  in Section  5.01(a) and shall  transfer any and all cash and
         investments in the Cash Collateral  Account to such new Cash Collateral
         Account.

         SECTION 5.07 Net  Deposits.  CITSF (in whatever  capacity) may make the
remittances  required pursuant to this Agreement,  net of amounts to be retained
by it or  distributed  to it  (also  in  whatever  capacity),  pursuant  to this
Agreement,  for so  long  as (a) it  shall  be the  Servicer  and (b) it will be
entitled,  pursuant to Section 5.02, to make deposits on a monthly basis, rather
than a daily  basis.  Nonetheless,  the  Servicer  shall  account for all of the
above-described  amounts  as if such  amounts  were  deposited  and  distributed
separately.

         SECTION 5.08 Statements to Securityholders.  On each Distribution Date,
the  Servicer  shall  prepare and will  include  with the  distribution  to each
Securityholder,  a  statement  setting  forth for the  related  Due  Period  the
following information:

                  (a) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to principal of
         the Notes and to the Certificate Balance of the Certificates, including
         any overdue principal;

                  (b) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or
         with  respect  to each  class  of  Securities,  including  any  overdue
         interest;

                  (c) the Pool Balance, the Note Pool Factor and the Certificate
         Pool Factor as of the end of the related Due Period;

                  (d) the Servicer Payment for such Distribution Date;

                  (e)  the  amount  of  Monthly  Advances  and  Non-Reimbursable
         Payments on such date;


<PAGE>

                  (f) the aggregate  principal  balance of all  Contracts  which
         were  delinquent  30,  60 and 90 days or more as of the last day of the
         related Due Period;

                  (g) during the Funding Period,  the amount of funds on deposit
         in the Pre-Funding Account;

                  (h)  during the  Funding  Period,  the  number  and  aggregate
         principal balance of Subsequent Contracts;

                  (i)  during the  Funding  Period,  the  number  and  aggregate
         principal balance of Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust on the
         related Distribution Date;

                  (j) the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes
         as of such  Distribution  Date after giving effect to any distributions
         on such Distribution Date;

                  (k) the Certificate Balance as of such Distribution Date after
         giving effect to any  distributions  thereon and reductions  thereto on
         such Distribution Date;

                  (l) the Draw  Amount,  if any,  and the Final Draw  Amount (if
         applicable) with respect to such Distribution Date;

                  (m) the Available Cash Collateral Amount,  after giving effect
         to any deposit to or withdrawal from the Cash  Collateral  Account with
         respect to such  Distribution  Date,  and such  amount  expressed  as a
         percentage of the Pool Balance; and

                  (n) the Required Cash Collateral Amount.

         Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year,
         but not later than the latest date permitted by law, the Servicer shall
         furnish or cause to be  furnished to each Person who at any time during
         the  calendar  year was a  Securityholder  a statement  containing  the
         information  with respect to interest accrued and principal paid on its
         Securities  during such calendar year. Such obligation  shall be deemed
         to have been  satisfied  to the extent  that  substantially  comparable
         information  shall be provided to the  Securityholders  pursuant to any
         requirements of the Code as from time to time in force.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   [RESERVED]

                                   ARTICLE VII


<PAGE>

                                   THE COMPANY

         SECTION 7.01  Representations of Company.  The Company hereby makes the
following  representations  as to  itself on which  the  Owner  Trustee  and the
Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall rely in accepting  the Contracts
in trust and  authenticating the Certificates and the Notes,  respectively.  The
representations  shall speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
and shall survive the sale of the Contracts to the Trust.

                  (a)  Organization   and  Good  Standing.   The  Company  is  a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the  jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to  transact  the  business  in which it is
         currently  engaged.  The Company is duly  qualified to do business as a
         foreign  corporation  and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction  in
         which the  character of the  business  transacted  by it or  properties
         owned or  leased by it  requires  such  qualification  and in which the
         failure so to  qualify  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
         business,  properties, assets, or condition (financial or other) of the
         Company or on the Certificates or the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement.

                  (b) Authorization;  Binding  Obligations.  The Company has the
         power  and  authority  to  make,  execute,  deliver  and  perform  this
         Agreement  and  all  of  the  transactions   contemplated   under  this
         Agreement,  and has taken all necessary  corporate  action to authorize
         the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  this  Agreement.  When
         executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid
         and binding  obligation of the Company  enforceable in accordance  with
         its  terms,  except as  enforcement  of such  terms may be  limited  by
         bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
         creditors'  rights  generally  and by  the  availability  of  equitable
         remedies.

                  (c) No Consent Required. The Company is not required to obtain
         the consent of any other  party or any  consent,  license,  approval or
         authorization   from,  or   registration   or  declaration   with,  any
         governmental  authority,  bureau  or  agency  in  connection  with  the
         execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement  the  failure  of which so to obtain  would  have a  material
         adverse  effect  on  the  business,  properties,  assets  or  condition
         (financial or otherwise) of the Company or on the  Certificates  or the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (d) No Violations. The execution,  delivery and performance of
         this  Agreement  by the Company  will not violate any  provision of any
         existing law or  regulation  or any order or decree of any court or the
         Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of the Company,  or  constitute a
         material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement
         to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound.

                  (e) Litigation.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or  before  any  court,  tribunal  or  governmental  body is  currently
         pending,  or to the  knowledge of the Company  threatened,  against the
         Company or any of its  properties or with respect to this  


<PAGE>

         Agreement or the Certificates which, if adversely determined,  would in
         the  opinion  of the  Company  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         SECTION 7.02 Merger or Consolidation of Company.  Any Person into which
the Company may be merged or consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger or  consolidation  to which the Company  shall be a party,  or any Person
succeeding to the business of the Company, shall be the successor of the Company
hereunder,  without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on
the  part  of  any  of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.  The Company  shall  promptly  notify each Rating Agency of any
such  merger to which it is a party and such  merger  shall  satisfy  the Rating
Agency Condition.

         SECTION 7.03 Limitation on Liability of the Company and Others.

                  (a) Neither the  Company nor any of the  directors,  officers,
         employees or agents of the Company  shall be under any liability to the
         Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee,  the  Certificateholders  or the
         Noteholders  for any action taken or for refraining  from the taking of
         any action in good faith pursuant to this  Agreement,  or for errors in
         judgment;  notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no party to
         this  Agreement  shall have any  recourse  against  the Company for any
         actions taken, or failed to be taken, by the Company.

                  (b) The Company and any director,  officer,  employee or agent
         of the Company may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima
         facie  properly  executed and  submitted by any Person  respecting  any
         matters arising hereunder.

                  (c) The Company  shall not be under any  obligation  to appear
         in,  prosecute  or defend  any legal  action  which  arises  under this
         Agreement.

         SECTION 7.04 The Company May Own Securities. The Company and any Person
controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with the Company may in its
individual  or any  other  capacity  become  the  owner or  pledgee  of Notes or
Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Company or
an  Affiliate  thereof,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in the  definition  of
"Noteholder" or  "Certificateholder",  respectively.  Notes and  Certificates so
owned by or pledged to the Company or such  controlling  or commonly  controlled
Person shall have an equal and  proportionate  benefit  under the  provisions of
this Agreement, without preference,  priority or distinction as among all of the
Notes and Certificates.

         SECTION 7.05 Indebtedness of and Sale of Assets by the Company.

                  (a) The  Company  will not  incur  any  material  indebtedness
         (other than  indebtedness  which is  contemporaneously  repaid upon the
         issuance  of  securities  by the  Company or by  selling  any assets in
         connection  therewith  to the extent  permitted by its  Certificate  of
         Incorporation) nor will it sell all or substantially all of its assets,
         if either such action would result in the downgrading by Moody's of any
         outstanding  securities  of 


<PAGE>

         the  Company or any trust or other  entity of which the  Company is the
         settlor or  depositor,  which  securities  are then  rated by  Moody's;
         provided,  however,  nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit
         the Company  from  issuing any  securities  or acting as the settlor or
         depositor  of any  trust or other  entity  (or  selling  any  assets in
         connection  therewith) to the extent  permitted by its  Certificate  of
         Incorporation.

                  (b) Prior to the  issuance of any  securities  by the Company,
         the Company shall give at least 5 days' prior written notice to Moody's
         with a copy of the Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus Supplement and,
         on the  issuance  date,  a copy of the  agreements  pertaining  to such
         securities of the type in the definition of Basic Documents.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                  THE SERVICER; REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES

         SECTION 8.01 Representations of CITSF. CITSF hereby makes the following
representations  on which the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee on behalf
of the Trust shall rely in accepting the  Contracts in trust and  authenticating
the Certificates and the Notes, respectively. The representations shall speak as
of the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  and shall survive the sale of
the Contracts to the Trust.

                  (a)  Organization  and Good  Standing.  CITSF is a corporation
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own
         its  assets  and to  transact  the  business  in which it is  currently
         engaged.   CITSF  is  duly  qualified  to  do  business  as  a  foreign
         corporation  and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which the
         character  of the  business  transacted  by it or  properties  owned or
         leased by it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to
         qualify  would  have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  business,
         properties,  assets,  or condition  (financial or other) of CITSF or on
         the Certificates or the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

                  (b) Authorization;  Binding  Obligations.  CITSF has the power
         and authority to make, execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and
         all of the  transactions  contemplated  under this  Agreement,  and has
         taken all  necessary  corporate  action  to  authorize  the  execution,
         delivery  and  performance  of  this   Agreement.   When  executed  and
         delivered,  this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of CITSF enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
         enforcement of such terms may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
         similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally
         and by the availability of equitable remedies.

                  (c) No Consent  Required.  CITSF is not required to obtain the
         consent  of any  other  party  or any  consent,  license,  approval  or
         authorization   from,  or   registration   or  declaration   with,  any
         governmental  authority,  bureau  or  agency  in  connection  with  the
         execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement  the  failure  


<PAGE>

         of which so to  obtain  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
         business,  properties,  assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
         CITSF or on the  Certificates or the  transactions  contemplated by the
         Agreement.

                  (d) No Violations. The execution,  delivery and performance of
         this  Agreement by CITSF will not violate any provision of any existing
         law or  regulation  or any order or decree of any court or the Articles
         of Incorporation or Bylaws of CITSF, or constitute a material breach of
         any mortgage,  indenture, contract or other agreement to which CITSF is
         a party or by which CITSF may be bound.

                  (e) Litigation.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or  before  any  court,  tribunal  or  governmental  body is  currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of CITSF threatened,  against CITSF or any
         of its properties or with respect to this Agreement or the Certificates
         which,  if adversely  determined,  would in the opinion of CITSF have a
         material  adverse  effect  on the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
         Agreement.

         SECTION 8.02 Liability of Servicer,  Indemnities. The Servicer shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Servicer,  CITSF or the Company under this Agreement and shall
have no other obligations or liabilities hereunder.

                  (a) The Servicer  shall defend,  indemnify,  and hold harmless
         the  Owner   Trustee,   the   Indenture   Trustee,   the   Trust,   the
         Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  from and  against any and all
         costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities,  arising out
         of or resulting  from the negligent use or operation by the Servicer of
         a Financed Boat, to the extent such loss is not reimbursed  pursuant to
         any Insurance Policy,  the Servicer's Errors and Omission Policy or any
         fidelity bond.

                  (b) Subject to Section  8.04(a),  the Servicer will defend and
         indemnify the Owner  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Trust,  the
         Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  against  any  and all  costs,
         expenses,  losses,  damages,  claims and liabilities  arising out of or
         resulting from any negligent action taken, or negligently  failed to be
         taken, by the Servicer with respect to any Financed Boat, to the extent
         such loss is not  reimbursed  pursuant  to any  Insurance  Policy,  the
         Servicer's Errors and Omission Policy or any fidelity bond.

                  (c) The Servicer agrees to pay, and shall  indemnify,  defend,
         and hold harmless the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee, the Trust,
         the  Certificateholders and the Noteholders from and against, any taxes
         that may at any time be  asserted  with  respect to, and as of the date
         of, the  transfer of the  Contracts  to the Trust,  including,  without
         limitation,  any sales,  gross  receipts,  personal  or real  property,
         privilege or license  taxes (but not  including  any federal,  state or
         other taxes  arising out of the  creation of the Trust and the issuance
         of the Notes and  Certificates or  distributions  with respect thereto)
         and costs,  expenses and reasonable  counsel fees in defending  against
         the same.


<PAGE>

                  (d) The Servicer shall  indemnify,  defend,  and hold harmless
         the  Owner   Trustee,   the   Indenture   Trustee,   the   Trust,   the
         Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  from and  against any and all
         costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent
         that such cost,  expense,  loss, claim,  damage, or liability arose out
         of, or was imposed upon such Persons,  through the willful misfeasance,
         negligence,  or bad faith of the  Servicer  in the  performance  of its
         duties under this  Agreement or by reason of reckless  disregard of its
         obligations and duties under this Agreement.

                  (e) The Servicer shall  indemnify,  defend,  and hold harmless
         from and against, and pay to the Trustees all costs, expenses,  losses,
         claims,  damages,  and  liabilities  arising  out  of  or  incurred  in
         connection  with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties
         herein contained in accordance with the terms and conditions herein and
         in the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as the case may be, except to
         the extent that such cost,  expense,  loss, claim, damage or liability:
         (i) shall be due to the willful  misfeasance,  gross  negligence or bad
         faith of such  Trustee;  (ii)  relates  to any tax other than the taxes
         with respect to which the Company  shall be required to indemnify  such
         Trustee  pursuant  to this  Agreement;  (iii)  shall  arise  from  such
         Trustee's breach of any of its  representations or warranties set forth
         in the Trust Agreement or the Indenture,  as applicable;  (iv) shall be
         one as to which the Company is required to  indemnify  such  Trustee or
         (v) shall arise out of or be incurred in connection with the acceptance
         or  performance  by such  Trustee of the duties of  successor  Servicer
         hereunder.

         Indemnification  under this Section 8.02 shall include  reasonable fees
and  expenses  of  counsel  in any  litigation  appointed  by the  Servicer  and
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnitee, provided that the Servicer shall only
be required to pay the fees and expenses of one counsel in any single litigation
(or related  proceedings)  for all  indemnitees;  provided,  however,  if in the
written  opinion  of  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Servicer,  the
interests of the  Servicer  and the  Indenture  Trustee  conflict  such that the
Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee may not both be represented by such counsel,
upon ten days prior written  notice to the Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee may
hire one other counsel,  and the  Indemnification  under this Section 8.02 shall
also  include the  reasonable  fees and expenses of such other  counsel.  If the
Servicer or the Company shall have made any indemnity  payments pursuant to this
Section  8.02 and the  recipient  thereafter  collects  any of such amounts from
others,  the recipient  shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer and/or
the Company,  without  interest.  The indemnities  under this Section 8.02 shall
survive the  resignation or removal of the Trustees,  or the  termination of the
Trust Agreement and this Agreement.

         SECTION 8.03 Merger or Consolidation of Servicer. Any person into which
the Servicer may be merged or  consolidated,  or any corporation or other entity
resulting  from any merger,  conversion or  consolidation  to which the Servicer
shall be a party,  or any Person  succeeding  to the  business  of the  Servicer
(which Person assumes the  obligations of the Servicer),  shall be the successor
of the Servicer  hereunder,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein to the
contrary  notwithstanding;  provided,  however,  that the successor or surviving
Person to the Servicer shall 


<PAGE>

satisfy the criteria set forth in the  definition of an Eligible  Servicer.  The
Servicer shall promptly notify each Rating Agency of any such merger to which it
is a party.

         SECTION 8.04 Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.

                  (a)  Neither  the  Servicer  nor the  Company,  nor any of the
         directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer or the Company
         shall  be  under  any  liability  to the  Trustees,  the  Trust  or the
         Securityholders  for any action taken or for refraining from the taking
         of any action in good faith pursuant to this  Agreement,  or for errors
         in judgment;  provided,  however, that this provision shall not protect
         the  Servicer,  the  Company or any such  Person  against any breach of
         warranties or representations made herein, or failure to perform its or
         his  obligations  in compliance  with any standard of care set forth in
         this  Agreement,  or any liability  which otherwise would be imposed by
         reason of any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

                  (b) The Servicer and any director,  officer, employee or agent
         of the  Servicer  may rely in good  faith on any  document  of any kind
         prima facie  properly  executed and submitted by any Person  respecting
         any matters arising hereunder.

                  (c) Except as arises  from its duties as  Servicer  hereunder,
         the Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in,  prosecute
         or defend any legal action which arises under this  Agreement and which
         in its opinion may involve it in any expenses or  liability;  provided,
         however,  that  the  Servicer  and the  Company  may in its  discretion
         undertake  any such action which it may deem  necessary or desirable in
         respect of this  Agreement  and the  rights  and duties of the  parties
         hereto.  In such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action and
         any  liability  resulting  therefrom  shall  be  expenses,   costs  and
         liabilities  of the Trust payable from the  Collection  Account and the
         Servicer and the Company  shall be entitled to be  reimbursed  therefor
         out of the Collection Account.

         SECTION 8.05 Servicer Not To Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from
its obligations and duties under this Agreement except upon  determination  that
the  performance of its duties shall no longer be permissible  under  applicable
law, compliance with which could not be realized without material adverse impact
on  the  Servicer's  financial  condition.  Notice  of  any  such  determination
permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be communicated to the Trustees
and  the  Rating  Agencies  at the  earliest  practicable  time  (and,  if  such
communication  is not in writing,  shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest
practicable time) and any such  determination  permitting the resignation of the
Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to
the Trustee.  No such  resignation  shall become  effective  until the Indenture
Trustee or a successor  Servicer  shall have  assumed the  responsibilities  and
obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 9.02.

                                   ARTICLE IX


<PAGE>

                              EVENTS OF TERMINATION

         SECTION 9.01 Events of Termination.

         "Event of Termination" means the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (a) Any failure by the  Servicer  to make any deposit  into an
         account  required  to be made  hereunder  and the  continuance  of such
         failure  for a period of five  Business  Days  after the  Servicer  has
         become aware that such deposit was required;

                  (b)  Failure on the  Servicer's  part to observe or perform in
         any material respect any covenant or agreement in this Agreement (other
         than pursuant to Section 9.01(a)),  which failure continues  unremedied
         for 30 days  after the date on which  written  notice of such  failure,
         requiring  the  same to be  remedied,  shall  have  been  given  to the
         Servicer by the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or the Company or
         to the  Servicer,  the Company and the  Trustees by Holders of Notes or
         Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding
         principal balance of the Notes, or the outstanding Certificate Balance,
         respectively;

                  (c) Any assignment or delegation by the Servicer of its duties
         or rights hereunder except as specifically permitted hereunder,  or any
         attempt to make such an assignment or delegation;

                  (d)  A  court   or   other   governmental   authority   having
         jurisdiction  in the premises  shall have entered a decree or order for
         relief in  respect of the  Servicer  in an  involuntary  case under any
         applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter
         in effect, or appointing a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, custodian,
         trustee,  sequestrator  (or similar  official) of the Servicer,  as the
         case may be, or for any  substantial  liquidation  of its affairs,  and
         such order remains undischarged and unstayed for at least 60 days;

                  (e) The Servicer  shall have  commenced a voluntary case under
         any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  law now or
         hereafter in effect,  or shall have  consented to the entry of an order
         for relief in an  involuntary  case  under any such law,  or shall have
         consented to the  appointment  of or taking  possession  by a receiver,
         liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian or  sequestrator  (or other
         similar  official) of the Servicer or for any  substantial  part of its
         property,  or shall have made any general assignment for the benefit of
         its  creditors,  or shall have  failed to, or  admitted  in writing its
         inability to, pay its debts as they become due, or shall have taken any
         corporate action in furtherance of the foregoing; or

                  (f) The failure of the Servicer to be an Eligible Servicer.

         If an  Event  of  Termination  has  occurred  and  is  continuing,  the
Indenture Trustee may or at the written direction of Holders of Notes evidencing
a majority of the aggregate  outstanding  


<PAGE>

principal  balance of the Notes (or, if the Notes have been paid in full and the
Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms, by the Owner Trustee
or Holders of  Certificates  evidencing  a majority  or more of the  Certificate
Balance) shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, terminate all (but not less
than all) of the Servicer's management, administrative, servicing and collection
functions  (such  termination  being  herein  called a "Service  Transfer").  On
receipt  of such  notice  (or,  if later,  on a date  designated  therein),  all
authority and power of the Servicer under this  Agreement,  whether with respect
to the Contracts,  the Contract  Files or otherwise  (except with respect to the
Collection  Account,  the transfer of which shall be governed by Section  9.06),
shall pass to and be vested in the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to and under this
Section  9.01  (however,  if all of the  Notes  have  been  paid in full and the
Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms, such authority shall
pass to and be vested in the Owner  Trustee  pursuant to and under this  Section
9.01);  and,  without  limitation,  such Trustee is authorized  and empowered to
execute and deliver on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise,
any and all  documents and other  instruments  (including,  without  limitation,
documents  required  to make  such  Trustee  or a  successor  servicer  the sole
lienholder or legal title holder of record of each Financed Boat), and to do any
and all acts or things  necessary or  appropriate to effect the purposes of such
notice of  termination.  Each of CITSF and the Servicer agrees to cooperate with
such Trustee in effecting the termination of the  responsibilities and rights of
the Servicer  hereunder,  including,  without  limitation,  the transfer to such
Trustee for  administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be
held by the Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the
Collection  Account,  or for its own  account in  connection  with its  services
hereafter or thereafter received with respect to the Contracts and the execution
of any documents  required to make such Trustee or a successor Servicer the sole
lienholder or legal title holder of record in respect of each Financed Boat. The
Servicer shall be entitled to receive any other amounts which are payable to the
Servicer under this Agreement,  at the time of the termination of its activities
as Servicer,  to the extent that funds in the  Collection  Account are available
for the payment thereof without reducing the amount of distributions  that would
be made to Holders of the Notes and Certificates. The Servicer shall transfer to
the new Servicer (i) the  Servicer's  records  relating to the Contracts in such
electronic  form as the  new  Servicer  may  reasonably  request  and  (ii)  the
Contracts and any of the Contract Files in the Servicer's possession.

         SECTION 9.02 Indenture Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. On and
after the time the Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to Section
9.01 or a notice of  determination  pursuant  to  Section  8.05,  the  Indenture
Trustee  shall be the  successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity
as Servicer under this Agreement and the  transactions set forth or provided for
herein and shall be subject to all the responsibilities,  duties and liabilities
relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions  hereof, and
the Servicer shall be relieved of such responsibilities,  duties and liabilities
arising after such Service Transfer;  provided,  however, that (i) the Indenture
Trustee will not assume any  obligations of CITSF pursuant to Section 3.02 or be
obligated  to deposit any net loss on an  investment  directed by a  predecessor
Servicer  pursuant to Section 5.01(b),  and (ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not
be liable for any acts or  omissions  of the  Servicer  occurring  prior to such
Service  Transfer or for any breach by CITSF of any of its  representations  and
warranties  contained  herein  or in any  related  document  or  agreement.  The
Indenture Trustee and any successor  Servicer shall have no  


<PAGE>

responsibility  for failure of CITSF and any predecessor  Servicer to deliver to
the Indenture Trustee or such successor Servicer any property or funds belonging
to the Trust,  including  but not limited to the funds,  records,  Contracts and
Contract Files. As compensation therefor, the Indenture Trustee shall, except as
provided in this Section 9.02, be entitled to such  compensation as the Servicer
would have been entitled to hereunder if no such notice of termination  had been
given.  Notwithstanding  the above,  the  Indenture  Trustee may, if it shall be
unwilling so to act, or shall,  if it is legally unable so to act,  appoint,  or
petition a court of competent  jurisdiction to appoint,  an Eligible Servicer as
the successor to the Servicer  hereunder in the assumption of all or any part of
the responsibilities,  duties or liabilities of the Servicer hereunder.  Pending
appointment  of a successor  to the  Servicer  hereunder,  unless the  Indenture
Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting,  the Indenture Trustee shall act in
such capacity as hereinabove  provided.  In connection with such appointment and
assumption,   the  Indenture   Trustee  may  make  such   arrangements  for  the
compensation  of such  successor  out of  payments on  Contracts  as it and such
successor  shall agree;  provided,  however,  that no such  compensation  shall,
without the written consent of 100% of the Securityholders,  be in excess of the
Servicing Fee. The Indenture  Trustee and such successor shall take such action,
consistent  with this  Agreement,  as shall be necessary to effectuate  any such
succession.

         SECTION 9.03 Notification to Securityholders.

                  (a)  Promptly   following  the  occurrence  of  any  Event  of
         Termination,  the  Servicer  shall give written  notice  thereof to the
         Trustees,  the Cash Collateral Depositor (so long as the Loan under the
         Cash Collateral Agreement is still outstanding) and the Securityholders
         at their respective addresses appearing on the Certificate Register and
         the Note Register and to each Rating Agency.

                  (b) Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of
         a successor to the  Servicer  pursuant to this Article IX, the Trustees
         shall give written notice thereof to the Cash Collateral  Depositor (so
         long  as  the  Loan  under  the  Cash  Collateral  Agreement  is  still
         outstanding)  and to the  Certificateholders  and  Noteholders at their
         respective addresses appearing on the Certificate Register and the Note
         Register.

                  (c) The Indenture  Trustee  shall give written  notice to each
         Rating  Agency  at least  30 days  prior to the  date  upon  which  any
         Eligible  Servicer (other than the Indenture  Trustee) is to assume the
         responsibilities  of  Servicer  pursuant to Section  9.02,  naming such
         successor Servicer.

         SECTION  9.04  Rights  to  Direct  Trustees  and  Waiver  of  Events of
Termination.  Holders of Notes or  Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of
the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  or  25%  of  the
Certificate  Balance,  respectively,  shall  have the right to direct  the time,
method,  and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available to the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, respectively, or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustees;  provided,  however,  that,  subject to Section
10.01, the Trustees shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction
which such  Trustee  (being  advised by counsel)  determines  that the action so
directed may not lawfully be taken, or if such Trustee in good faith 


<PAGE>

shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of such Trustee,  determine that the
proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal  liability or
be unduly  prejudicial to the rights of Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  not
parties to such direction; provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall
impair  the  right of the  Trustees  to take any  action  deemed  proper by such
Trustee and which is not inconsistent  with such direction by the Noteholders or
Certificateholders.

         Holders of Notes  evidencing  not less than a majority of the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes (or,  if all of the Notes have been
paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms,
Certificates  evidencing  not less than a majority of the  Certificate  Balance)
may, on behalf of the Noteholders and  Certificateholders,  waive any past Event
of Termination  hereunder and its consequences  (except a continuing  failure to
make any required  deposits to or payments from the  Collection  Account and the
other accounts  contemplated  herein in accordance  with this  Agreement,  which
default cannot be waived without the consent of all  Securityholders)  and, upon
any such  waiver,  such Event of  Termination  shall cease to exist and shall be
deemed to have  been  cured for every  purpose  of this  Agreement;  but no such
waiver shall extend to any  subsequent or other Event of  Termination  or impair
any right consequent thereon.

         SECTION 9.05 Effect of Transfer.

                  (a) After the Service  Transfer,  the Indenture Trustee or new
         Servicer may notify the Obligors to make  payments  directly to the new
         Servicer that are due under the Contracts  after the effective  date of
         the Service Transfer.

                  (b) After the Service  Transfer,  the replaced  Servicer shall
         have  no  further   obligations   with   respect  to  the   management,
         administration,  servicing or  collection  of the Contracts and the new
         Servicer shall have all of such  obligations,  except that the replaced
         Servicer shall remain liable for any liability of the replaced Servicer
         hereunder that was already accrued at the time of the Service  Transfer
         and except  that the  replaced  Servicer  will  transmit or cause to be
         transmitted directly to the new Servicer for its own account,  promptly
         on  receipt  and in the  same  form  in  which  received,  any  amounts
         (properly endorsed where required for the new Servicer to collect them)
         received  as  payments  upon  or  otherwise  in  connection   with  the
         Contracts.

                  (c) A Service  Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties
         of the parties hereunder  (including but not limited to the indemnities
         and other  agreements  of the  Servicer  and  CITSF)  other  than those
         relating to the management, administration,  servicing or collection of
         the Contracts.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                   [RESERVED]


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                       OPTIONAL PURCHASE AND AUCTION SALE

         SECTION 11.01 Optional  Purchase of All Contracts.  On any Distribution
Date,  following  any Record Date as of which the Pool Balance is 10% or less of
the Initial Pool Balance,  CITSF shall have the option to purchase the Contracts
(including the Defaulted Contracts), any Financed Boats in the Trust relating to
Defaulted Contracts and all rights relating to the Contracts under all Insurance
Policies.  To exercise  such  option,  CITSF shall  notify the  Trustees and the
Depository,  if any,  in  writing,  no later  than  the  20th  day of the  month
preceding  the  month  as of  which  such  purchase  is to be  effected  occurs;
provided,  however,  that  CITSF  shall  not  effect  any such  purchase  if the
long-term  unsecured  obligations  of its parent  are rated less than  "Baa3" by
Moody's or less than "BBB" by Standard & Poor's,  unless the Trustees shall have
received an Opinion of Counsel  acceptable  to it that  payment of the  purchase
price to the  Securityholders  will not  constitute a voidable  preference  or a
fraudulent  transfer under the United States Bankruptcy Code. CITSF shall effect
such  purchase by  depositing,  in accordance  with Section 5.04,  the aggregate
Purchase  Price of the  Contracts  (less any other amounts  deposited,  or to be
deposited,  by the  Servicer  in the  Collection  Account  with  respect  to the
Contract  pursuant  to  Section  5.02)  plus the  appraised  value of any  other
property held by the Trust and purchased by CITSF (less liquidation expenses) in
the Collection  Account on the Deposit Date  immediately  following the month in
which such purchase is to be effected;  provided, however, in no event shall the
amount so  deposited,  when added to the  amounts  on deposit in the  Collection
Account on such date and available for  distribution to  Securityholders  on the
next Distribution  Date, be less than the amount required to pay all accrued and
unpaid  interest on the Notes,  the  remaining  principal  balance of the Notes,
accrued and unpaid interest on the  Certificates  and the  Certificate  Balance,
after giving effect to the  reimbursement of the Servicer for all unpaid Monthly
Advances and the Servicer Payment.  The effective date of such purchase shall be
the  last day of the Due  Period  which  ends in the  month  referred  to in the
preceding sentence.

         SECTION 11.02  Mandatory Sale of all Contracts.  In accordance with the
procedures   and  schedule   set  forth  in  Exhibit  H  hereto  (the   "Auction
Procedures"), the Indenture Trustee (or, if the Notes have been paid in full and
the Indenture shall have been discharged in accordance with its terms, the Owner
Trustee) shall conduct an auction (the "Auction") of the Contracts  remaining in
the Trust (such Contracts  hereinafter referred to as the "Auction Property") in
order to effect a termination  of the Trust pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Trust
Agreement on the second  Distribution  Date  succeeding the Record Date on which
the Pool Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool  Balance.  Such Auction shall
be conducted within 10 days following the Distribution Date following the Record
Date on which the Pool Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.  CITSF
and the Company  may,  but shall not be required  to, bid at the  Auction.  Such
Trustee  shall sell and  transfer  the Auction  Property  to the highest  bidder
therefor at the Auction provided that:

                  (a) the  Auction has been  conducted  in  accordance  with the
         Auction Procedures;


<PAGE>

                  (b) such Trustee has received  good faith bids for the Auction
         Property from two  prospective  purchasers  that are considered by such
         Trustee, in its sole discretion,  to be competitive participants in the
         market for marine installment sale contracts;

                  (c) a financial  advisor,  as advisor to such Trustee (in such
         capacity,  the  "Advisor"),  shall have advised such Trustee in writing
         that at least two of such bidders  (including  the winning  bidder) are
         participants  in the  market  for  marine  installment  sale  contracts
         willing and able to purchase the Auction Property;

                  (d) the highest bid in respect of the Auction  Property is not
         less than the aggregate  fair market value of the Auction  Property (as
         determined by such Trustee in its sole discretion);

                  (e) any bid  submitted by CITSF,  the Company or any affiliate
         of either of them shall  reasonably  represent the fair market value of
         the Auction  Property,  as  independently  verified and  represented in
         writing by a qualified  independent  third party  evaluator  (which may
         include the Advisor or an  investment  banking  firm)  selected by such
         Trustee; and

                  (f) the highest bid would result in proceeds  from the sale of
         the Auction Property which will be at least equal to the sum of (A) the
         greater  of  (1)  the  aggregate   Purchase  Price  for  the  Contracts
         (including Defaulted Contracts),  plus the appraised value of any other
         property held by the Trust (less liquidation expenses) or (2) an amount
         that,  when added to amounts on deposit in the  Collection  Account and
         available   for   distribution   to   Securityholders   on  the  second
         Distribution   Date  following  the  consummation  of  such  sale  (the
         "Liquidation  Distribution  Date"), would result in proceeds sufficient
         to  distribute  to  Securityholders  the amounts of interest due to the
         Securityholders  for such  Distribution  Date and any  unpaid  interest
         payable  to the  Securityholders  with  respect  to one or  more  prior
         Distribution  Dates and the outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes
         and  the  Certificate  Balance,  and  (B)  the  sum of  (1)  an  amount
         sufficient  to  reimburse  the Servicer  for any  unreimbursed  Monthly
         Advances  for  which  it is  entitled  to  reimbursement  and  (2)  the
         Servicing Fee payable on such second  Distribution Date,  including any
         unpaid Servicing Fees with respect to one or more prior Due Periods.

         Provided  that all of the  conditions  set forth in clauses (a) through
(f) have been met,  such Trustee  shall sell and transfer the Auction  Property,
without  representation,  warranty  or  recourse,  to  such  highest  bidder  in
accordance  with and upon  completion  of the Auction  Procedures.  Such Trustee
shall  deposit the  purchase  price for the Auction  Property in the  Collection
Account at least one Business Day prior to such second  succeeding  Distribution
Date. In addition,  the Auction must  stipulate that the Servicer be retained to
service the Contracts on terms substantially  similar to those in the Agreement.
In the event  that any of such  conditions  are not met or such  highest  bidder
fails or refuses to comply  with any of the  Auction  Procedures,  such  Trustee
shall decline to consummate  such sale and transfer.  In the event such sale and
transfer is not  consummated  in accordance  with the foregoing,  however,  such
Trustee  may from time to 


<PAGE>

time in the future,  but shall not under any further obligation to, solicit bids
for sale of the assets of the Trust Fund upon the same terms and  conditions  as
set forth above.

         If any of the  foregoing  conditions  are not met,  such Trustee  shall
decline to consummate such sale and shall not be under any obligation to solicit
any further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further sale of Contracts remaining
in the Trust. In such event, however, such Trustee may from time to time solicit
bids in the future for the purchase of such  Contracts  pursuant to this Section
11.02.

         If applicable,  the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to the Owner
Trustee of the  termination  of the Trust pursuant to this Section 11.02 as soon
as  practicable  upon the  consummation  of the mandatory  sale of the Contracts
pursuant to this Section 11.02.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 12.01  Amendment.  This  Agreement may be amended in writing by
the  Company,  the  Servicer  and the Owner  Trustee  (and,  in the  event  such
amendments affect the Indenture  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee) without prior
notice  to or the  consent  of any of the  Securityholders,  and in the  case of
clauses (vi) and (vii), upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, (i) to
correct manifest error or cure any ambiguity,  (ii) to correct or supplement any
provisions herein or therein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions
herein or therein,  as the case may be, (iii) to add or amend any  provisions as
requested  by Moody's or  Standard & Poor's in order to  maintain or improve any
rating of the Notes or Certificates (it being understood that, after the Closing
Date, neither the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Company nor CITSF is
obligated to maintain or improve  such  rating);  (iv) to add to the  covenants,
restrictions or obligations of the Company,  the Servicer,  the Owner Trustee or
the  Indenture  Trustee;  (v) to evidence and provide for the  acceptance of the
appointment  of a successor  trustee  with respect to the Owner Trust Estate and
add to or  change  any  provisions  as  shall be  necessary  to  facilitate  the
administration  of the trusts under the Trust Agreement by more than one trustee
pursuant  to  Article  VI of the  Trust  Agreement  or (vi) to  add,  change  or
eliminate  any other  provisions  provided  that an  amendment  pursuant to this
clause  (vi),  shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for the Servicer
or the Company,  adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of the
Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder.

         This  Agreement may also be amended in writing from time to time by the
Company,  the Servicer and the Owner Trustee (and, in the event such  amendments
affect the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Indenture  Trustee),  with the  consent of
Holders of  Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate
Balance and the consent of Holders of Notes  evidencing not less than a majority
of the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the Notes, for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders or Noteholders, respectively; provided, however, that no such
amendment  shall  (i)  increase  or  reduce  in any  


<PAGE>

manner the  amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the  timing of,  collections  of
payments of Contracts, or distributions that shall be required to be made on any
Certificate or Note,  respectively,  the Contract Rate, the Pass-Through Rate or
the Class A Rate or (ii) reduce the aforesaid  percentage required to consent to
any such amendment,  without the consent of the Holders of all  Certificates and
Notes then outstanding.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no amendment  materially  affecting the
rights of the Cash Collateral Depositor shall be made without the consent of the
Cash  Collateral  Depositor  (so long as the  Loan  under  the  Cash  Collateral
Agreement is still outstanding).

         Promptly  after the execution of any  amendment or consent  pursuant to
this  Section,  the Owner  Trustee shall  furnish  written  notification  of the
substance of such amendment to each  Certificateholder  and each Noteholder (but
only if such  amendment  is pursuant  to the second  paragraph  of this  Section
12.01) and (so long as the Loan  under the Cash  Collateral  Agreement  is still
outstanding)  the Cash  Collateral  Depositor and, in all cases,  to each Rating
Agency,  which  notification  will be prepared by the Servicer and  delivered to
such Trustee.

         It shall not be  necessary  for the consent of the  Certificateholders,
the Noteholders or the Cash Collateral  Depositor pursuant to this Section 12.01
to approve the  particular  form of any proposed  amendment  or consent,  but it
shall be sufficient if such consent  shall  approve the substance  thereof.  The
manner of obtaining  such consents and of evidencing  the  authorization  of the
execution thereof by Certificateholders,  the Noteholders or the Cash Collateral
Depositor,  as the case may be, shall be subject to such reasonable requirements
as such Trustee may prescribe.

         Such Trustee  may,  but shall not be obligated  to, enter into any such
amendment  which affects such Trustee's own rights,  duties or immunities  under
this  Agreement or  otherwise.  However,  no such  amendment  shall be permitted
without the consent of the Trustee whose rights,  duties or immunities are being
modified.

         In connection  with any amendment  pursuant to this Section 12.01,  the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel to the Servicer
to the effect that such amendment is authorized or permitted by the Agreement.

         Upon the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this Section
12.01,  this  Agreement  shall be modified  in  accordance  therewith,  and such
amendment or consent shall form a part of this  Agreement for all purposes,  and
every Holder of Securities  theretofore or thereafter  issued hereunder shall be
bound thereby.

         SECTION 12.02 Protection of Title to Trust.

                  (a) On or prior to the Closing Date,  the Servicer shall cause
         the following UCC-1 financing statements to be filed:


<PAGE>

                           (i) UCC-1 financing statement executed by CITCF-NY as
                  debtor,  naming CITSF as secured party and filed in New Jersey
                  and Oklahoma City to perfect the sale from CITCF-NY to CITSF;

                           (ii) UCC-1 financing  statement  executed by CITSF as
                  debtor,  naming the Company as secured  party and filed in New
                  Jersey and Oklahoma City to perfect the sale from CITSF to the
                  Company;

                           (iii)  UCC-1  financing  statement  executed  by  the
                  Company as debtor,  naming the Owner  Trustee as secured party
                  and filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma  City to perfect the sale
                  from the Company to the Owner Trustee; and

                           (iv) UCC-1 financing  statement executed by the Owner
                  Trustee as debtor,  naming  the  Indenture  Trustee as secured
                  party and filed in New Jersey,  Oklahoma City, and Delaware to
                  perfect the security interest granted in the Collateral by the
                  Indenture.

                  The   Servicer   shall   cause  to  be  filed  all   necessary
         continuation statements of the UCC-1 financing statement referred to in
         the previous sentence on which it is the debtor, and the Servicer shall
         cause to be filed all  necessary  continuation  statements of the UCC-1
         financing statement referred to in the previous sentence on which it is
         the debtor.

                  From time to time the Servicer shall, subject to the following
         sentence,  take and cause to be taken such  actions  and  execute  such
         documents as are necessary to perfect and protect the  Noteholders' and
         Certificateholders'  interests  in the  Contracts  and  their  proceeds
         against all other persons, including, without limitation, the filing of
         financing statements,  amendments thereto and continuation  statements,
         the execution of transfer instruments and the making of notations on or
         taking possession of all records or documents of title.

                  The  Servicer  will  maintain  the  Trust's   perfected  first
         priority security interest in each Financed Boat so long as the related
         Contract is the property of the Trust; provided,  however, that because
         of the expense and administrative  inconvenience involved, the Servicer
         will not amend any  certificate of title to name CITSF,  the Company or
         the Trust as the  lienholder,  and neither the Servicer nor the Company
         will deliver any  certificate of title to the Trust or note thereon the
         Trust's interest.

                  The  Servicer   agrees  to  pay  all   reasonable   costs  and
         disbursements  in connection with the perfection and the maintenance of
         perfection,  as against  all third  parties,  of the  Noteholders'  and
         Certificateholders'  right,  title and interest in and to the Contracts
         (including,  without limitation,  the security interest in the Financed
         Boats granted thereby).

                  (b) During the term of this Agreement, neither the Company nor
         CITSF shall  change its name,  identity or  structure  or relocate  its
         chief  executive  office  without  first 


<PAGE>

         giving notice  thereof to the Trustees and the  Servicer.  In addition,
         following any such change in the name, identity,  structure or location
         of the chief executive  office of the Company or CITSF,  the Company or
         CITSF, as appropriate,  shall give prior written notice thereof to each
         Rating Agency.

                  If any  change in the  Company's,  the  Servicer's  or CITSF's
         name,  identity or structure or the  relocation of its chief  executive
         office would make any financing or continuation  statement or notice of
         lien filed under this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning
         of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute or would cause
         any such  financing  or  continuation  statement  or  notice of lien to
         become  unperfected  (whether  immediately or with lapse of time),  the
         Servicer  no later  than five days  after  the  effective  date of such
         change, shall (subject to the proviso in the final sentence of the last
         paragraph  of  Section  12.01(a))  file,  or  cause to be  filed,  such
         amendments  or  financing  statements  as may be required to  preserve,
         perfect and protect the Noteholders' and Certificateholders'  interests
         in the Contracts and proceeds thereof and in the Financed Boats.

                  (c) During the term of this  Agreement,  the Company and CITSF
         will maintain their  respective  chief executive  offices in one of the
         States of the United States.

                  (d) The  Servicer  shall  maintain  accounts and records as to
         each Contract  accurately  and in  sufficient  detail to permit (i) the
         reader  thereof  to know  at any  time  the  status  of such  Contract,
         including  payments and  recoveries  made and  payments  owing (and the
         nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation  between payments or recoveries
         on (or with respect to) each Contract and the amounts from time to time
         deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Contract.

                  (e) Each of the Company and the  Servicer  shall  maintain its
         computer  systems  so that,  from and after the time of sale under this
         Agreement of the Contracts to the Trust, the master computer records of
         the Company and the Servicer (including archives) that shall refer to a
         Contract  indicate  clearly  that such  Contract is owned by the Trust.
         Indication of the Trust's ownership of a Contract shall be deleted from
         or modified on the Company's and the Servicer's  computer systems when,
         and only when, the Contract shall have been paid in full,  purchased or
         assigned pursuant hereto.

                  (f) At all times  during the term hereof,  the Servicer  shall
         afford the Trust and its  authorized  agents  reasonable  access during
         normal  business  hours  to  the  Servicer's  records  relating  to the
         Contracts and will cause its personnel to assist in any  examination of
         such records by the Trust or its  authorized  agents.  The  examination
         referred to in this  Section  12.01(f)  will be  conducted  in a manner
         which  does  not  unreasonably  interfere  with the  Servicer's  normal
         operations  or  customer  or  employee  relations.   Without  otherwise
         limiting the scope of the  examination the Trust may make, the Trust or
         its authorized  agents may, using generally  accepted audit procedures,
         verify the status of each Contract and review the Electronic Ledger and
         records  relating  thereto for conformity to Monthly  Reports  prepared
         pursuant to Article V and compliance with the 


<PAGE>

         standards  represented to exist as to each Contract in this  Agreement.
         Nothing in this Section  12.01(f)  shall affect the  obligation  of the
         Servicer  to observe  any  applicable  law  prohibiting  disclosure  of
         information regarding the Obligors,  and the failure of the Servicer to
         provide access to information as a result of such obligation  shall not
         constitute a breach of this Section 12.01(f).

                  (g) Upon  request,  the Servicer  shall  furnish to the Trust,
         within five Business  Days, a list of all Contracts by contract  number
         and name of Obligor as of the end of the most recent Due Period held as
         part of the Trust,  together with a reconciliation  of such list to the
         List of Contracts and to each of the Servicer  Certificates  indicating
         removal of Contracts from the Trust.

                  At all times during the term hereof,  the Servicer  shall keep
         available a copy of the List of  Contracts at its  principal  executive
         office for inspection by Securityholders.

                  (h) The Servicer  shall,  to the extent required by applicable
         law,  cause  the  Notes  and  Certificates  to be  registered  with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12(b) or Section
         12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 within the time periods
         specified in such sections.

         SECTION  12.03  Limitation on Rights of  Securityholders.  The death or
incapacity of any  Securityholder  shall not operate to terminate this Agreement
or the Trust, nor entitle the Securityholder's legal representatives or heirs to
claim an  accounting  or to take any action or commence  any  proceeding  in any
court for a  partition  or  winding up of the Trust,  nor  otherwise  affect the
rights, obligations,  and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or any of
them.

         No  Securityholder  shall have any right to vote (except as provided in
Sections  9.04 and this Section  12.02) or in any manner  otherwise  control the
operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties to this
Agreement,  nor shall  anything set forth in this  Agreement or contained in the
terms of the  Securities,  be  construed  so as to  constitute  the  Holders  as
partners or members of an association; nor shall any Securityholder be under any
liability  to any third  person by reason of any action  taken  pursuant  to any
provision of this Agreement.

         No Securityholder  shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself
of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding
in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this  Agreement,  except as
provided in Section  10.03(b);  no one or more Holders of Securities  shall have
any right in any manner  whatever by virtue or by availing  itself or themselves
of any provisions of this Agreement to affect,  disturb, or prejudice the rights
of the  Holders of any other of the  Securities,  or to obtain or seek to obtain
priority over or  preference  to any other such Holder,  or to enforce any right
under this  Agreement,  except in the manner  provided in this Agreement and for
the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Securityholders. For the protection
and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 12.02, each Securityholder and
the Trust shall be  entitled to such relief as can be given  either at law or in
equity.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 12.04  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed  and enforced in accordance  with,  the laws of the State of New York,
without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.

         SECTION 12.05 Notices.  All  communications and notices pursuant hereto
to the Company, the Servicer,  Moody's and Standard & Poor's shall be in writing
and delivered or mailed to it at the appropriate following address:

                  If to the Company:

                           The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
                           650 CIT Drive
                           Livingston, New Jersey  07039
                           Attention:  President

                  If to the Servicer:

                           The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
                           650 CIT Drive
                           Livingston, New Jersey  07039
                           Attention:  President

                  If to Standard & Poor's:

                           Standard & Poor's Corporation
                           25 Broadway
                           New York, New York  10004
                           Attention:  ABS Group/Market Surveillance

                  If to Moody's:

                           Moody's Investors Service Inc.
                           99 Church Street
                           New York, New York 10007

or at such  other  address  as the  party may  designate  by notice to the other
parties hereto, which notice shall be effective when received.

         All communications  and notices pursuant hereto to a  Certificateholder
or a Noteholder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed at the address shown
in the Certificate Register or Note Register, respectively.

         Copies of all communications and notices required hereunder to be given
to  the   Owner   Trustee   shall   be   sent   to   [____________________]   at
____________________, __________, Attention: _______________.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 12.06  Severability  of  Provisions.  If any one or more of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions, or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements,  provisions, or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions,  or terms of this  Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity
or  enforceability  of  the  other  provisions  of  this  Agreement  or  of  the
Certificates and Notes or the rights of the Holders thereof.

         SECTION 12.07  Submission to  Jurisdiction;  Venue.  The parties hereto
with  respect to any action or claim  brought  against or by the Trust submit to
jurisdiction  in the state or federal courts in New York, New York, and agree to
New York, New York as the venue for any such claim or action.

         SECTION 12.08  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 12.09 Merger and  Integration.  Except as  specifically  stated
otherwise  herein,  this  Agreement sets forth the entire  understanding  of the
parties  relating to the subject  matter hereof,  and all prior  understandings,
written or oral,  are  superseded by this  Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.

         SECTION  12.10  Headings.  The  headings  herein  are for  purposes  of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or  interpretation  of
any provision hereof.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  respective   officers   thereunto  duly  authorized  as  of
____________, ____.

                                   THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.
                         
                                   By: ___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
                         
                                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                         
                                   CORPORATION II
                         
                                    By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:
                         
                                    CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_
                         
                                    By: [____________________],
                                    not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust
                         
                                    By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:
                       
Acknowledged and Accepted:

[____________________],
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee,

By: ___________________________________
         Name:

         Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            List of Initial Contracts


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                      FORM OF SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of ____________,  ____ (the
"Agreement"),  is  between  THE CIT  GROUP  SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION  II,  as
purchaser (the "Purchaser"),  and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller
(the "Seller").

         Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as of
____________,  ____  between  the  parties  hereto  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")
pursuant to which the Purchaser purchased from the Seller the marine installment
sales  contracts set forth on Exhibit A thereto (the "Initial  Contracts").  The
Purchaser sold the Initial  Contracts to the trust  established  pursuant to the
Trust  Agreement  dated as of  ____________,  ____  between  the  Purchaser  and
[____________________], as trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

         Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement dated as of ____________,
____  between CIT Marine  Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),  the  Purchaser  and the
Seller,  the Purchaser  agreed to purchase from the Seller and the Seller agreed
to sell to the  Purchaser,  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  set forth in
Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  Subsequent Contracts for the
fixed purchase price specified in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement for delivery
on the date specified  herein.  The purchase  price for any Subsequent  Contract
will be funded  from  money on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  during the
Funding Period. The purchase of any Subsequent Contract by the Purchaser must be
evidenced  by the  execution  and delivery of a  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  B to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.
Accordingly,  subject to the terms hereof and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
the Seller  agrees to sell,  and the  Purchaser  agrees to purchase,  the marine
installment  sales  contracts set forth on Exhibit A hereto  (collectively,  the
"Subsequent Contracts"), having an aggregate outstanding principal balance as of
____________, ____ (the "Subsequent Cut-Off Date") of $___________.

         The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions
of the purchase by the Purchaser of the  Subsequent  Contracts and the servicing
and administration of the Subsequent Contracts.

         In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements  hereinafter
set forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


<PAGE>

         SECTION  1.1.  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in this
Agreement  shall have the respective  meanings  assigned to them in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  All references in this  Agreement to Articles,  Sections,
subsections  and  exhibits  are to the same  contained  in or  attached  to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

           SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS; CONTRACT FILES

         SECTION 2.1. Sale and Conveyance of Contracts.  On  ____________,  ____
(the "Subsequent  Transfer Date"),  subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,
the Seller  shall sell,  transfer,  assign  absolutely,  set over and  otherwise
convey to the  Purchaser as of the  Subsequent  Transfer Date (i) all the right,
title and interest of the Company in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the
rights,  benefits,  and  obligations  arising from and in  connection  with each
Subsequent  Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the  Subsequent  Financed
Boats granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the Subsequent  Contracts,  (iii) all
payments received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent  Contracts
on or after the Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to
Post Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the interest of the Company in any
Subsequent  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds)  that  secures  the  Subsequent  Contracts  and that  shall  have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the
Company  to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors  and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights
of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to
the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other  than any right as  against a Dealer  under a
Dealer  Agreement),  (viii)  all  proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts.  The parties intend and
agree that the  conveyance of the Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

         SECTION 2.2.  Purchase Price; Payments on the Subsequent Contracts.

                  (a) The purchase price for the Subsequent  Contracts  shall be
         an amount equal to  $___________,  which is the  aggregate  outstanding
         principal balance of the Subsequent  Contracts  transferred pursuant to
         this Agreement as of the Subsequent Cut-off Date, and the Seller hereby
         acknowledges  receipt  of such  amount  in  respect  of the sale of the
         Subsequent Contracts hereunder. Such purchase price shall be payable in
         immediately  available funds on the Subsequent Transfer Date from funds
         on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

                  (b)  The  Purchaser  shall  be  entitled  to all  payments  of
         principal  and  interest  received on or after the  Subsequent  Cut-off
         Date.  All  payments of  principal  and  interest  


<PAGE>

         received before the Subsequent Cut-off Date shall belong to the Seller.
         The Seller  shall hold in trust for the  Purchaser  and shall  promptly
         remit  to the  Purchaser,  any  payments  on the  Subsequent  Contracts
         received by the Seller that belong to the Purchaser  under the terms of
         this Agreement.

         SECTION  2.3.   Conditions  to  Sale  of  Subsequent   Contracts.   The
Purchaser's obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

                  (a) The Purchaser shall have received:  the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement executed by all the parties thereto,  the documents listed in
         Section  3.01D of the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  and such  other
         opinions  and  documents as the  Purchaser  may  reasonably  require in
         connection with the purchase of the Subsequent  Contracts  hereunder or
         the sale of the Notes and Certificates;

                  (b) The  representations  and  warranties  with respect to the
         Subsequent  Contracts  of (i) the Seller and the  Servicer  made in the
         Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and (ii) the Seller made in the Purchase
         Agreement and this Agreement  shall be true and correct with respect to
         the Subsequent Contracts on the Subsequent Transfer Date; and

                  (c) The conditions  for transfer of the  Subsequent  Contracts
         from the  Purchaser to the Trust set forth in Section 3.01D of the Sale
         and Servicing Agreement have been fulfilled.

         SECTION 2.4.  Examination  of Files.  The Seller will make the Contract
Files with respect to the Subsequent Contracts available to the Purchaser or its
agent for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise
shall be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

         SECTION 2.5. Transfer of Subsequent Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  Purchaser  will  assign all of its right,  title and
interest in and to the Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust for the benefit of the
Securityholders.  The Purchaser has the right to assign its interest  under this
Agreement  as may be required to effect the  purposes of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement,  by  written  notice to the  Seller and  without  the  consent of the
Seller,  and the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations  hereunder
of the Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER;
                             REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS

         SECTION 3.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

                  (a) The representations and warranties of the Seller contained
         in Article III of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement with respect to the
         Subsequent  Contracts  are  


<PAGE>

         incorporated  herein,  and are made to the Purchaser on the  Subsequent
         Transfer  Date,  as if set forth herein and as if made to the Purchaser
         on the date  hereof.  The  Seller  will make such  representations  and
         warranties  in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  directly to the Trust
         and will  become  obligated  in  respect  of such  representations  and
         warranties pursuant to Article III of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
         On the  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  the  Seller  shall  deliver to the
         Purchaser an Officers' Certificate, dated the Subsequent Transfer Date,
         to the effect that the  representations and warranties made in the Sale
         and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent Contracts by the
         Seller are true and correct as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

                  (b) It is understood and agreed that the  representations  and
         warranties  incorporated by reference in this Agreement by Section 3.1.
         A hereof shall  remain  operative  and in full force and effect,  shall
         survive the transfer and conveyance of the Subsequent  Contracts by the
         Seller to the Purchaser  and by the  Purchaser to the Trust,  and shall
         inure to the benefit of the Purchaser,  the Trust and their  successors
         and permitted assignees.

                  (c) The Seller shall  indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer
         and hold the  Purchaser  and the  Servicer  harmless  against any loss,
         penalties, fines, forfeitures,  legal fees and related costs, judgments
         and other costs and expenses resulting from any claim, demand,  defense
         or assertion  based on or grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of
         the Seller's  representations and warranties  contained or incorporated
         by reference in this  Agreement.  It is understood  and agreed that the
         obligation of the Seller set forth in this Section 3.1 to indemnify the
         Purchaser and the Servicer as provided in this Section 3.1. constitutes
         the sole remedy of the Purchaser  and the Servicer  respecting a breach
         of the foregoing  representations and warranties.  The Trust shall also
         have the remedies provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (d) Each  indemnified  party shall give prompt  notice to the Seller of
any action  commenced  against it with respect to which  indemnity may be sought
hereunder  but failure to so notify an  indemnifying  party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement,  unless the failure to notify  materially  prejudices  the rights and
condition of the Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such
action,  and to assume the defense thereof,  and after notice from the Seller to
an indemnified  party of its election to assume the defense thereof,  the Seller
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such  indemnified  party in connection
with the defense thereof.

         (e) Any cause of action  against  the Seller or  relating to or arising
out of the breach of any  representations and warranties made or incorporated by
reference in this Section 3.01 shall accrue as to any  Subsequent  Contract upon
(i) discovery of such breach by the Purchaser or the Servicer or notice  thereof
by the Seller to the Purchaser  and the Servicer,  (ii) failure by the Seller to
cure such  breach  and (iii)  demand  upon the Seller by the  Purchaser  for all
amounts payable in respect of such Subsequent Contract.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 4.1. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the Seller and the  Purchaser by written  agreement  signed by the Seller and
the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.2.  Counterparts.   For  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the
execution of this  Agreement as herein  provided  and for other  purposes,  this
Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  counterparts  shall be deemed to be an  original,  and such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 4.3. Termination. The Seller's obligations under this Agreement
shall survive the sale of the Subsequent Contracts to the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.4.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the  obligations,  rights
and remedies of the parties  hereunder  shall be determined  in accordance  with
such laws.

         SECTION  4.05.  Notices.   All  demands,   notices  and  communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if
mailed by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  to (i) in the case of the Seller,
The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to Purchaser in writing by the Seller, or (ii) in the case of the Purchaser, The
CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II, 650 CIT Drive, Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to the Seller by the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.6.  Severability  of  Provisions.  If any one or more of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms of this Agreement  shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.7. Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.

         SECTION 4.8.  Opinion.  The Counsel to the Seller shall  deliver to the
Purchaser and the Trustees an opinion in the form of Exhibit B hereto.


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to be
signed hereto by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the
day and year first above written.

                                         THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                         CORPORATION II,

                                            as Purchaser

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                         THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                            as Seller

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                          List of Subsequent Contracts

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                          [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL]

                                     [Date]

[____________________],
         solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         referred to herein

[____________________],
         solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         referred to herein

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         I  have  acted  as  counsel  to The  CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.
("CITSF")  and  The  CIT  Group   Securitization   Corporation  II,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection  with the sale of CIT Marine Trust
____-_,  Class A _____% Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and _____% Asset Backed
Certificates  (the  "Certificates"   and,   collectively  with  the  Notes,  the
"Securities").   The  Notes  represent  obligations  of,  and  the  Certificates
represent  interests  in, a trust,  the CIT Marine Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),
consisting of a pool of installment sale contracts secured by new and used boats
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  and  certain  related  property.  The Company
purchased certain of the Contracts from CITSF (the "Initial Contracts") pursuant
to a Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of ____________,  ____, by and between CITSF
and the Company.  Additional  Contracts are being  purchased by the Company from
CITSF (the "Subsequent Contracts") pursuant to the Subsequent Purchase Agreement
dated as of ____________,  ____ (the "Subsequent Purchase Agreement").  Pursuant
to a Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of ____________, ____ (the "Sale and
Servicing  Agreement"),  among the  Company,  CITSF and the Trust,  the  Company
transferred the Initial  Contracts to the Trust. The Company will also transfer,
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Subsequent  Contracts to the
Trust, the corpus of which will consist of each of the Initial Contracts and the
Subsequent  Contracts and certain other  property  transferred by the Company to
the Trust.

         All  capitalized  terms  used  herein  and not  defined  shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

         In rendering the following opinions, I have examined (i) the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement; (ii) the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iii) the Certificate
of Incorporation  of each 


<PAGE>

of CITSF and the Company; (iv) the By-laws of each of CITSF and the Company; (v)
copies of certain  unanimous  consents  adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company  authorizing the issuance and sale of the Securities and the purchase of
the  Contracts;  and (vi) copies of certain  unanimous  written  consents of the
Board of Directors of CITSF. I have also examined such other  documents and made
such  investigations  of law as I have considered  necessary and appropriate for
the purposes of the opinions  expressed  herein. I have assumed the authenticity
of  signatures on original  documents and the  conformity to the original of all
documents submitted to me as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and have
relied as to all matters of fact on certificates,  representations or statements
by officers of the Company or CITSF.

         In making my examination of agreements, instruments and other documents
and in giving opinions herein, I have assumed that the Trustees have and had the
power and capacity to execute and deliver such agreements, instruments and other
documents  and to  perform  all of their  obligations  thereunder  and that such
agreements,  instruments  and  other  documents  were  duly  authorized  by  all
requisite   action  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Trustees  were  duly  executed,
acknowledged,  as necessary, and delivered by or on behalf of and are the legal,
valid and binding  obligations  of, and are enforceable in accordance with their
terms against, the Trustees.

         Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing I am of the opinion that:

         1. The Subsequent Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by each of CITSF and the Company and constitutes the legal,  valid
and  binding  agreement  of each of CITSF and the  Company,  and is  enforceable
against  each of  CITSF  and the  Company  in  accordance  with its  terms;  the
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement is  effective to transfer all of CITSF's  right,
title  and  interest  in and to the  Subsequent  Contracts  and  other  property
described in Section 2.1 of the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement to the Company;
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement is effective to transfer all of the Company's
right, title and interest in and to such Subsequent Contracts and other property
to the Trust subject to no prior liens or encumbrances.

         2. No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of,  registration or
filing with, or notice to any governmental  authority or court is required under
federal  laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the  execution,  delivery
and  performance  by the Company of the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement  or the
consummation  of any other  transaction  contemplated  thereby  by the  Company,
except for those  which have been  obtained  or except  such as may be  required
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended or the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder or state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.

         3. No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of,  registration or
filing with, or notice to, any governmental authority or court is required under
federal  laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the  execution,  delivery
and  performance  by  CITSF  of  the  Subsequent   Purchase   Agreement  or  the
consummation of any other transaction  contemplated  thereby by CITSF except for
those  which have been  obtained  or except  such as may be  required  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations  promulgated thereunder or
state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>

         I am  furnishing  this  opinion to you solely  for your  benefit.  This
opinion is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to or relied
on by any other person or for any other purpose.

         The foregoing  opinion is given on the express  understanding  that the
undersigned  is an officer of the  Company and CITSF and shall in no event incur
any personal liability in connection with the said opinion.

                                                    Very truly yours,

<PAGE>

                      FORM OF SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

         The CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II, as Seller, and CIT Marine
Trust ____-_ (the  "Trust"),  as  Purchaser,  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of ____________, ____, among the Seller, The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc., as Servicer and the Trust (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"),
hereby  confirm their  understanding  with respect to the sale by the Seller and
the purchase by the Purchaser of those Contracts  listed on the attached List of
Subsequent Contracts (the "Subsequent Contracts").

         The  Seller  shall  sell,  transfer,  assign  absolutely,  set over and
otherwise convey to the Purchaser as of the Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the
right,  title and interest of the Seller in and to the Subsequent  Contracts and
all the rights,  benefits,  and obligations  arising from and in connection with
each Subsequent Contract, (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent Financed
Boats granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the Subsequent  Contracts,  (iii) all
payments  received by the Seller on or with respect to the Subsequent  Contracts
on or after the Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to
Post Cut-off  Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the interest of the Seller in any
Subsequent  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds)  that  secures  the  Subsequent  Contracts  and that  shall  have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the
Seller  to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors  and  the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Boat, (vii) all rights of
recourse  against any cosigner or under any personal  guarantee  with respect to
the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other  than any right as  against a Dealer  under a
Dealer  Agreement),  (viii)  all  proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the
foregoing items and (ix) all documents  contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts.  The parties intend and
agree that the  conveyance of the Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

         The costs  relating to the delivery of the documents  specified in this
Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement  and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  shall be
borne by the Seller.

         The Seller hereby affirms the  representations and warranties set forth
in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement that relate to the Subsequent  Contracts as
of the date hereof.  The Seller hereby confirms that it has delivered  notice of
the  sale  of the  Subsequent  Contracts  pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement  and that  each of the  conditions  relating  to the  transfer  of the
Subsequent Contracts,  set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  have been
satisfied as of the date hereof.


<PAGE>

         All terms and conditions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement are hereby
ratified,  confirmed and incorporated herein,  provided that in the event of any
conflict the provisions of this Subsequent Transfer Agreement shall control over
the conflicting provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Terms  capitalized  herein  and not  defined  herein  shall  have their
respective meanings as set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subsequent Transfer
Agreement to be duly executed as of this ____ day of _________, ____.


                                   THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                   CORPORATION II

                                   By: ___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                   CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                                   By: [____________________],
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                   Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust

                                   By: ___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                     FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INITIAL CONTRACTS

         In accordance with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement (the  "Agreement")
dated as of  ____________,  ____,  among  The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.
("CITSF"), The CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II (the "Company"), and CIT
Marine Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),  the Company  does hereby  sell,  transfer,
assign,  set over  and  otherwise  convey  to the  Trust  created  by the  Trust
Agreement,  (i) all  right,  title and  interest  of the  Company  in and to the
Initial Contracts and all the rights,  benefits and obligations arising from and
in connection  with each Initial  Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the
Initial  Financed  Boats  granted  by  the  Obligors  pursuant  to  the  Initial
Contracts,  (iii) all payments received by the Company on or with respect to the
Initial  Contracts on or after the Initial  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments
with respect to Post Cut-off Date Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the interest of the
Company in any Initial  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net
Liquidation  Proceeds)  that secures the Initial  Contracts  and that shall have
been repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust; (v) all rights of
the Company to proceeds of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors and the
Initial  Contracts,  (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's  Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds  relate to any Initial  Financed Boat,  (vii) all rights of
recourse  against any cosigner or under any personal  guarantee  with respect to
the Initial  Contracts  (other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer
Agreement),  (viii) all amounts  held for the Trust in the  Collection  Account,
(ix) all amounts held for the Trust in the Pre-Funding  Account, (x) all amounts
held for the Trust in the Capitalized Interest Account, (xi) all proceeds in any
way derived from any of the foregoing items and (xii) all documents contained or
required  to be  contained  in  the  Contract  Files  relating  to  the  Initial
Contracts.  The parties  intend and agree that the  conveyance  of the Company's
right,  title and  interest  in and to the  Initial  Contracts  (and all rights,
entitlements  and  amounts  listed  above)  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall
constitute an absolute sale.

         All capitalized terms used herein without  definition have the meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. This Assignment is made pursuant to the
Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subsequent Transfer
Agreement to be duly executed as of this ____ day of _________, ____.

                                         THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                         CORPORATION II

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

<PAGE>

                   FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS

         For good and valuable  consideration in the amount of $___________ paid
by THE CIT GROUP  SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION II (the  "Purchaser"),  to THE CIT
GROUP/SALES  FINANCING,  INC. (the "Seller"),  CITSF does hereby sell, transfer,
assign  absolutely,  set over and  otherwise  convey to the  Purchaser as of the
Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and interest of the Company in
and to the  marine  installment  sales  contracts  set forth on Exhibit A to the
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of  ____________,  ____,  between the
Purchaser  and the  Seller  (the  "Subsequent  Contracts")  and all the  rights,
benefits,  and  obligations  arising from and in connection with each Subsequent
Contract,  (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent  Financed Boats granted
by the  Obligors  pursuant  to the  Subsequent  Contracts,  (iii)  all  payments
received by the Company on or with  respect to the  Subsequent  Contracts  on or
after the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off  Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the  interest  of the  Company  in any
Subsequent  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds)  that  secures  the  Subsequent  Contracts  and that  shall  have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the
Company  to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors  and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Boat, (vii) all rights of
recourse  against any cosigner or under any personal  guarantee  with respect to
the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other  than any right as  against a Dealer  under a
Dealer  Agreement),  (viii)  all  proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts.  The parties intend and
agree that the  conveyance of the Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall   constitute  an  absolute  sale.   Certain
capitalized  terms used in this  Assignment  shall have the respective  meanings
assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of ____________,
____,  among The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II, CITSF and CIT Marine
Trust ____-_.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned has caused this Assignment to be
duly executed this ____ day of ___________, ______.


                                         THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E

            FORM OF OWNER TRUSTEE'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION

         [____________________], a national banking association, acting as Owner
Trustee  (the  "Owner  Trustee")  of the  Trust  created  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement, dated as of ____________,  ____, between The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II (the "Company") and the Owner Trustee,  acknowledged  pursuant to
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  ____________,  ____  among  the
Company,  The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.  and  the  Owner  Trustee  (the
"Agreement"), that the Owner Trustee has received, and holds in trust thereunder
the following  through the Servicer as custodian:  (i) all the right,  title and
interest of the Company in and to the {Initial}  {Subsequent}  Contracts and all
the rights,  benefits,  and obligations arising from and in connection with each
{Initial}  {Subsequent}  Contract,  (ii) the security interests in the {Initial}
{Subsequent}  Financed  Boats granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the {Initial}
{Subsequent}  Contracts,  (iii) all payments  received by the Company on or with
respect  to the  {Initial}  {Subsequent}  Contracts  on or after  the  {Initial}
{Subsequent}  Cut-off Date  (exclusive  of payments with respect to Post Cut-off
Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the  interest of the  Company in any  {Initial}
{Subsequent}   Financed  Boat   (including  any  right  to  receive  future  Net
Liquidation Proceeds) that secures the {Initial} {Subsequent} Contracts and that
shall have been  repossessed  by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v)
all  rights of the  Company to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the
Obligors and the {Initial}  {Subsequent}  Contracts,  (vi) the proceeds from any
Servicer's  Errors and Omissions  Protection  Policy,  any fidelity bond and any
blanket  hazard  policy,  to the extent such  proceeds  relate to any  {Initial}
{Subsequent} Financed Boat, (vii) all rights of recourse against any cosigner or
under  any  personal  guarantee  with  respect  to  the  {Initial}  {Subsequent}
Contracts  (other than any right as against a Dealer under a Dealer  Agreement),
(viii) all proceeds in any way derived from any of the foregoing items, (ix) all
documents  contained or required to be contained in the Contract  Files relating
to the {Initial}  {Subsequent}  Contracts,  (x) the Collection Account, (xi) the
Pre-Funding  Account,  and (xii) the Capitalized  Interest  Account.  {The Owner
Trustee shall issue to, or upon the written  order of, the Company  Certificates
representing  ownership of a beneficial  interest in 100% of the Trust and Notes
representing  obligations of the Trust.}  Capitalized terms used herein have the
meanings given them in the Agreement.


<PAGE>

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  [____________________],  as Owner  Trustee,  has
caused this  acknowledgment to be executed by its duly authorized  officer as of
this ____ day of _________, ____.

                                    [____________________],
                                    not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust

                                    By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

<PAGE>

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                        CERTIFICATE OF SERVICING OFFICERS

         The  undersigned  certify  that  they  are  the  {title}  and  {title},
respectively of The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc., a corporation  organized
under the laws of Delaware ("CITSF"),  and that as such they are duly authorized
to execute and deliver this  certificate  on behalf of CITSF pursuant to Section
4.09 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of ____________,  ____ (the
"Agreement"),  among  CITSF,  The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation  II and
[____________________],  as Owner  Trustee  (all  capitalized  terms used herein
without  definition having the respective  meanings specified in the Agreement),
and further certify that:

         1. The Monthly  Report for the period  from  __________  to  __________
attached to this  certificate  is complete and accurate in  accordance  with the
requirements of Sections 4.09 and 5.08 of the Agreement; and

         2. As of the date hereof,  no Event of  Termination  or event that with
notice  or lapse of time or both  would  become  an  Event  of  Termination  has
occurred.  [If an Event of Termination  has occurred,  such Event of Termination
shall be specified and its current status reported.]

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  I have affixed hereunto my signature this ____ day
of _________, ____.

                                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                       By: ___________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT G

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                        CLASS A _____% ASSET BACKED NOTES

                        _____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

                                 MONTHLY REPORT

                       DISTRIBUTION DATE: __________, ____

Amount Available  $___________

Distribution Amounts

1. Aggregate Note distribution $___________

2. Aggregate Certificate distribution $___________

Interest

3.  Aggregate amount of Interest
    a.  Notes             $___________
    b.  Certificates      $___________

4.  Total distribution in respect of interest
    a.  Notes             $___________
    b.  Certificates      $___________

Principal

5.  Principal Distribution Amount      $___________

6.  Distribution made in respect of Principal
    a.  Notes             $___________
    b.  Certificates      $___________

7. Outstanding Principal Balance of Notes:     $___________

8. Certificate Balance        $___________


<PAGE>

Contract Pool

9.   Pool Balance              $___________

10.  Note Pool Factor           __________

11.  Certificate Pool Factor    __________

Delinquency Information

                              Aggregate         Principal
                               Number           Balance

12.  Delinquent Contracts

     a.  30-59 days        ____          $___________
     b.  60-89 days        ____          $___________
     c.  90 days or more   ____          $___________

13.  Repossessed Contracts      ____     $___________

14.  Repossessed Contracts
     Remaining in Inventory     ____     $___________


Miscellaneous

15.  Monthly Servicing Fee                                $___________

16.  Amount of Servicer Fee Paid                          $___________

17.  Amount withdrawn from the Cash Collateral            $___________
     Account and Delivered to Certificateholders

18.  Available Cash Collateral Amount after any _____% withdrawal or deposit
     to the Cash Collateral Account divided by the Pool Balance

19.  Amount of Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account         $___________

20.  Weighted average Contract Rate of all outstanding Contracts   _____%

21.  Number of Subsequent Contracts     ____


<PAGE>

22.  Aggregate principal balance of Subsequent Contracts  $___________

23.  Number of Subsequent Contracts Purchased             ____

24.  Aggregate Stated Principal Balance of       $___________
     Subsequent Contracts Purchased

25.  Amount of Monthly Advances by Servicer               $___________

     Amount of Non-Reimbursable Payments by Servicer      $___________


<PAGE>

                        TERMINATION - AUCTION PROCEDURES

         The  following  sets forth the  auction  procedures  to be  followed in
connection  with a sale  effected  pursuant  to  Section  11.02  of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement (the "Agreement"),  dated as of ____________,  ____, between
The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, the CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
and [____________________], as Owner Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein that
are not  otherwise  defined  shall have the  meanings  described  thereto in the
Agreement.   All  references   herein  to  "Trustee"   shall  be  references  to
[____________________], as Indenture Trustee, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as
of  ____________,  ____,  between the Owner Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee.
However,  if the  Notes  have  been  paid in full,  and the  Indenture  has been
discharged  in accordance  with its terms,  all  references  herein to "Trustee"
shall be references to the Owner Trustee.

I. Pre-Auction Process

         (a) Upon  receiving  notice  of the  Auction  Date,  the  Advisor  will
initiate its general Auction  procedures  consisting of the following:  (i) with
the  assistance of the Servicer,  prepare a general  solicitation  package along
with a confidentiality  agreement; (ii) derive a list of qualified bidders, in a
commercially  reasonable  manner;  (iii)  initiate  contact  with all  qualified
bidders;  (iv) send a confidentiality  agreement to all qualified  bidders;  (v)
upon receipt of a signed confidentiality  agreement,  send solicitation packages
to all interested bidders on behalf of the Trustee; and (vi) notify the Servicer
of all potential bidders and anticipated timetable.

         (b) The general  solicitation  package will include: (i) the prospectus
from the  public  offering  of the  Notes and  Certificates;  (ii) a copy of all
monthly  servicing  reports or a copy of all annual  servicing  reports  and the
prior year's monthly servicing reports; (iii) a form of a Purchase Agreement and
Sale and Servicing  Agreement;  (iv) a description of the minimum purchase price
required  to cause the  Trustee  to sell the  Auction  Property  as set forth in
Section  11.02  of  the  Agreement;  (v) a  formal  bidsheet;  (vi)  a  detailed
timetable;  and (vii) a preliminary  data tape of the Pool  Scheduled  Principal
Balance as of the related  Distribution Date reflecting the same data attributes
used to  create  the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  tables  for the  prospectus  dated
____________,   ____   relating  to  the  public   offering  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates.

         (c) The Trustee,  with the  assistance of the Servicer and the Advisor,
will  maintain  an  auction  package  beginning  at the time of  closing  of the
transaction,  which  will  contain  terms  (i)-(iii)  listed  in  the  preceding
paragraph.  If the  Advisor  is unable to  perform  its role as  advisor  to the
Trustee,  the Servicer  acting in its capacity under the Agreement will select a
successor Advisor and inform the Trustee of its actions.

         (d) The Advisor will send solicitation packages to all bidders at least
15 business days before the Auction Date. Bidders will be required to submit any
due  diligence  


<PAGE>

questions in writing to the Advisor for  determination  of their  relevancy,  no
later than 10 business  days  before the  Auction  Date.  The  Servicer  and the
Advisor  will be  required  to  satisfy  all  relevant  questions  at least five
Business Days prior to the Auction Date and distribute the questions and answers
to all bidders.

II. Auction Process

         (a) [____________________], in its role as Advisor to the Trustee, will
be allowed to bid in the Auction, but will not be required to do so.

         (b) The Servicer will also be allowed to bid in the Auction if it deems
appropriate, but will not be required to do so.

         (c) On the  Auction  Date,  all bids  will be due by  facsimile  to the
offices of the Trustee by 1:00 p.m. New York City time,  with the winning bidder
to be  notified  by 2:00  p.m.  New York  City  time.  All  acceptable  bids (as
described in Section 11.02 of the Agreement)  will be due on a conforming  basis
on the bid sheet contained in the solicitation package.

         (d) If the  Trustee  receives  fewer  than two  market  value bids from
participants in the market for marine installment sale contract willing and able
to purchase the Auction  Property,  the Trustee shall decline to consummate  the
sale.

         (e) Upon notification to the winning bidder, a good faith deposit equal
to one  percent  (1%) of the Pool  Balance  will be  required to be wired to the
Trustee upon acceptance of the bid. This deposit, along with any interest income
attributable  to it,  will be  credited  to the  purchase  price but will not be
refundable.  The Trustee will establish a separate account for the acceptance of
the good faith  deposit,  until such time as the account is fully funded and all
monies are transferred into the Collection Account,  such time not to exceed one
Business Day before the related Distribution Date (as described above).

         (f) The winning  bidder will  receive on the Auction Date a copy of the
draft  Purchase   Agreement,   Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement  and  Servicer's
Representations  and Warranties  (which shall be substantially  identical to the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.01 of the Agreement).

         (g) [____________________],  in its capacity as Advisor to the Trustee,
will provide to the Trustee a letter  concluding  whether or not the winning bid
is a fair market value bid. [____________________] will also provide such letter
if it is the winning  bidder.  In the case where  [____________________]  or the
Servicer  is the  winning  bidder  it  will in its  letter  provide  for  market
comparable and valuations.

         (h) The Auction will stipulate that the Servicer be retained to service
the Contracts  sold pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and
Servicing Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT I

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                             CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER

         The undersigned  certifies that the undersigned is the  _______________
of The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc., a corporation organized under the laws
of  Delaware  ("CITSF"),  and that as such is duly  authorized  to  execute  and
deliver  this  certificate  on behalf of CITSF in  connection  with the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of ____________,  ____ (the "Agreement"),  among
CITSF, The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II and CIT Marine Trust ____-_
(all  capitalized  terms used herein  without  definition  having the respective
meanings specified in the Agreement), and further certify that:

                  (i) attached hereto as Exhibit I is a true and correct copy of
         the Articles of  Incorporation  of CITSF,  together with all amendments
         thereto as in effect on the date hereof;

                  (ii) attached  hereto as Exhibit II is a true and correct copy
         of the By-laws of CITSF, as amended, as in effect on the date hereof;

                  (iii) the representations and warranties of CITSF contained in
         Sections 8.01 and 3.01C of the Agreement are true and correct on and as
         of  the  date  hereof  and,  to  the  best  of  their  knowledge,   the
         representations and warranties of CITSF contained in Sections 3.01A and
         3.01B  of the  Agreement  are true  and  correct  on and as of the date
         hereof;

                  (iv) no event  with  respect  to  CITSF  has  occurred  and is
         continuing  which would  constitute an Event of Termination or an event
         that,  with notice or lapse of time or both,  would  become an Event of
         Termination under the Agreement; and

                  (v)  each of the  agreements  and  conditions  of  CITSF to be
         performed on or before the date hereof  pursuant to the Agreement  have
         been performed in all material respects.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  I have affixed hereunto my signature this ____ day
of _________, ____.

                                         THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:




                                                                     Exhibit 4.4

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,
                                   Depositor,

                      THE CIT GROUP / SALES FINANCING, INC.
                                    Servicer,

                                       and

                                      [ ],
                          Trustee and Collateral Agent.

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
                          Dated as of __________, ____

                                $_________________

                             CIT Marine Trust ____-_
                  [____]% Marine Receivable-Backed Certificates

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I

SECTION 1.1.  Creation of Trust.................................................

                                   ARTICLE II

SECTION 2.1.  Conveyance of Receivables.........................................

                                   ARTICLE III

SECTION 3.1.  Surety Bond.......................................................

                                   ARTICLE IV

SECTION 4.1.  Acceptance by Trustee.............................................

                                    ARTICLE V

SECTION 5.1.  Additional Representations and Warranties of the Depositor........

                                   ARTICLE VI

SECTION 6.1.  The CIT Group / Sales Financing, Inc. not to resign as Servicer...

                                   ARTICLE VII

SECTION 7.1.  Definitions.......................................................
SECTION 7.2.  Usage of Terms....................................................
SECTION 7.3.  Cutoff Date and Record Date.......................................

                                  ARTICLE VIII

SECTION 8.1.  Representations and Warranties of Depositor.......................
SECTION 8.2.  Repurchase upon Breach............................................

<PAGE>

SECTION 8.3.  Custody of Receivable Files.......................................
SECTION 8.4.  Duties of Servicer as Custodian...................................
SECTION 8.5.  Instructions; Authority to Act....................................
SECTION 8.6.  Custodian's Indemnification.......................................
SECTION 8.7.  Effective Period and Termination..................................

                                   ARTICLE IX

SECTION 9.1.  Duties of Servicer................................................
SECTION 9.2.  Collection of Receivables Payments................................
SECTION 9.3.  Realization upon Receivables......................................
SECTION 9.4.  Physical Damage Insurance.........................................
SECTION 9.5.  Maintenance of Security Interests in Boats........................
SECTION 9.6.  Covenants of Servicer.............................................
SECTION 9.7.  Purchase of Receivables upon Breach...............................
SECTION 9.8.  Servicing Fee.....................................................
SECTION 9.9.  Servicer's Certificate............................................
SECTION 9.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default..............
SECTION 9.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants Report............
SECTION 9.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding 
                Receivables ....................................................
SECTION 9.13. Servicer Expenses.................................................
SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Sub-Servicer.......................................
SECTION 9.15. Representations and Warranties of Servicer with Respect to 
                Receivables ....................................................

                                    ARTICLE X

SECTION 10.1.  Accounts.........................................................
SECTION 10.2.  Collections......................................................
SECTION 10.3.  Application of Collections.......................................
SECTION 10.4.  Additional Deposits..............................................
SECTION 10.5.  Distributions....................................................
SECTION 10.6.  Net Deposits.....................................................
SECTION 10.7.  Statements to Certificateholders.................................

                                   ARTICLE XI

SECTION 11.1.  The Certificates.................................................
SECTION 11.2.  Authentication of Certificates...................................
SECTION 11.3.  Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates............
SECTION 11.4.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates................
SECTION 11.5.  Persons Deemed Owners............................................
SECTION 11.6.  Access to List of Certificateholders Names and Addresses.........

<PAGE>

SECTION 11.7.  Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................
SECTION 11.8.  Book-entry Certificates..........................................
SECTION 11.9.  Notices to Clearing Agency.......................................
SECTION 11.10. Definitive Certificates..........................................

                                   ARTICLE XII

SECTION 12.1.  Representations of Depositor.....................................
SECTION 12.2.  Liability of Depositor; Indemnities..............................
SECTION 12.3.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of 
                 Depositor .....................................................
SECTION 12.4.  Limitation on Liability of Depositor and Others..................
SECTION 12.5.  Depositor May Own Certificates...................................
SECTION 12.6.  Depositor's Interest in Reserve Account; No Transfer.............

                                  ARTICLE XIII

SECTION 13.1.  Representations of Servicer......................................
SECTION 13.2.  Liability of Servicer; Indemnities...............................
SECTION 13.3.  Merger or Consolidation of or Assumption of Obligations of 
                 Servicer ......................................................
SECTION 13.4.  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others...................

                                   ARTICLE XIV

SECTION 14.1.  Events of Default................................................
SECTION 14.2.  Appointment of Successor.........................................
SECTION 14.3.  Notification to Certificateholders...............................
SECTION 14.4.  Waiver of Past Defaults..........................................

                                   ARTICLE XV

SECTION 15.1.  Duties of Trustee................................................
SECTION 15.2.  Trustee's Certificate............................................
SECTION 15.3.  Trustee's Assignment of Purchased Receivables....................
SECTION 15.4.  Certain Matters Affecting Trustee................................
SECTION 15.5.  Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables...............
SECTION 15.6.  Trustee May Own Certificates.....................................
SECTION 15.7.  Trustee's Fees and Expenses......................................
SECTION 15.8.  Representations and Warranties of Trustee........................
SECTION 15.9.  Eligibility Requirements for Trustee.............................
SECTION 15.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee................................
SECTION 15.11. Successor Trustee and Collateral Agent...........................

<PAGE>

SECTION 15.12. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee...............................
SECTION 15.13. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee....................

                                   ARTICLE XVI

SECTION 16.1.  Termination of the Trust.........................................
SECTION 16.2.  Optional Purchase of All Receivables.............................

                                  ARTICLE XVII

SECTION 17.1.  Amendment........................................................
SECTION 17.2.  Protection of Title to Trust.....................................
SECTION 17.3.  Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders.......................
SECTION 17.4.  Governing Law....................................................
SECTION 17.5.  Notices..........................................................
SECTION 17.6.  Severability of Provisions.......................................
SECTION 17.7.  Assignment.......................................................
SECTION 17.8.  Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid........................
SECTION 17.9.  No Petition......................................................

SCHEDULE A: SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

EXHIBIT A: FORM OF SURETY BOND
EXHIBIT B: FORM OF CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT C: FORM OF DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT D: MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT
EXHIBIT E: CERTIFICATEHOLDER STATEMENT
EXHIBIT F: TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE

<PAGE>

This POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of __________,  ____ is made with
respect to the  formation  of the CIT Marine Trust  ____-_,  among THE CIT GROUP
SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION  II,  a  Delaware  corporation,  as  Depositor  (the
"Depositor"),  THE CIT GROUP / SALES FINANCING, INC., a Delaware corporation, as
Servicer  ("the  "Servicer"),  and  [ ],  as  Trustee  (the  "Trustee")  and  as
Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent").

         WITNESSETH  THAT:  In  consideration  of the premises and of the mutual
agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         SECTION 1.1. Creation of Trust. Upon the execution of this Agreement by
the parties hereto, there is hereby created the CIT Marine Trust ____-_.

                                   ARTICLE II

         SECTION 2.1.  Conveyance of  Receivables  (a) In  consideration  of the
Trustee's  delivery,  on  behalf  of the  Trust,  to or upon  the  order  of the
Depositor of Certificates (the  "Certificates") in an aggregate principal amount
equal to $______________ (the "Purchase Price"), the Depositor does hereby sell,
transfer,  assign and otherwise convey to the Trustee,  in trust for the benefit
of the Certificateholders and the Surety Bond Issuer, without recourse:

                  (i) all right,  title and interest of the  Depositor in and to
         the Receivables and all payments  received  thereunder,  in the case of
         Simple  Interest   Receivables  and  due  thereunder  in  the  case  of
         Precomputed Receivables, in each case, after the Cutoff Date;

                  (ii) the interest of the  Depositor in the security  interests
         in the Boats related to Receivables granted by Obligors pursuant to the
         Receivables;

                  (iii)  the  Purchase  Agreement,  including  the  right of the
         Depositor to cause CITSF to repurchase  Receivables  from the Depositor
         under certain circumstances;

                  (iv) the interest of the Depositor in any proceeds from claims
         on any physical damage,  credit life or disability  insurance  policies
         covering Boats or Obligors related to Receivables;

                  (v)  the  interest  of  the  Depositor  in any  proceeds  from
         recourse to Dealers on Receivables; and

<PAGE>

                  (vi) any proceeds of the foregoing.

         The  Depositor   intends  that  the  assignment  and  transfer   herein
contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables,  conveying good title thereto
free and clear of any liens and encumbrances,  from the Depositor to the Trustee
and that such property not be part of the Depositor's  estate or property of the
Depositor  in the  event of any  insolvency  by the  Depositor  and the  Trustee
acquiesces in such characterization. In the event that such conveyance is deemed
to be, or to be made as security for, a loan, the Depositor hereby grants to the
Trustee a first priority  perfected  security interest in all of the Depositor's
right,  title and  interest  in and to the  Receivables  and the other  property
conveyed hereby,  and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under
applicable law.

         SECTION 2.2 The Trustee agrees to hold any amounts  received in respect
of  the   Receivables   and  allocable  to  late  payment  and  extension  fees,
administrative  charges in trust for the benefit of the  Depositor and agrees to
promptly  remit any such  amounts  to the  Depositor  upon  receipt  thereof  as
directed in writing in the relevant Servicer's Certificate.

                                   ARTICLE III

         SECTION 3.1. Surety Bond. The Servicer shall,  simultaneously  with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, obtain the Surety Bond for the benefit
of the Trust in accordance  with the respective  terms thereof and deliver it to
the Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         SECTION 4.1. Acceptance by Trustee.  The Trustee does hereby accept all
consideration  conveyed by the  Depositor  pursuant to Section 2.1, and declares
that the  Trustee  shall hold such  consideration  and the  Surety  Bond and any
proceeds  of any  draws  thereunder  upon the  trusts  herein  set forth for the
benefit of all present and future  Certificateholders,  subject to the terms and
provisions of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE V

         SECTION  5.1.   Additional   Representations   and  Warranties  of  the
Depositor.  The  Depositor  does hereby make the following  representations  and
warranties on which the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, relies in accepting the
Receivables in trust and executing and authenticating the Certificates:

         (i) Original  Maturity of Receivables.  Each  Receivable  shall have an
original maturity of not more than _____________..

<PAGE>

         (ii) Remaining  Maturity of  Receivables.  As of the Cutoff Date,  each
Receivable shall have a remaining maturity of not more than __________.

         (iii) Annual Percentage Rate. Each Receivable shall have a fixed Annual
Percentage Rate of not less than _____% and not greater than _____%.

         (iv) Location of Receivable  Files.  The Receivable Files shall be kept
at the offices of CITSF. at [address].

         (v) Maximum Balance. No Receivable has a Principal Balance greater than
$_______.

         (vi) No  Repossessions.  As of the Cutoff  Date,  no Boat  securing any
Receivable is in repossession status.

         (vii)  No  Bankruptcies.  As  of  the  Cutoff  Date,  no  Obligor  on a
Receivable  was  noted in the  related  Receivable  File as the  subject  of any
bankruptcy proceeding.

         (viii) Delinquencies. As of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable shall have a
payment that is ___ or more days delinquent.

         The foregoing  representations and warranties shall (i) speak as of the
Closing  Date,  but shall  survive  the sale,  transfer  and  assignment  of the
Receivables  to the  Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and (ii) be subject to the
notice and repurchase provisions set forth in Section 8.2 in the same manner and
to the same extent as if they were set forth in Section 8.1.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         SECTION 6.1. CITSF Not to Resign as Servicer. Except as a result of the
operation  of Section  13.3,  CITSF  shall not resign from the  obligations  and
duties  hereby  imposed on it as  Servicer  under  this  Agreement  except  upon
determination  that the  performance of its duties under this Agreement shall no
longer be permissible  under  applicable law.  Notice of any such  determination
permitting the  resignation of CITSF shall be communicated to the Trustee at the
earliest  practicable time (and, if such communication is not in writing,  shall
be  confirmed  in  writing  at the  earliest  practicable  time)  and  any  such
determination  shall be  evidenced  by an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to such  effect
delivered to the Trustee  concurrently  with or promptly  after such notice.  No
such  resignation  shall  become  effective  until the  Trustee  or a  successor
Servicer  shall have assumed the  responsibilities  and  obligations of CITSF in
accordance with Section 14.2.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         SECTION  7.1.  Definitions.   Whenever  used  in  this  Agreement,  the
following words and phrases,  unless the context otherwise requires,  shall have
the following meanings:

<PAGE>

         "Permitted Investments" are any of the following, which shall mature on
or prior to the next succeeding Deposit Date:

                  (i)  any  direct   obligations  of,  and   obligations   fully
         guaranteed  by, the United  States of America,  the  Federal  Home Loan
         Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any
         agency  or   instrumentality  of  the  United  States  of  America  the
         obligations  of which are  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
         United States of America;

                  (ii) (A) demand and time deposits in,  certificates of deposit
         of,  bankers'  acceptances  issued  by, or  Federal  funds  sold by any
         depository  institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of
         the  United  States of  America  or any state  thereof  and  subject to
         supervision  and  examination  by Federal  and/or state  authorities or
         under  the laws of any  other  jurisdiction,  so long as at the time of
         such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment
         the  commercial  paper or other  short-term  debt  obligations  of such
         depository  institution or trust company have the highest credit rating
         available  from each  Rating  Agency  or (B) any  other  demand or time
         deposit or certificate of deposit which is fully insured by the Federal
         Deposit Insurance Corporation;

                  (iii) repurchase  obligations with respect to (A) any security
         described  in  clause  (i) above or (B) any  other  security  issued or
         guaranteed  by an agency or  instrumentality  of the  United  States of
         America,  in either case entered into with a depository  institution or
         trust company (acting as principal)  described in clause (ii) (A) above
         or with any money market funds maintained by a broker which has, at the
         time of such  investment,  the highest  credit  rating from each Rating
         Agency;

                  (iv) commercial paper having a rating of at least "___" by S&P
         and  "___"  by  Moody's  at the  time  of  such  investment,  including
         commercial  paper  having such rating  issued by the Trustee or The CIT
         Group, Inc.

                  (v) money  market  funds or money  market  mutual funds (other
         than  closed-end  funds),  including  funds for which [ ] is investment
         manager or advisor,  which (A)  maintain a constant net asset value and
         (B) have at the time of such  investment a rating by AAAm or ___ by S&P
         or ___ by Moody's;

                  (vi)  if the  Trustee  does  not  receive  written  investment
         instructions, the investments referred to in (v) above; or

                  (vii) any other investment  approved in writing by each Rating
         Agency.

         "Corporate Trust Office" at the date of the execution hereof is located
at: ____________________.

         "Cutoff Date" shall be the close of business on __________, ____.

<PAGE>

         "Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means __________, ____.

         "Insolvency Proceeding" means the commencement, after the Closing Date,
of any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, reorganization, marshalling
of assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings by or against any person,  or
the  commencement,  after the Closing Date, of any proceedings by or against any
Person for the winding up or  liquidation  of its affairs,  or the consent after
the date  hereof to the  appointment  of a  trustee,  conservator,  receiver  or
liquidator in any bankruptcy, insolvency,  readjustment of debt, reorganization,
marshalling of assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings of or relating to
any Person.

         "Permitted  Investments"  shall be, at anytime,  any one or more of the
obligations and securities set forth in Schedule C hereto.

         "Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

         "Reimbursement  Agreement" is the Insurance and Reimbursement Agreement
dated as of __________,  ____,  among the Surety Bond Issuer,  the Depositor and
the Servicer.

         "Required  Deposit Rating" shall be a rating on short-term  deposits of
"[__]" by Moody's and "[__]" by S & P or any other rating  acceptable to each of
the Rating  Agencies;  and any  requirement  that  deposits  have the  "Required
Deposit  Rating" shall mean that such  deposits have the foregoing  ratings from
each of such rating  agencies or such other  rating which is  acceptable  to the
Rating Agencies.

         "Reserve Account" means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

         "Servicing Fee Rate" shall be ____ per annum.

         "Surety  Bond"  means  the  unconditional,   irrevocable  surety  bond,
substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  A, to be issued by the
Surety Bond Issuer and naming the Trustee as beneficiary.

         "Surety Bond Issuer" shall be _______________.

         "Account  Property" means all amounts and investments held from time to
time in the Reserve Account,  as the case may be (whether in the form of deposit
accounts, Physical Property,  book-entry securities,  uncertificated securities,
securities entitlements,  investment property or otherwise), and all proceeds of
the foregoing.

         "Agreement" means this Pooling and Servicing  Agreement executed by the
Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee and the Collateral Agent as of the Cutoff
Date, and all amendments and supplements hereto.

<PAGE>

         "Amount  Financed"  with  respect to a  Receivable  means the  original
amount  advanced under the Receivable  toward the purchase price of the Boat and
any cost to the  related  Obligor  of any  dealer  installed  options,  extended
warranty  plans and credit life and disability  insurance,  including any amount
allocable to the premium of collateral  protection  insurance purchased by CITSF
prior to the Cutoff Date.

         "Annual Percentage Rate" or "APR" of a Receivable means the annual rate
of finance charges stated in the Receivable.

         "Available Funds" means, for any Distribution  Date, the sum of (i) all
Collections  received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period, (ii)
all refunds  received by the Servicer  with  respect to any refunded  portion of
extended warranty  protection plan costs, or of physical damage,  credit life or
disability insurance premiums included in the Amount Financed unless such refund
must be paid to the  Obligor,  (iii)  the  Purchase  Amount  of all  Receivables
purchased or  repurchased  under this Agreement on the Business Day prior to the
Distribution Date, (iv) Liquidation Proceeds received by the Servicer during the
related  Collection  Period and (v) all net income  and gain  realized  on funds
deposited into the Collection Account or the Certificate Account and invested in
Permitted Investments during the related Collection Period.

         "Boat" means (i) a new or used boat,  or boat  motor and boat  trailer,
securing an Obligor's indebtedness under the respective Receivable.

         "Book-Entry  Certificates"  shall  mean  beneficial  interests  in  the
Certificates,  ownership  and  transfers  of which  shall be made  through  book
entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 11.8.

         "Business  Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday  or a Sunday or
(ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New York shall
be authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

         "Carry-Over  Monthly  Interest" means,  for any Distribution  Date, the
aggregate Monthly Interest Payments for prior  Distribution Dates which have not
been paid, after giving effect to any payment of the Reserve Account  Withdrawal
Amount or any Surety Drawing Amount on such  Distribution  Date made pursuant to
Section 10.5(a)(ii) and (iii), respectively.

         "Carry-Over  Monthly  Principal" means, for any Distribution  Date, the
aggregate Monthly Principal Payments for prior Distribution Dates which have not
been paid, after giving effect to any payment of the Reserve Account  Withdrawal
Amount or any Surety Drawing Amount on such  Distribution  Date made pursuant to
Section 10.5(a)(ii) and (iii), respectively.

         "Carry-Over  Servicing  Fee"  means,  for any  Distribution  Date,  the
aggregate  Servicing Fees for prior  Distribution Dates which have not been paid
after giving  effect to any Reserve  Account  Interest  Withdrawal or any Surety
Interest Drawing made on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section  10.5(a)(ii)
and (iii), respectively.

<PAGE>

         "Certificate"   means  a   certificate   executed   by  the  Trust  and
authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

         "Certificate Account" means the account designated as such, established
and maintained pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

         "Certificate  Balance"  means,  as of any  date of  determination,  the
Original  Certificate  Balance,  reduced by all principal  distributions  on the
Certificates.

         "Certificate   Factor"  means,  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  a
Distribution Date, a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Certificate Balance
as of such Distribution Date divided by the Original Certificate Balance.

         "Certificate   Owner"   shall  mean,   with  respect  to  a  Book-Entry
Certificate,  the Person  who is the owner of such  Book-Entry  Certificate,  as
reflected  on the  books of the  Clearing  Agency,  or on the  books of a Person
maintaining  an account with such  Clearing  Agency  (directly or as an indirect
participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

         "Certificate  Register" and  "Certificate  Registrar" mean the register
maintained and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 11.3.

         "Certificateholder"  or  "Holder"  means the  Person in whose  name the
respective  Certificate shall be registered in the Certificate Register,  except
that, solely for the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver,  request or demand
pursuant to this Agreement, the interest evidenced by any Certificate registered
in the  name  of the  Depositor  or the  Servicer,  or any  Person  controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the Depositor or the Servicer, shall
not be taken into  account  in  determining  whether  the  requisite  percentage
necessary to effect any such consent,  waiver, request or demand shall have been
obtained.

         "Clearing Agency" shall mean an organization  registered as a "clearing
agency"  pursuant  to Section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

         "Clearing Agency Participant" shall mean a broker,  dealer, bank, other
financial  institution  or other  Person  for whom from time to time a  Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.

         "Collateral  Agent" means the Person acting as  Collateral  Agent under
this Agreement,  its successor in interest,  and any successor  Collateral Agent
appointed pursuant to Section 15.10.

         "Collection Account" means the account designated as such,  established
and maintained pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

         "Collection Period" means each calendar month.

<PAGE>

         "Collections"  shall mean,  with  respect to a Collection  Period,  all
payments by or on behalf of the  Obligors  made during  such  Collection  Period
other than  Liquidation  Proceeds  on the  Receivables  (other  than a Purchased
Receivable).

         "Corporate  Trust  Office" means the office of the Trustee at which its
corporate trust business shall be administered,  which office at the date hereof
is [address].

         "Dealer" means  the  dealer  who sold a Boat,  and who  originated  and
assigned the respective  Receivable to CITSF under an existing agreement between
such dealer and CITSF.

         "Defaulted Receivable"  means a  Receivable  as to which either (x) the
Servicer has determined,  in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,
that  eventual  payment  in full is  unlikely  or (y) (1) 90 or more  days  have
elapsed since the related Boat has been repossessed by the Servicer, in the case
of any Receivable with a Principal Balance of $______ or less as of the day such
Boat was  repossessed by the Servicer or (2) 180 or more days have elapsed since
the  related  Boat  has been  repossessed  by the  Servicer,  in the case of any
Receivable  with a Principal  Balance of greater than $______ as of the day such
Boat was repossessed by the Servicer.

         "Definitive Certificates"  means the Certificates  specified in Section
11.8.

         "Delivery" or  "Deliver"  when used with  respect to  Account  Property
means:

                  (a) with respect to bankers'  acceptances,  commercial  paper,
         negotiable   certificates  of  deposit  and  other   obligations   that
         constitute  "instruments"  within the meaning of Section 9-105(1)(i) of
         the Relevant UCC and are  susceptible  to physical  delivery,  transfer
         thereof to the Trustee or its  nominee,  agent or custodian by physical
         delivery to the Trustee or its nominee, agent or custodian endorsed to,
         or registered  in the name of, the Trustee,  as trustee for the benefit
         of the  Certificateholders,  or its  nominee,  agent  or  custodian  or
         endorsed in blank,  and,  with respect to a  certificated  security (as
         defined in Section 8-102 of the Relevant  UCC) transfer  thereof (i) by
         delivery of such  certificated  security  endorsed to, or registered in
         the  name  of,  the  Trustee,   as  trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
         Certificateholders,  or its nominee,  agent or custodian or endorsed in
         blank to a financial  intermediary  (as defined in Section 8-313 of the
         Relevant UCC) and the making by such financial  intermediary of entries
         on its books and records  identifying such  certificated  securities as
         belonging  to  the   Trustee,   as  trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
         Certificateholders,  or its nominee, agent or custodian and the sending
         by such financial  intermediary  of a  confirmation  of the purchase of
         such  certificated  security  by the Trustee or its  nominee,  agent or
         custodian,  or (ii) by delivery thereof to a "clearing corporation" (as
         defined in Section 8-102(3) of the Relevant UCC) and the making by such
         clearing  corporation of appropriate  entries on its books reducing the
         appropriate  securities  account of the  transferor  and increasing the
         appropriate  securities  account  of a  financial  intermediary  by the
         amount  of  such  certificated  security,  the  identification  by  the
         clearing  corporation of the  certificated  securities for the sole and
         exclusive  account of the financial  intermediary,  the  maintenance of
         such  certificated   securities  by  such  clearing  corporation  or  a
         "custodian bank" (as defined in Section 8102(4) of the Relevant UCC) or
         the 

<PAGE>

         nominee  of either  subject  to the  clearing  corporation's  exclusive
         control, the sending of a confirmation by the financial intermediary of
         the  purchase  by the  Trustee,  as  trustee  for  the  benefit  of the
         Certificateholders,   or  its  nominee,  agent  or  custodian  of  such
         securities and the making by such financial  intermediary of entries on
         its books and  records  identifying  such  certificated  securities  as
         belonging  to  the   Trustee,   as  trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
         Certificateholders,  as applicable, or its respective nominee, agent or
         custodian  (all of the  foregoing,  "Physical  Property"),  and, in any
         event,  any such Physical  Property in registered  form shall be in the
         name   of  the   Trustee,   as   trustee   for  the   benefit   of  the
         Certificateholders,  or its  nominee,  agent  or  custodian;  and  such
         additional  or   alternative   procedures   as  may  hereafter   become
         appropriate  to effect the  complete  transfer of ownership of any such
         Account Property (as defined herein) to the Trustee, as trustee for the
         benefit of the Certificateholders,  or its nominee, agent or custodian,
         consistent  with  changes  in  applicable  law  or  regulations  or the
         interpretation thereof;

                  (b)  with  respect  to  any  securities  issued  by  the  U.S.
         Treasury,  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal
         National  Mortgage  Association  that  is a  book-entry  security  held
         through  the Federal  Reserve  System  pursuant  to Federal  book-entry
         regulations,   the  following   procedures,   all  in  accordance  with
         applicable law, including applicable federal regulations and Articles 8
         and 9 of the  Relevant  UCC:  book-entry  registration  of such Account
         Property to an appropriate book-entry account maintained with a Federal
         Reserve Bank by a financial  intermediary  which is also a "depository"
         pursuant  to  applicable  federal  regulations  and  issuance  by  such
         financial   intermediary   of  a  deposit   advice  or  other   written
         confirmation  of such  book-entry  registration  to the  Trustee or its
         nominee,  agent or custodian of the purchase by the Trustee, as trustee
         for the benefit of the Certificateholders,  or its nominee or custodian
         of  such   book-entry   securities;   the  making  by  such   financial
         intermediary  of  entries  in its books and  records  identifying  such
         book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to
         federal book-entry  regulations as belonging to the Trustee, as trustee
         for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  or its  nominee,  agent or
         custodian  and  indicating  that  such  custodian  holds  such  Account
         Property solely as agent for the Trustee, as trustee for the benefit of
         the  Certificateholders,  or its nominee, agent or custodian;  and such
         additional  or   alternative   procedures   as  may  hereafter   become
         appropriate  to  effect  complete  transfer  of  ownership  of any such
         Account  Property to the Trustee or its  nominee,  agent or  custodian,
         consistent  with  changes  in  applicable  law  or  regulations  or the
         interpretation thereof; and

                  (c) with  respect to any item of Account  Property  that is an
         uncertificated security under Article 8 of the Relevant UCC and that is
         not governed by clause (b) above, registration on the books and records
         of the issuer  thereof in the name of the financial  intermediary,  the
         sending of a confirmation by the financial intermediary of the purchase
         by the Trustee,  as trustee for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,
         or its nominee, agent or custodian of such uncertificated security, and
         the making by such financial  intermediary  of entries on its books and
         records  identifying such  uncertificated  certificates as belonging to
         the Trustee, as trustee for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  or
         its nominee, agent or custodian.

<PAGE>

         "Deposit Date" means the Business Day preceding each Distribution Date.

         "Depositor"  means  The CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II,  a
corporation  organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as the depositor
of the Receivables hereunder, and each successor to The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II (in the same capacity) pursuant to Section 12.3.

         "Receivables"  means the  marine  retail  installment  sales  contracts
listed on Schedule A.

         "Receivables  Files" means the documents  specified in Section 8.3 that
relate to Receivables.

         "Depository  Agreement"  means the agreement  among the Depositor,  the
Trustee and the initial Clearing Agency, dated __________,  ____,  substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

         "Determination Date" means the ____ of each month.

         "Distribution  Date" means, for each Collection Period, the ____ of the
following  month,  or if the ____ is not a  Business  Day,  the  next  following
Business Day, commencing with the date specified herein.

         "Event of Default" means an event specified in Section 14.1.

         "Lien"  means a security  interest,  lien,  charge,  pledge,  equity or
encumbrance  of any kind other than tax  liens,  mechanics'  liens and any liens
which attach to the respective Receivable by operation of law.

         "Liquidation  Proceeds" means,  with respect to any Collection  Period,
the monies (including  recoveries)  collected from whatever source,  during such
Collection  Period  on a  Defaulted  Receivable,  net of the sum of any  amounts
expended  by the  Servicer  for the  account  of the  Obligor  plus any  amounts
required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.

         "Monthly  Interest  Payment"  means,  as  of  any  Distribution   Date,
one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance
as of the close of  business on the prior  Distribution  Date or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, the Certificate Balance as of the Closing Date.

         "Monthly  Principal  Payment" means,  (x) as of any  Distribution  Date
(except for the Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date), an amount equal to the sum
of (i) that  portion of all  collections  received  by the  Servicer  during the
related Collection Period on Receivables allocable to principal (which shall not
include the principal portion of proceeds from any recoveries or liquidations in
respect of any  Defaulted  Receivable  in any  Collection  Period  following the
Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable),  (ii)
Purchase  

<PAGE>

Amounts  allocable  to  principal  and  paid by the  Depositor  to the
Servicer  or by the  Servicer  and  (iii) the  Principal  Balance  of  Defaulted
Receivables,  which became Defaulted  Receivables  during the related Collection
Period and (y) as of the Final Scheduled  Distribution Date, after giving effect
to the distribution of the amounts set forth in (i) through (iii) of clause (x),
an  amount  necessary  to  reduce  the  Certificate  Balance  to  zero  on  such
Distribution Date.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "CITSF"  means The CIT Group / Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  a  corporation
organized under the laws of Delaware, or its successors.

         "Net Credit Loss Ratio" means,  for any  Collection  Period,  an amount
expressed as an annualized  percentage  equal to (i) the aggregate  gross losses
with  respect  to the  Receivables  recognized  in such  Collection  Period,  as
determined  in  accordance  with  the  Servicer's  normal  practices,  less  any
recoveries  received during such Collection Period,  divided by (ii) the average
of the Pool Balances as of the last day of the prior Collection Period and as of
the last day of such Collection Period.

         "Obligor" on a Receivable  means the purchaser or the  co-purchasers of
the Boat or any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

         "Officer's  Certificate"  means a certificate signed by the chairman of
the board,  the president,  any vice chairman of the board,  any vice president,
the treasurer,  any assistant treasurer or the controller of the Depositor,  the
Servicer or the Surety Bond Issuer, as appropriate.

         "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel who may but
need not be  counsel  to the  Depositor  or  Servicer,  which  opinion  shall be
acceptable  to the Trustee,  and provided  that any opinion  relating to the tax
status of the Trust shall be rendered by  __________  or such other  independent
outside counsel acceptable to the Trustee.

         "Original  Certificate  Balance"  means  $__________  [the  Certificate
Balance as of the Closing Date].

         "Original Pool Balance" means  $__________  [the Pool Balance as of the
Cutoff Date].

         "Pass-Through    Rate"   means   the    interest    rate   payable   to
Certificateholders.

         "Permitted  Investments" means those investments  specified in Schedule
C.

         "Person" means any individual,  corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture,  association,  joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

<PAGE>

         "Physical  Property"  has the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term in the
definition of "Delivery" above.

         "Pool  Balance"  means as the last day of any  Collection  Period,  the
aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables.  For purposes of this definition
only the Principal Balance of a Defaulted Receivable shall equal zero.

         "Precomputed  Receivable"  means any Receivable under which the portion
of a payment  allocable  to earned  interest  (which may be  referred  to in the
Receivable as an add-on finance charge) and the portion  allocable to the Amount
Financed is determined  according to the sum of periodic  balances or the sum of
monthly balances or any equivalent method or are monthly actuarial receivables.

         "Principal Balance" of a Receivable, as of the last day of a Collection
Period,  means the  Amount  Financed  minus the sum of (a) that  portion  of all
Collections  received  on or prior to such day by the  Servicer  allocable  as a
payment of  principal  pursuant to Section  10.3,  (b) any  refunded  portion of
extended warranty  protection plan costs, or of physical damage,  credit life or
disability  insurance  premiums included in the Amount Financed which is applied
during the  related  Collection  Period  unless  such refund must be paid to the
Obligor,  and (c) the  principal  portion of all  Purchase  Amounts  paid by the
Depositor or the Servicer,  in respect of such  Receivable,  after the preceding
Distribution Date but prior to the related Distribution Date.

         "Purchase  Agreement"  means the  Purchase  Agreement  executed  by the
Depositor and CITSF as of the Cutoff Date.

         "Purchase  Amount" means the amount, as of the last day of a Collection
Period,  required to prepay in full the Principal  Balance of a Receivable  plus
accrued interest  thereon at one-twelfth the sum of the  Pass-Through  Rate plus
the Servicing Fee Rate to the last day of the month of purchase.

         "Purchased  Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the last day
of a Collection  Period by the Servicer  pursuant to Section 9.7 or Section 16.2
or by the Depositor pursuant to Section 8.2.

         "Rating Agency" means S&P, Moody's or any other  nationally  recognized
rating agency initially contracted by the Depositor to rate the Certificates.

         "Receivables   Purchase  Agreement"  means  the  Receivables   Purchase
Agreement, dated as of __________, ____ between CITSF and [ ], as Administrator.

         "Record Date" means for any Distribution  Date the close of business on
the Business Day prior to such Distribution Date.

         "Reimbursement Agreement"  means the  agreement  relating to the Surety
Bond.

<PAGE>

         "Required Deposit Rating" means the rating specified in Section 6.1.

         "Reserve Account Initial Deposit" shall equal $____________.

         "Reserve Account  Withdrawal  Amount" shall have the meaning in Section
10.5(a)(ii).

         "Residual Certificate" means the Certificate specified in Section 11.1.

         "Scheduled Payment" on a  Receivable  means that portion of the payment
required to be made by the Obligor on the related due date during the respective
Collection Period sufficient to amortize at level monthly payments the Principal
Balance and to provide interest at the APR.

         "Servicer"  means  CITSF  and  each  successor  to  CITSF(in  the  same
capacity) pursuant to Section 13.3.

         "Servicer's  Certificate" means a certificate completed and executed by
the Servicer by its chairman of the board,  its president,  any vice chairman of
the board,  any vice president,  the treasurer,  any assistant  treasurer or the
controller of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.9, substantially in the form of
Exhibit D.

         "Servicing  Fee" means the fee  payable to the  Servicer  for  services
rendered during each Collection Period, determined pursuant to Section 9.8.

         "Servicing Standards" means, at any time, the quality of the Servicer's
(or in the event that a subservicer  performs servicing  operations on behalf of
the Servicer, such subservicer's) performance with respect to (i)compliance with
the terms and conditions and (ii) adequacy, measured in accordance with industry
standards  and  current  and  historical  standards  of the  Servicer  (or  such
subservicer)  in respect of all  receivables  serviced by the  Servicer (or such
subservicer),  regardless of whether such  receivables are owned by the Servicer
(or such subservicer),  of the Servicer's (or such  subservicer's)  servicing of
the Receivables.

         "Ship Mortgage Act" means the Ship Mortgage Act of 1920, as amended.

         "Simple  Interest  Method" means the method of allocating a fixed level
payment to principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment
that is  allocated  to  interest  is equal to the  product  of the fixed rate of
interest  multiplied by the unpaid principal balance multiplied by the number of
days elapsed since the preceding payment of interest was made.

         "Simple  Interest  Receivable"  means any  Receivable  under  which the
portion  of a  payment  allocable  to  interest  and the  portion  allocable  to
principal is determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

         "Specified   Reserve   Account   Requirement"   with   respect  to  any
Distribution Date, shall equal the greater of (i)  $____________,  or (ii) ____%
of the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related  Collection  Period.  The
Specified Reserve Account  Requirement may be reduced 

<PAGE>

without the consent of the  Certificateholders to a lesser amount,  including to
zero, as determined by the Depositor;  provided that such reduction is consented
to in writing by the Surety Bond Issuer and does not adversely affect the rating
of the  Certificates  assigned by any Rating  Agency.  Upon the  occurrence  and
continuance of the event specified in Section 14.1(b)(iv), the Specified Reserve
Account  Requirement  shall equal the sum of the  Certificate  Balance,  accrued
interest thereon and the Servicing Fee payable pursuant to Section 10.5 (b) (ii)
and all amounts  available under Section  10.5(b)(vi)  shall be deposited in the
Reserve Account up to such amount.

         "S&P"  means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a Division  of The
McGraw-Hill Companies.

         "State" means any state of the United States of America or the District
of Columbia.

         "Statement to  Certificateholders"  means a  certificate  completed and
executed by the Servicer by its the chairman of the board,  its  president,  any
vice chairman of the board,  any vice  president,  the treasurer,  any assistant
treasurer  or  the  controller  of  the  Servicer   pursuant  to  Section  10.7,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

         "Surety  Bond"  means  the   unconditional,   irrevocable  surety  bond
designated as such.

         "Surety  Bond  Issuer  Default"  means the  failure of the Surety  Bond
Issuer to make a payment  required under the Surety Bond in accordance  with its
terms.

         "Surety  Drawing  Amount"  shall have the  meaning set forth in Section
10.5(a)(iii).

         "Trust"  means the trust  created  hereby,  the  estate of which  shall
consist of (i) the  Receivables  (other  than  Purchased  Receivables),  and all
payments  received in the case of Simple  Interest  Receivables and all payments
due thereunder, in the case of Precomputed Receivables,  in each case, after the
Cutoff Date; (ii) funds deposited into the Collection Account or the Certificate
Account;  (iii) any interest of the  Depositor in the security  interests in the
Boats granted by the Obligors; (iv) the Surety Bond; (v) the Purchase Agreement;
(vi) any  interest  of the  Depositor  in any  proceeds  from claims on physical
damage,  credit life or disability  insurance policies covering the Boats or the
Obligors, as the case may be; (vii) any property (including the right to receive
future Liquidation Proceeds) that shall have secured a Receivable and that shall
have been  acquired by or on the behalf of the Trustee;  and (viii) the proceeds
of all of the foregoing.

         "Trustee" means the Person acting as Trustee  hereunder,  its successor
in interest, and any successor trustee pursuant to Section 15.11.

         "Trustee  Officer"  means any officer  assigned to the Corporate  Trust
Office,  including any managing  director,  vice  president,  any assistant vice
president,  any assistant secretary,  any assistant treasurer, any trust officer
or any other  officer of the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee  customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by persons who at the time shall
be such officers and also means,  with respect to a particular  corporate  trust
matter,  any 

<PAGE>

other  officer to whom such matter is referred  because of his  knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Trustee's  Certificate" means a certificate  completed and executed by
the Trustee by a Trustee Officer pursuant to Section 15.2,  substantially in the
form of, in the case of an assignment to the Depositor,  Exhibit F-1, and in the
case of an assignment to the Servicer, Exhibit F-2.

         "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial Code as in effect in the respective
jurisdiction.

         "Unsold  Contract" means any retail  installment  contract  serviced by
CITSF other than the Receivables.

         SECTION 7.2. Usage of Terms. With respect to all terms used herein, the
singular  includes the plural and the plural the singular;  words  importing any
gender  include the other  gender;  references  to "writing"  include  printing,
typing,  lithography  and other means of  reproducing  words in a visible  form;
references  to  agreements  and  other  contractual   instruments   include  all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited hereby;  references to Persons include
their  permitted   successors  and  assigns;  and  the  term  "including"  means
"including without limitation."

         SECTION 7.3.  Cutoff Date and Record Date. All references to the Record
Date  prior to the first  Record  Date in the life of the Trust  shall be to the
Cutoff Date.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         SECTION 8.1. Representations and Warranties of Depositor. The Depositor
makes the following  representations  and  warranties as to the  Receivables  on
which the Trustee relies in accepting the Receivables in trust and executing and
authenticating the Certificates. Such representations and warranties speak as of
the Closing  Date,  but shall survive the sale,  transfer and  assignment of the
Receivables to the Trustee.

                  (i) Characteristics of Receivables.  Each Receivable (a) shall
         have been  originated  in the United  States by a Dealer for the retail
         sale of a Boat in the ordinary course of such Dealer's business,  shall
         have been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto,  shall be
         denominated in U.S.  dollars,  (b) shall have created or shall create a
         valid,  subsisting and enforceable  first priority  perfected  security
         interest in favor of CITSF in the related  Boat (other than in the case
         of boat motors  subject to  certificate  of title statutes that provide
         for  perfection  of the  security  interests in such boat motors by the
         filing of a UCC-1  financing  statement),  which security  interest has
         been assigned to the  Depositor and shall be validly  assignable by the
         Depositor to the Trustee,  (c) shall contain  customary and enforceable
         provisions  such that the rights  and  remedies  of the holder  thereof
         shall  be  adequate  for  realization  against  the  collateral  of the
         benefits of the security,  (d) shall provide for level monthly payments
         (provided  that the  payment  in the first or last month 

<PAGE>

         in the life of the Receivable may be minimally different from the level
         payment) that fully amortize the Amount  Financed by maturity and yield
         interest at the Annual  Percentage  Rate, and (e) shall provide for, in
         the event that such contract is prepaid,  a prepayment  that fully pays
         the  Principal  Balance and  includes  accrued but unpaid  interest due
         through  the date of  prepayment  in an  amount  at least  equal to the
         Annual Percentage Rate.

                  (ii) Schedule of  Receivables.  The  information  set forth in
         Schedule A shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the
         close of  business  on the Cutoff  Date,  and no  selection  procedures
         believed  to be  adverse  to the  Certificateholders  shall  have  been
         utilized in selecting the Receivables.

                  (iii) Compliance with Law. Each Receivable and the sale of the
         related Boat shall have complied at the time it was originated or made,
         and at the date of issuance of the  Certificates  shall comply,  in all
         material respects with all requirements of applicable  Federal,  State,
         and  local  laws  and  regulations   thereunder,   including,   without
         limitation,  usury laws,  the Federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act, the Equal
         Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Federal  Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair
         Credit  Billing  Act,  the Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt
         Collection  Practices Act, the Magnuson-Moss  Warranty Act, the Federal
         Trade  Commission  Credit  Practices  Rule,  State unfair and deceptive
         trade practice laws, and State adaptations of the National Consumer Act
         and of the  Uniform  Consumer  Credit  Code,  and any other  applicable
         consumer credit, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws.

                  (iv) Binding  Obligation.  Each Receivable shall represent the
         genuine,  legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the
         Obligor,  enforceable  by the  holder  thereof in  accordance  with its
         terms, subject to applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
         fraudulent  conveyance  and similar laws relating to creditors'  rights
         generally and subject to general principles of equity.

                  (v) No Government  Obligor.  None of the Receivables  shall be
         due from the United States of America or any State or local  government
         or from any agency,  department or instrumentality of the United States
         of America, any State or local government.

                  (vi)  Receivables  in Force.  No  Receivable  shall  have been
         satisfied,  subordinated  or  rescinded,  nor  shall any Boat have been
         released from the security  interest granted by the related  Receivable
         in whole or in part.

         (vii) No Waiver. No provision of a Receivable shall have been waived.

                  (viii) No Defenses. Except for the security interests in favor
         of the Depositor and the Trustee, the Receivables are free and clear of
         all security  interests,  liens,  charges,  and encumbrances and to the
         best  knowledge  of the  Depositor  no  right  of  rescission,  setoff,
   
<PAGE>

         counterclaim  or defense shall have been  asserted or  threatened  with
         respect to any Receivable.

                  (ix) No Liens.  No liens or claims  shall  have been filed for
         work,  labor or materials  relating to a Boat that shall be liens prior
         to,  or equal to the  security  interest  in the  Boat  granted  by the
         Receivable.

                  (x)  Insurance.  The  Obligor  has  obtained  physical  damage
         insurance covering the Boat and the Obligor is required under the terms
         of the Receivable to maintain such insurance.

                  (xi) Title. It is the intention of the Depositor that the sale
         and assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables
         from the Depositor to the Trust and that the beneficial interest in and
         title to the  Receivables  not be part of the  debtor's  estate  in the
         event  of  the  filing  of a  bankruptcy  petition  by or  against  the
         Depositor  under any  bankruptcy  law.  No  Receivable  has been  sold,
         transferred,  assigned or pledged by the  Depositor to any Person other
         than the Trustee.  Immediately  prior to the sale and assignment herein
         contemplated,  the  Depositor  had  good and  marketable  title to each
         Receivable free and clear of all Liens, and,  immediately upon the sale
         and assignment  contemplated hereby, the Trustee for the benefit of the
         Certificateholders  and the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  shall  have good and
         marketable  title  to each  Receivable,  free and  clear of all  Liens,
         encumbrances, security interests and rights of others; and the sale and
         assignment has been perfected under the UCC.

                  (xiii)  Lawful  Assignment.  No  Receivable  shall  have  been
         originated  in,  or shall be  subject  to the laws of any  jurisdiction
         under which the sale,  transfer and assignment of such Receivable under
         this  Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the  Certificates  shall be
         unlawful, void or voidable.

                  (xiv) Security  Interest.  Upon the Receivables being conveyed
         to the  Trust  pursuant  to  Section  2.1(a),  the Trust  shall  have a
         perfected security interest under the UCC in the Receivables.

                  (xv) One Original.  There shall be in existence  one, and only
         one, original executed copy of each Receivable.

                  (xvi)  UCC  Characterization.   Each  Receivable   constitutes
         "Chattel Paper" under the UCC.

                  (xvii) Ship  Mortgage  Act. No Boat related to any  Receivable
         meets the requirements for documentation under the Ship Mortgage Act.

                  (xviii) No Default. Except for payment defaults continuing for
         a  period  of less  than 60 days as of the  Cutoff  Date,  no  default,
         breach,  violation or event permitting  

<PAGE>

         acceleration  under the terms of any Receivable shall have occurred and
         neither CITSF nor the Depositor shall have waived any of the foregoing.

         SECTION 8.2. Repurchase Upon Breach. The Depositor or the Servicer,  as
the case may be, shall  inform the other  parties and the Trustee  promptly,  in
writing, upon the discovery of any breach of the Depositor's representations and
warranties  pursuant to Section 8.1.  Unless the breach shall have been cured by
the second Record Date following the discovery,  the Depositor shall  repurchase
any Receivable,  which as a result of such breach would materially and adversely
affect the interests of the  Certificateholders or the Surety Bond Issuer, as of
such Record Date (or, at the Depositor's option, the first Record Date following
the  discovery).  In  consideration  of  the  purchase  of the  Receivable,  the
Depositor  shall remit the  Purchase  Amount in the manner  specified in Section
10.4(a) on the Deposit  Date.  The sole remedy of the Trustee,  the Trust or the
Certificateholders  with respect to a breach of the Depositor's  representations
and  warranties  pursuant to Section 8.1 shall be to require  the  Depositor  to
repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section 8.2.

         SECTION 8.3. Custody of Receivable  Files. To assure uniform quality in
servicing the Receivables and to reduce  administrative  costs, the Trustee,  on
behalf of the Trust,  upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  hereby
revocably   appoints  the  Servicer,   and  the  Servicer  hereby  accepts  such
appointment,  to act as the agent of the Trustee as custodian  of the  following
documents or instruments which are hereby constructively  delivered to the Trust
on behalf of the Trust, with respect to each Receivable:

                  (i) The  original  of the  Receivable  fully  executed  by the
         Obligor.

                  (ii) The original  credit  application  fully  executed by the
         Obligor.

                  (iii) The original certificate of title or such documents that
         the Servicer or the Depositor  shall keep on file,  in accordance  with
         its customary procedures,  evidencing the security interest of CITSF in
         the Boat.

                  (iv) Any and all other  documents that the Servicer shall keep
         on file, in accordance  with its  customary  procedures,  relating to a
         Receivable, an Obligor or a Boat.

         The  Trustee  shall  have no duty to  monitor  the  performance  of the
Servicer  and  shall  have  no  liability  in  connection  with  the  Servicer's
performance hereunder.

         SECTION 8.4.  Duties of Servicer as  Custodian.  (a)  Safekeeping.  The
Servicer shall hold the Receivable  Files on behalf of the Trust for the use and
benefit of all  Certificateholders and the Surety Bond Issuer, and maintain such
accurate and complete accounts,  records and computer systems pertaining to each
Receivable File as shall enable the Servicer to comply with this  Agreement.  In
performing its duties as custodian the Servicer shall act with reasonable  care,
using  that  degree of skill and  attention  that the  Servicer  exercises  with
respect to the receivable files relating to all comparable  receivables that the
Servicer services for itself or others. The Servicer shall conduct,  or cause to
be  conducted,  periodic  audits of the  Receivable  Files held by 

<PAGE>

it under this  Agreement,  and of the related  accounts,  records  and  computer
systems,  in such a manner as would enable the Trustee to verify the accuracy of
the Servicer's record keeping. The Servicer shall promptly report to the Trustee
any failure on its part to hold the Receivable  Files and maintain its accounts,
records and computer  systems as herein  provided and promptly take  appropriate
action to remedy any such failure.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require an
initial review or any periodic review by the Trustee of the Receivable Files.

         (b)  Maintenance of and Access to Records.  The Servicer shall maintain
each Receivable File at one of its offices  specified in Section 5.1(iv),  or at
such other  office as shall be  specified  to the Trustee by written  notice not
later  than 90 days  after any  change in  location.  The  Servicer  shall  make
available to the Trustee or its duly  authorized  representatives,  attorneys or
auditors a list of locations  of the  Receivable  Files,  and shall also so make
available the Receivable Files themselves, and the related accounts, records and
computer systems maintained by the Servicer,  at such times as the Trustee shall
reasonably instruct.

         (c)  Release of  Documents.  Upon  instruction  from the  Trustee,  the
Servicer shall release any Receivable  File to the Trustee,  the Trustee's agent
or the  Trustee's  designee,  as the case may be, at such place or places as the
Trustee may designate, as soon as practicable.

         SECTION 8.5.  Instructions;  Authority  to Act.  The Servicer  shall be
deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files
upon its receipt of written instructions signed by a Trustee Officer.

         SECTION  8.6.  Custodian's  Indemnification.  The Servicer as custodian
shall indemnify the Trustee (which shall include for purposes of this section it
directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents)  for  any  and  all  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  compensatory damages,  payments, costs or expenses of any
kind whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred or asserted against the Trustee
as the  result  of any  improper  act or  omission  in any way  relating  to the
maintenance  and custody by the Servicer as custodian of the  Receivable  Files;
provided,  however, that the Servicer shall not be liable for any portion of any
such amount resulting from the willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence of
the Trustee.  This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and
the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

         SECTION  8.7.   Effective  Period  and   Termination.   The  Servicer's
appointment as custodian shall become  effective as of the Cutoff Date and shall
continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this Section 8.7.
If CITSF shall  resign as Servicer or if all the rights and  obligations  of the
Servicer shall have been  terminated  under Section 14.1, the appointment of the
Servicer as custodian may be  terminated by the Surety Bond Issuer,  in the same
manner as the Surety Bond Issuer may terminate the rights and obligations of the
Servicer under Section 14.1.  The Trustee shall,  if required by the Surety Bond
Issuer  following  the  occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an Event of
Default or the Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust,  may terminate  the  Servicer's
appointment  as  custodian,  with cause or as  required  by law at any time upon
written  notification  to  the  Servicer.  As  soon  as  practicable  after  any
termination of such appointment, the Servicer shall deliver the Receivable Files
to the Trustee or the Trustee's agent at such place or places as the Trustee may
reasonably designate.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

         SECTION 9.1.  Duties of Servicer.  The Servicer shall manage,  service,
administer  and  make  collections  on the  Receivables  (other  than  Purchased
Receivables) with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention that
the  Servicer  exercises  with  respect to all  comparable  receivables  that it
services for itself or others.  The Servicer's  duties shall include  collection
and  posting of all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of  Obligors  on such
Receivables,   investigating   delinquencies,   sending  payment  statements  to
Obligors, reporting tax information to Obligors,  accounting for collections and
furnishing  monthly  and  annual  statements  to the  Trustee  with  respect  to
distributions.  The Servicer shall follow its customary standards,  policies and
procedures in performing its duties as Servicer. Without limiting the generality
of the  foregoing,  the Servicer is  authorized  and empowered by the Trustee to
execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Trust, the Certificateholders,  or
the  Trustee  or any of  them,  any  and  all  instruments  of  satisfaction  or
cancellation,  or partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable
instruments,  with respect to such  Receivables  or to the Boats  securing  such
Receivables.  If the Servicer  shall  commence a legal  proceeding  to enforce a
Receivable,  the  Trustee  (in the case of a  Receivable  other than a Purchased
Receivable) shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned, solely for
the purpose of collection  on behalf of the party  retaining an interest in such
Receivable, such Receivable to the Servicer. If in any enforcement suit or legal
proceeding  it shall be held that the Servicer  may not enforce a Receivable  on
the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to
enforce  the  Receivable,  the  Trustee  shall,  at the  Servicer's  expense and
direction, take steps to enforce the Receivable,  including bringing suit in its
name or the name of the  Certificateholders or the Surety Bond Issuer. To enable
the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder, the
Trustee hereby irrevocably appoints the Servicer as its  attorney-in-fact,  such
appointment  being  coupled  with an  interest,  to execute  on its behalf  such
documents or instruments as are necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

         SECTION 9.2.  Collection of  Receivables  Payments.  The Servicer shall
make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions  of the  Receivables  as and when the same shall become due and shall
follow such  collection  procedures as it follows with respect to all comparable
receivables  that it  services  for itself or  others.  The  Servicer  may grant
extensions,  rebates or adjustments on a Receivable subject to the provisions of
Section 9.6. The Servicer may in its discretion waive any late payment charge or
any other fees that may be  collected  in the  ordinary  course of  servicing  a
Receivable.

         SECTION 9.3. Realization Upon Receivables.  On behalf of the Trust, the
Servicer  shall use its best efforts,  consistent  with its customary  servicing
procedures, to repossess or otherwise convert the ownership of the Boat securing
any Receivable as to which the Servicer shall have determined  eventual  payment
in full is  unlikely.  The  Servicer  shall  follow  such  customary  and  usual
practices  and  procedures  as it  shall  deem  necessary  or  advisable  in its
servicing of marine receivables, which may include reasonable efforts to realize
upon any recourse to Dealers and selling the Boat at public or private sale. The
foregoing  shall be subject to the provision that, in 

<PAGE>

any case in which the Boat shall have suffered  damage,  the Servicer  shall not
expend  funds in  connection  with the repair or the  repossession  of such Boat
unless it shall determine in its discretion that such repair and/or repossession
will  increase the related  Liquidation  Proceeds by an amount  greater than the
amount of such expenses.

         SECTION 9.4.  Physical Damage  Insurance.  The Servicer,  in accordance
with its customary servicing  procedures,  shall require that each Obligor shall
have obtained physical damage insurance covering the related Boat as of the date
of execution of the related Receivable.

         SECTION 9.5.  Maintenance of Security  Interests in Boats. The Servicer
shall, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures, take such steps as
are necessary to maintain  perfection of CITSF's  security  interest  created by
each Receivable in the related Boat. The Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, hereby
authorizes  the  Servicer to take such steps as are  necessary  to perfect  such
security  interest  on behalf of the Trust in the event of the  relocation  of a
Boat or for any other reason.

         SECTION 9.6. Covenants of Servicer.  The Servicer shall make within the
required time periods under the UCC all filings necessary in any jurisdiction to
give  the  Trustee  a  first  priority  perfected   ownership  interest  in  the
Receivables.  The Servicer  shall not release the Boat securing each  Receivable
from the security interest granted by such Receivable in whole or in part except
in the event of payment in full by the Obligor  thereunder.  The Servicer  shall
not impair the rights of the Certificateholders in any Receivable.  The Servicer
shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms
and  provisions  of the  Receivables  as and when the same shall  become due and
shall  follow  such  collection  procedures  as it follows  with  respect to all
comparable  marine  receivables  that it  services  for itself and  others.  The
Servicer shall not sell, pledge,  transfer,  deliver or otherwise dispose of any
Receivable, except as provided in this Agreement. The Servicer will not increase
or decrease  the number or amount of any  Scheduled  Payment,  or the  Principal
Balance of a Receivable  (except  with  respect to a  prepayment  of a Scheduled
Payment  that does not result in a deferral of any other  Scheduled  Payment) or
the APR of a  Receivable,  or extend,  rewrite or  otherwise  modify the payment
terms of a  Receivable;  provided,  however,  that  the  Servicer  may  extend a
Receivable for credit  related  reasons that would be acceptable to the Servicer
with respect to comparable  marine  receivables  that it services for itself and
others and in accordance with its customary  standards,  policies and procedures
if the cumulative  extensions with respect to any Receivable shall not cause the
term of such  Receivable to extend beyond the last day of the Collection  Period
which is related to the Final Scheduled  Distribution Date;  provided,  further,
that such  extensions  will not be made if,  in the  reasonable  opinion  of the
Servicer,  the  extensions  would modify the terms of such  Receivable in such a
manner as to constitute a cancellation  of such Receivable and the creation of a
new receivable  for federal income tax purposes.  In the event that the Servicer
fails to comply with the provisions of the preceding sentence or with respect to
the second  proviso of the  preceding  sentence,  notwithstanding  having  acted
according to its reasonable  opinion,  or if there is a final determination that
the  Servicer  has  modified  the terms of a  Receivable  in such a manner as to
constitute  a  cancellation  of  such  Receivable  and  the  creation  of a  new
Receivable  for federal  income tax purposes,  the Servicer shall be required to
purchase  the  Receivable  or  Receivables  

<PAGE>

affected  thereby,  for the Purchase Amount,  in the manner specified in Section
9.7 as of the first day of the Collection Period following the Collection Period
in which such failure occurs.

         SECTION 9.7.  Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach.  The Servicer or the
Trustee shall inform the other party  promptly,  in writing,  upon the discovery
(or, in the case of the Trustee,  receipt of written  notice by a Trust Officer)
of any breach  pursuant  to Section  9.6 or Section  9.15.  Notice of any breach
pursuant to Section  9.6 or Section  9.15 may be given to the  Servicer  and the
Trustee by the Surety Bond  Issuer.  Unless the breach  shall have been cured by
the second Record Date following such discovery (or, at the Servicer's election,
the first following Record Date), the Servicer shall purchase any Receivable (or
in the case of any  representation  and  warranty  set forth in clause  (xiv) of
Section 9.15, the Servicer shall purchase  Receivables  such that,  after giving
effect to such  purchase,  such  representation  and warranty  would be complied
with),  which as a result of such breach would  materially and adversely  affect
the interests of the  Certificateholders  or the Surety Bond Issuer,  as of such
Record Date. In consideration  of the purchase of such Receivable,  the Servicer
shall remit the Purchase  Amount in the manner  specified in Section 10.4 on the
Deposit   Date.   The  sole   remedy   of  the   Trustee,   the   Trust  or  the
Certificateholders  with respect to a breach  pursuant to Section 9.6 or Section
9.15 shall be to require the Servicer to repurchase Receivables pursuant to this
Section 9.7.

         SECTION 9.8.  Servicing Fee. The Servicing Fee for a Collection  Period
shall equal the product of one twelfth  times the  Servicing  Fee Rate times the
Initial  Pool  Balance,  in the  case  of the  initial  Collection  Period,  and
thereafter,  the Pool Balance as of the last day of the prior Collection  Period
(except that in the case of a successor Servicer,  the Servicing Fee shall equal
such amount as is arranged in accordance with Section 14.2).  The Servicer shall
also be entitled to all late payment and extension fees,  prepayment charges and
other  administrative  fees or similar  charges  allowed by applicable  law with
respect to  Receivables,  collected (from whatever  source) on the  Receivables;
provided, however, such late payment and other fees shall not form a part of the
Servicing  Fee and the  Servicer  shall  be  entitled  to such  fees as and when
collected.

         SECTION 9.9. Servicer's  Certificate.  On or before 10:00 a.m. New York
time on the  Determination  Date,  the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee and
the Surety Bond Provider a Servicer's  Certificate,  containing all  information
necessary to make the transfers and  distributions  pursuant to Section 10.5 for
the  Collection  Period  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  such  Servicer's
Certificate.  If on any Deposit Date there is a default by the  Depositor or the
Servicer in respect of any Purchase  Amounts to be deposited into the Collection
Account  pursuant to Section 10.4,  the Servicer  shall  recalculate  all of the
amounts  described  in the  Servicer's  Certificate  to reflect such default and
deliver  to  the  Trustee  a  revised  Servicer's  Certificate  reflecting  such
recalculations on such Deposit Date.

         SECTION 9.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default. (a)
The  Servicer  shall  deliver to the Trustee and the Surety Bond  Issuer,  on or
before  March  31  of  each  year,   beginning  March  31,  ____,  an  Officer's
Certificate,  dated as of December 31 of the preceding year,  stating that (i) a
review of the activities of the Servicer  during the preceding  12-month  period
(or such shorter period from the date of initial issuance of the Certificates to
December 31 of such year) and of its  performance  under this Agreement has been
made under such  officer's  

<PAGE>

supervision  and (ii) to the  best of such  officer's  knowledge,  based on such
review,  the Servicer has fulfilled  all its  obligations  under this  Agreement
throughout such year (or such shorter period,  as the case may be), or, if there
has been a default in the  fulfillment of any such  obligation,  specifying each
such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.  A copy of
such  certificate  and the report referred to in Section 9.11 may be obtained by
any  Certificateholder  by a request in writing to the Trustee  addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office.

         (b) The  Servicer  shall  deliver to the  Trustee  and the Surety  Bond
Issuer promptly after having obtained knowledge  thereof,  but in no event later
than 5 Business Days thereafter,  written notice in an Officer's  Certificate of
any event  which  with the  giving of  notice or lapse of time,  or both,  would
become  an Event of  Default  under  clause  (i) or (ii) of  Section  14.1.  The
Depositor shall deliver to the Trustee and the Surety Bond Issuer promptly after
having obtained  knowledge  thereof,  but in no event later than 5 Business Days
thereafter,  written notice in an Officer's  Certificate of any event which with
the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default
under clause (ii) of Section 14.1.

         SECTION 9.11. Annual Independent  Certified Public Accountant's Report.
The Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public accountants (who
may also render other  services to the Servicer and the Depositor) to deliver to
the Trustee on or before  March 31 of each year  commencing  March 31,  ____,  a
report to the effect that such firm has conducted an examination,  substantially
in compliance with attestation  standards  established by the American Institute
of Certified Public  Accountants,  of certain  documents and records relating to
the  servicing  procedures  under this  Agreement and that, on the basis of such
examination,  such firm is of the opinion that such  servicing  was conducted in
compliance  with the sections of this  Agreement with which  independent  public
accountants  generally  possess  adequate  professional  knowledge and which are
reasonably  subject to positive assurance by them, except for such exceptions as
they believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in
such report.  In the event such firm requires Trustee to agree to the procedures
performed by such firm, Servicer shall direct Trustee in writing to so agree; it
being  understood  and agreed that Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement
in  conclusive  reliance  upon the  direction of Servicer,  and Trustee makes no
independent  inquiry or  investigation  as to, and shall have no  obligation  or
liability  in respect  of, the  sufficiency,  validity  or  correctness  of such
procedures.

         SECTION 9.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide to the Certificateholders access to the
Receivables Files in such cases where the Certificateholder shall be required by
applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation. Access shall be
afforded without charge,  but only upon reasonable request and during the normal
business  hours at the  respective  offices  of the  Servicer.  Nothing  in this
Section  9.12 shall  affect  the  obligation  of the  Servicer  to  observe  any
applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and
the failure of the Servicer to provide access to information as a result of such
obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section 9.12.

         SECTION 9.13. Servicer Expenses.  The Servicer shall be required to pay
all  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with  its  activities  hereunder,
including fees and  disbursements of 

<PAGE>

independent accountants,  taxes imposed on the Servicer and expenses incurred in
connection with distributions and reports to Certificateholders.

         SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Sub-servicer. The Servicer may at any time
appoint a  sub-servicer  to perform  all or any  portion of its  obligations  as
Servicer hereunder;  provided however,  that the Servicer shall remain obligated
and be liable to the Trustee and the  Certificateholders  for the  servicing and
administering  of the  Receivables  in  accordance  with the  provisions  hereof
without diminution of such obligation and liability by virtue of the appointment
of such  sub-servicer  and to the same  extent  and  under  the same  terms  and
conditions  as if the  Servicer  alone  were  servicing  and  administering  the
Receivables.  The fees  and  expenses  of the  sub-servicer  shall be as  agreed
between  the  Servicer  and its  sub-servicer  from time to time and neither the
Trust,  the Trustee  nor the  Certificateholders  shall have any  responsibility
therefor.

         SECTION 9.15.  Representations  and Warranties of Servicer with respect
to the Receivables.  The Servicer does hereby make the following representations
and warranties on which the Trustee on behalf of the Trust,  relies in accepting
the Receivables  pursuant to this Agreement and executing and authenticating the
Certificates.  Such representations and warranties speak as of the Closing Date,
but shall survive the sale,  transfer and  assignment of the  Receivables to the
Trustee on behalf of the Trust and any  termination of the Servicer  pursuant to
Section 14.1.

                  (i) Characteristics of Receivables.  Each Receivable (a) shall
         be denominated in U.S. dollars,  (b) shall have an original maturity of
         not more than 180  months,  (c) as of the  Cutoff  Date,  shall  have a
         remaining  maturity  of not more than 180  months,  (d)  shall  contain
         customary and enforceable  provisions such that the rights and remedies
         of the holder  thereof  shall be adequate for  realization  against the
         collateral  of the benefits of the  security,  (e) shall be kept at the
         offices of CITSF at  [address],  (f) shall be adequate for  realization
         against  the  collateral  of the  benefits of the  security,  (g) shall
         provide for level monthly  payments  (provided  that the payment in the
         first  or last  month in the life of the  Receivable  may be  minimally
         different  from the level  payment)  that  fully  amortize  the  Amount
         Financed by maturity and yield interest at the Annual  Percentage Rate,
         and (h) shall provide for , in the event that such contract is prepaid,
         a prepayment that fully pays the Principal Balance and includes accrued
         but unpaid  interest due through the date of prepayment in an amount at
         least equal to the Annual Percentage Rate.

                  (ii) Schedule of  Receivables.  The  information  set forth in
         Schedule B shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the
         close of  business  on the Cutoff  Date,  and no  selection  procedures
         believed  to be  adverse  to the  Certificateholders  shall  have  been
         utilized in selecting the Receivables.

                  (iii) No Government Obligor.  None of the Receivables shall be
         due from the United States of America or any State or local  government
         or from any agency,  department or instrumentality of the United States
         of America, any State or local government.

<PAGE>

                  (iv)  Receivables  in Force.  No  Receivable  shall  have been
         satisfied,  subordinated  or  rescinded,  nor  shall any Boat have been
         released from the security  interests granted by the related Receivable
         in whole or in part.

                  (v) No Waiver.  No provision  of a Receivable  shall have been
         waived.

                  (vi) No Defenses.  Immediately following the conveyance of the
         Receivables to the Trust, except for the security interests in favor of
         the Depositor and the Trustee,  the  Receivables  are free and clear of
         all security  interests,  liens,  charges,  and encumbrances and to the
         best  knowledge  of  the  Servicer  no  right  of  rescission,  setoff,
         counterclaim  or defense shall have been  asserted or  threatened  with
         respect to any Receivable.

                  (vii) No Liens.  No liens or claims  shall have been filed for
         work,  labor or materials  relating to a Boat that shall be liens prior
         to,  or equal to the  security  interest  in the  Boat  granted  by the
         Receivable.

                  (viii)  Insurance.  The Obligor has obtained  physical  damage
         insurance covering the Boat and the Obligor is required under the terms
         of the Receivable to maintain such insurance.

                  (ix)  Lawful   Assignment.   No  Receivable  shall  have  been
         originated  in,  or shall be  subject  to the laws of any  jurisdiction
         under  which the  sale,  transfer  and  assignment  of such  Receivable
         pursuant to transfers of the  Certificates  shall be unlawful,  void or
         voidable.

                  (x) Security Interest.  Upon the Receivables being conveyed to
         the Trust, the Trust shall have a perfected security interest under the
         UCC in the Receivables.

                  (xi) Ship  Mortgage  Act.  No Boat  related to any  Receivable
         shall be required to be documented under the Ship Mortgage.

                  (xii)  Compliance  with Law. Each  Receivable  complies in all
         material respects with all requirements of applicable  Federal,  State,
         and  local  laws  and  regulations   thereunder,   including,   without
         limitation,  usury laws,  the Federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act, the Equal
         Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Federal  Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair
         Credit  Billing  Act,  the Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt
         Collection  Practices Act, the Magnuson-Moss  Warranty Act, the Federal
         Trade  Commission  Credit  Practices  Rule,  State unfair and deceptive
         trade practice laws, and State adaptations of the National Consumer Act
         and of the  Uniform  Consumer  Credit  Code,  and any other  applicable
         consumer credit, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws.

                  (xiii) Title.  Immediately upon the sale and assignment of the
         Receivables  to  the  Trust,   the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
         Certificateholders  and the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  shall  have good and
         marketable  title  to each  Receivable,  free and  clear of all  Liens,
  
<PAGE>

         encumbrances, security interests and rights of others; and the sale and
         assignment has been perfected under the UCC.

                  (xiv) As of the Cutoff Date,  not more than (a)  approximately
         ____% of the number of Receivables, constituting approximately ____% of
         the  Initial  Pool  Balance  are  related  to  Boats  which  have  been
         repossessed by the Servicer,  (b) approximately  ____% of the number of
         Receivables,  constituting  approximately  ____%  of the  Initial  Pool
         Balance are 30 to 59 days delinquent,  (c)  approximately  ____% of the
         number of Receivables,  constituting approximately ____% of the Initial
         Pool  Balance are  related to Boats which are 60 to 89 days  delinquent
         and (d) approximately ____% of the number of Receivables,  constituting
         approximately  ____% of the Initial  Pool  Balance are related to Boats
         which are 90 or more days delinquent.

                  (xv)  Each  Receivable  creates  a  first  priority  perfected
         security  interest in the Boat financed thereby in favor of CITSF(other
         than  in the  case of boat  motors  subject  to  certificate  of  title
         statutes that provide for perfection of the security  interests in such
         boat motors by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement).

                  (xvi) To the  best of the  Servicer's  knowledge,  no Liens or
         claims are pending or threatened with respect to a Boat which may be or
         become prior to or equal with the Lien of the related Receivable.

                                    ARTICLE X

         SECTION 10.1.  Accounts.  (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain
the Collection  Account and the  Certificate  Account in the name of the Trustee
for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  and, to the extent herein  provided,
for the benefit of the Surety Bond Issuer.  The  Collection  Account  shall be a
segregated,  non-interest-bearing  trust account initially  established with the
Trustee  and  maintained  with the  Trustee so long as (i) the  deposits  of the
Trustee  have the  Required  Deposit  Rating or (ii) the  Collection  Account is
maintained  as a  fully  segregated  trust  account.  All  amounts  held  in the
Collection  Account (other than Purchase Amounts) shall be invested in Permitted
Investments by the Trustee,  at the written  direction of the Servicer,  in each
case such  investments  maturing not later than the Deposit Date  following  the
Collection  Period in which  such  amounts  are so  invested.  Purchase  Amounts
deposited on a Deposit Date shall not be invested.  Such written direction shall
certify that any such investment is authorized by this Section 14.1 and complies
with the  requirements of Permitted  Investments as set forth in Schedule C. The
Certificate  Account shall be a segregated,  non-interest-bearing  trust account
initially  established  with the Trustee and maintained  with the Trustee for so
long as (x) the deposits of the Trustee have the Required  Deposit Rating or (y)
the Certificate  Account is maintained as a fully segregated trust account.  The
amounts in the Certificate Account shall not be invested. Should the deposits of
the  Trustee no longer  have the  Required  Deposit  Rating  and the  Collection
Account or the Certificate Account, as applicable,  shall not be maintained as a
fully  segregated  trust account,  then the Servicer  shall,  with the Trustee's
assistance as necessary,  cause the  Certificate  Account  and/or the Collection
Account  to be moved,  within 60 days after 

<PAGE>

the  occurrence of the later of the loss of the Required  Deposit  Rating or the
cessation of such accounts being  maintained as fully segregated trust accounts,
to a bank or trust company  organized under the laws of the United States of any
state thereof, the deposits of which shall have the Required Deposit Rating.

                  (b) (i) The Depositor  shall  establish the Reserve Account in
         the name of the Collateral  Agent which shall be pledged to the Trustee
         for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the Surety Bond Issuer.
         The Reserve Account shall be a segregated,  non-interest-bearing  trust
         account  initially  established  and maintained with the Trustee for so
         long as (x) the  deposits  of the  Trustee  have the  Required  Deposit
         Rating or (y) the Reserve  Account is maintained as a fully  segregated
         trust account.  The Reserve Account shall not be property of the Trust.
         All amounts held in the Reserve  Account shall be invested in Permitted
         Investments by the Collateral  Agent,  at the written  direction of the
         Depositor,  in each case such  investments  maturing not later than the
         Deposit Date following the Collection  Period in which such amounts are
         so  invested.  Such  written  direction  shall  certify  that  any such
         investment  is  authorized  by this  Section  10.1 and comply  with the
         requirements  of  Permitted  Investments  as set forth in  Schedule  C.
         Should the deposits of the Collateral Agent no longer have the Required
         Deposit  Rating or the Reserve  Account  shall not be  maintained  as a
         fully  segregated  trust account,  then the Depositor  shall,  with the
         Collateral Agent's  assistance as necessary,  cause the Reserve Account
         to be moved,  within 60 days after the  occurrence  of the later of the
         loss of the Required  Deposit  Rating or the cessation of such accounts
         being maintained as fully segregated trust accounts, to a bank or trust
         company  organized  under  the laws of the  United  States or any state
         thereof, the deposits of which shall have the Required Deposit Rating.

                  (ii) On the  date of the  issuance  of the  Certificates,  the
         Depositor  shall  cause  the  Reserve  Account  Initial  Deposit  to be
         deposited into the Reserve Account.  The Depositor hereby grants to the
         Collateral  Agent for the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders  and the
         Surety  Bond Issuer a security  interest in and to the Reserve  Account
         and any and all Account  Property  credited  thereto from time to time,
         including, but not limited to, Permitted Investments, to secure payment
         of the Certificates according to their terms. Amounts held from time to
         time in the Reserve  Account will continue to be held by the Collateral
         Agent for the  benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the Surety  Bond
         Issuer,  but the  Reserve  Account  shall not be an asset of the Trust.
         Funds held in the Reserve  Account  shall be remitted to the  Depositor
         upon the Depositor's written request upon the termination of the Trust.
         By  acceptance  of  their  Certificates  or  interest  therein  and  by
         execution  and  delivery of the  Reimbursement  Agreement by the Surety
         Bond Issuer,  the  Certificateholders  and  Certificate  Owners and the
         Surety Bond Issuer, respectively, shall be deemed to have appointed [ ]
         as Collateral  Agent. [ ] hereby accepts such appointment as Collateral
         Agent.

                  (iii) With  respect to the Account  Property in respect of the
         Reserve Account, the Collateral Agent agrees that:

<PAGE>

                           A.  any  Account  Property  that is  held in  deposit
                  accounts  shall be held  solely  in a bank  with the  Required
                  Deposit Rating;  and each such bank with the Required  Deposit
                  Rating shall be subject to the  exclusive  custody and control
                  of the Collateral  Agent,  and the Collateral Agent shall have
                  sole signature authority with respect thereto;

                           B. any Account  Property  that  constitutes  Physical
                  Property  shall  be  delivered  to  the  Collateral  Agent  in
                  accordance  with paragraph (a) of the definition of "Delivery"
                  and shall be held, pending maturity or disposition,  solely by
                  the Collateral  Agent,  or a financial  intermediary  (as such
                  term is defined  in  Section  8-313(4)  of the  Relevant  UCC)
                  acting solely for the benefit of the Certificateholders;

                           C. any Account Property that is a book-entry security
                  held through the Federal  Reserve  System  pursuant to Federal
                  book-entry  regulations  shall be delivered to the  Collateral
                  Agent in accordance  with  paragraph (b) of the  definition of
                  "Delivery"  and shall be maintained by the  Collateral  Agent,
                  pending maturity or disposition,  through continued book-entry
                  registration  of such  Account  Property as  described in such
                  paragraph; and

                           D. any Account  Property  that is an  "uncertificated
                  security"  under Article 8 of the Relevant UCC and that is not
                  governed  by  clause  (C)  above  shall  be  delivered  to the
                  Collateral  Agent  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (c) of the
                  definition  of  "Delivery"  and  shall  be  maintained  by the
                  Collateral  Agent,  pending  maturity or disposition,  through
                  continued  registration  of the  Collateral  Agent's  (or  its
                  nominee's) ownership of such security.

                  Effective upon Delivery of any Account Property in the form of
         Physical Property,  book-entry securities or uncertificated securities,
         the  Collateral  Agent shall be deemed to have  purchased  such Account
         Property  for value,  in good faith and  without  notice of any adverse
         claim thereto.

                  (iv) The Depositor and the Servicer  agree to take or cause to
         be taken such further actions, to execute, deliver and file or cause to
         be executed, delivered and filed such further documents and instruments
         (including,  without  limitation,  any financing  statements  under the
         Relevant UCC or this  Agreement)  as may be determined to be necessary,
         in order to perfect the interests  created by this Section  10.1(b) and
         otherwise effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions of this Section
         14.1(b).

         SECTION 10.2.  Collections.  The Servicer shall remit to the Collection
Account  within two Business Days after  receipt  thereof all  Collections,  any
amounts  referred to in clauses  (ii) and (iv) of the  definition  of  Available
Funds, each as collected during the Collection Period;  provided,  however, that
so long as CITSF is acting as the Servicer,  the Servicer  shall be permitted to
make  remittances of Collections,  any amounts referred to in clause (ii) of the
definition of Available Funds and Liquidation Proceeds to the Collection Account
in next-day  

<PAGE>

funds or  immediately  available  funds by 12:30 p.m.  New York City time on the
Deposit Date immediately  following such Collection Period if the specific terms
and  conditions  set forth below in this Section 10.2 are satisfied and only for
so long as such terms and conditions are satisfied:

                  (i)  the  Servicer  shall  be  CITSF  or any  other  Successor
         Servicer pursuant to Section 13.3;

                  (ii) there exists no Event of Default (as described below);

                  (iii) if the  Servicer  does not have a short term debt rating
         or deposit rating, as applicable, of at least A-1 from S&P and P-1 from
         Moody's,  a guaranty,  letter of credit,  surety bond or other  similar
         instrument is issued covering  Collections,  any amounts referred to in
         clause  (ii) of the  definition  of  Available  Funds  and  Liquidation
         Proceeds  held by CITSF or its  successor,  which is  acceptable to the
         Rating  Agencies  and the Surety  Bond  Issuer and issued by an entity,
         which has a short-term  debt or deposit  rating,  as applicable,  of at
         least A-1 from S&P and P-1 from Moody's; and

                  (iv) the Servicer,  the Trustee,  the Depositor and the Surety
         Bond Issuer shall not have received any notice from S&P or Moody's that
         failure  to  deposit  such  funds  more  frequently  will  result  in a
         reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating on the  Certificates
         by either S&P or Moody's.

         The  Trustee  shall  not be deemed  to have  knowledge  of any event or
circumstance  under  clause  (ii)  above that would  require  remittance  by the
Servicer of Collections and Liquidations  Proceeds to the Collection Account two
Business Days after receipt  thereof  unless the Trustee has received  notice of
such event or circumstance  from the Depositor,  the Servicer or the Surety Bond
Issuer  in  an  Officer's  Certificate  or  from  the  Holders  of  Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance.

         SECTION 10.3.  Application  of  Collections.  As of each  Determination
Date, all Collections for the related  Collection  Period shall be applied first
to  late  payment  and  extension  fees,  second  to  interest  accrued  on  the
Receivable,  third  to  principal  due  on the  Receivable  during  the  related
Collection  Period,  fourth to insurance premiums or amounts due on loans to the
Obligors to finance the payment of insurance premiums for collateral  protection
insurance  purchased by the Servicer,  and fifth to administrative  charges,  if
any.  Last,  any excess shall be applied to prepay the Principal  Balance of the
Receivable.

         SECTION  10.4.  Additional  Deposits.   (a)  The  Servicer  and/or  the
Depositor shall deposit in the Collection  Account the aggregate Purchase Amount
with respect to Purchased Receivables and the Servicer shall deposit therein all
amounts to be paid under Section 8.2, 13.7 and 20.2.  All such deposits shall be
made in  immediately  available  funds by 12:30  p.m.  New York City Time on the
Deposit Date relating to the  Collection  Period  during which such  repurchase,
purchase or other obligation arose. The Trustee shall deposit in the Certificate
Account  the  aggregate  of any  amounts  received  from the Surety  Bond Issuer
pursuant to Section 10.5(a)(iii) on the date of receipt thereof.

<PAGE>

         (b) If the Servicer shall be required pursuant to Section 10.2 to remit
Collections  to the  Collection  Account two Business Days after receipt  rather
than on a monthly basis,  then, if the Servicer is CITSF or an affiliate thereof
is the servicer it may remit payments  collected on Unsold  Contracts as well as
payments  collected on Receivables  and  Liquidation  Proceeds to the Collection
Account.  Upon receipt of an Officer's  Certificate of the Servicer  identifying
the  amount  of  funds  in  the  Collection  Account  representing   Collections
attributable  to Unsold  Contracts,  the Trustee  shall  transfer  such funds in
accordance with the instructions contained in such Officer's Certificate.

         SECTION 10.5. Distributions.

                  (a) (i) On each Deposit Date,  the Trustee shall  transfer all
         amounts  on  deposit  in the  Collection  Account  to  the  Certificate
         Account,  in immediately  available funds, less any funds identified in
         an  Officer's  Certificate  of the  Servicer as proceeds  (x) of Unsold
         Contracts and (y) of Collections on the  Receivables  allocable to late
         payment and  extension  fees,  and  administrative  charges,  provided,
         however,  that in the  event  that the  Servicer  is  required  to make
         deposits to the  Collection  Account two  Business  Days after  receipt
         pursuant to Section  10.2,  the amount of Available  Funds  transferred
         from the  Collection  Account to the  Certificate  Account will include
         only those funds that were deposited into the Collection Account in the
         Collection Period relating to such Distribution Date. The amount of the
         transfer from the Collection  Account to the Certificate  Account shall
         be set forth in the Servicer's Certificate for such Distribution Date.

                  (ii) On each Deposit Date, the Trustee shall transfer from the
         Reserve  Account  to the  Certificate  Account  an amount  equal to the
         lesser of (x) the amount on deposit in the  Reserve  Account and (y) an
         amount equal to the shortfall, if any, between, (A) Available Funds for
         such  Collection  Period  and (B) the sum of (1) the  Monthly  Interest
         Payment and any Carry-Over Monthly Interest,  (2) the Servicing Fee and
         any Carry-Over Servicing Fee to be distributed to the Servicer pursuant
         to Section  10.5(b)(ii) and (3) the Monthly  Principal  Payment and any
         Carry-Over Monthly Principal Payment, each for the related Distribution
         Date (collectively  "Priority  Distributions")  (the amount transferred
         pursuant to this clause (ii) is the "Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount"
         for such Deposit Date).

                  The Reserve  Account  Withdrawal  Amount shall be set forth in
         the Servicer's Certificate with respect to each Distribution Date.

                  (iii) If on any  Determination  Date the Servicer has reported
         to the Trustee in the  Servicer's  Certificate  that the  Servicer  has
         determined  that  Available  Funds for the  related  Distribution  Date
         together  with  any  Reserve   Account   Withdrawal   Amount  for  such
         Distribution   Date  are  insufficient  to  provide  for  the  Priority
         Distribution   on  such   Distribution   Date   (the   amount  of  such
         insufficiency  is referred to as the "Surety  Drawing  Amount" for such
         Distribution Date, then, after receipt of such Servicer's  Certificate,
         the 

<PAGE>

         Trustee  shall  promptly  (and in any event not later than 2:00 p.m. on
         the  second  Business  Day prior to the  Distribution  Date)  deliver a
         completed  demand for payment  under the Surety Bond to the Surety Bond
         Issuer  requesting  payment in an amount  equal to the  Surety  Drawing
         Amount for such Distribution  Date. The Surety Bond Issuer shall pay or
         cause to be paid the amount of such  demand for  payment to the Trustee
         for credit to the Certificate  Account no later than the later of 11:00
         a.m. on the related  Deposit Date and the second Business Day after the
         Surety Bond Issuer receives a demand for payment.

         (b)  On  each  Distribution  Date,  as  set  forth  in  the  Servicer's
Certificate  for such  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee will make the  following
distributions from the Certificate Account in the following order of priority:

                  (i) to the  Certificateholders  of  record  as of the  related
         Record Date, the Monthly  Interest  Payment and any Carry-Over  Monthly
         Interest;

                  (ii) if the Servicer is not CITSF or an affiliate thereof,  to
         the Servicer, the Servicing Fee and any Carry-Over Servicing Fee;

                  (iii) to the  Certificateholders  of record as of the  related
         Record Date, the Monthly Principal  Payment and any Carry-Over  Monthly
         Principal;

                  (iv) if CITSF or an affiliate thereof is the Servicer,  to the
         Servicer, the Servicing Fee and any Carry-Over Servicing Fee;

                  (v) to the Surety Bond Issuer, any amounts owing to the Surety
         Bond Issuer hereunder and pursuant to the  Reimbursement  Agreement and
         not paid;

                  (vi) to the  Collateral  Agent,  an amount up to the Specified
         Reserve Account Requirement for deposit into the Reserve Account; and

                  (vii) to the Depositor, any remaining amounts.

         (c)  On  each   Distribution  Date  as  set  forth  in  the  Servicer's
Certificate  for such  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee shall  withdraw from the
Reserve  Account and  distribute to the Depositor an amount equal to the excess,
if any,  of the (x)  amount  on  deposit  in the  Reserve  Account  over (y) the
Specified Reserve Account Requirement.

         Distributions   to   Certificateholders,   except   in  the   case   of
distributions  under Section 16.1,  shall be made by check mailed by the Trustee
to each  Certificateholder's  respective  address  of record on the  Certificate
Register (or, where a Clearing Agency is the  Certificateholder,  by delivery of
immediately available funds) and distributions to the Servicer,  the Surety Bond
Issuer,  the Collateral Agent or the Depositor shall be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds.

<PAGE>

         SECTION  10.6.  Net  Deposits.  For so long as the  Servicer  shall  be
entitled pursuant to Section 10.2 to remit Collections on a monthly basis rather
than more frequently, the Servicer may make the remittances pursuant to Sections
14.2 and 14.4 above net of amounts to be distributed to the Servicer pursuant to
Section  10.5(b).  Nonetheless,  the  Servicer  shall  account for all the above
described remittances and distributions in the Servicer's  Certificate as if the
amounts were deposited and/or transferred separately.

         SECTION   10.7.   Statements   to   Certificateholders.   (a)  On  each
Distribution  Date,  the Servicer  shall provide to the Trustee the Statement to
Certificateholders,  setting forth for the  Collection  Period  relating to such
Distribution  Date the following  information  (stated in the case of items (I),
(ii) and  (iii),  on the basis of $1,000  initial  principal  amount) as of such
Distribution  Date a copy of which  shall be  forwarded  by the  Trustee to each
Certificateholder on such Distribution Date:

                  (i) The amount of the  Certificateholder's  distribution which
         constitutes  the Monthly  Principal  Payment  (including any Carry-Over
         Monthly Principal);

                  (ii) The amount of the Certificateholder's  distribution which
         constitutes  the Monthly  Interest  Payment  (including  any Carry-Over
         Monthly Interest);

                  (iii)  The   Certificateholder's   pro  rata  portion  of  the
         Servicing Fee (including any Carry-Over Servicing Fee);

                  (iv) The Certificate  Balance and the Certificate Factor as of
         the close of business on such Distribution Date; and

                  (v) The Pool  Balance  as of the  last  day of the  Collection
         Period.

         (b) Within the  prescribed  period of time for tax  reporting  purposes
after the end of each  calendar  year  during  the term of this  Agreement,  the
Trustee  shall mail,  to each Person who at any time during such  calendar  year
shall  have been a  Certificateholder,  a  statement  containing  the sum of the
amounts  determined in each of clauses (i) and (ii),  for such calendar year or,
in the event such Person shall have been a Certificateholder during a portion of
such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such year.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         SECTION 11.1. The  Certificates.  The  Certificates  shall be issued in
book-entry  form  in  minimum  denominations   representing  $1,000  of  initial
principal  balance  of  the  Receivables  and  in  integral  multiples  thereof;
provided,  however,  that one Certificate  may be issued in a denomination  that
includes any residual amount and that such Certificate  shall be retained by the
Depositor (the "Residual  Certificate").  The Certificates  shall be executed by
the Trustee on behalf of the Trust  solely in its  capacity as Trustee by manual
or facsimile signature of a Trustee Officer.  Certificates bearing the manual or
facsimile  signatures of individuals  who were, at the 

<PAGE>

time when such signatures shall have been affixed,  authorized to sign on behalf
of  the  Trust,   shall  be  valid  and  binding   obligations   of  the  Trust,
notwithstanding  that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so
authorized prior to the  authentication and delivery of such Certificates or did
not hold such offices at the date of such Certificates.

         SECTION 11.2.  Authentication of Certificates.  The Trustee shall cause
the  Certificates  to be  executed  on behalf of the  Trust,  authenticated  and
delivered  to or  upon  the  written  order  of  the  Depositor,  signed  by the
Depositor's  chairman  of the board,  the  president,  any vice  chairman of the
board,  any vice  president,  the  treasurer,  any  assistant  treasurer  or the
controller of the Depositor,  without further corporate action by the Depositor,
in authorized  denominations,  pursuant to this Agreement.  No Certificate shall
entitle its holder to any benefit  under this  Agreement,  or shall be valid for
any purpose,  unless there shall appear on such  Certificate  a  certificate  of
authentication  substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B executed by the
Trustee by manual signature;  such  authentication  shall constitute  conclusive
evidence that such Certificate shall have been duly  authenticated and delivered
hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

         SECTION 11.3.  Registration  of Transfer and Exchange of  Certificates.
(a) The  Certificate  Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or
agency  maintained  pursuant to Section 11.7, a  Certificate  Register in which,
subject to such  reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,  the Trustee shall
provide for the  registration of Certificates  and of transfers and exchanges of
Certificates as herein  provided.  The Trustee shall be the initial  Certificate
Registrar.

         (b) Upon surrender for  registration  of transfer of any Certificate at
the Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver,
in the  name of the  designated  transferee  or  transferees,  one or  more  new
Certificates in authorized  denominations  of a like aggregate  amount dated the
date of authentication by the Trustee.  At the option of a Holder,  Certificates
may be exchanged for other  Certificates of authorized  denominations  of a like
aggregate  amount upon  surrender  of the  Certificates  to be  exchanged at the
Corporate Trust Office.

         (c) Every  Certificate  presented or surrendered  for  registration  of
transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar duly executed by
the  Holder  or his  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing.  Each  Certificate
surrendered  for  registration  of transfer and  exchange  shall be canceled and
subsequently disposed of by the Trustee.

         (d) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange  of  Certificates,  but  the  Trustee  may  require  payment  of a  sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

         SECTION 11.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a)
any mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar,  or
if the Certificate  Registrar shall receive  evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction,  loss or theft of any  Certificate and (b) there 

<PAGE>

shall be delivered to the Certificate  Registrar or the Trustee such security or
indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless,  then in the
absence of notice that such Certificate  shall have been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser,  the  Trustee on behalf of the Trust  shall  execute  and the Trustee
shall  authenticate  and  deliver,  in  exchange  for or in  lieu  of  any  such
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Certificate,  a new  Certificate of like
tenor and  denomination.  In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate
under this Section 11.4, the Trustee and the  Certificate  Registrar may require
the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge
that may be imposed in connection  therewith.  Any duplicate  Certificate issued
pursuant to this Section 11.4 shall Constitute  conclusive evidence of ownership
in the  Trust,  as if  originally  issued,  whether  or not the lost,  stolen or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

         SECTION 11.5.  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due  presentation  of a
Certificate  for  registration  of  transfer,  the  Trustee  or the  Certificate
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered
as the owner of such  Certificate  for the  purpose of  receiving  distributions
pursuant to Section 10.5 and for all other purposes whatsoever,  and neither the
Trustee  nor the  Certificate  Registrar  shall be bound  by any  notice  to the
contrary.

         SECTION 11.6. Access to List of Certificateholders Names and Addresses.
At such time as the Certificates exist as Definitive  Certificates,  the Trustee
shall  furnish or cause to be  furnished  to the  Servicer  and the Surety  Bond
Issuer,  within 15 days after receipt by the Trustee of a request  therefor from
the  Servicer or the Surety Bond  Issuer in  writing,  a list,  of the names and
addresses of the  Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three
or more  Certificateholders,  or one or more Holders of Certificates aggregating
not less than 25% of the Certificate  Balance,  apply in writing to the Trustee,
and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other
Certificateholders  with respect to their  rights under this  Agreement or under
the  Certificates  and such  application  shall be  accompanied by a copy of the
communication that such applicants  propose to transmit,  then the Trustee shall
promptly after the receipt of such  application,  afford such applicants  access
during normal  business  hours to the current list of  Certificateholders.  Each
Holder,  by receiving and holding a Certificate,  shall be deemed to have agreed
to hold  neither  the  Servicer  nor the  Trustee  accountable  by reason of the
disclosure  of its name and  address,  regardless  of the source from which such
information was derived.

         SECTION  11.7.  Maintenance  of Office or  Agency.  The  Trustee  shall
maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or offices
or agency or agencies where  Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer  or  exchange  and where  notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in
respect  of the  Certificates  and this  Agreement  may be served.  The  Trustee
initially  designates the Corporate  Trust Office as specified in this Agreement
as its office for such purposes. The Trustee shall give prompt written notice to
the  Servicer  and to  Certificateholders  of any change in the  location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 11.8. Book-Entry Certificates. The Certificates,  upon original
issuance  (except for the Residual  Certificate),  will be issued in the form of
one or more  global  Certificates  

<PAGE>

registered  in the name of the  nominee of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  the
initial  Clearing  Agency,  by or on behalf of the Depositor.  The  Certificates
delivered to The Depository  Trust Company shall  initially be registered on the
Certificate  Register  in the name of CEDE & CO.,  the  nominee  of the  initial
Clearing Agency,  and no Certificate  Owner will receive a physical  certificate
representing such Certificate  Owner's interest in the  Certificates,  except as
provided  in  Section  11.10.  Unless  and until  definitive,  fully  registered
Certificates  (the  "Definitive  Certificates")  have been issued to Certificate
Owners pursuant to Section 11.10:

                  (i) the provisions of this Section 11.8 shall be in full force
         and effect;

                  (ii) the Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Certificate  Registrar
         and the  Trustee  may deal with the  Clearing  Agency for all  purposes
         (including  the making of  distributions  on the  Certificates)  as the
         authorized representative of the Certificate Owners;

                  (iii) to the extent that the  provisions  of this Section 11.8
         conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
         this Section 11.8 shall control;

                  (iv) the rights of Certificate  Owners shall be exercised only
         through the Clearing  Agency and shall be limited to those  established
         by law and agreements  between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing
         Agency  and/or  the  Clearing  Agency  Participants.  Pursuant  to  the
         Depository  Agreement,  unless and until  Definitive  Certificates  are
         issued pursuant to Section 11.10, the initial Clearing Agency will make
         book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive
         and  transmit   distributions   of   principal   and  interest  on  the
         Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

                  (v) whenever this Agreement  requires or permits actions to be
         taken based upon  instructions or directions of Holders of Certificates
         evidencing  a specified  percentage  of the Pool  Balance the  Clearing
         Agency will take such actions with respect to specified  percentages of
         the Pool  Balance  only at the  direction  of and on behalf of Clearing
         Agency  Participants  whose holdings include  undivided  interests that
         satisfy such specified  percentages.  DTC may take conflicting  actions
         with  respect to other  undivided  interests  to the  extent  that such
         actions  are taken on  behalf of  Clearing  Agency  Participants  whose
         holdings include such undivided interests.

         SECTION  11.9.  Notices to Clearing  Agency.  Whenever  notice or other
communication to the Certificateholders is required under this Agreement,  other
than to the Holder of the  Residual  Certificate,  unless  and until  Definitive
Certificates  shall have been issued to Certificate  Owners  pursuant to Section
11.10,   the  Trustee  and  the  Servicer   shall  give  all  such  notices  and
communications  specified  herein to be given to Holders of the  Certificates to
the Clearing Agency.

         SECTION 11.10.  Definitive  Certificates.  If (i) the Depositor advises
the Trustee in writing that the Clearing  Agency is no longer willing or able to
properly  discharge  its  responsibilities  as  Depository  with  respect to the
Certificates  and the Trustee or the  Depositor  is unable to locate a qualified
successor, (ii) the Depositor, at its option, elects to terminate the 

<PAGE>

book-entry  system through the Clearing Agency, or (iii) after the occurrence of
an  Event of  Default,  Certificate  owners  representing  beneficial  interests
aggregating not less than 51% of the Certificate  Balance advise the Trustee and
the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry  system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in
the best  interests  of the  Certificate  Owners,  then the Trustee  through the
Clearing  Agency shall notify all  Certificate  Owners of the  occurrence of any
such event and of the  availability  through the Clearing  Agency of  Definitive
Certificates.  Upon surrender by the Clearing Agency of the global  Certificates
representing the Certificates and instructions for re-registration,  the Trustee
shall issue the Definitive Certificates and deliver such Definitive Certificates
in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of the  Clearing  Agency.  Neither  the
Depositor,  the  Certificate  Registrar  nor the Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such  instructions and may conclusively  rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive
Certificates,  the  Trustee  shall  recognize  the  Holders  of  the  Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders hereunder. The Trustee shall not be liable if
the Trustee or the Depositor is unable to locate a qualified  successor Clearing
Agency.

                                   ARTICLE XII

         SECTION 12.1.  Representations  of Depositor.  The Depositor  makes the
following   representations  on  which  the  Trustee  relies  in  accepting  the
Receivables in trust and executing and authenticating the Certificates.

                  (i) Organization  and Good Standing.  The Depositor shall have
         been duly  organized and shall be validly  existing as a corporation in
         good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware,  with power and
         authority  to own its  properties  and to conduct its  business as such
         properties  shall be  currently  owned and such  business is  presently
         conducted,  and had at all  relevant  times,  and  shall  have,  power,
         authority and legal right to acquire and own the Receivables.

                  (ii) Due Qualification.  The Depositor shall be duly qualified
         to do business as a foreign  corporation  in good  standing,  and shall
         have   obtained  all   necessary   licenses  and   approvals,   in  all
         jurisdictions  in which  the  ownership  or lease  of  property  or the
         conduct of its business shall require such qualifications.

                  (iii) Principal Place of Business.  The Depositor's  principal
         place of business is located in the State of New Jersey.

                  (iv) Power and Authority.  The Depositor  shall have the power
         and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to carry out
         its terms;  the  Depositor  shall have full power and authority to sell
         and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and  deposited  with
         the  Trustee as part of the Trust and shall have duly  authorized  such
         sale and assignment to the Trustee by all necessary  corporate  action;
         and the execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement  shall
         have been duly  authorized by the Depositor by all necessary  corporate
         action.

<PAGE>

                  (v) Valid Sale;  Binding  Obligations.  This  Agreement  shall
         evidence (A) a valid sale,  transfer and assignment of the Receivables,
         enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Depositor, and
         (B) a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Depositor  enforceable
         in accordance with its terms.

                  (vi)  No  Violation.  The  consummation  of  the  transactions
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         shall not conflict  with,  result in any breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, nor constitute  (with or without notice or lapse of time
         or both) a default under,  the articles of  incorporation or by-laws of
         the Depositor, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which
         the  Depositor is a party or by which it shall be bound;  nor result in
         the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien  upon any of its  properties
         pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,  agreement  or  other
         instrument (other than this Agreement);  nor violate any law or, to the
         best of the  Depositor's  knowledge,  any  order,  rule  or  regulation
         applicable  to the  Depositor  of any court or of any  Federal or State
         regulatory   body,   administrative   agency   or  other   governmental
         instrumentality   having   jurisdiction   over  the  Depositor  or  its
         properties.

                  (vii)   No   Proceedings.   There   are  no   proceedings   or
         investigations   pending,   or  to  the  Depositor's   best  knowledge,
         threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or
         other  governmental   instrumentality   having  jurisdiction  over  the
         Depositor or its  properties:  (A)  asserting  the  invalidity  of this
         Agreement or the  Certificates;  (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of
         the  Certificates  or the  consummation  of  any  of  the  transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement; (C) seeking any determination or ruling
         that might  materially  and  adversely  affect the  performance  by the
         Depositor of its obligations  under, or the validity or  enforceability
         of,  this  Agreement  or  the  Certificates;  or  (D)  relating  to the
         Depositor  and which  might  adversely  affect the  Federal  income tax
         attributes of the Certificates.

                  (viii) All Consents Required.  All approvals,  authorizations,
         consents,  orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental
         body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery
         by the Depositor of this Agreement, the Reimbursement Agreement and the
         Certificates,  the  performance  by the  Depositor of the  transactions
         contemplated by this  Agreement,  the  Reimbursement  Agreement and the
         Certificates, and the fulfillment by the Depositor of the terms hereof,
         have been  obtained;  provided,  however,  that the Depositor  makes no
         representation  or warranty  regarding  State  securities or "blue sky"
         laws in connection with the distribution of the Certificates.

         SECTION 12.2. Liability of Depositor;  Indemnities. The Depositor shall
be  liable  in  accordance  herewith  only  to the  extent  of  the  obligations
specifically undertaken by the Depositor under this Agreement:

                  (i) The Depositor  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
         the Trustee  (which for purposes of this Section 12.2 shall include its
         directors,  employees,  officers  and  agents)  and the Trust  from and
         against any taxes that may at any time be asserted  against 

<PAGE>

         the  Trustee or the Trust with  respect  to, and as of the date of, the
         sale of the  Receivables  to the Trustee or the  issuance  and original
         sale of the Certificates,  including any sales, gross receipts, general
         corporation,  tangible  personal  property,  privilege or license taxes
         (but, in the case of the Trust,  not including any taxes  asserted with
         respect to  ownership  of the  Receivables  or Federal or other  income
         taxes arising out of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement)
         and costs and expenses in defending against the same.

                  (ii) The Depositor shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
         the Trustee  (which for purposes of this Section 12.2 shall include its
         directors,  employees,  officers  and  agents)  and the Trust  from and
         against any loss,  liability  or expense  incurred by reason of (a) the
         Depositor's  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  negligence  in  the
         performance  of its  duties  under  this  Agreement,  or by  reason  of
         reckless  disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement,
         (b) the  Depositor's  violation of Federal or State  securities laws in
         connection with the registration of the sale of the Certificates or (c)
         any  action  taken by the  Trustee  at the  direction  of the  Servicer
         pursuant to Section 9.1 or otherwise.

         Indemnification  under this Section 12.2 shall survive the  termination
of this  Agreement  and the  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee,  and shall
include,  without  limitation,  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  counsel  and
expenses of litigation.  If the Depositor shall have made any indemnity payments
to the Trustee  pursuant to this Section 12.2 and the Trustee  thereafter  shall
collect any of such amounts from others, the Trustee shall repay such amounts to
the Depositor, without interest.

         SECTION  12.3.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of  the
Obligations of Depositor.  Any Person (a) into which the Depositor may be merged
or consolidated,  (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which
the Depositor  shall be a party,  or (c) which may succeed to the properties and
assets of the  Depositor  substantially  as a whole,  which Person in any of the
foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every  obligation
of the Depositor under this Agreement and the Reimbursement Agreement,  shall be
the successor to the Depositor  hereunder without the execution or filing of any
document or any further act by any of the parties to this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (i)  immediately  after  giving  effect to such  transaction,  no
representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 8.1 shall have been breached
and no Event of  Default,  and no event that,  after  notice or lapse of time or
both,  would become an Event of Default,  shall have happened and be continuing,
(ii) the Depositor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's  Certificate
and an  Opinion of  Counsel  each  stating  that such  consolidation,  merger or
succession  and such  agreement of assumption  comply with this Section 16.3 and
(iii) the  Depositor  shall have  delivered  an  Opinion  of Counsel  either (A)
stating  that,  in the opinion of such counsel,  all  financing  statements  and
continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that
are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trustee in the
Receivables,  and reciting the details of such filings,  or (B) stating that, in
the opinion of such  counsel,  no such action shall be necessary to preserve and
protect  such  interest.  The  Depositor  shall  provide  notice of any  merger,
consolidation or succession  pursuant to this Section 12.3 to each Rating Agency
and the Surety Bond Issuer. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
Depositor  shall not consummate any transaction of a type referred to in clauses
(a),  (b) or (c)  above  unless  at such  time or prior  thereto  

<PAGE>

the  foregoing  agreement  of  assumption  shall  have  been  executed  and  the
conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall have been satisfied.

         SECTION  12.4.  Limitation  on Liability of Depositor  and Others.  The
Depositor  and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Depositor may
rely in good  faith on the advice of  counsel  or on any  document  of any kind,
prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising hereunder. The Depositor shall not be under any obligation to appear in,
prosecute  or defend  any legal  action  that  shall  not be  incidental  to its
obligations under this Agreement,  and that in its opinion may involve it in any
expense or liability.

         SECTION  12.5.  Depositor May Own  Certificates.  The Depositor and any
Person  controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with, the Depositor
may in its  individual  or any other  capacity  become  the owner or  pledgee of
Certificates  with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Depositor
or an affiliate  thereof,  except as  otherwise  provided in the  definition  of
"Certificateholder"  specified  in  Section  7.1.  Certificates  so  owned by or
pledged to the Depositor or such controlling or commonly controlled Person shall
have an equal and proportionate  benefit under the provisions of this Agreement,
without preference, priority or distinction as among all the Certificates.

         SECTION 12.6. Depositor's Interest in Reserve Account; No Transfer. The
Depositor  hereby  acknowledges  that the Reserve Account shall not be a part of
the Trust. The Depositor hereby  acknowledges that any amounts on deposit in the
Reserve Account (and any investment  earnings  thereon) is owned directly by it,
and the  Depositor  agrees to treat the same as its assets  (and  earnings)  for
federal  tax  and  all  other  purposes.   Funds  deposited   therein  shall  be
distributable  to the  Collection  Account,  the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  and  the
Depositor as described in this Agreement and in the Reimbursement Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

         SECTION  13.1.  Representations  of Servicer.  The  Servicer  makes the
following   representations  on  which  the  Trustee  relies  in  accepting  the
Receivables  in trust and executing and  authenticating  the  Certificates.  The
representations  speak as of the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and
shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Trustee.

                  (i)  Organization  and Good Standing.  The Servicer shall have
         been duly  organized and shall be validly  existing as a corporation in
         good standing  under the laws of the State of its  incorporation,  with
         power and authority to own its  properties  and to conduct its business
         as such  properties  shall be  currently  owned  and such  business  is
         presently  conducted,  and had at all relevant  times,  and shall have,
         power,  authority and legal right to acquire, own, sell and service the
         Receivables and to hold the Receivable  Files as custodian on behalf of
         the Trustee.

                  (ii) Due  Qualification.  The Servicer shall be duly qualified
         to do business as a foreign  corporation  in good  standing,  and shall
         have   obtained  all   necessary   licenses  and   

<PAGE>

         approvals,  in all  jurisdictions  in which the  ownership  or lease of
         property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing of the
         Receivables  as  required  by  this   Agreement)   shall  require  such
         qualifications.

                  (iii) Power and  Authority.  The Servicer shall have the power
         and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to carry out
         its  terms;  and  the  executions  delivery  and  performance  of  this
         Agreement  shall  have  been duly  authorized  by the  Servicer  by all
         necessary corporate action.

                  (iv) Valid Sale;  Binding  Obligations.  This Agreement  shall
         constitute  a legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the  Servicer
         enforceable  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  subject  to  applicable
         bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,   fraudulent  conveyance  and
         similar laws  relating to  creditors'  rights  generally and subject to
         general principals of equity.

                  (v)  No  Violation.   The  consummation  of  the  transactions
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         shall not conflict  with,  result in any breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, nor constitute  (with or without notice or lapse of time
         or both) a default under,  the articles of  incorporation or by-laws of
         the Servicer, or any indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which
         the  Servicer  is a party or by which it shall be bound;  nor result in
         the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien  upon any of its  properties
         pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,  agreement  or  other
         instrument  (other  than this  Agreement);  nor violate any law or, any
         order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of
         any Federal or State regulatory body,  administrative  agency, or other
         governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
         its properties.

                  (vi)   No   Proceedings.   There   are   no   proceedings   or
         investigations  pending, or, to the Servicer's  knowledge,  threatened,
         before  any  court,  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency or other
         governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
         its  properties:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the
         Certificates;  (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the  Certificates
         or the  consummation  of any of the  transactions  contemplated by this
         Agreement;   (C)  seeking  any   determination  or  ruling  that  might
         materially and adversely  affect the performance by the Servicer of its
         obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement
         or the  Certificates;  or (D)  relating to the Servicer and which might
         adversely affect the Federal income tax attributes of the Certificates.

                  (vii) All Consents  Required.  All approvals,  authorizations,
         consents,  orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental
         body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery
         by the Servicer of this Agreement and the Reimbursement  Agreement, the
         performance by the Servicer of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
         Agreement,  the Reimbursement  Agreement and the Certificates,  and the
         fulfillment  by the Servicer of the terms hereof,  have been  obtained;
         provided,  

<PAGE>

         however,   that  the  Servicer  makes  no  representation  or  warranty
         regarding  State  securities or "blue sky" laws in connection  with the
         distribution of the Certificates.

         SECTION 13.2. Liability of Servicer; Indemnities. The Servicer shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Servicer under this Agreement:

                  (i) The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the
         Trustee  (which for  purposes of this  Section  13.2 shall  include its
         directors,   officers,   employees   and   agents),   the  Trust,   the
         Certificateholders  and the Surety Bond Issuer from and against any and
         all costs, expenses,  losses, damages, claims and liabilities,  arising
         out of or  resulting  from  the  use,  ownership  or  operation  by the
         Servicer or any affiliate thereof of a Boat.

                  (ii) The Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
         the Trustee, (which for purposes of this Section 13.2 shall include its
         directors,  officers,  employees and agents),  the Trust and the Surety
         Bond Issuer from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
         against the  Trustee,  the Trust or the Surety Bond Issuer with respect
         to  the  transactions  contemplated  herein  or  in  the  Reimbursement
         Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  any sales, gross receipts,
         general corporation,  tangible personal property,  privilege or license
         taxes (but, in the case of the Trust,  not including any taxes asserted
         with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the  Receivables to
         the Trust or the  issuance and original  sale of the  Certificates,  or
         asserted  with respect to ownership of the  Receivables,  or Federal or
         other income taxes arising out of  distributions  on the  Certificates)
         and costs and expenses in defending against the same.

                  (iii) The Servicer shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
         the Trustee  (which for purposes of this Section 13.2 shall include its
         directors,   officers,  employees  and  agents),  the  Trust,  and  the
         Certificateholders  from  and  against  any  and all  costs,  expenses,
         losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities to the extent that such cost,
         expense,  loss, claim, damage or liability arose out of, or was imposed
         upon  the   Trustee,   the  Trust,   the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  or  the
         Certificateholders through, the negligence,  willful misfeasance or bad
         faith of the  Servicer  in the  performance  of its  duties  under this
         Agreement  or the  Reimbursement  Agreement  or by reason  of  reckless
         disregard of its  obligations  and duties  under this  Agreement or the
         Reimbursement Agreement.

                  (iv) The Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
         the Trustee  (which for purposes of this Section 13.2 shall include its
         directors, officers, employees and agents), from and against all costs,
         expenses,  losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities  arising out of or
         incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts
         and duties, including any action by the Trustee at the direction of the
         Servicer  taken  pursuant  to  Section  9.1,  and the trusts and duties
         contained  in the  Reimbursement  Agreement,  except to the extent that
         such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability:  (a) shall be due
         to the willful misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence (except for errors
         in  judgment)  of the  Trustee;  (b)  relates to any tax other than the
         taxes with respect to which either the Depositor or the Servicer  shall
         be required to indemnify  the Trustee;  (c) shall 

<PAGE>

         arise from Trustee's breach of any of its  representation or warranties
         set forth in Section  15.8;  (d) shall be one as to which the Depositor
         is required to indemnify  the Trustee;  or (e) shall arise out of or be
         incurred  in  connection  with the  acceptance  or  performance  by the
         Trustee of the duties of successor Servicer hereunder unless such cost,
         expense,  loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  was caused by the act or
         omission of the predecessor Servicer.

         For purposes of this Section 13.2, in the event of the  termination  of
the rights and obligations of CITSF(or any successor thereto pursuant to Section
13.3) as Servicer  pursuant to Section 18.1,  or a resignation  by such Servicer
pursuant to this  Agreement,  such  Servicer  shall be deemed to be the Servicer
pending appointment of a successor Servicer (other than the Trustee) pursuant to
Section 14.2.

         Indemnification  under this Section 13.2 shall survive  termination  of
this Agreement and the  resignation or removal of the Trustee and shall include,
without  limitation,  reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel and  expenses of
litigation.  If the Servicer shall have made any indemnity  payments pursuant to
this Section 13.2 and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from
others, the recipient shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without
interest.

         SECTION  13.3.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of  the
Obligations  of the  Servicer.  Any Person (a) into  which the  Servicer  may be
merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to
which the Servicer shall be a party,  or (c) which may succeed to the properties
and assets of the Servicer  substantially  as a whole, or any Person,  more than
50% of the voting stock of which is,  directly or  indirectly,  owned by The CIT
Group,  Inc.,  which Person in each of the foregoing cases executed an agreement
of assumption to perform  every  obligation of the Servicer  hereunder and under
the Reimbursement  Agreement,  shall be the successor to the Servicer under this
Agreement  without  further  act on the  part  of any  of the  parties  to  this
Agreement;  provided,  however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction,  no Event of Default,  and no event which, after notice or lapse of
time or both,  would  become an Event of  Default  shall  have  happened  and be
continuing,  (ii) the Servicer  shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  each  stating  that such  consolidation,
merger or succession and such  agreement of assumption  comply with this Section
17.3,  and (iii) the Servicer  shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel  either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  all financing
statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed
and filed that are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the interest of the
Trustee in the  Receivables,  and reciting the details of such  filings,  or (B)
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  no such action shall be necessary
to preserve and protect such interest.  The Servicer shall provide notice of any
merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section 13.3 to each Rating
Agency  and the  Surety  Bond  Issuer.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the
contrary,  the Servicer shall not consummate any  transaction of a type referred
to in clauses  (a), (b) or (c) above  unless at or prior  thereto the  foregoing
agreement of assumption shall have been executed and the conditions described in
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall have been satisfied.

<PAGE>

         SECTION  13.4.  Limitation  on Liability  of Servicer  and Others.  (a)
Neither the Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or employees or agents
of  the   Servicer   shall  be  under  any   liability   to  the  Trust  or  the
Certificateholders,  except as  provided  under this  Agreement,  for any action
taken  or for  refraining  from  the  taking  of any  action  pursuant  to  this
Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer
or any such person  against any  liability  that would  otherwise  be imposed by
reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the  performance  of
duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of obligations  and duties under this
Agreement.  The Servicer and any director or officer or employee or agent of the
Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly
executed and submitted by any Person  respecting any matters  arising under this
Agreement.

         (b) Except as provided in this  Agreement,  the  Servicer  shall not be
under any  obligation to appear in,  prosecute,  or defend any legal action that
shall not be incidental to its duties to service the  Receivables  in accordance
with this  Agreement,  and that in its  opinion may involve it in any expense or
liability;  provided,  however,  that the Servicer may undertake any  reasonable
action that it may deem  necessary or desirable in respect of this Agreement and
the rights and duties of the parties to this  Agreement and the interests of the
Certificateholders under this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

         SECTION 14.1. Events of Default.

         (a) If any one of the  following  events  (each an "Event of  Default")
shall occur and be continuing:

                  (i) Any failure by the  Servicer to deliver to the Trustee for
         distribution to Certificateholders  any proceeds or payment required to
         be so delivered under the terms of the  Certificates and this Agreement
         that shall  continue  unremedied  for a period of three  Business  Days
         after  written  notice from the Trustee is received by the  Servicer as
         specified in this  Agreement  or after  discovery of such failure by an
         officer of the Servicer; or

                  (ii) any failure on the part of the Servicer or the  Depositor
         duly to  observe  or to  perform  in any  material  respect  any  other
         covenants or  agreements  of the Servicer or the Depositor (as the case
         may be) set  forth  in the  Certificates  or in this  Agreement,  which
         failure  shall  (a)   materially   adversely   affects  the  rights  of
         Certificateholders   as  determined  by  the  Holders  of  Certificates
         evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance and (b)
         continue  unremedied  for a period  of 60 days  after the date on which
         written  notice of such  failure,  requiring  the same to be  remedied,
         shall have been given (1) to the Servicer or the Depositor (as the case
         may be), by the Trustee,  or (2) to the Servicer or the  Depositor  (as
         the case may be) and to the Trustee by the Surety Bond Issuer; or

<PAGE>

                  (iii)  The  entry of a decree or order by a court or agency or
         supervisory  authority  having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  for the
         appointment of a  conservator,  receiver or liquidator for the Servicer
         or the Depositor in any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  readjustment of debt,
         marshaling of assets and liabilities,  or similar  proceedings,  or for
         the winding up or  liquidation  of their  respective  affairs,  and the
         continuance  of any such decree or order  unstayed  and in effect for a
         period of 60 consecutive days; or

                  (iv) The  consent  by the  Servicer  or the  Depositor  to the
         appointment   of  a  conservator  or  receiver  or  liquidator  in  any
         bankruptcy, insolvency,  readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and
         liabilities,  or similar  proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or
         the Depositor or relating to substantially  all their property;  or the
         Servicer or the  Depositor  shall admit in writing its inability to pay
         its  debts  generally  as they  become  due,  file a  petition  to take
         advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization  statute, make
         an assignment for the benefit of its creditors,  or voluntarily suspend
         payment of its obligations; or

                  (v) Any  representation  or warranty  by the  Servicer in this
         Agreement  shall prove to have been  incorrect in any material  respect
         when made,  which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for
         a period  of 60 days  after  the date on which  written  notice of such
         failure,  requiring  the same to be remedied,  shall have been given to
         the Servicer by the Trustee,  or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the
         Surety Bond Issuer and as a result of which the interests  hereunder of
         Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected;

then,  and in each and every case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have
been  remedied,  the Surety Bond Issuer,  by notice then given in writing to the
Servicer may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this
Agreement (a "Servicer Transfer").

         (b) In addition to a Servicer  Transfer effected pursuant to clause (a)
of this  Section  14.1,  the Surety  Bond  Issuer  with notice in writing to the
Servicer,  may  effect a Servicer  Transfer  upon the  occurrence  of any of the
following events:  (i) the Depositor or the Servicer,  as the case may be, shall
fail  to  pay  when  due  any  amount  payable  by it  hereunder  or  under  the
Reimbursement  Agreement  which  failure  shall  have  continued  for  three (3)
Business Days after receipt of notice  thereof by the Depositor or the Servicer,
as the case may be; (ii) the Surety Bond Issuer  determines that the performance
of the Servicer is not, in the opinion of the Surety Bond Issuer,  in conformity
with the  Servicing  Standards;  or (iii) if, with  respect to any  Distribution
Date, the average of the Net Credit Loss Ratio for the three preceding  calendar
months exceeds ____%.

         (c) On or after the  receipt by the  Servicer  of such  written  notice
which  effects a Servicing  Transfer,  all  authority  and power of the Servicer
under  this  Agreement,   whether  with  respect  to  the  Certificates  or  the
Receivables or otherwise,  shall,  without further action, pass to and be vested
in the Trustee or such successor Servicer as may be appointed under Section 14.2
pursuant to and under this Section 14.1; and, without limitation, the Trustee is
hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  execute  and  deliver,  on behalf of the
predecessor  Servicer,  as attorney-in-fact or otherwise,  any and all documents
and  other  instruments,  and to do or  accomplish  all  other  acts  or  things
necessary or appropriate  to effect the purposes of such notice of  termination,
whether to 

<PAGE>

complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and related  documents,
or  otherwise.  The  predecessor  Servicer  shall  cooperate  with the successor
Servicer and the Trustee in effecting the  termination  of the  responsibilities
and rights of the  predecessor  Servicer  under this  Agreement,  including  the
transfer to the successor  Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts
that shall at the time be held by the predecessor Servicer for deposit, or shall
thereafter be received with respect to a Receivable.  All  reasonable  costs and
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees and disbursements)  incurred in connection
with  transferring the Receivable  Files to the successor  Servicer and amending
this  Agreement and the  Reimbursement  Agreement to reflect such  succession as
Servicer pursuant to this Section 14.1 shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer
upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses.

         SECTION 14.2. Appointment of Successor. (a) Upon the Servicer's receipt
of notice of termination pursuant to Section 14.1 or the Servicer's  resignation
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,  the predecessor  Servicer shall
continue to perform its functions as Servicer under this Agreement,  in the case
of termination,  only until the date specified in such termination notice or, if
no such date is  specified  in a notice of  termination,  until  receipt of such
notice and, in the case of resignation,  until the later of (x) the date 45 days
from the  delivery  to the  Trustee of written  notice of such  resignation  (or
written confirmation of such notice of resignation) in accordance with the terms
of this  Agreement and (y) the date upon which the  predecessor  Servicer  shall
become unable to act as Servicer,  as specified in the notice of resignation and
an accompanying  Opinion of Counsel. In the event of the Servicer's  resignation
or  termination  hereunder,  a successor  Servicer  appointed by the Trustee and
consented  to by the Surety Bond Issuer in writing  which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld or the Trustee  (unless it is unwilling or legally unable
to do so) will succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities of
the Servicer under this  Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation
arrangements.  The successor  Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written
assumption  in form  acceptable  to the  Trustee  and the  Surety  Bond  Issuer.
Notwithstanding  the above, the Trustee, if it is unwilling or unable so to act,
shall  appoint or petition a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to  appoint,  an
established  institution,  having a net worth of at least  $50,000,000 and whose
regular  business shall include the servicing of marine retail  installment sale
contracts, as the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement.

         (b) Upon appointment,  the successor Servicer shall be the successor in
all  respects  to the  predecessor  Servicer  and  shall be  subject  to all the
responsibilities,  duties and liabilities  arising  thereafter  relating thereto
placed on the predecessor  Servicer,  and shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee
and other fees  payable to the  Servicer  pursuant to Section  9.8,  and all the
rights granted to the predecessor  Servicer, by the terms and provisions of this
Agreement. No such appointment shall make the successor Servicer responsible for
any liabilities of the predecessor  Servicer  incurred prior to such appointment
or for any acts, omissions or misrepresentations of such predecessor Servicer.

         (c) In  connection  with such  appointment,  the Trustee may,  with the
consent of the Surety Bond Issuer,  make such  arrangements for the compensation
of such  successor  Servicer  out of  payments  on  Receivables  as it and  such
successor  Servicer  shall  negotiate on an arms-length  basis,  but in no event
shall the Servicing Fee Rate be greater than ____% per annum.

<PAGE>

         SECTION 14.3. Notification to Certificateholders.  Upon any termination
of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer pursuant to this Article XIV,
the Trustee shall give prompt written notice  thereof to  Certificateholders  at
their  respective  addresses  appearing in the Certificate  Register and to each
Rating Agency.

         SECTION 14.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. So long as no Surety Bond Issuer
Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the Surety Bond Issuer may, on
behalf of all the Holders of Certificates,  waive any default by the Servicer in
the  performance of its  obligations  hereunder and its  consequences,  except a
default in making any  required  deposits  to or payments  from the  Certificate
Account  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement.  Upon any such  waiver of a past
default,  such default  shall cease to exist,  and any Event of Default  arising
therefrom  shall be deemed  to have been  remedied  for  every  purpose  of this
Agreement.  No such waiver shall impair such  Certificateholders'  rights or the
Surety Bond Issuer's rights with respect to subsequent defaults.

                                   ARTICLE XV

         SECTION  15.1.  Duties of Trustee.  (a) The Trustee,  both prior to the
occurrence  of an Event of Default and after an Event of Default shall have been
cured or waived, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically
set forth in this  Agreement.  If an Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and
shall not have been cured or waived and, the Trustee has received notice of such
Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.10(b), the Trustee shall exercise such of
the  rights and powers  vested in it by this  Agreement,  and shall use the same
degree of care and skill in their  exercise,  as a prudent man would exercise or
use  under  the  circumstances  in the  conduct  of his own  affairs;  provided,
however, that if the Trustee shall assume the duties of the Servicer pursuant to
Section  14.2,  the Trustee in  performing  such duties  shall use the degree of
skill  and  attention  customarily  exercised  by a  servicer  with  respect  to
comparable  receivables  that it services for itself or others.  For purposes of
this Article XV, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured upon the
appointment of a successor Servicer (including the Trustee in such capacity).

         (b)  The  Trustee,  upon  receipt  of  all  resolutions,  certificates,
statements,  opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished
to the Trustee that shall be specifically  required to be furnished  pursuant to
any provision of this  Agreement,  shall examine them to determine  whether they
conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

         (c) The  Trustee  shall take and  maintain  custody of the  Schedule of
Receivables  included  as an  exhibit  to this  Agreement  and shall  retain all
Servicer's   Certificates   identifying   Receivables   that  become   Purchased
Receivables.

         (d) No  provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure
to act (other than errors in judgment) or its own bad faith; provided,  however,
that:

<PAGE>

                  (i) Prior to the  occurrence of an Event of Default (or in the
         case of an Event of Default  described  in clause (i) of Section  14.1,
         before  the  Trustee  has  received  notice  of such  Event of  Default
         pursuant  to Section  9.10(b)),  and after the curing or waiving of all
         such  Events  of  Default  that  may  have  occurred,  the  duties  and
         obligations  of the Trustee shall be  determined  solely by the express
         provisions  of this  Agreement,  the Trustee shall not be liable except
         for  the  performance  of such  duties  and  obligations  as  shall  be
         specifically  set forth in this  Agreement,  no  implied  covenants  or
         obligations  shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee and,
         in the absence of bad faith or willful  misfeasance  on the part of the
         Trustee,  the  Trustee  may  conclusively  rely  on  the  truth  of the
         statements  and  the  correctness  of  the  opinions  expressed  in any
         certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
         requirements of this Agreement;

                  (ii) The Trustee  shall not be liable for an error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Trustee Officer, unless it shall be proved that
         the Trustee  shall have been  negligent in  ascertaining  the pertinent
         facts;

                  (iii) The  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect  to any
         action  taken,  suffered  or  omitted  to be  taken  in good  faith  in
         accordance  with this  Agreement or at the  direction of the Holders of
         Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance
         relating to the time, method and place of continuing any proceeding for
         any remedy available to the Trustee, or relating to the exercise of any
         trust power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Agreement;

                  (iv) The Trustee  shall not be charged  with  knowledge of any
         failure by the Servicer to comply with the  obligations of the Servicer
         referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section  14.1,  or of any failure
         by the  Depositor  to  comply  with the  obligations  of the  Depositor
         referred  to in  clause  (ii)  of  Section  14.1,  or of any  incorrect
         representation  or warranty  referred to in clause (v) of Section 14.1,
         unless  a  Trustee  Officer  assigned  to the  Corporate  Trust  Office
         receives  written  notice of such  failure  or  incorrectness  from the
         Servicer  or the  Depositor,  as the case may be,  from the Surety Bond
         Issuer or from the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25%
         of the Certificate  Balance,  it being understood that knowledge of the
         Servicer  or the  Servicer  as  custodian  is not  attributable  to the
         Trustee;

                  (v) Without  limiting the  generality  of this Section 15.1 or
         Section  15.4,  the  Trustee  shall  have  no  duty  (i)  to see to any
         recording,  filing or  depositing  of this  Agreement or any  agreement
         referred  to  therein  or  any  financing   statement  or  continuation
         statement  evidencing  a security  interest in the  Receivables  or the
         Boats,  or to see to the maintenance if any such recording or filing or
         depositing  or to any  rerecording,  refiling  or  redepositing  of any
         thereof,  (ii) to see to any  insurance  of the Boats or Obligors or to
         effect or maintain any such  insurance,  (iii) to see to the payment or
         discharge of any tax,  assessment or other  governmental  charge or any
         Lien or  encumbrance  of any kind owing with  respect  to,  assessed or
         levied  against,  any part of the Trust,  (iv) to confirm or verify the
         contents of any reports or  certificates  of the Servicer  delivered to
         the Trustee  pursuant to this  Agreement  believed by the Trustee to be
        
<PAGE>

         genuine and to have been  signed or  presented  by the proper  party or
         parties,  (v) to inspect the Boats at any time or  ascertain or inquire
         as to the  performance  or observance of any of the  Depositor's or the
         Servicer's  representations,  warranties or covenants or the Servicer's
         duties and  obligations  as Servicer and as custodian of the Receivable
         Files under this Agreement, or (vi) to prepare or make any filings with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Trust; and

                  (vi) The Trustee shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary for the
         Surety Bond  Issuer in its  capacity as such,  and the  Trustee's  sole
         responsibility  with respect to the Surety Bond Issuer, in its capacity
         as such,  shall be to perform  those  duties with respect to the Surety
         Bond  Issuer  as are  specifically  set  forth  herein  and no  implied
         covenants  shall be read into this  Agreement  against the Trustee with
         respect to the Surety Bond Issuer.

         (e) Neither the Trustee nor the  Collateral  Agent shall be required to
expend or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  financial  liability  in the
performance  of any of its  duties  hereunder,  and the  Trustee  shall  have no
liability in connection  with losses on Permitted  Investments  made pursuant to
this  Agreement or in the  exercise of any of its rights or powers,  and none of
the  provisions  contained  in this  Agreement  shall in any event  require  the
Trustee to perform,  or be responsible  for the manner of performance of, any of
the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement except during such time, if
any, as the Trustee  shall be the  successor  to, and be vested with the rights,
duties,  powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement.

         (f)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  herein,  the
Collateral  Agent  shall  have  the same  rights,  indemnities  and  protections
afforded the Trustee.

         SECTION 15.2 Trustee's Certificate.  On or as soon as practicable after
each  Distribution  Date on which Receivables shall be assigned to the Depositor
or the Servicer,  as  applicable,  pursuant to Section  15.3,  the Trustee shall
execute a  Trustee's  Certificate,  based on the  information  contained  in the
Servicer's  Certificate for the related Collection Period,  amounts deposited to
the  Certificate  Account  and  notices  received  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
identifying  the  Receivables  repurchased by the Depositor  pursuant to Section
12.2,  purchased  by the  Servicer  pursuant  to Section 9.7 or 20.2 during such
Collection Period, and shall deliver such Trustee's Certificate,  accompanied by
a copy of the Servicer's Certificate for such Collection Period to the Depositor
or the Servicer,  as the case may be. The Trustee's  Certificate  submitted with
respect to such Distribution Date shall operate,  as of such Distribution  Date,
as an assignment, without recourse, representation or warranty, to the Depositor
or the  Servicer,  as the case may be,  of all the  Trustee's  right,  title and
interest in and to such repurchased  Receivable,  and all security and documents
relating  thereto,  such  assignment  being an  assignment  outright and not for
security.

         SECTION  15.3.  Trustee's  Assignment  of Purchased  Receivables.  With
respect to all Receivables repurchased by the Depositor pursuant to Section 12.2
or purchased by the Servicer  pursuant to Section 9.7 or 20.2, the Trustee shall
by a Trustee's Certificate assign, without recourse, representation or warranty,
to the Depositor or the Servicer (as the case may be) all the  

<PAGE>

Trustee's right, title and interest in and to such Receivables, and all security
interests and documents relating thereto.

         SECTION 15.4.  Certain Matters Affecting  Trustee.  Except as otherwise
provided in Section 15.1:

                  (i) The Trustee may rely  conclusively  and shall be protected
         in acting or  refraining  from  acting upon any  resolution,  Officer's
         Certificate,  Servicer's  Certificate,  certificate of auditors, or any
         other certificate,  statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,
         request,  consent, order,  appraisal,  bond, or other paper or document
         believed by it to be genuine and to have been  signed or  presented  by
         the proper party or parties.

                  (ii) The Trustee may  consult  with  counsel and any advice or
         Opinion  of  Counsel  shall  be full  and  complete  authorization  and
         protection  in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it
         under this  Agreement in good faith and in accordance  with such advice
         or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (iii) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
         of  the  rights  or  powers  vested  in it  by  this  Agreement,  or to
         institute,  conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or in
         relation to this Agreement,  at the request,  order or direction of any
         of the Certificateholders pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
         unless  such  Certificateholders  shall  have  offered  to the  Trustee
         security or indemnity  satisfactory  to it against the costs,  expenses
         and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.

                  (iv) The  Trustee  shall not be liable for any  action  taken,
         suffered  or  omitted  by it in good  faith  and  believed  by it to be
         authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers  conferred upon
         it by this Agreement.

                  (v) Prior to the  occurrence of an Event of Default (or in the
         case of an Event of Default  described  in clause (i) of Section  14.1,
         before  the  Trustee  has  received  notice  of such  Event of  Default
         pursuant  to Section  9.10(b)),  and after the curing or waiving of all
         Events of Default  that may have  occurred,  the  Trustee  shall not be
         bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any
         resolution,   certificate,   statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,
         notice,  request,  consent,  order,  approval,  bond, or other paper or
         document,  unless  requested  in writing  so to do by the  Surety  Bond
         Issuer or by Holders of  Certificates  evidencing  not less than 25% of
         the Certificate Balance; provided,  however, that if the payment within
         a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs,  expenses or liabilities
         likely to be incurred by it in the making of such  investigation  shall
         be, in the  opinion of the  Trustee,  not assured to the Trustee by the
         security afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee may
         require  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against  such cost,  expense or
         liability  as a condition to so  proceeding.  The expense of every such
         examination  shall be paid by the  Servicer or, if paid by the Trustee,
         shall be reimbursed by the Servicer upon demand. Nothing in this clause
         (v)  shall  affect  the  obligation  of the  Servicer  to  observe  any
         applicable  law  prohibiting  disclosure of  information  regarding the
         Obligors.

<PAGE>

                  (vi) The  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or powers
         hereunder or perform any duties under this Agreement either directly or
         by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian. The Trustee shall not
         be  responsible  for any  misconduct or negligence of any such agent or
         custodian appointed with due care by it hereunder or of the Servicer in
         its capacity as Servicer or custodian.

                  (vii)  Subsequent  to  the  sale  of  the  Receivables  by the
         Depositor to the  Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust,  the Trustee  shall
         have no duty of  independent  inquiry,  except  as may be  required  by
         Section  15.1,  and the Trustee may rely upon the  representations  and
         warranties and covenants of the Depositor and the Servicer contained in
         this  Agreement  with  respect to the  Receivables  and the  Receivable
         Files.

         SECTION 15.5.  Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables.  (a)
The  recitals  contained  herein  and  in  the  Certificates   (other  than  the
certificate  of  authentication  on the  Certificates)  shall  be  taken  as the
statements of the Depositor or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall make no
representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency  of this Agreement or of the
Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates),
or of any Receivable or related document.

         (b) The Trustee shall at no time have any  responsibility  or liability
for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any security
interest in any Boat or any Receivable, or the perfection and priority of such a
security interest or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for
or with  respect to the  efficacy of the Trust or its  ability to  generate  the
payments  to  be  distributed  to   Certificateholders   under  this  Agreement,
including, without limitation: the existence,  condition, location and ownership
of any Boat; the review of any Receivable File; the existence and enforceability
of any physical  damage  insurance  thereon;  the  existence and contents of any
Receivable  or  Receivable  File or any  computer or other record  thereof;  the
validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the Trust or of any  intervening
assignment;   the  completeness  of  any  Receivable  or  Receivable  File;  the
performance or enforcement of any Receivable; the compliance by the Depositor or
the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under this Agreement or in
any related  document  and the accuracy of any such  warranty or  representation
prior to the Trustee's receipt of notice or other discovery of any noncompliance
therewith or any breach thereof; any investment of monies by the Servicer or any
loss resulting therefrom;  the acts or omissions of the Depositor,  the Servicer
or any Obligor;  any action of the Servicer taken in the name of the Trustee; or
any action by the Trustee taken at the  instruction  of the Servicer;  provided,
however,  that the foregoing  shall not relieve the Trustee of its obligation to
perform its duties under this Agreement.

         (c) Except with  respect to a claim based on the failure of the Trustee
to perform its duties under this Agreement or based on the Trustee's  negligence
or  willful  misconduct,  no  recourse  shall be had for any claim  based on any
provision of this  Agreement,  the  Certificates or any Receivable or assignment
thereof  against the Trustee in its individual  capacity,  the Trustee shall not
have  any   personal   obligation,   liability   or  duty   whatsoever   to  any
Certificateholder  or 

<PAGE>

any other  Person with  respect to any such  claim,  and any such claim shall be
asserted solely against the Trust or any indemnitor who shall furnish  indemnity
as provided in this Agreement.

         (d) The Trustee shall not be accountable  for the use or application by
the  Depositor  of  any  of  the   Certificates  or  of  the  proceeds  of  such
Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Servicer in
respect of the Receivables.

         (e) Any  obligation  of the Trustee to give any notice or  statement to
any rating agency hereunder shall constitute only a best efforts  obligation and
such notice or statement  shall be so provided  only as a matter of courtesy and
accommodation, the Trustee having no liability to any rating agency or any other
Person for any failure to so provide  such notice or  statement.  The  Depositor
hereby  certifies  to  the  Trustee  that  each  Rating  Agency  is  rating  the
Certificates  and that each Rating  Agency's  address is as set forth in Section
21.5.  The  Trustee  may rely on the  accuracy  of such  certification  until it
receives  from  the  Depositor  an  Officer's   Certificate   superseding   such
certification.

         SECTION  15.6.  Trustee  May  Own  Certificates.  The  Trustee  in  its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates
and may deal with the  Depositor and the Servicer in banking  transactions  with
the same rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.

         SECTION 15.7.  Trustee's Fees and Expenses.  (a) The Servicer shall pay
to the Trustee,  and the Trustee shall be entitled to,  reasonable  compensation
(which  shall  not  be  limited  by  any  provision  of  law  in  regard  to the
compensation  of a trustee of an express trust) for all services  rendered by it
and in the  execution  of the  trusts  created  by  this  Agreement,  and in the
exercise and  performance  of any of the Trustee's  powers and duties under this
Agreement.  The Servicer shall pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for
all reasonable  expenses,  disbursements and advances  (including the reasonable
compensation  and the  expenses  and  disbursements  of its  counsel  and of all
persons  not  regularly  in its  employ)  incurred  or  made by the  Trustee  in
accordance  with any  provisions  of this  Agreement  except  any such  expense,
disbursement  or  advance as may be  attributable  to its  willful  misfeasance,
negligence or bad faith.

         (b) The Depositor  shall  indemnify the Trustee  (which for purposes of
this subsection (b) shall include its directors, officers, employees and agents)
for, and shall hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred
without willful misfeasance, negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of
or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Agreement and the
Trust and the trusts created by the Reimbursement Agreement, including the costs
and expenses of defending  itself  against any claim or liability in  connection
with the  exercise  or  performance  of any of its  powers or duties  under this
Agreement or the Reimbursement Agreement.  Additionally, the Depositor, pursuant
to Section 12.2,  and the Servicer,  pursuant to Section 13 .2, shall  indemnify
the Trustee with respect to certain matters, and Certificateholders, pursuant to
Section  15.4,  shall upon the  circumstances  therein set forth,  indemnify the
Trustee under certain  circumstances.  In the event that the Depositor  fails to
pay the amounts it is obligated  to pay to the Trustee  pursuant to this Section
15.7(b),  the  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to  receive  such  amounts  from the
Servicing Fee prior to the payment thereof to the Servicer.  The 

<PAGE>

indemnification  provided  under this Section 19.7 shall survive  termination of
this Agreement and removal or resignation of the Trustee.

         SECTION 15.8.  Representations  and Warranties of Trustee.  The Trustee
shall make the following  representations  and warranties on which the Depositor
and Certificateholders shall rely:

                  (i) The  Trustee  is a  banking  corporation  duly  organized,
         validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of
         New York.

                  (ii) The Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal
         right to execute,  deliver and perform its duties and obligations under
         this Agreement,  and shall have taken all necessary action to authorize
         the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.

                  (iii)  This  Agreement  shall  have  been  duly  executed  and
         delivered by the Trustee.

         SECTION 15.9.  Eligibility  Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee under
this Agreement shall at all times: be a banking  corporation having an office in
the same State as the  location of the  Corporate  Trust  Office as specified in
this Agreement;  be organized and doing business under the laws of such State or
the  United  States of  America;  be  authorized  under  such  laws to  exercise
corporate  trust  powers;  have a  combined  capital  and  surplus  of at  least
$50,000,000;  and be subject to  supervision  or examination by Federal or State
authorities.

         If the Trustee  shall publish  reports of condition at least  annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority,  then for the purpose of this Section 15.9, the combined  capital and
surplus  of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its  combined  capital  and
surplus as set forth in its most recent  report of  condition so  published.  In
case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Section l9.9,  the Trustee  shall resign  immediately  in the
manner and with the effect specified in Section 15.10.

         SECTION 15.10.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee.  (a) The Trustee and
the  Collateral  Agent may at any time resign and be discharged  from the trusts
hereby  created by giving not less than 60 days' prior written notice thereof to
the Servicer;  provided,  however,  that any such resignation in either capacity
shall be  deemed a  resignation  as both  Trustee  and  Collateral  Agent.  Upon
receiving  such  notice of  resignation,  the  Servicer  with the consent of the
Surety Bond Issuer  (unless a Surety Bond Issuer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing)  shall promptly appoint a successor  Trustee and Collateral Agent
by written  instrument,  in  duplicate,  one copy of which  instrument  shall be
delivered  to the  resigning  Trustee and  Collateral  Agent and one copy to the
successor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent. If no successor Trustee and Collateral
Agent shall have been so appointed and have accepted  appointment within 60 days
after the  giving of such  notice of  resignation,  the  resigning  Trustee  and
Collateral  Agent may  petition  any  court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a successor Trustee and Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>

         (b) If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the  provisions  of  Section  15.9 and shall fail to resign  after  written
request  there  for by the  Servicer,  or if at any  time the  Trustee  shall be
legally  unable to act, or shall be adjudged  as  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or a
receiver of the Trustee or of its  property  shall be  appointed,  or any public
officer  shall  take  charge or control of the  Trustee  or of its  property  or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the
Servicer  may remove the Trustee and  Collateral  Agent.  If it shall remove the
Trustee and Collateral  Agent under the authority of the  immediately  preceding
sentence, the Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee and collateral
agent acceptable to the Surety Bond Issuer by written instrument,  in duplicate,
one copy of which  instrument  shall be delivered to the Trustee and  Collateral
Agent so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee and Collateral Agent.

         (c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and Collateral  Agent and
appointment of a successor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent pursuant to any of the
provisions of this Section 15.10 shall not become  effective until acceptance of
appointment by the successor  Trustee  pursuant and Collateral Agent pursuant to
Section 15.11 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing  Trustee
and Collateral  Agent.  The Servicer shall provide notice of such resignation or
removal of the Trustee to each Rating Agency.

         SECTION  15.11.   Successor  Trustee  and  Collateral  Agent.  (a)  Any
successor  Trustee or Collateral  Agent  appointed  pursuant to Section 15.10 be
approved as both Trustee and Collateral Agent and shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Servicer and to its predecessor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent an
instrument  accepting such appointment  under this Agreement,  and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the  predecessor  Trustee and  Collateral  Agent shall
become effective and such successor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent,  without any
further act, deed or conveyance,  shall become fully vested with all the rights,
powers,  duties and  obligations of its predecessor  under this Agreement,  with
like  effect  as if  originally  named as  Trustee  and  Collateral  Agent.  The
predecessor  Trustee and Collateral Agent shall deliver to the successor Trustee
and Collateral Agent all documents,  statements and monies held by it under this
Agreement;  and the Servicer and the  predecessor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent
shall  execute  and deliver  such  instruments  and do such other  things as may
reasonably  be required for fully and  certainly  vesting and  confirming in the
successor  Trustee and  Collateral  Agent all such  rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations.

         (b) No successor Trustee and Collateral Agent shall accept  appointment
as provided in this Section 15.11,  unless at the time of such  acceptance  such
successor Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 15.9.

         (c)  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by  a  successor   Trustee  and
Collateral  Agent pursuant to this Section 15.11, the Servicer shall mail notice
of the successor of such Trustee and  Collateral  Agent under this  Agreement to
all  Holders of  Certificates  at their  addresses  as shown in the  Certificate
Register.  If the Servicer  shall fail to mail such notice  within 10 days after
acceptance of appointment by the successor  Trustee and  Collateral  Agent,  the
successor  Trustee and Collateral  Agent shall cause such notice to be mailed at
the expense of the Servicer.

<PAGE>

         SECTION 15.12. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any corporation into
which  the  Trustee  may  be  merged  or  converted  or  with  which  it  may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to  which  the  Trustee  shall  be a  party,  or any  corporation
succeeding  to all or  substantially  all the  corporate  trust  business of the
Trustee,  shall  be  the  successor  of the  Trustee  hereunder,  provided  such
corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 15.9, without the execution or
filing of any  instrument  or any  further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto; anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

         SECTION  15.13.  Appointment  of  Co-Trustee or Separate  Trustee.  (a)
Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal  requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the  Trust  or any  Boat may at the time be  located,  the  Servicer  and the
Trustee  acting  jointly  shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all
instruments  to appoint  one or more  Persons  approved by the Trustee to act as
co-trustee,  jointly with the Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees,
of all or any part of the Trust,  and to vent in such Person,  in such  capacity
and for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  such title to the Trust, or any
part thereof,  and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 15.13,  such
powers, duties,  obligations,  rights and trusts as the Servicer and the Trustee
may consider  necessary or desirable.  If the Servicer  shall not have joined in
such  appointment  within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do,
or in the case an Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the
Trustee  alone shall have the power to make such  appointment.  No co-trustee or
separate  trustee  under this  Agreement  shall be required to meet the terms of
eligibility as a successor  trustee  pursuant to Section 15.9 and no notice of a
successor trustee pursuant to Section 15.11 and no notice to  Certificateholders
of the  appointment  of any  co-trustee  or separate  trustee  shall be required
pursuant to Section 15.11.

         (b) Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted
by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

                  (i) All rights,  powers,  duties and obligations  conferred or
         imposed  upon the Trustee  shall be  conferred  upon and  exercised  or
         performed  by the  Trustee  and such  separate  trustee  or  co-trustee
         jointly (it being  understood that such separate  trustee or co trustee
         is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such
         act),  except to the extent that under any law of any  jurisdiction  in
         which  any  particular  act or acts  are to be  performed  (whether  as
         Trustee under this Agreement or as successor to the Servicer under this
         Agreement),  the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
         such act or acts,  in which  event  such  rights,  powers,  duties  and
         obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion
         thereof in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be  exercised  and  performed
         singly  by such  separate  trustee  or  co-trustee,  but  solely at the
         direction of the Trustee;

                  (ii) No  trustee  under  this  Agreement  shall be  personally
         liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this
         Agreement; and

<PAGE>

                  (iii) The Servicer and the Trustee  acting  jointly may at any
         time  accept  the  resignation  of or remove  any  separate  trustee or
         co-trustee.

         (c) Any notice,  request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as  effectively  as if given to each of them.  Every  instrument  appointing any
separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article XV. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment,  either jointly with the Trusts or separately, as
may be  provided  therein,  subject  to all the  provisions  of this  Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct
of,  affecting the liability  of, or affording  protection to the Trustee.  Each
such instrument  shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the
Servicer.

         (d) Any  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time  appoint the
Trustee,  its agent or  attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,  to the
extent not  prohibited  by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate  trustee or co-trustee
shall  become  incapable  of  acting,  resign or be  removed,  all its  estates,
properties,  rights,  remedies  and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by law,  without the  appointment of a new or
successor trustee.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
the  appointment  of any separate  trustee or  co-trustee  shall not relieve the
Trustee of its obligations and duties hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

         SECTION 16.1.  Termination of the Trust. (a) The respective obligations
and responsibilities of the Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee and the Trust
created hereby shall terminate upon (i) the payment in full or other liquidation
of the  last  Receivable  and  the  disposition  of any  amounts  received  upon
liquidation of any remaining Receivables,  including Defaulted Receivables, (ii)
the payment to the Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them
pursuant  to this  Agreement  and the  payment to the Surety  Bond Issuer of all
amounts  required  to  be  paid  to  it  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  the
Reimbursement  Agreement  and  disposition  of all property held by the Trust or
(iii) the purchase as of the last day of any  Collection  Period by the Servicer
at its option,  pursuant to Section 16.2, of the corpus of the Trust;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall the trust  created by this  Agreement  continue
beyond the  expiration  of 21 years from the date  hereof.  The  Servicer  shall
promptly  notify the  Trustee of any  prospective  termination  pursuant to this
Section 16.1.

         (b) Notice of any termination,  specifying the  Distribution  Date upon
which the Certificateholders may surrender their Certificates to the Trustee for
payment of the final  distribution and cancellation,  shall be given promptly by
the Trustee by letter to Certificateholders mailed not earlier than the 15th day
and not  later  than the 25th day of the  month  next  preceding  the  specified
Distribution  Date stating (A) the Distribution Date upon which final payment of
the  Certificates   shall  be  made  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of  the
Certificates at the office of the Trustee therein designated,  (B) the amount of
any such final 

<PAGE>

payment,  and (C) if applicable,  that the Record Date  otherwise  applicable to
such  Distribution  Date  is not  applicable,  payments  being  made  only  upon
presentation  and  surrender  of the  Certificates  at the office of the Trustee
therein  specified.  The  Trustee  shall  give such  notice  to the  Certificate
Registrar  (if  other  than the  Trustee)  at the time  such  notice is given to
Certificateholders.  Upon  presentation and surrender of the  Certificates,  the
Trustee   shall  cause  to  be   distributed   to   Certificateholders   amounts
distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 10.5.

         (c) In the event that all the  Certificateholders  shall not  surrender
their  Certificates for cancellation  within six months after the date specified
in the  above-mentioned  written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written
notice to the remaining  Certificateholders  to surrender their Certificates for
cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto.  If within
one year  after  the  second  notice  all the  Certificates  shall not have been
surrendered for  cancellation,  the Trustee may take  appropriate  steps, or may
appoint  an  agent  to  take   appropriate   steps,  to  contact  the  remaining
Certificateholders  concerning  surrender  of their  Certificates,  and the cost
thereof  shall be paid out of the funds  and  other  assets  that  shall  remain
subject to this Agreement.  Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of
such remedies shall be distributed by the Trustee upon written  direction of the
Servicer delivered to the Trustee to the United Way of Metropolitan Dallas.

         As soon as practicable  after the  Distribution  Date specified for the
final  distribution or upon such other date upon which all amounts to be paid to
Certificateholders  pursuant to this Agreement have been paid, the Trustee shall
deliver a letter to the Surety Bond Issuer in substantially  the form of Exhibit
C to the Surety Bond.

         SECTION 16.2. Optional Purchase of All Receivables.  On the last day of
any Collection  Period as of which the Pool Balance shall decline to __% or less
of the Original Pool Balance, the Servicer shall have the option to purchase the
corpus of the Trust.  To  exercise  such  option,  the  Servicer  shall  deposit
pursuant  to  Section  10.4 in the  Collection  Account  an amount  equal to the
aggregate  Purchase  Amount  for the  Receivables,  as of the  beginning  of the
Collection  Period  related to such Record Date plus the appraised  value of any
other property held by the Trust less the amount of all Collections, any amounts
referred to in clause (ii) of the definition of Available Funds, and Liquidation
Proceeds  received by the  Servicer  during such  Collection  Period,  and shall
succeed to all interests in and to the Trust;  provided,  however,  that without
the  consent  of the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  the  Servicer  may not make any such
purchase if, after giving effect to such purchase and the  distributions  on the
related   Distribution  Date  there  would  be  outstanding  amounts  under  the
Reimbursement  Agreement  and this  Agreement,  which  have not been paid to the
Surety Bond Issuer.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

         SECTION  17.1.  Amendment.  (a) This  Agreement  may be  amended by the
Depositor,   the  Servicer   and  the  Trustee,   without  the  consent  of  the
Certificateholders or the Surety Bond Issuer, to cure any ambiguity,  to correct
or supplement any provisions in this Agreement,  or to add any 

<PAGE>

other  provisions  with  respect  to  matters or  questions  arising  under this
Agreement that shall not be inconsistent  with the provisions of this Agreement;
provided,  however,  that  such  action  will not,  in the  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory to the Trustee, materially and adversely affect the interest of any
Certificateholder or the Surety Bond Issuer.

         (b) This Agreement may also be amended by the  Depositor,  the Servicer
and the  Trustee,  with the consent of the Surety Bond Issuer and the Holders of
Certificates  (which  consent of any Holder of a Certificate  given  pursuant to
this Section 17.1 or pursuant to any other  provision of this Agreement shall be
conclusive  and  binding  on  such  Holder  and on all  future  Holders  of such
Certificate  and of any  Certificate  issued  upon the  transfer  thereof  or in
exchange  thereof or in lieu thereof  whether or not notation of such consent is
made  upon the  Certificate)  evidencing  not less  than 51% of the  Certificate
Balance  as of the most  recent  Record  Date,  for the  purpose  of adding  any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
this   Agreement,   or  of   modifying   in  any   manner   the  rights  of  the
Certificateholders  or the Surety Bond Issuer;  provided,  however, that no such
amendment  may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate
or delay the timing of,  Collections of payments on Receivables or distributions
that are required to be made on any  Certificate,  or (ii) reduce the  aforesaid
percentage  required to consent to any such amendment,  in each case without the
consent of the holders of all Certificates then outstanding.

         (c)  Prior to the  execution  of any such  amendment  or  consent,  the
Servicer shall furnish  written  notification of the substance of such amendment
or consent to each  Rating  Agency.  Promptly  after the  execution  of any such
amendment  or consent,  the Trustee  shall  forward  such  written  notification
provided to the Trustee by the Servicer of the  substance  of such  amendment or
consent to each Certificateholder.

         (d) It shall not be  necessary  for the  consent of  Certificateholders
pursuant to this  Section  17.1 to approve the  particular  form of any proposed
amendment or consent,  but it shall be  sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the  authorization  of the  execution  thereof  by  Certificateholders  shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe,  including
the establishment of record dates pursuant to the Depository Agreement.

         (e) Prior to the  execution  of any  amendment to this  Agreement,  the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating
that  the  execution  of such  amendment  is  authorized  or  permitted  by this
Agreement and the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section  17.2(h)(i)(1).  The
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment  which
affects the Trustees own rights,  duties or immunities  under this  Agreement or
otherwise.

         (f) The provisions combined in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 17.1
shall not apply to an amendment to the definition of "Specified  Reserve Account
Requirement."

         SECTION  17.2.  Protection of Title to Trust.  (a) The Depositor  shall
execute and file such  financing  statements  and cause to be executed and filed
such  continuation  statements,  all in such 

<PAGE>

manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve,  maintain
and  protect  the  interest  of the  Certificateholders  and the  Trustee in the
Receivables and in the proceeds  thereof.  The Depositor shall deliver (or cause
to be delivered) to the Trustee  file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for,
any  document  filed as provided  above,  as soon as  available  following  such
filing.

         (b) Neither  the  Depositor  nor the  Servicer  shall  change its name,
identity or corporate  structure  in any manner that would,  could or might make
any  financing  statement or  continuation  statement  filed by the Depositor in
accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously  misleading  within the meaning of
Section  9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Trustee at least 30
days' prior written  notice  thereof and shall have promptly  filed  appropriate
amendments  to  all  previously  filed  financing   statements  or  continuation
statements.

         (c) The Depositor  and the Servicer  shall give the Trustee at least 30
days' prior written notice of any relocation of its principal  executive  office
if, as a result of such relocation,  the applicable  provisions of the UCC would
require  the  filing of any  amendment  of any  previously  filed  financing  or
continuation  statement or of any new financing  statement,  and shall  promptly
file any such  amendment.  The Servicer  shall at all times maintain each office
from which it shall service  Receivables,  and its principal  executive  office,
within the United States of America.

         (d)  The  Servicer  shall  maintain  accounts  and  records  as to each
Receivable  accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof
to know at any  time the  status  of such  Receivable,  including  payments  and
recoveries   made  and  payments  owing  (and  the  nature  of  each)  and  (ii)
reconciliation  between  payments  or  recoveries  on (or with  respect to) each
Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account
in respect of such  Receivable.  (e) The  Servicer  shall  maintain its computer
systems so that,  from and after the time of sale under  this  Agreement  of the
Receivables to the Trustee,  the Servicer's  master computer records  (including
any back-up  archives) that refer to a Receivable  shall  indicate  clearly with
reference to the particular  grantor trust that such  Receivable is owned by the
Trustee. Indication of the Trustee's ownership of a Receivable, on behalf of the
Trust,  shall be deleted  from or modified on the  Servicer's  computer  systems
when, and only when, the Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased.

         (e) If at any time the Depositor or the Servicer shall propose to sell,
grant a security  interest  in, or  otherwise  transfer  any  interest in marine
receivables  to any  prospective  purchaser,  lender  or other  transferee,  the
Servicer shall give to such  prospective  purchaser,  lender or other transferee
computer  tapes,  records or  print-outs  (including  any restored  from back-up
archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner  whatsoever to any Receivable,
shall  indicate  clearly that such  Receivable has been sold and is owned by the
Trustee.

         (f) The  Servicer  shall  permit the Trustee and its agents at any time
during normal business hours to inspect,  audit and make copies of and abstracts
from the Servicer's records regarding any Receivable.

<PAGE>

         (g) Upon request,  the Servicer  shall  furnish to the Trustee,  within
five Business Days, a list of all  Receivables  (by contract  number and name of
Obligor) then held as part of the Trust,  together with a reconciliation of such
list to the Schedule of Receivables  and to each of the Servicer's  Certificates
furnished before such request indicating removal of Receivables from the Trust.

         (h) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee:

                  (1)  promptly   after  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
         Agreement and of each amendment  thereto,  an Opinion of Counsel either
         (a)  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  all  financing
         statements  and  continuation  statements  have been executed and filed
         that are  necessary  fully to preserve  and protect the interest of the
         Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or
         referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given,
         or (b) stating  that,  in the opinion of such  counsel,  no such action
         shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

                  (2) within 90 days after the  beginning of each  calendar year
         beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
         after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
         such 90-day  period,  either (a) stating  that,  in the opinion of such
         counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have been
         executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
         interest of the Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust,  in the  Receivables,
         and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions
         of Counsel in which such details are given, or (b) stating that, in the
         opinion of such counsel,  no such action shall be necessary to preserve
         and protect such interest.

         Each  Opinion of Counsel  referred to in clause  (h)(l) or (h)(2) above
shall specify any action  necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken
in the following year to preserve and protect such interest.

         (i) The Depositor  shall,  to the extent  required by  applicable  law,
cause  the  Certificates  to be  registered  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, within the time periods specified in such sections, and
shall  prepare  and make all filings  required  by such Act with  respect to the
Trust.

         (j) For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Agreement and
for other purposes,  this Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number
of counterparts,  each of which  counterparts shall be deemed to be an original,
and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 17.3. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders. (a) The death
or  incapacity  of any  Certificateholder  shall not operate to  terminate  this
Agreement   or  the  Trust,   nor   entitle   such   Certificateholder's   legal
representatives  or  heirs  to claim an  accounting  or to take  any  action  or

<PAGE>

commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust,
nor otherwise  affect the rights,  obligations and liabilities of the parties to
this Agreement or any of them.

         (b) No  Certificateholder  shall  have  any  right to vote  (except  as
provided  in  Section  17.1 or  18.4) or in any  manner  otherwise  control  the
operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties to this
Agreement,  nor shall  anything in this  Agreement set forth or contained in the
terms   of  the   Certificates,   be   construed   so  as  to   constitute   the
Certificateholders  from time to time as partners or members of an  association;
nor shall any  Certificateholder  be under any  liability to any third person by
reason of any action taken pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

         (c) No Certificateholder  shall have any right by virtue or by availing
itself of any  provisions  of this  Agreement to institute  any suit,  action or
proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this  Agreement,
unless such Holder  previously  shall have given to the Trustee a written notice
of default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore  provided, and unless
also the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate
Balance  shall have made  written  request  upon the Trustee to  institute  such
action,  suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee under this  Agreement and
shall have  offered to the Trustee such  reasonable  indemnity as it may require
against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be incurred  therein or thereby,
and the Trustee,  for 30 days after its receipt of such and offer of  indemnity,
shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding
and during  such  30-day  period no  direction  inconsistent  with such  written
request has been given to the Trustee  pursuant to this  Section 17.3 or Section
14.4; no one or more Holders of Certificates  shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue or by availing  itself or them  selves of any  provisions  of
this Agreement to affect,  disturb or prejudice the rights of the Holders of any
other of the  Certificates,  or to  obtain or seek to  obtain  priority  over or
preference  to any other  such  Holder,  or to  enforce  any  right,  under this
Agreement  except in the manner  provided in this  Agreement  and for the equal,
ratable and common  benefit of all  Certificateholders.  For the  protection and
enforcement of the provisions of this Section 17.3, each  Certificateholder  and
the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.

         SECTION  17.4.  GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION 17.5. Notices.  All demands,  notices and communications  under
this Agreement shall be in writing,  personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  or by overnight courier or telecopied (with the
original followed by mail within 24 hours) and shall be deemed to have been duly
given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Depositor,  at the following  address:
The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, [address], or at such other address
as shall be designated by the Depositor in a written notice to the Trustee,  (b)
in the case of the  Servicer,  at the following  address:  The CIT Group / Sales
Financing,  Inc., [address],  or at such other address as shall be designated by
the Servicer in a written notice to the Trustee, (c) in the case of the Trustee,
at the Corporate Trust Office, and (d) in the case of the Surety Bond 

<PAGE>

Issuer,  at  [address].  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to be mailed to a
Certificateholder  shall be given by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  at the
address  of such  Holder as shown in the  Certificate  Register.  Any  notice so
mailed  within  the time  prescribed  in this  Agreement  shall be  conclusively
presumed to have been duly  given,  whether or not the  Certificateholder  shall
receive such notice.  All  communications  and copies of all notices and reports
from the Trustee or the  Servicer  shall be mailed to each Rating  Agency at the
following addresses:

                  Moody's Investors Services, Inc.
                  99 Church Street (4th Floor)
                  New York, New York 10007

                  Telephone No.: (212) 553-0300
                  Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

                  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services
                  26 Broadway (l0th Floor)
                  New York, New York 10004
                  Telephone No.: (212) 208-8925
                  Telecopy No.: (212) 208-8208
                  Attention: Asset-Backed Surveillance Group

         SECTION  17.6.  Severability  of  Provisions.  If  any or  more  of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms of this Agreement  shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability  of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the Holders thereof.

         SECTION  17.7.  Assignment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained  herein,  except as provided in Sections 16.3 and 17.3 and as provided
in the provisions of this Agreement  concerning the resignation of the Servicer,
this Agreement may not be assigned by the Depositor or the Servicer  without the
prior written consent of the Trustee, the Holders of Certificates evidencing not
less than 66% of the  Certificate  Balance and the Surety Bond Issuer,  provided
that the consent of Surety Bond Issuer shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         SECTION   17.8.    Certificates    Nonassessable    and   Fully   Paid.
Certificateholders  shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust.
The interests  represented by the Certificates  shall be  nonassessable  for any
losses  or  expenses  of the  Trust  or for any  reason  whatsoever,  and,  upon
authentication  thereof  by the  Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  11.2  or  15.3,
Certificates shall be deemed fully paid.

         SECTION  17.9.  No Petition.  Neither the Trustee nor the Servicer will
not institute  against,  or join any other Person in  instituting  against,  the
Depositor or the Trust any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement, insolvency
or  liquidation  proceeding,  or other  proceeding  under any  federal  or state
bankruptcy or similar law, until __________, ____.

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee and the
Collateral  Agent  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be duly  executed  by their
respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,

                                            as Depositor

                                    By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                     THE CIT GROUP / SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                            as Servicer

                                    By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                    [                    ],
                                            as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

                                    By:
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                             Schedule of Receivables

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              [FORM OF SURETY BOND]

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B:

                               FORM OF CERTIFICATE

                                      Front

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                             CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                  [____]% MARINE RECEIVABLE-BACKED CERTIFICATE

         evidencing a  fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust,  as defined
         below, the property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale
         contracts secured by new and used boats, boat motors and boat trailers,
         and  sold  or  caused  to be  sold  to  the  Trust  by  The  CIT  Group
         Securitization Corporation II.

                  (This  Certificate  does  not  represent  an  interest  in  or
         obligation  of The CIT  Group / Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  The CIT Group
         Securitization  Corporation II or any affiliate thereof,  except to the
         extent described below.)

NUMBER                                                                   CUSIP

FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE:                                     $

THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT  is  the  registered   owner  of  a  $__________   dollars
nonassessable, fully-paid, fractional undivided interest in the CIT Marine Trust
____-_ (the "Trust")  formed by The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II, a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Depositor").  The Trust was created  pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement dated as of __________,  ____ (the "Agreement")
among the Depositor, The CIT Group / Sales Financing Inc., as Servicer, and [ ],
as Trustee (the "Trustee") and as Collateral Agent (the "Collateral  Agent"),  a
summary of certain of the pertinent  provisions of which is set forth below.  To
the extent not otherwise defined herein,  the capitalized terms used herein have
the meanings  assigned to them in the Agreement.  This Certificate is one of the
duly  authorized  Certificates  designated  as "CIT Marine Trust ____-_  [____]%
Marine Receivable-Backed Certificates" (herein called the "Certificates").  This
Certificate  is  issued  under  and is  subject  to the  terms,  provisions  and
conditions of the Agreement,  to which Agreement,  as amended from time to time,
the holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which such holder is bound.  The property of the Trust includes a pool of retail
installment  sale contracts (the  "Receivables")  secured by new and 

<PAGE>

used boats,  boat motors and boat trailers  ("Boats"),  all payments (other than
late fees and certain other amounts) received thereunder,  in the case of Simple
Interest Receivables, and due thereunder, in the case of Precomputed Receivables
after __________,  ____, the interest of the Depositor in the security interests
in the Boats,  such  amounts  as may be held from time to time in certain  trust
accounts, the Surety Bond, any property that shall have secured a Receivable and
that shall have been acquired by the Trustee,  the Purchase Agreement,  proceeds
from claims on physical damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  policies
covering  Boats,  or the  Obligors  as the case  may be,  the  interests  of the
Depositor in any proceeds from recourse to Dealers on the  Receivables,  and the
proceeds of all of the foregoing.

         Under the Agreement,  there will be distributed on the 15th day of each
month or, if such 15th day is not a Business  Day,  the next  Business  Day (the
"Distribution  Date"),  commencing on  __________,  ____, to the person in whose
name this Certificate is registered at the close of business on the Business Day
prior to such  Distribution Date (the "Record Date"),  such  Certificateholder's
fractional  undivided  interest in the Monthly Interest Payment,  any Carry-Over
Monthly  Interest,  the Monthly  Principal  Payment and any  Carry-Over  Monthly
Principal,  all as more  specifically  set forth in the Agreement.  On the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date, each Certificateholder shall be entitled to receive
an amount  equal to the  Monthly  Interest  Payment and an amount  necessary  to
reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.

Distributions  on this Certificate will be made by the Trustee by check or money
order  mailed  to the  Person  entitled  thereto  without  the  presentation  or
surrender of this  Certificate or the making of any notation  hereon.  Except as
otherwise  provided in the Agreement and  notwithstanding  the above,  the final
distribution on this Certificate will be made after due notice by the Trustee of
the pendency of such  distribution  and only upon  presentation and surrender of
this  Certificate  at the office or agency  maintained  for that  purpose by the
Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

         Reference is hereby made to the further  provisions of this Certificate
set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless this  Certificate  is presented by an  authorized  representative  of The
Depository  Trust  Company  to the  Trustee  or its  agent for  registration  of
transfer,  exchange or payment,  and any certificate issued is registered in the
name  of  CEDE  &  CO.  or  such  other  name  as  requested  by  an  authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment is made to CEDE &
CO.,  ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  since the  registered  owner hereof,  CEDE & CO., has an
interest herein.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed  by an  authorized  officer  of the  Trustee,  by manual  or  facsimile
signature,  this Certificate  shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit
under the Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not in its
individual capacity has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

DATED:                                               CIT MARINE TRUST ____-_

                                                     By: [          ],
                                                              as Trustee

                                                     By:
                                                              Name:
                                                              Title:

Authenticated:

[          ],
         as Trustee

By:
         Name:
         Title:

<PAGE>

                                    Reverse

         The  Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in,
the  Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee or any affiliate of any of them. The
Certificates  are limited in right of payment as more  specifically set forth in
the Agreement.  A copy of the Agreement may be examined  during normal  business
hours at the principal  office of the  Depositor,  and at such other places,  if
any, designated by the Depositor, by any Certificateholder upon request.

         The Agreement permits,  with certain  exceptions therein provided,  the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Depositor  and the rights of the  Certificateholders  under the Agreement at any
time by the Depositor and the Trustee with the consent of the Surety Bond Issuer
and without the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates.

         As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth,  the transfer of this  Certificate is registrable in the  Certificate
Register upon surrender of this  Certificate for registration of transfer at the
offices or agencies  maintained  by the Trustee in its  capacity as  Certificate
Registrar,  or by  any  successor  Certificate  Registrar,  in  the  Borough  of
Manhattan, The City of New York, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer
in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar duly executed
by the holder hereof or such holder's  attorney duly authorized in writing,  and
thereupon one or more new  certificates of authorized  denominations  evidencing
the same  aggregate  interest  in the Trust  will be  issued  to the  designated
transferee.  The  Certificates  are  issuable  only as  registered  Certificates
without coupons in denominations  of $1,000 and integral  multiples  hereof.  As
provided in the Agreement and subject to certain  limitations therein set forth,
Certificates are  exchangeable for new Certificates of authorized  denominations
evidencing  the  same  aggregate  denomination,   as  requested  by  the  holder
surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for any such  registration
of transfer or exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or governmental charges payable in connection therewith.

         The Trustee, the Certificate  Registrar and any agent of the Trustee or
the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this Certificate is
registered  as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and neither the Trustee,  the
Certificate Registrar, nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

         The obligations and  responsibilities  created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to  Certificateholders of
all  amounts  required  to be paid to them  pursuant  to the  Agreement  and the
disposition  of all property held as part of the Trust.  The Servicer may at its
option  purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price  specified in the Agreement,
and such purchase of the Receivables and other property of the Trust will effect
early  retirement  of the  Certificates;  however,  such  right of  purchase  is
exercisable only as of the last day of a Collection  Period as of which the Pool
Balance is equal to or less than __% of the Original Pool Balance.

<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

         (Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code,
and taxpayer I.D. or Social Security Number of assignee)

the  within   certificate,   and  all  rights  thereunder,   hereby  irrevocably
constituting and appointing Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books o
f the Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                      * Signature Guaranteed:

                                            By:

                                                Name:
                                                Title:

*    NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as
     it appears  upon the face of the within  Certificate  in every  particular,
     without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must
     be  guaranteed  by a member of the New York Stock  Exchange or a commercial
     bank or trust company.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                         [FORM OF DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT]

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D

                      THE CIT GROUP / SALES FINANCING, INC.
                             MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT

CURRENT DATE:  __________

I.       Monthly Principal Payment:

         (A) Principal received from Obligors:

                  (1)      Total principal collected                           $
                  (2)      Percent relating to Unsold Contracts                $
                  (3)      Principal owed to Trust                             $
         (B)      Purchased Receivables                                        $
         (C)      Liquidation Proceeds                                         $

II.      Principal to Investors:

         (A)      Principal Balance at beginning of month                      $
         (B)      Certificate Factor at beginning of month                     $
         (C)      Principal Balance at end of month                            $
         (D)      Monthly principal due investors                              $
         (E)      Carry-Over Monthly Principal                                 $

III.     Monthly Interest Payment:

         (A)      Principal Balance at beginning of month                      $
         (B)      Pass-Through Rate %                                          $
         (C)      Monthly Interest Payment                                     $
         (D)      Carry-Over Monthly Interest                                  $

IV.      Draw on Reserve Account and Surety Bond:

         (A)      Total Available Funds equals:
                  (1)      Principal received from Obligors (or Dealers and
                            insurers on non-Defaulted Receivables), plus       $
                  (2)      Interest received from Obligors, plus               $
                  (3)      Cash received from Depositor/Servicer on
                           Purchased Receivables, plus                         $
                  (4)      Liquidation Proceeds, plus                          $
                  (5)      Interest on Collection Account                      $
                  (6)      Total Available Funds                               $

<PAGE>

         (B) Total Distributions equal:
                  (1)      Monthly Interest Payment and any carry-over
                           Monthly Interest Payment                            $
                  (2)      Monthly Servicing Fee and any carry-over,
                           plus Monthly Servicing Fee
                           (if CITSF is not the Servicer), plus                $
                  (3)      Monthly Principal Payment and any carry-over
                           Monthly Principal Payment                           $
                  (4)      Total Distributions                                 $
(C)      Total Surplus/(Deficiency) (IV(A)-IV(B))                              $
(D)      Reserve Account balance                                               $
(E)      Reserve Account withdrawal                                            $
(F)      Surety Bond demand                                                    $

V.       Monthly Servicing Fee and any carry-over Monthly Servicing Fee
         (if CITSF is the Servicer)                                            $

VI.      Reconciliation of Reserve Account:

(A)      Beginning Reserve Account balance                                     $
(B)      Interest on Reserve Account                                           $
(C)      Amounts paid to Reserve Account under
         the Pooling and Servicing Agreement                                   $
(D)      Reserve Account withdrawal                                            $
(E)      Reserve Account prior to release of excess                            $
(F)      Required Reserve Account balance:
         (1)      As percent of Principal Balance                              $
         (2)      Minimum Reserve Account balance                              $
         (3)      Required amount                                              $
(G)      Release of excess                                                     $
(H)      Ending Reserve Account balance                                        $

VII.     Delinquency/Charge-off Experience:

         (A)      Principal Balance at end of month                            $
         (B)      Number of Units                                              $
         (C)      Delinquency                                          $       #
                           30-59 Days                                  $
                           60-89 Days                                  $
                           90+ Days                                    $
                           TOTAL                                       $
         (D)      As % of EOM Outstanding
         (E)      Receivables charged-of during month$
         (F)      Recoveries of Receivables previously charged-off             $
         (G)      Net loss during month                                        $

<PAGE>

         (H)  Annualized monthly net loss rate                                 $

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

                      THE CIT GROUP / SALES FINANCING, INC.
                           CERTIFICATEHOLDER STATEMENT

A-C (Per $1,000 Initial Balance):

(A)   The amount of the Certificateholder's distribution
      which constitutes the Monthly Principal Payment

      (including any Carry-Over Monthly Principal)                             $

(B)   The   amount  of the  Certificateholder's  distribution  which constitutes
      the Monthly Interest Payment

      (including any Carry-Over Monthly Interest)                              $

(C)   The   Certificateholder's   pro  rata  portion  of  the   
      Servicing  Fee(including any Carry-Over Monthly Servicing Fee)           $

(D)   Certificate Balance as of Record Date                                    $

(E)   Certificate Factor as of Record Date                                     $

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT F-1

                              Trustee's Certificate
         pursuant to Section 15.3 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement

         [ ], as trustee (the  "Trustee") of the CIT Marine Trust ____-_ created
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  dated as of
__________,  ____,  among  The  CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II,  as
Depositor (the "Depositor"), The CIT Group / Sales Financing, Inc., as Servicer,
and the Trustee, does hereby sell, transfer,  assign and otherwise convey to the
Depositor,  without  recourse,  representation  or warranty,  all the  Trustee's
right,  title and  interest  in and to all the  Receivables  (as  defined in the
Agreement)  identified  in the attached  Servicer's  Certificate  as  "Purchased
Receivables,"  which are to be repurchased by the Depositor  pursuant to Section
8.2 of the Agreement and all security and documents relating thereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand this ____ day of ____.

                                                      Name:
                                                      Title:

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT F-2

                              Trustee's Certificate
         pursuant to Section 15.3 of the Pooling and Servicing-Agreement

         [ ], as trustee (the  "Trustee") of the CIT Marine Trust ____-_ created
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  dated as of
__________,  ____,  among  The  CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II,  as
Depositor, The CIT Group / Sales Financing,  Inc., as Servicer (the "Servicer"),
and the Trustee, does hereby sell, transfer,  assign and otherwise convey to the
Servicer, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the Trustee's right,
title and interest in and to all the  Receivables  (as defined in the Agreement)
identified in the attached  Servicer's  Certificate as "Purchased  Receivables,"
which are to be  purchased  by the  Servicer  pursuant to Section 9.7 or Section
16.2 of the Agreement, and all security and documents relating thereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand this ____ day of ____.

                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:



                                                                     Exhibit 4.5

                  LIMITED GUARANTEE,  dated as of __________,  ____, made by The
CIT Group,  Inc.  ("CIT")  in favor of  _______________,  not in its  individual
capacity but solely as Owner  Trustee (the "Owner  Trustee")  under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  __________,  ____ (the  "Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement"),  among The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II (the "Company"),
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. ("CITSF") and the CIT Marine Trust ____-_.

                  WHEREAS,  the execution and delivery of this Limited Guarantee
by CIT on or before  the  Closing  Date (as  defined  in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement)  is a  condition  to the  issuance  and  sale  of the  Notes  and the
Certificates, as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,   CIT  will  derive  substantial   benefit  from  the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  including,
without limitation, the payment of the Guarantee Fee (as defined in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement) to CIT;

                  WHEREAS,  capitalized  terms  used  herein  and not  otherwise
defined  herein  shall have the  meaning  ascribed to such terms in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS,  in  order  to  induce  the  parties  to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement to enter into the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and perform
their respective obligations  thereunder,  CIT is willing to execute and deliver
this Agreement.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt  and   sufficiency   of  which  is  hereby   acknowledged,   CIT  hereby
unconditionally agrees as follows:

                  SECTION 1. The Guarantee.

                  (a) CIT hereby  unconditionally and absolutely  guarantees the
payment  to the  Owner  Trustee,  on behalf  of the  Certificateholders,  of the
Guarantee Payment due to the  Certificateholders  on each Distribution Date. Not
later than the third Business Day prior to each Distribution  Date, the Servicer
shall  notify  CIT of the  amount of the  Guarantee  Payment,  if any,  for such
Distribution Date (net of any reduction provided for in Section 1(e) hereof) and
not later than the Business Day  preceding  each  Distribution  Date,  CIT shall
deposit the  Guarantee  Payment,  if any,  for such  Distribution  Date into the
Certificate Distribution Account in immediately available funds.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the obligation of CIT in clause (a) above,
in no event will CIT be obligated to make a Guarantee  Payment if the  aggregate
amounts  paid  under  this  Agreement  would  exceed  $_________  (the  "Initial
Guarantee  Payment Limit"),  except as provided in Section 3 hereof.  Subject to
Section 3, the  "Guarantee  Payment  Limit"  will at any time equal the  Initial
Guarantee Payment Limit reduced by the amount of each Guarantee 

<PAGE>

Payment. On the date that the Guarantee Payment Limit is reduced to zero (if the
Nonreinstatement  Notice has been  given),  CIT shall have no further  liability
under this Limited Guarantee,  and CIT shall be deemed to have satisfied in full
all of its obligations under this Limited Guarantee.

                  (c) The obligations of CIT under this Limited  Guarantee shall
not  terminate  upon or otherwise be reduced by a Service  Transfer  pursuant to
Article VII of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  by any amendment to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Purchase  Agreement,  any  Subsequent  Purchase
Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating  to the  Certificateholders  or any
breach by any party to any such agreement of its  obligations  thereunder or the
failure of CIT to receive all or any part of the Guarantee Fee.

                  (d) The obligations of CIT under this Limited  Guarantee shall
terminate  on the earlier of (i) the date  referred to in Section  1(b)  hereof,
(ii)  one  year  and one day  following  the  Distribution  Date  on  which  the
Certificate  Balance has been  reduced to zero and all  accrued  interest on the
Certificates  has been paid in full, or (iii) the date on which there shall have
been delivered  "Alternate Credit Enhancement" in accordance with Section [5.06]
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (e) On and after  the  Trigger  Date (if the  Nonreinstatement
Notice  is  given),  the  amount  of the  Guarantee  Payment  to be  made by CIT
hereunder  for each  Distribution  Date  shall be  reduced  by the  amount to be
transferred on such  Distribution  Date from the Certificate  Reserve Account to
the Certificate Distribution Account.

                  (f) The  obligation  of CIT to  make  the  Guarantee  Payments
described in clause (a) above shall be unconditional and irrevocable, subject to
the limitations set forth in clauses (b), (d) and (e) above.

                  SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties.

                  In making this Limited  Guarantee CIT  represents and warrants
to the Owner Trustee and the Certificateholders that:

                  (a) Organization and Good Standing.  CIT is a corporation duly
organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of the
jurisdiction of its  organization  and has the corporate power to own its assets
and to transact  the  business  in which it is  currently  engaged.  CIT is duly
qualified  to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good  standing in
each  jurisdiction  in which the  character of the business  transacted by it or
properties  owned or leased by it requires such  qualification  and in which the
failure so to qualify  would have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business,
properties, assets, or condition (financial or other) of CIT.

                  (b) Authorization;  Binding Obligations. CIT has the power and
authority to make,  execute,  deliver and perform this Limited Guarantee and all
of the transactions 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

contemplated under this Limited Guarantee, and has taken all necessary corporate
action to authorize  the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Limited
Guarantee.  When executed and delivered,  this Limited Guarantee will constitute
the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of CIT  enforceable in accordance with
its terms,  except as  enforcement  of such terms may be limited by  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
generally and by the availability of equitable remedies.

                  (c) No Consent  Required.  CIT is not  required  to obtain the
consent of any other party or any consent,  license,  approval or  authorization
from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or
agency in connection  with the  execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or
enforceability of this Limited Guarantee the failure of which so to obtain would
have a material adverse effect on the business,  properties, assets or condition
(financial or otherwise) of CIT.

                  (d) No Violations. The execution,  delivery and performance of
this Limited Guarantee by CIT will not violate any provision of any existing law
or  regulation  or  any  order  or  decree  of any  court  or  the  Articles  of
Incorporation or Bylaws of CIT, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage,
indenture,  contract or other  agreement to which CIT is a party or by which CIT
may be bound.

                  (e) Litigation.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of
or before any court,  tribunal or governmental body is currently pending,  or to
the knowledge of CIT  threatened,  against CIT or any of its  properties or with
respect to this  Limited  Guarantee  or the  Certificates  which,  if  adversely
determined,  would in the opinion of CIT have a material  adverse  effect on the
transactions contemplated by this Limited Guarantee.

                  Section 3. Reinstatement after Trigger Date; Nonreinstatement.

                  (a)  On  each   Distribution  Date  on  and  after  the  first
Distribution  Date (the "Trigger Date") on which the Guarantee  Payment Limit is
less than $_________,  unless CIT has delivered the "Nonreinstatement Notice" to
the  Servicer  and the  Owner  Trustee  on or prior to such  Trigger  Date,  the
Guarantee  Payment  Limit  will  equal an  amount  equal to the  least  of:  (i)
$_________,  and (ii) the  Certificate  Balance.  If,  subsequent to the Trigger
Date,  CIT  delivers the  Nonreinstatement  Notice to the Servicer and the Owner
Trustee,  the Guarantee  Payment Limit on and after the date of delivery of such
notice will equal the least of: (i) $_________,  (ii) the  Certificate  Balance,
and  (iii)  the  Guarantee  Payment  Limit in  effect  immediately  prior to the
delivery of such Nonreinstatement Notice, less any Guarantee Payments made on or
after the delivery of such Nonreinstatement Notice.

                  (b) The "Nonreinstatement  Notice" shall mean a written notice
given by CIT to the Servicer and the Owner  Trustee  stating that the  Guarantee
Payment Limit shall not be reinstated.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                  (c) "Excess Spread" shall mean the Amount  Available,  on each
Distribution Date on and after the Trigger Date,  remaining after application to
the uses  specified  in Section  [5.05(c)(i)-(viii)]  of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

                  (d) CIT,  in its  sole  discretion,  may at any time  give the
Nonreinstatement Notice.

                  SECTION 4. Miscellaneous.

                  (a) All payments by CIT under this Limited  Guarantee shall be
made free and clear of and without  deduction for any present or future  income,
stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,  charges, fees, withholdings,
liabilities,  restrictions  or  conditions  of  any  nature  whatsoever  now  or
hereafter imposed, levied,  collected,  assessed or withheld by any jurisdiction
or by any political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all
interest,  penalties or similar liabilities ("Taxes");  provided,  however, that
CIT shall not be  obligated  to pay any amount  allocable to Taxes (i) which the
Trust was required to withhold or (ii) which  result or were  incurred by reason
of the ownership of any interest in a Certificate  by any non-U.S.  Person which
is not  eligible  for a complete  exemption  from U.S.  withholding  tax on U.S.
source interest.

                  (b) CIT shall not  exercise any rights which it may acquire by
way of subrogation hereunder,  by any payment made by it hereunder or otherwise,
until  such date when all  amounts  of  principal  and  interest  payable to the
Holders of the Notes and the  Certificates  shall have been paid in full. If any
amount  shall be paid to CIT on account of such  subrogation  rights at any time
when all of the amounts of principal and interest  payable to the Holders of the
Notes and the  Certificates  shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall
be held in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,
shall be segregated  from the other funds of CIT and shall  forthwith be applied
in whole or in part against such  amounts owed in  accordance  with the terms of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (c)  This  Limited  Guarantee  is not  secured  by a  security
interest in, pledge of or lien on any assets of CIT or any of its  subsidiaries.
The Limited Guarantee is a senior,  unsecured  general  obligation of CIT and is
not supported by any letter of credit or other credit enhancement arrangement.

                  (d) This Limited Guarantee may be amended from time to time by
the Company, CIT, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee, without the consent of any
of the Certificateholders, (i) to correct manifest error, to cure any ambiguity,
to  correct  or  supplement  any  provisions  herein  or  therein  which  may be
inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein or therein,  as the case may be,
(ii) to add any other  provisions  with respect to matters or questions  arising
under this Limited Guarantee which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions
of this Limited Guarantee,  and (iii) to add or amend any provisions as required
by  Moody's,   Standard  &  Poor's  or  another  national   statistical   rating
organization in order to maintain or improve the rating of the  Certificates (it
being  understood  that,  after the rating  required  by the Sale and  Servicing


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Agreement has been obtained,  neither the Owner Trustee,  the Company,  CITSF or
CIT is obligated to maintain or improve such rating);  provided,  however,  that
such action shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel for CIT,  adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Certificateholder.

                  This Limited  Guarantee  may also be amended from time to time
by the Company,  CIT, the  Servicer and the Owner  Trustee,  with the consent of
Holders of the Certificates  aggregating 51% or more of the Certificate  Balance
as of the preceding Determination Date, for the purpose of adding any provisions
to or  changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of this
Limited   Guarantee   or   modifying   in  any   manner   the   rights   of  the
Certificateholders;  provided,  however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce
in any manner the  amount of, or delay the timing of, any  Guarantee  Payment or
(ii) grant by  contract  or  operation  of law any defense to the payment of any
Guarantee Payment without the consent of the Holder of each Certificate affected
thereby.

                  CIT shall provide Moody's and Standard & Poor's with a copy of
any amendment made to this Limited Guarantee prior to the execution and delivery
thereof,  and the  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall  be  satisfied  prior to the
effective date of such amendment.

                  (e) This Limited  Guarantee  shall be construed in  accordance
with and governed by the internal  laws of the State of New York  applicable  to
contracts  made and to be performed  therein  without regard to conflicts of law
principles.  Any litigation relating to or arising out of this Limited Guarantee
shall be brought and maintained in the courts of the State of New York or in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

                  (f) CIT agrees  that,  prior to the date which is one year and
one day after the payment in full of the Notes and the Certificates it shall not
institute against, or join any other person in instituting  against, the Company
or  the  Trust  any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or
liquidation  proceedings  or  other  proceedings  under  any  Federal  or  state
bankruptcy or similar law.

                  (g) CIT hereby  acknowledges  that the  Guarantee  Fee and any
reimbursement  to CIT for  Guarantee  Payments  is  subordinated  to payments in
respect  of the  Notes  and  the  Certificates,  the  Servicer  Payment  and the
reimbursement  of  Monthly  Advances  to the  extent  provided  in the  Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  and will be payable  only if and to the  extent  funds are
available  therefor in  accordance  with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  CIT
further  acknowledges  that the failure of CIT to receive,  in whole or in part,
payment of the  Guarantee  Fee shall not in any way diminish  CIT's  obligations
hereunder and CIT hereby waives any right of set-off or counterclaim against the
Trust for the  failure to receive all or any part of such  Guarantee  Fee or for
the failure to receive reimbursement for Guarantee Payments.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  The CIT Group, Inc. has duly executed this Limited
Guarantee as of the day and year first written above.

                                                     THE CIT GROUP, INC.

                                                     By:________________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:


                                      -6-



                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                                                                January 27, 1998

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

The CIT Group, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036

Dear Sirs:

                  We have acted as special  counsel to you (the  "Corporations")
in  connection  with the  Registration  Statement on Form S-3  (333-43323)  (the
"Registration  Statement"),  filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"),  relating to the  asset-backed  certificates  (the  "Certificates"),  the
asset-backed  notes (the "Notes" and,  collectively with the  Certificates,  the
"Securities")  and the limited  guarantees (the  "Guarantees") of certain of the
Securities by The CIT Group, Inc. ("CIT"),  each described in the prospectus and
prospectus  supplement  which  form a part of the  Registration  Statement  (the
"Prospectus"  and the  "Prospectus  Supplement,"  respectively).  Each series of
Certificates  will be issued either  pursuant to a trust  agreement  (the "Trust
Agreement")  substantially  in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration
Statement  or  pursuant  to a pooling  and  servicing  agreement  (the  "Pooling
Agreement")  substantially  in the form filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration
Statement,  pursuant to which The CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II ("CIT
II") will  originate  the CIT Marine Trust (the  "Trust").  Each series of Notes
will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the  "Indenture")  substantially in the
form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration  Statement.  Certain rights of the
holders of the  Securities  will be governed by a sale and  servicing  agreement
(the "Sale and 

<PAGE>

The CIT Group Securitiation Corporation II
The CIT Group, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 2


Servicing  Agreement")  substantially  in the form filed as  Exhibit  4.3 to the
Registration Statement.

                  In connection  with this  opinion,  we have examined the Trust
Agreement, the Pooling Agreement, the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Sale and
Servicing Agreement (collectively,  the "Basic Documents"),  each in the form of
the exhibits to the Registration Statement.

                  We have also  assumed,  that:  (a) the Trust  Agreement or the
Pooling  Agreement and each of the other Basic  Documents  will be duly executed
and delivered by each of the parties  thereto in the form of the exhibits to the
Registration   Statement  prior  to  the  issuance  of  any  of  the  Securities
thereunder;  (b) at the time of such execution,  each such party, other than the
Corporations,  will be duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing
under  the  laws of the  jurisdiction  of its  organization  and  will  have all
requisite  power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform its  obligations
under each of the Trust Agreement or the Pooling Agreement and each of the other
Basic  Documents;  (c) the execution and delivery of the Trust  Agreement or the
Pooling  Agreement and each of the other Basic Documents and performance of such
obligations will have been duly authorized by all necessary  actions on the part
of each such party, other than the Corporations;  (d) the Trust Agreement or the
Pooling Agreement and each of the other Basic Documents will be the legal, valid
and binding obligation of each such party, other than the Corporations, and will
be  enforceable  against  each  such  party,  other  than the  Corporations,  in
accordance with its terms;  and (e) during the period from the date hereof until
the date of such  execution  and  delivery,  there  will be no change in (i) any
relevant authorization, law or regulation, or interpretation thereof or (ii) any
set of facts or circumstances relating to the Basic Documents.

                  We are attorneys admitted to practice in the State of New York
and the  opinion set forth below is limited to the laws of the State of New York
and the Delaware  General  Corporation law. Paul N. Roth, a member of this firm,
is a director of CIT.

                  Based upon the  foregoing,  we are of the  opinion  that:  (a)
assuming the due execution of the Trust  Agreement or the Pooling  Agreement and
each of the  other  Basic  Documents,  upon  the  issuance,  authentication  and
delivery  of the Notes in  accordance  with the terms of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement and the Indenture  against  payment  therefor as  contemplated  by the
Prospectus and the Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes will constitute  valid and
binding obligations of the Trust, each enforceable in accordance with its terms;
and (b) the Guarantees  have been duly authorized and, when duly executed by CIT
and issued and delivered in accordance  with the terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement as contemplated by the Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement,  will
be valid and binding  obligations of CIT,  enforceable in accordance  with their
terms,  subject as to  enforcement of remedies with 

<PAGE>

The CIT Group Securitiation Corporation II
The CIT Group, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 3


respect  to  (a)  and  (b)  above  to  applicable  bankruptcy,   reorganization,
fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors'
rights  generally  from  time to time in effect  and to  general  principles  of
equity, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Basic Documents.

                  We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration  Statement and to the reference to this firm appearing under
the heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not
thereby  admit that we are in the category of persons  whose consent is required
under Section 7 of the  Securities  Act or the General Rules and  Regulations of
the Commission thereunder.

                                                     Very truly yours,





                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.2

                    [Letterhead of Richards, Layton & Finger]

                                January 27, 1998

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

The CIT Group, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036

Dear Sirs:

         We have acted as special Delaware counsel to CIT Marine Trust ____-_, a
Delaware business trust (the "Trust") in connection with the Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement"), filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), registering the asset backed certificates (the
"Certificates"), the asset backed notes (the "Notes" and, collectively with the
Certificates, the "Securities") and the limited guarantees (the "Guarantees") of
certain of the Securities by The CIT Group, Inc. ("CIT"), each described in the
prospectus and the prospectus supplement which form a part of the Registration
Statement (the "Prospectus" and the "Prospectus Supplement"). Each series of
Certificates will be issued pursuant to a trust agreement (the "Trust
Agreement") substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration
Statement, pursuant to which The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II ("CIT
II") will originate the Trust. Each series of Notes will be issued pursuant to
an indenture (the "Indenture") substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
the Registration Statement. Certain rights of the holders of the Securities will
be governed by a sale and servicing agreement (the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement") substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration
Statement.

         In connection with this opinion, we have examined signed copies of the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. We have not reviewed any
documents other than the foregoing documents for purposes of rendering our
opinions as expressed herein, and we have assumed that there exists no provision
of any such other document that bears upon or is inconsistent with our opinions
as expressed herein. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of
our own but have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and
information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed
herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all
material respects.

<PAGE>

The CIT Group Securities Corporation II
The CIT Group, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 2


         In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures,
the legal capacity of natural persons signing or delivering any instrument, the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original, the conformity to
original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic
copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

         We have also assumed, with respect to the Trust Agreement, the
Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Guarantees (collectively,
the "Basic Documents"), that: (a) each of the Basic Documents will be duly
executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto prior to the issuance of
any of the Securities thereunder; (b) at the time of such execution, each such
party will be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and will have all requisite power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the
Basic Documents; (c) the execution and delivery of the Basic Documents and
performance of such obligations will have been duly authorized by all necessary
actions on the part of each such party; (d) at the time of such execution, the
Basic Documents will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such
party, and will be enforceable against each such party in accordance with their
terms; (e) the Guarantees will be duly executed and delivered by CIT; and (f)
during the period from the date hereof until the date of such execution and
delivery, there will be no change in (i) any relevant authorization, law or
regulation, or interpretation thereof, (ii) the terms and conditions of the
Basic Documents, or (iii) any set of facts or circumstances relating to the
Basic Documents.

         Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that assuming the due
execution of the Basic Documents, each in substantially the form presented to
us, upon the issuance, authentication and delivery of the Certificates in
accordance with the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust
Agreement against payment therefor, the Certificates will be legally issued,
fully paid and, subject to Section 2.7 of the Trust Agreement, nonassessable
Certificates representing undivided interests in the Trust, and will be entitled
to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.

         We have not participated in the preparation of any offering materials
with respect to the Notes or the Certificates and assume no responsibility for
their contents.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm appearing under the
heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not
thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required
under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the General Rules and Regulations of
the Commission thereunder.

                                                  Very truly yours,

                                                  /S/ RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER


                                                                     Exhibit 8.1

                                                                January 27, 1998

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

The CIT Group, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036

Dear Sirs:

                  We have acted as special counsel to you in connection with the
Registration  Statement on Form S-3 (333-43323) (the "Registration  Statement"),
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  relating to the
asset-backed  certificates  (the  "Certificates"),  the asset-backed  notes (the
"Notes" and,  collectively  with the  Certificates,  the  "Securities")  and the
limited  guarantees (the  "Guarantees")  of certain of the Securities by The CIT
Group, Inc. ("CIT"),  each described in the prospectus and prospectus supplement
which  form a part  of the  Registration  Statement  (the  "Prospectus"  and the
"Prospectus  Supplement").  Each series of  Certificates  will be issued  either
pursuant to a trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement")  substantially in the form
filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement, or pursuant to a pooling and
servicing agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") substantially in the form filed as
Exhibit  4.6 to the  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to which  The CIT  Group
Securitization Corporation II will originate the CIT Marine Trust (the "Trust").
Each series of Notes will be issued  pursuant to an indenture (the  "Indenture")
substantially  in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the  Registration  Statement.
Certain rights of the holders of the  Securities  will be governed by a sale and
servicing  agreement (the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement")  substantially in the
form filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement.

<PAGE>

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
The CIT Group, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 2


                  We are attorneys admitted to practice in the State of New York
and the  opinion set forth below is limited to the laws of the State of New York
and the Delaware  General  Corporation Law. Paul N. Roth, a member of this firm,
is a director of CIT.

                  We  hereby  confirm  that  the  statements  set  forth  in the
Prospectus  and the Prospectus  Supplement  under the heading  "Certain  Federal
Income Tax  Consequences"  accurately  describe the material  Federal income tax
consequences to holders of the Securities.

                  We hereby  consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that
we are in the category of persons whose  consent is required  under Section 7 of
the  Securities  Act or the  General  Rules and  Regulations  of the  Commission
thereunder.

                                                     Very truly yours,




                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.2

                         [LETTERHEAD OF CROWE & DUNLEVY]

                                January 27, 1998

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

                  Re: CIT MARINE TRUST

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         For the purpose of the sale of Asset-Backed Notes and Asset-Backed
Certificates issued by the CIT Marine Trust (the "Trust"), we have acted as
Oklahoma tax counsel for The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. and the Trust
regarding the anticipated Oklahoma income tax characterization of the Trust.

         This letter is pursuant to your request that we advise you regarding
the likely characterization under Oklahoma income tax law of the Trust. We
understand the Trust will purchase Marine notes and/or chattel paper from a CIT
"special purpose corporation," The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II,
after purchase by the special purpose corporation from The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc.

         Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed in the Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement (the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement") among The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc. and the Trust.

         In furnishing this opinion, we have examined copies of the following
documents:

                  (i) the Form of Trust Agreement;

                  (ii) the Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement;

                  (iii) the Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

                  (iv) the Form of Purchase Agreement;

                  (v) the Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement; and

                  (vi) the Form of Indenture.

<PAGE>

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 2


I. ASSUMPTIONS AND OPINION

         In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have made the following
assumptions, the accuracy of which we have not verified:

         1. The Trust has been properly characterized as a nonpublicly traded
Partnership for federal income tax purposes.

         2. Any Notes issued by the Trust have been properly characterized as
debt for federal income tax purposes.

         Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and upon
consideration of applicable Oklahoma income tax laws, and subject to the
qualifications and limitations described below, we are of the following
opinions:

         1. The Trust will be characterized as a nonpublicly traded Partnership
for purposes of Oklahoma income tax laws, and the nonpublicly traded Partnership
will not be taxed as an entity, but rather, the profits, income, losses, and
deductions of the Trust will, for income tax purposes, flow through the Trust to
the partner level. 68 Okla. Stat. ss. 2353(3) (1997 Supp.); Oklahoma Tax
Commission Rule ss. 710:50-3-35.

         2. The Notes will be characterized as debt for Oklahoma income tax
purposes. 68 Okla. Stat. ss. 2353(3) (1997 Supp.); Oklahoma Tax Commission Rule
ss. 710:50-3-35. Noteholders not otherwise subject to taxation in Oklahoma
should not become subject to taxation in Oklahoma because of the holder's
ownership of Notes. However, a Noteholder already subject to Oklahoma's income
tax could be required to pay additional Oklahoma income tax as a result of the
holder's ownership or disposition of Notes.

II. ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION

         For the purposes of this additional discussion, we have made the
following assumptions, the accuracy of which we have not verified:

         1. The Trust is organized as a business trust under the laws of
Delaware. The activities of the Trust occurring within the State of Oklahoma
consist solely of the maintenance of the original notes and/or chattel paper and
of the related contract files and documents with a custodian within the State of
Oklahoma and of the activities described in Paragraph 4 below.

         2. Less than ten percent (10%) of the notes and/or chattel paper
acquired by the Trust will originate in Oklahoma.

         3. The Trust will acquire the notes and/or chattel paper in a series of
transactions occurring outside of Oklahoma.

<PAGE>

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 3


         4. The only activities which the Servicer, as Servicer of the Trust,
will conduct in Oklahoma is the servicing of the loans evidenced by the notes
and chattel paper including without limitation: (i) the maintenance of custody
of the notes and/or chattel paper; (ii) the maintenance of the administrative
records concerning payments and outstanding balances on the notes and/or chattel
paper; (iii) the receipt of the payments on the notes and/or chattel paper; (iv)
the deposit of the payments received on the notes and/or chattel paper in an
Oklahoma financial institution for purposes of collection; (v) the collection
activities relating to the notes and/or chattel paper; and (vi) the repossession
and sale of the collateral therefor.

         As a nonpublicly traded Partnership for Oklahoma and federal income tax
purposes, the Oklahoma distributive share of the partnership income, gains,
losses or deductions of the partnership to be reported by the partners shall be
the same portion of that reported for federal income tax purposes, as the
Oklahoma income, gain, losses or deductions determined under ss.ss. 2358 and
2362 of Title 68 of the Oklahoma Statutes for said partnership, bears to the
federal income, gains, losses or deductions. 68 Okla. Stat. ss. 2363 (1991). The
Oklahoma taxable income of a nonresident includes the distributive share of the
Oklahoma part of partnership income, gains, losses or deductions. 68 Okla. Stat.
ss. 2362(4) (1997 Supp.). However, income from intangible personal property of a
nonresident of Oklahoma is generally excluded from Oklahoma taxable income
except to the extent that such income is from property employed in an Oklahoma
trade or business or from property that has acquired a nonunitary business or
commercial situs in Oklahoma. 68 Okla. Stat. ss.ss. 2358(A)(4)(b), 2362(6) (1997
Supp.). We believe it is unlikely that the Oklahoma Tax Commission would attempt
to classify the income of the Trust as Oklahoma source income or as arising from
an Oklahoma trade or business. Accordingly, a nonresident of Oklahoma should not
incur Oklahoma taxable income solely as a result of an ownership interest in the
Trust. However, we are not aware of any authority or pronouncement of the
Oklahoma Tax Commission or the Oklahoma courts addressing this issue on
comparable facts and no absolute assurance can be given in this regard.

III. QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

         In preparing this letter, we have reviewed Oklahoma Statutes, Oklahoma
court decisions and Oklahoma administrative rules and decisions, generally
available to the public as of the date of this letter. We have no obligation to
update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances that may
hereafter come to our attention or any changes in the law that may hereafter
occur which place a different interpretation on the law other than that which
has been applied herein, including interpretations of the law whether by way of
Oklahoma statutory enactments or amendments, judicial decisions or
administrative actions.

         Except as provided n the last paragraph, this opinion has been rendered
solely for the benefit of The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. and the Trust for
use in the Trust's offering of the Asset-Backed Notes and the Asset-Backed
Certificates and may not be used, circulated, quoted, relied upon or otherwise
referred to for any other purpose without our prior written 


<PAGE>

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
January 27, 1998
Page 3


consent; provided, however, that this opinion may be delivered to your
regulators, accountants, attorneys and other professional advisers and may be
used in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding relating to the
subject matter of this opinion and the disclosure statement entitled "Certain
State Tax Consequences" included in the prospectus which forms a part of the
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (333-43323). The undersigned shall not be
responsible, liable or obligated to any third party who may obtain access to
this letter.

         Crowe & Dunlevy hereby gives its consent solely to the parties on the
distribution list attached hereto to rely on such Opinion for use in the Trust's
sale. However, the parties on the distribution list may not use, circulate,
quote or rely on this Opinion for any purpose without Crowe & Dunlevy's written
consent.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            CROWE & DUNLEVY,
                                            A Professional Corporation

                                            By:     /s/ James H. Holloman, Jr.
                                                --------------------------------
                                                        James H. Holloman, Jr.

<PAGE>

                                DISTRIBUTION LIST

The CIT Group, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039



                                                                    Exhibit 10.1

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This  Purchase   Agreement   dated  as  of   ____________,   ____  (the
"Agreement"),  is  between  THE CIT  GROUP  SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION  II,  as
purchaser (the "Purchaser"),  and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller
(the "Seller").

         Subject  to the  terms  hereof,  the  Seller  agrees  to sell,  and the
Purchaser agrees to purchase,  the marine  installment sales contracts set forth
on Exhibit A (collectively,  the "Contracts"),  having an aggregate  outstanding
principal  balance as of  ____________,  ____ (the  "Initial  Cut-off  Date") of
approximately $___________.

         It is the intention of the Seller and the Purchaser  that the Purchaser
shall sell the  Contracts to CIT Marine Trust ____-_ and shall enter into a Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of the date  hereof,  with CIT Marine Trust
____-_ and the Seller,  pursuant to which _____% Asset Backed  Certificates (the
"Certificates"),  evidencing  ownership  interests in the  Contracts and Class A
_____% Asset Backed Notes secured by the Contracts, will be issued.

         The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions
of the  purchase  by the  Purchaser  of the  Contracts  and  the  servicing  and
administration of the Contracts.

         In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements  hereinafter
set forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         SECTION  1.01.  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used in this
Agreement  shall have the respective  meanings  assigned to them in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  All  references in this  Purchase  Agreement to Articles,
Sections,  subsections  and exhibits are to the same contained in or attached to
this Purchase Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

                SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS; CONTRACT FILES

         SECTION 2.01.  Sale and  Conveyance of Contracts.  On the Closing Date,
subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Seller shall sell,  transfer,
assign  absolutely,  set over and otherwise  convey to the Purchaser (i) all the
right,  title and interest of the Seller in and to the Initial Contracts and all
the rights,  benefits,  and obligations arising from and in connection with each
Initial  Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the Initial  Financed  Boats
granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the Initial  Contracts,  (iii) all payments
received by the Seller on or with  

<PAGE>

respect to the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date (exclusive
of payments  with  respect to Post  Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the
interest  of the Seller in any Initial  Financed  Boat  (including  any right to
receive future Net Liquidation  Proceeds) that secures the Initial Contracts and
that shall have been  repossessed  by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;
(v) all rights of the Seller to  proceeds of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the
Obligors and the Initial Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors
and  Omissions  Protection  Policy,  any  fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard
policy,  to the extent such proceeds relate to any Initial  Financed Boat, (vii)
all rights of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with
respect to the Initial Contracts (other than any right as against a Dealer under
a Dealer  Agreement),  (viii) all amounts  held for the Trust in the  Collection
Account, (ix) all amounts held for the Trust in the Pre-Funding Account, (x) all
amounts  held  for the  Trust  in the  Capitalized  Interest  Account,  (xi) all
proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the  foregoing  items,  and (xii) all
documents  contained or required to be contained in the Contract  Files relating
to the Initial  Contracts.  The parties  intend and agree that the conveyance of
the Seller's right,  title and interest in and to the Initial Contracts pursuant
to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

         The Seller hereby  declares and covenants that it shall at no time have
any legal,  equitable or beneficial interest in, or any right, including without
limitation any  reversionary  or offset right,  to the Collection  Account,  the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest Account and the Cash Collateral
Account,  and that, in the event it receives any of the same, it shall hold same
in trust for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Securityholders and shall
immediately endorse over to the Trust any such amount it receives.

         SECTION 2.02.  Purchase Price; Payments on the Contracts.

                  (a) The purchase  price for the  Contracts  shall be an amount
         equal  to  $___________.  Such  purchase  price  shall  be  payable  in
         immediately available funds on the Closing Date.

                  (b)  The  Purchaser  shall  be  entitled  to all  payments  of
         principal and interest  received on or after the Initial  Cut-off Date.
         All payments of  principal  and  interest  received  before the Initial
         Cut-off Date shall belong to the Seller. The Seller shall hold in trust
         for the  Purchaser  and  shall  promptly  remit  to the  Purchaser  any
         payments  on the  Contracts  received  by the Seller that belong to the
         Purchaser under the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION  2.03.  Conditions  to  Sale  of  Contracts.   The  Purchaser's
obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

                  (a)  The  Purchaser  shall  have  received  (i) the  Sale  and
         Servicing  Agreement  executed  by all the  parties  thereto,  (ii) all
         documents  required by the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and (iii) such
         other opinions and documents as the Purchaser may reasonably require in
         connection with the purchase of the Contracts  hereunder or the sale of
         the Notes and Certificates;


                                       2
<PAGE>

                  (b) The  representations  and warranties of the Seller and the
         Servicer  made in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  shall be true and
         correct on the Closing Date; and

                  (c) The  Purchaser  shall have  received  from  counsel to the
         Seller a letter  stating that the Purchaser may rely on such  counsel's
         opinion delivered pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and such
         counsel's opinions to Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. and Standard and
         Poor's  Corporation  in  respect  of the sale of the  Contracts  to the
         Purchaser  by  the  Seller,  or  such  opinions  may be  addressed  and
         delivered to the Purchaser.

         SECTION 2.04.  Examination of Files.  The Seller will make the Contract
Files with respect to the Initial  Contracts  available to the  Purchaser or its
agent for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise
shall be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

         SECTION 2.05. Transfer of Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Purchaser will assign all of its right, title and interest in and
to the  Contracts  to the  Trust for the  benefit  of the  Securityholders.  The
Purchaser  has the right to assign its interest  under this  Agreement as may be
required to effect the purposes of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  by written
notice to the Seller and without the  consent of the  Seller,  and the  assignee
shall succeed to the rights and obligations hereunder of the Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER;
                             REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS

         SECTION 3.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

                  (a) The representations and warranties of the Seller contained
         in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement are incorporated  herein,  and are
         made to the Purchaser on the date hereof, as if set forth herein and as
         if made to the Purchaser on the date hereof.  The Seller will make such
         representations  and  warranties  in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
         directly  to the Trust and will  become  obligated  in  respect of such
         representations  and  warranties  pursuant  to the Sale  and  Servicing
         Agreement.  On the  Closing  Date,  the  Seller  shall  deliver  to the
         Purchaser  an Officers'  Certificate,  dated the Closing  Date,  to the
         effect that the  representations  and  warranties  made in the Sale and
         Servicing  Agreement  by the  Seller  are  true and  correct  as of the
         Closing Date.

                  (b) It is understood and agreed that the  representations  and
         warranties  incorporated  by  reference  in this  Agreement  by Section
         3.01(a)  hereof  shall remain  operative  and in full force and effect,
         shall  survive the  transfer  and  conveyance  of the  Contracts by the
         Seller to the Purchaser  and by the  Purchaser to the Trust,  and shall
         inure to the benefit of the Purchaser,  the Trust and their  successors
         and permitted assignees.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  (c) The Seller shall  indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer
         and hold the  Purchaser  and the  Servicer  harmless  against any loss,
         penalties, fines, forfeitures,  legal fees and related costs, judgments
         and other costs and expenses resulting from any claim, demand,  defense
         or assertion  based on or grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of
         the Seller's  representations and warranties  contained or incorporated
         by reference in this  Agreement.  It is understood  and agreed that the
         obligation  of the Seller set forth in this  Section  3.01 to indemnify
         the  Purchaser  and the  Servicer  as  provided  in this  Section  3.01
         constitutes   the  sole  remedy  of  the  Purchaser  and  the  Servicer
         respecting a breach of the foregoing  representations  and  warranties.
         The  Trust  shall  also  have  the  remedies  provided  in the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement.

                  (d) Each  indemnified  party shall give  prompt  notice to the
         Seller  of any  action  commenced  against  it with  respect  to  which
         indemnity  may  be  sought  hereunder  but  failure  to  so  notify  an
         indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may
         have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement,  unless the
         failure to notify materially prejudices the rights and condition of the
         Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such action,
         and to assume the defense thereof,  and after notice from the Seller to
         an indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the
         Seller will not be liable to such indemnified  party under this Section
         for  any  legal  or  other  expenses   subsequently  incurred  by  such
         indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.

                  (e) Any cause of action  against  the Seller or relating to or
         arising out of the breach of any representations and warranties made or
         incorporated  by  reference in this Section 3.01 shall accrue as to any
         Contract  upon (i)  discovery  of such breach by the  Purchaser  or the
         Servicer  or notice  thereof  by the  Seller to the  Purchaser  and the
         Servicer,  (ii)  failure  by the  Seller to cure such  breach and (iii)
         demand  upon the Seller by the  Purchaser  for all  amounts  payable in
         respect of such Contract.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION  4.01.  Amendment.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to
time by the Seller and the Purchaser by written  agreement  signed by the Seller
and the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.02.  Counterparts.  For  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the
execution of this  Agreement as herein  provided  and for other  purposes,  this
Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  counterparts  shall be deemed to be an  original,  and such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION  4.03.   Termination.   The  Seller's  obligations  under  this
Agreement shall survive the sale of the Contracts to the Purchaser.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         SECTION  4.04.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the  obligations,  rights
and remedies of the parties  hereunder  shall be determined  in accordance  with
such laws.

         SECTION  4.05.  Notices.   All  demands,   notices  and  communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if
mailed by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  to (i) in the case of the Seller,
The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to Purchaser in writing by the Seller or (ii) in the case of the Purchaser,  The
CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II, 650 CIT Drive, Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to the Seller by the Purchaser.

         SECTION 4.06.  Severability  of  Provisions.  If any one or more of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms of this Agreement  shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.07. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.


                                       5
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Seller and the  Purchaser  have caused  their
names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized
as of the day and year first above written.

                                         THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                         CORPORATION II,
                                          as Purchaser

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                         THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,
                                            as Seller

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                List of Contracts



                                                                    Exhibit 10.2

                          SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of ____________,  ____ (the
"Agreement"),  is  between  THE CIT  GROUP  SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION  II,  as
purchaser (the "Purchaser"),  and THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., as seller
(the "Seller").

         Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as of
____________,  ____  between  the  parties  hereto  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")
pursuant to which the Purchaser purchased from the Seller the marine installment
sales  contracts set forth on Exhibit A thereto (the "Initial  Contracts").  The
Purchaser sold the Initial  Contracts to the trust  established  pursuant to the
Trust  Agreement  dated as of  ____________,  ____  between  the  Purchaser  and
[____________________], as trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

         Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement dated as of ____________,
____  between CIT Marine  Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),  the  Purchaser  and the
Seller,  the Purchaser  agreed to purchase from the Seller and the Seller agreed
to sell to the  Purchaser,  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  set forth in
Section 3.01D of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  Subsequent Contracts for the
fixed purchase price specified in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement for delivery
on the date specified  herein.  The purchase  price for any Subsequent  Contract
will be funded  from  money on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  during the
Funding Period. The purchase of any Subsequent Contract by the Purchaser must be
evidenced  by the  execution  and delivery of a  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  B to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.
Accordingly,  subject to the terms hereof and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
the Seller  agrees to sell,  and the  Purchaser  agrees to purchase,  the marine
installment  sales  contracts set forth on Exhibit A hereto  (collectively,  the
"Subsequent Contracts"), having an aggregate outstanding principal balance as of
____________, ____ (the "Subsequent Cut-Off Date") of $___________.

         The Purchaser and the Seller wish to prescribe the terms and conditions
of the purchase by the Purchaser of the  Subsequent  Contracts and the servicing
and administration of the Subsequent Contracts.

         In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements  hereinafter
set forth, the Purchaser and the Seller agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         SECTION  1.1.  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in this
Agreement  shall have the respective  meanings  assigned to them in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  All references in 


<PAGE>

this Agreement to Articles,  Sections,  subsections and exhibits are to the same
contained in or attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

           SALE AND CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS; CONTRACT FILES

         SECTION 2.1. Sale and Conveyance of Contracts.  On  ____________,  ____
(the "Subsequent  Transfer Date"),  subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,
the Seller  shall sell,  transfer,  assign  absolutely,  set over and  otherwise
convey to the  Purchaser as of the  Subsequent  Transfer Date (i) all the right,
title and interest of the Company in and to the Subsequent Contracts and all the
rights,  benefits,  and  obligations  arising from and in  connection  with each
Subsequent  Contract,  (ii) the security  interests in the  Subsequent  Financed
Boats granted by the Obligors  pursuant to the Subsequent  Contracts,  (iii) all
payments received by the Company on or with respect to the Subsequent  Contracts
on or after the Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to
Post Cut-off Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the interest of the Company in any
Subsequent  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds)  that  secures  the  Subsequent  Contracts  and that  shall  have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the
Company  to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors  and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Vehicle, (vii) all rights
of recourse against any cosigner or under any personal guarantee with respect to
the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other  than any right as  against a Dealer  under a
Dealer  Agreement),  (viii)  all  proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts.  The parties intend and
agree that the  conveyance of the Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute an absolute sale.

         SECTION 2.2.  Purchase Price; Payments on the Subsequent Contracts.

                  (a) The purchase price for the Subsequent  Contracts  shall be
         an amount equal to  $___________,  which is the  aggregate  outstanding
         principal balance of the Subsequent  Contracts  transferred pursuant to
         this Agreement as of the Subsequent Cut-off Date, and the Seller hereby
         acknowledges  receipt  of such  amount  in  respect  of the sale of the
         Subsequent Contracts hereunder. Such purchase price shall be payable in
         immediately  available funds on the Subsequent Transfer Date from funds
         on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

                  (b)  The  Purchaser  shall  be  entitled  to all  payments  of
         principal  and  interest  received on or after the  Subsequent  Cut-off
         Date.  All  payments of  principal  and  interest  received  before the
         Subsequent  Cut-off Date shall  belong to the Seller.  The Seller shall
         hold in  trust  for the  Purchaser  and  shall  promptly  remit  to the
         Purchaser,  any payments on 


                                       2
<PAGE>

         the  Subsequent  Contracts  received  by the Seller  that belong to the
         Purchaser under the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION  2.3.   Conditions  to  Sale  of  Subsequent   Contracts.   The
Purchaser's obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

                  (a) The Purchaser shall have received:  the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement executed by all the parties thereto,  the documents listed in
         Section  3.01D of the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  and such  other
         opinions  and  documents as the  Purchaser  may  reasonably  require in
         connection with the purchase of the Subsequent  Contracts  hereunder or
         the sale of the Notes and Certificates;

                  (b) The  representations  and  warranties  with respect to the
         Subsequent  Contracts  of (i) the Seller and the  Servicer  made in the
         Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and (ii) the Seller made in the Purchase
         Agreement and this Agreement  shall be true and correct with respect to
         the Subsequent Contracts on the Subsequent Transfer Date; and

                  (c) The conditions  for transfer of the  Subsequent  Contracts
         from the  Purchaser to the Trust set forth in Section 3.01D of the Sale
         and Servicing Agreement have been fulfilled.

         SECTION 2.4.  Examination  of Files.  The Seller will make the Contract
Files with respect to the Subsequent Contracts available to the Purchaser or its
agent for examination at the Trust's offices or such other location as otherwise
shall be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Seller.

         SECTION 2.5. Transfer of Subsequent Contracts. Pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  Purchaser  will  assign all of its right,  title and
interest in and to the Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust for the benefit of the
Securityholders.  The Purchaser has the right to assign its interest  under this
Agreement  as may be required to effect the  purposes of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement,  by  written  notice to the  Seller and  without  the  consent of the
Seller,  and the assignee shall succeed to the rights and obligations  hereunder
of the Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER;
                             REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS

         SECTION 3.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller.

                  (a) The representations and warranties of the Seller contained
         in Article III of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement with respect to the
         Subsequent  Contracts  are  incorporated  herein,  and are  made to the
         Purchaser on the  Subsequent  Transfer Date, as if set forth herein and
         as if made to the  Purchaser on the date  hereof.  The Seller will make


                                       3
<PAGE>

         such representations and warranties in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         directly  to the Trust and will  become  obligated  in  respect of such
         representations  and warranties pursuant to Article III of the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement.  On the Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller shall
         deliver to the Purchaser an Officers' Certificate, dated the Subsequent
         Transfer  Date, to the effect that the  representations  and warranties
         made in the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Subsequent
         Contracts  by the  Seller  are true and  correct  as of the  Subsequent
         Transfer Date.

                  (b) It is understood and agreed that the  representations  and
         warranties  incorporated by reference in this Agreement by Section 3.1.
         A hereof shall  remain  operative  and in full force and effect,  shall
         survive the transfer and conveyance of the Subsequent  Contracts by the
         Seller to the Purchaser  and by the  Purchaser to the Trust,  and shall
         inure to the benefit of the Purchaser,  the Trust and their  successors
         and permitted assignees.

                  (c) The Seller shall  indemnify the Purchaser and the Servicer
         and hold the  Purchaser  and the  Servicer  harmless  against any loss,
         penalties, fines, forfeitures,  legal fees and related costs, judgments
         and other costs and expenses resulting from any claim, demand,  defense
         or assertion  based on or grounded upon, or resulting from, a breach of
         the Seller's  representations and warranties  contained or incorporated
         by reference in this  Agreement.  It is understood  and agreed that the
         obligation of the Seller set forth in this Section 3.1 to indemnify the
         Purchaser and the Servicer as provided in this Section 3.1. constitutes
         the sole remedy of the Purchaser  and the Servicer  respecting a breach
         of the foregoing  representations and warranties.  The Trust shall also
         have the remedies provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (d) Each  indemnified  party shall give prompt  notice to the Seller of
any action  commenced  against it with respect to which  indemnity may be sought
hereunder  but failure to so notify an  indemnifying  party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement,  unless the failure to notify  materially  prejudices  the rights and
condition of the Seller. The Seller shall be entitled to participate in any such
action,  and to assume the defense thereof,  and after notice from the Seller to
an indemnified  party of its election to assume the defense thereof,  the Seller
will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such  indemnified  party in connection
with the defense thereof.

         (e) Any cause of action  against  the Seller or  relating to or arising
out of the breach of any  representations and warranties made or incorporated by
reference in this Section 3.01 shall accrue as to any  Subsequent  Contract upon
(i) discovery of such breach by the Purchaser or the Servicer or notice  thereof
by the Seller to the Purchaser  and the Servicer,  (ii) failure by the Seller to
cure such  breach  and (iii)  demand  upon the Seller by the  Purchaser  for all
amounts payable in respect of such Subsequent Contract.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 4.1. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the Seller and the  Purchaser by written  agreement  signed by the Seller and
the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.2.  Counterparts.   For  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the
execution of this  Agreement as herein  provided  and for other  purposes,  this
Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  counterparts  shall be deemed to be an  original,  and such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 4.3. Termination. The Seller's obligations under this Agreement
shall survive the sale of the Subsequent Contracts to the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.4.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the  obligations,  rights
and remedies of the parties  hereunder  shall be determined  in accordance  with
such laws.

         SECTION  4.05.  Notices.   All  demands,   notices  and  communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if
mailed by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  to (i) in the case of the Seller,
The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to Purchaser in writing by the Seller, or (ii) in the case of the Purchaser, The
CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II, 650 CIT Drive, Livingston,  New Jersey
07039, Attention: President, or such other address as may hereafter be furnished
to the Seller by the Purchaser.

         SECTION  4.6.  Severability  of  Provisions.  If any one or more of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms of this Agreement  shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.7. Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Seller and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, as may be permitted hereunder.

         SECTION 4.8.  Opinion.  The Counsel to the Seller shall  deliver to the
Purchaser and the Trustees an opinion in the form of Exhibit B hereto.


                                       5
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Seller and the Purchaser have caused their names to be
signed hereto by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the
day and year first above written.

                                        THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                        CORPORATION II,

                                           as Purchaser

                                        By: ___________________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:

                                        THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                           as Seller

                                        By: ___________________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                          List of Subsequent Contracts


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                          [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL]

                                     [Date]

[____________________],
         solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         referred to herein

[____________________],
         solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee
         under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         referred to herein

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         I  have  acted  as  counsel  to The  CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.
("CITSF")  and  The  CIT  Group   Securitization   Corporation  II,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection  with the sale of CIT Marine Trust
____-_,  Class A _____% Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and _____% Asset Backed
Certificates  (the  "Certificates"   and,   collectively  with  the  Notes,  the
"Securities").   The  Notes  represent  obligations  of,  and  the  Certificates
represent  interests  in, a trust,  the CIT Marine Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),
consisting of a pool of installment sale contracts secured by new and used boats
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  and  certain  related  property.  The Company
purchased certain of the Contracts from CITSF (the "Initial Contracts") pursuant
to a Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of ____________,  ____, by and between CITSF
and the Company.  Additional  Contracts are being  purchased by the Company from
CITSF (the "Subsequent Contracts") pursuant to the Subsequent Purchase Agreement
dated as of ____________,  ____ (the "Subsequent Purchase Agreement").  Pursuant
to a Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of ____________, ____ (the "Sale and
Servicing  Agreement"),  among the  Company,  CITSF and the Trust,  the  Company
transferred the Initial  Contracts to the Trust. The Company will also transfer,
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Subsequent  Contracts to the
Trust, the corpus of which will consist of each of the Initial Contracts and the
Subsequent  Contracts and certain other  property  transferred by the Company to
the Trust.

         All  capitalized  terms  used  herein  and not  defined  shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

         In rendering the following opinions, I have examined (i) the Subsequent
Purchase Agreement; (ii) the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iii) the Certificate
of Incorporation  of each of 


<PAGE>

CITSF and the Company;  (iv) the By-laws of each of CITSF and the  Company;  (v)
copies of certain  unanimous  consents  adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company  authorizing the issuance and sale of the Securities and the purchase of
the  Contracts;  and (vi) copies of certain  unanimous  written  consents of the
Board of Directors of CITSF. I have also examined such other  documents and made
such  investigations  of law as I have considered  necessary and appropriate for
the purposes of the opinions  expressed  herein. I have assumed the authenticity
of  signatures on original  documents and the  conformity to the original of all
documents submitted to me as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and have
relied as to all matters of fact on certificates,  representations or statements
by officers of the Company or CITSF.

         In making my examination of agreements, instruments and other documents
and in giving opinions herein, I have assumed that the Trustees have and had the
power and capacity to execute and deliver such agreements, instruments and other
documents  and to  perform  all of their  obligations  thereunder  and that such
agreements,  instruments  and  other  documents  were  duly  authorized  by  all
requisite   action  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Trustees  were  duly  executed,
acknowledged,  as necessary, and delivered by or on behalf of and are the legal,
valid and binding  obligations  of, and are enforceable in accordance with their
terms against, the Trustees.

         Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing I am of the opinion that:

         1. The Subsequent Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by each of CITSF and the Company and constitutes the legal,  valid
and  binding  agreement  of each of CITSF and the  Company,  and is  enforceable
against  each of  CITSF  and the  Company  in  accordance  with its  terms;  the
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement is  effective to transfer all of CITSF's  right,
title  and  interest  in and to the  Subsequent  Contracts  and  other  property
described in Section 2.1 of the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement to the Company;
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement is effective to transfer all of the Company's
right, title and interest in and to such Subsequent Contracts and other property
to the Trust subject to no prior liens or encumbrances.

         2. No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of,  registration or
filing with, or notice to any governmental  authority or court is required under
federal  laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the  execution,  delivery
and  performance  by the Company of the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement  or the
consummation  of any other  transaction  contemplated  thereby  by the  Company,
except for those  which have been  obtained  or except  such as may be  required
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended or the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder or state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.

         3. No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of,  registration or
filing with, or notice to, any governmental authority or court is required under
federal  laws or the laws of the State of Delaware for the  execution,  delivery
and  performance  by  CITSF  of  the  Subsequent   Purchase   Agreement  or  the
consummation of any other transaction  contemplated  thereby by CITSF except for
those  which have been  obtained  or except  such as may be  required  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the regulations  promulgated thereunder or
state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>

         I am  furnishing  this  opinion to you solely  for your  benefit.  This
opinion is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to or relied
on by any other person or for any other purpose.

         The foregoing  opinion is given on the express  understanding  that the
undersigned  is an officer of the  Company and CITSF and shall in no event incur
any personal liability in connection with the said opinion.

                                           Very truly yours,

<PAGE>

                       ASSIGNMENT OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS

         For good and valuable  consideration in the amount of $___________ paid
by THE CIT GROUP  SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION II (the  "Purchaser"),  to THE CIT
GROUP/SALES  FINANCING,  INC. (the "Seller"),  CITSF does hereby sell, transfer,
assign  absolutely,  set over and  otherwise  convey to the  Purchaser as of the
Subsequent Transfer Date (i) all the right, title and interest of the Company in
and to the  marine  installment  sales  contracts  set forth on Exhibit A to the
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of  ____________,  ____,  between the
Purchaser  and the  Seller  (the  "Subsequent  Contracts")  and all the  rights,
benefits,  and  obligations  arising from and in connection with each Subsequent
Contract,  (ii) the security interests in the Subsequent  Financed Boats granted
by the  Obligors  pursuant  to the  Subsequent  Contracts,  (iii)  all  payments
received by the Company on or with  respect to the  Subsequent  Contracts  on or
after the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date  (exclusive of payments with respect to Post
Cut-off  Date  Insurance  Add-Ons),  (iv) the  interest  of the  Company  in any
Subsequent  Financed Boat (including any right to receive future Net Liquidation
Proceeds)  that  secures  the  Subsequent  Contracts  and that  shall  have been
repossessed by the Servicer by or on behalf of the Trust;  (v) all rights of the
Company  to  proceeds  of  Insurance  Policies  covering  the  Obligors  and the
Subsequent Contracts, (vi) the proceeds from any Servicer's Errors and Omissions
Protection  Policy,  any fidelity  bond and any blanket  hazard  policy,  to the
extent such proceeds relate to any Subsequent Financed Boat, (vii) all rights of
recourse  against any cosigner or under any personal  guarantee  with respect to
the  Subsequent  Contracts  (other  than any right as  against a Dealer  under a
Dealer  Agreement),  (viii)  all  proceeds  in any way  derived  from any of the
foregoing items, and (ix) all documents contained or required to be contained in
the Contract Files relating to the Subsequent Contracts.  The parties intend and
agree that the  conveyance of the Seller's  right,  title and interest in and to
the Subsequent Contracts (and all rights, entitlements and amounts listed above)
pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall   constitute  an  absolute  sale.   Certain
capitalized  terms used in this  Assignment  shall have the respective  meanings
assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of ____________,
____,  among The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II, CITSF and CIT Marine
Trust ____-_.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed this ____ day of __________, ________.


                                        THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.,

                                        By: ___________________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4

                         [LETTERHEAD OF CROWE & DUNLEVY]

                                January 27, 1998

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

The CIT Group, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
650 CIT Drive
Livingston, New Jersey  07039

                  Re: CIT MARINE TRUST

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We hereby confirm that the statements set forth in the Amendment to the
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (333-43323) under the heading "Certain State
Tax Consequences" accurately describe the material Oklahoma income tax
consequences to holders of the securities, as limited by the discussion in our
opinion letter dated January 27 1998.

         We hereby consent to the use of this opinion letter dated January 27,
1998 as an exhibit to such Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do
not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the General Rules and
Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             CROWE & DUNLEVY,
                                             A Professional Corporation

                                             By:    /s/ James H. Holloman, Jr.
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                        James H. Holloman, Jr.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission